Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 9, 2015

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Interactive Data Holdings Corporation

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   6200   27-3052291

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

 

32 Crosby Drive

Bedford, Massachusetts 01730

(781) 687-8500

 

 

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Vincent A. Chippari

Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer

Interactive Data Holdings Corporation

32 Crosby Drive

Bedford, Massachusetts 01730

(781) 687-8500

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

With copies to:

 

William B. Brentani

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

2475 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, California 94304

Tel: (650) 251-5000

Fax: (650) 251-5002

 

Michael Kaplan

Sophia Hudson

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Tel: (212) 450-4000

Fax: (212) 701-5111

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.  ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer.   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer.   ¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class

of Securities to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price(1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share

  $100,000,000   $10,070

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes the aggregate offering price of shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase from the registrant. See “Underwriting.”

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 9, 2015

PROSPECTUS

            Shares

 

 

LOGO

Interactive Data Holdings Corporation

COMMON STOCK

 

 

Interactive Data Holdings Corporation is offering             shares of its common stock and the selling stockholders are offering              shares. This is our initial public offering and no public market exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per share.

We will list our common stock on the [NASDAQ Global Select Market (“Nasdaq”)][New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”)] under the symbol “IDC.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements after this offering.

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 21.

 

 

Price $             per Share

 

 

     Price to
Public
     Underwriting Discounts
and Commissions(1)
 

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)

   $                    $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $                    $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

   $                    $                

 

(1) See “Underwriters” beginning on page 147 for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

[We have] [The selling stockholders have] granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional             shares of common stock to cover over-allotments at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

After the completion of this offering, certain investment funds affiliated with Silver Lake Group, L.L.C. (“Silver Lake”) and Warburg Pincus LLC (“Warburg Pincus” and, together with Silver Lake, the “Sponsors”) will continue to beneficially own a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of our common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of [Nasdaq][the NYSE]. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

A portion of the net proceeds that we will receive from the sale of our shares of common stock in this offering will be used to make a one-time payment of $         to affiliates of the Sponsors in connection with the termination of the Management Agreement described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Agreement.”

The Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about                     , 2015.

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley   Barclays   BofA Merrill Lynch  

UBS Investment Bank

Citigroup   Credit Suisse   Deutsche Bank Securities   Evercore ISI   Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Wells Fargo Securities

 

                    , 2015


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     21   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     41   

Use of Proceeds

     44   

Dividend Policy

     45   

Capitalization

     46   

Dilution

     48   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     50   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     53   

Business

     90   

Management

     104   
     Page  

Executive Compensation

     112   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     127   

Principal and Selling Stockholders

     130   

Description of Capital Stock

     133   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     142   

Certain U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

     144   

Underwriters

     147   

Legal Matters

     154   

Experts

     154   

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     154   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   
 

 

 

Through and including                     , 2015 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

For investors outside the United States: We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have not done anything that would permit a public offering of the shares of our common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus we have prepared in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus and any free writing prospectus outside of the United States.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information set forth under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Unless the context otherwise requires or as otherwise indicated, references in this prospectus to (1) “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Interactive Data Holdings Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries, (2) “Holdings” refers to Interactive Data Holdings Corporation (and not its subsidiaries) and (3) “Opco” refers to Interactive Data Corporation and its subsidiaries. References to “underwriters” refer to the firms listed on the front cover page of this prospectus.

Company Overview

Founded in 1968, we are a leading global provider of mission-critical financial market data, analytics, and related solutions that are deeply embedded within our clients’ workflows. Our products and services help increase transparency and efficiency and reduce risk for many of the world’s largest financial institutions. More than 5,000 financial institutions and approximately 600 software and service providers use our products and services, incorporating our information throughout the investment lifecycle, in areas such as trading, portfolio management, regulatory compliance, risk management and securities valuation. We enjoy strong relationships with our diverse client base, which includes 49 of the top 50 global asset managers, all of the top 50 U.S. mutual funds, 48 of the top 50 U.S. banks, 33 of the top 50 global hedge funds, all of the top 15 global custodians, all of the top 10 global investment banks and all of the top 5 index providers.

Since we were acquired in July 2010, we have invested heavily to improve our business operations and technology infrastructure. We hired a highly experienced team to oversee the development of a unified technology platform, execute on new product development and optimize organizational efficiency. We have invested over $100 million of capital and substantial additional operating expenditures to develop a state-of-the-art technology platform that is enabling the launch of multiple new products. We expect this platform to provide significant ongoing benefits, including faster product development, enhanced stability and scalability, easier client integration, increased up-selling capabilities and additional future cost savings.

For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we generated revenue of $467.8 million, $939.2 million, $905.1 million and $880.2 million, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we generated net income (loss) of $8.3 million, $(36.0) million, $13.0 million and $0.6 million, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we generated Adjusted EBITDA of $180.3 million, $361.6 million, $350.6 million and $344.0 million, respectively. Our Adjusted EBITDA margins for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were 38.5%, 38.5%, 38.7% and 39.1%, respectively. For the definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a presentation of net (loss) income calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), and reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net (loss) income, see “—Summary Financial Data.” Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure and should not be considered as a substitute for other measures of liquidity or financial performance reported in accordance with GAAP.

Our business is organized into two reportable segments: Pricing and Reference Data and Trading Solutions.

 



 

1


Table of Contents

Pricing and Reference Data

Our Pricing and Reference Data segment, which represented the vast majority of our Adjusted EBITDA in 2014, provides an extensive set of market data products and analytics, many of which are proprietary, to over 5,000 clients worldwide. Our clients include asset management firms, mutual funds companies, hedge funds, pension funds, insurance companies, exchange traded fund (“ETF”) sponsors, banks, index providers and brokerage firms, as well as hundreds of value added resellers (“VARs”) such as custodians, software providers and other outsourcing organizations. The Pricing and Reference Data segment provides evaluated pricing services, reference data, end-of-day pricing data and fixed income and equity portfolio analytics.

This segment accounted for $337.5 million, or 72.2%, of our revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and $662.9 million, or 70.6%, of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Evaluated Pricing

We deliver independent opinions of value on approximately 2.7 million fixed income securities and other hard-to-value financial instruments. Our evaluated pricing spans more than 120 countries and covers a wide range of financial instruments including sovereign, corporate and municipal bonds, structured products, leveraged loans and derivatives. Our clients need to value these financial instruments to meet regulatory requirements and to enable a range of mission-critical processes from the back to the front office. The 2014 launch of our Continuous Evaluated Pricing (“CEP”) service further expanded our ability to service multiple client use cases by allowing us to provide streaming evaluations throughout the day on approximately 1.3 million securities.

Our evaluated prices are the result of robust proprietary processes that include: sophisticated models and methodologies developed by our team of quantitative analysts; a rich set of market observations, including quotes, dealer runs and trades from over 175 sources; and, importantly, the expertise of a seasoned evaluation services team, comprising approximately 200 skilled evaluators, analysts and specialists. More than 10 million individual market data points stream into our evaluated pricing systems on a daily basis.

Reference Data

Our reference data complements our evaluated pricing services by offering our clients a broad range of descriptive information, covering over 10 million global financial instruments. Our reference data is used by clients to enhance risk management, maintain compliance with regulatory mandates and improve operational efficiency across their organizations. Our global team of over 300 professionals and support staff compile information from an extensive range of sources, including exchanges, underwriters, government agencies, issuers and other authoritative sources.

End-of-Day Pricing Data

In addition to our evaluated pricing and reference data, we collect, edit and normalize real-time data from a wide range of global exchanges and financial markets. End-of-day pricing data, available from a variety of sources, including approximately 120 financial markets and exchanges globally, is delivered to Pricing and Reference Data clients as the markets close. This pricing data includes bid and offer, last trade, open and close, high and low, and volume information.

Fixed Income and Equity Portfolio Analytics

Our fixed income and equity portfolio analytics offerings, led by our BondEdge® solution, provide financial institutions with data as well as proprietary, sophisticated fixed income and equity portfolio analytics to help analyze risk and return. These offerings are used by investment professionals to simulate various market environments to help forecast performance, construct portfolios, validate investment strategies, conduct stress testing, generate dynamic risk measures, analyze asset cash flows and support regulatory compliance requirements.

 



 

2


Table of Contents

Trading Solutions

Our Trading Solutions segment provides real-time market data feeds, trading infrastructure managed services and workstations and hosted web applications to thousands of global clients to support a range of trading, wealth management and other investment applications.

This segment accounted for $130.2 million, or 27.8%, of our revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and $276.3 million, or 29.4%, of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Real-Time Feeds

Our real-time feeds offerings provide cost-effective access to disparate real-time data sources without clients having to maintain hundreds of direct connections. Through our Consolidated Feed service, clients receive consolidated real-time and/or delayed financial data from over 450 global exchanges, trading venues and data sources covering listed and over-the-counter (“OTC”) securities. Our Consolidated Feed service is complemented by our Tick History service, which provides access to tick and trade data for global securities to assist clients with “best execution” requirements, transaction cost analysis and advanced charting applications.

Trading Infrastructure Managed Services

Our 7ticks trading infrastructure managed services solution offers direct exchange access, proximity hosting and support services that enable access to raw real-time exchange data and facilitate low latency electronic trading. These services will be further expanded in late 2015 with the planned launch of 7ticks Insight, a client web-portal that will offer enhanced transparency to support infrastructure monitoring and capacity planning, as well as performance and latency analysis.

Workstations and Hosted Web Applications

We market a range of workstations that primarily target the wealth management, and commodity and energy trading and individual investor sectors. Through our eSignalTM, FutureSource, PrimeTerminalSM and Market-QSM brands, we provide applications that deliver real-time financial market information and decision support tools to help clients analyze financial markets and make investment decisions. These workstations aggregate content that can be sourced from us, from our clients and from additional third-party information providers.

We also design, build and host customized web-based financial information solutions primarily to address the specific requirements of clients in the wealth management and information media sectors, including Fidelity.com and Motley Fool.

Industry Overview

Financial industry participants utilize financial market data and information services to support critical business functions across their organizations. These functions include investment research, development and execution of trading strategies, risk management, compliance, trade settlement, securities valuation and client reporting. We provide this market data through an expansive range of proprietary and third-party tools, applications, systems and solutions to help support these critical activities.

We believe that a number of global industry trends will generate continued opportunities across many of our products and services. These trends include:

Increasing Regulatory Requirements and Investor Demand for Transparency

Recently enacted regulations are aimed at bringing greater pricing transparency and reducing risk in the financial markets. For example, capital adequacy rules are driving financial institutions to procure independent

 



 

3


Table of Contents

assessments of enterprise-wide exposures and balance sheet risk. Fair value accounting and valuation standards require disclosures around valuation inputs thereby bolstering demand for independent and transparent evaluations. Many of our financial services clients impacted by these rules and regulations are seeking more timely, relevant and comprehensive pricing and reference data. In addition, asset owners and investors are seeking additional transparency into their investment portfolios from asset managers. As a leading provider of market and security pricing data, we are well-positioned to benefit from these regulatory and investor demands for transparency.

Electronification of Fixed Income Markets

While other large asset classes, such as equities, have completed the transition to electronic trading as their primary execution method, a much smaller proportion of fixed income trading is conducted electronically. This is expected to change rapidly as more fixed income trading moves onto electronic platforms. New capital restrictions on large banks are supporting this trend by forcing dealers to reduce inventories, thereby increasing the need for electronic platforms to provide liquidity to the market. This ongoing shift is generating new demand for continuous valuations of fixed income data for use in a wide range of applications such as indicative values to support price discovery and trading, as well as information to support intra-day risk management and compliance monitoring.

Ongoing Growth in the Size and Diversity of Financial Markets

The financial markets continue to expand in both size and scope. According to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”), global assets under management (“AUM”) are projected to grow at a 6% compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) from 2012 to 2020. Credit markets are also expanding with the U.S. bond market debt outstanding having grown every year since the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (“SIFMA”) began tracking it in 1980 and reaching an all-time record of $39 trillion in 2014. At the same time, investors seeking greater returns are incentivizing financial institutions to innovate and develop new investment alternatives. With our multi-asset class offerings, proprietary fixed income evaluation protocols and embedded relationships, we believe we are well-positioned to benefit from this growth in the underlying markets.

Increasing Demand for Outsourced Services by Financial Institutions

In addition to the trend toward greater market data independence due to market practice and regulatory pressure, the high costs associated with building and operating in-house market data solutions also lead financial institutions to seek more cost-efficient, outsourced alternatives from market data service providers like us. Our broad suite of products and services positions us well to get an increasing share of outsourcing services as our clients continue to focus on cost containment and operational efficiencies.

Competitive Strengths

We believe we have a number of competitive strengths that help us execute our business strategy and drive shareholder value, including:

Global Leader in Attractive and Growing Markets

We are a leading provider within the $26.5 billion financial market data industry, which Burton-Taylor International Consulting LLC (“Burton-Taylor”) estimates will experience annual growth of 5% for the period from 2015 to 2017. According to Burton-Taylor, as of the end of 2014, we are the fourth largest global provider in the financial market data industry with a 3.5% share of the market. Within the $3.1 billion pricing, reference and valuation data market served by our Pricing and Reference data business, we are the second largest provider. Within the $1.4 billion real-time and trading data feed market served by our Trading Solutions business, we are the second largest provider.

 



 

4


Table of Contents

High Quality Portfolio of Products Spanning the Entire Investment Lifecycle

We offer our clients comprehensive, high quality solutions that support the financial information value chain from price discovery in the front office, to risk management in the middle office, to asset valuations in the back office. Our broad range of products and services includes a consolidated real-time feed covering more than 450 sources, extensive reference data that spans more than 10 million securities from over 150 countries, independent evaluations on approximately 2.7 million fixed income and other hard-to-value instruments, and sophisticated analytics platforms.

Differentiated Solution and Competitive Position

Our sophisticated approach to developing our products and services and our highly regarded customer service operations are key elements to our differentiated position. With almost five decades of experience in the industry, we have created an advanced, proprietary data collection and production process. For example, our collection process leverages unstructured and disparate data from over 600 public and private sources, including hundreds of exchanges and trading venues, as well as a large global team of reference data collection professionals to create an industry leading market data repository.

Over many years, our team of quantitative analysts has developed and evolved market-tested models, techniques and algorithms to price thinly-traded financial instruments. In addition to the sophisticated models, our approximately 200-person evaluation staff continuously assesses and integrates the observed credit information, market movements, feedback from our clients and sector news into our evaluated pricing models and applications. We believe that this human overlay is a critical element to our competitive differentiation and substantially improves the quality of our evaluated prices. We also use advanced systems and approximately 80 dedicated customer service professionals to efficiently and quickly address large volumes of client inquiries while simultaneously collecting additional information, allowing us to continually improve our data and create additional useful inputs for use in our production process.

Long-Standing Relationships with a Diverse Blue-Chip Client Base

We have long-standing relationships with a broad and diverse client base of over 5,000 financial institutions globally. Our clients include a mix of buy-side and sell-side institutions, as well as other key financial markets participants, such as industry utilities, regulatory organizations and fixed income electronic trading platforms, who use our products and services across their front, middle and back offices. Through our 27 offices in 13 countries, we serve clients in over 100 countries. Within our broad and diverse client base, no single client represented more than 6% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Highly Scalable, State-of-the-Art Technology Platform

Since 2011, we have invested over $100 million in equipment and capitalized software to develop a scalable, state-of-the-art technology platform both to support the efficient, reliable operation of existing products and to facilitate the development of new products. The platform is operational and currently more than 2.3 million fixed income securities are processed on the system. In addition, critical new services, including CEP and Apex, have been fully developed on the platform, with further new product rollouts planned for the second half of 2015.

Attractive Business Model with Highly Recurring Revenues

Our revenue is highly recurring in nature and generally tied to supporting our clients’ specific departments, functions or applications rather than individual users or terminals. Recurring revenue, which excludes any revenue derived from hardware sales, set-up and implementation fees, and one-time sales such as historical data

 



 

5


Table of Contents

files, has exceeded 98% of total revenue in each of the years from 2011 to 2014. We believe our performance is a result of our stable and highly recurring revenue model, the mission-critical nature and diversity of our offerings, our relative independence from the per-seat revenue model employed by some financial market data providers, our high-value and high-quality offerings, our strong customer service and our long-standing client relationships.

Experienced Management Team with a Proven Track Record

Following the 2010 acquisition, we recruited a seasoned team of senior executives across disciplines, including executive management, sales and technology. This team has led the development of the new technology platform, executed a new product and sales strategy and optimized organizational efficiency. This is the result of the management team’s significant domain expertise and strong network of relationships with key market participants. Collectively, our senior management has more than 150 years of industry experience including prior tenure at firms such as Bloomberg L.P., Goldman, Sachs & Co., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Reuters Group plc and Thomson Financial, Inc. Additionally, we have a deep bench of talented technology and analytics employees.

Business Strategy

We are focused on growing our position as a trusted leader in the financial information services market, and the following key priorities underpin our business strategy:

Continue to Develop and Promote New Products

As a result of the significant investment made in our technology platform, we are well-positioned to develop products and services that capitalize on emerging industry challenges. This allows us to address new opportunities more rapidly and cost-efficiently, positioning us to respond to a broad range of data requirements across the front, middle and back offices. Recent examples of new products based on our updated technology include CEP, which supports a range of new use cases such as pre-trade transparency and price discovery with streaming evaluations across a broad set of fixed income instruments and Apex, a data delivery platform that allows our reference data, corporate actions and pricing data to be easily and cost-effectively consumed within a variety of client workflows. Our new technology platform is also supporting the ongoing release of future products and services.

Increase Penetration within Our Blue-Chip Client Base

We believe that our long-standing relationships with many of the world’s leading financial institutions have enabled us to develop a clear understanding of client challenges and close integration with client workflows. We expect to deepen our client relationships through continuous innovations designed to meet the needs of the evolving financial services industry. Working in partnership with our clients, we plan to develop additional products, content, analytics and workflow tools that can improve client efficiencies while also increasing our relevance, thus broadening our client penetration.

We also expanded our Pricing and Reference Data product suite to address needs across our customers’ organizations. The front, middle and back office functions at financial institutions share a common need for reliable securities data, but this information is used for different purposes and with varying requirements for timeliness and delivery. For example, while back office users often prefer to receive pricing, corporate actions and reference data in large, end-of-day batch files, front and middle office users typically value access to dynamic information that is updated intra-day and available on a streaming or request-response basis. Fluid

 



 

6


Table of Contents

access to information such as reference data and intra-day evaluations can support front office investment analysis activities including relative value comparisons between similar investment options, along with middle office functions such as pre-and-post trade compliance tests and risk management assessments. Recent Pricing and Reference Data product and service innovations that have increased both the frequency of information updates and the delivery flexibility of our data—including our streaming CEP service and the flexible access capabilities found in Apex—are allowing us to extend the utility of the securities information that we offer in ways that better facilitate activities across the front, middle and back office.

Expand Product and Geographic Coverage through Strategic Investments

In addition to the pursuit of new products and ongoing extensions to existing services, we have identified specific areas of investment to expand our product and geographic coverage. These areas represent large, attractive opportunities where we can gain expanded market share through incremental investments. Specific examples include:

 

    expand coverage of exchange and OTC content, as well as improve delivery capabilities for our real-time market data feed services;

 

    increase commodities data coverage along with enhanced mobile and web versions of our products to better address the commodities and energy space;

 

    continue platform development, including the introduction of flexible, new workflow tools to further strengthen our offerings within the wealth management segment; and

 

    drive international growth through increased investment in products and services outside of the United States.

Pursue Further Operational Efficiency Initiatives

We have made substantial progress in recent years toward developing and deploying a new technology platform that is enabling us to consolidate our content databases, delivery platforms and technology infrastructures. In addition to supporting product development, this platform is facilitating cost-effective collection, aggregation and distribution of content. We have also realized personnel and consulting cost savings through more efficient application development. We expect additional cost savings through offshoring of certain technical operations and data collection positions to lower cost regions; reducing hardware and software maintenance costs through both the retirement of systems and the maintenance of a more efficient infrastructure; and rightsizing of resources in application development and certain related areas.

Pursue Strategic Acquisitions

Strategic acquisitions and alliances have historically complemented our internal investment activities. We believe the investments we have made in our technology infrastructure over the past several years will now allow us to more easily pursue and integrate strategic acquisitions. As such, we intend to selectively assess complementary businesses and technology solutions that have the potential to supplement our organic growth. We intend to employ a disciplined and targeted approach to acquisitions in order to enhance our suite of products and services, expand our intellectual property portfolio, deepen relationships with existing clients, add new clients and supplement our internal product development initiatives.

 



 

7


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Business

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider these risks before investing in our common stock, including the risks related to our business described under “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this prospectus. In particular, the following considerations, among others, may offset our competitive strengths or have a negative effect on our business strategy, which could cause a decline in the price of our common stock and result in a loss of all or a portion of your investment:

 

    the impact of cost-cutting pressures across the industry we serve could lower demand for our products and services and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations;

 

    we face intense competition, which could adversely affect our market share, pressure us to offer price reductions, impact our profit margin and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations;

 

    a prolonged outage at one of our data centers or a disruption of our computer operations or those of our suppliers, or our failure to timely deliver high-quality services due to other reasons, could result in the loss of clients, harm our reputation and impact our ability to compete for new business;

 

    if we experience design defects, errors, failures or delays associated with our products or services our business could suffer serious harm and our financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely impacted;

 

    we are dependent on third-party suppliers for data. If we are unable to maintain relationships with key suppliers and providers of market data, we would not be able to provide our services to our clients, and any audits of our license arrangements with our suppliers may result in our incurring material additional expense;

 

    if we are unable to develop successful new products and services our business could suffer serious harm and our financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely impacted;

 

    risks related to our substantial leverage, including our ability to raise additional capital to fund operations or react to changes in the economy or our industry and our exposure to interest rate risk on our variable rate debt;

 

    the limits on our flexibility imposed by restrictions in our debt agreements;

 

    our ability to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness;

 

    our ability to rely on “controlled company” exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements following this offering, including the requirement that a majority of our Board of Directors consist of independent directors, our compensation committee be composed entirely of directors meeting [Nasdaq][the NYSE] independence standards and our nominating and corporate governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors, all of which provide protection to stockholders of other companies;

 

    the right of our Sponsors under the Shareholders Agreement described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” to nominate a majority of the members of our Board of Directors and the Sponsors’ ability to designate a majority of the members of our Board or Directors as a result of their expected ownership of our company after giving effect to this offering;

 

    provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that provide for an affirmative vote of 66 2/3% in voting power of all outstanding shares of our stock to amend provisions providing for a classified Board of Directors, removal of directors, certain business combinations, stockholder action by written consent, calling annual or special meetings of stockholders and filling vacancies on our Board of Directors and eliminating monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty by a director, at any time when the Sponsors own less, in the aggregate, than 40% in voting power of our outstanding stock;

 



 

8


Table of Contents
    our “emerging growth company” status, which dispenses us from complying with auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduces disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation and exempts us from the requirements of holding advisory “say-on-pay” and “say-when-on-pay” votes on executive compensation and shareholder advisory votes on golden parachute compensation, may make our common stock less attractive to investors; and

 

    other factors set forth under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

 



 

9


Table of Contents

Our Structure

The following chart shows a summary of our organizational structure as of                     , 2015, after giving effect to the offering contemplated by this prospectus, the redemption of $350.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our 8.25%/9.00% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2017 (the “PIK Toggle Notes”) plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and $3.5 million of redemption premium and the [redemption of $         million in aggregate principal amount of Opco’s 5.875% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Senior Notes”) plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and approximately $         million of redemption premium][repayment of $         million in aggregate principal amount of term loans under Opco’s senior secured credit facilities]. For further information, please see “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Shareholders Agreement” and “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

 

 

LOGO

 



 

10


Table of Contents

 

(1) Affiliates of Silver Lake and Warburg Pincus will hold a voting proxy with respect to certain matters pursuant to an irrevocable proxy over certain of our shares held by our executive officers, directors and members of Igloo Co-Invest LLC. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Shareholders Agreement.”
(2) In connection with this offering, Igloo Co-Invest LLC will distribute all of our shares that it holds to its members.
(3) Assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to             additional shares of our common stock from [us][the selling stockholders].
(4) The obligations under Opco’s senior secured credit facilities are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Intermediate and, subject to certain exceptions, each existing and future direct and indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiary of Opco. The obligations under Opco’s 5.875% Senior Notes due 2019 are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by, subject to certain exceptions, each existing and future direct and indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiary of Opco.

The Acquisition and the Sponsors

On July 29, 2010, Opco was acquired in a merger by investment funds managed by Silver Lake and Warburg Pincus. Opco is wholly owned by Intermediate, which is wholly owned by us. In connection with our 2010 acquisition, we incurred indebtedness of approximately $2.0 billion. Following refinancing transactions in 2012 and 2014, as of June 30, 2015, we had indebtedness of approximately $2.6 billion outstanding. After giving effect to this offering and the repayment of certain of our indebtedness with a portion of the net proceeds from this offering, we expect to have approximately $             billion of indebtedness outstanding. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Capitalization.” In connection with our 2012 refinancing, we paid a cash dividend of $423.0 million to our stockholders, of which $330.2 million was paid to the Sponsors. In connection with our 2014 refinancing, we paid a cash dividend of $261.7 million to our stockholders, of which $202.7 million was paid to the Sponsors. We expect to declare a $             million cash dividend to our stockholders and option holders to be paid prior to the closing of this offering, of which $         million will to be paid to the Sponsors. See “Dividend Policy.

Silver Lake is a global investment firm focused on technology, technology-enabled and related growth industries with offices in Menlo Park, New York, London, Hong Kong and Tokyo. Silver Lake was founded in 1999 and has over $26 billion in combined assets under management and committed capital across its large-cap private equity, middle-market private equity, growth equity and credit investment strategies. Silver Lake has invested in numerous financial technology leaders including Ameritrade (NASDAQ: AMTD), Datek, Global Blue, Instinet, IPC, Island, Mercury Payment Systems, MultiPlan, Nasdaq (NASDAQ: NDAQ), SunGard Data Systems and Virtu Financial Inc. (NASDAQ: VIRT).

Warburg Pincus is a leading global private equity firm focused on growth investing. The firm has more than $35 billion in assets under management. The firm’s active portfolio of more than 120 companies is highly diversified by stage, sector and geography. Warburg Pincus is an experienced partner to management teams seeking to build durable companies with sustainable value. Founded in 1966, Warburg Pincus has raised 14 private equity funds which have invested more than $50 billion in over 720 companies in more than 35 countries. Since inception, the firm has invested more than $15 billion in technology, new media and tech-enabled services companies, including investments in Fidelity National Information Services (NYSE: FIS), Institutional Shareholder Services, Nuance (NASDAQ: NUAN) and Wall Street Systems. The firm is headquartered in New York with offices in Amsterdam, Beijing, Hong Kong, London, Mauritius, Mumbai, San Francisco, São Paulo and Shanghai.

 



 

11


Table of Contents

After the completion of this offering, certain investment funds affiliated with Silver Lake will own approximately     % of our outstanding common stock, or approximately     % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares and certain investment funds affiliated with Warburg Pincus will own approximately     % of our outstanding common stock, or approximately     % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares. For a discussion of certain risks, potential conflicts and other matters associated with the Sponsors’ ownership of our common stock, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—We are controlled by the Sponsors, whose interests may be different than the interests of other holders of our securities,” “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Description of Capital Stock.”

Corporate Information

Interactive Data Holdings Corporation was incorporated in Delaware on April 30, 2010. Our principal executive offices are located at 32 Crosby Drive, Bedford, Massachusetts 01730, and our telephone number is (781) 687-8500. We maintain a website at http://www.interactivedata.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute part of this prospectus, and inclusions of our website address in this prospectus are inactive textual references only.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act enacted on April 5, 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). For as long as we are an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding advisory “say-on-pay” and “say-when-on-pay” votes on executive compensation and shareholder advisory votes on golden parachute compensation.

Under the JOBS Act, we will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of

 

    the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more;

 

    the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering;

 

    the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt; or

 

    the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) (we will qualify as a large accelerated filer as of the first day of the first fiscal year after we have (i) more than $700 million in outstanding common equity held by our non-affiliates and (ii) been public for at least 12 months; the value of our outstanding common equity will be measured each year on the last day of our second fiscal quarter).

The JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company may utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for complying with new or revised accounting standards. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for companies that are not emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

 



 

12


Table of Contents

Trademarks and Service Marks

We own or have rights to certain brand names, trademarks and services marks that we use in conjunction with the operation of our business. In addition, our name, logo and website name and address are our trademarks or service marks. This prospectus contains additional trademarks, trade names and service marks of other companies. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trademarks, trade names or service marks to imply relationships with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other companies.

Market, Industry and Other Data

In addition to the industry, market and competitive position data included or referenced in this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research, some market data and other statistical information included or referenced in this prospectus are based in part upon information regarding the financial information services industry in the United States and internationally provided by Burton-Taylor and the TABB Group, LLC (“TABB Group”), which are independent research and advisory firms. Third-party industry publications, studies and surveys generally state that they have been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe that each of these publications, studies and surveys is prepared by reputable sources, we have not independently verified market and industry data from third-party sources. In addition, while we believe our internal company research is reliable and is based on assumptions made by us and on our knowledge of our industry, which we believe to be reasonable, such company research has not been verified by any independent source. Projections, assumptions and estimates of the future performance of our industry and our future performance are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

 



 

13


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

            shares.

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

            shares.

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

            shares.

 

Option to purchase additional shares

The underwriters have been granted an option to purchase up to additional             shares of common stock from [us][the selling stockholders] at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $         million, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.

 

  We intend to use the net proceeds received by us from this offering (1) to redeem $350.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our 8.25%/9.00% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2017, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and $3.5 million of redemption premium, (2) [to redeem $         million in aggregate principal amount of Opco’s 5.875% Senior Notes due 2019, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and approximately $         million of redemption premium] [to repay $         million in aggregate principal amount of term loans under Opco’s senior secured credit facilities], (3) to make a one-time payment of $         million to affiliates of the Sponsors in connection with the termination of the Management Agreement described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Agreement” and (4) and the remainder for general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of the factors you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Dividend policy

We currently do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future after this offering. Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is limited by the covenants of Opco’s senior secured credit facilities and the indenture governing Opco’s 5.875% Senior Notes due 2019 and may be further restricted by the terms of any future debt or preferred securities. Any future determination to pay dividends will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, any contractual restrictions and any other considerations our Board deems relevant. See “Dividend Policy.”

 



 

14


Table of Contents

Controlled company

After the completion of this offering, the Sponsors will continue to own a majority of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of [Nasdaq][the NYSE] corporate governance standards.

 

Proposed [Nasdaq][NYSE] symbol

“IDC.”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after the offering is based on the 153,217,020 shares outstanding as of June 30, 2015 and excludes:

 

    17,032,073 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2015, pursuant to our 2010 Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2010 Incentive Plan”), with a weighted-average exercise price of $7.20 per share; and

 

                shares of common stock expected to be reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Incentive Plan (the “2015 Incentive Plan”) on the date of this prospectus.

The 2010 Incentive Plan will be terminated in connection with this offering and, accordingly, no shares will be available for future grants under the 2010 Incentive Plan following the completion of this offering. The 2010 Incentive Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. In addition, the shares reserved for issuance under our 2015 Incentive Plan will be increased by any shares that otherwise would be returned to the 2010 Incentive Plan as the result of the expiration or termination of options (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2015 Incentive Plan pursuant to this provision is shares).

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

    a 1-for-9 reverse stock split we effected on July 21, 2015;

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to             additional shares of common stock from [us][the selling stockholders];

 

    the effectiveness, at the time of this offering, of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, the forms of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; and

 

    an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price set forth on the front cover of this prospectus.

 



 

15


Table of Contents

Summary Financial Data

The following table sets forth our summary consolidated financial data for the periods presented. The summary consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and the summary balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 are derived from audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial data for the year ended December 31, 2011, the Successor period from July 30, 2010 through December 31, 2010 and the Predecessor period from January 1, 2010 through July 29, 2010 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are derived from audited consolidated financial statements which are not included in this prospectus. The summary balance sheet data as of June 30, 2014, December 31, 2010 and July 29, 2010 is derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements which are not included in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial statement data for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 and the summary balance sheet data as of June 30, 2015 are derived from our unaudited consolidated condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods.

 



 

16


Table of Contents

The summary consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Successor          Predecessor          Successor  
    Year ended December 31,     Period
from
July 30

through
Dec. 31,
2010
         Period
from
January 1
through

July 29,
2010
         Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
  2014     2013     2012     2011             2015     2014  
               

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

           

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                       

Revenue

  $ 939,201      $ 905,113      $ 880,161      $ 867,723      $ 342,101          $ 454,544          $ 467,757      $ 466,479   

Costs and expenses:

                       

Costs of services

    344,825        297,423        292,378        293,472        115,176            161,899            161,576        171,197   

Selling, general and administrative

    278,636        273,714        275,906        258,323        124,409            158,210            152,804        153,044   

Merger costs

                                67,258            52,734                     

Depreciation

    45,924        42,537        41,456        39,391        15,962            22,504            24,218        21,868   

Amortization

    102,091        116,876        138,040        175,077        65,867            19,718            47,505        51,721   

Total costs and expenses

    771,476        730,550        747,780        766,263        388,672            415,065            386,103        397,830   

Income from operations

    167,725        174,563        132,381        101,460        (46,571         39,479            81,654        68,649   

Interest income (expense), net

    (156,868     (168,658     (150,647     (157,120     (78,364         760            (74,291     (81,559

Other income (expense), net

    1,633        347        824        (3,719     321            249            97        654   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    (82,060     (10,213            (25,450                                  (82,060

(Loss) income before income taxes

    (69,570     (3,961     (17,442     (84,829     (124,614         40,488            7,460        (94,316

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (33,609     (16,988     (18,025     (55,277     (45,853         18,014            (793     (46,555

Net (loss) income

    (35,961     13,027        583        (29,552     (78,761         22,474            8,253        (47,761

Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net of taxes

    (65,297     (2,412     22,468        (9,479     19,619            (15,226         8,687        28,038   

Comprehensive (loss) income

    (101,258     10,615        23,051        (39,031     (59,142         7,248            16,940        (19,723

Net (loss) income from continuing operations attributable to common stockholders

    (35,961     12,614        564        (29,552     (78,761         22,474            7,994        (47,761

Per Share Data:

                       

(Loss) earnings per share

                       

Basic

  $ (0.24)      $ 0.09      $ 0.00      $ (0.20)      $ (0.53)          $ 2.13          $ 0.05      $ (0.32

Diluted

  $ (0.24)      $ 0.09      $ 0.00      $ (0.20)      $ (0.53)          $ 2.07          $ 0.05      $ (0.32

Weighted average shares outstanding

                       

Basic

    149,229        148,347        147,995        147,788        147,441            10,547            149,352        149,174   

Diluted

    149,229        148,355        148,003        147,788        147,441            10,854            149,857        149,174   

Pro forma (loss) earnings per share(1)

                       

Basic

  $                          $       

Diluted

  $                          $       

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding(1)

                       

Basic

                       

Diluted

                       

Cash dividend paid per common share

  $ 1.71      $      $ 2.79      $      $          $          $      $ 1.71   

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

                       

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 160,079      $ 196,810      $ 174,964      $ 188,387      $ 20,325          $ 3,490          $ 86,142      $ 35,030   

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

    (80,742     (57,028     (85,083     (50,207     (3,398,063         38,974            (26,939     (43,532

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (105,272     (7,596     (129,662     (4,795     3,250,436            13,058            (5,810     (95,560

Other Financial Data:

                       

EBITDA(2)

    235,313        324,110        312,701        286,759        35,579            81,950            153,474        60,832   

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

    361,576        350,565        344,006        332,687        129,395            160,268            180,294        169,912   

Adjusted net income(2)

    100,034        87,803        95,699        85,791        22,093            87,270            51,525        41,886   

Purchase of property and equipment

    (84,152     (81,852     (61,443     (50,260     (17,965         (26,395         (26,939     (43,797

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

                       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 319,666      $ 357,445      $ 225,190      $ 262,152      $ 131,204                $ 370,744      $ 254,798   

Marketable securities and short-term investments

           3,445        23,581                                         

Total assets

    3,817,733        3,994,172        3,980,578        4,093,671        4,133,877                  3,831,506        3,877,090   

Total debt, net of original issue discount

    2,561,724        2,312,729        2,308,670        1,986,201        1,969,453                  2,555,104        2,568,344   

 

 



 

17


Table of Contents

 

(1) Unaudited pro forma earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding after consummation of our public offering and after giving effect to the extinguishment of a portion of our total debt and a one-time payment to affiliates of the Sponsors in connection with the termination of the Management Agreement described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Agreement” as well as the inclusion of certain shares of restricted stock purchased by executives and other share-based awards in the basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding calculations. Unaudited pro forma earnings per share presented for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2014 is calculated as if such transactions had occurred at the date we issued such shares or the beginning of the applicable period, as appropriate.
(2) EBITDA, a measure used by management to evaluate operating performance, is defined as net income (loss) before interest expense, other (income) expense, income tax benefit, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is not intended to be a measure of free cash flow available for management’s discretionary use, as it does not consider certain cash requirements such as interest payments, tax payments and other debt service requirements. Management believes EBITDA is helpful in highlighting trends because EBITDA excludes the results of decisions that are outside the control of operating management and that can differ significantly from company to company depending on long-term strategic decisions regarding capital structure, the tax jurisdictions in which companies operate and capital investments. In addition, EBITDA provides more comparability between our historical results and results that reflect our capital structure. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA adjusted to add back or exclude certain material non-cash items and unusual items that we do not expect to continue at the same level in the future. Adjusted net income is defined as income (loss) before taxes adjusted to exclude the impact of amortization of acquired intangible assets and certain other material non-cash items and unusual items that we do not expect to continue at the same level in the future, less the tax impact of these adjustments. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income are not recognized terms under GAAP and do not purport to be alternatives to net income as measures of operating performance or to cash flows from operating activities as a measure of liquidity. Management uses non-GAAP financial measures to supplement GAAP results in order to provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting the business than GAAP results alone. Because not all companies use identical calculations, our presentation of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.

The following table presents a reconciliation from net (loss) income to EBITDA for the periods indicated:

 

    Successor          Predecessor          Successor  
    Year Ended December 31,     Period
from
July 30
through
Dec. 31,

2010
         Period from
January 1
through
July 29,

2010
         Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
    2014     2013     2012     2011             2015     2014  
    (in thousands)  

Net (loss) income

  $ (35,961   $ 13,027      $ 583        (29,552     (78,761         22,474          $ 8,253      $ (47,761

Interest expense (income), net

    156,868        168,658        150,647        157,120        78,364            (760         74,291        81,559   

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (33,609     (16,988     (18,025     (55,277     (45,853         18,014            (793     (46,555

Depreciation and amortization

    148,015        159,413        179,496        214,468        81,829            42,222            71,723        73,589   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

  $ 235,313      $ 324,110      $ 312,701      $ 286,759      $ 35,579          $ 81,950          $ 153,474      $ 60,832   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 



 

18


Table of Contents

The following table presents a reconciliation from EBITDA to Adjusted EBITDA:

 

    Successor          Predecessor          Successor  
   

 

Year Ended December 31,

    Period
from
July 30
through
Dec. 31,

2010
         Period from
January 1
through
July 29,

2010
         Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
    2014     2013     2012     2011             2015     2014  
    (in thousands)  

EBITDA

  $ 235,313      $ 324,110      $ 312,701      $ 286,759      $ 35,579          $ 81,950          $ 153,474      $ 60,832   

Adjustments:

                       

Stock-based compensation(a)

    14,002        4,026        14,235        4,229        111            23,985            1,602        12,504   

Option holder payments(b)

    4,392        3,141        3,505                                     2,643        1,538   

Debt extinguishment and other related costs on refinancings(c)

    82,123        10,382               25,908                                     82,123   

IPO preparation and execution costs

                                                      275          

Severance and restructuring costs(d)

    13,834        7,266        6,234        5,700        16,399            2,053            560        1,754   

Impairment of intangible and other assets(e)

    14,185                      287        3,308                              3,204   

Acquisition related items(f)

    76        (256     (538     5,631        70,813            52,834            38        38   

Sponsor fees(g)

    3,000        3,000        3,000        3,003        1,267                       1,500        1,500   

Foreign exchange (gains) losses(h)

    (3,727     772        2,693        495        1,335            172            18,763        7,042   

Other normalizing and unusual items(i)

    (1,622     (1,876     2,176        675        583            (726         1,439        (623
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 361,576      $ 350,565      $ 344,006      $ 332,687      $ 129,395          $ 160,268          $ 180,294      $ 169,912   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Represents stock-based compensation expense resulting from awards to our employees, officers, directors and consultants.
(b) Represents expense related to payments to option holders upon vesting of service-based options related to dividends paid by us of $423.0 million in 2012 and $261.7 million in 2014. The amount remaining to be expensed in connection with these dividends is approximately $2.9 million as of June 30, 2015.
(c) Represents costs of $25.5 million in 2011, $10.2 million in 2013 and $82.1 million in 2014 from early extinguishment of debt in connection with refinancing activities, with the remaining amounts relating to professional fees in connection with these refinancings.
(d) Represents severance costs. This category also includes costs and professional fees of $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and $0.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 related to restructuring activities.
(e) Represents write offs of capitalized development expenses due to the determination that certain projects would not produce the future cash flows necessary to recover the associated carrying value.
(f) Primarily represents acquisition costs in connection with our being acquired in 2010 by the Sponsors. This category also includes purchase accounting adjustments in 2010 and, subsequent to 2010, amounts primarily relate to earn-outs from prior acquisitions and an insurance recovery associated with an acquisition-related shareholder lawsuit.
(g) Represents annual management fees paid to the Sponsors. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Agreement.”
(h) Represents transactional gains and losses that are recognized in our consolidated statements of operations.
(i) Represents unusual tax credits and incentives related to special grants and credits from foreign jurisdictions, a loss on a sublease contract, a gain on the disposition of an asset, one-time litigation costs, pension payments, insurance losses, net of recoveries and other normalizing and unusual items.

 



 

19


Table of Contents

The following table presents a reconciliation from income (loss) before taxes to Adjusted net income for the periods indicated:

 

    Successor          Predecessor          Successor  
   

 

Year Ended December 31,

    Period
from
July 30
through
Dec. 31,

2010
         Period from
January 1
through
July 29,

2010
         Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
    2014     2013     2012     2011                   2015     2014  
    (in thousands)            

Income (loss) before taxes

  $ (69,570   $ (3,961   $ (17,442   $ (84,829   $ (124,614       $ 40,488          $ 7,460      $ (94,316

Amortization of acquisition related intangible assets(a)

    102,091        116,876        138,040        175,077        65,867            19,718            47,505        51,721   

Stock-based compensation(b)

    14,002        4,026        14,235        4,229        111            23,985            1,602        12,504   

Option holder payments(c)

    4,392        3,141        3,505                                     2,643        1,538   

Debt extinguishment and other related costs on refinancings(d)

    82,123        10,382               25,908                                     82,123   

IPO preparation and execution costs

                                                      275          

Severance and restructuring costs(e)

    13,834        7,266        6,234        5,700        16,399            2,053            560        1,754   

Impairment of intangible and other assets(f)

    14,185                      287        3,308                              3,204   

Acquisition related items(g)

    76        (256     (538     5,631        70,813            52,834            38        38   

Sponsor fees(h)

    3,000        3,000        3,000        3,003        1,267                       1,500        1,500   

Foreign exchange (gains) losses(i)

    (3,727     772        2,693        495        1,335            172            18,763        7,042   

Other (gains)/losses, net(j)

    (1,622     (1,876     2,176        675        583            (726         1,439        (623
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted net income before taxes

    158,784        139,370        151,903        136,176        35,069            138,524            81,785        66,485   

Tax effect of above adjustments(k)

    (58,750     (51,567     (56,204     (50,385     (12,976         (51,254         (30,260     (24,599
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted net income

  $ 100,034      $ 87,803      $ 95,699      $ 85,791      $ 22,093          $ 87,270          $ 51,525      $ 41,886   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Represents amortization of acquired intangible assets.
(b) Represents stock-based compensation expense resulting from awards to our employees, officers, directors and consultants.
(c) Represents expense related to payments to option holders upon vesting of service-based options related to dividends paid by us of $423.0 million in 2012 and $261.7 million in 2014. The amount remaining to be expensed in connection with these dividends is approximately $2.9 million as of June 30, 2015.
(d) Represents costs of $25.5 million in 2011, $10.2 million in 2013 and $82.1 million in 2014 from early extinguishment of debt in connection with refinancing activities, with the remaining amounts relating to professional fees in connection with these refinancings.
(e) Represents severance costs. This category also includes costs and professional fees of $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and $0.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 related to restructuring activities.
(f) Represents write offs of capitalized development expenses due to the determination that certain projects would not produce the future cash flows necessary to recover the associated carrying value.
(g) Primarily represents acquisition costs in connection with our being acquired in 2010 by the Sponsors. This category also includes purchase accounting adjustments in 2010 and, subsequent to 2010, amounts primarily relate to earn-outs from prior acquisitions and an insurance recovery associated with an acquisition-related shareholder lawsuit.
(h) Represents annual management fees paid to the Sponsors. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Agreement.”
(i) Represents transactional gains and losses that are recognized in our consolidated statements of operations.
(j) Represents unusual tax credits and incentives related to special grants and credits from foreign jurisdictions, a loss on a sublease contract, a gain on the disposition of an asset, one-time litigation costs, pension payments and insurance losses, net of recoveries.
(k) We have utilized a tax rate of 37% in all periods presented which reflects our expected normalized tax rate. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011, for the period from July 30, 2010 through December 31, 2010 and for the period from January 1, 2010 through July 29, 2010, our actual effective tax rate was a 48.3% benefit, 428.9% benefit, 103.3% benefit, 65.2% benefit, 36.8% benefit and 44.5% expense, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, our actual effective tax rate was a 10.6% benefit and 49.4% benefit.

 



 

20


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors together with other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding whether to invest in shares of our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events described below could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. In such an event, the trading price of our common stock may decline and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

The impact of cost-cutting pressures across the industry we serve could lower demand for our products and services.

Clients within the financial services industry continue their focus on controlling or reducing spending as a result of the continued financial challenges and market uncertainty many of them continue to face. For example, in 2012, many large financial institutions initiated reductions in their workforces and took other measures to control or contain operational spending. More recently, many of these institutions were subject to substantial penalties from regulatory bodies. Clients within the financial services industry that strive to reduce their operating costs may seek to reduce or control their spending on financial market data and related services. If a large number of smaller clients or a critical number of larger clients reduce their spending with us, our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. Alternatively, clients may use other strategies to reduce their overall spending on financial market data services, by consolidating their spending with fewer vendors, by selecting other vendors with lower-cost offerings or by self-sourcing their need for financial market data. If clients elect to consolidate their spending on financial market data services with other vendors and not us, if we lose business to lower priced competitors, or if clients elect to self-source their financial market data needs, our financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We face intense competition.

We operate in highly competitive markets in which we compete with numerous large and small vendors of financial market data, analytics, and related services. We expect competition to continue to be intense. Some of our competitors and potential competitors have significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we have. In addition, we are highly leveraged and currently incur significant cash expenditures to service our debt. Our competitors may be able to expand their offerings and data content more effectively, use their financial resources to sustain aggressive pricing or respond more rapidly than us to new or emerging technologies, changes in the industry or changes in client needs. They may also be in a position to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and distribution of their services. In addition, these competitors sometimes have more established positions in certain product segments and geographic regions than we do. We also compete with smaller companies, some of which may be able to adopt new or emerging technologies or address client requirements more quickly than we can.

Increased competition in the future or our inability to compete effectively could adversely affect our market share, create pressure for us to offer price reductions, impact our profit margins and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

A prolonged outage at one of our data centers or a disruption of our computer operations or those of our suppliers, or our failure to timely deliver high-quality services due to other reasons, could result in the loss of clients.

Our clients rely on us for the delivery of time-sensitive, up-to-date and high-quality financial market data, analytics, and related solutions. Our timely, reliable delivery of high-quality products and services is subject to an array of technical production processes that enable our delivery platforms to leverage an extensive range of

 

21


Table of Contents

content databases. Further, we obtain significant portions of the data that we deliver to clients from stock exchanges and other third-party sources, and we are reliant on these sources for delivering high-quality data. Our business is dependent on our ability to rapidly and efficiently process substantial volumes of data and calculations on our computer-based networks and systems. Our computer operations and those of our suppliers and clients are vulnerable to interruption by fire, natural disaster, power loss, telecommunications failure, terrorist attacks, acts of war, Internet failures, computer viruses, cyber-attacks, physical sabotage, hackers and other events beyond our control. The occurrence of any of these events could significantly disrupt our operations or result in a significant interruption or delay in the delivery of our services. Although we have disaster recovery plans that include backup facilities for our primary data centers, our systems are not always fully redundant, and our disaster planning may not always be sufficient or effective. Any such event could induce our clients to reduce or terminate services, and could harm our reputation and impact our ability to compete for new business.

In addition, if any of the data we distribute is not of sufficient quality (whether due to an error on our part or because the data we obtain from third-party sources was poor quality or otherwise flawed), if any of our production processes are compromised or fail, or if any of our delivery platforms are impaired or fail, the delivery of our data may fail to meet the time requirements of our clients or the quality standards set by our clients, either of which could adversely affect our ability to compete for new clients or induce existing clients to seek alternative service suppliers. Loss of a large number of smaller clients or a critical number of larger clients as a result of any such events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

If we experience design defects, errors or failures associated with our products or services our business could suffer serious harm.

Our products and services may contain errors or may fail to perform as designed. In addition, whether we release new products and services, migrate existing products and services to new systems or upgrade outdated software and infrastructure, our products and services may contain design defects and errors when first introduced or when major new updates or enhancements are released. Many of our products and services rely on data and services we obtain from third-party vendors over which we have little or no control and may be provided to us with errors or may contribute to failures. Our clients may use our products and services within their own software, data or products or may combine our products and services into products and services obtained from other companies. As a result, when problems occur, it might be difficult to identify the source of the problem. If defects, errors or failures are discovered in our products or services, we may not be able to correct them in a timely manner, if at all.

The existence or perception of errors in or the failures of our products or services to perform up to client expectations could result in rejection of our products or services, damage to our reputation, loss of revenue, a lower rate of subscription renewals, decrease of spending on our products and services, diversion of development resources to correct the problem, or increases in service and support costs. We may also need to expend resources to eliminate or work around defects, errors, failures or delays. In each of these ways, our financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely impacted.

We are dependent on third-party suppliers for data. If we are unable to maintain relationships with key suppliers and providers of market data, we may not be able to provide our products and services to our clients. Audits of our license arrangements with our suppliers may result in our incurring material additional expense.

We depend on third-party suppliers for data, including data received from certain competitors, clients, various government and public record services and financial institutions, for data used in our products and services. Some of this data is exclusive to particular suppliers, such as national stock exchanges, including, without limitation, the [NYSE][New York Stock Exchange], Tokyo Stock Exchange and the London Stock Exchange. In some cases the data cannot be obtained from other suppliers. In other cases, although the data may

 

22


Table of Contents

be available from secondary sources, the secondary source may not be as adequate or reliable as the primary or preferred source, or we may not be able to obtain replacement data from an alternative supplier without additional cost and expense. Our data sources could also increase the price of, or withdraw, their data or information services for a variety of reasons.

In addition, our data suppliers could enter into exclusive contracts with our competitors without our knowledge. The disruption or termination of one or more of our major data supplier relationships could disrupt our operations and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Further, our third-party data suppliers perform audits on us from time to time in the ordinary course of business (including audits currently underway) to determine if data we license for redistribution has been properly accounted for in accordance with the terms of the applicable license agreement. As a result of these audits, if there is a final determination that we have incorrectly accounted for amounts owed in connection with the licensing arrangements, we may incur additional expenses and such additional expenses could be material and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

If we are unable to develop successful new products and services our business could suffer serious harm.

Our growth and success depends, in part, upon our ability to develop and sell new products and services. If we are unable to develop new products or services or if such products or services are not adopted by our market, we may not be able to grow our business or growth may occur more slowly than we anticipate. We may not be successful in developing, marketing and selling our new products and services on a timely or cost effective basis, or our new products and services may not adequately meet the requirements of the marketplace or achieve market acceptance. Any such occurences could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. In addition, clients may delay purchases of our existing products and services in anticipation of new products or services.

Consolidation within the financial services industry could lower demand for our products and services.

There continues to be consolidation among some participants in the financial markets. As consolidation occurs and synergies are achieved, there may be fewer potential clients for our products and services. When two clients that separately subscribe to use our products and services combine, they may terminate or reduce duplicative subscriptions for our products and services, or if they are billed on a usage basis, usage may decline due to synergies created by the business combination. We have experienced cancellations and/or service downgrades in prior years as a result of consolidation, and future consolidations could give rise to cancellations and/or service downgrades. A large number of cancellations, or lower utilization on an absolute dollar basis resulting from consolidations, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. In addition, if a client who accounts for a material percentage of our revenue or profit ceases operations as a result of bankruptcy such event could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Declining activity levels in the securities markets, weak or declining financial performance of financial market participants, the failure of market participants or changes in usage patterns, could lower demand for our services.

Our business is dependent in part upon the health of the global financial markets and the financial well-being of the participants in those markets. While some of the demand for financial data is static and is not dependent on the health of the global financial markets, some of the demand is driven by the types and amount of activity in the securities markets. When financial market participants experience weak or declining revenues or profit performance, they may seek to reduce expenditures on market data and related services, including our services. Further, because our revenue is a mix of fixed-fee subscriptions and usage, or volume-based, revenue, decrease in demand and usage declines would adversely impact our results of operations. Long periods of low

 

23


Table of Contents

market volatility or low trading volumes could also contribute to lower usage revenue. Further, weak financial markets or changes in the financial markets can lead firms to alter their asset investment strategies, which can adversely impact usage levels. Because many clients subscribe to our offerings over a multi-year period or annually, any impact on our results of operations could lag adverse cycles in the financial markets by 12 to 24 months.

If we are unable to maintain relationships with VARs and custodian banks, our revenue will decrease.

Part of our strategy is to serve as a major data supplier to VARs and custodian banks. Having these relationships enables us to broaden our distribution and sales networks. Further, these relationships enable us to benefit from the trend of major financial institutions outsourcing operations to custodian banks and other third-party service providers. If our relationships with our significant VAR or custodian bank clients are disrupted or terminated, or if their usage of our products and services declines, any such event could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

New offerings by competitors or new technologies or other industry changes could cause our services to become less competitive or obsolete or we may not be able to develop new or enhanced product and service offerings.

We operate in an industry that is characterized by rapid and significant technological change, frequent new service introductions (including in response to technological changes), data content and coverage enhancements, and evolving industry standards and client needs (including in response to regulatory changes). Without the timely introduction of new products, services or the expansion or enhancement of our data content and coverage, our products and services could become obsolete or inadequate over time, in which case our revenue and results of operations would suffer. We expect our competitors to continue to improve the performance of their current products and services, to enhance data content and coverage and to introduce new products and services. These competitors may adapt to new technologies, changes in the industry and changes in clients’ requirements more quickly than we can. If we fail to adequately and accurately anticipate industry trends and clients’ needs, we will be unable to introduce new products and services into the market and our existing products and services may become obsolete. Further, we may be unsuccessful at developing and introducing new services (including in response to technological changes), that are appealing to clients, with acceptable prices and terms, or any such new products and services may not be made available in a timely manner. Any of these events could adversely impact our ability to compete effectively and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Related to this, a key part of our strategy is expanding into new markets around the world, as well as continuing to grow our existing international businesses. In order to do so, we must develop new region-specific services, or add to our existing services so that they meet the needs of clients in specific geographic locations. Any new products and services or data content that we may develop and introduce may not achieve market acceptance. Lack of market acceptance of our products and services could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our reputation is a key asset and competitive advantage of our company and our business may be affected by failure to protect our reputation.

Our reputation as a trusted provider that is committed to high standards of product and service quality and reliability is important to our ability to attract and retain clients and maintain or increase our clients’ level of spending on our products and services. Actual, alleged or perceived quality or reliability issues regarding one of our products or services or the quality of our data could harm our reputation. If our reputation is harmed, our relationship with clients and business partners could be adversely impacted. Failure to protect our reputation or our ability to provide the standard of products, services and data expected by our clients may adversely impact our credibility as a trusted supplier of mission-critical information and have a negative impact on our financial condition and our results of operations.

 

24


Table of Contents

New legislation or changes in governmental or quasi-governmental rules, regulations, directives or standards may reduce demand for our services, prevent us from offering certain services or increase our expenses.

Our clients must comply with governmental and quasi-governmental rules, regulations, directives and standards. We develop, configure and market services to assist clients in meeting these requirements. New legislation, or a significant change in rules, regulations, directives or standards, including some of those introduced to mitigate systemic risk in major financial markets, as well as ones that may in the future be introduced, could impact where and how financial services invest, which could cause some of our products and services to become obsolete, reduce demand for our products and services or increase our expenses as we modify our products and services to maintain relevancy, any of which events could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. Furthermore, we may become subject to new legislation or rules with regard to the services we offer which could cause us to be prohibited from providing certain services or make provision of affected services more expensive, either of which events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

As we transition additional asset classes and services to our new technology platform, we may experience unexpected disruptions, technical problems or costs.

We have made substantial progress toward developing and deploying a new technology platform designed to enable us to consolidate our delivery platforms and the majority of our legacy technology infrastructure, and facilitate cost-effective collection, aggregation and distribution of the content that supports our evaluated pricing and reference data as well as various other offerings. Transition to the platform is underway. We believe our further transition to this infrastructure can be achieved without significant disruptions or significantly compromising product quality, sales effectiveness or client service. To date, we have not experienced any such compromises. However, notwithstanding our efforts, we may experience disruptions or encounter unexpected challenges. Further, the costs to complete the remaining work may exceed our current expectations for those costs. Any significant cost increases or disruptions to product quality, sales effectiveness or client service or to our other business operations could have an adverse effect on our operations and results of operations.

Certain of our subsidiaries and certain of our services are or may become subject to complex regulations and licensing requirements.

Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data LLC (“PRD LLC”), one of our subsidiaries, is a registered investment adviser with the SEC and is subject to significant regulatory obligations, including under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Investment Advisers Act”). Our PRD LLC subsidiary offers (1) evaluated pricing services; (2) reference data services; and (3) end-of-day pricing data services. Of these services, the evaluated pricing services are the services that are regulated. None of our other businesses or subsidiaries are registered under the Investment Advisers Act. Our Interactive Data (Australia) Pty Ltd subsidiary is licensed by the Australian Securities and Investment Commission (“ASIC”) to provide certain financial services in Australia under the Corporations Act 2001. Our services covered by the license issued by ASIC include our evaluated pricing services and certain of our desktop solutions services. Our U.K. Desktop Solutions business is registered with the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”). Our services subject to regulation by the FCA include certain of our desktop solutions services. The laws and regulations that govern our regulated activities are complex. Compliance with the Investment Advisers Act and other regulatory requirements gives rise to costs and expenses. We have employees whose duties relate primarily to ensuring we meet our legal and compliance obligations under the Investment Advisers Act and other regulatory requirements. Significant changes to applicable regulations may increase our costs. If we were to fail to maintain or otherwise forfeit any required regulatory licenses or registrations, or if we were otherwise found to be in material non-compliance with applicable regulatory requirements, we may not be able to continue offering the services or operating the impacted portions of our business or we could be subject to fines and penalties. Any such event could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, we expect to continue to innovate to meet the evolving needs of the financial services sector and our business strategy includes the introduction of new services

 

25


Table of Contents

as well as enhancements to existing services. To the extent any new services or enhancements would require us to extend our existing, or obtain new, licenses from regulatory authorizations, we may not be able to secure the required licenses or registrations. If we are not able to secure the required licenses or registrations, we may not be able to provide one or more of these new services or enhancements, which in turn could result in us not being able to compete as effectively, or impact our revenue growth rate and could have a material adverse effect on our operations and results of operations.

We are subject to regulatory oversight and we provide services to financial institutions that are subject to significant regulatory oversight, and any examination or investigation of us or our clients relating to our services could be expensive and time consuming and could harm our reputation.

The regulations that govern certain of our activities and the activities of our clients are complex. Compliance with these regulations may be reviewed and examined by federal agencies, including the SEC, state authorities and other governmental entities in both the United States and foreign countries. Any such examination by the SEC or other regulatory body may result in a finding of deficiencies, weaknesses or non-compliance with our regulatory obligations and may result in fines, sanctions and costly and time-consuming corrective actions. To the extent any of our clients become the subject of a regulatory investigation, a regulatory enforcement action or a civil lawsuit relating to actual or alleged violations of one or more of their regulatory obligations, we could also become subject to scrutiny. This scrutiny could include an examination or investigation by regulators of whether the services we provided to the client during the time period of the alleged violation were related to or contributed to the commission of the alleged or actual violation or result in a claim or civil lawsuit filed against us by the client or the client’s customers seeking damages. Any investigation by a regulatory agency of one of our clients or us, whether or not founded, or a claim or civil lawsuit filed against us, could cause us to incur substantial costs and could distract our management from our day-to-day operations and our strategic objectives. In addition, the negative publicity associated with any such examination, investigation, claim or lawsuit, and any published findings by a regulator, could adversely affect our ability to attract and/or retain clients and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

We are subject to the risks of doing business internationally.

For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2014, approximately 28.7% and 30.8%, respectively, of our revenue was generated outside of the United States, including in emerging markets and developing economies. Our growth strategy includes continuing to expand our business outside of the United States. Operations and sales outside the United States subject us to risks associated with doing business internationally, including numerous, and sometimes conflicting, legal and regulatory regimes, which may have a material adverse effect on our business and ability to expand internationally.

Accordingly, a variety of factors could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or ability to grow our operations internationally including, without limitation:

 

    failure to comply with anti-bribery laws such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (“FCPA”), the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions;

 

    difficulty in penetrating new markets and establishing, staffing and managing non-U.S. operations including differing jurisdictional labor regulations;

 

    changes in political conditions or economic instability including inflation or interest rate fluctuations;

 

    changes in local laws and regulatory requirements or exposure to adverse government action;

 

    difficulty of effective enforcement of contractual provisions in some local jurisdictions;

 

    the inadequate intellectual property protection laws in some local jurisdictions;

 

    trade sanctions such as those enforced by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Asset Control or similar international authorities;

 

26


Table of Contents
    changes in or interpretations of local tax law or policy; and

 

    difficulties in developing products and services that are tailored to local financial markets and the needs of local clients.

While we have implemented certain policies to comply with local laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including certain safeguards to discourage practices in violation of anti-bribery laws and trade sanctions by our employees and agents, there can be no assurance that our employees or agents will not engage in conduct that would subject us to investigation, regulatory sanctions or criminal or civil penalties, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. Any investigation of us or our agents, whether or not founded, could cause us to incur substantial costs and could demand significant time and attention from management, diverting them from our day-to-day operations and our strategic objectives and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

In addition, we receive revenues and incur expenses in several currencies (primarily the U.S. dollar, British pound sterling and euro) and, accordingly, are subject to exposure from adverse movements in currency exchange rates. Our financial statements are denominated in U.S. dollars, which means that we must translate the revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities of all of our businesses that have functional currencies other than U.S. dollars into U.S. dollars based on average monthly or month-end exchange rates. These translation adjustments are accumulated in stockholders’ equity. Further, when any of our businesses engage in transactions in currencies other than their designated functional currency, we may experience gains or losses arising from fluctuations in exchange rates, which impact our results of our operations. Due to the significant size of our operations in Europe, our primary exposure currently rests with the British pound sterling and the euro to U.S. dollar exchange rates. Historically we have not entered into forward currency exchange rate contracts, and to the extent that our currency exposures are not hedged, exchange rate movements may cause fluctuations in our consolidated financial statements.

The European debt crisis and related European financial restructuring efforts have contributed to instability in global credit markets and resulted in a decline in the value of the euro. If global economic and market conditions, or economic conditions in Europe, the United States or other key markets remain uncertain or deteriorate further, the value of the euro and the global credit markets may further weaken. General financial instability in countries in the European Union, including Greece, could have a contagion effect on the region and contribute to the general instability and uncertainty in the European Union. Events that adversely affect our European clients and suppliers could in turn have a materially adverse effect on our international business results and our results of operations.

We are involved in intellectual property disputes from time to time and we may be involved in additional such disputes in the future. These disputes divert management’s attention, cause us to incur costs, which in some cases can be significant, and could, under certain circumstances, prevent us from providing, or increase our costs to provide, certain products and services.

Third parties assert intellectual property infringement claims against us from time to time. While we believe that our products, services, processes and operations do not infringe in any material respect upon proprietary rights of other parties and that meritorious defenses would be available with respect to any assertions to the contrary, our products and services may be found to infringe on the proprietary rights of others. Any claims that our products, services, processes and operations infringe third parties’ rights, regardless of their merit or final resolution, would be costly to investigate and to defend against and could divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel from our day-to-day operations and the advancement of our strategic objectives and could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. Intellectual property disputes involve complex technical issues and there are inherent uncertainties in intellectual property litigation. If any such proceedings against us result in an adverse outcome, or if we otherwise elect to seek a resolution short of a final adjudication, we could be required, among other things, to pay substantial damages, to cease providing certain services if no license could be obtained on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or pay significant license fees. Such litigation or proceedings could result in the loss or compromise of our intellectual property rights. We have in the past been, and may in the future be, called upon to defend clients against third-party claims under indemnification clauses in our agreements. Any such occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

27


Table of Contents

Our business may be adversely affected if clients breach our license agreements.

Our products and services are generally made available to clients under a license agreement. We also permit access to some products and services through the Internet under clickthrough online licenses that are affirmatively acknowledged by the licensee or under terms of use. Our license agreements typically restrict use of our products and services to a specified business application or geographies and prohibit clients from copying or redistributing our content or using content outside of the limits of the license. There can be no assurance that clients will abide by the terms of our licenses or that all of our license agreements will be fully enforceable. If a client were to use our products or services outside the permitted scope or improperly redistribute our content, we may fail to capture potential revenue from such client or the potential clients to whom the content is made available. In addition, such unauthorized actions may cause us to breach and/or incur additional costs under the terms of our other contractual arrangements, including our agreements with business partners and third-party suppliers of data.

Legal protections for our intellectual property rights and other rights may not be sufficient or available to protect our competitive advantages and failure to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights adequately could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our success depends in part on our proprietary technology, processes, methodologies and information. We rely primarily on a combination of trade secret, patent, copyright, trademark, and service mark rights, as well as contractual protections (such as confidentiality, assignment of invention and non-disclosure agreements), state fair competition law and technical measures, to protect our proprietary technology, processes, methodologies and information. Despite our efforts, third parties may still try to challenge, invalidate or circumvent our rights and protections. We may not be able to fully protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights, and our competitors may infringe upon our rights. The agreements that we enter into to protect our intellectual property and proprietary information may not effectively prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of such information and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure. The laws of certain foreign countries in which we operate do not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. Further, elements of some of our products and processes may not be subject to intellectual property legal protections.

We may be required to spend significant resources to monitor, enforce or protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights. Despite such efforts, we may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate and timely steps to enforce, our intellectual property and proprietary rights. Even if we attempt to enforce or protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights or determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others through litigation or proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or other governmental authorities or administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, it may require considerable cost, time and resources to do so, and we may not be successful in such litigation or proceedings. If we fail to enforce our intellectual property or proprietary rights, our competitive position could suffer. Furthermore, our intellectual property rights may not prevent competitors from independently developing or securing rights to products or services that are similar to or duplicative of ours, using trademarks that are similar to ours in different fields of goods and services, reverse engineering our proprietary processes or technologies or designing around our patents or other legal rights. Any failure to establish, maintain or protect our intellectual property or proprietary rights could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Fraudulent or unpermitted data access and other security or privacy breaches may negatively impact our business and harm our reputation.

Some of our products and services involve the storage and transmission of proprietary information and sensitive or confidential client data, including limited client portfolio information. Misappropriation, unauthorized disclosure or corruption of client data by an employee or an external third party, via computer viruses, cyber-attacks, physical break-ins or other methods, could occur and may result in claims against us, regulatory sanctions, harm to our reputation and liability for client or vendor losses resulting from such

 

28


Table of Contents

misappropriation or disclosure. Recently, the financial services industry has been targeted for purposes of political protest, activism and fraud, as well as by foreign state actors and terrorist organizations seeking to disrupt the businesses and financial systems in the countries in which we operate. We could be a target for such illegal acts in the future. Further, third-party vendors with whom we work may experience security or privacy breaches involving our proprietary information or our clients’ sensitive or confidential data, which could expose us to unindemnified liability for client or other vendor losses, reputational harm and operational interruptions. Regardless of their merit or final resolution, allegations of misappropriation or unauthorized disclosure would be costly to investigate and to defend against and would divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel from our day-to-day operations and the advancement of our strategic objectives.

If anyone gains improper access to our databases, they may be able to steal, publish, delete or modify our confidential information or that of a third party stored or transmitted on our networks. Any significant failure, compromise, unauthorized access or disclosure, cyber-breach or interruption of our systems, including operational services, loss of service from third parties, sabotage, break-ins, failure of controls, war, terrorist activities, or computer viruses could result in lack of availability, loss of data integrity, fraud, unauthorized disclosure or other outcomes harmful to our business. Any such occurrence or allegation of occurrence could result in the loss of existing or potential clients, damage to our brand and reputation, deter data suppliers from supplying data to us, impact our ability to compete and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

We may face liability for content contained in our products and services.

We may be subject to claims for breach of contract, defamation, libel, copyright or trademark infringement, fraud or negligence, or based on other theories of liability, in each case relating to the data, articles, commentary, ratings, information or other content we distribute in our services. If such data or other content or information that we distribute has errors, is delayed or has design defects, we could be subject to liability or our reputation could suffer. We could also be subject to claims based upon the content that is accessible from our corporate website or those websites that we own and operate through links to other websites. In our Pricing and Reference Data segment, any of the following products and services may be used to support the investment processes of our clients: (1) evaluated pricing services; (2) reference data; (3) end-of-day pricing data; and (4) fixed income and equity portfolio analytics and data. In our Trading Solutions segment, any of the following products and services may be used to support the investment processes of our clients: (1) real-time market data feeds; (2) trading infrastructure managed services; and (3) workstations and customized hosted web applications. Use of our products and services as part of the investment process creates the risk that clients, or the parties whose assets are managed by our clients, may pursue claims against us for very significant dollar amounts. Any such claim, even if the outcome were to be ultimately favorable to us, could involve a significant commitment of our management, personnel, financial and other resources and could have a negative impact on our reputation. In addition, such claims and lawsuits could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations

Our use of open-source software and third-party software containing open-source elements could result in litigation or impose unanticipated restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products and services.

We use open-source software in our technology most often as small components within a larger product or service, to augment algorithms, functionalities or libraries we create and may use more open-source software in the future. Open-source code is also contained in some third-party software we rely on. We could be subject to suits by parties claiming breach of the terms of the license for such open-source software. The terms of many open-source licenses are ambiguous and have not been interpreted by U.S. or other courts, and these licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products and services. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative impact on our operating results and financial condition or require us to devote additional research and development resources to remove open-source elements from or otherwise change our software. In addition, if we were to combine our proprietary technology with open-source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain

 

29


Table of Contents

open-source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary software. If we inappropriately use open-source software, we may also be required to re-engineer our software, license our software on unfavorable terms or at no cost, discontinue certain products and services or take other remedial actions, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our cost-saving plans may not be effective, which may adversely affect our financial results.

Our business strategy and priorities involve improving our cost structure and driving efficiencies. While we have implemented and will continue to implement programs related to this strategy, we may not be able to do so successfully and we may not fully realize the projected benefits of these or any other cost-saving plans that we may seek to implement in the future. If we are unable to realize these anticipated cost reductions, our results of operation may be adversely affected. Moreover, our continued implementation of cost-saving plans and facilities integration may disrupt our operations and adversely impact our profitability. While we expect our cost-saving initiatives to result in significant cost savings throughout our organization, such savings are based on assumptions that may prove to be inaccurate, and as a result we may not realize these cost savings. The failure to achieve our estimated cost savings would constrain our ability to increase the profitability of our business.

Our growth and pursuit of operational efficiency initiatives may place significant strain on our management and human resources.

We must plan and manage our growth effectively and continue to successfully implement operational efficiency initiatives to increase revenue and profitability. Our growth and implementation of operational efficiency initiatives, including the ongoing deployment and migration to a unified technology architecture, have placed, and are expected to continue to place, significant demands on our personnel, management, technology infrastructure and other resources. As we continue to grow and as we continue to drive operational efficiencies, there can be no assurance that management will be effective in attracting, training and retaining the qualified personnel necessary to advance our growth and operational efficiency plans. Any failure to effectively manage growth or successfully implement efficiency initiatives could have a material adverse effect on our operations and results of operations.

Our success is dependent in part upon our ability to attract and retain a qualified management team and technical and other key personnel.

We depend on our ability to attract and retain a qualified management team and technical and other key personnel to operate and expand our business, and we may not be able to retain the services of these persons. In the event of any departures, our ability to replace key personnel may be difficult and may take an extended period of time because of the limited number of key personnel in the financial market data industry with the breadth of skills and experience required to operate and expand a business such as ours successfully or perform the key business or technical functions we require. Competition to hire from this limited pool of human resources is intense, and we may not be able to hire or retain such personnel. We have entered into agreements with some members of our management team and other key personnel regarding their employment with us. While these employment agreements may mitigate some of the risks we face in retaining key personnel, we still face risk in this area. The replacement of any of our key personnel would likely involve significant time and costs and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives. In addition, we do not carry any “key person” insurance policies that could offset potential loss of service under applicable circumstances. If we are unable to retain, attract and hire key personnel, such failure could have a material adverse effect on our operations and our results of operations.

We may be unsuccessful in identifying and acquiring suitable acquisition candidates, strategic alliances or joint ventures and may fail to realize the anticipated benefits from any acquisitions we complete and/or any joint ventures that we may enter into.

Our strategic plan includes growth through the possible acquisition of assets and businesses that complement or augment our existing products and services and through the entry into strategic alliances or joint

 

30


Table of Contents

ventures. We may not be successful in identifying suitable acquisition candidates, strategic alliances or joint venture partners on favorable terms, if at all. Attractive candidates are difficult to identify and complete for a number of reasons, including competition among prospective buyers or partners and, in some instances, the need for regulatory approvals, including antitrust clearance. We may not be able to identify and successfully complete acquisitions or enter into beneficial strategic alliances or joint ventures.

The success of any acquisition depends in part on our ability to integrate the acquired business or assets, including clients, employees, operating systems, operating procedures and information technology systems. We may not be able to effectively integrate, and may experience difficulty managing, the operations of any acquired business. In addition, the process of integrating acquired businesses or assets may involve unforeseen difficulties and integration could take longer than anticipated. Integrating any newly acquired businesses may require a disproportionate amount of management’s attention and financial and other resources, and detract from the resources remaining for our pre-existing business. Any acquisition we may seek to complete may be made at a substantial premium over the fair value of the net assets of the acquired business. Further, we may not be able to maintain or improve the profitability of any acquired businesses. Finally, we may not fully derive all of the anticipated benefits, such as supply cost synergies or reduced operating costs due to centralized or shared technical infrastructure.

In addition, we may incur earn-out and contingent consideration payments in connection with future acquisitions, which could result in a higher than expected impact on our future earnings. We may also finance future transactions through debt financing, including significant draws on our revolving credit facility, the issuance of our equity securities, the use of existing cash, cash equivalents or investments or a combination of the foregoing. Acquisitions financed with debt could require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow to principal and interest payments and could subject us to restrictive covenants. Acquisitions financed with the issuance of our equity securities would be dilutive to the share value and voting power of existing common shares, which could affect the market price of our common shares. Future acquisitions financed with our own cash could deplete the cash and working capital available to fund our operations adequately. Difficulty borrowing funds, selling securities or generating sufficient cash from operations to finance our activities may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

In addition, strategic alliances and joint ventures may become important to expanding our client base and expanding our offerings. The success of any future strategic alliances or joint ventures will depend in part on our ongoing ability to work collaboratively with these business partners. We may not be able to work effectively or efficiently with these business partners or achieve the anticipated benefits from these relationships.

Our Sponsors control us and may have conflicts of interest with us or our other stockholders in the future.

After the completion of this offering, certain investment funds affiliated with Silver Lake will own approximately     % of our outstanding common stock, or approximately     % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, and certain investment funds affiliated with Warburg Pincus will own approximately     % of our outstanding common stock, or approximately     % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares. The Sponsors will have the right to designate a majority of the members of our Board of Directors. As a result, the Sponsors have control over our decisions to enter into any corporate transaction and have the ability to prevent any transaction that requires the approval of the Board of Directors or our stockholders, regardless of whether such transaction may be in the best interests of our other securityholders. Additionally, the Sponsors are in the business of making investments in companies and may, from time to time, acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that none of the Sponsors, any of their affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we

 

31


Table of Contents

operate. The Sponsors also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. One or more of the Sponsors may also pursue acquisition opportunities of businesses in our market space and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long as investment funds affiliated with, and the co-investment vehicle controlled by, the Sponsors continue to indirectly own a significant amount of the outstanding shares of our common stock, even if such amount is less than 50%, the Sponsors will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions.

Examination and audits by tax authorities, including the Internal Revenue Service, or changes in tax laws could result in additional tax payments.

Our tax returns are subject to examination by various tax authorities, including the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) which may result in adjustments. We provide reserves for potential payments of tax to various tax authorities related to uncertain tax positions. Management does not believe, however, that any of our previously filed tax returns would make an audit by taxing authorities particularly likely; nor do we currently expect to file tax returns in the future that would make an audit by taxing authorities particularly likely. Our tax returns are audited by tax authorities in the normal course of business, and it is our intention to vigorously defend our prior tax returns. However, the calculation of our tax liabilities involves the application of complex tax regulations to our global operations in many jurisdictions. Therefore, any dispute with any tax authority may result in a payment that is materially different from our current estimate of the tax liabilities associated with our returns from these periods. If our estimate of tax liabilities proves to be less than the amount for which we are ultimately liable, we would incur additional charges to expense and such charges could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

In the past, we have recorded substantial income tax benefits that were partially the result of discrete events in certain periods, including the benefit associated with the losses we incurred on extinguishment of debt in 2011, 2013, and 2014; the benefit associated with transaction costs incurred in 2010 related to our 2010 acquisition by our Sponsors; and enacted rate changes in foreign jurisdictions in 2012 and 2013. Our benefits have also been the result of deductible interest expense in the U.S. due to our existing debt structure, which may not continue in the future. Our effective tax rate in the future could be adversely affected by changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in tax laws, changes in our capital structure and other potential discrete events. Tax rates in the jurisdictions in which we operate may change as a result of macroeconomic, political or other factors. Increases in the tax rate in any of the jurisdictions in which we operate could have a negative impact on our profitability. In addition, changes in tax laws, treaties or regulations, or their interpretation or enforcement, may be unpredictable, particularly in less developed markets, and could become more stringent, which could materially adversely affect our tax position. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our net income.

A material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting relating to our statement of cash flows was identified in connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

In connection with the interim review of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2015, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting. The material weakness related to our statement of cash flows due to the improper classification of re-measurement gains and losses due to foreign exchange rates, with a corresponding impact of foreign exchange on cash balances. We have corrected this error in our statement of cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2015. To remediate the identified material weakness, we have modified our internal controls to add supplementary analytical and review procedures to our financial statement close process for the purpose of establishing the foreign exchange impact on cash flows. For a discussion of the impact that future material weaknesses could have on us, please see “—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our

 

32


Table of Contents

Common Stock—We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to comply with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company.”

We may be required to take future impairment charges that would reduce our reported assets and earnings.

Goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets comprise a significant portion of our total assets. We test our goodwill and identifiable intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment on an annual basis and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. Impairment testing requires us to make significant estimates about our future performance and cash flows, as well as other assumptions. Economic conditions, competition in the market and other factors as well as changes in our share price and market capitalization after we are a public company may affect these assumptions. If future testing indicates that, more likely than not, the fair value of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets was less than their carrying values, we may be required to record a non-cash impairment charge in the period the determination is made. In addition, from time to time we may incur an impairment charge related to capitalized development costs. For example, in 2014 we incurred a $14.2 million impairment charge related to capitalized development expenses due to the determination that certain projects would not produce the future cash flows necessary to recover the associated carrying value. Recognition of an impairment would reduce our reported assets and earnings. As of June 30, 2015, our goodwill balance was $1.6 billion, which represented 41.8% of total assets, and our intangible assets balance was $1.4 billion, which represented 36.2% of our total assets.

Risks Associated with Our Indebtedness

Our substantial leverage could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent the interest rate on Opco’s variable rate debt increases and prevent Opco from meeting its obligations under its 5.875% Senior Notes due 2019.

We are highly leveraged. As of June 30, 2015, our total indebtedness was $2.6 billion. Opco also had an additional $159.4 million available for borrowing under its revolving credit facility at that date (after giving effect to $0.6 million of letters of credit that were outstanding as of June 30, 2015 related to certain operating leases). After giving effect to this offering and the repayment of certain of our indebtedness with a portion of the net proceeds from this offering, we expect to have approximately $             billion of indebtedness outstanding. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Capitalization.”

Our high degree of leverage could have important consequences for our securityholders, including:

 

    increasing our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions;

 

    requiring a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, therefore reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures and future business opportunities;

 

    exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our borrowings, including borrowings under Opco’s senior secured credit facilities will be at variable rates of interest;

 

    restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;

 

    limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, product development, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes; and

 

    limiting our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, subject to the restrictions contained in Opco’s revolving credit and term loan facilities and the indenture governing the Senior Notes. If new indebtedness is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we now face could intensify.

 

33


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2015, we recorded interest expense related to these debt obligations of $157.3 million and $74.4 million, respectively, in our consolidated statements of operations, which includes amortized interest expense related to the capitalization of deferred financing costs and accretion of original issue discount (“OID”) of $7.6 million and $3.1 million, respectively, and $6.5 million and $2.9 million, respectively.

Our debt agreements and those of our subsidiaries contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.

Opco’s senior secured credit facilities and the indentures governing the Senior Notes and PIK Toggle Notes contain various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit our and our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

 

    incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares;

 

    pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of our capital stock or make other restricted payments;

 

    make certain investments;

 

    sell or transfer assets;

 

    create liens;

 

    consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and

 

    enter into certain transactions with our affiliates.

In addition, under Opco’s senior secured credit facilities, we may, under certain circumstances, be required to satisfy and maintain specified financial ratios and other financial condition tests. Our ability to meet those financial ratios and tests can be affected by events beyond our control. We may not meet those ratios and tests. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under each of Opco’s senior secured credit facilities. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under Opco’s senior secured credit facilities, the lenders under Opco’s senior secured credit facilities could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under Opco’s senior secured credit facilities to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under Opco’s senior secured credit facilities could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure each such indebtedness. Opco has pledged substantially all of its assets as collateral under the senior secured credit facilities.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or refinance our debt obligations, depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, legislative, regulatory and other factors beyond our control. We may be unable to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems and could be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures or to dispose of material assets or operations, seek additional debt or equity capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the notes. We may not be able to effect any such alternative measures, if necessary, on commercially reasonable terms or at all and, even if successful, those alternative actions may not allow us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations.

 

34


Table of Contents

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

No market currently exists for our common stock, and an active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop, which may cause our common stock to trade at a discount from the initial offering price and make it difficult for you to sell the common stock you purchase.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in us will lead to the development of a trading market on [Nasdaq] [the NYSE] or otherwise or how active and liquid that market may become. If an active and liquid trading market does not develop or continue, you may have difficulty selling any shares of our common stock that you purchase. The initial public offering price for the shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. The market price of our common stock may decline below the initial offering price, and you may not be able to sell your shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid in this offering, or at all.

You will incur immediate dilution in the net tangible book value of the shares you purchase in this offering.

The initial public offering price of our common stock will be higher than the net tangible book value per share of outstanding common stock prior to completion of this offering. Based on our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2015 and upon the issuance and sale of              shares of common stock by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, if you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of approximately $         per share in net tangible book value. Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by purchasers of our common stock in this offering will exceed the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock upon completion of this offering. A total of              shares of common stock are expected to be reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Incentive Plan and 2015 Incentive Plan (after giving effect to this offering). You may experience additional dilution upon future equity issuances or the exercise of stock options to purchase common stock granted to our directors, officers and employees under our current and future stock incentive plans, including our 2015 Incentive Plan. See “Dilution.”

Our stock price may change significantly following this offering, and you may not be able to resell shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid or at all, and you could lose all or part of your investment as a result.

The trading price of our common stock is likely to be volatile. The stock market has experienced extreme volatility. This volatility often has been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies. We and the underwriters will negotiate to determine the initial public offering price. You may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price due to a number of factors such as those listed in “—Risks Related to Our Business” and the following:

 

    results of operations that vary from the expectations of securities analysts and investors;

 

    results of operations that vary from those of our competitors;

 

    changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates and investment recommendations by securities analysts and investors;

 

    declines in the market prices of stocks generally;

 

    strategic actions by us or our competitors;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors pertaining to significant contracts, new products or services, acquisitions, joint marketing relationships, joint ventures, other strategic relationships or capital commitments;

 

    changes in general economic or market conditions or trends in our industry or markets;

 

35


Table of Contents
    changes in business or regulatory conditions;

 

    future sales of our common stock or other securities;

 

    investor perceptions of the investment opportunity associated with our common stock relative to other investment alternatives;

 

    the public’s response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with the SEC;

 

    announcements relating to litigation or regulatory actions;

 

    guidance, if any, that we provide to the public, any changes in this guidance or our failure to meet this guidance;

 

    the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our stock;

 

    changes in accounting principles; and

 

    other events or factors, including those resulting from natural disasters, war, acts of terrorism or responses to these events.

These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, price volatility may be greater if the public float and trading volume of our common stock are low.

In the past, following periods of market volatility, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation. If we were involved in securities litigation, it could have a substantial cost and divert resources and the attention of executive management from our business regardless of the outcome of such litigation.

We are a holding company with no operations and rely on our operating subsidiaries to provide us with funds necessary to meet our financial obligations.

We are a holding company with no material direct operations. Our principal assets are the shares of common stock of Intermediate that we hold. Intermediate is the parent of Opco which, together with its subsidiaries, owns substantially all of our operating assets. As a result, we are dependent on loans, dividends and other payments from our subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations. Our subsidiaries are legally distinct from us and may be prohibited or restricted from paying dividends or otherwise making funds available to us under certain conditions. If we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to meet our financial obligations.

We currently do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, as a result, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment is if the price of our common stock appreciates.

We currently do not expect to declare or pay dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings in the foreseeable future will be used to provide working capital, to support our operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. Any determination to declare or pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors, subject to applicable laws and dependent upon a number of factors, including our earnings, capital requirements and overall financial conditions. In addition, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is currently limited by the covenants of our credit facilities and may be further restricted by the terms of any future debt or preferred securities. Accordingly, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment in our company may be if the market price of our common stock appreciates and you sell your shares at a profit. The market price for our common stock may never exceed, and may fall below, the price that you pay for such common stock.

 

36


Table of Contents

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they downgrade our stock or our sector, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business or industry. We do not control these analysts. Furthermore, if one or more of the analysts who do cover us downgrade our stock or our industry, or the stock of any of our competitors, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business or industry, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Future sales, or the perception of future sales, by us or our existing stockholders in the public market following this offering could cause the market price for our common stock to decline.

After this offering, the sale of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our common stock. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

Upon consummation of this offering, we will have a total of              shares of common stock outstanding. All shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act (“Rule 144”), including our directors, executive officers and other affiliates (including the Sponsors), may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

The              shares (or              shares, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) held by the Sponsors and certain of our directors, officers and employees immediately following the consummation of this offering will represent approximately     % (or     %, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) of our total outstanding shares of common stock following this offering, based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2015. Such shares will be “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 and subject to certain restrictions on resale following the consummation of this offering. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act or are sold pursuant to an exemption from registration such as Rule 144, as described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

In connection with this offering, we, our directors and executive officers, and holders of substantially all of our common stock prior to this offering have each agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of our or their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters. See “Underwriters” for a description of these lock-up agreements.

Upon the expiration of the contractual lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering, up to an additional              shares will be eligible for sale in the public market, of which              shares (or              shares, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144. Following completion of this offering, shares covered by registration rights would represent approximately     % (or     %, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) of our outstanding common stock. Registration of any of these outstanding shares of common stock would result in such shares becoming freely tradable without compliance with Rule 144 upon effectiveness of the registration statement. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

As restrictions on resale end or if these stockholders exercise their registration rights, the market price of our shares of common stock could drop significantly if the holders of these shares sell them or are perceived by the

 

37


Table of Contents

market as intending to sell them. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds through future offerings of our shares of common stock or other securities.

In addition, the shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Incentive Plan will become eligible for sale in the public market once those shares are issued, subject to provisions relating to various vesting agreements, lock-up agreements and Rule 144, as applicable. A total of              shares of common stock have been reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Incentive Plan.

In the future, we may also issue our securities in connection with investments or acquisitions. The amount of shares of our common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of our common stock. Any issuance of additional securities in connection with investments or acquisitions may result in additional dilution to you.

Provisions in our organizational documents could delay or prevent a change of control.

Certain provisions of our amended and restated articles of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of delaying or preventing a merger, acquisition, tender offer, takeover attempt or other change of control transaction that a stockholder might consider to be in its best interest, including attempts that might result in a premium over the market price of our common stock.

These provisions provide for, among other things:

 

    a classified Board of Directors with staggered three-year terms;

 

    the ability of our Board of Directors to issue one or more series of preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could have the effect of impeding the success of an attempt to acquire us or otherwise effect a change of control;

 

    advance notice for nominations of directors by stockholders and for stockholders to include matters to be considered at stockholder meetings;

 

    certain limitations on convening special stockholder meetings; and

 

    that certain provisions of our restated articles of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may be amended only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of all outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, if the Sponsors and certain of their affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

These provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if the third party’s offer may be considered beneficial by many of our stockholders. As a result, our stockholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that unless we consent to an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company and any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, other employee or stockholder of our company to our company’s stockholders. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

We will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of [Nasdaq] [the NYSE] rules and the rules of the SEC. As a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements that provide protection to stockholders of other companies.

After completion of this offering, the Sponsors will continue to own a majority of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards

 

38


Table of Contents

of [the NYSE] [Nasdaq]. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

 

    the requirement that a majority of our Board of Directors consist of “independent directors” as defined under the rules of [Nasdaq] [the NYSE];

 

    the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of directors meeting [Nasdaq] [the NYSE] independence standards applicable to compensation committee members with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

    the requirement that our compensation committee be responsible for the hiring and overseeing of persons acting as compensation consultants and be required to consider certain independence factors when engaging such persons;

 

    the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

    the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees.

Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we will not have a majority of independent directors, our nominating and corporate governance committee and compensation committee will not consist entirely of independent directors and such committees will not be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of [Nasdaq] [the NYSE].

We are an emerging growth company and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies, including, among other things:

 

    exemption from the auditor attestation requirements under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

    reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements;

 

    exemption from the requirements of holding non-binding stockholder votes on executive compensation arrangements; and

 

    exemption from any rules requiring mandatory audit firm rotation and auditor discussion and analysis and, unless the SEC otherwise determines, any future audit rules that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

We will be an emerging growth company until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary after the completion of this offering, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have annual gross revenue of $1 billion or more, (ii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt or (iii) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the federal securities laws. We will qualify as a large accelerated filer as of the first day of the first fiscal year after we have (i) more than $700 million in outstanding common equity held by our non-affiliates and (ii) been public for at least 12 months. The value of our outstanding common equity will be measured each year on the last day of our second fiscal quarter.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies are also permitted to elect to delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards until companies that are not subject to periodic reporting obligations are required to

 

39


Table of Contents

comply, if such accounting standards apply to non-reporting companies. We have made an irrevocable decision to opt out of this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to comply with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company.

As a public company, particularly after we cease to qualify as an emerging growth company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting and corporate governance requirements, in order to comply with the rules and regulations imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules implemented by the SEC and [Nasdaq] [NYSE]. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives and our legal and accounting compliance costs will increase. It is likely that we will need to hire additional staff in the areas of investor relations, legal and accounting to operate as a public company. We also expect that these new rules and regulations may make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our Board of Directors or as executive officers. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

For example, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, as a public company, we will be required to perform system and process evaluations and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. As described above, as an emerging growth company, we may not need to comply with the auditor attestation provisions of Section 404 for several years. Our testing, or the subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and that management expend time on compliance-related issues. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could cause our stock price to decline, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

When the available exemptions under the JOBS Act, as described above, cease to apply, we expect to incur additional expenses and devote increased management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of the JOBS Act. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs.

 

40


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

All statements (other than statements of historical facts) in this prospectus regarding the prospects of the industry and our prospects, plans, financial position and business strategy may constitute forward-looking statements. In addition, forward-looking statements generally can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “may,” “should,” “expect,” “intend,” “will,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “predict,” “potential” or “continue” or the negatives of these terms or variations of them or similar terminology. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot provide any assurance that these expectations will prove to be correct. Such statements reflect the current views of our management with respect to our operations, results of operations and future financial performance. The following factors are among those that may cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements:

 

    cost-cutting pressures across the industry we serve;

 

    the intensity of competition we face;

 

    a prolonged outage at one of our data centers or other major disruptions of our computer operations or those of our suppliers or our failure to timely deliver high-quality services due to other reasons;

 

    design defects, errors or failures associated with our products and services;

 

    our dependence on third-party suppliers for data and ability to maintain relationships with our key suppliers and providers of market data;

 

    our ability to develop successful new products and services;

 

    consolidation within the financial services industry;

 

    decline in activity levels in the securities markets, weak or declining financial performance of market participants, the failure of market participants or changes in usage patterns;

 

    our ability to maintain our relationships with VARs and custodian banks;

 

    our ability to develop new or enhanced service offerings in response to new offerings by competitors or new technologies or other industry changes;

 

    failure to protect our reputation;

 

    our ability to adapt to new legislation or changes in governmental or quasi-governmental rules, regulations, directives or standards affecting our business and products and services;

 

    the continued transition of additional asset classes and services to our new technology platform;

 

    the complex regulatory oversight to which certain of our subsidiaries and services are subject;

 

    the regulatory oversight to which we and our clients are subject;

 

    the risks of doing business internationally;

 

    intellectual property disputes, including any allegations that we infringe the intellectual property rights of others;

 

    the breach our license agreements by our clients;

 

    our inability to sufficiently protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights;

 

    fraudulent or unpermitted data access and other security or privacy breaches;

 

    liability related to content contained in our products and services;

 

    our use of open-source software and third-party software containing open-source elements;

 

    failure to achieve expected efficiencies from our cost-savings plans;

 

41


Table of Contents
    our ability to execute our growth and operational efficiency initiatives;

 

    our ability to attract and retain qualified management, technical and other key personnel;

 

    our ability to identify suitable acquisition candidates, enter into new strategic alliances or realize the anticipated benefits from any strategic acquisitions or alliances that we enter into;

 

    actions of our controlling stockholders;

 

    examinations and audits by tax authorities and changes in tax law;

 

    the need to take future impairment charges;

 

    risks related to our substantial leverage, including our ability to raise additional capital to fund operations or react to changes in the economy or our industry, and our exposure to interest rate risk on our variable rate debt;

 

    the limits on our flexibility imposed by restrictions in our debt agreements;

 

    our ability to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness;

 

    risks that an active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop;

 

    dilution in the net tangible book value of our shares due to sales in this offering;

 

    price decreases in our common stock following this offering;

 

    the fact that we are a holding company with no operations and rely on our operating subsidiaries to provide us with funds necessary to meet our financial obligations;

 

    the fact that we may not pay dividends;

 

    the fact that securities analysts could fail to publish research or reports about our business or downgrade our stock or our sector;

 

    future sales, or the perception of future sales, by us or our existing holders of our common stock;

 

    provisions in our organizational documents that could delay or prevent a change of control;

 

    our ability to rely on “controlled company” exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements following this offering, which provide protection to stockholders of other companies;

 

    our “emerging growth company” status, which may make our common stock less attractive to investors;

 

    the significant increased costs incurred as a result of operating as a public company and the fact that our management will be required to devote substantial time to comply with the laws and regulations affecting public companies; and

 

    the factors discussed in “Risk Factors.”

The preceding list is not intended to be an exhaustive list of all of our forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs, assumptions and expectations of future performance, taking into account the information currently available to us. These statements are only predictions based upon our current expectations and projections about future events. There are important factors that could cause our actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from the results, level of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Other sections of this prospectus may include additional factors that could adversely impact our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause our actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. Before investing in our

 

42


Table of Contents

common stock, investors should be aware that the occurrence of the events described under the caption “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.

 

43


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $         million from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling shareholders.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering (1) to redeem $350.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our 8.25%/9.00% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2017, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and $3.5 million of redemption premium, (2) [to redeem $         million in aggregate principal amount of Opco’s 5.875% Senior Notes due 2019, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and approximately $         million of redemption premium][to repay $         million in aggregate principal amount of term loans under Opco’s senior secured credit facilities, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon], (3) to make a one-time payment of $         million to affiliates of the Sponsors in connection with the termination of the Management Agreement described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Agreement” and (4) to the extent we raise more proceeds in this offering than currently estimated, we will use such proceeds for general corporate purposes, which may include, among other things, further repayment of indebtedness. To the extent we raise less in this offering than currently estimated, we may, if necessary, reduce the amount of the indebtedness that will be repaid. As of June 30, 2015, $350.0 million aggregate principal amount of the PIK Toggle Notes and $[350.0][1,881.0] million aggregate principal amount of the [Senior Notes][term loans under Opco’s senior secured credit facilities] was outstanding. The PIK Toggle Notes mature on December 15, 2017 and have an interest rate of 8.25% or 9.00%. [The Senior Notes mature on April 15, 2019 and have an interest rate of 5.875%.] [The term loans under Opco’s senior secured credit facilities mature on May 2, 2021 and have an interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.75% (with a 1.0% LIBOR floor).]

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 100,000 shares from the expected number of shares to be sold by us in this offering, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our net proceeds from this offering by $         million.

 

44


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

In 2012, we paid a cash dividend of $423.0 million to our stockholders, of which $330.2 million was paid to our Sponsors. In connection with the 2012 cash dividend, a total cash distribution of $16.0 million was due to our option holders, $1.0 million of which remains to be paid as of June 30, 2015 through 2017 as certain service-based options vest.

We did not pay any cash dividends in 2013.

In 2014, we paid a cash dividend of $261.7 million to our stockholders, of which $202.7 million was paid to our Sponsors. In connection with the 2014 cash dividend, a total cash distribution payable of $11.2 million was due to our option holders, $1.9 million of which remains to be paid as of June 30, 2015 through 2018 as certain service-based options vest.

We expect to declare a $         million cash dividend to our stockholders and option holders to be paid prior to the closing of this offering, which dividend is expected to be paid with cash on hand.

We currently do not expect to declare or pay any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings in the foreseeable future will be used to provide working capital, to support our operations, to finance the growth and development of our business and to reduce our net debt. Any determination to declare or pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors, subject to applicable laws, and will be dependent on a number of factors, including our earnings, capital requirements and overall financial condition. In addition, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is limited by the covenants of the credit agreements governing Opco’s senior secured credit facilities and the indentures governing the PIK Toggle Notes and Opco’s Senior Notes and may be further restricted by the terms of any future debt or preferred securities.

 

45


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2015:

 

    on an actual basis; and

 

    on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (1) the sale by us of approximately              shares of our common stock in this offering based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, (2) the application of a portion of the estimated net proceeds from the offering to redeem $350.0 million aggregate principal amount of our PIK Toggle Notes and $         million aggregate principal amount of Opco’s [Senior Notes][term loans], as described in “Use of Proceeds,” and (3) the payment of $         million to affiliates of the Sponsors in connection with the termination of the Management Agreement described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Agreement” and (4) the filing and effectiveness of our restated certificate of incorporation and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws in connection with the closing of this offering.

You should read this table together with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 30, 2015  
     Actual     Pro
Forma(1)
 
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents(2)

   $ 370,744      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt, including current portion of long-term debt:

    

Opco’s senior secured credit facilities:

    

Revolving credit facility(3)

   $      $     

Term loan facility(4)

     1,866,415     

Opco’s Senior Notes(5)

     340,416     

PIK Toggle Notes due 2017(6)

     348,273     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt, including current portion

     2,555,104     

Equity:

    

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 2,000,000 shares authorized, actual, 153,217 shares issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, pro forma,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma

     1,533     

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; no shares authorized, actual, no shares issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, pro forma, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma

         

Additional paid-in-capital

     689,362     

Accumulated loss

     (122,411  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     (26,414  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     542,070     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 3,097,174      $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

A $1.00 increase or decrease in an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, cash and cash equivalents, additional paid in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by $        , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting assumed underwriting discounts and commissions and the

 

46


Table of Contents
  estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of 100,000 shares in the number of shares sold in this offering by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, cash and cash equivalents, additional paid in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by $        , assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, and after deducting assumed underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(2) We expect to declare a $         million cash dividend to our stockholders and option holders to be paid prior to closing of this offering, which dividend is expected to be paid with cash on hand and of which we expect to pay $             million to our Sponsors.
(3) Opco had unused commitments under the revolving credit facility of $160.0 million at June 30, 2015, without giving effect to $0.6 million of letters of credit that were outstanding at June 30, 2015.
(4) The term loan facility consists of $1,881.0 million in principal amount outstanding, net of unamortized original issue discount of $14.6 million.
(5) Opco’s Senior Notes consist of $350.0 million in principal amount outstanding, net of unamortized original issue discount of $9.6 million.
(6) The PIK Toggle Notes consist of $350.0 million in principal amount outstanding, net of unamortized original issue discount of $1.7 million.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after the offering is based on the 153,217,020 shares outstanding as of June 30, 2015 and excludes:

 

    17,032,073 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2015, pursuant to the 2010 Incentive Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of $7.20 per share; and

 

                 shares of common stock expected to be reserved for future issuance under the 2015 Incentive Plan on the date of this prospectus.

The 2010 Incentive Plan will be terminated in connection with this offering and, accordingly, no shares will be available for future grants under the 2010 Incentive Plan following the completion of this offering. The 2010 Incentive Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. In addition, the shares reserved for issuance under our 2015 Incentive Plan will be increased by any shares that otherwise would be returned to the 2010 Incentive Plan as the result of the expiration or termination of options (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2015 Incentive Plan pursuant to this provision is              shares).

 

47


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest in us will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock as adjusted to give effect to this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the common stock is substantially in excess of the book value per share attributable to the shares of common stock held by existing stockholders.

Our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2015 was approximately $(2,474,522), or $(0.02) per share. We calculate net tangible book value per share by taking the amount of our total tangible assets, reduced by the amount of our total liabilities, and then dividing that amount by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding.

After giving effect to our sale of the shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us and the application of the net proceeds received by us as described under “Use of Proceeds,” our net tangible book value as adjusted to give effect to this offering on June 30, 2015 would have been $         million, or $         per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $         per share to existing stockholders and an immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value of $         per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $     

Net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2015

   $ (0.02  

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

    

Net tangible book value per share as adjusted to give effect to this offering

    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

     $                
    

 

 

 

Dilution is determined by subtracting net tangible book value per share of common stock as adjusted to give effect to this offering, from the initial public offering price per share of common stock.

Assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, a $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net tangible book value attributable to new investors purchasing shares in this offering by $         per share and the dilution to new investors by $         per share and increase or decrease the net tangible book value per share, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by $         per share.

The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 2015, the differences between the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors. As the table shows, new investors purchasing shares in this offering will pay an average price per share substantially higher than our existing stockholders paid. The table below is based on              shares of common stock outstanding immediately after the consummation of this offering and does not give effect to the shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Incentive Plan and 2015 Incentive Plan. A total of              shares of common stock have been reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Incentive Plan and 2015 Incentive Plan (after giving effect to this offering). The table below assumes an initial

 

48


Table of Contents

public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, for shares purchased in this offering and excludes underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price Per
Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    
                  (millions)               

Existing stockholders

     153,217,020                    $ 1,380.3                    $ 9.01   

New investors

            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

If the underwriters were to fully exercise the underwriters’ option to purchase                  additional shares of our common stock, the percentage of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders who are directors, officers or affiliated persons would be     % and the percentage of shares of our common stock held by new investors would be     %.

Assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, a $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $         million.

 

49


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth our summary consolidated financial data for the periods presented. The summary consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and the summary balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 are derived from audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial data for the year ended December 31, 2011, the Successor period from July 30, 2010 through December 31, 2010 and the Predecessor period from January 1, 2010 through July 29, 2010 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are derived from audited consolidated financial statements which are not included in this prospectus. The summary balance sheet data as of June 30, 2014, December 31, 2010 and July 29, 2010 is derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements which are not included in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial statement data for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 and the summary balance sheet data as of June 30, 2015 are derived from our unaudited consolidated condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods.

 

50


Table of Contents

The selected consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Successor          Predecessor          Successor  
    Year ended December 31,     Period
from
July 30
through

Dec. 31,
2010
         Period
from
January 1
through
July 29,

2010
         Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
    2014     2013     2012     2011             2015     2014  
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                       

Revenue

  $ 939,201      $ 905,113      $ 880,161      $ 867,723      $ 342,101          $ 454,544          $ 467,757      $ 466,479   

Costs and expenses:

                       

Costs of services

    344,825        297,423        292,378        293,472        115,176            161,899            161,576        171,197   

Selling, general and administrative

    278,636        273,714        275,906        258,323        124,409            158,210            152,804        153,044   

Merger costs

                                67,258            52,734                     

Depreciation

    45,924        42,537        41,456        39,391        15,962            22,504            24,218        21,868   

Amortization

    102,091        116,876        138,040        175,077        65,867            19,718            47,505        51,721   

Total costs and expenses

    771,476        730,550        747,780        766,263        388,672            415,065            386,103        397,830   

Income from operations

    167,725        174,563        132,381        101,460        (46,571         39,479            81,654        68,649   

Interest income (expense), net

    (156,868     (168,658     (150,647     (157,120     (78,364         760            (74,291     (81,559

Other income (expense), net

    1,633        347        824        (3,719     321            249            97        654   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    (82,060     (10,213            (25,450                                  (82,060

(Loss) income before income taxes

    (69,570     (3,961     (17,442     (84,829     (124,614         40,488            7,460        (94,316

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (33,609     (16,988     (18,025     (55,277     (45,853         18,014            (793     (46,555

Net (loss) income

    (35,961     13,027        583        (29,552     (78,761         22,474            8,253        (47,761

Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net of taxes

    (65,297     (2,412     22,468        (9,479     19,619            (15,226         8,687        28,038   

Comprehensive (loss) income

    (101,258     10,615        23,051        (39,031     (59,142         7,248            16,940        (19,723

Net (loss) income from continuing operations attributable to common stockholders

    (35,961     12,614        564        (29,552     (78,761         22,474            7,994        (47,761

Per Share Data:

                       

(Loss) earnings per share

                       

Basic

  $ (0.24)      $ 0.09      $ 0.00      $ (0.20   $ (0.53)          $ 2.13          $ 0.05      $ (0.32

Diluted

  $ (0.24)      $ 0.09      $ 0.00      $ (0.20   $ (0.53)          $ 2.07          $ 0.05      $ (0.32

Weighted average shares outstanding

                       

Basic

    149,229        148,347        147,995        147,788        147,441            10,547            149,352        149,174   

Diluted

    149,229        148,355        148,003        147,788        147,441            10,854            149,857        149,174   

Pro forma (loss) earnings per share(1)

                       

Basic

  $                          $       

Diluted

  $                          $       

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding(1)

                       

Basic

                       

Diluted

                       

Cash dividend paid per common share

  $ 1.71      $      $ 2.79      $      $          $          $      $ 1.71   

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

                       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 319,666      $ 357,445      $ 225,190      $ 262,152      $ 131,204                  370,744        254,798   

Marketable securities and short-term investments

           3,445        23,581                                              

Total assets

    3,817,733        3,994,172        3,980,578        4,093,671        4,133,877                  3,831,506        3,877,090   

Total debt, net of original issue discount

    2,561,724        2,312,729        2,308,670        1,986,201        1,969,453                       2,555,104        2,568,344   

 

 

51


Table of Contents

 

(1) Unaudited pro forma earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding after consummation of our public offering and after giving effect to the extinguishment of a portion of our total debt and a one-time payment to affiliates of the Sponsors in connection with the termination of the Management Agreement described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Agreement” as well as the inclusion of certain shares of restricted stock purchased by executives and other share-based awards in the basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding calculations. Unaudited pro forma earnings per share presented for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2014 is calculated as if such transactions had occurred at the date we issued such shares or the beginning of the applicable period, as appropriate.

 

52


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL

CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion may contain forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” or in other sections of this prospectus. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Company Overview

Overview

Founded in 1968, we are a leading global provider of mission-critical financial market data, analytics, and related solutions that are deeply embedded within our clients’ workflows. Our products and services help increase transparency and efficiency and reduce risk for many of the world’s largest financial institutions. More than 5,000 financial institutions and approximately 600 software and service providers use our products and services, incorporating our information throughout the investment lifecycle, in areas such as trading, portfolio management, regulatory compliance, risk management and securities valuation. We enjoy strong relationships with our diverse client base, which includes 49 of the top 50 global asset managers, all of the top 50 U.S. mutual funds, 48 of the top 50 U.S. banks, 33 of the top 50 global hedge funds, all of the top 15 global custodians, all of the top 10 global investment banks and all of the top 5 index providers.

Interactive Data Holdings Corporation is a holding company with no material direct operations. Our principal assets are the shares of common stock of Igloo Intermediate Corporation (“Intermediate”) that we hold. Intermediate is the parent of Opco which, together with its subsidiaries, owns substantially all of our operating assets.

Our financial reporting is currently based on two reportable operating segments: Pricing and Reference Data, and Trading Solutions. The Pricing and Reference Data segment includes two reporting units (Pricing and Reference Data Services and BondEdge Solutions), which represent our evaluated pricing, reference data, end-of-day pricing data and fixed income and equity portfolio analytics service areas. The Trading Solutions segment includes four reporting units (Real-Time Services, 7ticks, Desktop Solutions and Managed Solutions), which represent our real-time data feeds, trading infrastructure managed services, workstations and hosted web applications. Please refer to Note 13 “Segment Information” in the Notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Pricing and Reference Data

Our Pricing and Reference Data segment, which represented the vast majority of our Adjusted EBITDA in 2014, provides an extensive set of market data products and analytics, many of which are proprietary, to over 5,000 clients worldwide. Our clients include asset management firms, mutual funds companies, hedge funds, pension funds, insurance companies, ETF sponsors, index providers, banks, and brokerage firms, as well as hundreds of VARs such as custodians, software providers and other outsourcing organizations. The Pricing and Reference Data segment provides:

 

    evaluated pricing services on approximately 2.7 million fixed income securities and other hard-to-value financial instruments;

 

    reference data on over 10 million global financial instruments, including descriptive data, terms and conditions and corporate actions;

 

53


Table of Contents
    end-of-day pricing data from a range of sources, including approximately 120 financial markets and exchanges; and

 

    fixed income and equity portfolio analytics and data.

This segment accounted for $337.5 million, or 72.2%, of our revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and $662.9 million, or 70.6%, of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Trading Solutions

Our Trading Solutions segment provides products and services to thousands of global clients that support a range of trading, wealth management, and other investment applications. The Trading Solutions segment provides: (1) real-time market data feeds and trading infrastructure managed services used by asset managers, mutual funds, hedge funds, proprietary trading firms, VARs, banks, and brokers, to facilitate low latency electronic trading across a range of asset classes and to support other applications such as portfolio pricing, risk, and compliance; and (2) workstations and customized hosted web applications that provide access to market data and related analytics and tools for financial advisors, investment professionals, individual investors and a range of corporate clients. This segment accounted for $130.2 million, or 27.8%, of our revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and for $276.3 million, or 29.4% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Business and Market Trends

In recent years, financial institutions globally have acted to control or reduce spending, including spending on financial information and related services. Many of the products and services we sell are required for our clients’ business operations regardless of market volatility or shifts in business profitability levels. For this and other reasons, notwithstanding the uncertainty our clients continue to face, we have maintained positive organic revenue growth for over 15 years. We expect that cost reduction and cost containment pressures will continue. At the same time, we believe overall spending on financial information services will experience moderate growth over the next several years.

We anticipate that growth in the financial information services sector and the other end-markets we serve will be driven by a number of global trends including the following:

 

    increasing U.S. and global regulatory demands and investor demands for transparency within the financial services industry;

 

    greater use of fair value accounting standards globally;

 

    greater emphasis on risk management within financial services;

 

    increased focus by financial services firms to contain costs and increase operational efficiency;

 

    ongoing growth in the size and diversity of financial markets;

 

    increased electronification of fixed income markets;

 

    consolidation within and across the financial services industry, which provides opportunities to gain larger clients who may seek to spend more with us across their consolidated operations;

 

    increasing demand for outsourced services by financial institutions; and

 

    numerous dynamics within the wealth management sector, including demographic, geopolitical, technological and sector-specific changes that are influencing how financial services companies manage their global wealth management capabilities.

Our Pricing and Reference Data segment continued to grow into 2015 primarily due to expansion within our evaluated pricing and reference data product areas in North America and Europe. Key drivers within these product areas were strong revenue retention rates; increased demand from existing clients and, to a lesser extent,

 

54


Table of Contents

new clients that have resulted in new subscriptions; support of evolving investment strategies and other activities that require new data sets or data for an increased number of securities; and the effect of annual price increases, which are supported by investments in product development and customer service. We have historically achieved high revenue retention rates within our Pricing and Reference Data segment due to the mission-critical nature of our offerings, the way in which our services often support workflow-centric applications, as well our responsive account management and support. We measure revenue retention rates for this segment by using the following formula: we divide the dollar magnitude of cancellations (including revenue declines from continuing customers related to service downgrades, renegotiations, price reductions and usage declines) we received during the prior 12 months by the annualized quarterly revenue at the beginning of that same 12-month period. We then subtract this percentage from 100% to derive the annualized quarterly revenue retention rate. Our annualized quarterly revenue retention rate for our Pricing and Reference Data segment has averaged approximately 94% since 2007, and it was approximately 95% as of June 30, 2015.

The revenue performance within our Trading Solutions segment in recent years has been impacted by extended sales cycles and delays in client implementations, which have continued to affect the segment’s new sales, particularly for larger opportunities in the European wealth management sector. For example, in the six months ended June 30, 2015, our wealth management business experienced a revenue decline of 16.6% as compared to the comparable period in 2014, while at the same time seeing an increase in its backlog of signed, unimplemented deals of 63.0% to $9.8 million. In addition, during the same period, the backlog in our infrastructure managed services area increased by 101.0% to $12.8 million. Our success in expanding the subscriber base for our workstations in the North American wealth management sector in recent quarters has helped to offset challenges in retaining subscribers for our workstations targeting the individual investor market. Revenue in this segment is also affected by the timing and magnitude of large customer implementations of 7ticks trading infrastructure managed services.

Within our Trading Solutions segment, we report the total number of global subscribers across our range of workstations. As of June 30, 2015, our workstations and related applications supported approximately 88,400 total subscribers worldwide, compared with approximately 82,100 total subscribers as of June 30, 2014. Period-to-period changes in the total number of global subscribers, as well as shifts in the mix of subscribers by service type, can also impact future revenue.

Across each of our businesses, regardless of business segment, we contract with clients through fixed-fee subscriptions (on either a multi-year, annual, quarterly or monthly basis), variable fees based on usage or a combination of fixed-fee subscription and usage-based fees. In addition, some of our services generate one-time or non-recurring revenue, such as one-time purchases of historical data or installations (including product upgrades, set-up services or other related customized development, or hardware-related infrastructure implementations). Our contracts typically renew automatically unless canceled by one of the parties.

Initial Public Offering

We intend to use the net proceeds received by us from this offering to redeem $350 million in aggregate principle amount of our 8.25%/9.00% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2017, [to redeem $             million in aggregate principal amount of Opco’s 5.875% Senior Notes due 2019][to repay $             million in aggregate principle amount of term loans under Opco’s senior secured credit facilities] and to make a one-time payment of $             million to affiliates of the Sponsors in connection with the termination of the Management Agreement described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Agreement.” We expect to recognize charges related to (1) the premium[s] in an [aggregate] amount equal to $             million required to redeem such debt, (2) the one-time payment of $             million in connection with the termination of the Management Agreement and (3) legal and other expenses related to this offering. We also expect to recognize non-cash charges of (a) $             related to the write-off of deferred financing fees in connection with the retirement of such debt, (b) $24.5 million of expense associated with shares of restricted stock held by certain executives subject to repurchase rights that expire upon consummation of the offering and (c) $             million

 

55


Table of Contents

related to certain stock option awards that vest upon consummation of the offering. See Note 6 “Stock-Based Compensation” in the Notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Additionally, following the completion of this offering, we expect to incur costs associated with operating as a public company that we did not incur as a private company.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. For a detailed discussion on the application of these and other accounting policies, see Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the Notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to stock-based compensation, revenue recognition, goodwill and intangible assets, accrued liabilities and income taxes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We believe the following critical accounting policies require our most significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sale price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue for subscription based contracts is recognized ratably over the life of the contract and revenue for usage based contracts is recognized in the month that the products/services are provided. Certain of our businesses collect fees for installation/set-up services which, if deemed a separate deliverable with standalone value, are recognized upon delivery as long as the remaining criteria for recognition of revenue have been achieved. Revenue for installation/set-up services, that do not meet the criteria for separation, is recognized ratably either over the contractual term or the expected client relationship life depending on the applicable accounting rules relevant to the transaction. Revenue for professional services is recognized as the services are provided, and revenue for hardware is recognized when the installation is complete and the related services go-live. We evaluate all contracts in order to determine appropriate gross versus net revenue reporting.

Some contracts include multiple elements for which we determine whether the various elements meet the applicable criteria to be accounted for as separate elements and make estimates regarding their relative fair values. Revenue for elements that cannot be separated is recognized once the revenue recognition criteria for the entire arrangement has been met or over the period that our obligation to perform is fulfilled. Consideration for elements that are deemed separable is allocated to the separate elements at the inception of the arrangement on the basis of their relative selling price and recognized based on meeting authoritative criteria to do so.

Deferred revenue represents contractual billings in excess of revenue recognized. We record revenue net of applicable sales tax collected and remitted to state and local taxing jurisdictions. Taxes collected from clients are recorded as a liability in the balance sheet.

Our allowance for doubtful accounts and sales credit reserves are not material to our consolidated revenues or our consolidated financial statements taken as a whole and are not expected to become material in the foreseeable future.

 

56


Table of Contents

No individual client accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated revenues in the six months ended June 30, 2015 and the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Goodwill

We perform impairment tests of goodwill assigned to our reporting units in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or whenever events or circumstances indicate impairment may exist.

At December 31, 2014, we had two reportable segments: Pricing and Reference Data and Trading Solutions. Within the Pricing and Reference Data segment, there are two reporting units: Pricing and Reference Data Services and BondEdge Solutions. Within the Trading Solutions segment, there are four reporting units: Real-Time Services, 7ticks, Desktop Solutions and Managed Solutions. All of these reporting units have been determined to represent operating segments. In the fourth quarter of 2013, in connection with its periodic review of segment information, we concluded that the 7ticks business should now be classified as a standalone operating segment/reporting unit. Previously 7ticks was classified as a component of the Real-Time Services operating segment/reporting unit. We allocated a portion of the goodwill assigned to the legacy Real-Time Services reporting unit to the 7ticks reporting unit using the relative fair value approach based on the fair value determined in the 2013 annual impairment analysis, for which 7ticks was treated as a standalone reporting unit. Other than the classification of 7ticks as a standalone operating segment/reporting unit in 2013, we did not identify any other changes to the composition of our operating segments or reporting units during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

In performing goodwill assessments, we rely on a number of factors including operating results, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows, and transactions and market place data. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and judgment in applying them to the analysis of goodwill impairment. Since judgment is involved in performing goodwill valuation analyses, there is risk that the carrying value of our goodwill may be overstated or understated. We calculate our goodwill valuations using an income approach model based on the present value of future cash flows of each reporting unit. Our model uses perpetual free cash flows in the calculation of the present value of future cash flows. This approach incorporates many assumptions including future growth rates, discount factors and income tax rates. Such assumptions take into account numerous factors including, historical experience and anticipated economic and market conditions, for purposes of determining market value from a market participant perspective. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the respective carrying value of the reporting unit’s assigned assets and liabilities, no impairment is recorded and no further analysis is performed.

If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than the carrying value of the reporting unit’s assigned assets and liabilities, we would perform the Step 2 calculation required under authoritative accounting literature. In Step 2, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill would be determined by assigning a fair value to all of the reporting unit’s assets and liabilities, including any unrecognized intangible assets, as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination at fair value. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss would be recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

Based on our annual assessment performed in the fourth quarter of the 2014 fiscal year, including application of the assumptions described above, no impairment in any reporting unit existed and a hypothetical 10% reduction in the fair value of any reporting unit would not result in impairment.

Although changes in economic and operating conditions impacting our assumptions used to complete the fiscal 2014 goodwill impairment analysis could result in goodwill impairment in future periods, as of December 31, 2014, based upon the analysis performed for the year ended December 31, 2014, including consideration of reasonably likely adverse changes in assumptions, we concluded that it was not reasonably likely that an impairment would occur over the next 12 months.

 

57


Table of Contents

Key Metrics

Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”), Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income

We calculate EBITDA by adding back to GAAP net (loss) income the following items: interest (and other financing costs), net, income taxes, depreciation and amortization and other income (expense), net. We calculate Adjusted EBITDA by adding back to EBITDA other non-cash, non-operational or non-recurring items. The calculations of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA (which are all considered non-GAAP measures) are as follows:

 

    Successor          Predecessor          Successor  
    Year Ended December 31,     Period
from
July 30
through
Dec. 31,

2010
         Period from
January 1
through
July 29,

2010
         Six Months
Ended

June 30,
 
    2014     2013     2012     2011             2015     2014  
    (in thousands, except margin)  

Net (loss) income

  $ (35,961   $ 13,027      $ 583        (29,552     (78,761         22,474          $ 8,253      $ (47,761

Interest expense (income), net

    156,868        168,658        150,647        157,120        78,364            (760         74,291        81,559   

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (33,609     (16,988     (18,025     (55,277     (45,853         18,014            (793     (46,555

Depreciation and amortization

    148,015        159,413        179,496        214,468        81,829            42,222            71,723        73,589   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

  $ 235,313      $ 324,110      $ 312,701      $ 286,759      $ 35,579          $ 81,950          $ 153,474      $ 60,832   

Adjustments:

                       

Stock-based compensation(a)

    14,002        4,026        14,235        4,229        111            23,985            1,602        12,504   

Option holder payments(b)

    4,392        3,141        3,505                                     2,643        1,538   

Debt extinguishment and other related costs on refinancings(c)

    82,123        10,382               25,908                                     82,123   

IPO preparation and execution costs

                                                      275          

Severance and restructuring costs(d)

    13,834        7,266        6,234        5,700        16,399            2,053            560        1,754   

Impairment of intangible and other assets(e)

    14,185                      287        3,308                              3,204   

Acquisition related items(f)

    76        (256     (538     5,631        70,813            52,834            38        38   

Sponsor fees(g)

    3,000        3,000        3,000        3,003        1,267                       1,500        1,500   

Foreign exchange (gains) losses(h)

    (3,727     772        2,693        495        1,335            172            18,763        7,042   

Other normalizing and unusual items(i)

    (1,622     (1,876     2,176        675        583            (726         1,439        (623
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 361,576      $ 350,565      $ 344,006      $ 332,687      $ 129,395          $ 160,268          $ 180,294      $ 169,912   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA margin(j)

    38.5     38.7     39.1     38.3     37.8         35.3         38.5     36.4

 

(a) Represents stock-based compensation expense resulting from awards to our employees, officers, directors and consultants.
(b) Represents expense related to payments to option holders upon vesting of service-based options related to dividends paid by us of $423.0 million in 2012 and $261.7 million in 2014. The amount remaining to be expensed in connection with these dividends is approximately $2.9 million as of June 30, 2015.
(c) Represents costs of $25.5 million in 2011, $10.2 million in 2013 and $82.1 million in 2014 from early extinguishment of debt in connection with refinancing activities, with the remaining amounts relating to professional fees in connection with these refinancings.
(d) Represents severance costs. This category also includes costs and professional fees of $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, and $0.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 related to restructuring activities.
(e) Represents write offs of capitalized development expenses due to the determination that certain projects would not produce the future cash flows necessary to recover the associated carrying value.
(f) Primarily represents acquisition costs in connection with our being acquired in 2010 by the Sponsors. This category also includes purchase accounting adjustments in 2010 and, subsequent to 2010, amounts primarily relate to earn-outs from prior acquisitions and an insurance recovery associated with an acquisition-related shareholder lawsuit.
(g) Represents annual management fees paid to the Sponsors. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Agreement.”
(h) Represents transactional gains and losses that are recognized in our consolidated statements of operations.
(i) Represents unusual tax credits and incentives related to special grants and credits from foreign jurisdictions, a loss on a sublease contract, a gain on the disposition of an asset, one-time litigation costs, pension payments, insurance losses, net of recoveries, and other normalizing and unusual items.
(j) Adjusted EBITDA margin is calculated by dividing Adjusted EBITDA by total revenue.

 

58


Table of Contents

We calculate Adjusted net income by adding back to GAAP income (loss) before taxes the following items: amortization of acquisition related intangible assets, certain other non-cash, non-operational or non-recurring items and the tax effect of such adjustments. The calculation of Adjusted net income (which is considered a non-GAAP measure) is as follows:

 

    Successor          Predecessor          Successor  
    Year Ended December 31,     Period
from
July 30
through
Dec. 31,

2010
         Period from
January 1
through July 29,

2010
         Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
    2014     2013     2012     2011             2015     2014  
    (in thousands)                                              

Income (loss) before taxes

  $ (69,570   $ (3,961   $ (17,442   $ (84,829   $ (124,614       $ 40,488          $ 7,460      $ (94,316

Amortization of acquisition related intangible assets(a)

    102,091        116,876        138,040        175,077        65,867            19,718            47,505        51,721   

Stock-based compensation(b)

    14,002        4,026        14,235        4,229        111            23,985            1,602        12,504   

Option holder payments(c)

    4,392        3,141        3,505                                     2,643        1,538   

Debt extinguishment and other related costs on refinancings(d)

    82,123        10,382               25,908                                     82,123   

IPO preparation and execution costs

                                                      275          

Severance and restructuring costs(e)

    13,834        7,266        6,234        5,700        16,399            2,053            560        1,754   

Impairment of intangible and other assets(f)

    14,185                      287        3,308                              3,204   

Acquisition related items(g)

    76        (256     (538     5,631        70,813            52,834            38        38   

Sponsor fees(h)

    3,000        3,000        3,000        3,003        1,267                       1,500        1,500   

Foreign exchange (gains) losses(i)

    (3,727     772        2,693        495        1,335            172            18,763        7,042   

Other normalizing and unusual items(j)

    (1,622     (1,876     2,176        675        583            (726         1,439        (623
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted net income before taxes

    158,784        139,370        151,903        136,176        35,069            138,524            81,785        66,485   

Tax effect of above adjustments(k)

    (58,750     (51,567     (56,204     (50,385     (12,976         (51,254         (30,260     (24,599
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted net income

  $ 100,034      $ 87,803      $ 95,699      $ 85,791      $ 22,093          $ 87,270          $ 51,525      $ 41,886   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Represents amortization of acquired intangible assets.
(b) Represents stock-based compensation expense resulting from awards to our employees, officers, directors and consultants.
(c) Represents expense related to payments to option holders upon vesting of service-based options related to dividends paid by us of $423.0 million in 2012 and $261.7 million in 2014. The amount remaining to be expensed in connection with these dividends is approximately $2.9 million as of June 30, 2015.
(d) Represents costs of $25.5 million in 2011, $10.2 million in 2013 and $82.1 million in 2014 from early extinguishment of debt in connection with refinancing activities, with the remaining amounts relating to professional fees in connection with these refinancings.
(e) Represents severance costs. This category also includes costs and professional fees of $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, and $0.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 related to restructuring activities.
(f) Represents write offs of capitalized development expenses due to the determination that certain projects would not produce the future cash flows necessary to recover the associated carrying value.
(g) Primarily represents acquisition costs in connection with our being acquired in 2010 by the Sponsors. This category also includes purchase accounting adjustments in 2010 and, subsequent to 2010, amounts primarily relate to earn-outs from prior acquisitions and an insurance recovery associated with an acquisition-related shareholder lawsuit.
(h) Represents annual management fees paid to the Sponsors. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Agreement.”
(i) Represents transactional gains and losses that are recognized in our consolidated statements of operations.
(j) Represents unusual tax credits and incentives related to special grants and credits from foreign jurisdictions, a loss on a sublease contract, a gain on the disposition of an asset, one-time litigation costs, pension payments, insurance losses, net of recoveries, and other normalizing and unusual items.
(k) We have utilized a tax rate of 37% in all periods presented which reflects our expected normalized tax rate. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011, for the period from July 30, 2010 through December 31, 2010 and for the period from January 1, 2010 through July 29, 2010, our actual effective tax rate was a 48.3% benefit, 428.9% benefit, 103.3% benefit, 65.2% benefit, 36.8% benefit and 44.5% expense, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, our actual effective tax rate was a 10.6% benefit and 49.4% benefit.

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income are not recognized terms under GAAP, and are considered Non-GAAP measures. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income are not intended to be presented as an alternative to GAAP net income or income from continuing operations as a measure of our

 

59


Table of Contents

operating performance or to GAAP cash flows from operating activities as a measure of our liquidity. Additionally, EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income are not a measure of free cash flow available for management’s discretionary use. Certain cash requirements such as interest payments, tax payments and debt service requirements are added back to GAAP net income for the purpose of calculating EBITDA. The presentation of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported in accordance with GAAP.

We believe EBITDA provides useful information about underlying core business trends as it excludes the results of many decisions that are outside the control of operating management and can differ significantly from company to company depending on, among other things, long-term strategic decisions regarding capital structure, the tax jurisdictions in which companies operate and capital investments.

We believe that the inclusion of information on the adjustments to EBITDA and income (loss) before taxes applied in determining Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income, respectively, are useful additional information to investors regarding certain items we believe are not part of our ongoing core operating expenses, do not require a cash outlay, or that we do not expect to reoccur (or continue at the same level) in the future. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income are also used by management as measures of our profitability and cash generation strength.

Since not all companies use identical EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income calculations, our results reported for each of these metrics may not be comparable to other similarly titled metrics used by other companies. We believe the non-GAAP financial measures we provide to investors supplement GAAP results and provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting our business than GAAP results alone.

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented and as a percentage of our revenue for those periods.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     % Change     Six Months Ended June 30,  

(in thousands, except for
percentages)

  2014     2013     2012     2014 vs.
2013
    2013 vs.
2012
    2015     2014     % Change
2015 vs.
2014
 

Revenue

  $ 939,201      $ 905,113      $ 880,161        3.8     2.8   $ 467,757      $ 466,479        0.3

Costs and expenses:

               

Cost of services

    344,825        297,423        292,378        15.9     1.7     161,576        171,197        (5.6 )% 

Selling, general and administrative

    278,636        273,714        275,906        1.8     (0.8 )%      152,804        153,044        (0.2 )% 

Depreciation

    45,924        42,537        41,456        8.0     2.6     24,218        21,868        10.7

Amortization

    102,091        116,876        138,040        (12.7 )%      (15.3 )%      47,505        51,721        (8.2 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

    771,476        730,550        747,780        5.6     (2.3 )%      386,103        397,830        (2.9 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from Operations

    167,725        174,563        132,381        (3.9 )%      31.9     81,654        68,649        18.9

Interest expense, net

    (156,868     (168,658     (150,647     (7.0 )%      (12.0 )%      (74,291     (81,559     (8.9 )% 

Other income, net

    1,633        347        824        370.6     (57.9 )%      97        654        (85.2 )% 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    (82,060     (10,213            703.5     100.0            (82,060     (100.0 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before taxes

    (69,570     (3,961     (17,442     (1,656.4 )%      (77.3 )%      7,460        (94,316     107.9

Income tax benefit

    (33,609     (16,988     (18,025     97.8     (5.8 )%      (793     (46,555     98.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

  $ (35,961   $ 13,027      $ 583        (376.0 )%      2,134.5   $ 8,253      $ (47,761     117.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

60


Table of Contents

Impact of Foreign Exchange

On a quarterly and annual basis, we calculate the impact of the change in foreign exchange rates between the current reporting period and the respective prior year reporting period. We provide the U.S. dollar impact resulting from the change in foreign exchange rates on current period revenue, cost of services, selling, general and administrative, depreciation, and amortization expenses. We calculate this impact by comparing the average foreign exchange rates for each operating currency for the current reporting period to the average foreign exchange rates for such operating currency for the respective year-ago reporting period. We believe that by providing this information we are facilitating more meaningful period-to-period comparisons of our underlying business.

When presenting our results, in addition to presenting GAAP results, we apply constant foreign exchange rates in order to show business results without the impact of changing foreign exchange rates. Foreign currency fluctuations are outside of our control and the impact on results of operations of currency fluctuations may not be indicative of the underlying performance of the business. Management believes that providing this additional information to investors facilitates period-to-period comparisons of our underlying business and results of operations. Generally, when the U.S. dollar either strengthens or weakens against other currencies, the growth at constant foreign exchange rates will be higher or lower than growth reported at actual exchange rates. This presentation of results applying constant foreign exchanges rates is considered a non-GAAP presentation. We use the term organic revenue to refer to revenue adjusted to exclude the impacts of changes in foreign exchange rates and acquisitions and divestitures.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2015 versus Six Months Ended June 30, 2014

Revenue

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

June 30,

     % Change     2015
Foreign
Exchange
     2015
Revenue

Adjusted
for

Foreign
Exchange

(Non-
GAAP)
     Adjusted %
Change
 

(in thousands, except for percentages)

   2015      2014             

Pricing and Reference Data

   $ 337,514       $ 328,773         2.7 %    $ 7,163       $ 344,677         4.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Trading Solutions:

                

Real-Time Feeds and Trading Infrastructure

   $ 61,758       $ 62,079         (0.5 )%    $ 6,411       $ 68,169         9.8

Workstations and Hosted Web Applications

   $ 68,485       $ 75,627         (9.4 )%    $ 815       $ 69,300         (8.4 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total Trading Solutions

   $ 130,243       $ 137,706         (5.4 )%    $ 7,226       $ 137,469         (0.2 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 467,757       $ 466,479         0.3   $ 14,389       $ 482,146         3.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2015 increased $1.3 million, or 0.3%, to $467.8 million compared with the six months ended June 30, 2014. The change in foreign exchange rates decreased total revenue by $14.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2015. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, total revenue increased by $15.7 million, or 3.4% to $482.1 million. The impact of foreign exchange is primarily related to fluctuations of the U.S. dollar against the British pound sterling and the euro.

Pricing and Reference Data

Revenue within the Pricing and Reference Data segment increased by $8.7 million, or 2.7%, to $337.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared with the six months ended June 30, 2014. The change in foreign exchange rates decreased Pricing and Reference Data revenue by $7.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2015. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, Pricing and Reference Data revenue increased by $15.9 million, or

 

61


Table of Contents

4.8%, to $344.7 million. The segment’s revenue growth reflects an increase in the North America region of our evaluated pricing and reference data services of $14.4 million which was driven by the impact of annual price increases, growth within the fixed income and equity portfolio analytics platform and contributions from newer products. This increase is offset by a $6.3 million decrease in revenue in the Europe and Asia Pacific regions.

Trading Solutions

Revenue within the Trading Solutions segment decreased by $7.5 million, or 5.4%, to $130.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2015, compared with the six months ended June 30, 2014. The change in foreign exchange rates decreased Trading Solutions revenue by $7.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2015. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, Trading Solutions revenue decreased by $0.2 million, or 0.2% to $137.5 million. Lower revenue was primarily driven by our customized hosted web applications and real-time services product areas reporting lower recurring and non-recurring revenue, primarily due to a decrease of $8.2 million in Europe, and one-time large customer implementations of $2.4 million in the 7ticks trading infrastructure managed services product area in the first quarter of 2014 that did not recur in 2015, offset by a $2.7 million increase in recurring and non-recurring revenue in the 7ticks product area.

Cost of Services

Cost of services expenses are composed mainly of personnel-related expenses, communication, data acquisition, outside professional services and expenditures associated with software and hardware maintenance agreements.

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  

(in thousands, except for percentages)

   2015      2014      % Change     2015
Foreign
Exchange
     2015
COS
Adjusted for
Foreign

Exchange
(Non-GAAP)
     Adjusted %
Change
 

Cost of services (“COS”)

   $ 161,576       $ 171,197         (5.6 )%    $ 7,133       $ 168,709         (1.5 )% 

Cost of services expenses decreased by $9.6 million, or 5.6%, to $161.6 million during the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared with the six months ended June 30, 2014. The change in foreign exchange rates decreased cost of services expense by $ 7.1 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, cost of services expenses decreased by $2.5 million, or 1.5%, to $168.7 million.

Further detail of the components of cost of services expense is below:

 

     For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
 

(in thousands)

   2015      2014  

Personnel-related expenses

   $ 92,723       $ 97,774   

Communications expense

     29,521         28,685   

Data acquisition expense

     17,220         17,964   

Hardware and software expense

     10,898         13,472   

All other cost of services expenses

     11,214         13,302   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of services expenses

   $ 161,576       $ 171,197   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The decrease in cost of services expense was primarily driven by a $5.1 million decrease in personnel-related expenses due to a decrease in head count in the current period as well as a $3.3 million decrease due to the impairment of an internal development project in the Trading Solutions segment recognized in the three months ended June 30, 2014 that did not recur in 2015 and a $2.6 million decrease in billable hardware costs

 

62


Table of Contents

which is related to one-time and non-recurring hardware sales in the first quarter of 2014 which did not recur in 2015. These decreases were offset by increases in other categories of cost of services related expenses. Cost of services expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased to 34.5% in the six months ended June 30, 2015 from 36.7% for the six months ended June 30, 2014.

Cost of services expense within the Pricing and Reference Data segment increased by $2.3 million from $68.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014 to $70.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2015. This increase was primarily driven by a $1.6 million increase in incentive-based compensation and a $0.9 increase in other professional fees. Cost of services expenses as a percentage of revenue within the Pricing and Reference Data segment increased to 21.0% in the six months ended June 30, 2015 from 20.8% for the six months ended June 30, 2014.

Cost of services expense within the Trading Solutions segment decreased by $14.1 million from $76.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014 to $62.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2015. This decrease was primarily driven by a $3.3 million decrease due to the impairment of an internal development project recognized in the first quarter of 2014 which did not recur in 2015, a $3.2 million decrease in personnel-related expenses due to a decrease in headcount in the second quarter of 2015, a $2.6 million decrease in billable hardware costs which is related to one-time and non-recurring hardware sales in the first quarter of 2014 which did not recur in 2015 and a $2.8 million decrease in communication expense. Cost of services expenses as a percentage of revenue within the Trading Solutions segment decreased to 47.8% in the six months ended June 30, 2015 from 55.4% for the six months ended June 30, 2014.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses are composed mainly of personnel-related expense, outside professional services, advertising and marketing expenses, occupancy-related expenses, and commissions paid to third parties for distribution of our data to clients.

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  

(in thousands, except for percentages)

   2015      2014      % Change     2015
Foreign
Exchange
     2015
SG&A
Adjusted for
Foreign

Exchange
(Non-GAAP)
     Adjusted %
Change
 

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 152,804       $ 153,044         (0.2 )%    $ 4,762       $ 157,566         3.0

During the six months ended June 30, 2015, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by $0.2 million, or 0.2%, to $152.8 million compared with the six months ended June 30, 2014. The change in foreign exchange rates decreased selling, general, and administrative expenses by $4.8 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $4.5 million, or 3.0% as compared with the six months ended June 30, 2014.

Further detail of the components of selling, general, and administrative expenses is below:

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  

(in thousands)

           2015                      2014          

Personnel-related expenses

   $ 83,905       $ 96,192   

Royalty expense

     17,572         15,797   

Rent and related expenses

     11,464         12,052   

Transactional foreign exchange losses

     18,100         6,426   

All other selling, general, and administrative expenses

     21,763         22,577   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total selling, general, and administrative expenses

   $ 152,804       $ 153,044   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

63


Table of Contents

The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses is primarily related to an $11.7 million increase in transactional foreign exchange losses on operating activities driven by rate changes in both the Euro and British Pound and a $1.8 million increase in royalty related expenses. The increases are offset by (1) a $9.5 million decrease in stock-based compensation expense related to the 2014 Recapitalization (as defined below) that did not recur in 2015; (2) a $1.4 million decrease in incentive-based compensation; and (3) decreases in other categories of selling, general, and administrative expenses. Selling, general, and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased to 32.7% in the six months ended June 30, 2015 from 32.8% for the six months ended June 30, 2014.

Selling, general and administrative expenses within the Pricing and Reference Data segment decreased by $8.3 million from $61.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014 to $52.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2015. This decrease was primarily driven by a $4.3 million decrease in transactional foreign exchange losses, a $0.7 million decrease in incentive-based compensation and decreases in other categories of selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue within the Pricing and Reference Data segment decreased to 15.6% in the six months ended June 30, 2015 from 18.6% for the six months ended June 30, 2014.

Selling, general and administrative expenses within the Trading Solutions segment decreased by $2.3 million from $39.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014 to $36.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2015. This decrease was primarily driven by a $1.0 million decrease in transactional foreign exchange losses and a $0.8 million decrease in bad debt expense. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue within the Trading Solutions segment decreased to 28.3% in the six months ended June 30, 2015 from 28.5% for the six months ended June 30, 2014.

Depreciation

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  

(in thousands, except for percentages)

   2015      2014      % Change     2015
Foreign
Exchange
     2015
Depreciation

Adjusted
for Foreign
Exchange
(Non-GAAP)
     Adjusted %
Change
 

Depreciation

   $ 24,218       $ 21,868         10.7   $ 712       $ 24,930         14.0

During the six months ended June 30, 2015, depreciation expense increased by $2.4 million, or 10.7%, to $24.2 million compared with the six months ended June 30, 2014. The change in foreign exchange rates decreased depreciation expense by $0.7 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, depreciation expense increased by $3.1 million, or 14.0%. Increases in depreciation expense related to internal development projects placed in service and new capital expenditures and were partially offset by decreases related to assets that were being depreciated in the six months ended June 30, 2014 having reached the end of their useful lives in the six months ended June 30, 2015. In August of 2014, we commenced placing certain assets in service related to our unified technology platform project. The placement of these assets in service increased depreciation expense during the six months ended June 30, 2015 by $1.8 million.

Amortization

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  

(in thousands, except for percentages)

   2015      2014      % Change     2015
Foreign
Exchange
     2015
Amortization

Adjusted
for Foreign
Exchange
(Non-GAAP)
     Adjusted %
Change
 

Amortization

   $ 47,505       $ 51,721         (8.2 )%    $ 1,484       $ 48,989         (5.3 )% 

 

64


Table of Contents

During the six months ended June 30, 2015, amortization expense decreased by $4.2 million, or 8.2%, to $47.5 million compared with the six months ended June 30, 2014. The change in foreign exchange rates decreased amortization expense by $1.5 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, amortization expense decreased by $2.7 million, or 5.3%. The decrease in amortization is the result of the following factors: (1) a $1.7 million decrease from the impact of several assets which are being amortized using the economic benefit method that are nearing the end of their useful lives and, therefore, have lower amortization; (2) a $0.9 million decrease due to the change in the estimated useful lives of completed technologies related to our in-process technology development initiatives; and (3) a $0.5 million decrease from the impact of assets that reached the end of their useful lives in May of 2015. For further information on the extension of the useful lives refer to Note 9 “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” in the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included in these interim financial statements.

Interest Expense

Net interest expense decreased to $74.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 from $81.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. The decrease is due to the refinancing transaction which took place in May 2014. Combined outstanding debt on Opco’s term loan facility, Senior Notes and the Toggle Notes was $2.6 billion as of June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014. The blended interest rate on the combined debt decreased to 5.38% for the six months ended June 30, 2015 from 6.07% for the six months ended June 30, 2014. For further information on Opco’s term loan facility, see Note 13 “Debt” in the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included in these interim financial statements.

Other Income

Other income decreased by $0.6 million to $0.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2015 from $0.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014. The decrease primarily related to a decrease in the realized gain on our rabbi trust asset.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

We recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $82.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2014, with no such activity in the six months ended June 30, 2015. The loss on extinguishment related to the May 2014 refinancing of all of our outstanding debt. For more information on our May 2014 Refinancing Transaction, see Note 13 “Debt” in the Notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

Income Taxes

For the six months ended June 30, 2015 our effective tax rate after discrete items was a 10.6% benefit, as compared with a 49.4% benefit for the six months ended June 30, 2014. For the six months ended June 30, 2015, we recorded income tax benefit after discrete items of $0.8 million, compared with a benefit of $46.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014.

For the six months ended June 30, 2015, our effective tax rate, based on the estimated full year tax rate, before discrete items, was a 22.0% expense, as compared with a 38.9% benefit for the six months ended June 30, 2014. The change in the estimated annual effective tax rate, prior to the impact of discrete items, is due to the forecasted full year loss in 2014 driven by the impact of the 2014 debt refinancing and the associated expenses, including expenses related to the early extinguishment of debt and other fees.

The six months ended June 30, 2015 included a net discrete benefit of $2.4 million, primarily attributable to a release of $1.1 million of net reserves related to closure of an income tax examination with a state jurisdiction and a $0.8 million reduction to the net deferred tax liabilities as a result of a tax rate reduction in Japan enacted in the first quarter of 2015, as well as tax provision to tax return adjustments of $0.6 million with respect to the filing of prior tax returns in foreign jurisdictions. These benefits were partially offset by interest expense on tax reserves for unrecognized tax positions.

 

65


Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2015, we had approximately $2.6 million of net unrecognized tax benefits ($4.6 million on a gross basis) which would affect our effective tax rate if recognized.

We recognize net interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. A net interest and penalties benefit of $0.3 million was provided in income tax expense for uncertain tax positions for both the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014. As of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, gross reserves for interest and penalties were $0.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

We file federal, state and foreign income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. In the normal course of business, we are subject to examination by taxing authorities in various jurisdictions. Tax years that remain subject to examination include 2013 and 2014 for the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, and 2009 through 2014 for significant states and various foreign jurisdictions.

We recognize future tax benefits or expenses attributable to our taxable temporary differences and net operating loss carry forwards. Recognition of deferred tax assets is subject to our determination that realization is more likely than not. Based on taxable income projections, we believe that the recorded deferred tax assets will be realized.

We were not a U.S. Federal cash taxpayer for the year ended December 31, 2014 and we expect we will maintain such status as it pertains to U.S. Federal taxes throughout 2015 based on our expected results for fiscal 2015, including the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards, Foreign Tax Credits and Research and Development tax attributes.

Year Ended December 31, 2014 versus Year Ended December 31, 2013

Revenue

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  

(in thousands, except for percentages)

   2014      2013      % Change     2014
Foreign
Exchange
    2014
Revenue

Adjusted for
Foreign
Exchange

(Non-GAAP)
     Adjusted
%
Change
 

Pricing and Reference Data

   $ 662,904       $ 639,631         3.6   $ (3,679   $ 659,225         3.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Trading Solutions:

               

Real-Time Feeds and Trading Infrastructure

   $ 127,825       $ 112,843         13.3   $ (1,590   $ 126,235         11.9

Workstations and Hosted Web Applications

   $ 148,472       $ 152,639         (2.7 )%    $ (750   $ 147,722         (3.2 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total Trading Solutions

   $ 276,297       $ 265,482         4.1   $ (2,340   $ 273,957         3.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 939,201       $ 905,113         3.8   $ (6,019   $ 933,182         3.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased by $34.1 million, or 3.8%, to $939.2 million compared with the year ended December 31, 2013. The change in foreign exchange rates increased total revenue by $6.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2014. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, total revenue increased by $28.1 million or 3.1% to $933.2 million. The impact of foreign exchange is primarily related to fluctuations of the U.S. dollar against the British pound sterling and the euro.

Pricing and Reference Data

Revenue within the Pricing and Reference Data segment increased by $23.3 million, or 3.6%, to $662.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared with the year ended December 31, 2013. The change in foreign exchange rates increased Pricing and Reference Data revenue by $3.7 million in the year ended

 

66


Table of Contents

December 31, 2014. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, Pricing and Reference Data revenue increased by $19.6 million, or 3.1%, to $659.2 million. In addition to steady retention levels during the year, the increase in sales primarily reflects growth in our evaluated pricing and reference data services in North America of $17.5 million and Europe of $5.4 million from a combination of new sales primarily to existing clients and the effect of an annual price increase, and, to a lesser extent, improved results of $1.5 million in the BondEdge fixed income analytics product area.

Trading Solutions

Revenue within the Trading Solutions segment increased by $10.8 million, or 4.1%, to $276.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared with the year ended December 31, 2013. The change in foreign exchange rates increased Trading Solutions revenue by $2.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2014. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, Trading Solutions revenue increased by $8.5 million, or 3.2%, to $274.0 million. The segment’s increase in revenue was primarily driven by growth in the 7ticks trading infrastructure managed services product area of $12.3 million and, to a lesser extent, improved results in the Real Time Feeds product area of $2.6 million, which generated significant recurring and non-recurring revenue. This revenue growth was partially offset by revenue declines of $4.2 million in other Trading Solutions product areas.

Cost of Services

Cost of services expenses are composed mainly of personnel-related expenses, communication, data acquisition, outside professional services and expenditures associated with software and hardware maintenance agreements.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  

(in thousands, except for percentages)

   2014      2013      % Change     2014
Foreign
Exchange
    2014
COS
Adjusted
for Foreign
Exchange
(Non-GAAP)
     Adjusted %
Change
 

Cost of services

   $ 344,825       $ 297,423         15.9   $ (1,548   $ 343,277         15.4

Cost of services expenses increased by $47.4 million, or 15.9%, to $344.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 compared with the year ended December 31, 2013. The change in foreign exchange rates increased cost of services expense by $1.5 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, cost of services expenses increased by $45.9 million, or 15.4%.

Further detail of the components of cost of services expense is below:

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
 

(in thousands)

   2014      2013  

Personnel-related expenses

   $ 186,121       $ 168,343   

Communications expense

     56,574         53,836   

Data acquisition expense

     40,098         35,570   

Hardware and software expense

     27,003         18,926   

Consulting and other professional fees

     14,121         12,256   

Asset impairment charge

     14,265           

All other cost of services expenses

     6,643         8,492   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of services expenses

   $ 344,825       $ 297,423   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The increase to cost of services expenses in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared with the same period in 2013 is primarily related to (1) a $14.3 million impairment of internally developed assets; (2) an

 

67


Table of Contents

increase of $8.2 million within personnel-related expenses due to a reclassification of certain incentive compensation expense to cost of services during the year ended December 31, 2014 which had previously been classified as selling, general and administrative expenses; (3) higher hardware costs of $8.1 million driven by purchases of hardware for sales transactions in our 7ticks trading infrastructure product area; (4) an increase of $6.0 million within personnel expenses primarily due to annual merit-based salary increases; (5) an increase of $4.5 million in data acquisition expense; (6) an increase of $2.7 million in communications expense due to data center expansion and internal development projects; and (7) an increase of $1.9 million in consulting and other professional fees. Cost of services as a percentage of revenue was 36.7% in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared with 32.9% in the year ended December 31, 2013.

Cost of services expense within the Pricing and Reference Data segment increased by $3.7 million from $129.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 to $133.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2014. This increase was primarily driven by a $1.2 million increase in data acquisition expense, a $0.8 million increase in hardware and software costs, a $0.4 million increase in other professional fees and increases in other categories of cost of services expenses. Cost of services expenses as a percentage of revenue within the Pricing and Reference Data segment decreased to 20.1% in the year ended December 31, 2014 from 20.3% for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Cost of services expense within the Trading Solutions segment increased by $13.5 million from $132.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 to $145.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2014. This increase primarily relates to higher hardware costs of $6.1 million driven by purchases of hardware for sales transactions in our 7ticks trading infrastructure product area, a $3.3 million increase due to annual merit-based salary increases, a $1.6 million increase due to the impairment of an internal development project recognized in 2014 and a $1.4 million increase in other personnel-related expenses. Cost of services expenses as a percentage of revenue within the Trading Solutions segment increased to 52.8% in the year ended December 31, 2014 from 49.8% for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses are composed mainly of personnel-related expense, outside professional services, advertising and marketing expenses, occupancy-related expenses, and commissions paid to third parties for distribution of our data to clients.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  

(in thousands, except for percentages)

   2014      2013      % Change     2014
Foreign
Exchange
    2014
SG&A

Adjusted for
Foreign
Exchange

(Non-GAAP)
     Adjusted %
Change
 

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 278,636       $ 273,714         1.8   $ (1,550   $ 277,086         1.2

During the year ended December 31, 2014, selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $4.9 million, or 1.8%, to $278.6 million compared with the year ended December 31, 2013. The change in foreign exchange rates increased selling, general and administrative expenses by $1.6 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $3.4 million or 1.2%.

 

68


Table of Contents

Further detail of the components of selling, general, and administrative expense is below:

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
 

(in thousands)

   2014      2013  

Personnel-related expenses

   $ 176,163       $ 173,091   

Royalty expense

     30,878         29,780   

Rent and related expenses

     24,064         24,425   

Consulting and other professional fees

     17,029         15,249   

All other selling, general, and administrative expenses

     30,502         31,169   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total selling, general, and administrative expenses

   $ 278,636       $ 273,714   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The increase to expenses in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared with the same period in 2013 is primarily related to (1) an $11.3 million increase in personnel-related expenses primarily due to stock-based compensation expense associated with cash distribution payments to option holders, severance-related expenses and annual merit-based salary increases, offset by lower employee incentive expenses; (2) an increase of $2.6 million resulting from an offset of selling, general and administrative expenses in the year ended December 31, 2013 related to Hurricane Sandy insurance proceeds that did not recur in 2014; (3) a $1.8 million increase in consulting and other professional fees; and (4) a $1.1 million increase in royalty expense. These increases are offset in part by decreases due to the reclassification of approximately $8.2 million of incentive compensation expense within personnel-related expenses from selling, general and administrative costs into cost of sales in 2014 as well as a $5.5 million increase in transactional foreign exchange gains on operating activities driven by rate changes in both the euro and the British pound sterling. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue was 29.7% in the year ended December 31, 2014, compared with 30.2% for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Selling, general and administrative expenses within the Pricing and Reference Data segment increased by $1.5 million from $114.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 to $116.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2014. This increase was primarily driven by a $1.0 million increase in incentive-based compensation. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue within the Pricing and Reference Data segment decreased to 17.5% in the year ended December 31, 2014 from 17.9% for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Selling, general and administrative expenses within the Trading Solutions segment decreased by $6.3 million from $78.5 million in year ended December 31, 2013 to $72.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2014. This decrease was primarily driven by a $3.0 million decrease in personnel-related expenses including severance-related expenses and a $1.8 million increase in transactional foreign exchange gains on operating activities as well as decreases in other categories of selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue within the Trading Solutions segment decreased to 26.1% in the year ended December 31, 2014 from 29.6% for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Depreciation

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  

(in thousands, except for percentages)

   2014      2013      % Change     2014
Foreign
Exchange
    2014
Depreciation
Adjusted for
Foreign
Exchange
(Non-GAAP)
     Adjusted %
Change
 

Depreciation

   $ 45,924       $ 42,537         8.0   $ (255   $ 45,669         7.4

 

69


Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2014, depreciation expense increased by $3.4 million, or 8.0%, to $45.9 million compared with the year ended December 31, 2013. The change in foreign exchange rates increased depreciation expense by $0.3 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, depreciation expense increased by $3.1 million, or 7.4%. Increases in depreciation related to internal development projects placed in service and new capital expenditures made in the year ended December 31, 2014 were partially offset by decreases related to assets that were being depreciated in the year ended December 31, 2013, having reached the end of their useful lives in the prior year. In addition, in August of 2014, we commenced placing certain assets in service related to our technology platform project. The placement of these assets in service increased depreciation expense during the year ended December 31, 2014 by $0.9 million.

Amortization

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  

(in thousands, except for percentages)

   2014      2013      % Change     2014
Foreign
Exchange
    2014
Amortization
Adjusted for
Foreign
Exchange
(Non-GAAP)
     Adjusted %
Change
 

Amortization

   $ 102,091       $ 116,876         (12.7 )%    $ (670   $ 101,421         (13.2 )% 

During the year ended December 31, 2014, amortization expense decreased by $14.8 million, or 12.7%, to $102.1 million compared with the year ended December 31, 2013. The change in foreign exchange rates increased amortization expense by $0.7 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, amortization expense decreased by $15.5 million, or 13.2%. The decrease is primarily the result of the change in the estimated useful lives of completed technologies related to our technology platform and the impact of several assets which are being amortized using the economic benefit method nearing the end of their useful lives and consequently having lower amortization rates than in the prior year. In August of 2014, based on the ongoing analysis of our development of our technology platform, we determined that the useful lives of completed technologies that will have their useful lives impacted by completion of ongoing in-process development initiatives would extend certain of these assets’ useful lives to May 31, 2015. This change in accounting estimate was accounted for as of August 1, 2014 and resulted in decreased amortization expense of $0.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2014. For further information on the extension of the useful lives refer to Note 4 “Intangible Assets and Goodwill” in the Notes to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Interest Expense

Net interest expense was $156.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared with $168.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The year-over-year decline in interest expense was the net result of the two refinancing transactions which took place in February 2013 and May 2014. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources.” Combined outstanding debt on the term loan facility, the Senior Notes and the PIK Toggle Notes increased to $2.6 billion as of December 31, 2014 from $2.3 billion as of December 31, 2013. The blended interest rate on the combined debt decreased to 5.8% for the year ended December 31, 2014 from 6.4% for the year ended December 31, 2013. For further information on our 2014 Recapitalization Transaction, see Note 17 “Debt” in the Notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Other Income

Other income increased by $1.3 million to $1.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 from $0.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 primarily related to tax credits in the United Kingdom for research and development activities.

 

70


Table of Contents

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

A loss on extinguishment of debt of $82.1 million was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2014. A loss of $10.2 million was recorded in the year ended December 31, 2013. In May 2014 we redeemed the senior notes (“Retired Senior Notes”), issued new Senior Notes, and refinanced the senior secured credit facilities. In 2013, we refinanced the term loan facility portion of the senior secured credit facilities. The redemption of the Retired Senior Notes and the refinancing of the term loan facility resulted in breakage fees of $41.0 million, as well as the write-off of $17.2 million of unamortized debt financing costs, $15.6 million of unamortized original issue discount and $8.3 million of direct issuance costs incurred to complete the May 2014 refinancing. The 2013 refinancing resulted in no breakage fees and less of a write off of debt finance costs and original issue discount. For further information related to the May 2014 and February 2013 refinancing transactions, see Note 17 “Debt” in the Notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Income Taxes

For the year ended December 31, 2014, our effective tax rate after discrete items was a 48.3% benefit, as compared with a 428.9% benefit for the year ended December 31, 2013. For the year ended December 31, 2014, we recorded an income tax benefit after discrete items of $33.6 million, compared with a benefit of $17.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, our effective tax rate before discrete items was a 35.9% benefit, as compared with a 173.8% benefit for the year ended December 31, 2013. For the year ended December 31, 2014, our income tax benefit before discrete items was $25.1 million, as compared to a benefit before discrete items in 2013 of $6.9 million. The change in our tax benefit before discrete items is due to significantly higher losses in the U.S. in 2014. In 2014, we recorded a loss before taxes of $69.6 million, whereas in 2013, we recorded a loss before taxes of $3.9 million. The pretax loss in 2014 compared to 2013 was mainly attributable to the loss on extinguishment of debt in 2014 of $82.1 million described above. In addition, items affecting the effective tax rate include benefits associated with income generated in lower tax jurisdictions and the benefits associated with state taxes, offset by an increase in U.S. tax expense associated with a 2014 deemed dividend from a foreign subsidiary and non-tax deductible payments made to certain shareholders as part of our recapitalization.

The year ended December 31, 2014 included a discrete benefit of $8.6 million. This net discrete benefit was primarily attributable to a release of $7.3 million of net reserves due to closure of examinations and inquiries with the IRS, German tax authorities and U.K. Inland Revenue. The discrete benefit also included a $1.0 million benefit due to re-measurement of uncertain tax positions upon concluding the IRS examination.

The year ended December 31, 2013 included a net discrete benefit of $10.1 million. The discrete benefit was primarily attributable to a reduction of the U.K. tax rate enacted in July 2013 by Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs (“HMRC”) which resulted in a $7.8 million benefit during the year. The discrete benefit also included a benefit for the 2012 U.S. Research and Development Credit which was extended by the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (“ATRA”) enacted on January 3, 2013, and the release of tax reserves, being partially offset by tax provision to tax return adjustments with respect to filing of prior year’s returns in U.S. and foreign jurisdictions and an interest expense charge on tax reserves for unrecognized tax benefits.

As of December 31, 2014, we had approximately $3.4 million of net unrecognized tax benefits ($5.6 million on a gross basis) which would affect our effective tax rate if recognized.

We recognize net interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. Net interest and penalties of a $0.5 million benefit and a $0.1 million expense were provided in income tax expense for uncertain tax positions for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, gross reserves for interest and penalties were $0.6 million and $1.2 million, respectively.

 

71


Table of Contents

We file federal, state and foreign income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. In the normal course of business, we are subject to examination by taxing authorities in various jurisdictions. During 2014, we concluded an IRS examination for tax years 2008 through 2012. Our state tax returns, for certain states, remain subject to examination for tax years 2006 through 2013.

We recognize future tax benefits or expenses attributable to our taxable temporary differences and net operating loss carry forwards. Recognition of deferred tax assets is subject to our determination that realization is more likely than not. Based on taxable income projections, we believe that the recorded deferred tax assets will be realized.

We were not a U.S. federal cash taxpayer for the year ended December 31, 2014 and we expect we will maintain such status as it pertains to U.S. federal taxes throughout 2015 based on our expected results for fiscal 2015, including the utilization of foreign tax credits and research & development tax attributes.

Year Ended December 31, 2013 versus Year Ended December 31, 2012

Revenue

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  

(in thousands, except for percentages)

   2013      2012      % Change     2013
Foreign
Exchange
    2013
Revenue

Adjusted
for Foreign
Exchange

(Non-GAAP)
     Adjusted
%
Change
 

Pricing and Reference Data

   $ 639,631       $ 612,422         4.4   $ 3,889      $ 643,520         5.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Trading Solutions:

               

Real-Time Feeds and Trading Infrastructure

   $ 112,843       $ 110,305         2.3   $ 1,446      $ 114,289         3.6

Workstations and Hosted Web Applications

   $ 152,639       $ 157,434         (3.0 )%    $ (949 )   $ 151,690         (3.6 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total Trading Solutions

   $ 265,482       $ 267,739         (0.8 )%    $ 497      $ 265,979         (0.7 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 905,113       $ 880,161         2.8   $ 4,386      $ 909,499         3.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $25.0 million, or 2.8%, to $905.1 million compared with the year ended December 31, 2012. The change in foreign exchange rates decreased total revenue by $4.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, total revenue increased by $29.4 million or 3.3% to $909.5 million. The impact of foreign exchange is primarily related to fluctuations of the U.S. dollar against the British pound sterling and the euro.

Pricing and Reference Data

Revenue within the Pricing and Reference Data segment increased by $27.2 million, or 4.4%, to $639.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with the year ended December 31, 2012. The change in foreign exchange rates decreased Pricing and Reference Data revenue by $3.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, Pricing and Reference Data revenue increased by $31.1 million, or 5.1%, to $643.5 million. This increase primarily reflects growth in our evaluated pricing and reference data services in North America of $32.2 million from a combination of steady retention levels, new sales to existing clients and increases in usage revenue primarily from existing clients, one-time sales and the effect of an annual price increase. This increase is offset by a $6.3 million decrease in revenue in the Europe and Asia Pacific regions.

 

72


Table of Contents

Trading Solutions

Revenue within the Trading Solutions segment decreased by $2.3 million, or 0.8%, to $265.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with the year ended December 31, 2012. The change in foreign exchange rates decreased Trading Solutions revenue by $0.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, Trading Solutions revenue decreased by $1.8 million, or 0.7%, to $266.0 million. A decrease in revenue in the hosted web applications product area of $4.2 million related to a combination of continued new sales softness and higher erosion was mostly offset by modest growth of $2.5 million in our trading infrastructure managed services and, to a lesser extent, our real-time feeds product area.

Cost of Services

Cost of services expenses are composed mainly of personnel-related expenses, communication, data acquisition, outside professional services and expenditures associated with software and hardware maintenance agreements.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  

(in thousands, except for percentages)

   2013      2012      % Change     2013
Foreign
Exchange
     2013
COS
Adjusted

for Foreign
Exchange
(Non-GAAP)
     Adjusted %
Change
 

Cost of services

   $ 297,423       $ 292,378         1.7   $ 2,386       $ 299,809         2.5

Cost of services expenses increased by $5.0 million, or 1.7%, to $297.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with the year ended December 31, 2012. The change in foreign exchange rates decreased cost of services expense by $2.4 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, cost of services expenses increased by $7.4 million, or 2.5%.

Further detail of the components of cost of services expense is below:

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
 

(in thousands)

   2013      2012  

Personnel-related expenses

   $ 168,343       $ 169,983   

Communications expense

     53,836         52,330   

Data acquisition expense

     35,570         33,007   

Hardware and software expense

     18,926         16,356   

Consulting and other professional fees

     12,256         11,856   

All other cost of services expenses

     8,492         8,846   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of services expenses

   $ 297,423       $ 292,378   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The increase to cost of services expenses in the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with the same period in 2012 is primarily related to (1) an increase of $2.6 million in hardware costs related to 7ticks client implementations; (2) an increase of $2.6 million in data acquisition expense primarily due to the addition of new data sources and higher license fees; and (3) an increase of $1.5 million in communications expense due to a data center expansion project. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in personnel-related expenses of $1.6 million due to increased capitalization of costs for internal development projects. Cost of services as a percentage of revenue was 32.9% in the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with 33.2% in the year ended December 31, 2012.

Cost of services expense within the Pricing and Reference Data segment decreased by $11.0 million from $140.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2012 to $129.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. This decrease was primarily driven by an $8.2 million decrease in personnel-related expenses and a $1.9 million decrease in consulting fees. Cost of services expenses as a percentage of revenue within the Pricing and Reference Data segment decreased to 20.3% in the year ended December 31, 2013 from 23.0% for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

73


Table of Contents

Cost of services expense within the Trading Solutions segment increased by $7.7 million from $124.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2012 to $132.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. This decrease was primarily driven by a $2.6 million increase in hardware costs related to 7ticks client implementations, a $2.0 million increase in personnel-related expenses including annual merit-based salary increases and a $1.5 million increase in data acquisition expense. Cost of services expenses as a percentage of revenue within the Trading Solutions segment increased to 49.8% in the year ended December 31, 2013 from 46.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses are composed mainly of personnel-related expense, outside professional services, advertising and marketing expenses, occupancy-related expenses and commissions paid to third parties for distribution of our data to clients.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  

(in thousands, except for percentages)

   2013      2012      % Change     2013
Foreign
Exchange
     2013 SG&A
Adjusted
for Foreign
Exchange
(Non-GAAP)
     Adjusted %
Change
 

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 273,714       $ 275,906         (0.8 )%    $ 3,467       $ 277,181         0.5

During the year ended December 31, 2013, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by $2.2 million, or 0.8%, to $273.7 million compared with the year ended December 31, 2012. The change in foreign exchange rates decreased selling, general and administrative expenses by $3.5 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $1.3 million or 0.5%.

Further detail of the components of selling, general, and administrative expense is below:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  

(in thousands)

             2013                          2012            

Personnel-related expenses

   $ 173,091       $ 170,239   

Royalty expense

     29,780         30,094   

Rent and related expenses

     24,425         24,437   

Consulting and other professional fees

     15,249         16,138   

All other selling, general, and administrative expenses

     31,169         34,998   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total selling, general, and administrative expenses

   $ 273,714       $ 275,906   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The decrease to selling, general and administrative expenses in the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with the same period in 2012 is primarily related to (1) the receipt of insurance proceeds of $2.1 million in 2013 related to our 2012 claim associated with losses due to the impacts of Hurricane Sandy; (2) a $1.5 million decrease due to reduced franchise taxes; (3) a $1.2 million decrease in transactional foreign exchange losses on operating activities; (4) a $1.0 million decrease in advertising and marketing expense related to lower media advertising costs; and (5) a $0.9 million decrease in other professional services due in part to fewer tax and special projects in 2013 as compared to 2012.

These decreases were partially offset by an increase in personnel-related expenses of $2.9 million resulting from an increase in salaries, sales commissions, incentive compensation and related fringe costs totaling approximately $13.0 million in 2013 being offset by a $10.1 million decrease in stock-based compensation expense in 2013. The decrease in stock-based compensation expense in 2013 is attributed to lower stock based compensation costs being incurred in 2013 related to cash distributions paid to employees as a result of the 2012 Recapitalization Transaction. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue was 30.2% in the year ended December 31, 2013, compared with 31.3% for the year ended December 31, 2012. For further

 

74


Table of Contents

information regarding the 2012 Recapitalization Transaction, see the heading “2012 Recapitalization” in Note 3 “Stock-based Compensation” in the Notes to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Selling, general and administrative expenses within the Pricing and Reference Data segment increased by $5.1 million from $109.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2012 to $114.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily driven by a $6.1 million increase in incentive-based compensation. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue within the Pricing and Reference Data segment remained flat at 17.9% for each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Selling, general and administrative expenses within the Trading Solutions segment increased by $3.2 million from $75.3 million in year ended December 31, 2012 to $78.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily driven by a $2.8 million increase in personnel-related expenses including severance-related expenses and incentive-based compensation. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue within the Trading Solutions segment increased to 29.6% in the year ended December 31, 2013 from 28.1% for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Depreciation

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  

(in thousands, except for percentages)

   2013      2012      % Change     2013
Foreign
Exchange
     2013
Depreciation
Adjusted for

Foreign
Exchange

(Non-GAAP)
     Adjusted %
Change
 

Depreciation

   $ 42,537       $ 41,456         2.6   $ 524       $ 43,061         3.9

During the year ended December 31, 2013, depreciation expense increased by $1.1 million, or 2.6%, to $42.5 million compared with the year ended December 31, 2012. The change in foreign exchange rates decreased depreciation expense by $0.5 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, depreciation expense increased by $1.6 million, or 3.9%. The increase is primarily related to an approximately $0.8 million increase due to the additional depreciation expense recognized on internal development projects placed in service late in 2012 and during the year ended December 31, 2013.

In addition, in the fourth quarter of 2012, we adjusted the estimated useful lives of certain information technology assets with a cost basis of approximately $10.9 million to reflect shorter estimated useful lives, resulting from a review of in process information technology initiatives. This change in accounting estimate resulted in accelerated depreciation on these assets from October 1, 2012 through the end of their estimated useful lives determined to be December 31, 2013. The impact on our full year 2013 and 2012 results was increases in depreciation expense of approximately $2.5 million and $0.8 million, respectively. In May 2013, continued review of our information technology initiatives resulted in an extension of the estimated useful lives of these identified assets from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014. This change in accounting estimate resulted in a decrease in depreciation expense of $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Therefore, the net impact for the year ended December 31, 2013 of these 2012 and 2013 changes in useful lives was inconsequential. In December 2013, we determined that scope changes to our information technology initiatives would further extend a portion of the estimated useful lives of the identified assets to December 31, 2015. The scope changes were identified in December 2013 and it was determined that any impact from extending the estimated useful lives would have been immaterial on our 2013 consolidated financial statements taken as a whole. Therefore, the adjustment to the estimated useful lives resulting from the identified scope changes will be accounted for as a change in accounting estimate commencing in 2014.

 

75


Table of Contents

Amortization

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  

(in thousands, except for percentages)

   2013      2012      % Change     2013
Foreign
Exchange
     2013
Amortization

Adjusted for
Foreign
Exchange

(Non-GAAP)
     Adjusted %
Change
 

Amortization

   $ 116,876       $ 138,040         (15.3 )%    $ 692       $ 117,568         (14.8 )% 

During the year ended December 31, 2013, amortization expense decreased by $21.2 million, or 15.3%, to $116.9 million compared with the year ended December 31, 2012. The change in foreign exchange rates decreased amortization expense by $0.7 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, amortization expense decreased by $20.5 million, or 14.8%. The decrease in amortization is the result of the following factors: (1) an $11.0 million decrease from the impact of assets that are being amortized using the economic benefit method nearing the end of their useful lives, and consequently having lower amortization rates than in the prior year; (2) an $8.7 million decrease due to the change in the estimated useful lives of completed technologies related to our in-process development initiatives; and (3) a $0.8 million decrease due to assets that had become fully amortized during 2013 and therefore include a full year of amortization in the year ended December 31, 2012, but less amortization for the year ended December 31, 2013. For further information on the extension of the useful lives refer to Note 4 “Intangible Assets and Goodwill” in the Notes to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Interest Expense

Net interest expense was $168.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with $150.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The year-over-year increase in interest expense was the net result of (1) an increase due to the issuance of the PIK Toggle Notes in December of 2012; (2) a decrease in the applicable term loan facility interest rate following the refinancing of the term loan facility that occurred in February 2013, with the lower rate realized for eleven months of the year ended December 31, 2013 and not during the same period in 2012; and (3) a decrease due to the write-off of a portion of the term loan facility original issue discount and deferred financing costs related to the debt extinguishment in connection with the February 2013 refinancing. This write-off was reflected as part of the loss on extinguishment of debt in the year ended December 31, 2013 instead of as a component of interest expense. The blended interest rate on the combined debt decreased to 6.4% for the year ended December 31, 2013 from 6.8% for the year ended December 31, 2012. For further information on our term loan facility, see Note 17 “Debt” in the Notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

A loss on extinguishment of debt of $10.2 million was realized during year ended December 31, 2013, with no such activity in the year ended December 31, 2012. The loss on extinguishment related to the February 2013 refinancing of our term loan facility. The loss on extinguishment included the write-off of $3.6 million of unamortized debt financing costs, $3.9 million of unamortized original issue discount and $2.7 million of direct issuance costs incurred to complete the February 2013 refinancing.

Income Taxes

For the year ended December 31, 2013, our effective tax rate after discrete items was a 428.9% benefit, as compared with a 103.3% benefit after discrete items for the year ended December 31, 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded an income tax benefit after discrete items of $17.0 million, compared with a benefit after discrete items of $18.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

76


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2013, our effective tax rate before discrete items was a 173.8% benefit, as compared with a benefit of 53.4% for the year ended December 31, 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2013, our income tax benefit before discrete items was $6.9 million, as compared to an income tax benefit before discrete items of $9.3 million in 2012. The change in our effective tax rate before discrete items is primarily due to an increase in worldwide pretax income that includes significantly higher U.S. interest expense and a shift in pre-tax income from our foreign subsidiaries to the U.S. during 2013 where it is taxed at a higher federal and state tax rate, reduced in part by increased U.S. research and development credits when compared with 2012. In 2012 there was no benefit recorded for the research credit which was extended by the ATRA enacted on January 3, 2013.

The year ended December 31, 2013 included a discrete benefit of $10.1 million. The discrete benefit was primarily attributable to a reduction of the U.K. tax rate enacted in July 2013 by HMRC which resulted in a $7.8 million benefit during the year. The discrete benefit also included a benefit for the 2012 U.S. Research and Development Credit which was extended by ATRA enacted on January 3, 2013, and the release of tax reserves, being partially offset by tax provision to tax return adjustments with respect to filing of prior year’s returns in U.S. and foreign jurisdictions and an interest expense charge on tax reserves for unrecognized tax benefits. The year ended December 31, 2012 included a discrete benefit of $8.7 million, primarily related to tax rate changes in foreign jurisdictions, and tax provision to return adjustments.

The year ended December 31, 2012 included a discrete benefit of $8.7 million. The discrete benefit was attributable to a $6.0 million benefit for the reduction of the U.K. tax rate, $2.3 million benefit for tax provision to tax return adjustments in various foreign jurisdictions as well as the release of tax reserves for various jurisdictions.

As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately $12.5 million of net unrecognized tax benefits ($23.0 million on a gross basis) which would affect our effective tax rate if recognized.

We recognize net interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. Net interest and penalties of $0.1 million were provided in income tax expense for uncertain tax positions for each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, gross reserves for interest and penalties were $1.2 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

We file federal, state, and foreign income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. In the normal course of business, we are subject to examination by taxing authorities in various jurisdictions. Our federal tax returns for the tax years 2008 through 2012 are currently under examination by the IRS. Our state tax returns, for certain states, remain subject to examination for tax years 2006 through 2013.

We were not a U.S. federal or U.K. cash taxpayer for the year ended December 31, 2013. We recognize future tax benefits or expenses attributable to our taxable temporary differences and net operating loss carryforwards. Recognition of deferred tax assets is subject to our determination that realization is more likely than not. Based on taxable income projections, we believe that the recorded deferred tax assets will be realized.

 

77


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations Data (Unaudited)

The tables below present our unaudited quarterly statements of operations data for each of the ten quarters ended June 30, 2015. We have prepared the quarterly data on a basis consistent with the audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the financial information reflects all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of this data. This information should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for a full year or any future period.

 

    Mar. 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    Sept. 30,
2013
    Dec. 31,
2013
    Mar. 31,
2014
    Jun. 30,
2014
    Sept. 30,
2014
    Dec. 31,
2014
    Mar. 31,
2015
    June 30,
2015
 
                      (in thousands)                          

Revenue

  $ 223,504      $ 225,110      $ 224,330      $ 232,169      $ 234,398      $ 232,081      $ 233,451      $ 239,271      $ 232,241      $ 235,516   

Costs and expenses:

                   

Cost of services

    73,890        72,903        73,559        77,071        87,213        83,984        79,766        93,862        81,487        80,089   

Selling, general and administrative

    64,705        62,543        71,817        74,649        69,732        83,312        58,575        67,017        78,571        74,233   

Depreciation

    11,046        10,793        10,015        10,683        10,835        11,033        11,630        12,426        12,105        12,113   

Amortization

    31,430        29,546        27,844        28,056        25,803        25,918        25,476        24,894        24,206        23,299   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

    181,071        175,785        183,235        190,459        193,583        204,247        175,447        198,199        196,369        189,734   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

    42,433        49,325        41,095        41,710        40,815        27,834        58,004        41,072        35,872        45,782   

Interest expense, net

    (42,968     (41,971     (41,957     (41,762     (41,335     (40,224     (37,874     (37,435     (36,784     (37,507

Other income, net

    333        14                      640        14        18        961        150        (53

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    (10,213                                 (82,060                            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (10,415     7,368        (862     (52     120        (94,436     20,148        4,598        (762     8,222   

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (8,432     1,086        (10,828     1,186        (9,495     (37,060     3,315        9,631        (1,742     949   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

    (1,983     6,282        9,966        (1,238     9,615        (57,376     16,833        (5,033     980        7,273   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    Revenue increased in all but three of the last ten quarters presented, primarily as a result of growth in our evaluated pricing and reference data services from a combination of new sales primarily to existing clients and the effect of annual price increases. Excluding the impact on foreign exchange, revenue increased sequentially in all of the quarters presented above.

 

    Our cost of services has varied from quarter to quarter with a more significant increase in the three months ended December 31, 2014 due primarily to an $11.1 million impairment of internally developed assets. Other fluctuations are primarily due to changes in billable hardware costs quarter over quarter.

 

    Our selling, general and administrative expenses have fluctuated from quarter to quarter. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses in the three months ended June 30, 2014 primarily relate to $10.6 million in stock-based compensation recorded in relation to the 2014 Recapitalization Transaction. Quarterly results are also impacted by non-cash foreign exchange gains or losses. In particular, in the quarter ended September 30, 2014, we recorded a non-cash foreign currency gain of $11.4 million.

 

    The loss on extinguishment of debt recorded during the three months ended June 30, 2014 related to the May 2014 refinancing of all of our outstanding debt. The loss on extinguishment of debt recorded during the three months ended March 31, 2013 related to the February 2013 refinancing of Opco’s term loan facility.

 

   

Our income tax expense (benefit) has fluctuated from quarter to quarter, due to discrete or unusual items during the quarter. Our benefit in the quarters ended March 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014 were primarily the result of the losses incurred on our extinguishment of debt. Our benefit in the quarter ended September 30, 2013 was driven by enacted rate changes in the United Kingdom. Our benefit in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 was due to the release of reserves upon the favorable conclusion of a multi-year audit, as well as an

 

78


Table of Contents
 

enacted state rate change in the United States. Our expense in the quarter ended December 31, 2014 was the result of the true up to the annual effective rate based on differences in estimated versus actual pre-tax results in certain jurisdictions.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources and Uses of Cash and Cash Equivalents

We expect cash generated from our operating activities to continue to serve as our primary source of liquidity for the next several years. As of June 30, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents of $370.7 million and had $159.4 million available under Opco’s revolving credit facility, giving effect to $0.6 million of letters of credit that were outstanding as of June 30, 2015. Our cash needs arise from our debt obligations, the purchase of equipment, improvements of facilities servicing (including investments in our underlying infrastructure to increase the efficiency and capacity of business operations as well as the technology platforms that support our services, such as our data centers and ticker plants), working capital requirements and certain acquisitions. Management believes our future uses of cash and cash equivalents will remain largely consistent and that our cash and cash equivalents, combined with expected cash flows generated by operating activities, will be sufficient to meet our operating cash needs for the next several years.

Debt Servicing

The following table shows our level of indebtedness and certain other information as of June 30, 2015:

 

     (in thousands)  

Opco’s revolving credit facility(1)

   $  

Opco’s term loan facility(2)

     1,881,000   

Opco’s Senior Notes(3)

     350,000   

PIK Toggle Notes(4)

     350,000   
  

 

 

 

Total indebtedness(5)

   $ 2,581,000   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) In May 2014, Opco refinanced its revolving credit facility resulting in an increase of the initial applicable margin to (i) 2.75% with respect to revolver loans bearing interest at ABR and (ii) 3.75% with respect to revolver loans bearing interest at LIBOR. The revolver applicable margins are subject to stepdowns upon achievement of certain first lien leverage ratios. The interest rate on the revolving credit facility is currently 3.25%. The applicable margin was stepped down from 3.75% to 3.50% as of September 30, 2014, when Opco achieved a first lien net leverage ratio equal to or less than 4.5:1.0 and from 3.50% to 3.25% as of March 31, 2015 when Opco achieved a first lien net leverage ratio equal to or less than 4.0:1.0. Opco has maintained a first lien net leverage ratio equal to or less than 4.0:1.0 as of June 30, 2015. The revolving credit facility provides for borrowing up to $160.0 million in aggregate principal amount (without giving effect to $0.6 million of letters of credit that were outstanding as of June 30, 2015). The maturity date was changed to May 2, 2019.
(2) In May 2014, Opco refinanced the term loan facility resulting in an increase of the applicable margin to (i) 2.75% with respect to term loans bearing interest at ABR (with a minimum ABR “floor” of 2.00%) and (ii) 3.75% with respect to term loans bearing interest at LIBOR (with a minimum LIBOR “floor” of 1.00%). Based upon these changes, our interest rate on the term loan facility is currently 4.75%. The term loan facility provides for borrowing up to $1.9 billion aggregate principal amount. The maturity date was changed to May 2, 2021.
(3) In May 2014, Opco issued, at par, $350.0 million 5.875% senior notes which mature on April 15, 2019.
(4) In December 2012, we issued the PIK Toggle Notes which mature on December 15, 2017, pursuant to an indenture, dated as of December 18, 2012 (the “Toggle Notes Indenture”), between us and the Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. Interest on the PIK Toggle Notes accrues at the rate of 8.25% per annum and is payable semiannually on June 15 and December 15, commencing June 15, 2013, to holders of the notes of record on the immediately preceding June 1 and December 1.
(5) For further information about our plan to reduce our indebtedness with the net proceeds of this offering, please see “Use of Proceeds.”

 

79


Table of Contents

Foreign Subsidiaries

As of June 30, 2015 approximately $136.4 million (translated from local currency exchange rates in effect at June 30, 2015) of our cash balances were held in countries other than the United States. Of the foreign cash balances approximately $87.5 million was in the United Kingdom, $9.9 million was in Italy and $9.6 million was in Germany. No other single jurisdiction held $9.6 million or more. Due to statutory limitations imposed by local governments, portions of our cash and cash equivalents held at our foreign subsidiaries are not available for repatriation. We believe that the cash generated from our U.S. operations and funds available under our revolving credit facility will be sufficient to support the liquidity needs of our U.S. based operations; therefore, it is our current practice and intent to permanently reinvest our foreign cash and cash equivalents outside the U.S. If the facts and circumstances changed, and we concluded these funds would be needed to support the liquidation needs of our U.S. based operations, we would be required to accrue and pay U.S. taxes to repatriate these funds. For further information see Note 9 “Income Taxes” in the Notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Cash Flow Activities

The following table summarizes our cash flow activities for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2014     2013     2012     2015     2014  
     (in thousands)  

Cash flow provided by (used in):

          

Operating activities

   $ 160,079      $ 196,810        174,964        86,142        35,030   

Investing activities

     (80,742     (57,028     (85,083     (26,939     (43,532

Financing activities

     (105,272     (7,596     (129,662     (5,810     (95,560

Effect of exchange rates on cash balances

     (11,844     69        2,819        (2,315     1,415   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (37,779   $ 132,255      $ (36,962     51,078        (102,647
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Activities

When compared with the six months ended June 30, 2014, net cash provided by operating activities increased by $51.1 million, or 145.9%, to $86.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2015. The increase in operating cash flow in the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared with the same period in 2014 primarily related to a decrease in interest payments of $31.0 million in 2015 resulting from the retiring of debt associated with the 2014 Refinancing Transaction as well as an increase of $12.7 million in non-cash foreign currency remeasurements and a $4.2 million decrease in incentive compensation payments in 2015 when compared to 2014.

When compared with the year ended December 31, 2013, net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $36.7 million, or 18.7%, to $160.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2014. The largest contributor to the decrease in operating cash flows was a $23.8 million increase in salary and benefits in the year ended December 31, 2014 when compared with 2013 primarily due to annual merit increases. Other items contributing to the decrease in operating cash flow in 2014 are: (1) an $11.7 million decrease in cash flows due to increased incentive compensation payments made in 2014 when compared with 2013; (2) a $19.6 million decrease in operating cash flows related to increased cash interest payments in 2014 primarily due to the May 2014 refinancing which changed the timing of interest payments during 2014; and (3) a decrease of $3.9 million due to increased data acquisition costs in 2014 as compared to 2013. These decreases in our operating cash flows were partially offset by an increase in cash flows of $23.3 million due to an increase in client receipts in the year-ended December 31, 2014 when compared with 2013.

 

80


Table of Contents

When compared with the year ended December 31, 2012, net cash provided by operating activities increased by $21.8 million, or 12.5%, to $196.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. The largest contributor to the increase in operating cash flows was a $24.4 million increase in client receipts in the year-ended December 31, 2013 when compared with 2012. Other items contributing to the increase in operating cash flow in 2013 are: (1) a $9.6 million increase in cash flows due to decreased incentive compensation payments made in 2013 when compared with 2012; (2) an $8.9 million increase in operating cash flows related to decreased cash interest payments in 2013, due to our 2013 term loan facility refinancing resulting in a lower interest rate for 10.5 months of 2013; (3) an increase of $1.9 million due to decreased cash distributions to option holders occurring in 2013; and (4) an increase of $1.1 million due to reduced cash severance payments in 2013.

These increases in our operating cash flows were partially offset by a decrease in cash flows of $28.7 million due to interest payments on the PIK Toggle Notes issued in December of 2012 and $7.1 million due to lease incentives received in the year ended December 31, 2012 for which similar incentives were not received in the year ended December 31, 2013. The remaining increase of approximately $11.7 million is due to higher cash generation driven by a net decrease in other non-cash working capital accounts.

We were not a U.S. federal cash taxpayer for the years ended December 31, 2014 or 2013. We expect we will maintain such status as it pertains to U.S. federal taxes through 2015 based on the ability to utilize our net operating losses, our expected results for fiscal 2015, including the utilization of foreign tax credits, and research and development tax attributes.

Investing Activities

When compared with the six months ended June 30, 2014, net cash used in investing activities decreased by $16.6 million or 38.1%, to $26.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2015. This decrease is primarily due to a decrease in purchases of property and equipment of $16.8 million primarily related to technical infrastructure initiatives as well as a $3.1 million increase in restricted cash held for future cash distribution for option holders in 2014 that did not recur in 2015. These decreases were partially offset by a $3.4 million increase in the cash flows related to proceeds from the sale of short-term investments in the six months ended June 30, 2014 as compared to $0 in the six months ended June 30, 2015.

When compared with the year ended December 31, 2013, net cash used in investing activities increased by $23.7 million, or 41.6%, to $80.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2014. This increase is primarily due to (1) reduced proceeds of $19.4 million from maturities and sales of short-term investments in the year ended December 31, 2014 when compared with the same period in 2013; and (2) an increase of $2.3 million in cash outflows related to purchases of property and equipment predominately related to technical infrastructure initiatives in the year ended December 31, 2014 when compared with the same period in 2013.

When compared with the year ended December 31, 2012, net cash used in investing activities decreased by $28.1 million, or 33.0%, to $57.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. This decrease is primarily due to (1) the purchase of only $3.3 million in short-term investments in the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to purchases of $23.5 million in short-term investments in the year ended December 31, 2012; (2) proceeds from maturities and sales of short-term investments of $22.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to proceeds of only $0.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2012; and (3) the receipt of $2.5 million of insurance settlement proceeds in the year ended December 31, 2013 related to our 2012 claim associated with property and equipment that was damaged due to the impacts of Hurricane Sandy. This decrease is partially offset by an increase in purchases of property and equipment of $20.4 million, of which $18.2 million related to technical infrastructure initiatives in the year ended December 31, 2013 when compared to the year ended December 31, 2012.

Financing Activities

When compared with the six months ended June 30, 2014, net cash used in financing activities decreased by $89.8 million, or 93.9% to $5.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2015. The decrease in financing cash

 

81


Table of Contents

outflows for the six months ended June 30, 2015 is primarily due to outflows in the six months ended June 30, 2014 related to the 2014 Recapitalization Transaction, which did not recur in the six months ended June 30, 2015. This decrease in financing cash outflows was partially offset by an increase in financing cash inflows due to $3.4 million received during the six months ended June 30, 2015 related to the repayment in full of the promissory note in connection with our Chief Executive Officer’s stock subscription agreement.

In May 2014, we completed a second recapitalization transaction (the “2014 Recapitalization Transaction”) pursuant to which we refinanced all of our outstanding debt. The 2014 Recapitalization Transaction resulted in the holders of our common stock and certain holders of stock options receiving a cash dividend (in the form of a return of capital) and/or cash distribution equal to $1.71 per share/option. The total dividend payment from us to the holders of common stock was $261.7 million, which was paid on May 5, 2014, and the total cash distribution to holders of stock options with service-based vesting conditions was $11.2 million. Of this latter amount, $6.4 million was paid on May 5, 2014 with respect to service-based options vested at that date. Additionally, $0.3 million, $0.8 million and $0.5 million was paid with respect to service-based options vesting during the quarters ended June 30, 2014, September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2014, respectively. As of June 30, 2015, the remaining $1.9 million will be paid as the remaining service-based options vest. See Note 6 “Stock-Based Compensation” in our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

When compared with the year ended December 31, 2013, net cash used in financing activities increased by $97.7 million, or 1,285.9%, to $105.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in financing cash outflows in the year ended December 31, 2014 is primarily due to a $98.1 million net increase in cash outflows related to the refinancing of all of our outstanding debt in May 2014 and dividend payments made as part of the 2014 Recapitalization Transaction. The increase is primarily composed of the approximately $94.0 million of cash on hand used, in addition to the net proceeds received from the debt refinancing, as further described below.

In December 2012, we completed a recapitalization transaction (the “2012 Recapitalization Transaction”). The 2012 Recapitalization resulted in the holders of our common stock and certain holders of stock options receiving a cash dividend (in the form of a return of capital) and/or cash distribution equal to $2.79 per share/option. Holders of our common stock received a cash dividend, and holders of stock options with service-based vesting conditions received a cash distribution. The total dividend payment from us to the holders of our common stock was $423.0 million, which was paid on December 19, 2012, and the total cash distribution to holders of stock options with service-based vesting conditions was $16.0 million. Of this latter amount, $6.5 million was paid in December 2012 with respect to service-based options vested at that date. Additionally, $2.7 million and $3.1 million were paid with respect to service-based options vesting during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. As of June 30, 2015, the remaining $1.0 million will be paid as the remaining service-based options vest. In December 2012, Opco paid a dividend of $100.0 million to Intermediate, which in turn paid a dividend of $100.0 million to us. We used this dividend as well as net proceeds of $339.0 million from the issuance of $350.0 million of 8.25%/9.00% PIK Toggle Notes issued by us, which mature on December 15, 2017, pursuant to the Toggle Notes Indenture, to fund the cash dividend to our stockholders and related cash distributions to our option holders. See Note 6 “Stock-Based Compensation” in our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

When compared with the year ended December 31, 2012, net cash used in financing activities decreased by $122.1 million, or 94.1%, to $7.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease is primarily due to no dividend payments in the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to dividend payments of $423.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2012 and a $22.2 million reduction in term loan facility principal payments in the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to those made in the year ended December 31, 2012. This decrease is partially offset by an increase in net proceeds of $339.0 million received from the issuance of the PIK Toggle Notes.

There was one term loan facility principal payment of $3.7 million made in the first quarter of 2013 which was the annual excess cash flow mandatory prepayment (“ECF”) payment related to 2012, and the first two quarterly term loan facility principal installments of $2.9 million and $3.3 million were made in the third and

 

82


Table of Contents

fourth quarters of 2013. Comparatively, in the first quarter of 2012, the ECF payment related to 2011 was $32.3 million, and no other principal installments were made. The 2013 ECF payment was less than the 2012 ECF payment due to: (1) Opco’s achievement of certain leverage ratios in 2013, which reduced the percentage of ECF Opco was required to offer (from 50% to 25% of ECF) coupled with (2) a higher percentage of ECF payment refusals in 2013 ($16.6 million of refusals related to the $20.3 million 2012 ECF payment, as compared to $14.2 million of refusals related to the $43.0 million 2011 ECF payment).

Debt

Credit Facility

As part of the 2014 Recapitalization Transaction, the term loan facility (the “Retired term loan facility”) and the revolving credit facility (the “Retired Revolver”) outstanding on that date were retired. Borrowings outstanding under the Retired term loan facility on the date of the 2014 Recapitalization Transaction were $1.3 billion, which reflects the 2013 mandatory annual ECF principal prepayment of $7.9 million made in March 2014. Opco had $0.6 million of letters of credit outstanding, related to certain operating leases and no other borrowings outstanding under the Retired Revolver at the time of the 2014 Recapitalization Transaction.

As part of the 2014 Recapitalization Transaction, Opco entered into new senior secured credit facilities (the “senior secured credit facilities”) pursuant to a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) dated May 2, 2014. The Credit Agreement provides senior secured credit facilities inclusive of:

 

    a term loan facility (the “term loan facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of $1.9 billion with a maturity date of May 2, 2021; and

 

    a revolving credit facility (the “revolving credit facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of $160.0 million with a maturity date of May 2, 2019.

The Revolving Credit Facility includes a $20.0 million borrowing sublimit for letters of credit and a $25.0 million sublimit for borrowings on same-day notice.

Interest Rate and Fees

Borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities bear interest at a rate per annum equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, a base rate or LIBOR. The applicable margin for borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities is 2.75% with respect to base rate borrowings and 3.75% with respect to LIBOR borrowings. For term loans, the LIBOR and the base rate are subject to floors of 1.00% and 2.00%, respectively. For revolver loans, there is no LIBOR or base rate floor. We have elected to use the LIBOR.

For term loans, the applicable margin is not subject to any stepdowns. For borrowings under the revolver, the applicable margin is subject to stepdowns. The applicable margin was stepped down from 3.75% to 3.50% as of September 30, 2014, when Opco achieved a first lien net leverage ratio equal to or less than 4.5:1.0 and from 3.50% to 3.25% as of March 31, 2015 when Opco achieved a first lien net leverage ratio equal to or less than 4.0:1.0. Opco has maintained a first lien net leverage ratio equal to or less than 4.0:1.0 as of June 30, 2015.

In addition to interest payable on outstanding borrowings under the revolver, Opco pays a commitment fee on the unused portion. The initial commitment fee rate of 0.50% was reduced to 0.375% as of September 30, 2014, when Opco achieved a first lien net leverage ratio equal to or less than 4.5:1.0 and from 0.375% to 0.25% as of March 31, 2015 when Opco achieved a first lien net leverage ratio equal to or less than 4.0:1.0, which is the final stepdown available under the agreement. As of June 30, 2015, Opco’s first lien net leverage ratio was equal to or less than 4.0:1.0 and the commitment fee rate was 0.25%. The first lien net leverage ratio is equal to the ratio of the obligations under the senior secured credit facilities to Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

 

83


Table of Contents

Opco is also required to pay customary letter of credit fees.

Amortization and Maturity

The term loan facility amortizes in equal quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount, or $4.8 million per quarter. Any remaining unpaid principal is due on the term loan facility May 2, 2021 maturity date. The revolving credit facility maturity date is May 2, 2019.

Prepayments

Opco may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under the senior secured credit facilities at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary breakage costs with respect to LIBOR loans.

Opco is required to prepay the term loan facility, subject to certain exceptions, with: (1) a percentage of our excess cash flow, with the required percentage determined by our first lien net leverage ratio; (2) 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain non-ordinary course asset sales; and (3) 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain new incurrences of debt. The first ECF payment is due in 2016 for the year ending December 31, 2015. The ECF payment percentage of 50% reduces to 25% of excess cash flow pursuant to achievement of a first lien net leverage ratio of 4.5:1.0, and further reduces to 0% upon achievement of a first lien net leverage ratio of 4.0:1.0. As of March 31, 2015, Opco’s first lien net leverage ratio was equal to or less than 4.0:1.0. As of June 30, 2015, Opco’s first lien net leverage ratio was equal to or less than 4.0:1.0. If the leverage ratio on December 31, 2015 is less than or equal to 4.0:1.0, there will be no ECF payment due. Mandatory prepayments are applied to the scheduled installments of principal of the term loan facility in direct order of maturity; furthermore, pursuant to the terms of the credit agreement, individual lenders may opt to refuse all or a portion of their proportionate share of any offered ECF payment. In such event, we may retain any declined amounts.

Guarantees and Security

All obligations under the senior secured credit facilities are unconditionally guaranteed by Intermediate and each existing and subsequently acquired or organized direct or indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiary of Opco (subject to certain exceptions).

All obligations under the senior secured credit facilities, and the guarantees of such obligations, are secured, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions, by: (1) a pledge of all the equity interests of Opco and each wholly owned, material subsidiary of Opco directly held by Opco or a subsidiary guarantor (limited to 65% of voting stock in the case of foreign subsidiaries) and (2) security interests in and mortgages on substantially all tangible and intangible personal property and material fee-owned real property of Opco and the subsidiary guarantors (subject to certain exclusions).

Covenants

The Opco senior secured credit facilities contain affirmative and negative covenants. Events of default include customary events of default. Certain events of default are subject to a right to cure.

The revolving credit facility contains a maximum first lien net leverage ratio covenant, tested on the last day of each fiscal quarter but only if, on the last day of such fiscal quarter, the amount of outstanding loans and unreimbursed drawings under letters of credit exceeds 30% of the total amount of commitments under the revolving credit facility. The maximum first lien net leverage ratio is 7.25:1.0. Opco is not subject to financial covenants as of June 30, 2015.

Senior Notes

On July 29, 2010, Opco issued $700.0 million 10.25% senior notes (the “Retired Senior Notes”) which were due to mature on August 1, 2018, pursuant to an indenture, dated as of July 29, 2010. On May 2, 2014, as part of the 2014 Recapitalization Transaction, Opco redeemed these notes at a redemption price of 107.4%.

 

84


Table of Contents

On May 2, 2014, Opco issued, at par, $350.0 million 5.875% senior notes (the “Senior Notes” or “Senior Notes due 2019”) which mature on April 15, 2019, pursuant to an indenture (the “Senior Notes Indenture”), dated as of May 2, 2014, among us, the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee.

The Senior Notes are Opco’s senior unsecured obligations that rank senior in right of payment to future debt; rank equally in right of payment with all of Opco’s existing and future senior indebtedness; are effectively subordinated in right of payment to Opco’s existing and future secured obligations, including indebtedness under the senior secured credit facilities, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such obligations; and are effectively subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of Opco’s non-guarantor subsidiaries (other than indebtedness and liabilities owed to Opco or one of Opco’s guarantor subsidiaries).

Guarantees and Security

The Senior Notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by each of Opco’s existing and future direct or indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries that guarantee Opco’s obligations under the senior secured credit facilities. The indenture contains typical restrictive and affirmative covenants. Events of default include typical events of default, and if any occurs, this would permit or require the principal of and accrued interest on the Senior Notes due 2019 to become or to be declared due and payable.

Optional Redemption

The Senior Notes are redeemable in whole or in part, at our option, at any time at varying redemption prices that generally include premiums. Refer to Note 17 “Debt” in the Notes to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information. In addition, upon a change of control, Opco is required to make an offer to redeem all of the Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Senior PIK Toggle Notes Due 2017

On December 18, 2012, we issued the PIK Toggle Notes which mature on December 15, 2017, pursuant to the Toggle Notes Indenture dated as of December 18, 2012, among us and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. The PIK Toggle Notes are our senior unsecured obligations and rank pari passu in right of payment to any future senior indebtedness; rank structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries, except to the extent the PIK Toggle Notes are guaranteed by any subsidiary of ours in the future; are effectively subordinated to all future secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and rank senior in right of payment to any future subordinated indebtedness. The PIK Toggle Notes are not guaranteed by any of our subsidiaries. The PIK Toggle Notes will be structurally subordinated to indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the PIK Toggle Notes. We are an indirect holding company of Opco and its subsidiaries, with no material operations of our own and only limited assets or operations other than the indirect ownership of all of the capital stock of Opco. Accordingly, we are dependent upon the distribution of the earnings of our subsidiaries, whether in the form of dividends, advances, payments on account of intercompany obligations or otherwise, to service its debt obligations. Claims of creditors of such subsidiaries, including trade creditors, and claims of preferred stockholders of such subsidiaries will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such subsidiaries over the claims of our creditors, including holders of the PIK Toggle Notes. In addition, the PIK Toggle Notes are unsecured, and, as such, no assets are pledged for this agreement. Interest on the PIK Toggle Notes accrues at the rate of 8.25% per annum and is payable semiannually on June 15 and December 15, commencing June 15, 2013, to holders of the notes of record on the immediately preceding June 1 and December 1. Interest on the PIK Toggle Notes must be paid entirely in cash unless certain conditions relating to our capacity to pay cash interest are satisfied, in which case all or a portion of the interest may be paid in kind (“PIK Interest”). PIK Interest is an increase in the initial principal amount of the notes, or the issuance of new notes. Cash interest will accrue on the PIK Interest at 9.00% per annum.

 

85


Table of Contents

Optional Redemption

After December 15, 2013, we may redeem the PIK Toggle Notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of holders of record of the PIK Toggle Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on December 15 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2014

     101.0

2015 and thereafter

     100.0

The Toggle Notes Indenture contains covenants limiting our ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares, pay dividends on or make other distributions in respect of our capital stock or make other restricted payments, make certain investments, sell or transfer certain assets, create liens on certain assets to secure debt, consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the our assets, enter into certain transactions with the our affiliates, and designate our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

The Toggle Notes Indenture also provides for other customary warranties and nonfinancial covenants which, if violated, would create events of default and would permit or require the principal of and accrued interest on the PIK Toggle Notes to become or to be declared due and payable. In the event of a default, any required payments would be subject to the same limitations as the regular debt service payments and payments required under a change in control, which are discussed above.

Future minimum principal payment obligations due per the senior secured credit facilities, Senior Notes and PIK Toggle Notes are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Principal Payments  

Remainder of 2015 as of June 30, 2015

   $ 9,500   

2016

     19,000   

2017

     369,000   

2018

     19,000   

2019

     369,000   

2020 and thereafter

     1,795,500   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,581,000   
  

 

 

 

Non-Guarantor Subsidiary Additional Financial Information

Certain financial information for the quarter ended June 30, 2015, specific to Opco’s non-guarantor subsidiaries, is required consistent with the Senior Notes Indenture governing our 5.875% Senior Notes due 2019.

For the six months ended June 30, 2015, our non-guarantor subsidiaries account for $140.1 million, or 29.9%, of our total revenue, and $38.7 million, or 25.2% of our total EBITDA. Our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for $1,663.3 million, or 43.4% of our total assets, and $522.2 million, or 15.9%, of our total liabilities as of June 30, 2015.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of June 30, 2015, we had no off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

86


Table of Contents

Commitments and Contingencies

We have obligations under non-cancelable operating leases for real estate and equipment. Real estate leases are for our corporate headquarters, sales offices, and major operating units and data centers. Certain of the leases include renewal options and escalation clauses. In addition, we have purchase obligations for data content.

Our known contractual obligations on a combined basis as of December 31, 2014 are summarized in the table below:

 

    Payment Due by Period  
    Total     Less Than
1 Year
    1-3
Years
    3-5
Years
    More Than
5 Years
 
    (in thousands)  

Contractual Obligations

         

Long term debt obligations(1)

  $ 2,590,500      $ 19,000      $ 388,000      $ 388,000      $ 1,795,500   

Operating lease obligations

    115,508        21,972        30,940        23,204        39,392   

Purchase obligations

    44,505        44,505                        

Fixed rate interest obligations[(2)]

    88,247        20,563        41,125        26,559          

PIK Toggle Notes fixed rate interest obligations(3)

    85,422        28,875        56,547                 

Variable rate interest obligations(4)

    559,289        90,701        178,656        174,996        114,936   

Commitment fees(5)

    2,767        628        1,256        854        29   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 3,486,238      $ 226,244      $ 696,524      $ 613,613      $ 1,949,857   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) All of the PIK Toggle Notes are expected to be redeemed along with a portion of the [Senior Notes][term loan facilities][revolving credit facility]. [A portion of the term loan facility is expected to be repaid with a portion of the net proceeds of this offering and, accordingly, the variable interest rate obligations on such term loans will no longer accrue after they are repaid.]
(2) [A portion of the Senior Notes are expected to redeemed with a portion of the net proceeds of this offering and, accordingly, the fixed rate interest obligations on such Senior Notes will no longer accrue after they are redeemed.]
(3) The PIK Toggle Notes are expected to be redeemed with a portion of the net proceeds of this offering and, accordingly, the fixed rate interest obligations accruing on such PIK Toggle Notes will no longer accrue after they are redeemed.
(4) Amounts are based on our obligations under the senior secured credit facilities at an interest rate of 4.75% as of December 31, 2014 and are subject to change.
(5) Assumes that no amounts are drawn on the facility.

We expect to satisfy our contractual obligations from our existing cash as well as our cash flow from operations. Our key operating locations operate in facilities under long-term leases, the earliest of which will expire in 2015. If we are unable to renew any of the leases that are due to expire in 2015, we believe that suitable replacement properties are available on commercially reasonable terms.

Rental expense was $24.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, $23.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, and $20.9 million for the ended December 31, 2012.

Purchase obligations include our estimate of the minimum outstanding obligations under agreements to purchase goods or services that we believe are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Purchase obligations exclude agreements that are cancelable at any time without penalty.

Long term debt obligations in the above table include our obligations under the senior secured credit facilities, including outstanding letters of credit, the Senior Notes due 2019 and the PIK Toggle Notes. Fixed interest rate obligations in the table above include our interest obligations under the Senior Notes due 2019 which bear interest at a

 

87


Table of Contents

fixed rate of 5.875% and the PIK Toggle Notes. The PIK Toggle Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 8.25%, which may be paid in cash or PIK Interest. PIK Interest is an increase in the initial principal amount of the PIK Toggle Notes or the issuance of new PIK Toggle Notes. Cash interest accrues on the PIK Interest at 9.00% per annum. Outstanding letters of credit totaled $0.6 million at December 31, 2014. The letters of credit principally secure performance obligations, and allow the holder to draw funds up to the face amount of the letter of credit, bank guarantee or surety bond if the applicable business unit does not perform as contractually required.

In connection with the provision of services in the ordinary course of business, we may be required to indemnify clients against third-party claims that our services infringe upon such third party’s intellectual property rights. We have not been required to make material payments under such provisions. In addition, our third-party data suppliers audit us from time to time in the ordinary course of business (including audits underway) to determine if data we license for redistribution has been properly accounted for in accordance with the terms of the applicable license agreement. In view of our financial condition and the accruals established for related matters, management does not believe that the ultimate liability, if any, related to any of these matters will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Seasonality and Market Activity

Historically, we have not experienced any material seasonal fluctuations in our business and we do not expect to experience seasonal fluctuations in the future. However, financial information market demand is largely dependent upon activity levels in the securities markets. In the event that the U.S. or international financial markets were to suffer a prolonged downturn that results in a significant decline in investor activity in trading securities, our sales and revenue could be adversely affected. Our exposure in the United States in this area could be mitigated in part by our service offerings in non-U.S. markets, and vice versa.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2015-3 “Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30)—Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs” that requires debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability to be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the debt liability rather than as an asset. The new guidance will make the presentation of debt issuance costs consistent with the presentation of debt discounts or premiums. The standard applies to all entities. For public business entities, the final guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, the final guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. We are currently evaluating the impact, if any, the adoption of ASU 2015-3 will have on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Refer to Note 2 “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” in the Notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk from changes in currency exchange rates and interest rates which could affect its future results of operations and financial condition.

Foreign Currency Risk

A portion of our business is conducted outside the United States through our foreign subsidiaries and branches. We have foreign currency risk exposure related to our operations in non-U.S. markets where we transact business in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Accordingly, we are subject to exposure from adverse movements in currency exchange rates. Our foreign subsidiaries maintain their accounting records in their respective local currencies. Consequently, changes in currency exchange rates may impact the translation of

 

88


Table of Contents

international statements of operations into U.S. dollars, which may in turn affect our consolidated statements of operations. Due to the significant size of our operations in Europe, our primary exposure currently rests with the British pound sterling and the euro to U.S. dollar exchange rates. Historically we have not entered into forward currency exchange rate contracts. To date, the effect of foreign currency risk on our business has varied from quarter to quarter as a result of the impact of global economic events on currency exchange rates and we expect it will continue to do so.

During the past three fiscal years and the six months ended June 30, 2015, our revenue by geographic region was as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six months
ended
June 30,
 
     2014      2013      2012      2015  
     (in thousands)  

Revenue:

           

United States

   $ 649,986       $ 627,988       $ 593,041       $ 333,628   

United Kingdom

     85,485         81,617         88,998         38,760   

All other European countries

     127,123         126,455         120,740         55,469   

Asia Pacific

     45,334         40,587         48,908         22,612   

Rest of World

     31,273         28,466         28,474         17,288   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 939,201       $ 905,113       $ 880,161       $ 467,757   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-lived assets by geographic region are as follows:

 

     As of December 31,      As of
June 30,
 
     2014      2013      2012      2015  
     (in thousands)  

Long-lived assets:

           

United States

   $ 2,515,736       $ 2,574,503       $ 2,635,406       $ 2,481,205   

United Kingdom

     533,603         587,483         598,589         528,796   

All other European countries

     122,619         145,025         144,182         110,004   

Asia Pacific

     119,051         132,526         159,960         112,518   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,291,009       $ 3,439,537       $ 3,538,137       $ 3,232,523   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest Rate Risk

We have interest rate risk due to the term loan facility which is variable rate debt with the interest rate determined by reference to a floating rate index. As of December 31, 2013, a portion of this risk was hedged by interest rate caps that contractually expired on September 30, 2014 and were not renewed. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015, none of our interest rate risk was hedged. As of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015, the term loan facility outstanding principal was $1.9 billion. The interest rate as of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 was 4.75% (1.00% LIBOR floor plus an applicable LIBOR margin of 3.75%). An increase of 1.0% in the term loan facility interest rate above our December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 rate of 4.75% would increase our interest expense over the subsequent four-quarter period by approximately $19.1 million and $19.0 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 35% of our total outstanding variable-rate debt exposure was hedged by the interest rate caps. Please refer to Note 16 “Derivatives” and Note 17 “Debt” in the Notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion of our debt and derivatives. Our interest rates are not impacted by a decline in our credit rating. An increase in rates by the Federal Reserve would not directly impact our interest rates; however, to the extent LIBOR rates are impacted by shifting market conditions, our interest rate will be impacted as noted above.

 

89


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Company Overview

Founded in 1968, we are a leading global provider of mission-critical financial market data, analytics, and related solutions that are deeply embedded within our clients’ workflows. Our products and services help increase transparency and efficiency and reduce risk for many of the world’s largest financial institutions. More than 5,000 financial institutions and approximately 600 software and service providers use our products and services, incorporating our information throughout the investment lifecycle, in areas such as trading, portfolio management, regulatory compliance, risk management and securities valuation. We enjoy strong relationships with our diverse client base, which includes 49 of the top 50 global asset managers, all of the top 50 U.S. mutual funds, 48 of the top 50 U.S. banks, 33 of the top 50 global hedge funds, all of the top 15 global custodians, all of the top 10 global investment banks and all of the top 5 index providers.

Since we were acquired in July 2010, we have invested heavily to improve our business operations and technology infrastructure. We hired a highly experienced team to oversee the development of a unified technology platform, execute on new product development and optimize organizational efficiency. We have invested over $100 million of capital and substantial additional operating expenditures to develop a state-of-the-art technology platform that is enabling the launch of multiple new products. We expect this platform to provide significant ongoing benefits, including faster product development, enhanced stability and scalability, easier client integration, increased up-selling capabilities and additional future cost savings.

Our business is organized into two reportable segments: Pricing and Reference Data and Trading Solutions.

Pricing and Reference Data

Our Pricing and Reference Data segment, which represented the vast majority of our Adjusted EBITDA in 2014, provides an extensive set of market data products and analytics, many of which are proprietary, to over 5,000 clients worldwide. Our clients include asset management firms, mutual funds companies, hedge funds, pension funds, insurance companies, ETF sponsors, banks, index providers and brokerage firms, as well as hundreds of VARs such as custodians, software providers and other outsourcing organizations. The Pricing and Reference Data segment provides:

 

    evaluated pricing services on approximately 2.7 million fixed income securities and other hard-to-value financial instruments;

 

    reference data on over 10 million global financial instruments, including descriptive data, terms and conditions and corporate actions;

 

    end-of-day pricing data from a range of sources, including approximately 120 financial markets and exchanges; and

 

    fixed income and equity portfolio analytics and data.

Evaluated Pricing

We deliver independent opinions of value on approximately 2.7 million fixed income securities and other hard-to-value financial instruments. Our evaluated pricing spans more than 120 countries and covers a wide range of financial instruments including sovereign, corporate and municipal bonds, structured products, leveraged loans and derivatives. While many securities, such as listed equities, can be valued by reference to market quotes, others, including many fixed income securities, trade infrequently. For example, approximately two-thirds of TRACE-eligible securities did not trade in a given month during the second quarter of 2015. Valuation of these securities is a significant challenge for financial services firms and an area noted by both the SEC and FINRA as being among their 2015 examination priorities.

 

90


Table of Contents

Our clients need to value these financial instruments to meet regulatory requirements and to enable a range of mission-critical processes from the back to the front office. For example, our evaluations and listed markets pricing support our clients in the back office for the determination of mutual fund net asset values (“NAVs”) and the calculation of market indexes; in the middle office for risk management; and in the front office for pre-trade transparency and price discovery. The 2014 launch of our CEP service further expanded our ability to service multiple client use cases by allowing us to provide streaming evaluations throughout the day on approximately 1.3 million securities. CEP is currently available for U.S. and European corporate bonds, sovereign bonds and money market instruments, as well as To-Be-Announced and Pass-Through U.S. mortgage-backed securities. Additional coverage is planned for the second half of 2015, including Asia Pacific corporate, sovereign and money market instruments.

Our evaluated prices are the result of robust proprietary processes that include: sophisticated models and methodologies developed by our team of quantitative analysts; a rich set of market observations, including quotes, dealer runs and trades from over 175 sources; and, importantly, the expertise of a seasoned evaluation services team, comprising approximately 200 skilled evaluators, analysts and specialists. More than 10 million individual market data points stream into our evaluated pricing systems on a daily basis. This information is captured, organized and published to our team of evaluators who, in turn, continuously assess and integrate this observed credit and rate information, feedback from our clients and sector news into our evaluated pricing models and applications.

We also offer applications and information services that complement our evaluated pricing, such as our VantageSM product. This award-winning platform provides increased transparency into the fixed income markets. VantageSM also facilitates client workflow by providing transparency into the composition of our evaluated prices, including access to public and proprietary market data inputs used in our evaluated pricing process.

Reference Data

Our reference data complements our evaluated pricing services by offering our clients a broad range of descriptive information, covering over 10 million global financial instruments. Our reference data is used by clients to enhance risk management, maintain compliance with regulatory mandates and improve operational efficiency across their organizations. This content is supported by a global team of over 300 professionals and support staff working in 25 languages. These researchers compile information from an extensive range of sources, including exchanges, underwriters, government agencies, issuers and other authoritative sources. Our reference data content covers:

 

    identification and settlement information, including: identifiers, name, ticker, coupon, payment frequency and accrual method;

 

    business entity data, including: issuer, parent entity and ultimate parent entity;

 

    detailed terms and conditions data, including: call, put and sinking fund schedules, conversion details and coupon reset terms; and

 

    global corporate actions information, including: mergers, rights offerings, tender offers, bankruptcies and other shareholder notifications; cash and stock dividends, income payment details, earnings and amounts outstanding; and tax consequence and cost basis information.

In the fourth quarter of 2014 we released Apex version 2.0, a data delivery platform that leverages our recent technology investment to deliver our extensive set of global reference data through a range of options that allow our data to be easily and cost-effectively consumed within a variety of client workflows. Apex utilizes industry standard technologies to reduce integration complexity and costs for our clients.

End-of-Day Pricing Data

In addition to our evaluated pricing and reference data, we collect, edit and normalize real-time data from a wide range of global exchanges and financial markets. End-of-day pricing data, available from a variety of

 

91


Table of Contents

sources, including approximately 120 financial markets and exchanges globally, is delivered to Pricing and Reference Data clients as the markets close. This pricing data includes bid and offer, last trade, open and close, high and low, and volume information.

Fixed Income and Equity Portfolio Analytics

Our fixed income and equity portfolio analytics offerings, led by our BondEdge® solution, provide financial institutions with data as well as proprietary, sophisticated fixed income and equity portfolio analytics to help analyze risk and return. These offerings are used by investment professionals to simulate various market environments to help forecast performance, construct portfolios, validate investment strategies, conduct stress testing, generate dynamic risk measures, analyze asset cash flows and support regulatory compliance requirements. BondEdge’s advanced analysis tools are underpinned by proprietary quantitative modeling techniques that utilize our comprehensive terms and conditions information for fixed income securities. BondEdge, which is offered through various delivery options, interfaces with many of the major third-party accounting and asset/liability software packages.

Trading Solutions

Our Trading Solutions segment provides products and services to thousands of global clients to support a range of trading, wealth management, and other investment applications. The Trading Solutions segment provides:

 

    real-time market data feeds from over 450 sources in a normalized format;

 

    trading infrastructure managed services that facilitate low latency electronic trading across a range of asset classes by providing access to the computer hardware and connectivity required to execute and route trades to exchanges and counterparties; and

 

    workstations and customized hosted web applications that provide access to market data and related analytics and tools for financial advisors, investment professionals, individual investors and a range of corporate clients.

Real-Time Feeds

Our real-time feeds offerings provide cost-effective access to disparate real-time data sources without clients having to maintain hundreds of direct connections. Through our Consolidated Feed service, clients receive consolidated real-time and/or delayed financial data from over 450 global exchanges, trading venues and data sources covering listed and OTC securities. Our Consolidated Feed service is complemented by our Tick History service, which provides access to tick and trade data for global securities to assist clients with “best execution” requirements, transaction cost analysis and advanced charting applications.

Trading Infrastructure Managed Services

Our 7ticks trading infrastructure managed services solution offers direct exchange access, proximity hosting and support services that enable access to raw real-time exchange data and facilitate low latency electronic trading. These services will be further expanded in late 2015 with the planned launch of 7ticks Insight, a client web-portal that will offer enhanced transparency to support infrastructure monitoring and capacity planning, as well as performance and latency analysis.

Workstations and Hosted Web Applications

We market a range of workstations that primarily target the wealth management, and commodity and energy trading and individual investor sectors. Through our eSignalTM, FutureSource, PrimeTerminalSM and Market-QSM brands, we provide applications that deliver real-time financial market information and decision support tools to help clients analyze financial markets and make investment decisions. These workstations aggregate content that can be sourced from us, from our clients and from additional third-party information providers. The visual display of this content can be tailored to the needs and specifications of our clients.

 

92


Table of Contents

We also design, build and host customized web-based financial information solutions primarily to address the specific requirements of clients in the wealth management and information media sectors, including Fidelity.com and Motley Fool. Our web-based financial information solutions, such as PrimePortal, utilize flexible web services architecture and consist of market data, decision-support tools and hosting services. Clients use the portals to access relevant information through intuitive interfaces that are designed to streamline the investment and advisory processes.

Industry Overview

Financial industry participants utilize financial market data and information services to support critical business functions across their organizations. These functions include investment research, development and execution of trading strategies, risk management, compliance, trade settlement, securities valuation and client reporting. The financial market data required to support these functions encompass real-time, intraday, end-of-day and historic pricing as well as evaluation information; reference data such as dividends, corporate actions and key descriptive information about securities; and other related business and financial content. We provide this market data through an expansive range of proprietary and third-party tools, applications, systems, and solutions to help support these critical activities.

According to Burton-Taylor, total spending on financial market data was estimated to be $26.5 billion in 2014. Of this total, pricing, reference and valuation data accounted for 12% of the overall spend, or $3.1 billion, of which we are estimated to have a 21% share of this segment.

LOGO

Burton-Taylor, in a report we commissioned, estimates that the overall financial market data industry will experience a compound annual growth rate of 5% for the period from 2015 to 2017. Within that overall market, they project annual growth of 8% for the pricing, reference and valuation data market over the same period.

We believe that a number of global industry trends will generate continued opportunities across many of our products and services. These trends include:

Increasing Regulatory Requirements and Investor Demand for Transparency: Recently enacted regulations are aimed at bringing greater pricing transparency and reducing risk in the financial markets. For example, capital adequacy rules (e.g., Basel III, Solvency II and BCBS 239) are driving financial institutions to procure independent assessments of enterprise-wide exposures and balance sheet risk. Fair value accounting and valuation standards require disclosures around valuation inputs thereby bolstering demand for independent and transparent evaluations. Many of our financial services clients impacted by these rules and regulations are seeking more timely, relevant and comprehensive pricing and reference data. In addition, asset owners and investors are seeking additional transparency into their investment portfolios from asset managers. As a leading provider of market and security pricing data, we are well-positioned to benefit from these regulatory and investor demands for transparency. Our products and services facilitate the pricing process for clients, allowing them to respond efficiently and effectively to the evolving needs of investors and regulators. In a July 2015 study by TABB Group, which we commissioned and which surveyed 80 professionals from various firms, including asset managers, hedge funds, leading global banks and broker-dealers, the regulatory and auditing environment was the most cited driver of evaluated pricing data expenditures, and 73% of respondents said they expect regulation to cause increased usage of third-party evaluated pricing services going forward.

 

93


Table of Contents

Electronification of Fixed Income Markets: While other large asset classes, such as equities, have completed the transition to electronic trading as their primary execution method, a much smaller proportion of fixed income trading is conducted electronically. This is expected to change rapidly as more fixed income trading moves onto electronic platforms. New capital restrictions on large banks are supporting this trend by forcing dealers to reduce inventories, thereby increasing the need for electronic platforms to provide liquidity to the market. This ongoing shift is generating new demand for continuous valuations of fixed income data for use in a wide range of applications such as indicative values to support price discovery and trading, as well as information to support intra-day risk management and compliance monitoring. For example, TABB Group estimates that electronic trading of U.S. corporate bonds will grow at 16% annually for the period from 2013 to 2016.

Ongoing Growth in the Size and Diversity of Financial Markets: The financial markets continue to expand in both size and scope. According to PwC, global AUM is projected to grow at a 6% CAGR from 2012 to 2020. Credit markets are also expanding. For example, U.S. bond market debt outstanding has grown every year since SIFMA began tracking it in 1980 and reached an all-time record of $39 trillion in 2014. At the same time, investors seeking greater returns are incentivizing financial institutions to innovate and develop new investment alternatives. According to PwC, alternative investment products continue to attract new interest with AUM for these products forecast to increase at an approximately 9% CAGR from 2012 to 2020. Passive investment products have also proliferated. In particular, the demand for fixed income ETFs is expected to continue with projected annual growth of approximately 15% from 2014 to 2018 according to the Boston Consulting Group (“BCG”). With our multi-asset class offerings, proprietary fixed income evaluation protocols and embedded relationships, we believe we are well-positioned to benefit from this growth in the underlying markets.

Increasing Demand for Outsourced Services by Financial Institutions: In addition to the trend toward greater market data independence due to market practice and regulatory pressure, the high costs associated with building and operating in-house market data solutions also lead financial institutions to seek more cost-efficient, outsourced alternatives from market data service providers like us. We employ proprietary methodologies, models and systems to create further value-added content including analytic items and independent evaluations for hard-to-value financial instruments, including thinly-traded fixed income securities. Our Trading Solutions segment facilitates low latency electronic trading by providing access to computer hardware and connectivity required to execute and route trades to exchanges and counterparties. Our customized, hosted web-based solutions typically combine content from third-party providers with internal information from the financial institutions to support wealth management, sales and marketing, customer client service and other activities. Our broad suite of products and services positions us well to get an increasing share of outsourcing services as our clients continue to focus on cost containment and operational efficiencies.

Competitive Strengths

We believe we have a number of competitive strengths that help us execute our business strategy and drive shareholder value, including:

Global Leader in Attractive and Growing Markets

We are a leading provider within the $26.5 billion financial market data industry. According to Burton-Taylor, as of the end of 2014, we are the fourth largest global provider in the financial market data industry with a 3.5% share of the market. Within the $3.1 billion pricing, reference and valuation data market served by our Pricing and Reference Data business, we are the second largest provider. Within the $1.4 billion real-time and trading data feed market served by our Trading Solutions business, we are the second largest provider, with a 9% share of a $1.4 billion market.

Burton-Taylor, in a report we commissioned, estimates that the overall financial market data industry will experience annual growth of 5% for the period from 2015 to 2017. Within that overall market, they project

 

94


Table of Contents

annual growth of 8% for the pricing, reference and valuation data segment for the same period. Several underlying market factors that we believe are fueling growth include: investor demand for transparency and increased regulatory requirements; growth in global AUM, which PwC estimates will grow at 6% annually for the period 2012 to 2020; growth in alternative AUM, which PwC estimates will grow at an approximately 9% CAGR from 2012 to 2020; growth in fixed income ETFs, which BCG estimates will grow at approximately 15% annually for the period 2014 to 2018; and electronic trading of U.S. corporate bonds, which TABB Group estimates will grow at 16% annually for the period 2013 to 2016.

High Quality Portfolio of Products Spanning the Entire Investment Lifecycle

We offer our clients comprehensive, high quality solutions that support the financial information value chain from price discovery in the front office, to risk management in the middle office, to asset valuations in the back office. Our broad range of products and services includes a consolidated real-time feed covering more than 450 sources, extensive reference data that spans more than 10 million securities from over 150 countries, independent evaluations on approximately 2.7 million fixed income and other hard-to-value instruments, and sophisticated analytics platforms.

Our ongoing commitment to high quality, broad coverage and responsive client service allows us to support an array of mission-critical client activities such as trading, investment decision making and regulatory compliance. For example, our evaluations and pricing services are extensively used to support NAV calculations by the U.S. mutual fund industry, which according to the Investment Company Institute had AUM of approximately $16 trillion as of December 31, 2014. Our services have been recognized through numerous awards over the years, including in the past two years: Best Reference Data Provider, Best Evaluated Prices Service Provider, Best Low Latency Data/Technology Vendor and Data and Pricing Vendor of the Year.

Differentiated Solution and Competitive Position

We believe we have developed a portfolio of highly valued products and services that provides us a differentiated competitive position. In addition to the breadth of our products and services and the industry recognized quality of our solutions, we believe several other elements contribute to our differentiated position, including our sophisticated approach to developing our products and services as well as our highly regarded customer service operation.

In terms of our approach, we benefit from almost five decades of experience in the industry. Over this time, we have created an advanced, proprietary data collection and production process. For example, our collection process leverages unstructured and disparate data from over 600 public and private sources, including hundreds of exchanges and trading venues, as well as a large global team of reference data collection professionals to create an industry leading market data repository.

After collection, our normalized data is enriched further through a sophisticated production operation. Over many years, our team of quantitative analysts has developed and evolved market-tested models, techniques and algorithms to price thinly-traded financial instruments. In addition to the sophisticated models, our approximately 200-person evaluation staff continuously assesses and integrates the observed credit information, market movements, feedback from our clients and sector news into our evaluated pricing models and applications. We believe that this human overlay is a critical element to our competitive differentiation and substantially improves the quality of our evaluated prices. We believe our evaluations team is the largest in the industry and is a competitive advantage.

Our client service is another important differentiating factor. Our products and services enable mission-critical elements of our clients’ business processes, and as a result, our ability to support our evaluations and update data in a time sensitive manner is an important selection criteria for our clients. We use advanced systems and approximately 80 dedicated customer service professionals to efficiently and quickly address large volumes of client inquiries. For example, in our Pricing and Reference Data segment we received over 63,000 customer

 

95


Table of Contents

inquiries a month during the first six months of 2015. In addition to addressing our clients needs, enhancing client confidence and deepening our relationship with our clients, we collect additional information allowing us to continually improve our data, creating additional useful inputs into our production process.

Long-Standing Relationships with a Diverse Blue-Chip Client Base

We have long-standing relationships with a broad and diverse client base of over 5,000 financial institutions globally. Our clients include a mix of buy-side and sell-side institutions, as well as other key financial markets participants, such as industry utilities, regulatory organizations and fixed income electronic trading platforms, who use our products and services across their front, middle and back offices. Through our 27 offices in 13 countries, we serve clients in over 100 countries. Within our broad and diverse client base, no single client represented more than 6% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Our client base encompasses many of the world’s largest financial institutions, including 49 of the top 50 global asset managers, all of the top 50 U.S. mutual funds, 48 of the top 50 U.S. banks, 33 of the top 50 global hedge funds, all of the top 15 global custodians, all of the top 10 global investment banks and all of the top 5 index providers. In addition, through our VAR relationships we maintain interfaces to approximately 600 software applications, technology solutions, outsourcing-related products and web portals.

The quality and breadth of our products and services, our continuously improving collection and production processes and our high quality customer service have helped drive continued success with our clients. This is reflected in part in our strong revenue retention. For example, annualized revenue retention rates within our Pricing and Reference Data segment have averaged 94% since 2010 and our overall client base (excluding desktops) has experienced a 92% average retention rate since 2010. We measure revenue retention as a percentage of recurring revenue using the following formula: we divide the dollar magnitude of cancellations (including revenue declines from continuing customers related to service downgrades, renegotiations, price reductions and usage declines) we received during the prior 12 months by the annualized revenue entering that same 12-month period, and then subtract this percentage from 100%. Our calculation of revenue retention excludes any revenue increases associated with price increases and service upgrades.

Highly Scalable, State-of-the-Art Technology Platform

Since 2011, we have invested over $100 million in equipment and capitalized software to develop a scalable, state-of-the-art technology platform both to support the efficient, reliable operation of existing products and to facilitate the development of new products. The platform is operational and currently more than 2.3 million fixed income securities are processed on the system. In addition, critical new services, including CEP and Apex, have been fully developed on the platform, with further new product rollouts planned for the second half of 2015.

This new technology platform, which features a single configurable data capture mechanism, a common data model across all Pricing and Reference Data products and a flexible multi-format delivery capability, is expected to provide substantial ongoing benefits, including faster product development, enhanced stability and scalability, easier client integration, improved up-selling capabilities and future cost savings.

Attractive Business Model with Highly Recurring Revenues

Our revenue is highly recurring in nature and generally tied to supporting our clients’ specific departments, functions or applications rather than individual users or terminals. Recurring revenue, which excludes any revenue derived from hardware sales, set-up and implementation fees, and one-time sales such as historical data files, has exceeded 98% of total revenue in each of the years from 2011 to 2014. We have a strong track record of uninterrupted revenue growth through various economic environments, including through the 2001 and 2008 recessions, having generated annual organic revenue growth for over 15 years. We believe our performance is a result of our stable and highly recurring revenue model, the mission-critical nature and diversity of our offerings, our relative independence from the per-seat revenue model employed by some financial market data providers, our high-value and high-quality offerings, our strong customer service and our long-standing client relationships.

 

96


Table of Contents

Our annual capital expenditures were 9.0%, 9.0% and 7.0% of our annual revenue for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. This level of capital expenditures as a percentage of revenue has exceeded preceding years, largely due to capitalized development activities related to our new technology platform. We expect capital expenditures to decrease as a percentage of revenue beginning in 2015 as our technology spending requirements decrease. During the six months ended June 30, 2015, capital expenditures were 5.8% of revenue. We believe that our working capital needs are limited, with most clients billed monthly.

Experienced Management Team with a Proven Track Record

Following the 2010 acquisition, we recruited a seasoned team of senior executives across disciplines, including executive management, sales and technology. This team has led the development of the new technology platform, executed a new product and sales strategy and optimized organizational efficiency. This is the result of the management team’s significant domain expertise and strong network of relationships with key market participants. Collectively, our senior management has more than 150 years of industry experience including prior tenure at firms such as Bloomberg L.P., Goldman, Sachs & Co., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Reuters Group plc and Thomson Financial, Inc. Additionally, we have a deep bench of talented technology and analytics employees.

Business Strategy

We are focused on growing our position as a trusted leader in the financial information services market, and the following key priorities underpin our business strategy:

Continue to Develop and Promote New Products

As a result of the significant investment made in our technology platform, we are well-positioned to develop products and services that capitalize on emerging industry challenges. This allows us to address new opportunities more rapidly and cost-efficiently, positioning us to respond to a broad range of data requirements across the front, middle and back offices. Recent examples of new products based on our updated technology include CEP, which supports a range of new use cases such as pre-trade transparency and price discovery with streaming evaluations across a broad set of fixed income instruments; and Apex, a data delivery platform that allows our reference data, corporate actions and pricing data to be easily and cost-effectively consumed within a variety of client workflows.

Our new technology platform is also supporting the ongoing release of future products and services. For example, in the third quarter of 2015 we plan to launch a series of regulatory-focused products and services, including fixed income liquidity indicators; capabilities designed to assist firms with both pre- and post-trade fixed income best-execution analysis; and a service that facilitates high-quality liquid asset measurements. In addition, we are leveraging our new infrastructure to improve and expand our index services offering in order to address the growing need for custom benchmarks, portfolio maintenance and valuation services in support of ETF providers.

Increase Penetration within Our Blue-Chip Client Base

We believe that our long-standing relationships with many of the world’s leading financial institutions have enabled us to develop a clear understanding of client challenges and close integration with client workflows. We expect to deepen our client relationships through continuous innovations designed to meet the needs of the evolving financial services industry. Working in partnership with our clients, we plan to develop additional products, content, analytics, and workflow tools that can improve client efficiencies while also increasing our relevance, thus broadening our client penetration.

For example, many of our financial institution clients are being impacted by new and expanded regulations, including those designed to increase the use of independent pricing sources and the level of transparency in financial markets. We are already an important independent third-party provider of market and security pricing

 

97


Table of Contents

transparency for our clients and believe we are well-positioned to provide additional products and services in support of these requirements, both through our existing portfolio of products and services as well as through the development of new offerings tailored to meet ongoing regulatory needs.

We also expanded our Pricing and Reference Data product suite to address needs across our customers’ organizations. The front, middle and back office functions at financial institutions share a common need for reliable securities data, but the information is used for different purposes and with varying requirements for timeliness and delivery. For example, while back office users often prefer to receive pricing, corporate actions and reference data in large, end-of-day batch files, front and middle office users typically value access to dynamic information that is updated intra-day and available on a streaming or request-response basis. Fluid access to information such as reference data and intra-day evaluations can support front office investment analysis activities including relative value comparisons between similar investment options, along with middle office functions such as pre- and post-trade compliance tests and risk management assessments. Recent Pricing and Reference Data product and service innovations that have increased both the frequency of information updates and the delivery flexibility of our data—including our streaming CEP service and the flexible access capabilities found in Apex—are allowing us to extend the utility of the securities information that we offer in ways that better facilitate activities across the front, middle and back office.

Additionally, we recently introduced a number of service enhancements such as the inclusion of equity and multi-asset class capabilities within our portfolio analytics offering; the addition of collateralized loan obligation evaluations; improved charting, analytics and the option to access a third-party broker-dealer within our workstation services; and the addition of new sources of content within our real-time data services. Planned enhancements for the remainder of 2015 include: extended breadth and depth of our derivatives content, spanning both OTC and exchange listed instruments; increased coverage of European fixed income reference data and evaluations; and an expanded international footprint for our real-time feeds and managed services. We believe these enhancements will help us maintain our strong relationships with our clients and embed us more deeply in their businesses, especially as financial institutions seek to outsource more of their operations.

Expand Product and Geographic Coverage through Strategic Investments

In addition to the pursuit of new products and ongoing extensions to existing services, we have identified specific areas of investment to expand our product and geographic coverage. These areas represent large, attractive opportunities where we can gain expanded market share through incremental investments. Specific examples include:

 

    expand coverage of exchange and OTC content, as well as improve delivery capabilities for our real-time market data feed services;

 

    increase commodities data coverage along with enhanced mobile and web versions of our products to better address the commodities and energy space;

 

    continue platform development, including the introduction of flexible, new workflow tools to further strengthen our offerings within the wealth management segment; and

 

    drive international growth through increased investment in products and services outside of the United States.

Pursue Further Operational Efficiency Initiatives

We have made substantial progress in recent years toward developing and deploying a new technology platform that is enabling us to consolidate our content databases, delivery platforms and technology infrastructures. In addition to supporting product development, this platform is facilitating cost-effective collection, aggregation and distribution of content. We have also realized personnel and consulting cost savings through more efficient application development. We expect additional cost savings through offshoring of certain

 

98


Table of Contents

technical operations and data collection positions to lower cost regions; reducing hardware and software maintenance costs through both the retirement of systems and the maintenance of a more efficient infrastructure; and rightsizing of resources in application development and certain related areas.

In addition to efficiencies directly related to our new technology platform, we have identified numerous opportunities for cost reductions, including, but not limited to offshoring of selected non-technology positions to lower cost regions; renegotiating and/or downsizing facilities with excess space; reducing data center costs, both through renegotiations and relocations to more cost effective locations; and reducing non-voice telecommunication line costs through network efficiency projects.

Pursue Strategic Acquisitions

Strategic acquisitions have historically complemented our internal investment activities. We believe the investments we have made in our technology infrastructure over the past several years will now allow us to more easily pursue and integrate strategic acquisitions. As such, we intend to selectively assess complementary businesses and technology solutions that have the potential to supplement our organic growth. We intend to employ a disciplined and targeted approach to acquisitions in order to enhance our suite of products and services, expand our intellectual property portfolio, deepen relationships with existing clients, add new clients and supplement our internal product development initiatives.

Technology

Our global technology infrastructure and operations support the products and services within each segment of our business. Since 2011, we have invested over $100 million in equipment and capitalized software and substantial additional operating expenses to develop a state-of-the-art technology platform designed to: (1) create a stable, scalable platform for production of Pricing and Reference Data products; (2) facilitate development of new products; (3) improve production reliability; and (4) yield operating efficiencies and reduced costs. The new platform is operational, and currently processes more than 2.3 million fixed income securities. Development of the platform has also facilitated cost reductions through both the elimination of older, non-integrated systems and the offshoring of portions of certain functions and positions.

This technology platform, which features a single configurable data capture mechanism, a common data model across all Pricing and Reference Data products and a flexible multi-format delivery capability, is expected to generate notable additional benefits in the future, including:

 

    more rapid and responsive product development;

 

    improved quality and reliability;

 

    enhanced ability to integrate potential acquisitions;

 

    more flexibility in client implementations through well-defined and extensible application programming interfaces;

 

    simplified up-selling and cross-selling enabled by the unified data model; and

 

    cost savings through retiring additional legacy production systems and the ability to offshore certain additional functions.

In addition, we are also continuing to enhance our global network infrastructure and related processing capabilities. Over the past two years we have merged redundant networks into a scalable 40 gigabyte global backbone, resulting in improved processing, additional capacity and reduced costs from elimination of communications lines. Across all segments of our business, we invest in technology-oriented initiatives designed to further enhance the quality and expand the breadth of coverage in our data offerings, as well as the features and functionality of other various offerings.

 

99


Table of Contents

Our technology infrastructure is designed to facilitate the reliable and efficient processing and delivery of data and analytics to clients worldwide. We currently operate in 48 data centers globally, including 3 facilities leased solely by us, and 45 colocation sites. We manage redundancy throughout our critical systems and technology stack through investments in uninterruptable power supplies; power generation and cooling capacity in excess of that required; diversity of communications lines and paths; diverse physical data centers; local and remote application copies, utilizing a mixture of hardware and software based replication; and, ultimately, offline backup to tape. We have a dedicated disaster recovery team that tests the integrity of failover technologies and processes annually.

We take a defense-in-depth approach to network security design, using a layered approach to security where the failure of one security system or control is not likely to lead to the compromise of network resources. We use antivirus software and prevention systems to protect firewalls, mail gateways, servers, desktops and the network infrastructure from various types of threats. We also use cryptographic tools and processes, where necessary, to protect sensitive information. As part of the vulnerability management program, we perform regular intrusive and non-intrusive vulnerability scans using leading tools against all systems connected to our computing network. In addition, we have developed a web-based security awareness program that is required of all employees.

Sales and Marketing

We primarily sell our products and services directly to clients through our global sales team, consisting of a combination of sales representatives, account managers, and data and product specialists. Our sales team possesses specialized industry and product expertise that facilitates solution development with clients and prospects. Sales professionals are organized both globally and regionally to better ensure that client requirements are met. Our businesses seek to coordinate sales, marketing and product development activities in order to address client needs, strengthen brand awareness, and promote effective lead-generation and cross-selling activities. In addition to our direct sales force, we work closely with VARs and other business partners to jointly market our services to current and prospective clients. Among our VARs and custodial bank clients, our largest client represented approximately 6% of our consolidated revenue in 2014 and all others were individually under 5% of consolidated revenue in 2014.

We contract with clients through fixed fee subscriptions (on either a multi-year, annual, quarterly or monthly basis), variable fees based on usage or a combination of fixed fee subscription and usage-based fees. In addition, some of our services generate one-time or non-recurring revenue, such as one-time purchases of historical data or installations (including product upgrades, set-up services or other related customized development, or hardware-related infrastructure implementations). The majority of our client contracts are for one-year periods and our contracts typically renew automatically unless cancelled by one of the parties.

Content Development

We develop content for our products and services through a mix of internally directed data production activities and by licensing content directly from third-party vendors. Data production activities include collecting data from public and private sources; calculating key values; normalizing data for ease of consumption; deriving value-added content from raw data sources; and integrating content from multiple sources into a unified data set. Contracts with third-party vendors that provide data, including stock exchanges, trading venues, banks, government agencies, and others, specify internal usage and distribution rights for the licensed data. We obtain data from over 600 sources, including hundreds of exchanges and trading venues.

Competition

The market for providing financial market data, analytics, and related solutions is highly competitive in each of our core products and services. Some of our established competitors have greater financial, technical, sales, marketing and support resources, and are therefore able to devote more significant resources to the research and development of new services than we can. In addition, these competitors may have diverse offerings that allow

 

100


Table of Contents

them the flexibility to price their services more aggressively. Some of our competitors also have more extensive client bases and broader client relationships than we do, including relationships with clients in their local geographies. Some of our clients also self-source financial data and news directly from brokers, exchanges and news services.

Competition within our Pricing and Reference Data segment ranges widely. It includes in-house sources, such as a firm’s trading desk, and existing information purchased or obtained for other purposes or through informal industry relationships and sources, such as broker quotes, as well as third-party information providers. Third-party providers include large, established suppliers of news and financial data and smaller, more specialized vendors. We compete with all of these solutions. The main third-party competitors with respect to our evaluated pricing and reference data offerings include large global suppliers of financial and business news and financial market data such as Bloomberg L.P., Markit Ltd., S&P Capital IQ (a division of McGraw-Hill Financial Inc.), SIX Financial Information Ltd. and Thomson Reuters Corporation. Additionally, specialized competitors in structured products, derivatives and other complex securities include J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. PricingDirect Inc., Mergent, Inc. and SuperDerivatives Inc., a subsidiary of Intercontinental Exchange, Inc. This competitive landscape also varies considerably by geography with different vendors having materially different capabilities and revenues by region. In the fixed income and equity portfolio analytics product area, our BondEdge offerings compete against various products from other financial services companies, including Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Inc. and Factset Research Systems Inc. Other competition unique to this product area includes the use of specialized spreadsheet applications, and financial institutions that develop their own in-house software solutions.

Competition within our Trading Solutions segment varies from large, established suppliers of news and financial data to smaller, more specialized vendors and in many cases can include the internal IT department within buy- or sell-side entities. The main competitors with offerings in both real-time feeds and hosted web applications and/or workstations include Bloomberg L.P., Morningstar, Inc., SIX Financial Information and Thomson Reuters Corporation. Additional Trading Solutions competitors in specific product areas include Activ Financial Systems Inc., CQG, Inc., GlobalView Software Inc., Fixnetix Ltd., Markit Ltd., Options Technology Ltd., Pico Quantitative Trading LLC, QuoteMedia, Inc., S&P Capital IQ’s QuantHouse Inc. business, SunGard MarketMap, Telvent DTN, LLC, VWD AG, global managed services providers, major stock exchanges and other smaller niche providers.

Geographic Areas

We conduct business in numerous countries outside of the United States. Our international businesses are subject to risks customarily encountered in international operations including fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, import and export controls, and other laws, policies and regulations of local governments.

During the past three fiscal years and the six months ended June 30, 2015, our revenue by geographic region was as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six months
ended June 30,

2015
 
     2014      2013      2012     
            (in thousands)         

Revenue:

           

United States

   $ 649,986       $ 627,988       $ 593,041       $ 333,628   

United Kingdom

     85,485         81,617         88,998         38,760   

All other European countries

     127,123         126,455         120,740         55,469   

Asia Pacific

     45,334         40,587         48,908         22,612   

Rest of World

     31,273         28,466         28,474         17,288   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 939,201       $ 905,113       $ 880,161       $ 467,757   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

101


Table of Contents

Long-lived assets by geographic region are as follows:

 

     As of December 31,      As of June 30,  
     2014      2013      2012      2015  
            (in thousands)         

Long-lived assets:

           

United States

   $ 2,515,736       $ 2,574,503       $ 2,635,406       $ 2,481,205   

United Kingdom

     533,603         587,483         598,589         528,796   

All other European countries

     122,619         145,025         144,182         110,004   

Asia Pacific

     119,051         132,526         159,960         112,518   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,291,009       $ 3,439,537       $ 3,538,137       $ 3,232,523   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Properties

We own no real estate but lease the following principal facilities for use as corporate headquarters, sales offices and data centers:

 

Location

   Unit/Segment*    Square
Feet
     Expiration Date  

Bedford, MA

   PRD and Corporate      103,716         September 2026 ** 

Boxborough, MA

   PRD, Trading Solutions and Corporate      100,226         September 2018   

Channel Islands, UK

   PRD      2,301         December 2018   

Cheltenham, UK

   Trading Solutions      3,500         May 2016   

Chicago, IL

   PRD and Trading Solutions      17,075         September 2021   

Cologne, Germany

   Trading Solutions      9,182         December 2016   

Dublin, Ireland

   PRD      8,756         July 2023   

Frankfurt, Germany

   PRD and Trading Solutions      79,388         December 2019   

Hayward, CA

   Trading Solutions      50,298         June 2016   

Hong Kong

   PRD and Trading Solutions      7,898         June 2017   

Lombard, IL

   Trading Solutions      7,284         July 2016   

London, UK

   PRD and Trading Solutions      68,943         April 2025   

Luxembourg

   PRD      3,368         December 2015   

Madrid, Spain

   Trading Solutions      3,315         March 2016   

Melbourne, Australia

   PRD and Trading Solutions      4,828         November 2015   

Melbourne, Australia

   PRD and Trading Solutions      3,305         October 2015   

Melbourne, Australia

   PRD and Trading Solutions      9,494         October 2020   

Minneapolis, MN

   Trading Solutions      6,741         May 2016   

New York, NY

   PRD and Trading Solutions      66,986         December 2015   

New York, NY

   PRD and Corporate      64,529         November 2024   

Paris, France

   PRD and Trading Solutions      2,670         December 2017   

Parsippany, NJ

   Corporate      2,584         February 2016   

Rome, Italy

   PRD      8,396         February 2024   

Santa Monica, CA

   PRD      22,877         November 2017   

Singapore

   Trading Solutions      2,530         October 2018   

Tokyo, Japan

   PRD and Trading Solutions      5,978         November 2016   

White Plains, NY

   Trading Solutions      46,316         October 2019   

Zurich, Switzerland

   Trading Solutions      3,305         June 2018   

 

* PRD is defined as our Pricing and Reference Data reportable segment.
** Effective January 1, 2016, the square footage under lease on the Bedford, MA property will be reduced to 81,919 square feet.

In the table above, we have excluded leased properties with less than 1,500 square feet and we have excluded our Boston leased property, which is currently under a sublease with a term expiring December 2016, and currently not used by any of our operations. We believe our facilities are in good condition, and are suitable

 

102


Table of Contents

and adequate for our current and currently planned operations. If we are unable to renew any of the leases that are due to expire in 2015, we believe that suitable replacement properties would be available on commercially reasonable terms.

Employees

We had 2,420 employees as of June 30, 2015 (consisting of 1,414 U.S.-based employees and 1,006 non-U.S.-based employees). None of our employees are represented by a labor union, although our French and German operations are subject to local laws requiring, among other things, works councils or employee delegates. A works council represented 238 employees in Germany and an elected employee delegate represented 18 employees in France as of June 30, 2015. We believe that our relationship with our employees is good.

Intellectual Property

We maintain a portfolio of intellectual property, including registered and common law trademarks, service marks and copyrights. We have rights to approximately 80 trademarks and service marks. Additionally, we have five U.S. patents issued and two U.S. patents pending. Three of our issued patents expire in 2021, one in 2026 and one in 2027. We place significant emphasis on our branding and consider our trademark and service mark portfolio to be an important part of our ongoing branding initiative. In addition, we own the copyrights to our internally developed software applications and data delivery services used in our business. License agreements, both as licensor with our clients and as licensee with suppliers of data, are important to our business.

Legal Proceedings

We are involved in litigation and are subject to claims made from time to time with a portion of the defense and/or settlement cost being covered, in some cases, by various commercial liability insurance policies and third-party indemnifications. We believe that there is no litigation pending against us that would have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Regulation

PRD LLC, one of our subsidiaries, is registered with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act. The Investment Advisers Act imposes numerous obligations on registered investment advisers, including record-keeping, operational and marketing requirements, disclosure obligations and prohibitions on fraudulent activities. The SEC is authorized to institute proceedings and impose sanctions for violations of the Investment Advisers Act, ranging from fines and censure to termination of an investment adviser’s registration. Investment advisers also are subject to certain state securities laws and regulations. Non-compliance with the Investment Advisers Act or other federal and state securities laws and regulations, as well as other regulatory undertakings, could result in investigations, sanctions, disgorgement, fines and reputational damage. The evaluated pricing services offered by PRD LLC are regulated. None of our other businesses or subsidiaries are registered under the Investment Advisers Act.

Our Interactive Data (Australia) Pty Ltd subsidiary is licensed by the ASIC to provide certain financial services in Australia under the Corporations Act 2001. The ASIC regulates companies and financial services in Australia and is responsible for promoting investor, creditor and consumer protection. Failure to comply with applicable law and regulations could result in the cancellation, suspension or variation of our subsidiary’s license in Australia. Our services subject to the license issued by ASIC include our evaluated pricing services and certain of our desktop solutions services.

Our Interactive Data Desktop Solutions (Europe) Ltd subsidiary is registered with the FCA. Authorization by the FCA is required to conduct any financial services related business in the United Kingdom pursuant to the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000. The FCA’s rules govern a firm’s capital resources requirements, senior management arrangements, conduct of business, interaction with clients and systems and controls. Our services subject to regulation by the FCA include certain of our desktop solutions services.

 

103


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information about our directors and executive officers as of September 30, 2015:

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

Stephen C. Daffron

   59   

President and Chief Executive Officer

Mason Slaine

   62   

Chairman of the Board of Directors and Executive Chairman

Michael Bingle

   43   

Director

Vincent Chippari

   55   

Managing Director, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary

Cary Davis

   49   

Director

Sean Delehanty

   37   

Director

Alexander Goor

   43   

Managing Director and Chief Information Officer of Opco

Lori Hannay

   58   

Managing Director and Chief Human Resources Officer of Opco

Andrew Hausman

   48   

Managing Director and President of Pricing and Reference Data of Opco

Jay Nadler

   50   

Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer of Opco

James Neary

   50   

Director

Joseph Osnoss

   37   

Director

Tim Noble

   49   

Managing Director and Chief Sales and Marketing Officer of Opco

Andrew Prozes

   69   

Director

Chandler Reedy

   35   

Director

Carol Sweeney

   62   

Managing Director, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary

Set forth below is a brief description of the business experience of the directors and executive officers. All of our officers serve at the discretion of our Board of Directors.

Stephen C. Daffron is our President and Chief Executive Officer. Dr. Daffron joined us in that role in September 2013. From 2008 to 2013, he served as Global Head of Operations and Technology for Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. Prior to that role he spent more than two decades on Wall Street holding senior leadership positions at Renaissance Technologies Corp., Citigroup Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. Prior to his career in finance, he served as an Associate Professor at the United States Military Academy at West Point, and in various command and staff positions in the U.S. Army around the world. Dr. Daffron received a B.S. from the United States Military Academy at West Point, New York and earned an M.B.A., M.A., M.Ph., and Ph.D. from Yale University.

Mason Slaine is our Executive Chairman and the Chairman of our Board. Mr. Slaine joined us in August 2010 as executive chairman. Mr. Slaine served as President and Chief Executive Officer of us and Opco from September 2010 to September 2013. From 2006 to 2011 Mr. Slaine served as Chairman of MLM Information Services, LLC, a leading vendor of corporate tax compliance software and services, which he founded in 2005 partnership with Warburg Pincus. From 1997 to 2004, Mr. Slaine served as Chairman and CEO of Information Holdings Inc., an electronic publisher in the intellectual property and health care fields, which he founded 1996 in partnership with Warburg Pincus and which was subsequently acquired by The Thomson Corporation (now Thomson Reuters Corporation) in 2004. From 1994 to 1996, he was President and CEO of Thomson Financial, Inc. (formerly a division of Thomson Reuters Corporation) and held various positions at Thomson Financial from

 

104


Table of Contents

1991 to 1994. From 1987 to 1991, he was Chairman and CEO of Securities Data Corporation, a leading financial market database, until its acquisition by Thomson Financial. From 1982 to 1986, Mr. Slaine was President and CEO of Investment Dealers’ Digest, Inc. until its acquisition by Extel Financial Limited (a predecessor to Interactive Data Corporation). Mr. Slaine is a director of several private companies, Progressive Business Media LLC, Scribestar Limited, Ipan GMBH and Bureau van Dijk. He was previously a principal owner and senior director of iParadigms LLC, the publisher of turnitin.com. Mr. Slaine received an A.B., magna cum laude, from Amherst College and an M.B.A. from Harvard University. Mr. Slaine brings extensive experience and insight into our business and industry to our Board of Directors.

Michael Bingle has been a director since July 2010. Mr. Bingle joined Silver Lake in 2000 and is a Managing Partner and Managing Director. He has significant private equity investing experience in the technology and financial services industries. Prior to joining Silver Lake, Mr. Bingle was a principal at Apollo Advisors, L.P., then a large-scale and diversified private equity firm. He previously worked as an investment banker in the Leveraged Finance Group of Goldman, Sachs & Co. Mr. Bingle serves on the boards of Gartner, Inc. and Virtu Financial, Inc. and is on the Annual Fund Executive Committee of Duke University’s School of Engineering. He is also a member of the Council on Foreign Relations. Mr. Bingle previously served on the boards of Ameritrade Holding Corp., Datek Online Holdings Corp., Mercury Payment Systems, LLC, Instinet, Inc., Gerson Lehrman Group, Inc. and IPC Systems, Inc. He holds a B.S.E. in Biomedical Engineering from Duke University. Mr. Bingle brings extensive experience in private equity, technology investing, large-scale mergers and acquisitions and board service to our Board of Directors.

Vincent Chippari is our Managing Director, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary. He has served in that role since October 2010. Prior to joining us, he served as chief financial officer of two private-equity backed technology businesses, FleetMatics Group PLC and NameMedia, Inc. He was at FleetMatics from January 2009 to October 2010 and NameMedia from August 2006 to January 2009. Before NameMedia, Mr. Chippari was employed by The Thomson Corporation (now Thomson Reuters Corporation) where he was chief strategy officer of Thomson Healthcare, responsible for corporate strategy, mergers and acquisitions and business development from May 2005 to August 2006. Previous positions Mr. Chippari held at Thomson included senior vice president and chief financial officer of Thomson Business Information from 1990 to 1996. From 1998 to 2004, he was executive vice president and chief financial officer of Information Holdings Inc., an information solutions business. Mr. Chippari began his career as an auditor at Price Waterhouse LLP. Mr. Chippari received a B.S.B.A. from Bryant University and an M.B.A. from the University of Connecticut.

Cary Davis has been a director since July 2010. Mr. Davis has been with Warburg Pincus since 1994 and is responsible for Technology, Media and Telecommunications group investments in the software and financial technology sectors. Prior to joining Warburg Pincus, he was Executive Assistant to Michael Dell at Dell Computer Corporation and a consultant at McKinsey & Company. Mr. Davis is a Director of Crowdstrike, Inc., DBRS Ltd., GT Nexus, Inc. and Source, Inc. He has been an adjunct professor at the Columbia University Graduate School of Business and is Chairman Emeritus of the Jewish Community House of Bensonhurst. Mr. Davis is also a Trustee of the American Academy in Rome. Mr. Davis received a B.A. in economics from Yale University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Mr. Davis brings valuable experience in our industry to our Board of Directors.

Sean Delehanty has been a director since July 2010. Mr. Delehanty has been with Silver Lake since 2003 and is a Director. Prior to joining Silver Lake, Mr. Delehanty worked in the Investment Banking Group at Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., where he focused on mergers and financings in the technology industry. Mr. Delehanty graduated from Duke University with a B.S.E. in Mechanical Engineering. Mr. Delehanty brings investment and financing expertise to our Board of Directors.

Alexander Goor is Opco’s Managing Director and Chief Information Officer. He has served in that role since September 2010. From April 2005 to June 2007, he was co-Chief Executive Officer and chief information officer of Instinet, Inc. Previously, he was President of Inet ATS, Inc., Instinet Group’s electronic marketplace subsidiary established in November 2003, and also supervised the merger between Instinet, LLC and Island

 

105


Table of Contents

Holding Company. Before joining Instinet, Mr. Goor was the chief strategy officer of Datek Online Holdings Corporation (“DOHC”). He was also President of Watcher Technologies, a DOHC technology development and licensing subsidiary catering to professional traders and before that was President of Datek Online Brokerage Services Corp., DOHC’s online brokerage subsidiary. Mr. Goor is a director of Dealogic, LLC. Mr. Goor received a B.A. from Columbia University.

Lori Hannay is Opco’s Managing Director and Chief Human Resources Officer. She has served in that role since December 2008. Ms. Hannay joined Opco from TRC Companies, Inc. an engineering, consulting and construction management company, where she most recently held the role of vice president of human resources. She also served for more than 10 years as the vice president of global human resources and vice president of worldwide human resources and corporate services with technology firms Enterasys Networks, Inc. and GenRad, Inc., respectively. Her experience also includes a decade of experience in the financial services industry as vice president and corporate secretary at First Inter-Bancorp. Ms. Hannay attended Lake Superior State College, SUNY-New Paltz and the National Graduate School of Banking at Fairfield University and attended Harvard Business School’s Advanced Management Program.

Andrew Hausman is the Managing Director and President of Opco’s Pricing and Reference Data business. He has served in that role since January 2014. He joined Opco in July of 2012, and prior to his current role, he served as the President of our BondEdge Solutions business. Previously, Mr. Hausman was an executive vice president managing the fixed income & foreign exchange business of Thomson Reuters Corporation from January 2008 to June 2012. Upon joining Reuters in October 2004 he headed the FX prime brokerage business. Mr. Hausman also spent 12 years at Bloomberg, L.P. where his responsibilities included managing the Electronic Trading businesses for Energy, Fixed Income, FX and Exchange Traded Derivatives. Before Bloomberg, Mr. Hausman was a manager at Bankers Trust Company in New York. Mr. Hausman received a B.A. in Finance and Economics from Michigan State University.

Jay Nadler is Opco’s Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer with operational responsibility for both Pricing and Reference Data and Trading Solutions. He has held that role since October 2010. Prior to joining Opco in October 2010, he was President of MLM Information Services, LLC from 2005 to 2010. Prior to MLM, Mr. Nadler was employed by Information Holdings Inc. from 2000 to 2005 where he served in a variety of corporate roles, as well as president and CEO of several of the company’s subsidiaries. Information Holdings was an information vendor in the intellectual property, science, and health care fields. From 1988 to 2000, Mr. Nadler served in various roles at Thomson Corporation (now Thomson Reuters Corporation), including president and chief executive officer of individual and multiple divisions. Mr. Nadler received a Bachelor’s degree from The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.

James Neary has been a director since July 2010. Mr. Neary joined Warburg Pincus in 2000 and has served as Co-Head of the Industrial Business Services team since June 2013 and a Managing Director since 2007. He is also a member of Warburg Pincus’ Executive Management Group. From 2010 to 2013, Mr. Neary led the firm’s efforts in the technology and business services sectors in the United States. From 2004 to 2010, he was Co-Head of the Technology, Media and Telecommunications group in the United States. From 2000 to 2004, Mr. Neary led the firm’s capital markets activities. Prior to joining Warburg Pincus, he was a Managing Director at Chase Securities, Inc. Mr. Neary is the Chairman of both Endurance International Group, Inc. and CROSSMARK, Inc., and a Director of Alert Global Media Holdings, LLC, Coyote Logistics Holdings LLC, Electronic Funds Source LLC, InComm Holdings, Inc. and Sterigenics International, Inc. He was formerly a Director of Fidelity National Information Services, Inc. (formerly Metavante Technologies, Inc.). Mr. Neary also is on the Board of Trustees of the Brearley School in New York City and of Mt. Sinai Health Systems, which unites six New York-area teaching hospitals, including Beth Israel, St. Luke’s and Roosevelt Hospital. Mr. Neary received a B.A. in economics and political science from Tufts University and an M.B.A. from the J.L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University, where he was the Eugene Lerner Finance Scholar. Mr. Neary brings extensive leadership experience and experience with late stage technology and business services companies to our Board of Directors.

 

106


Table of Contents

Tim Noble is Opco’s Managing Director and Chief Sales and Marketing Officer. He has served in that role since August 2014. Before joining Opco, he served as managing director and later senior vice president and general manager at SAP AG from 2009 to 2014. From 2006 to 2009, Mr. Noble was senior vice president and executive officer of global sales at Gartner, Inc. Previous positions Mr. Noble held at Gartner from 1993 to 2006 include group vice president and regional vice president. From 1990 to 1993, he served as managing director of New Science Associates, Inc., which was acquired by Gartner in 1993. From 1989 to 1990, he held several senior management roles at Yourdon International Ltd. Mr. Noble received a L.L.B. from the University of Buckingham.

Joseph Osnoss has been a director since August 2010. Mr. Osnoss joined Silver Lake in 2002 and is a Managing Director. From 2010 until 2014, before returning to the U.S., he was based in Silver Lake’s London office, where he helped to oversee the firm’s activities in Europe, the Middle East and Africa. Prior to joining Silver Lake, Mr. Osnoss worked in investment banking at Goldman, Sachs & Co., where he focused on mergers and financings in technology and related industries. Mr. Osnoss is a director of Global Blue SA, Sabre Corporation and Virtu Financial LLC, and previously served on the board of Mercury Payment Systems, LLC and Instinet Incorporated. Mr. Osnoss received an A.B. in Applied Mathematics-Economics, summa cum laude, and a citation in French language from Harvard College. He is a Visiting Professor at the London School of Economics, where he participates in teaching and research activities within the Department of Finance. Mr. Osnoss brings global leadership experience to our Board of Directors.

Andrew Prozes has been a director since May 2011. Mr. Prozes currently serves as Executive Chairman of Alert Global Media Holdings, LLC (ACAMS) and Executive Chairman of Scribestar Limited. Mr. Prozes served on the board of directors of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV from 2000 until December 2010. He also served as the Chief Executive Officer of LexisNexis Group Inc. from 2000 until 2010. Prior to joining Reed Elsevier, Mr. Prozes served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of West Group, part of the Thomson Reuters Corporation, from 1997 to 2000. Mr. Prozes is a past Chairman of The US Information Industry Association and has served on the boards of the Information Technology Association of Canada and the Canadian Newspaper Association. Mr. Prozes previously served as Senior Adviser to Warburg Pincus. He serves on the boards of TransUnion LLC, Corporate Risk Holdings LLC (f/k/a/Altegrity), Synaptive Medical, Ethoca Limited, and Asset International Inc. He also serves as a Director and Chair of the Human Resources Compensation Committee for Cott Corporation. Mr. Prozes brings extensive and varied experience in our industry to our Board of Directors.

Chandler Reedy has been a director since August 2010. Mr. Reedy has been with Warburg Pincus since 2004 and is responsible for late stage investments in the technology and business services sectors. Prior to joining Warburg Pincus, he was with UBS Investment Bank AG in the Financial Sponsors and the Mergers and Acquisitions groups. Mr. Reedy is currently a Director of Coyote Logistics, LLC, Endurance International Group, Inc. and MultiView, Inc. Mr. Reedy received an A.B. in economics, cum laude, from Harvard College. Mr. Reedy brings expertise in guiding late state technology and business services companies to our Board of Directors.

Carol Sweeney is our Managing Director, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary. She joined Opco in 2003 as Assistant General Counsel and was promoted to General Counsel in October 2010. Prior to this, Ms. Sweeney was vice president, office of general counsel at Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. Ms. Sweeney held various other roles during her nearly 20 year career at Merrill Lynch, including senior counsel in Merrill Lynch’s corporate law department and director for their Y2K compliance program. Prior to joining Merrill Lynch, she worked in the Mayor’s Office of Economic Development in New York City and was an associate at the Proskauer Rose law firm. Ms. Sweeney received a B.A. from New York University and a J.D. from New York Law School.

 

107


Table of Contents

Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors currently consists of eight directors. Following the completion of this offering, we expect our Board of Directors to initially consist of             directors.

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, our Board of Directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders after the initial classification, the successors to the directors whose terms will then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following their election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

    Our class I directors will be             and             and their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016.

 

    Our class II directors will be             and             and their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017.

 

    Our class III directors will be             and             and their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018.

Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our Board of Directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of our management or a change in control.

We and the Sponsors are party to a Shareholders Agreement (the “Shareholders Agreement”) that, among other things, contains agreements with respect to the composition of our Board of Directors. Pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement, each of our Sponsors has the right to nominate, and has nominated, three directors to serve on our Board of Directors. Messrs. Davis, Neary and Reedy were appointed to our Board of Directors by Warburg Pincus and Messrs. Bingle, Delehanty and Osnoss were appointed to our Board of Directors by Silver Lake, in each case pursuant to these rights. For more information regarding the rights of the Sponsors to nominate directors and other related arrangements, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Shareholders Agreement.” Because of these requirements we do not currently have a policy or procedures with respect to shareholder recommendations for nominees to our Board of Directors.

The terms of Mr. Slaine’s employment agreement with us require that Mr. Slaine be appointed to serve as one of our directors.

Background and Experience of Directors

When considering whether directors and nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes or skills, taken as a whole, to enable our Board of Directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the Board of Directors focused primarily on each person’s background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors’ individual biographies set forth above. We believe that our directors provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business. Once appointed, directors serve until they resign or are terminated by the stockholders.

Role of Board of Directors in Risk Oversight

The Board of Directors has extensive involvement in the oversight of risk management related to us and our business and accomplishes this oversight through the regular reporting by the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee represents the Board of Directors by periodically reviewing our accounting, reporting and financial practices, including the integrity of our financial statements, the surveillance of administrative and financial

 

108


Table of Contents

controls and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. Through its regular meetings with management, including the finance, legal, and internal audit functions, the Audit Committee reviews and discusses all significant areas of our business and summarizes for the Board of Directors all areas of risk and the appropriate mitigating factors. In addition, our Board of Directors receives periodic detailed operating performance reviews from management.

Controlled Company Exception

After the completion of this offering, the Sponsors will continue to beneficially own more than 50% of our common stock and voting power. As a result, (a) under certain provisions of our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, the Sponsors will be entitled to nominate at least a majority of the total number of directors comprising our Board of Directors and (b) we will be a “controlled company” as that term is set forth in [Rule 5615 of the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules][Section 303A of the NYSE Listed Company Manual]. Under [Nasdaq][the NYSE] corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance standards, including (1) the requirement that a majority of the Board of Directors consist of independent directors, (2) the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, (3) the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities and (4) the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees. Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, following this offering, we will not have a majority of independent directors on our Board of Directors; and we will not have a nominating and corporate governance committee or a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors. Also, such committees will not be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of [Nasdaq][the NYSE] corporate governance requirements. In the event that we cease to be a “controlled company,” we will be required to comply with these provisions within the transition periods specified in [Nasdaq][the NYSE] corporate governance rules.

Committees of the Board of Directors

After the completion of this offering, the standing committees of our Board of Directors will consist of an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Shareholders Agreement provides that each Sponsor has the right to have at least one director nominated by such Sponsor appointed to each committee of our Board of Directors (subject to applicable SEC and [Nasdaq][NYSE] governance rules).

Our President and Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers will regularly report to the non-executive directors and the Audit, the Compensation and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees to ensure effective and efficient oversight of our activities and to assist in proper risk management and the ongoing evaluation of management controls. The director of internal audit will report functionally and administratively to our chief financial officer and directly to the Audit Committee. We believe that the leadership structure of our Board of Directors provides appropriate risk oversight of our activities given the controlling interests held by the Sponsors.

Audit Committee

The members of our current Audit Committee are Sean Delehanty and Chandler Reedy. Upon the completion of this offering, we expect to have an Audit Committee, consisting of             ,             and             .             and qualify as independent directors under [Nasdaq][the NYSE] corporate governance standards and the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. Our Board of Directors has determined that             qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K.

 

109


Table of Contents

The purpose of the Audit Committee will be to prepare the audit committee report required by the SEC to be included in our proxy statement and to assist our Board of Directors in overseeing and monitoring (1) the quality and integrity of our financial statements, (2) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, (3) our independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence, (4) the performance of our internal audit function and (5) the performance of our independent registered public accounting firm.

Our Board of Directors will adopt a written charter for the Audit Committee, which will be available on our website upon the completion of this offering.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Compensation decisions are made by our Board of Directors. None of our executive officers has served as a member of the compensation committee (or other committee serving an equivalent function) of any other entity whose executive officers served as a member of our Board of Directors.

            and             are managing directors of the Sponsors. After completion of this offering, the Sponsors will own approximately     % of the total voting power of our common stock, or approximately     % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, and are entitled to designate members of our Board of Directors.

Compensation Committee

Upon the completion of this offering, we expect to have a Compensation Committee, consisting of             , and             .

The purpose of the Compensation Committee will be to assist our Board of Directors in discharging its responsibilities relating to (1) setting our compensation program and compensation of our executive officers and directors, (2) monitoring our incentive and equity-based compensation plans and (3) preparing the compensation committee report required to be included in our proxy statement under the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Our Board of Directors will adopt a written charter for the Compensation Committee, which will be available on our website upon the completion of this offering.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Upon the completion of this offering, we expect to have a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, consisting of             ,             and             . The purpose of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be to assist our Board of Directors in discharging its responsibilities relating to (1) identifying individuals qualified to become new board members, consistent with criteria approved by the Board of Directors; (2) reviewing the qualifications of incumbent directors to determine whether to recommend them for reelection and selecting, or recommending that the Board of Directors select, the director nominees for the next annual meeting of stockholders; (3) identifying board members qualified to fill vacancies on any Board of Directors committee and recommending that the Board of Directors appoint the identified member or members to the applicable committee; (4) reviewing and recommending to the Board of Directors corporate governance principles applicable to us; (5) overseeing the evaluation of the Board of Directors and management; and (6) handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the committee by the Board of Directors from time to time.

Our Board of Directors will adopt a written charter for the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, which will be available on our website upon completion of this offering.

 

110


Table of Contents

Director Independence

Pursuant to the corporate governance listing standards of [Nasdaq][the NYSE] a director employed by us cannot be deemed to be an “independent director,” and each other director will qualify as “independent” only if our Board of Directors affirmatively determines that he has no material relationship with us, either directly or as a partner, stockholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with us. Ownership of a significant amount of our stock, by itself, does not constitute a material relationship.

Our Board of Directors is expected to affirmatively determine prior to this offering which members are “independent” in accordance with [Nasdaq][NYSE] rules.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code of Ethics”) applicable to all employees, executive officers and directors that addresses legal and ethical issues that may be encountered in carrying out their duties and responsibilities, including the requirement to report any conduct they believe to be a violation of the Code of Ethics. The Code of Ethics will be available on the Corporate Governance page of our website, www.interactivedata.com. The information available on or through our website is not part of this prospectus. If we ever were to amend or waive any provision of our Code of Ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or any person performing similar functions, we intend to satisfy our disclosure obligations with respect to any such waiver or amendment by posting such information on our internet website set forth above rather than by filing a Form 8-K.

 

111


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Named Executive Officers

Our “named executive officers” for the 2014 fiscal year, which consist of our Chief Executive Officer and our two most highly-compensated executive officers other than our Chief Executive Officer, are:

 

    Stephen C. Daffron, President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

    Andrew Hausman, Managing Director and President of Pricing and Reference Data of Opco; and

 

    Tim Noble, Managing Director and Chief Sales and Marketing Officer of Opco.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table shows compensation of our named executive officers for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary ($)     Bonus ($)(1)     Option
Awards
($)(2)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation ($)
    All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total ($)  

Stephen C. Daffron

    2014        600,000        414,000                      55,542 (3)      1,069,542   

President and Chief Executive Officer

             

Andrew Hausman

    2014        425,000        426,066        606,250               11,700 (4)      1,469,016   

Managing Director and President, Pricing and Reference Data of Opco

             

Tim Noble(5)

    2014        139,919 (6)(7)      204,673 (7)      727,500               72,469 (8)      1,144,561   

Managing Director and Chief Sales and Marketing Officer of Opco

             

 

(1) Amounts reported represent discretionary annual cash bonuses that were earned pursuant to our Corporate Bonus Plan (defined below). See “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table—Annual Bonus.” For Mr. Noble, the amount reported includes a guaranteed prorated annual bonus at not less than target for 2014.
(2) Amounts reported represent the aggregate grant date fair value of time-based options and performance-based options granted to the named executive officers in 2014, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. For information on the valuation assumptions with respect to the options granted in 2014, refer to Note 8 in “Stock Based Compensation” in to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Performance-based options are valued at the grant date based upon the probable outcome of the performance condition calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The grant date fair values of the performance-based options granted in 2014 are as follows: A. Hausman—$1.98, and T. Noble—$1.71. The maximum values of these performance-based options at the grant date assuming that the highest level of performance conditions are attained are as follows: A. Hausman—$5.13, and T. Noble —$4.86.

(3) Amounts reported include $43,842 in below market interest benefit on an outstanding loan owed to us as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Employment Agreements and Employee Stock Purchases” and $11,700 in employer contributions to the account of Dr. Daffron under Opco’s 401(k) plan.
(4) Amount reported represents employer contributions to the account of Mr. Hausman under Opco’s 401(k) plan.
(5) Mr. Noble commenced employment as Managing Director and Chief Sales and Marketing Officer of Opco, on August 10, 2014.

 

112


Table of Contents
(6) Amount reported reflects the portion of Mr. Noble’s annual base salary earned for the period from August 10, 2014 through December 31, 2014.
(7) Mr. Noble’s salary and bonus amounts were paid in British pounds sterling. Such amounts have been converted into U.S. dollars based on an exchange rate of £1 = $1.64756 which was the average exchange rate for the year ending December 31, 2014.
(8) Amount reported includes $42,595 in airfare costs related to travel between New York City and London, $14,624 in costs related to accommodations provided to Mr. Noble by us in New York City, $10,361 of employer contributions under Opco’s defined contribution pension plan in the United Kingdom and $4,889 for an automobile allowance. Amounts related to the defined benefit plan and automobile allowance were paid in British pounds sterling. Such amounts have been converted into U.S. dollars based on an exchange rate of £1 = $1.64756 which was the average exchange rate for the year ending December 31, 2014.

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table

Employment agreements

Stephen C. Daffron

Opco entered into an employment agreement with Dr. Daffron, effective as of September 20, 2013, pursuant to which Dr. Daffron serves as our President and Chief Executive Officer. The employment agreement does not have a specified term of employment and can be terminated by either party at any time. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Dr. Daffron is entitled to receive an annual base salary of no less than $600,000 and has a target annual bonus opportunity equal to 100% of his base salary subject to the terms and conditions of the Corporate Bonus Plan (as defined below).

Andrew Hausman

Opco entered into an employment offer letter with Mr. Hausman, effective as of May 21, 2012, as amended on December 20, 2013, pursuant to which Mr. Hausman serves as Managing Director and President, Pricing and Reference Data of Opco. Pursuant to the letter, Mr. Hausman’s employment is at-will. The letter provides for Mr. Hausman’s annual base salary of $425,000 and his target annual bonus opportunity of 70% of his base salary. In addition, pursuant to the letter, Mr. Hausman was eligible to receive a one-time performance-based bonus payment subject to the achievement of an EBITDA target for 2014 in respect of a business unit of Opco, which was not achieved and for which no payment was made. In connection with his appointment as President, Pricing and Reference Data, effective January 10, 2014, Mr. Hausman received an equity grant of 138,888 stock options under the 2010 Incentive Plan (as described below) under the letter.

Tim Noble

Opco entered into an employment contract with Mr. Noble, effective as of July 25, 2014, pursuant to which Mr. Noble serves as Managing Director and Chief Sales and Marketing Officer of Opco. Pursuant to the employment contract, Mr. Noble is entitled to receive an annual base salary of £279,500, has a target annual bonus opportunity equal to 100% of his base salary, and receives an annual automobile allowance of £10,020. The employment contract provided Mr. Noble with a guaranteed payment of his prorated target bonus for 2014 (based on the number of days worked by Mr. Noble in 2014). Under the terms of the employment contract, Mr. Noble received an initial equity grant of 166,666 stock options under the 2010 Incentive Plan (as described below) and is guaranteed an additional grant of 55,555 stock options when we achieve an annualized growth rate of 6%.

Annual Bonus

All of the named executive officers participated in the Opco 2014 Corporate Bonus Plan (the “Corporate Bonus Plan”). The Corporate Bonus Plan provides for an annual cash incentive opportunity for participants equal to a specified percentage of base salary. For 2014, the target bonus potential for each named executive officer was as follows: 100% of base salary for Dr. Daffron, 70% of base salary for Mr. Hausman and 100% of base salary for Mr. Noble (prorated based on the number of days worked by Mr. Noble in 2014). Pursuant to his employment contract, Mr. Noble was entitled to a guaranteed payment of his prorated target bonus for 2014. For the other named executive officers, the target bonus potential was not guaranteed.

 

113


Table of Contents

The Corporate Bonus Plan specified two financial performance measures based on our achievement of adjusted revenue and adjusted EBITDA targets, weighted at 33% and 67%, respectively, which were considered by our Compensation Committee in determining the aggregate bonus pool funding level under the Corporate Bonus Plan. The funding level of the corporate bonus pool is determined at the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee. When making the bonus pool funding level determination, in addition to consideration of actual performance against the two financial performance targets, the Compensation Committee considers Dr. Daffron’s recommendations on funding in his capacity as President and Chief Executive Officer as well as the recommendation of Mr. Slaine in his capacity as Executive Chairman, including their overall subjective assessments of our performance and the performance of the executive team as a whole. The Compensation Committee also considers other factors that it deems relevant in its business judgment.

For 2014, we did not meet our quantitative financial performance target for adjusted revenue and did not achieve the target for adjusted EBITDA. Accordingly, the minimum funding of the Corporate Bonus Plan for 2014 based on quantitative financial measures was zero. However, in consideration of us having achieved 97% of the adjusted revenue target and 98% of the adjusted EBITDA target, together with the achievement of a number of other non-financial objectives, our Compensation Committee exercised its discretion under the Corporate Bonus Plan to fund the bonus pool for eligible employees at a level equal to approximately 70% of the funding that would have occurred had such targets been met.

Subject to the funding level of the Corporate Bonus Plan, the actual bonus awarded to any individual under the Corporate Bonus Plan was determined in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee. Because of the discretionary nature of the Corporate Bonus Plan, any named executive officer had the potential to earn more or less than his target bonus opportunity. The exercise of discretion by the Compensation Committee in any given case is based on assessment of the named executive officer’s performance against individual performance goals communicated to the executive from time to time, performance relative to the group of executive officers, important contributions made during the year and other factors the decision makers deem relevant in their business judgment.

Our Compensation Committee determined to pay Messrs. Daffron, Hausman and Noble discretionary annual bonuses in the amount of $414,000 (69.0% of his base salary), $426,066 (100.3% of his base salary), and $204,673 (146.3% of his base salary as prorated based on the number of days worked by Mr. Noble in 2014, which exceeded his guaranteed prorated target bonus of $139,919 for 2014), respectively.

Equity Compensation

We maintain the 2010 Incentive Plan, the terms of which are described below under “Equity Incentive Plans—2010 Incentive Plan.” All stock option grants made under the 2010 Incentive Plan are intended to provide our named executive officers with a vested interest in our success and to align their interests with those of our stockholders. The stock options generally vest partially based on continued service during a fixed period of time (the “time-based options”) and partially based on the achievement of certain net return thresholds by our primary stockholders upon the occurrence of one or more “liquidity events” (the “performance-based options”) pursuant to the terms of the applicable option agreement, as summarized below:

 

    The time-based options typically vest and become exercisable over a five-year period, subject to the executive’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date, with respect to 20% on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and the remaining 80% in substantially equal monthly installments during the 48 months thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a change in control (as defined below) occurs and the executive’s employment is terminated without cause (as defined below) within the one-year period following such change in control, then all time-based options that had not previously vested prior to the date of termination will vest in full.

 

   

The performance-based options typically vest and become exercisable upon the occurrence of certain liquidity events, subject to the executive’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date, and based on the return on invested capital received by our private equity sponsors in connection with

 

114


Table of Contents
 

such event. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a change in control occurs which does not constitute a liquidity event and the executive’s employment is terminated without cause within the one-year period following such change in control, then a liquidity event will be deemed to occur upon such termination and the performance-based options will vest based on the return on invested capital received by our private equity sponsors in connection with such event, pursuant to the terms of the applicable option agreement.

Our Board believes that these vesting conditions properly motivate management to maximize the return received by our primary stockholders and also will serve as a means of retaining key management talent. Each of our named executive officers was given an initial stock option grant under the 2010 Incentive Plan at his time of hire. The initial grants were set at levels that were designed to appropriately motivate our named executive officers to achieve a liquidity event for our stockholders (such as this offering). However, given that their holdings have remained illiquid until the occurrence of such a liquidity event, from time to time and prior to the effective date of this offering, our Board has reviewed the outstanding existing equity grants held by the named executive officers for the purpose of assessing if an executive’s current grant size continues to be appropriate based on changes to the named executives duties and responsibilities, changes to the competitive market for similar executive talent, or internal pay equity considerations among the named executive officers and other key members of management. Following the offering, our Compensation Committee expects that equity grants will be awarded on an annual basis.

In 2014, our Compensation Committee granted stock options to our named executive officers as follows: Mr. Noble was granted 166,666 stock options, including 83,333 time-based options and 83,333 performance-based options, in connection with his hire. Mr. Hausman was granted 138,888 stock options, including 69,444 time-based options and 69,444 performance-based options, in connection with his appointment as President of Pricing and Reference Data.

Pursuant to the 2010 Incentive Plan, our named executive officers may, at our Compensation Committee’s discretion, be subject to clawback provisions with respect to their stock option grants in the event that they engage in certain competitive activities during their employment or within six months following a termination of employment.

For purposes of the 2010 Incentive Plan, the following definitions apply:

 

    “Cause” has the meaning set forth in any employment agreement between the participant and Holdings or any of its subsidiaries or, in the absence of any such agreement, such term shall mean (i) the participant’s conviction of or indictment for any crime (whether or not involving Holdings and its subsidiaries) (A) constituting a felony or (B) that has, or could reasonably be expected to result in, an adverse impact on the performance of the participant’s duties to Holdings or its subsidiaries, or otherwise has, or could reasonably be expected to result in, an adverse impact to the business or reputation of Holdings or any of its subsidiaries; (ii) the participant’s conduct, in connection with his employment or service, that has, or could reasonably be expected to result in, material injury to the business or reputation of Holdings or any of its subsidiaries; (iii) any material violation of the policies of Holdings or its subsidiaries by the participant; or (iv) the participant’s willful neglect in the performance of the participant’s duties for Holdings or its subsidiaries or willful or repeated failure or refusal to perform such duties; provided, that if, subsequent to the participant’s voluntary termination of employment for any reason or involuntary termination by Holdings without cause, it is discovered that the participant’s employment could have been terminated for cause, such participant’s employment shall be deemed to have been terminated for cause for all purposes under the 2010 Incentive Plan.

 

   

“Change in control” means (i) the sale or disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings to a third party (other than our private equity sponsors or their affiliates), (ii) the direct or indirect acquisition by a third party of beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of Holdings, including by way of merger, consolidation, or otherwise (other than an offering of common equity to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission), and (iii) following any

 

115


Table of Contents
 

initial public offering, individuals who, immediately following the initial public offering, constituted the Board (together with any new directors whose election by the Board or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of Holdings was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors immediately following the initial public offering or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board then in office.

The 2010 Incentive Plan will be terminated upon completion of this offering and no further awards will be granted thereunder, provided, that the 2010 Incentive Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted prior to its termination. On and after the completion of this offering our employees and executive officers will be eligible to receive equity awards pursuant to the 2015 Incentive Plan, as described below.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth summary information regarding the outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2014.

 

      Option Awards(1)  

Name

   Grant Date     Number of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised Options
Exercisable
(#)
    Number of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised Options
Unexercisable
(#)
    Option
Exercise Price ($)(2)
    Option
Expiration Date
 

Stephen C. Daffron

     9/23/2013 (3)      185,185       555,555        10.44        9/23/2023   
     9/23/2013 (4)(5)             1,481,481        8.73        9/23/2023   

Tim Noble

     9/23/2014 (6)            166,666        10.98        9/23/2024   

Andrew Hausman

     10/1/2012 (3)      13,425        14,351        10.71        10/1/2022   
     10/1/2012 (4)(5)(7)            27,777        6.21        10/1/2022   
     2/20/2014 (3)            69,444        12.06        2/20/2024   
     2/20/2014 (4)(5)            69,444        10.35        2/20/2024   

 

(1) The securities underlying each option award are shares of our common stock, par value $0.01 per share.
(2) The exercise prices of our stock options were set at the fair market value of a share of our common stock at the time of the grant, with fair market values determined by the Board in good faith, based on all available facts and circumstances, including the price paid by our primary shareholders for each share of our common stock in connection with the acquisition of Opco by the Sponsors.
(3) These time-based options vest over five years based on continued service with Holdings.
(4) These performance-based options vest based on both continued service through, and the return on invested capital received by our private equity sponsors upon the occurrence of certain “liquidity events” as set forth in the applicable option agreement.
(5) In connection with the cash dividend declared by our Board on May 2, 2014, the options then-held by Messrs. Daffron and Hausman were equitably adjusted by (i) reducing the per share exercise price of each performance-based option by $1.71, and (ii) providing each of the executives with a cash payment of $1.71 per share (the aggregate amount of the extraordinary cash dividend that the executive would have received had such executive exercised all time-based options with respect to all of the underlying shares (whether vested or unvested) immediately prior to the extraordinary dividend record date) in lieu of a reduction in the per share exercise price of each time-based option. The portion of the cash payment attributable to vested time-based options was paid following the extraordinary dividend record date, and the executive shall vest in the remaining portions of the cash payment on each subsequent vesting date for the underlying options, in each case, in an amount equal to the portion of the cash payment attributable to the time-based options that vest on such vesting date, subject to such executive’s continued employment with Holdings on each such date.
(6) One-half of these options are time-based options that vest over 5 years based on continued service with Holdings, and one-half of these options are performance-based options that vest based on both continued service through, and the return on invested capital received by our private equity sponsors upon the occurrence of certain “liquidity events” set forth in the applicable option agreement.

 

116


Table of Contents
(7) In connection with the extraordinary cash dividend declared by our Board on December 18, 2012, the options then-held by Mr. Hausman were equitably adjusted by (i) reducing the per share exercise price of each performance-based option by $2.78, and (ii) providing him with a cash payment of $2.78 per share (the aggregate amount of the extraordinary cash dividend that he would have received had he exercised all time-based options with respect to all of the underlying shares (whether vested or unvested) immediately prior to the extraordinary dividend record date) in lieu of a reduction in the per share exercise price of each time-based option. The portion of the cash payment attributable to vested time-based options was paid following the extraordinary dividend record date, and Mr. Hausman shall vest in the remaining portions of the cash payment on each subsequent vesting date for the underlying options, in each case, in an amount equal to the portion of the cash payment attributable to the time-based options that vest on such vesting date, subject to his continued employment with Holdings on each such date.

Additional Narrative Disclosure

Potential Payments upon a Termination or Change of Control

Dr. Daffron

Under the terms of his employment agreement, if Dr. Daffron’s employment is terminated by Opco without “cause” or by him for “good reason” (each as defined below), he will be entitled to receive, subject to his execution of a general release in favor of Opco and its affiliates and continued compliance with the terms of his confidentiality and non-interference agreement, (i) continuation of base salary for 12 months following the date of termination, (ii) a pro rata bonus for the year of termination, assuming that the performance targets for such year are met, (iii) any unpaid bonus from a previous completed fiscal year, and (iv) reimbursement of COBRA premiums for up to 12 months. If Dr. Daffron’s employment is terminated on account of death or disability, he will, subject to his (or his estate’s) execution of a general release in favor of Opco and its affiliates, be entitled to any unpaid bonus for the completed fiscal year that has ended prior to the date of termination, and a pro rata bonus for the year of termination, based on the achievement of target performance for such year.

For purposes of Dr. Daffron’s employment agreement, the following definitions apply:

 

    “Cause” means (i) his willful or intentional failure (except where due to a disability), neglect, or refusal to perform in any material respect his duties and responsibilities of his position, (ii) any willful or intentional act of him that has the effect of injuring the business of any member of Opco and its affiliates in any material respect, (iii) his conviction of, or plea of guilty or no contest to, a felony, (iv) the commission by him of an act of fraud or embezzlement against Opco or its affiliates, or (v) his material breach of the agreement or breach of his confidentiality and non-interference agreement.

 

    “Good reason” means without Dr. Daffron’s consent, (i) a material diminution in his title, duties, or responsibilities as President and Chief Executive Officer of Opco, (ii) the failure of Opco to pay his base salary or annual bonus to the extent it is obligated to so under the agreement, (iii) the failure by Opco to allow him to participate in the employee benefit plans generally available from time to time to senior executives of Opco, (iv) Opco requiring his principal place of employment be at an office more than 40 miles from its current location on Church Street in New York, New York; provided that he will be required to travel in the course of performing his duties and that such required travel will not constitute “good reason” under the agreement, (v) any other material breach of a provision of the agreement by Opco (other than a provision that is covered by clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above), or (vi) failure of any successor to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of Opco to assume the agreement.

Mr. Hausman

Under the terms of his employment offer letter, if Mr. Hausman’s employment with Opco is terminated for reasons other than poor performance or cause, he will be eligible for no less than 28 weeks of severance, subject to his execution of a general release in favor of Opco and its affiliates, in accordance with the terms of the Opco Severance Plan for U.S. Employees.

 

117


Table of Contents

The Opco Severance Plan for U.S. Employees provides eligible employees, including Mr. Hausman, with certain severance pay and benefits upon an involuntary termination of employment as determined by Opco in its sole discretion, subject to the participant’s execution of a general release in favor of Opco and its affiliates. The severance benefits under the plan include (i) severance pay of 2 weeks of salary per year of service, subject to a maximum of 52 weeks, payable in a single lump-sum, (ii) continued group health coverage under COBRA, with Opco paying a portion of the COBRA premiums based on the premiums paid by Opco on behalf of its active employees for the severance period, and (iii) such other severance benefits, if any, as may be determined by Opco in its sole discretion.

Mr. Noble

Under the terms of his employment contract, Mr. Noble is entitled to a 6-month notice period or payment in lieu thereof upon a termination of employment by either Opco or Mr. Noble. However, Opco may terminate Mr. Noble’s employment immediately without notice if he is found to have committed any gross misconduct or is in any serious breach of his employment contract, which may include serious neglect, negligence in the performance of his duties or his behaving in a manner that is likely to bring Opco into disrepute.

Restrictive Covenants

Each of Messrs. Daffron and Hausman has entered into a confidentiality and non-interference agreement with Holdings. Under those agreements, the named executive officers are subject to restrictions on competition and interference during their employment with Holdings and for a period of between 12 and 24 months thereafter. The agreements also contain standard confidentiality, invention assignment and non-disparagement covenants.

Pursuant to his employment contract, Mr. Noble is subject to non-competition and non-solicitation covenants during his employment and for a period of 26 weeks and 12 weeks, respectively, thereafter. Mr. Noble’s employment contract also contains standard confidentiality and invention assignment covenants.

Equity Incentive Plan Awards

For a description of the accelerated vesting provisions with respect to the outstanding options held by our named executive officers, see “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table-Equity Compensation” above.

Retirement Benefits

All of our U.S.-based employees, including Messrs. Daffron and Hausman, are eligible to participate in Opco’s 401(k) plan which permits employees to make contributions of a specified percentage of their compensation, subject to the limitations imposed by Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Subject to such limitations, Opco provides a matching contribution of up to 4.5% of the employee’s eligible pay if the employee contributes at least 6.0% of his or her eligible pay. In addition, the plan permits Opco to make additional discretionary company matching contributions to eligible participants. Opco did not make a discretionary company matching contribution in 2014. Matching contributions vest ratably on an annual basis over three years.

All of our employees based in the United Kingdom, including Mr. Noble, are eligible to participate in Opco’s United Kingdom Pension Plan which is a defined contribution plan that matches employee contributions depending on hire date and age band up to a maximum amount.

Our named executive officers are not eligible to participate in any other pension, deferred compensation or supplemental executive retirement plans.

 

118


Table of Contents

Equity Incentive Plans

2010 Incentive Plan

On August 4, 2010, we adopted the 2010 Incentive Plan. The 2010 Incentive Plan will be terminated upon completion of this offering and no further awards will be granted thereunder. Upon completion of this offering, the 2010 Incentive Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted prior to its termination.

The principal features of the 2010 Incentive Plan are summarized below. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the 2010 Incentive Plan, which is filed as an exhibit hereto.

Purpose. The purpose of the 2010 Incentive Plan is to assist us in attracting, retaining, motivating, and rewarding certain key employees, officers, directors, and consultants of Holdings and its subsidiaries, and promoting the creation of long-term value for our stockholders by closely aligning the interests of such individuals with those of such stockholders.

Administration. The 2010 Incentive Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of our Board appointed pursuant to the 2010 Incentive Plan or our Board (such committee or the Board, as applicable, the “2010 Plan Committee”). The 2010 Plan Committee is authorized to, among other things, select eligible persons to become participants; grant awards; determine the type, number of shares of stock subject to, and other terms and conditions of, and all other matters relating to, awards; prescribe award agreements and rules and regulations for the administration of the 2010 Incentive Plan; construe and interpret the 2010 Incentive Plan and award agreements and correct defects, supply omissions, and reconcile inconsistencies therein; suspend the right to exercise awards during any period that the 2010 Plan Committee deems appropriate to comply with applicable securities laws, and thereafter extend the exercise period of an award by an equivalent period of time; and make all other decisions and determinations as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2010 Incentive Plan.

Share Reserve. The 2010 Incentive Plan provides that the total number of shares of common stock reserved and available for delivery in connection with awards under the 2010 Incentive Plan is 18,155,208, subject to the adjustment provisions in the 2010 Incentive Plan as described further below. To the extent that an award expires or is canceled, forfeited, settled in cash, or otherwise terminated without a delivery to the participant of the full number of shares to which the award related, the undelivered shares will again be available for grant. Shares withheld in payment of the exercise price or taxes relating to an award and shares equal to the number surrendered in payment of any exercise price or taxes relating to an award shall be deemed to constitute shares not delivered to the participant and shall be deemed to again be available for awards under the 2010 Incentive Plan.

Eligibility. Prior to the effective date of this offering, awards were only granted to employees, directors or other service providers of Holdings or any of its subsidiaries.

Options. Prior to the effective date of this offering, the 2010 Plan Committee determined the terms and conditions of options to purchase shares of common stock that were granted to participants. The 2010 Plan Committee also determined the exercise price for each option, except that the option must have had a per share exercise price that was not less than the fair market value of a share on the date the option was granted.

Payment in respect of the exercise of an option may be made in a manner approved by the 2010 Plan Committee, which may include any of the following payment methods: (i) in cash or by certified or bank cashier’s check, (ii) by a net exercise method, pursuant to which the participant would receive the number of shares underlying the options so exercised reduced by the number of shares equal to the aggregate exercise price of the options divided by the fair market value on the date of exercise, (iii) by delivery of shares having a fair market value equal to the exercise price, or (iv) by any other means approved by the 2010 Plan Committee.

 

119


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock. Prior to the effective date of this offering, the 2010 Plan Committee determined the terms and conditions of any restricted stock granted to participants, including, without limitation, the restrictions on transferability, limitations on the right to vote restricted stock or the right to receive dividends on the restricted stock.

Other Stock-Based Awards. Prior to the effective date of this offering, the 2010 Plan Committee could grant other awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, our common stock. The 2010 Plan Committee determined the terms and conditions applicable to any such awards.

Adjustments upon Certain Events. In the event of changes in the outstanding common stock or in the capital structure of Holdings by reason of stock dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits, recapitalizations, reorganizations, mergers, consolidations, combinations, exchanges, or other relevant changes in capitalization (including a corporate event as described below), any extraordinary dividend or any change in applicable laws or circumstances that could result in any substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights intended to be granted to, or available for, participants in the 2010 Incentive Plan, as determined by the 2010 Plan Committee, (i) the aggregate number of shares that may be granted or purchased pursuant to awards, (ii) the number of shares covered by each outstanding award, and/or (iii) the price per share thereof in each such award shall be equitably and proportionally adjusted or substituted, as determined by the Committee (except as may otherwise be provided in an award agreement).

Effect of Change in Control or Other Corporate Event. In the event of a change in control (as defined in the 2010 Incentive Plan, see “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table—Equity Compensation” above), a merger or consolidation involving Holdings in which Holdings is the surviving corporation but the holders of shares receive cash, securities of another corporation and/or other property or is not the surviving corporation, or a reorganization or liquidation of Holdings, the Committee may, in its discretion, provide for any one or more of the following (except as may otherwise be provided in an award agreement): (i) the assumption or substitution of such awards; (ii) accelerated vesting of any awards; (iii) the cancellation of any awards, in which case participants who hold vested awards so cancelled will receive a payment in respect of cancellation of their awards based on the amount of the per-share consideration being paid for the stock in connection with such corporate event (less, in the case of options and other awards subject to exercise, the applicable exercise price); or (iv) the replacement of awards with a cash incentive program that preserves the value of the awards so replaced with subsequent payment of cash incentives subject to the same vesting conditions as applicable to the awards so replaced, and payment to be made within 30 days of the applicable vesting date, subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code.

Nontransferability of Awards. Awards under the 2010 Incentive Plan are generally not transferable by a participant except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. However, shares and options may be transferred to certain trusts or other entities related to a participant or, upon the death of a participant, to the participant’s heirs, executors, administrators or personal representatives, pursuant to such terms and conditions set forth in the 2010 Incentive Plan.

Amendment and Termination. Our Board may amend, suspend or terminate the 2010 Incentive Plan at any time, but no amendment, suspension or termination will be made (i) without stockholder approval to the extent such approval is required by applicable law, including the national securities exchange on which the stock is principally listed, or (ii) without the written consent of a participant, if such action would impair any rights of the participant under any award granted to such participant under the 2010 Incentive Plan. No amendment to the terms of an award may impair the rights of a participant under such award without the written consent of such participant, except that the 2010 Plan Committee may amend the terms of any award as it deems necessary to bring the award into compliance with Section 409A of the Code.

Claw-back Provisions. The 2010 Plan Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide that a participant’s rights, payments and benefits with respect to an award will be subject to forfeiture or recoupment if the

 

120


Table of Contents

participant engages in certain competitive activities during employment with Holdings or within six months following a termination of employment for any reason pursuant to the conditions set forth in the 2010 Incentive Plan.

Plan Duration. No award may be granted under the 2010 Incentive Plan after the tenth anniversary of the effective date (August 4, 2020), but awards theretofore granted may extend beyond that date.

2015 Stock Incentive Plan

Prior to the completion of this offering, our Board expects to adopt, and our stockholders expect to approve, the 2015 Incentive Plan, which will replace the 2010 Incentive Plan (provided that awards outstanding under the 2010 Incentive Plan will continue to be subject to the terms of the 2010 Incentive Plan).

The principal features of the 2015 Incentive Plan are summarized below. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the 2015 Incentive Plan, which is filed as an exhibit hereto.

Purpose. The purpose of the 2015 Incentive Plan is to attract and retain key personnel and to provide a means for our current and prospective directors, officers, employees, consultants and advisors to acquire and maintain an equity interest in us, or be paid incentive compensation, which may (but need not) be measured by reference to the value of our common stock, thereby strengthening their commitment to our welfare and aligning their interests with those of our stockholders. The 2015 Incentive Plan is also designed to permit us to make cash-based awards and equity-based awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

Administration. The 2015 Incentive Plan will be administered by the compensation committee of our Board, a sub-committee or other committee of our Board as may be appointed pursuant to the 2015 Incentive Plan or our Board (as applicable, the “2015 Plan Committee”). The 2015 Plan Committee has the sole and plenary authority to establish the terms and conditions of any award and any amendments thereto consistent with the provisions of the 2015 Incentive Plan. The 2015 Plan Committee is authorized to, among other things, designate participants; determine the time or times at which awards may be exercised and whether and under what circumstances an award may be exercised; interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in and/or supply any omission in the 2015 Incentive Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or any award granted under, the 2015 Incentive Plan; establish, amend, suspend, or waive any rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the 2015 Plan Committee deems appropriate for the proper administration of the 2015 Incentive Plan; accelerate the vesting or exercisability of, payment for or lapse of restrictions on awards; and to make any other determination and take any other action that the 2015 Plan Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the 2015 Incentive Plan.

Eligibility. Our employees, directors, officers, advisors, consultants or advisors will be eligible to participate in the 2015 Incentive Plan. The 2015 Plan Committee has the sole and complete authority to determine who will be granted an award under the 2015 Incentive Plan, however, it may delegate such authority to one or more of our officers under the circumstances set forth in the 2015 Incentive Plan.

Share Reserve. The 2015 Incentive Plan will provide that the total number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2015 Incentive Plan is the sum of (i)             and (ii) shares of common stock that otherwise would be returned to the 2010 Incentive Plan as the result of the expiration or termination of options granted thereunder (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2015 Incentive Plan pursuant to this provision is shares), subject to the adjustment provisions in the 2015 Incentive Plan as described further below. Of this amount, no more than             shares of common stock may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options; no more than             shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options or stock appreciation rights may be granted to any single participant during any calendar year; no more than              shares of common stock may be earned by any single participant in respect of a single calendar year during a

 

121


Table of Contents

performance period or in the event any such award is paid in cash, other securities or other property, no more than the fair market value of             shares of common stock on the last day of the performance period to which such award relates; the maximum amount that can be paid to any single participant pursuant to a cash bonus award with respect to a performance period that is 12 months or less is $        , and with respect to a performance period that is more than 12 months is $         ; and the maximum aggregate grant date fair value of awards that may be granted to a single non-employee director in a single calendar year is $        . Awards may, in the sole discretion of the 2015 Plan Committee, be granted in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an entity acquired by us or with which we combine (referred to as “substitute awards”). The number of shares of common stock underlying any substitute awards will not be counted against the total number of shares of common stock available for awards under the 2015 Incentive Plan.

No award may be granted under the 2015 Incentive Plan during any suspension of the 2015 Incentive Plan or after the tenth anniversary of the effective date (as defined therein), but awards theretofore granted may extend beyond that date.

Awards Available for Grant. The Committee may grant awards of non-qualified stock options, incentive (qualified) stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), stock bonus awards, dividend equivalents, or performance compensation awards (including cash bonus awards) under the 2015 Incentive Plan.

Options. The 2015 Plan Committee may grant options to purchase shares of common stock that are either “qualified,” meaning they are intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code for incentive stock options, or “non-qualified,” meaning they are not intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. All stock options granted under the 2015 Incentive Plan are required to have a per share exercise price that is not less than 100% of the fair market value per share of our common stock underlying such stock options on the date the option is granted, and all stock options that are intended to qualify as incentive stock options must be granted pursuant to an award agreement expressly stating that the option is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option, and will be subject to the terms and conditions that comply with the rules as may be prescribed by Section 422 of the Code. Stock options granted under the 2015 Incentive Plan will be subject to such terms, including the exercise price and the conditions and timing of exercise, as may be determined by the 2015 Plan Committee and specified in the applicable award agreement. The maximum term for stock options granted under the 2015 Incentive Plan will be 10 years from the initial date of grant, or five years with respect to any stock options intended to qualify as incentive stock options granted to a participant who owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of us or certain of our permitted affiliates.

Payment in respect of the exercise of an option may be made in cash or by check, by surrender of unrestricted shares (at their fair market value on the date of exercise) that have been held by the participant for any period deemed necessary by our accountants to avoid an additional compensation charge or have been purchased on the open market, or the 2015 Plan Committee may, in its discretion and to the extent permitted by law, allow such payment to be made through a broker-assisted cashless exercise mechanism, a net exercise method or by such other method as the 2015 Plan Committee may determine to be appropriate. Any fractional shares of common stock will be settled in cash.

Stock Appreciation Rights. The 2015 Plan Committee may grant stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) under the 2015 Incentive Plan. Generally, each SAR will entitle the participant upon exercise to an amount (in cash, shares or a combination of cash and shares, as determined by the 2015 Plan Committee) equal to the product of (i) the excess of (A) the fair market value on the exercise date of one share of common stock, over (B) the strike price per share, times (ii) the numbers of shares of common stock covered by the SAR being exercised. The strike price per share of a SAR granted in tandem with an option will be the exercise price of the related option and in the case of a SAR granted independent of an option, the fair market value on the date of grant (other than in the case of SARs granted in substitution of previously granted awards). The terms of the SARs shall be subject to terms established by the 2015 Plan Committee and reflected in the award agreement.

 

122


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock. The 2015 Plan Committee may grant restricted stock under the 2015 Incentive Plan. Restricted stock is common stock that generally is non-transferable and is subject to other restrictions determined by the 2015 Plan Committee for a specified period. The terms of the restricted stock shall be subject to terms established by the 2015 Plan Committee and reflected in the award agreement.

Restricted Stock Units. The 2015 Plan Committee may grant RSUs under the 2015 Incentive Plan. Generally, RSUs represent the right to receive, upon the expiration of the applicable restricted period, one share of common stock for each RSU, or, if provided in an award agreement, in the sole discretion of the 2015 Plan Committee, the cash value thereof (or any combination thereof). A holder of RSUs will have no rights as a stockholder until such time as the award has vested and any other applicable conditions and/or criteria have been satisfied and the shares of common stock underlying the award have been issued to the holder. The terms of the RSUs shall be subject to terms established by the 2015 Plan Committee and reflected in the award agreement.

Stock Bonus Awards. The 2015 Plan Committee will be authorized to grant awards of unrestricted common stock or other awards denominated in common stock, either alone or in tandem with other awards, under such terms and conditions as the 2015 Plan Committee may determine.

Dividend Equivalents. The 2015 Plan Committee may grant dividend equivalents based on dividends declared on common stock, to be credited as of the dividend payment dates during the period between the date an award is granted to a participant and the date such award vests, is exercised, is distributed or expires, as determined by the 2015 Plan Committee. Such dividend equivalents will be converted to cash, additional awards or additional shares of common stock by such formula and at such time and subject to such limitations as may be determined by the 2015 Plan Committee.

Performance Compensation Awards. The 2015 Plan Committee may also designate any award as a “performance compensation award” intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. The 2015 Plan Committee also has the authority to make an award of a cash bonus to any participant and designate such award as a performance compensation award under the 2015 Incentive Plan. The 2015 Plan Committee has sole discretion to select the length of any applicable performance periods, the types of performance compensation awards to be issued, the applicable performance criteria and performance goals, and the kinds and/or levels of performance goals that are to apply. The performance criteria that will be used to establish the performance goals will be based on the attainment of specific levels of performance of us (and/or one or more of our affiliates, divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments or any combination of the foregoing) and may include any of the following: (i) net earnings or net income (before or after taxes); (ii) basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes); (iii) net revenue or net revenue growth; (iv) gross revenue or gross revenue growth; (v) gross margin or gross margin growth; (vi) revenue growth; (vii) net interest margin; (viii) operating profit (before or after taxes); (ix) return measures (including, but not limited to, return on investment, assets, capital, employed capital, invested capital, equity or sales); (x) cash flow measures (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow or cash flow return on capital), which may but are not required to be measured on a per-share basis; (xi) earnings before or after taxes, interest, depreciation and/or amortization (including EBIT and EBITDA); (xii) share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures or total stockholder return); (xiii) expense targets, cost reduction goals or general and administrative expense savings; (xiv) gross or net operating margins; (xv) productivity ratios; (xvi) operating efficiency; (xvii) measures of economic value added or other “value creation” metrics; (xviii) asset quality; (xix) inventory control; (xx) enterprise value; (xxi) sales; (xxii) stockholder return; (xxiii) merchant retention; (xxiv) employee retention; (xxv) competitive market metrics; (xxvi) timely completion of new product rollouts; (xxvii) timely launch of new facilities; (xxviii) measurements relating to a new purchasing “co-op”; (xxix) objective measures of personal targets, goals or completion of projects (including, but not limited to, succession and hiring projects, completion of specific acquisitions, reorganizations or other corporate transactions or capital-raising transactions, expansions of specific business operations or meeting divisional or project budgets); (xxx) objective measures of client satisfaction; (xxxi) working capital targets; (xxxii) asset growth; (xxxiii) dividend yield; (xxxiv) system-wide revenues; (xxxv) royalty income; (xxxvi) comparisons of continuing operations to other operations; (xxxvii) market share;

 

123


Table of Contents

(xxxviii) cost of capital, debt leverage, year-end cash position or book value; (xxxix) strategic objectives, development of new product lines and related revenue, sales and margin targets, franchisee growth and retention, menu design and growth, co-branding or international operations; or (xl) any combination of the foregoing. Any one or more of the performance criteria may be stated as a percentage of another performance criteria, or a percentage of a prior period’s performance criteria, or used on an absolute, relative or adjusted basis to measure the performance of us and/or one or more of our affiliates as a whole or any divisions or operational and/or business unit(s), product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments of ours and/or one or more of our affiliates or any combination thereof, as the 2015 Plan Committee may deem appropriate, or any of the performance criteria may be compared to the performance of a selected group of comparison companies, or a published or special index that the 2015 Plan Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, or as compared to various stock market indices. Any of the performance criteria may be subject to adjustment as provided in the 2013 Plan. The 2015 Plan Committee also has the authority to provide for accelerated vesting of any award based on the achievement of performance goals pursuant to the performance criteria specified above. To the extent required under Section 162(m) of the Code, the 2015 Plan Committee will, within the first ninety (90) days of a performance period (or, if longer or shorter, within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the performance criteria it selects to use for such performance period and thereafter promptly communicate such performance criteria to the participant and record them in writing.

Adjustments Upon Certain Events. In the event of (a) any dividend, extraordinary cash dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of securities or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of our shares of common stock or other securities, issuance of warrants or other rights to acquire our shares of common stock or other securities, or other similar corporate transaction or event (including, without limitation, a change in control, as defined in the 2015 Incentive Plan) that affects the shares of common stock, or (b) unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, a change in control) affecting us, any of our affiliates, or the financial statements of us or any of our affiliate, or changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations or other requirements of any governmental body or securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system, accounting principles or law, such that in either case an adjustment is determined by the 2015 Plan Committee in its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate, then the 2015 Plan Committee shall make any such adjustments in such manner as it may deem equitable, including without limitation, any or all of: (i) adjusting any or all of (A) the number of our shares of common stock or other securities which may be delivered in respect of awards or with respect to which awards may be granted under the 2015 Incentive Plan and (B) the terms of any outstanding award, including, without limitation, (1) the number of shares of common stock subject to outstanding awards or to which outstanding awards relate, (2) the exercise price or strike price with respect to any award or (3) any applicable performance measures; (ii) subject to any limitations or reductions as may be necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code, providing for a substitution or assumption of awards, accelerating the exercisability of, lapse of restrictions on, or termination of, awards or providing for a period of time for participants to exercise outstanding awards prior to the occurrence of such event; and (iii) subject to any limitations or reductions as may be necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code, cancelling any one or more outstanding awards and causing to be paid to the holders, in cash, shares of common stock, other securities or other property, or any combination, the value of such awards, if any, as determined by the 2015 Plan Committee (which if applicable may be based upon the price per share of common stock received or to be received by other stockholders in such event), including without limitation, in the case of options and stock appreciation rights, a cash payment equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the shares of common stock subject to the option or stock appreciation right over the aggregate exercise price thereof, or, in the case of any outstanding restricted stock, restricted stock unit, stock bonus award, or other award denominated in common stock, a cash payment or equity subject to deferred vesting and delivery consistent with the vesting restrictions applicable to such award or the underlying shares of common stock subject thereto.

Effect of Change in Control. Except to the extent otherwise provided in an award agreement, in the event of (i) the occurrence of a change in control (as defined in the 2015 Incentive Plan) and (ii) thereafter, a termination

 

124


Table of Contents

of relationship of a participant by us without cause or by the participant for good reason (if applicable) that occurs prior to the second anniversary of the date of such change in control, then notwithstanding any provision of the 2015 Incentive Plan to the contrary, with respect to all or any portion of the participant’s outstanding award or awards: (a) the then outstanding options and SARs will become immediately exercisable on the date of the termination of relationship; (b) the period of restriction applicable to awards will expire as on the date of the termination of relationship (including without limitation a waiver of any applicable performance goals); (c) performance periods in effect on the date the termination of relationship will end on such date, and all applicable performance goals will be deemed to have been achieved at the applicable “target” levels of performance; and (d) all awards that have been previously deferred to be settled in full as soon as practicable. In addition, if an award under the 2015 Incentive Plan is subject to Section 409A of the Code, a change in control transaction may constitute a payment event only if the transaction is also a “change in control event” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

Nontransferability of Awards. An award may be exercised only by a participant during the participant’s lifetime, or, if permissible under applicable law, by the participant’s legal guardian or representative. An award will not be transferable or assignable by a participant except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance will be void and unenforceable against us or any affiliate. However, the 2015 Plan Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit awards (other than incentive stock options) to be transferred, including transfer to a participant’s family members, any trust established solely for the benefit of the participant or such participant’s family members, any partnership or limited liability company of which participant, or participant and participant’s family members, are the sole member(s), and a beneficiary to whom donations are eligible to be treated as “charitable contributions” for tax purposes.

Amendment and Termination. Our Board of Directors may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the 2015 Incentive Plan or any portion thereof at any time, except that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination may be made without stockholder approval if (i) such approval is necessary to comply with any applicable tax or regulatory requirement (including the rules or requirements of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which our shares may be listed). In addition, any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant or any holder or beneficiary of any award will not to that extent be effective without such individual’s consent.

Claw-back Provisions. All awards (including any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit actually or constructively received by the participant in respect of such awards) will be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by us or set forth in the applicable award agreement, including, without limitation, any claw-back policy adopted to comply with the requirements of applicable law, such as the Dodd-Frank Act.

Plan Duration and 162(m) Approval. The 2015 Incentive Plan will expire on the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the plan, and no awards may be granted after such expiration, but the terms of the 2015 Incentive Plan will continue to apply to previously granted awards. If determined by the 2015 Plan Committee, the 2015 Incentive Plan will be approved by our stockholders no later than the first meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the effective date of this offering occurs, in order for certain awards granted after such time to be exempt from deduction limitations of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

125


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

We did not provide any compensation to non-employee members of our Board for service on our Board and none of our non-employee directors received any cash or equity compensation during the year ended December 31, 2014.

Mr. Prozes serves on our Board and the boards of directors of Intermediate and Opco. On May 13, 2011, we granted to Mr. Prozes 44,444 shares of restricted common stock of Holdings pursuant to the 2010 Incentive Plan (the “Prozes Restricted Shares”), subject to a Restricted Stock Grant Notice and Agreement entered into by Mr. Prozes and us (the “Prozes Grant Agreement”). Twenty percent of the Prozes Restricted Shares vested on May 13, 2012, with the remainder vesting in 48 substantially equal monthly installments thereafter. All of the Prozes Restricted Shares will vest in full upon a Change in Control (as defined in the 2010 Incentive Plan). In connection with the grant of the Prozes Restricted Shares, Mr. Prozes also entered into a confidentiality agreement with Opco. Pursuant to the terms of the Prozes Grant Agreement, as of December 31, 2014, of the 44,444 restricted shares subject to the grant, Mr. Prozes held 31,852 shares of vested and 12,592 shares of unvested restricted common stock of Holdings.

We expect to implement a compensation program for our non-employee directors in connection with this offering.

 

126


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Shareholders Agreement

On July 29, 2010, the Sponsors and certain other investors entered into the Shareholders Agreement with us, Intermediate and Opco. The Shareholders Agreement provides that the following director nomination rights shall remain in force following the consummation of this offering:

 

    each of our Sponsors shall have the right to nominate three directors to serve on our Board of Directors for so long as such Sponsor owns at least 33,333,333 of our common shares;

 

    in the event a Sponsor owns less than 33,333,333, but more than 16,666,667, of our common shares, such Sponsor shall then be entitled to nominate two directors to serve on our Board of Directors;

 

    in the event a Sponsor owns less than 16,666,667, but more than 2,777,778, of our common shares, such Sponsor shall then be entitled to nominate one director to serve on our Board of Directors;

provided, in each case, that the number of director nominees to which a Sponsor is entitled shall not be decreased if, immediately following the transfer of shares by such Sponsor, such transferring Sponsor holds (a)(1) fewer shares than the other Sponsor and (2) the number of shares held by such transferring Sponsor is equal to or greater than 51.48% of the number of shares held by the other Sponsor or (b) more shares than the other Sponsor if such other Sponsor has the right to nominate three directors. The number of shares described above shall be adjusted as necessary to reflect any stock dividend, split, combination or other recapitalization or similar transaction. Following the completion of this offering, we expect our Board of Directors to initially consist of                 directors.

In addition, the Shareholders Agreement contains additional agreements among the parties that will remain in effect following the consummation of this offering, including, among other things:

 

    each Sponsor has a proxy to vote all of the shares owned by parties to the Shareholders Agreement (subject to certain exceptions for shares purchased for cash in transactions approved by the Board of Directors);

 

    each Sponsor has the right to have at least one director nominated by such Sponsor appointed to each committee of the Board of Directors (subject to applicable SEC and [Nasdaq][NYSE] governance rules) so long as that Sponsor is entitled to at least one director nominee;

 

    certain limited tag along rights for up to one year following the consummation of this offering; and

 

    certain restrictions on the transfer of shares owned by parties to the Shareholders Agreement (other than the Sponsors) without Sponsor approval for up to one year following the consummation of this offering.

Management Agreement

On July 29, 2010, certain affiliates of the Sponsors entered into a Transaction and Management Fee Agreement (the “Management Agreement”), which was assumed by Opco. Pursuant to the terms of the Management Agreement, such affiliates will provide monitoring, advisory and consulting services to Opco and its subsidiaries. Pursuant to the Management Agreement, such affiliates are entitled to receive an aggregate annual management fee of $3.0 million, which amount may increase in the event that Opco or any of its subsidiaries enter into any business combination with another entity that is large enough to constitute a “significant subsidiary” of ours under Regulation S-X as promulgated by the SEC. The Management Agreement also provides for the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Sponsors and their affiliates in connection with the provision of services pursuant to the Management Agreement, the making or any regulatory filings related to the ownership, directly or indirectly, of Holdings’ and its subsidiaries’ equity securities and the ownership or sale of such equity securities. The Management Agreement also contains customary exculpation and indemnification provisions in favor of the Sponsors and their affiliates.

 

127


Table of Contents

The Management Agreement has an initial term expiring on the eight-year anniversary of the Management Agreement, provided that the term will be extended for successive one-year terms unless we or each affiliate of the Sponsors provides notice to the other of their desire not to automatically extend the term. Upon the consummation of this offering and in certain other circumstances, including a change of control transaction and other financing, acquisition and disposition transactions, such affiliates may also receive certain additional fees in amounts to be agreed. As of June 30, 2015, we have paid aggregate fees of $10.1 million pursuant to the Management Agreement since January 1, 2012. In connection with this offering, the parties intend to terminate the Management Agreement, provided that the provisions relating to indemnification and certain other provisions will survive termination. In connection with such termination, we expect to pay affiliates of the Sponsors total fees of $         million, which will be paid from a portion of the net proceeds of this offering.

Employment Agreements and Employee Stock Purchases

We or our subsidiaries have entered into employments agreements with each of our executive officers. See “Executive Compensation.”

On September 26, 2013, Dr. Daffron, our President and Chief Executive Officer, exercised a right provided in his employment agreement to purchase $10.0 million worth of our common stock, or 957,854 shares at $10.44 per share pursuant to a subscription agreement. The consideration for this purchase was composed of $5.0 million cash and a $5.0 million secured, recourse promissory note with a 0.75% annual interest rate issued by Dr. Daffron to us on September 26, 2013, which promissory note was repaid in full on March 23, 2015. In connection with this stock purchase, Dr. Daffron became a party to the Shareholders Agreement.

Matthew Kim, the brother-in-law of Alexander Goor, our Chief Information Officer, was hired by Opco in September 2010 to serve as Senior Business Analyst and his title was subsequently changed to Director, Data Collection Operations of our Pricing and Reference Data business. Mr. Kim left Opco in 2015. His annual salary for 2015 was $128,283, and his annual salary for 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $128,283, $125,460 and $122,400, respectively. Mr. Kim earned an annual bonus in 2014, 2013 and 2012 in the amounts of $31,000, $49,500 and $66,667, respectively, and received 401(k) retirement plan matching contributions in the amounts of $7,469, $7,076 and $4,500, respectively.

Registration Rights Agreement

On July 29, 2010, we entered into a Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with Intermediate, Opco, the Sponsors and certain other direct and indirect investors in us. The Registration Rights Agreement provides (1) the Sponsors and their assignees with certain demand and “piggyback” registration rights and (2) the other direct and indirect investors in us that are a party to the Registration Rights Agreement with certain “piggyback” registration rights, in each case, with respect to our common stock. The Registration Rights Agreement also provides that we will pay certain expenses relating to such registrations, including this offering, and indemnify the parties thereto against certain liabilities which may arise under the Securities Act.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

We have entered, or will enter, into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements, together with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, will provide that we will jointly and severally indemnify each indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware general corporation law from and against all loss and liability suffered and expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the indemnitee in connection with any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding. Additionally, we will generally advance to the indemnitee all out-of-pocket costs of any type or nature

 

128


Table of Contents

whatsoever incurred in connection therewith. We have also entered into an agreement with our Sponsors to clarify that we have the primary obligation to indemnify the Sponsors and their affiliates for expenses and indemnification obligations that we or our subsidiaries provide to our officers and directors. See “Description of Capital Stock—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors.”

Policies and Procedures Regarding Transactions with Related Persons

Our Board of Directors recognizes the fact that transactions with related persons present a heightened risk of conflicts of interests and/or improper valuation (or the perception thereof). Prior to the completion of this offering, our Board of Directors is expected to adopt a written policy on transactions with related persons that is in conformity with the requirements upon issuers having publicly-held common stock that is listed on [Nasdaq][the NYSE]. Under the new policy:

 

    any related person transaction, and any material amendment or modification to a related person transaction, must be reviewed and approved or ratified by a committee of the Board of Directors composed solely of independent directors who are disinterested or by the disinterested members of the Board of Directors; and

 

    any employment relationship or transaction involving an executive officer and any related compensation must be approved by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors or recommended by the compensation committee to the Board of Directors for its approval.

In connection with the review and approval or ratification of a related person transaction:

 

    management must disclose to the committee or disinterested directors, as applicable, the name of the related person and the basis on which the person is a related person, the material terms of the related person transaction, including the approximate dollar value of the amount involved in the transaction, and all the material facts as to the related person’s direct or indirect interest in, or relationship to, the related person transaction;

 

    management must advise the committee or disinterested directors, as applicable, as to whether the related person transaction complies with the terms of our agreements governing our material outstanding indebtedness that limit or restrict our ability to enter into a related person transaction;

 

    management must advise the committee or disinterested directors, as applicable, as to whether the related person transaction will be required to be disclosed in our applicable filings under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, and related rules, and, to the extent required to be disclosed, management must ensure that the related person transaction is disclosed in accordance with such Acts and related rules; and

 

    management must advise the committee or disinterested directors, as applicable, as to whether the related person transaction constitutes a “personal loan” for purposes of Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

In addition, the related person transaction policy provides that the committee or disinterested directors, as applicable, in connection with any approval or ratification of a related person transaction involving a non-employee director or director nominee, should consider whether such transaction would compromise the director or director nominee’s status as an “independent,” “outside,” or “non-employee” director, as applicable, under the rules and regulations of the SEC, [Nasdaq][the NYSE] and the Code.

 

129


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

As of September 30, 2015, all of our issued and outstanding capital stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Sponsors and certain other investors to whom the Sponsors syndicated their investments through Igloo Co-Invest, LLC, whom we collectively refer to as the “Co-Investors”, and certain members of our management and Board of Directors, whom we refer to as the Management Participants. Immediately prior to this offering, Igloo Co-Invest, LLC will distribute all of the shares of our common stock that it holds to the Co-Investors (the “Co-Invest Distribution”).

The following table and accompanying footnotes set forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of September 15, 2015 after giving effect to the Co-Invest Distribution, for:

 

    each person known by us to own beneficially 5% or more of our outstanding shares of common stock;

 

    each of our directors;

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    our directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

    each of the selling stockholders.

The number of shares and percentages of beneficial ownership prior to this offering set forth below are based on the number of shares of our common stock to be issued and outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. The number of shares and percentages of beneficial ownership after this offering set forth below are based on the number of shares of our common stock to be issued and outstanding immediately after the consummation of this offering.

Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, we have agreed to bear the expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) of the selling stockholders in connection with this offering and to indemnify them against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Beneficial ownership for the purposes of the following table is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. A person is a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares “voting power,” which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of the security, or “investment power,” which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of the security or has the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. Securities that can be acquired within 60 days are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing such person’s ownership percentage, but not for purposes of computing any other person’s percentage. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities with respect to which such person has no economic interest.

 

130


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise noted in the footnotes to the following table, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to their beneficially owned common stock. Except as otherwise stated below, the address for each beneficial owner is Interactive Data Holdings Corporation, 32 Crosby Drive, Bedford, Massachusetts 01730.

 

    Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to the
Offering
        Shares Beneficially
Owned After the Offering
 
                    If Underwriters’ Option
to Purchase Additional
Shares is Not Exercised
    If Underwriters’ Option to
Purchase Additional
Shares is Exercised in Full
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Shares     Percentage     Shares
Offered
  Shares   Percentage     Shares   Percentage  

Principal Stockholders:

             

Silver Lake Partners and affiliates(1)(2)

    62,417,024        40.7         %          %   

Shares subject to voting proxy(3)

    34,682,326        22.6          

Warburg Pincus and affiliates(4)(5)

    56,134,947        36.6          

Shares subject to voting proxy(3)

    34,682,326        22.6          

Executive Officers and Directors:

             

Mason Slaine(6)

    3,055,554        2.0 %          

Stephen C. Daffron(7)

    1,278,842        *             

Michael Bingle(8)

                       

Cary Davis(9)

    90,817,273        59.3          

Sean Delehanty(8)

                       

Andrew Hausman(10)

    43,981        *             

James Neary(9)

    90,817,273        59.3          

Tim Noble(11)

    20,833        *             

Joseph Osnoss(8)

                       

Andrew Prozes(12)

    266,666        *             

Chandler Reedy(9)

    90,817,273        59.3          

All directors and executive officers as a group (16 persons)

    93,187,859        60.8         %          %   

Other Selling Stockholders:

             

[Names of selling stockholders to be provided by amendment(13)]

             

 

* Indicates beneficial ownership of less than one percent of the outstanding shares of our common stock.
(1) The shares of common stock of Interactive Data Holdings Corporation that are attributed to Silver Lake and affiliates consist of 61,764,452 shares directly held by Silver Lake Partners III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“SLP III”), and 652,572 shares directly held by Silver Lake Technology Investors III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“SLTI III”). The general partner of each of SLP III and SLTI III is Silver Lake Technology Associates III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“SLTA III”). The general partner of SLTA III is SLTA III (GP), L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company. The sole member of SLTA III (GP), L.L.C. is Silver Lake Group, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“Silver Lake Group”). Michael Bingle, James Davidson, Egon Durban, Kenneth Hao, Christian Lucas, Gregory Mondre and Joseph Osnoss are the members of the Investment Committee of SLTA III. As such, they may be deemed to have voting or investment power over the securities held by SLP III and SLTI III, however, each of them disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities. The address of the Silver Lake entities is 2775 Sand Hill Road Suite 100, Menlo Park, California 94025.

 

131


Table of Contents
(2) Excludes shares held by affiliates of Warburg Pincus which Silver Lake may be deemed to beneficially own by virtue of the nomination rights and voting obligations contained in the Shareholders Agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Shareholders Agreement.”
(3) Reflects shares over which affiliates of Silver Lake and Warburg Pincus together hold an irrevocable voting proxy with respect to certain matters as of September 30, 2015. This includes shares held by our executive officers, directors and, after the Co-Investment Distribution, members of Igloo Co-Invest, LLC. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Shareholders Agreement.”
(4) The shares that are attributed to Warburg Pincus and affiliates consist of 50,266,570 shares directly held by Warburg Pincus Private Equity X, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“WPPE X”), 1,740,183 shares held directly by Warburg Pincus X Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“WPXP”), and 4,128,194 shares held directly by WP X Finance, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“WP X Finance” and together with WPPE X and WPXP, the “WP X Funds”). WPX GP, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“WPX GP”), is the managing general partner of WP X Finance. WPPE X is the general partner of WXP GP. Warburg Pincus X, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“WP X LP”), is the general partner of the WPPE X and WPXP. Warburg Pincus X GP L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“WP X GP”), is the general partner of WP X LP. WPP GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“WPP GP”), is the general partner of WP X GP. Warburg Pincus Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“WP Partners”), is the managing member of WPP GP. Warburg Pincus Partners GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“WP Partners GP”), is the general partner of WP Partners. Warburg Pincus & Co., a New York general partnership (“WP”), is the managing member of WP Partners GP. Warburg Pincus LLC, a New York limited liability company (“WP LLC”), is the manager of the WP X Funds. Charles R. Kaye and Joseph P. Landy are Managing General Partners of WP and Managing Members and Co-Chief Executive Officers of WP LLC and may be deemed to control the Warburg Pincus entities. Messrs. Kaye and Landy disclaim beneficial ownership of all shares held by the Warburg Pincus entities. The address of the Warburg Pincus entities is 450 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017.
(5) Excludes shares held by affiliates of Silver Lake which Warburg Pincus may be deemed to beneficially own by virtue of the nomination rights and voting obligations contained in the Shareholders Agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Shareholders Agreement.”
(6) The shares attributed to Mr. Slaine consist of (i) 2,333,333 shares directly held by Mr. Slaine, (ii) 444,444 shares directly held by the 2013 Slaine Family Investment Trust and (iii) 277,777 shares directly held by The David Slaine 2010 Trust. Mr. Slaine is the sole trustee of both trusts referenced above.
(7) The shares attributed to Dr. Daffron consist (i) of 957,854 shares directly held by The Daffron 2015 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust No. 6 and (ii) 320,988 shares issuable upon the exercise of options which are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2015.
(8) Messrs. Bingle, Delehanty and Osnoss are each directors or managing directors of several Silver Lake entities. Messrs. Bingle and Osnoss are also members of the SLTA III investment committee as described in footnote 1 above. Each of Messrs. Bingle, Delehanty and Osnoss disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Silver Lake entities. The address for each of Messrs. Bingle, Delehanty and Osnoss is 2775 Sand Hill Road Suite 100, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
(9) Messrs. Neary, Reedy and Davis are Partners of WP and Managing Directors and Members of WP LLC. All shares indicated as owned by Messrs. Neary, Reedy and Davis are included because of their affiliation with the Warburg Pincus entities. Messrs. Neary, Reedy and Davis each disclaim beneficial ownership of all shares beneficially owned, or subject to proxy, by the Warburg Pincus entities. The address for each of Messrs. Neary, Reedy and Davis is 450 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017.
(10) The shares attributed to Mr. Hausman consist of 43,981 shares issuable upon the exercise of options which are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2015.
(11) The shares attributed to Mr. Noble consist of 20,833 shares issuable upon the exercise of options which are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2015.
(12) The shares attributed to Mr. Prozes include 4,444 shares of restricted stock that are issued but will not vest within 60 days of September 30, 2015.
(13) [Footnote for each selling stockholder to be included by amendment.]

 

132


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

In connection with this offering, we will amend and restate our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws. The following is a description of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which will be in effect upon the consummation of this offering, the forms of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Our purpose is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). Upon the consummation of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of              shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and              shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. No shares of preferred stock will be issued or outstanding immediately after the public offering contemplated by this prospectus. Unless our Board of Directors determines otherwise, we will issue all shares of our capital stock in uncertificated form.

For the purposes of this section, “Silver Lake” shall mean Silver Lake Group, L.L.C. (together with its successors) and its affiliates and “Warburg Pincus” shall mean Warburg Pincus & LLC (together with its successors) and its affiliates.

Common Stock

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders.

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up and after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution. Holders of our common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The common stock will not be subject to further calls or assessment by us. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All shares of our common stock that will be outstanding at the time of the completion of the offering will be fully paid and non-assessable. The rights, powers, preferences and privileges of holders of our common stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock we may authorize and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our Board of Directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock). Unless required by law or by [Nasdaq][the NYSE], the authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by our stockholders. Our Board of Directors is authorized to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including, without limitation:

 

    the designation of the series;

 

    the number of shares of the series, which our Board of Directors may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of preferred stock) or decrease (but not below the number of shares then outstanding);

 

    whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series;

 

    the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable;

 

    redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;

 

133


Table of Contents
    the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;

 

    the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of our company;

 

    whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series of the stock of our company, or any other security of our company or any other entity, and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any rate adjustments, the date or dates as of which the shares will be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which the conversion may be made;

 

    restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series; and

 

    the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.

We could issue a series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede or discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of the holders of our common stock might believe to be in their best interests or in which the holders of our common stock might receive a premium for their common stock over the market price of the common stock. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the holders of our common stock, including, without limitation, by restricting dividends on our common stock, diluting the voting power of the common stock or subordinating the liquidation rights of our common stock. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.

Dividends

The DGCL permits a corporation to declare and pay dividends out of “surplus” or, if there is no “surplus,” out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. “Surplus” is defined as the excess of the net assets of the corporation over the amount determined to be the capital of the corporation by the Board of Directors. The capital of the corporation is typically calculated to be (and cannot be less than) the aggregate par value of all issued shares of capital stock. Net assets equal the fair value of the total assets minus total liabilities. The DGCL also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits if, after the payment of the dividend, remaining capital would be less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets.

Declaration and payment of any dividend will be subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors. The time and amount of such dividends, if any, will be dependent upon our financial condition, operations, compliance with applicable law, cash requirements and availability, debt repayment obligations, capital expenditure needs and restrictions in our debt instruments, contractual restrictions, business prospects, industry trends, the provisions of Delaware law affecting the payment of distributions to stockholders and any other factors our Board of Directors may consider relevant.

We do not expect to declare or pay any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is limited by the covenants of our senior secured credit facilities and may be further restricted by the terms of any future debt or preferred securities. See “Dividend Policy.”

Annual Stockholder Meetings

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws provide that annual stockholder meetings will be held at a date, time and place, if any, as exclusively selected by our Board of Directors. To the extent permitted under applicable law, we may conduct meetings by remote communications, including by webcast.

 

134


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated Bylaws and Certain Provisions of Delaware Law

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and the DGCL contain provisions, which are summarized in the following paragraphs, which are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our Board of Directors. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce our vulnerability to a hostile change of control or other unsolicited acquisition proposal and enhance the ability of our Board of Directors to maximize stockholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these provisions may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a merger or acquisition of our company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or other takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock

Delaware law does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of [Nasdaq][the NYSE], which would apply if and so long as our common stock remains listed on [Nasdaq][the NYSE], require stockholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the then outstanding voting power or then outstanding number of shares of common stock. Additional shares that may be used in the future may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings, to raise additional capital or to facilitate acquisitions.

Our Board of Directors may generally issue preferred shares on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or the removal of our management. Moreover, our authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock will be available for future issuances without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, to facilitate acquisitions and employee benefit plans.

One of the effects of the existence of unissued and unreserved common stock or preferred stock may be to enable our Board of Directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

Classified Board of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our Board of Directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms. As a result, approximately one-third of our Board of Directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our Board of Directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors; however, at any time Silver Lake and Warburg Pincus own, in the aggregate, at least 40% in voting power of the stock of our company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, the stockholders may also fix the number of directors.

 

135


Table of Contents

Business Combinations

We have opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL; however, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain “business combinations” with any “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

    prior to such time, our Board of Directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

    upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the votes of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding certain shares; or

 

    at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by our Board of Directors and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the votes of our outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with that person’s affiliates and associates, owns, or within the previous three years owned, 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. For purposes of this provision, “voting stock” means any class or series of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who would be an “interested stockholder” to effect various business combinations with our company for a three-year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring our company to negotiate in advance with our Board of Directors because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our Board of Directors approves either the business combination or the transaction that results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our Board of Directors and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that each of Silver Lake and Warburg Pincus, and any of their respective direct or indirect designated transferees (other than in certain market transfers and gifts) and any group of which such persons are a party, do not constitute “interested stockholders” for purposes of this provision.

Removal of Directors; Vacancies

Under the DGCL, unless otherwise provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, directors serving on a classified board may be removed by the stockholders only for cause. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, other than directors elected by holders of our preferred stock, if any, directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class; provided, however, at any time when Silver Lake and Warburg Pincus beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of our company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, directors may only be removed for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock of our company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of preferred stock then outstanding, any newly created directorship on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancies on our Board of Directors will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, by

 

136


Table of Contents

a sole remaining director or by the stockholders; provided, however, at any time when Silver Lake and Warburg Pincus beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of our company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any newly created directorship on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors may only be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by the stockholders). Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Board of Directors may increase the number of directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors or, at any time when Silver Lake and Warburg Pincus beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 40% of the voting power of the stock of our company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, by the stockholders.

No Cumulative Voting

Under Delaware law, the right to vote cumulatively does not exist unless the certificate of incorporation specifically authorizes cumulative voting. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not authorize cumulative voting. Therefore, stockholders holding a majority in voting power of the shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors will be able to elect all our directors.

Special Stockholder Meetings

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that special meetings of our stockholders may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; provided, however, at any time when Silver Lake and Warburg Pincus beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 40% in voting power of the stock of our company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, special meetings of our stockholders shall also be called by the Board of Directors or by the secretary of the Company at the request of any Sponsor. Our amended and restated bylaws prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our company.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Director Nominations and Stockholder Proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors or nominations made by Silver Lake or Warburg Pincus pursuant to their rights under the Shareholders Agreement. In order for any matter to be properly brought before a meeting of our stockholders, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Generally, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. Our amended and restated bylaws allow the chairman of the meeting at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings, which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also deter, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to influence or obtain control of our company.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless our amended and restated certificate of

 

137


Table of Contents

incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will preclude stockholder action by written consent at any time when Silver Lake and Warburg Pincus beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of our company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, other than certain rights that holders of our preferred stock may have to act by written consent.

Supermajority Provisions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend, change, add to, rescind or repeal, in whole or in part, our bylaws without a stockholder vote in any matter not inconsistent with Delaware law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. For as long as Silver Lake and Warburg Pincus beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 40% in voting power of the stock of our company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders will require the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of our stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting of stockholders and entitled to vote on such amendment, alteration, change, addition, rescission or repeal. At any time when Silver Lake and Warburg Pincus beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of all outstanding shares of the stock of our company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders will require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock of our company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that for so long as Silver Lake and Warburg beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 40% in voting power of the stock of our company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, in addition to any vote required by applicable law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock of our company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class. At any time when Silver Lake and Warburg Pincus beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of our company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, the following provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock of our company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class:

 

    the provisions providing for a classified Board of Directors (the election and term of our directors);

 

    the provisions regarding resignation and removal of directors;

 

    the provisions regarding competition and corporate opportunities;

 

    the provisions regarding entering into business combinations with interested stockholders;

 

    the provisions regarding stockholder action by written consent;

 

    the provisions regarding calling annual or special meetings of stockholders;

 

    the provisions regarding filling vacancies on our Board of Directors and newly created directorships;

 

    the provisions eliminating monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty by a director; and

 

    the amendment provision requiring that the above provisions be amended only with a 66 2/3% supermajority vote.

The combination of the classification of our Board of Directors, the lack of cumulative voting and the supermajority voting requirements will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our Board

 

138


Table of Contents

of Directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our Board of Directors. Because our Board of Directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management.

These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying or preventing changes in control of our management or our company, such as a merger, reorganization or tender offer. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our Board of Directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of our company. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions are also intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our shares that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in management of our company.

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment

Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of us. Pursuant to the DGCL, stockholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.

Stockholders’ Derivative Actions

Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such stockholder’s stock thereafter devolved by operation of law.

Exclusive Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (ii) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, other employee or stockholder of our company to our company or our company’s stockholders, (iii) action asserting a claim against our company or any director or officer of our company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or (iv) action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of our company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Conflicts of Interest

Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, renounce any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to directors affiliated with Silver Lake or Warburg Pincus and their respective affiliates and any other non-employee directors, and such persons will have no duty to refrain from engaging in any transaction or matter that may be an investment or corporate or business opportunity or offer a prospective economic or competitive advantage in which we or any of our subsidiaries could have an

 

139


Table of Contents

interest or expectancy (a “Competitive Opportunity”) or otherwise competing with us or our subsidiaries. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that Silver Lake, Warburg Pincus, directors affiliated with Silver Lake or Warburg Pincus and their respective affiliates and any other non-employee directors acquires knowledge of a potential Competitive Opportunity or other corporate or business opportunity that may be a Competitive Opportunity for itself or himself or its or his affiliates or for us or our subsidiaries, such person will have no duty to communicate or present such opportunity to us or any of our subsidiaries, and they may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. With respect to any director who is not affiliated with Silver Lake or Warburg Pincus, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not renounce our interest in any Competitive Opportunity that is expressly offered to such a director solely in his or her capacity as a director of our company.

A business or other opportunity will not be deemed to be a potential Competitive Opportunity for us if it is an opportunity that we are not able or permitted to undertake, is not in line with our business or is an opportunity in which we have no interest or reasonable expectancy.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty owed to us or our stockholders. The effect of these provisions is to eliminate the rights of us and our stockholders, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, exculpation does not apply to any director if the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of a Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we must indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We also are expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability, indemnification and advancement provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, any investment in our common stock may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

We have entered, or will enter, into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL against expenses, losses and liabilities that may arise in connection with actual or threatened proceedings in which they are involved by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

 

140


Table of Contents

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is             .

Listing

We intend to apply to have our shares of common stock listed on [Nasdaq][the NYSE] under the symbol “IDC.”

 

141


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

General

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of shares of common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity or equity-related securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock—Future sales, or the perception of future sales, by us or our existing stockholders in the public market following this offering could cause the market price for our common stock to decline.”

Upon the consummation of this offering, we will have             shares of common stock outstanding. All shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without registration under the Securities Act and without restriction by persons other than our “affiliates” (as defined under Rule 144). The shares of common stock held by Silver Lake and Warburg Pincus and their affiliates and certain of our directors, officers and employees after this offering, will be “restricted” securities under the meaning of Rule 144 and may not be sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act, unless an exemption from registration is available, including the exemptions pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

The restricted shares held by our affiliates will be available for sale in the public market at various times after the date of this prospectus pursuant to Rule 144 following the expiration of the applicable lock-up period.

In addition, after giving effect to this offering, an aggregate of             shares of our common stock is expected to be reserved for issuance under our 2010 Incentive Plan and 2015 Incentive Plan (subject to adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and similar events), which will equal approximately     % of the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately following this offering. We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register common stock issued or reserved for issuance under the 2010 Incentive Plan and the 2015 Incentive Plan. Any such Form S-8 registration statement will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions or the lock-up restrictions described below.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to be or have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell such shares without registration, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of a prior owner other than an affiliate, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates, who have met the six month holding period for beneficial ownership of “restricted shares” of our common stock, are entitled to sell within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately             shares immediately after this offering; or

 

    the average reported weekly trading volume of our common stock on [Nasdaq][the NYSE] during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

 

142


Table of Contents

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. The sale of these shares, or the perception that sales will be made, could adversely affect the price of our common stock after this offering because a great supply of shares would be, or would be perceived to be, available for sale in the public market.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, any of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchase shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement in a transaction that was completed in reliance on Rule 701 and complied with the requirements of Rule 701 will be eligible to resell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with certain restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

Lock-Up Agreements

In connection with this offering, we, our directors and executive officers and holders of substantially all of our common stock prior to this offering have each agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters.

Immediately following the consummation of this offering, equity holders subject to lock-up agreements will hold             shares of our common stock, representing approximately     % of our then outstanding shares of common stock, or approximately     % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares.

We have agreed not to issue, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock during the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus. We may, however, grant options to purchase shares of common stock, issue shares of common stock upon the exercise of outstanding options, and issue shares of common stock in connection with an acquisition or business combination and in certain other circumstances.

Registration Rights

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of             shares (or             shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restrictions under the Securities Act immediately upon effectiveness of such registration. These shares also may be sold under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, depending on their holding period and subject to restrictions in the case of shares held by persons deemed to be our affiliates. For a description of these registration rights, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

 

143


Table of Contents

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to a non-U.S. holder (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock as of the date hereof. Except where noted, this summary deals only with common stock purchased in this offering that is held as a capital asset.

A “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock (other than a partnership) that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes any of the following:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the U.S.;

 

    a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S., any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust if (1) it is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the U.S. and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

This summary is based upon provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and U.S. Treasury regulations, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed or subject to different interpretations, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences different from those summarized below. We cannot provide any assurance that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary.

This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxes and does not deal with other U.S. federal taxes (such as gift tax, the alternative minimum tax or the Medicare contribution tax), or with foreign, state, or local tax considerations or other tax considerations that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, it does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws (including if you are a U.S. expatriate, a bank or other financial institution, an insurance company, a tax exempt organization, a trader, broker or dealer in securities or currencies, a “controlled foreign corporation,” a “passive foreign investment company,” a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (or an investor in such pass-through entity) or a person who has acquired shares of our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment).

If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership considering an investment in our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisors.

If you are considering the purchase of our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the particular U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to you of the ownership of our common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under other U.S. federal tax laws and the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

Dividends

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the U.S. (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment) are not subject to the withholding tax, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements

 

144


Table of Contents

are satisfied (including providing a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI). Instead, such dividends are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. person as defined under the Code. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate and avoid backup withholding, as discussed below, for dividends will be required (a) to complete IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a U.S. person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits or (b) if our common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, to satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable U.S. Treasury regulations.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussions of backup withholding and additional withholding requirements below, any gain realized on the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the U.S. (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder);

 

    the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the U.S. for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or

 

    we are or have been a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

A non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above will be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to such holder if it were a United States person as defined under the Code. In addition, if a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it may be subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits or at such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. An individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States.

We believe we are not and do not anticipate becoming a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If we are or become a “United States real property holding corporation,” so long as our common stock continues to be regularly traded on an established securities market, only a non-U.S. holder who holds or held directly, indirectly, or constructively (at any time during the shorter of the five year period preceding the date of disposition or the holder’s holding period) more than 5% of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the disposition of our common stock.

Federal Estate Tax

Common stock held (or deemed to be held) by an individual non-U.S. holder at the time of death will be included in such holder’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

 

145


Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

The applicable withholding agent must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder may be subject to backup withholding for dividends paid to such holder unless such holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person as defined under the Code) on a properly executed IRS Form W-8, or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding may apply to the proceeds of a sale of our common stock within the U.S. or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a U.S. person as defined under the Code), or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

The certification procedures required to claim the exemption from withholding tax on dividends described above will satisfy the certification requirements necessary to avoid backup withholding as well. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of information reporting and backup withholding in their particular circumstances, including the procedure for claiming any applicable exemption.

Additional Withholding Requirements

Under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as “FATCA”), a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax may apply to any dividends paid on our common stock, and to the gross proceeds from disposition of our common stock occurring after December 31, 2018, in each case paid to (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined under FATCA), which does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA, or (y) its compliance (or deemed compliance) with FATCA (which alternatively may be in the form of compliance with an intergovernmental agreement with the U.S.) in a manner that avoids withholding, or (ii) a “non-financial foreign entity under FATCA which does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA, or (y) adequate information regarding certain substantial United States beneficial owners of such entity (if any). An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify these requirements. If a dividend payment is both subject to withholding under FATCA and subject to the withholding tax discussed above under “—Dividends,” the withholding under FATCA may be credited against, and therefore reduce, such other withholding tax. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding these requirements and whether they may be relevant to your ownership and disposition of our common stock.

 

146


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITERS

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom             ,            ,             and             are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Underwriters

  

Number of
Shares

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                      Incorporated

  

UBS Securities LLC

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Evercore Group L.L.C.

  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the front cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $         per share. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

[We] [The selling stockholders] have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the front cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

 

147


Table of Contents

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling stockholders. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional             shares of common stock.

 

            Total  
     Per Share      No
Exercise
     Full
Exercise
 

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by:

        

Us

   $         $         $     

The selling stockholders

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders

   $         $         $     

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $            . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expense relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority up to $            .

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

We intend to apply to have our common stock quoted on                     under the trading symbol “IDC.”

We, all of our directors and officers and substantially all of the holders of our outstanding stock have agreed that, without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the “restricted period”):

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock;

 

    file any registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

 

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock.

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person have agreed that, without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph to do not apply to:

 

    the sale of shares to the underwriters;

 

    the issuance by us of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an option or a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus; or

 

    transactions by any person other than us relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the offering of the shares; provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, is required or voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of the common stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions; or

 

148


Table of Contents
    the issuance of shares by us in connection with an acquisition or business combination and in certain other circumstances.

The representatives, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.

In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their clients and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments and those of our affiliates. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

149


Table of Contents

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours. We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters cannot assure investors that an active trading market for the shares will develop, or that after the offering the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a)   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b)   to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c)   in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a)   it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (b)   it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

150


Table of Contents

Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

 

151


Table of Contents

Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of Non-CIS Securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the Non-CIS Securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the Non-CIS Securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  (a)   a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  (b)   a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the Non-CIS Securities pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (a)   to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

  (b)   where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

  (c)   where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

152


Table of Contents
  (d)   as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

  (e)   as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

153


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, Palo Alto, California. Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York City, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Interactive Data Holdings Corporation at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 appearing in this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus is a part of the registration statement and does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules, portions of which have been omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules.

We will file annual, quarterly and special reports and other information with the SEC. Our filings with the SEC will be available to the public on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Those filings will also be available to the public on, or accessible through, our website under the heading “Investor Relations” at www.interactivedata.com. The information we file with the SEC or contained on or accessible through our corporate website or any other website that we may maintain is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. You may also read and copy, at SEC prescribed rates, any document we file with the SEC, including the registration statement (and its exhibits) of which this prospectus is a part, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room.

 

154


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 and for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

     F-4   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

     F-8   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-9   

Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of the Registrant

     F-51   

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

     F-55   

Unaudited Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements as of June 30, 2015 and for the Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014

  

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

     F-56   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

     F-57   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014

     F-58   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity for the six months ended June 30, 2015

     F-59   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

     F-60   

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-61   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Interactive Data Holdings Corporation and Subsidiaries:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Interactive Data Holdings Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014. Our audits also included the financial statement schedules listed in the Index at F-1. These financial statements and schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedules based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Interactive Data Holdings Corporation and subsidiaries at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

July 24, 2015, except as to Note 11,

which is as of September 1, 2015

 

F-2


Table of Contents

INTERACTIVE DATA HOLDINGS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2014
    Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    Year Ended
December 31,
2012
 

REVENUE

   $ 939,201      $ 905,113      $ 880,161   

COSTS AND EXPENSES:

      

Cost of services (exclusive of items shown separately below)

     344,825        297,423        292,378   

Selling, general and administrative

     278,636        273,714        275,906   

Depreciation

     45,924        42,537        41,456   

Amortization

     102,091        116,876        138,040   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     771,476        730,550        747,780   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

     167,725        174,563        132,381   

Interest expense, net

     (156,868     (168,658 )     (150,647 )

Other income, net

     1,633        347        824   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (82,060     (10,213 )      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES

     (69,570     (3,961     (17,442 )

Income tax benefit

     (33,609     (16,988 )     (18,025 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET (LOSS) INCOME

   $ (35,961   $ 13,027      $ 583   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

      

Basic

   $ (0.24)      $ 0.09      $ 0.00   

Diluted

   $ (0.24)      $ 0.09      $ 0.00   

Weighted average common stock outstanding:

      

Basic

     149,229        148,347        147,995   

Diluted

     149,229        148,355        148,003   

Pro forma earnings (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

      

Basic

   $         

Diluted

   $         

Pro forma weighted average common stock outstanding:

      

Basic

      

Diluted

      

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

INTERACTIVE DATA HOLDINGS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2014
    Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    Year Ended
December 31,
2012
 

Net (loss) income

   $ (35,961   $ 13,027      $ 583   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

      

Unrealized (loss) gain on securities, net of tax

     (317     79        88   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (65,008     (4,781 )     22,534   

Pension adjustment, net of tax

     (258     1,605        (759 )

Less: reclassification adjustment for amortization of pension costs included in net income, net of tax

     (385     (199 )     49   

Change in value of hedged interest rate caps, net of tax

     (6     (8 )     (336 )

Less: reclassification adjustment for interest rate cap related interest expense included in net income, net of tax

     677        892        892   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

     (65,297     (2,412     22,468   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income

   $ (101,258   $ 10,615      $ 23,051   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

INTERACTIVE DATA HOLDINGS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share information)

 

    December 31,
2014
    December 31,
2013
 
ASSETS    

Assets:

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 319,666      $ 357,445   

Short-term investments

           3,445   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts and sales credits of $12,244 and $7,708 at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively

    143,661        134,007   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    21,879        29,695   

Income tax receivable

           6,804   

Deferred tax assets

    41,518        23,239   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    526,724        554,635   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

    206,592        185,552   

Goodwill

    1,607,690        1,637,202   

Intangible assets, net

    1,438,138        1,569,903   

Deferred financing costs, net

    29,763        38,608   

Other assets

    8,826        8,272   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $ 3,817,733      $ 3,994,172   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY    

Liabilities:

   

Accounts payable, trade

  $ 13,780      $ 20,282   

Accrued liabilities

    99,455        106,683   

Borrowings, current

    19,000        25,356   

Interest payable

    5,916        31,436   

Income taxes payable

    5,084        3,057   

Deferred revenue

    20,282        19,639   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    163,517        206,453   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes payable

    2,477        13,566   

Deferred tax liabilities

    532,211        558,651   

Other liabilities

    57,464        57,547   

Borrowings, net of current portion and original issue discount

    2,542,724        2,287,373   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

    3,298,393        3,123,590   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)

   

Equity:

   

Stockholders’ equity:

   

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 2,000,000,000 shares authorized, 153,172,005 and 152,980,139 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively

    1,532        1,530   

Additional paid-in-capital

    683,573        933,559   

Accumulated loss

    (130,664     (94,703 )

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

    (35,101     30,196   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

    519,340        870,582   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Equity

  $ 3,817,733      $ 3,994,172   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

INTERACTIVE DATA HOLDINGS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2014
    Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    Year Ended
December 31,
2012
 

Cash flows provided (used in) by operating activities:

      

Net (loss) income

   $ (35,961   $ 13,027      $ 583   

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     148,015        159,413        179,496   

Amortization of deferred financing costs and accretion of debt discounts

     14,051        18,225        17,597   

Deferred income taxes

     (38,322     (29,437 )     (25,819 )

Non-cash stock-based compensation

     14,002        4,026        14,235   

Non-cash interest expense

     1,130        1,507        1,507   

Provision for bad debt

     1,648        1,549        1,983   

Asset impairment

     14,265                 

Loss on dispositions of fixed assets

     36        27        2,415   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     82,060        10,213          

Portion of insurance settlement related to property and equipment

            (2,485 )     (487

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net

      

Accounts receivable

     (13,912     (298 )     (12,723 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     5,536        404        1,766   

Restricted cash held for future cash distribution to option holders

     (435              

Accounts payable, interest payable and income taxes payable and receivable, net

     (33,230     2,791        (982 )

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     (1,255     17,604        (2,534 )

Deferred revenue

     2,451        244        (2,073 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES

     160,079        196,810        174,964   

Cash flows used in investing activities:

      

Purchase of property and equipment

     (84,152     (81,852 )     (61,443 )

Proceeds of insurance settlement related to property and equipment

            2,485        (350 )

Purchase of short-term investments

            (3,335 )     (23,540 )

Decrease in restricted cash held for future cash distribution to option holders

            2,817          

Proceeds from maturities and sales of short-term investments

     3,410        22,857        250   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

     (80,742     (57,028 )     (85,083 )

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

INTERACTIVE DATA HOLDINGS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2014
    Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    Year Ended
December 31,
2012
 

Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities:

      

Principal payments on long-term debt

     (2,004,715     (9,786 )     (32,029

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance costs

     2,166,442               339,108   

Payment of long-term debt issuance costs, net of proceeds

            (1,009 )       

Principal payments on capital leases

     (499     (402 )     (364

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     1,727        1,199        787   

Common stock cash dividends paid

     (260,055            (422,979 )

Payment of interest rate cap

     (1,247     (1,663 )     (1,664 )

Capital reduction resulting from cash distribution to option holders

     (6,925     (935 )     (3,020

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

            5,000          

Increase in restricted cash held for future cash distribution to option holders

                   (9,501
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES

     (105,272     (7,596 )     (129,662 )

Effect of change in exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

     (11,844     69        2,819   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     (37,779     132,255        (36,962 )

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD

     357,445        225,190        262,152   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD

   $ 319,666      $ 357,445      $ 225,190   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

      

Cash paid for taxes

   $ (4,849   $ (7,641   $ (7,822 )

Cash paid for interest, net of capitalized amounts ($3.8 million and $ 2.4 million for 2014 and 2013, respectively)

   $ (167,493   $ (149,359   $ (130,295 )

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

INTERACTIVE DATA HOLDINGS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands)

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In-
Capital
    Accumulated
Loss
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Total
Stockholder’s
Equity
 
    Number
of
Shares
    Par
Value
         

Balance, December 31, 2011

    151,802      $ 1,518     $ 1,331,826      $ (108,313 )   $ 10,140      $ 1,235,171   

Stock-based compensation (Note 6)

                18,557                    18,557   

Exercise of stock options

    88       1       786                    787  

Dividend payment

                (422,979 )                 (422,979 )

Capital reduction resulting from cash distribution to option holders

                (6,530 )                 (6,530

Tax benefit from cash distributions to option holders

                1,163                    1,163   

Other equity activity

                (2 )                 (2

Other comprehensive income

                            22,468        22,468   

Net income

                      583              583   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

    151,890      $ 1,519     $ 922,821      $ (107,730 )   $ 32,608      $ 849,218   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation (Note 6)

                 5,682                    5,682   

Exercise of stock options

    132        1        1,198            1,199   

Executive purchase of shares

    958        10        9,990                    10,000   

Issuance of promissory note

                (5,000 )                 (5,000 )

Capital reduction resulting from cash distribution to option holders

                (1,241 )                 (1,241 )

Tax benefit from cash distributions to option holders

                109                    109   

Other comprehensive income

                            (2,412 )     (2,412 )

Net income

                      13,027              13,027   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

    152,980      $ 1,530     $ 933,559      $ (94,703 )   $ 30,196      $ 870,582   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation (Note 6)

                 14,849                    14,849   

Exercise of stock options

    192        2       1,725                    1,727   

Capital reduction resulting from cash distribution to option holders

                (6,629 )                 (6,629 )

Tax benefit from cash distributions to option holders

                124                    124   

Dividend payment

                (261,670                 (261,670

Payment on promissory note

                1,615                    1,615   

Other comprehensive loss

                            (65,297 )     (65,297 )

Net loss

                      (35,961           (35,961 )
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2014

    153,172      $ 1,532      $ 683,573      $ (130,664 )   $ (35,101 )   $ 519,340   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

INTERACTIVE DATA HOLDINGS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Business

Interactive Data Holdings Corporation and Subsidiaries (the “Company”), through its wholly owned subsidiary Interactive Data Corporation (“Opco”), was founded in 1968 and is a leading provider of mission-critical financial market data, analytics, and related solutions that are deeply embedded with its clients’ workflows. The Company’s products and services help increase transparency and efficiency and reduce risk for the world’s largest financial institutions. More than 5,000 financial institutions, and approximately 600 software and service providers use the Company’s products and services, incorporating its mission-critical information throughout their investment lifecycle, including areas such as trading, portfolio management, regulatory compliance, risk management and securities valuation. The Company’s clients include 49 of the top 50 global asset managers, all of the top 50 U.S. mutual funds, 48 of the top 50 U.S. banks, 33 of the top 50 global hedge funds, all of the top 15 global custodians, all of the top 10 global investment banks and all of the top 5 index providers.

The Company’s financial reporting is currently based on two reportable operating segments: Pricing and Reference Data, and Trading Solutions. The Pricing and Reference Data segment represents the Company’s evaluated pricing, reference data and fixed income and equity analytics service areas. The Trading Solutions segment represents the Company’s real-time data feeds, trading infrastructure managed services, hosted web applications and workstations.

The Pricing and Reference Data segment provides an extensive set of market data products and analytics, many of which are proprietary, to over 5,000 clients worldwide. The Company’s clients include asset management firms, mutual fund companies, hedge funds, pension funds, insurance companies, exchange traded fund (“ETF”) sponsors, banks, and brokerage firms, as well as hundreds of value added resellers (“VARs”) such as custodians, software providers and other outsourcing organizations. The Pricing and Reference Data segment provides: (1) evaluated pricing services on approximately 2.7 million fixed income securities and other hard-to-value financial instruments; (2) reference data on over 10 million global financial instruments, including descriptive data, terms and conditions and corporate actions; (3) end-of-day pricing data from a range of sources, including approximately 120 financial markets and exchanges; and (4) fixed income and equity portfolio analytics and data.

The Trading Solutions segment provides products and services to thousands of global clients that support a range of trading, wealth management and other investment applications. The Trading Solutions segment provides: (1) real-time market data feeds from over 450 sources in a normalized format; (2) trading infrastructure managed services that facilitate low latency electronic trading across a range of asset classes; and (3) workstations and customized hosted web applications that provide access to market data and related analytics and tools for financial advisors, investment professionals, individual investors and a range of corporate clients.

The Company was formed in anticipation of and to facilitate the acquisition of Interactive Data Corporation (“Opco”). On May 3, 2010, the Company entered into an agreement to be acquired by investment funds managed by Silver Lake Group, L.L.C. and Warburg Pincus LLC (collectively, the “Sponsors”). Pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among the Company, Igloo Merger Corporation (“Merger Sub”) and Hg Investors LLC, on July 29, 2010, the Company completed its merger (the “Merger”) with Merger Sub. The Company was the surviving corporation in the Merger. Hg Investors LLC was subsequently merged into Igloo Intermediate Corporation (“Intermediate”). As a result of the Merger, and the subsequent merger of Hg Investors LLC into Intermediate, Opco is now wholly-owned by Intermediate, which in turn, is wholly owned by the Company.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Reverse Stock Split

The Company effected a 1-for-9 reverse stock split on July 21, 2015. The reverse stock split proportionately reduced all issued and outstanding shares of common stock, as well as common stock underlying stock options and restricted stock outstanding immediately prior to the effectiveness of the reverse stock split. The exercise price on outstanding equity based-grants was proportionately increased, while the number of shares available under the Company’s 2010 Incentive Plan was proportionately reduced. Share and per share data (except par value) for all periods presented reflect the effects of this reverse stock split. References to numbers of shares of common stock and per share data in the accompanying financial statements and notes thereto have been adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split on a retroactive basis.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the results of the Company and all majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

Unaudited pro forma earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the extinguishment of a portion of the Company’s total debt, a one-time payment to the affiliates of the Sponsors in connection with the termination of the Management Agreement (Note 12 “Related Party Transactions”) and vesting of certain restricted stock awards and other share based payments which would be triggered upon consummation of the initial public offering contemplated by the Company. Unaudited pro forma earnings per share presented for the year ended December 31, 2014 is calculated as if such transactions had occurred at the date the Company issued such shares or the beginning of the applicable period, as appropriate. Stock-based compensation expense recognized at the time of an initial public offering will depend on the number of shares held by the Sponsors subject to a liquidity event at that time. See Note 6 for additional information.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-term Investments

Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of cash deposits held at major financial institutions and money market fund investments. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of less than three months to be cash equivalents.

Cash and cash equivalents by type at December 31, 2014 were as follows:

 

(In thousands)

   Estimated
Fair Value
 

Cash

   $ 192,829   

Money market funds—cash equivalent

     126,837   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 319,666   
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents by type at December 31, 2013 were as follows:

 

(In thousands)

   Estimated
Fair Value
 

Cash

   $ 303,902   

Money market funds—cash equivalent

     53,543   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 357,445   
  

 

 

 

 

F-10


Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company received cash proceeds totaling $3.4 million from the maturity of certain short-term investments that were held at December 31, 2013. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company received cash proceeds totaling $22.9 million from the maturities and sales of certain short-term investments offset by the purchase of short-term investments totaling $3.3 million.

The Company had classified the term deposit as held to maturity on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2013, as it had an original maturity of one year. Interest on the term deposit was recorded within interest income within the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations.

In addition, at December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company holds $7.1 million and $6.7 million in restricted cash, respectively, of which $4.1 million and $4.0 million, respectively, is included in Other Current assets and $3.0 million and $2.7 million, respectively, is included in Other assets in the Consolidated Balance sheet. This cash is restricted in its use as it represents cash that is dedicated to future quarterly cash distributions paid to individuals determined to be qualified options holders at both December 19, 2012 and May 5, 2014, as their unvested options outstanding at those dates continue to vest over the established service period. These cash distribution payments will be made under the conditions set by the Company’s Board of Directors providing an equitable adjustment to the Company’s stock option holders to account for the decrease in the Company’s common stock value as a result of an extraordinary dividend paid to shareholders in each December 2012 and June 2014. Refer to Note 6 “Stock-Based Compensation,” Note 7 “Stockholders’ Equity” and Note 17 “Debt” for further discussion.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Refer to the discussion in Note 15, “Fair Value Measurements” below for further discussion surrounding the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments.

The Company currently invests excess cash balances primarily in cash deposits held at major banks, money market fund accounts, and other forms of short-term investments. The carrying amounts of cash deposits, short-term investments, trade receivables, trade payables and accrued liabilities, as reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, approximate their fair value because of the short maturity of those instruments. The carrying value of borrowings outstanding on Opco’s Senior Secured Facilities bear interest at a variable rate and are considered to approximate fair value. The carrying value of Opco’s Senior Notes due 2019 and the Toggle Notes, which both bear interest at a fixed rate, differ from their fair values as determined based on market based information available from public sources. Refer to Note 15 “Fair Value Measurements”, Note 16 “Derivatives” and Note 17 “Debt” below for further discussion.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sale price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue for subscription based contracts is recognized ratably over the life of the contract and revenue for usage based contracts is recognized in the month that the products/services are provided. Certain of the Company’s businesses collect fees for installation/set-up services which, if deemed a separate deliverable with standalone value, are recognized upon delivery as long as the remaining criteria for recognition of revenue have been achieved. Revenue for installation/set-up services, that do not meet the criteria for separation, is recognized ratably either over the contractual term or the expected client relationship life. Revenue for professional services is recognized as the services are provided. Revenue for hardware is recognized when installation is completed and the related services go-live.

Some contracts include multiple elements for which the Company determines whether the various elements meet the applicable criteria to be accounted for as separate elements and makes estimates regarding the relative fair values. Revenue for elements that cannot be separated is recognized once the revenue recognition criteria for

 

F-11


Table of Contents

the entire arrangement have been met or over the period that the Company’s obligation to perform is fulfilled. Consideration for elements that are deemed separable is allocated to the separate elements at the inception of the arrangement on the basis of their relative selling price and recognized based on meeting authoritative criteria to do so.

The Company also evaluates all contracts in order to determine appropriate gross versus net revenue reporting.

Deferred revenue represents contractual billings in excess of revenue recognized. The Company records revenue net of applicable sales tax collected and remitted to state and local taxing jurisdictions. Taxes collected from clients are recorded as a liability in the balance sheet.

Accounts Receivable, Concentration of Credit Risk and Uncertainties, Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company is subject to credit risk through trade receivables. Credit risk with respect to trade receivables is mitigated by the diversification of the Company’s operations, as well as its large client base and its geographical dispersion. No single client accounts for more than 10% of revenue for any period presented. At December 31, 2014, one client accounted for 11% of accounts receivable; no other client accounted for more than 10% of accounts receivable. At December 31, 2013, no single client accounted for more than 10% of accounts receivable. Ongoing credit evaluations of clients’ financial condition are performed although collateral is not required. The Company maintains reserves for potential credit losses. At December 31, 2014, management believes that the Company had no significant concentrations of credit risk. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts and sales credits that is the Company’s best estimate of potentially uncollectible trade receivables. Provisions are made based upon a specific review of all significant outstanding invoices that are considered potentially uncollectible in whole or in part. For those invoices not specifically reviewed or considered uncollectible, general provisions are provided at different rates, based upon the age of the receivable, historical experience, and other currently available evidence. The reserve estimates are adjusted as additional information becomes known or payments are made. The provision for doubtful accounts is included within selling, general and administrative expenses and the provision for sales credits is included as a reduction of revenue on our consolidated statements of operations. The Company recorded $1.6 million, $1.5 million and $2.0 million of bad debt expense to selling, general and administrative expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company determines its income tax expense in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. In determining income for financial statement purposes, the Company must make certain estimates and apply judgment. These estimates and judgments affect the calculation of certain tax liabilities and the determination of the recoverability of certain of the deferred tax assets, which arise from temporary differences between the tax and financial statement recognition of revenue and expense.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured by applying enacted tax rates and laws to taxable years in which such differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In evaluating its ability to recover its deferred tax assets, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence including its past operating results, the existence of cumulative losses in the most recent years and its forecast of future taxable income. In estimating future taxable income, the Company develops assumptions including the amount of future state, federal and international pretax operating income, the reversal of temporary differences, and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies. These assumptions require significant judgment about the forecasts of future taxable income and are consistent with the plans and estimates the Company uses to manage the underlying businesses.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

The Company currently provides U.S. income taxes on the earnings of foreign subsidiaries to the extent these earnings are currently taxable or expected to be remitted. U.S. taxes have not been provided on net accumulated foreign unremitted earnings. Quantification of the deferred tax liability associated with indefinitely reinvested earnings is not practicable. Due to statutory limitations imposed by local governments, portions of our cash and cash equivalents held at our foreign subsidiaries are not available for repatriation.

The Company recognizes future tax benefits or expenses attributable to its taxable temporary differences and net operating loss carry forwards. The Company recognizes deferred tax assets to the extent that the recoverability of these assets satisfy the “more likely than not” recognition criteria. Based upon income and projections of future taxable income, the Company believes that the recorded deferred tax assets will be realized.

The Company determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination. The tax benefit of any tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is calculated as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon resolution of the uncertainty. To the extent a full benefit is not realized on the uncertain tax position, an income tax liability is established. The Company adjusts these liabilities as a result of changing facts and circumstances; however, due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from its current estimate of the tax liabilities. A significant portion of the Company’s potential tax liabilities are recorded in non-current income taxes payable on its Consolidated Balance Sheets as payment is not expected within one year.

The calculation of the Company’s tax liabilities involves inherent uncertainties as the result of the application of complex tax regulations in a multitude of jurisdictions due to the Company’s global operations. Changes in tax laws and rates could affect the Company’s recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities in the future. The Company’s management is not aware of any such changes, however, which would have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Goodwill

The Company performs impairment tests of goodwill assigned to the Company’s reporting units in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or whenever events or circumstances indicate impairment may exist.

At December 31, 2014, the Company had two reportable segments: Pricing and Reference Data and Trading Solutions. Within the Pricing and Reference Data segment, there are two reporting units: Pricing and Reference Data Services and BondEdge Solutions. Within the Trading Solutions segment, there are four reporting units: Real-Time Services, 7ticks, Desktop Solutions and Managed Solutions. All of these reporting units have been determined to represent operating segments. In the fourth quarter of 2013, in connection with its periodic review of segment information, the Company concluded that the 7ticks business should now be classified as a standalone operating segment/reporting unit. Previously 7ticks was classified as a component of the Real-Time Services operating segment/reporting unit. The Company has allocated a portion of the goodwill assigned to the legacy Real-Time Services reporting unit to the 7ticks reporting unit using the relative fair value approach based on the fair value determined in the 2013 annual impairment analysis, for which 7ticks was treated as a standalone reporting unit. Other than the classification of 7ticks as a standalone operating segment/reporting unit in 2013, the Company has not identified any other changes to the composition of its operating segments or reporting units during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

In performing goodwill assessments, the Company relies on a number of factors including operating results, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows, and transactions and market place data. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and judgment in applying them to the analysis of goodwill impairment. Since judgment is involved in performing goodwill valuation analyses, there is risk that the carrying value of our goodwill may be overstated or understated. The Company calculates its goodwill valuations using an income approach models based on the present value of future cash flows of each reporting unit. The

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Company’s model uses perpetual free cash flows in the calculation of the present value of future cash flows. This approach incorporates many assumptions including future growth rates, discount factors and income tax rates. Such assumptions take into account numerous factors including historical experience, anticipated economic and market conditions for purposes of determining market value from a market participant perspective. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the respective carrying value of the reporting unit’s assigned assets and liabilities, no impairment is recorded and no further analysis is performed.

If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than the carrying value of the reporting unit’s assigned assets and liabilities, the Company would perform the Step 2 calculation required under authoritative accounting literature. In Step 2, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill would be determined by assigning a fair value to all of the reporting unit’s assets and liabilities, including any unrecognized intangible assets, as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination at fair value. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss would be recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets include securities data and databases, completed technology, trademarks (definite and indefinite lived), exchange relationships and customer lists arising principally from acquisitions. Such intangibles are valued on the acquisition dates based on a combination of replacement cost, comparable purchase methodologies and discounted cash flows and are amortized over their respective economic benefit periods which range from four years to twenty five years. The Company evaluates the remaining useful life of intangible assets subject to amortization on a periodic basis to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining useful life. If the estimate of an intangible asset’s remaining useful life is changed, the Company amortizes the remaining carrying value of the intangible asset prospectively over the revised remaining useful life. Intangible assets not subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment annually in conjunction with the Company’s goodwill impairment calculation or whenever events or circumstances indicate that impairment may exist.

Capitalized Development Costs

The Company capitalizes qualifying costs incurred as part of the development of internal-use software. Internal-use software projects have the following characteristics: the software is internally developed, acquired, or modified solely to meet the entity’s internal needs and during the development or modification of the software, there is no substantive plan or expectation that the software will be marketed externally. Qualifying costs which are capitalized are incurred during the application development stage. The application development stage is when the Company is designing the software configuration and interfaces, coding, installing the software, and performing testing of the software. Qualifying costs that were capitalized during the fiscal years ending December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 primarily consisted of personnel related expenses for employees and third-party consultants working on software development, coding, and testing. Costs incurred during the preliminary project stage (prior to any actual designing of the software) and in the post-implementation/operation stage (after the software has been initially implemented) are expensed as incurred. On-going development projects are evaluated for potential impairment in the event it is no longer probable that software will be completed and placed into service. Capitalized development costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the software, which is generally 3 to 10 years. The Company adjusts the useful lives of software in the event that new development projects are expected to replace the existing software.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires the extensive use of management’s estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the consolidated financial statement date. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company recognizes all employee stock-based compensation, including grants of stock options, in the financial statements based on their fair values at the grant date. Expense associated with stock-based awards that have service-based vesting provisions are recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which typically coincides with the vesting period of the grant. Expense associated with awards that have performance based vesting provisions are recognized when the performance objective is considered probable. Refer to Note 6 “Stock-based Compensation” below for further discussion.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from its business operations as well as general economic conditions. During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company managed some of its exposure to interest rate risks by the use of derivative financial instruments. From time to time, the Company uses derivatives for risk management, and does not use derivatives for speculative purposes. The Company recognizes all derivative financial instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as assets or liabilities at fair value. Such amounts are recorded in the Other assets caption in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2013 and 2012. The Company held no derivative instruments as of December 31, 2014. The Company has only entered into cash flow hedges. For a derivative that is designated as a cash flow hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”), to the extent the derivative is effective at offsetting the changes in cash flow being hedged until the hedged item affects earnings. To the extent there is any hedge ineffectiveness, changes in fair value relating to the ineffective portion are immediately recognized in earnings in the Other income (expense) line in the Consolidated Statements of Operations during the period of the change. Refer to Note 16 “Derivatives” below for further discussion.

2. New Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“ASU 2014-09”), regarding ASC Topic 606 of the same nomenclature. ASU 2014-09 represents the culmination of efforts by the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) to issue a common revenue standard. When effective, ASU 2014-09 will generally supersede the current revenue guidance included in ASC Topic 605 “Revenue” and it’s associated Subtopics. The ASU requires that an entity recognize revenue to depict the transfer of a promised good or service to its customers in an amount that reflects consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for such transfer. ASU 2014-09 also specifies accounting for certain costs incurred by an entity to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer and provides for enhancements to revenue specific disclosures intended to allow users of the financial statements to clearly understand the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an Entity’s contracts with its customers. ASU 2014-09 becomes effective for public entities for annual periods, and interim periods within annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2016. The ASU becomes effective for all other entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02 Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis. This guidance focuses on a reporting company’s consolidation evaluation to determine whether certain legal entities should be consolidated. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company is currently evaluating this guidance, but does not anticipate that adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-3 “Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30)—Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs” that requires debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability to be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the debt liability rather than as an

 

F-15


Table of Contents

asset. The new guidance will make the presentation of debt issuance costs consistent with the presentation of debt discounts or premiums. The standard applies to all entities. For public business entities, the final guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, the final guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, the adoption of ASU 2015-3 will have on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

3. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31:

 

(In thousands)

   Useful
Life
   2014     2013  

Computer, office and communication equipment

   3-5 years    $ 135,843      $ 116,628   

Leasehold improvements

   Life of lease      45,101        49,411   

Furniture and fixtures

   5-10 years      20,677        20,327   

Purchased and capitalized software

   3-10 years      136,706        104,812   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        338,327        291,178   

Less accumulated depreciation(a)

        (131,735     (105,626 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 206,592      $ 185,552   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Amortization of assets under capital leases is included in depreciation expense.

In connection with the purchase price allocations relating to the Merger, the Company increased the carrying value of property and equipment by $12.2 million. This amount is being depreciated over the remaining life of the related assets which range from 3.7 to 7.7 years. In the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company recorded additional depreciation expense of $1.3 million, $1.9, million and $2.7 million, respectively, associated with this increase in carrying value.

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company capitalized $45.4 million, $41.7 million and $24.6 million, respectively, related to internal-use and other software development costs and recorded depreciation expense related to internal development projects that have been placed in service of $7.0 million, $5.6 million and $5.5 million for the respective years. The remaining book value of the software developed for internal use, including assets that have been placed in service as well as assets that have not yet been placed in service, was $99.6 million and $75.6 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

In the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company wrote off $14.3 million in previously capitalized costs related to internal-use projects that the Company determined were impaired. This amount is included within Cost of services in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

In the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company wrote off $2.0 million of property and equipment destroyed as a result of storm damage that occurred during a hurricane that impacted the U.S. Eastern Seaboard in October 2012 and $0.4 million related to an internal-use software project at the Pricing and Reference Data segment that the Company determined would not produce the future cash flow necessary to recover its carrying value. These losses are included within Selling, general and administrative costs in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

In the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company adjusted the estimated useful lives of certain information technology assets with a cost basis of approximately $10.9 million to reflect shorter estimated useful lives, resulting from a review of information technology initiatives in process at the Company. This change in accounting estimate resulted in accelerated depreciation on these assets from October 1, 2012 through the end of

 

F-16


Table of Contents

their estimated useful lives determined to be December 31, 2013. The impacts on the Company’s full year 2013 and 2012 results were increases in depreciation expense of approximately $2.5 million and $0.8 million, respectively. In May 2013, continued review of the Company’s information technology initiatives resulted in an extension of the estimated useful lives of these identified assets from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014. This change in accounting estimate resulted in a decrease in depreciation expense of $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Therefore, the net impact for the year ended December 31, 2013 of these 2012 and 2013 changes in useful lives was inconsequential. In December 2013, Company management determined that scope changes to its information technology initiatives would further extend a portion of the estimated useful lives of the identified assets to December 31, 2015. The scope changes were identified in December 2013 and it was determined that any impact from extending the estimated useful lives would have been immaterial on the Company’s 2013 consolidated financial statements taken as a whole. Therefore, the adjustment to the estimated useful lives resulting from the identified scope changes were accounted for as a change in accounting estimate on January 1, 2014. In May 2014, Company management determined that scope changes to its information technology initiatives would further extend all of the estimated useful lives of the identified assets to the earlier of the asset’s original useful life or June 30, 2016. The impact on the Company’s full year 2014 results was a decrease in depreciation expense of $0.3 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company placed $27.2 million of certain assets in service related to its unified technology platform internal development project. The placement of these assets in service increased depreciation expense by $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.

The Company records depreciation over the useful lives of assets using the straight-line method.

In the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company capitalized interest of $3.8 million and $2.4 million related to long-term capital projects.

4. Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Intangible assets consisted of the following:

 

    Weighted
Average
Amortization
Period
  December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  
      Gross
Carrying
Value
    Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Book
Value
    Gross
Carrying
Value
    Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Book
Value
 
    (In thousands, except weighted average amortization period)  

Amortizing Intangibles:

             

Completed technology(1)

  5.0 years   $ 188,551      $ (182,913 )   $ 5,638      $ 193,515      $ (175,483 )   $ 18,032   

Customer lists

  23.8 years     1,536,607        (304,485 )     1,232,122        1,567,517        (243,328 )     1,324,189   

Definite-lived trademarks

  7.1 years     1,500        (1,054 )     446        1,500        (916 )     584   

Data/databases

  5.0 years     107,837        (95,256 )     12,581        109,886        (75,089 )     34,797   

Exchange relationships

  25.0 years     16,420        (2,901 )     13,519        17,168        (2,346 )     14,822   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      1,850,915        (586,609 )     1,264,306        1,889,586        (497,162 )     1,392,424   

Non-amortizing intangibles:

             

Indefinite-lived trademarks

  Indefinite     173,832              173,832        177,479              177,479   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    $ 2,024,747      $ (586,609 )   $ 1,438,138      $ 2,067,065      $ (497,162 )   $ 1,569,903   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

The Company’s on-going information technology initiatives are expected to replace certain of the Company’s completed technology assets resulting in the remaining useful lives of these assets being based on the estimated completion date of those initiatives. In December 2013, Company management, based on ongoing analysis of its in-process development initiatives, determined that the useful lives of assets that will

 

F-17


Table of Contents
  have their useful lives impacted by completion of ongoing in-process development initiatives would have certain of these assets’ useful lives extended to December 31, 2014 and certain of these assets’ useful lives extended to May 31, 2015. This change in accounting estimate was accounted for on January 1, 2014 and resulted in an increase in Income from Operations of approximately $1.9 million in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 due to decreased amortization expense being recorded. Additionally, the change in accounting estimate had an approximate $1.2 million favorable impact on the Company’s net income for the year December 31, 2014. Finally, the extension of the estimated useful lives resulted in the weighted average amortization period for completed technologies increasing to 4.8 years from 4.4 years. In August of 2014, Company management again, based on ongoing analysis of its in-process development initiatives, determined that the useful lives of assets that will have their useful lives impacted by completion of ongoing in-process development initiatives would have certain of these assets’ useful lives extended to May 31, 2015, such that all such assets in that asset group would have lives through May 31, 2015, such date being the original estimated useful life end date for this asset group at the time of the recording of these assets in July of 2010. This change in accounting estimate was accounted for on August 1, 2014 and resulted in an increase in Income from Operations of approximately $0.9 million in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 due to decreased amortization expense being recorded. Additionally, the change in accounting estimate had an approximate $0.5 million favorable impact on the Company’s net income for the year ended December 31, 2014. Finally, the extension of the estimated useful lives resulted in the weighted average amortization period for completed technologies increasing to 5.0 years from 4.8 years.

The estimated amortization expense of definite-lived intangible assets is as follows:

 

     (In thousands)  

For year ending 12/31/15

   $ 84,089   

For year ending 12/31/16

     65,578   

For year ending 12/31/17

     65,249   

For year ending 12/31/18

     64,848   

For year ending 12/31/19

     64,464   

For years thereafter

     920,078   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,264,306   
  

 

 

 

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2014 by reportable segment were as follows:

 

(In thousands)

   Pricing and
Reference Data
    Trading
Solutions
    Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2012

   $ 1,527,033      $ 113,508      $ 1,640,541   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impact of change in foreign exchange rates(a)

     (4,810     1,471        (3,339
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2013

   $ 1,522,223      $ 114,979      $ 1,637,202   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impact of change in foreign exchange rates(a)

     (24,429     (5,083     (29,512
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2014

   $ 1,497,794      $ 109,896      $ 1,607,690   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Foreign currency translation adjustments resulted in a decrease of $29.5 million and $3.3 million in the years ending December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and primarily reflected the continued volatility of the U.S. Dollar against the British Pound and the Euro.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

5. Accrued Liabilities

Accrued expenses consist of the following at December 31:

 

(In thousands)

   2014      2013  

Data and communication charges

   $ 27,310       $ 25,564   

Employee related costs including severance

     26,011         24,098   

Bonus

     20,977         25,448   

Professional services

     8,677         6,608   

Property costs

     4,722         5,869   

Sales commissions

     3,761         3,680   

Third-party commissions

     3,540         3,775   

Customer deposits

     2,300         7,338   

Sales taxes

     1,203         695   

Other

     954         3,608   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 99,455       $ 106,683   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

6. Stock-Based Compensation

Employee Stock Option Plan

On August 4, 2010, the Company adopted its 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan, as amended in September 2010, January 2011, September 2013 and September 2014, reserves 18.2 million shares of the Company’s Common Stock (subject to adjustment for certain corporate transactions) for issuances of stock-based awards to employees and other service providers as well as employees and service providers of any other direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company . The Plan provides the Company with the ability to grant stock options, restricted stock awards, and other equity-based incentive awards as a means of providing long-term incentive compensation. Shares of the Company’s Common Stock acquired pursuant to awards granted under the Plan will be subject to certain transfer restrictions and repurchase rights set forth in the Plan.

All stock options granted to date are subject to either time-based vesting or performance-based vesting, or a combination thereof. The time-based options vest over a five year period. The vesting of performance based options are based on the return received (or deemed received) by the Sponsors on their initial equity investment in the Company upon the occurrence of certain events, including a change in control of the Company. Shares of the Company’s Common Stock acquired upon the exercise of such stock options are subject to both transfer restrictions and repurchase rights following a termination of employment. The stock options expire on the tenth anniversary of the date of grant.

The employees that have received option grants in the period through December 31, 2014 are employees of the Company, and the compensation expense will be recognized over the determined service period in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Executive Restricted Stock

Subsequent to the Merger, certain executives purchased or were granted an aggregate of 4.1 million shares of the Company’s Common Stock for nine dollars ($9.00) per share.

With respect to 3.8 million of these shares, there are certain transfer restrictions and repurchase rights, which allow the Company, in certain circumstances where the holder’s employment is terminated, to repurchase the shares from the employees at the lower of cost or fair market value. As a result of these repurchase features, the Company has determined the proceeds received for these shares should be recorded as a restricted stock liability. Accordingly, the proceeds from the sales of these shares of $34.5 million have been recorded in Other

 

F-19


Table of Contents

liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. Furthermore, due to these repurchase features, these share purchases are treated as early exercises of stock options for accounting purposes and are assigned a grant date fair value. The repurchase rights lapse on a change in control or public offering of the Company’s Common Stock, at which point compensation expense associated with these awards will be recognized by the Company.

The holders of the remaining 0.3 million shares have contingent put rights which would require the Company to repurchase the shares at fair value in the event the holder is terminated without cause or resigns for reasons considered acceptable in the share purchase agreement. The accounting for these contingent repurchase rights requires that the proceeds from these share purchases be presented outside of stockholders’ equity. Accordingly the Company has recorded the proceeds from the sale of these shares within Other liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Other Restricted Stock

In April 2011, the Company awarded 44,444 shares of restricted stock to a member of the Board of Directors, which vest over a 5-year period, with 11,111 shares vesting on the first anniversary of the grant date and the remaining shares vesting ratably (monthly) over the remaining 48 months of the period.

Stock-based Compensation Expense

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

(In thousands)

   Year Ended
December 31, 2014(b)
     Year Ended
December 31, 2013
     Year Ended
December 31, 2012(c)
 

Cost of services

   $ 1,047       $ 1,041       $ 2,102   

Selling, general and administrative

     12,955         2,985         15,638   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense(a)

   $ 14,002       $ 4,026       $ 17,740   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, total stock compensation expense was $14.8 million, $7.9 million and $18.4 million, respectively, prior to the capitalization of $0.8 million, $0.8 million and $0.8 million, respectively, as part of ongoing development initiatives.
(b) During the year ended December 31, 2014, stock based compensation included $4.0 million related to cash distributions paid to employee holders of vested stock options and $6.6 million related to the payment of cash dividends to certain holders of the 3.8 million shares of the Company’s Common Stock in connection with and at the time of the 2014 Recapitalization transaction.
(c) During the year ended December 31, 2012, stock based compensation included $3.5 million related to cash distributions paid to employee holders of vested stock options and $10.7 million related to the payment of cash dividends to certain holders of the 3.8 million shares of the Company’s Common Stock in connection with and at the time of the 2012 Recapitalization transaction.

During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, there were no excess tax benefits realized related to the exercise of stock options.

Valuation Assumptions

The Company estimated the fair value of stock options with service-based conditions on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes model. The Company estimated the fair value of stock options with performance-based vesting conditions on the date of grant using the Monte Carlo Simulation model. Key assumptions used in estimating the grant date fair value of options are as follows: the fair value of the Company’s Common Stock, interest yield, expected volatility, risk-free interest rate, expected term and forfeiture rate.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Stock options with performance-based vesting conditions generally become exercisable based on the occurrence of a liquidity event that results in specified returns on the Sponsors’ initial investment. For awards with performance-based vesting conditions, the Company evaluates a range of possible future stock values to construct a distribution of where future stock prices might be. The simulations and resulting distributions give a statistically acceptable range of future stock prices for options with performance-based vesting conditions.

For stock options with performance-based vesting conditions such as a change in control or a public offering of the Company’s Common Stock, the Company considers the probability of the condition being achieved when determining expected term. For options with service-based vesting conditions, the expected term is based on when employees are expected to exercise options based on the period of vesting and the estimated timing of a potential change in control or public offering.

As the Company’s Common Stock underlying the options is not traded on any public market, the Company reviews the unlevered historical and implied volatility of the common stock of publicly traded peer companies within Opco’s industry and utilizes the resulting implied volatility, adjusted for the Company’s debt structure, when calculating the fair value of the options. The determined risk-free interest rate is based on the yield for a U.S. Treasury security having a maturity similar to the expected life of the option. The assumed forfeiture rate is determined based on historical forfeiture data as well as future expectations. The dividend yield and estimated time to complete a liquidity event are based on management’s judgment with input from the Company’s Board of Directors.

For share-based awards granted during the three-month periods ended March 31, 2014, June 30, 2014, September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2014 the Board of Directors of the Company valued the Company’s Common Stock at $12.06, $10.71, $10.98 and $10.98 per share, respectively. These share prices were based on the results of the most recent valuation analysis done by the Company. The valuation analyses were performed as of December 31, 2013, May 2, 2014 and August 31, 2014, respectively, which valued the Company’s Common Stock on a non-marketable, minority interest basis. The valuation processes undertaken used generally accepted valuation methodologies to perform the valuation of the Company’s Common Stock using both the income (discounted cash flows methodology) and market (guideline-company and comparable transaction methodologies) approaches. A lack of marketability discount derived from empirical studies and theoretical models was then applied to the resulting share price to arrive at the final share price used for determining compensation cost related to share-based options issued during the applicable periods.

The last grant during the year ended December 31, 2014 occurred on November 25, 2014 and there were no indicators present at that date, or any time leading up to that date, that suggested the fair market value (“FMV”) of $10.98 per share, determined using the August 31, 2014 Common Stock value, was not reasonable upon grant of the options.

For share-based awards granted during the three-month periods ended March 31, 2013 and June 30, 2013, September 31, 2013 and December 31, 2013, the Board of Directors of the Company valued the Company’s Common Stock at $9.00, $9.72 $10.44 and $10.44 per share, respectively. These share prices were based on the results of the most recent valuation analysis done by the Company. The valuation analyses were performed as of December 19, 2012, April 30, 2013 and August 31, 2013, respectively.

The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense net of estimated forfeitures and, therefore, only recognizes compensation cost for those awards expected to vest over the service period of the awards. The Company has applied a forfeiture rate of 7% for non-executive employees and executives who received grants of less than 111,111 shares, and 0% for executives who received grants in excess of 111,111 shares, to all unvested options as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. This estimate is re-evaluated periodically and the forfeiture rate is adjusted as necessary.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

No expense was recognized during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 or 2012 for options with performance-based vesting features, except as noted below related to the 2012 and 2014 Recapitalizations. These performance-based options become exercisable on a change in control or public offering of the Company’s Common Stock. Compensation expense associated with these awards will be recognized upon such an event.

Certain stock options held by executives are subject to call rights. The call rights permit the Company to purchase, at its discretion, any shares exercised under these option awards at a per share price equal to the lower of the option exercise price or the fair market value if the executive voluntarily terminates his employment. These call rights lapse on a change in control or public offering of the Company’s Common Stock.

The fair value of stock options granted to date under the Plan was estimated as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model for service-based options or Monte Carlo simulation model for awards with performance-based conditions, with the following assumptions:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2014
    Year Ended
December 31, 2013
    Year Ended
December 31, 2012
 

Risk free interest rate

     1.6 %     1.4 %     1.0 %

Weighted average expected volatility

     74.5 %     77.5 %     80.4 %

Expected dividend yield

     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %

Expected term (in years)

     4.6        5.0        5.9   

Weighted average fair value of underlying shares

   $ 11.34      $ 10.35      $ 10.53   

The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted under the Plan for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $4.41, $3.60 and $5.22, respectively.

The expected term of options granted under the Plan represents a weighted average term derived from the Monte Carlo simulation models used for each performance-based award and the service period and, to the extent established or known, the potential timing of a change in control or initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock for awards which vest based on service conditions.

2012 Recapitalization Transaction

In December 2012, the Company completed a recapitalization transaction (the “2012 Recapitalization transaction”). The 2012 Recapitalization transaction resulted in the holders of the Company’s Common Stock and certain holders of the Company’s stock options receiving a cash dividend (in the form of a return of capital) and/or cash distribution equal to $2.7855 per share/option. Holders of the Company’s Common Stock received a cash dividend, and holders of the Company’s stock options with service-based vesting conditions received a cash distribution. Holders of the Company’s stock options with performance-based vesting conditions received a $2.78 reduction in the per share strike price (other than the performance-based options held by one of the Company’s executives, which received a reduction in strike price equal to $1.80 per share).

The total dividend payment from the Company to the Holders of its Common Stock in connection with the 2012 Recapitalization transaction was $423.0 million, which was paid on December 19, 2012. The total cash distribution payable to the holders of the Company’s vested and unvested stock options with service-based vesting conditions was $16.0 million. Of this amount, $6.5 million was paid in December 2012 to holders of vested stock options with service-based vesting conditions. Additionally, $2.7 million and $3.1 million was paid during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively with respect to service-based options vesting during the respective periods. As of December 31, 2014, the remaining $3.7 million related to the 2012 Recapitalization transaction will be paid upon the subsequent vesting of the service-based options. Under GAAP, this transaction constitutes a modification of all of the Company’s outstanding stock options. Accordingly, the Company revalued its Common Stock on December 19, 2012 to derive the fair market value (“FMV”) of the Company’s Common Stock immediately preceding the 2012 Recapitalization transaction and immediately after its consummation. The resulting pre- and post-transaction values were $11.25 and $9.00 per share, respectively.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

These share prices were then used to determine the new option fair values for all of the outstanding stock options on December 19, 2012 pre- and post-transaction. Options with service-based vesting conditions were valued using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model, and options with performance-based vesting conditions were valued using a Monte Carlo simulation model.

In connection with the dividend payments and strike price reductions granted to option holders and restricted stock holders, which were done under equitable adjustment provisions in the 2010 Plan, the Company evaluated whether any incremental compensation was provided using the following assumptions:

 

     Pre-Dividend     Post-Dividend  

Risk free interest rate

     1.0 %     1.0 %

Weighted average expected volatility

     83.0 %     83.0 %

Expected dividend yield

     0.0 %     0.0 %

Expected term (in years)

     4.7        4.8   

Weighted average fair value of underlying shares

   $ 11.25      $ 9.00   

The re-valuation of the Company’s stock options upon the 2012 Recapitalization transaction resulted in reductions from the pre-dividend values to the post-dividend values ranging from $1.62 to $1.89 per share for options with service-based vesting conditions and $0.45 to $0.90 per share for options with performance-based vesting conditions. As the fair value of options with service-based vesting conditions generally declined in all cases as a result of the modification, and these options are deemed probable of vesting, the stock compensation expense calculated at the grant date, as documented above, will continue to be used in calculating total compensation expense applicable to the modified awards. Conversely, although the fair value of options with performance-based vesting conditions also declined in all cases as a result of the modification, these options were not deemed probable of vesting before or after the modification and therefore the unrecognized stock compensation expense related to these options will be recalculated using the new fair values resulting from the modification. In addition, for the options with service-based vesting conditions, the Company incurred additional compensation expense, equal to the per share value of the cash distribution less any loss of option value. This additional compensation expense totaled approximately $10.0 million, of which $3.5 million related to service-based options that were vested as of December 19, 2012 and was recorded as stock-based compensation expense, and $6.5 million related to service-based options that were unvested as of that date. The $6.5 million will be recognized as other compensation expense as these options continue to vest and the related cash distributions are made by the Company. Of the $6.5 million cash distribution made on December 19, 2012, $3.0 million was recognized as a reduction in capital. Because holders of the Company’s stock options with performance-based vesting conditions received no additional cash consideration as a result of the 2012 Recapitalization transaction, no additional stock-based compensation expense was recognized related to these awards.

As a result of the 2012 Recapitalization transaction, the receipt of cash dividends by certain holders of the 3.8 million shares of the Company’s Common Stock that the Company accounts for as early exercise of stock options resulted in approximately $10.7 million of additional compensation expense to the Company for the year ended December 31, 2012. No stock-based compensation expense had previously been recognized related to these awards as the vesting conditions that would trigger expense recognition, a change in control or public offering of the Company’s Common Stock, were not deemed probable at the date of the dividend or at December 31, 2014, 2013 or 2012; therefore, the entire value of the dividend received by the holders of these shares was deemed to benefit the holder and results in stock-based compensation expense to the Company.

2014 Recapitalization Transaction

In May 2014, the Company completed a second recapitalization transaction (the “2014 Recapitalization transaction”). Concurrent to the 2014 Recapitalization transaction, the Company refinanced all its outstanding debt. For further information on the Company’s debt refinancing, refer to Note 17 “Debt” below. The 2014 Recapitalization resulted in the holders of the Company’s Common Stock and certain holders of the Company’s

 

F-23


Table of Contents

stock options receiving a cash dividend (in the form of a return of capital) and/or cash distribution equal to $1.71 per share/option. Holders of the Company’s Common Stock received a cash dividend, and holders of the Company’s stock options with service-based vesting conditions received a cash distribution. Holders of the Company’s stock options with performance-based vesting conditions received a $1.71 reduction in the per share strike price (other than the performance-based options held by one of Opco’s executives, which received a reduction in strike price equal to $1.1394 per share).

The total dividend payment from the Company to the holders of its common stock was $261.7 million, which was paid on May 5, 2014. The total cash distribution payable to holders of the Company’s vested and unvested stock options with service-based vesting conditions was $11.2 million. Of this amount, $6.4 million was paid on May 5, 2014 to holders of the Company’s vested stock options with service-based vesting conditions. Additionally, $1.6 million was paid with respect to service-based options vesting during the year ended December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2014, the remaining $3.2 million will be paid upon the subsequent vesting of the service-based options. Under GAAP, this transaction constitutes a modification of all of the Company’s outstanding stock options. Accordingly, the Company revalued its Common Stock on May 2, 2014 to derive the FMV of the Company’s Common Stock immediately preceding the 2014 Recapitalization transaction and immediately after its consummation. The resulting pre-and post-transaction values were $12.24 and $10.71 per share, respectively. These share prices were then used to determine the new option fair values for all of the Company’s outstanding stock options on May 2, 2014 pre- and post-transaction. Options with service-based vesting conditions were valued using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model, and options with performance-based vesting conditions were valued using a Monte Carlo simulation model.

In connection with the dividend payments and strike price reductions granted to option holders and restricted stock holders, which were done under equitable adjustment provisions in the 2010 Plan, the Company evaluated whether any incremental compensation was provided using the following assumptions:

 

     Pre-Dividend     Post-Dividend  

Risk free interest rate

     1.3 %     1.3 %

Weighted average expected volatility

     78.0 %     78.2 %

Expected dividend yield

     0.0 %     0.0 %

Expected term (in years)

     3.9        3.9   

Weighted average fair value of underlying shares

   $ 12.24      $ 10.71   

The re-valuation of the Company’s stock options upon the 2014 Recapitalization transaction resulted in reductions from the pre-dividend values to the post-dividend values ranging from $0.99 to $1.44 per share for options with service-based vesting conditions and $0.36 to $0.63 per share for options with performance-based vesting conditions. As the fair value of options with service-based vesting conditions generally declined in all cases as a result of the modification, and these options are deemed probable of vesting, the stock compensation expense calculated at the grant date, as documented above, will continue to be used in calculating total compensation expense applicable to the modified awards. Conversely, although the fair value of options with performance-based vesting conditions also declined in all cases as a result of the modification, these options were not deemed probable of vesting before or after the modification and therefore the unrecognized stock compensation expense related to these options will be recalculated using the new fair values resulting from the modification. In addition, for the options with service-based vesting conditions, the Company incurred additional compensation expense equal to the per share value of the cash distribution less any loss of option value. This additional compensation expense totaled approximately $6.2 million, of which $4.0 million related to service-based options that were vested as of May 5, 2014 and was recorded as stock-based compensation expense, and $2.2 million related to service-based options that were unvested as of that date. The $2.2 million will be recognized as other compensation expense as these options continue to vest and the related cash distributions are made by the Company. Because holders of the Company’s stock options with performance-based vesting conditions received no additional cash consideration as a result of the 2014 Recapitalization transaction, no additional stock-based compensation expense was recognized related to these awards.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

The receipt of cash dividends by certain holders of the 3.8 million shares of the Company’s Common Stock that the Company accounts for as early exercise of stock options resulted in approximately $6.6 million of additional compensation expense to the Company for the year ended December 31, 2014. No stock-based compensation expense, other than the $10.7 million of expense recognized as a result of the 2012 Recapitalization transaction, has previously been recognized related to these shares, as the vesting conditions that would trigger expense recognition, a change in control or public offering of the Company’s Common Stock, are not deemed probable at the date of the dividend or at December 31, 2014. Therefore, the entire value of the dividend received by the holders of these shares is deemed to benefit the holder and results in stock-based compensation expense to the Company.

The Company calculates and pays the additional cash distributions related to the 2012 and 2014 Recapitalization transactions on a quarterly basis to the qualified holders of such options.

Stock-based Award Activity

A summary of the status and activity for stock option awards under the Plan for the year ended December 31, 2014, is presented below:

 

     Number of
Options
(in thousands)
    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
    Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(In thousands)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

     16,517      $ 7.92        7.3       $ 42,321   

Granted

     1,500        10.91        

Exercised

     (192     (9.09     

Forfeited

     (355     (6.24     

Expired

     (35     (9.09     
  

 

 

        

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

     17,435        7.17        6.6         66,580   
  

 

 

        

Vested and unvested expected to vest at December 31, 2014

     16,990        7.15        6.6         65,151   

Exercisable at December 31, 2014

     3,196        9.20        6.2         5,679   

Aggregate intrinsic value represents the difference between the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock and the exercise price of outstanding in-the-money options. The estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock as of December 31, 2014 is $10.98.

A summary of the status and activity for executive restricted stock for the year ended December 31, 2014 is presented below:

 

     Number of
Units
(in thousands)
     Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
(Per Share)
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(In thousands)
 

Unvested at December 31, 2013

     4,094       $ 5.98         N/A       $ 7,590   

Granted

                   

Vested

                   

Forfeited

                   

Cancelled

                   
  

 

 

          

Unvested at December 31, 2014

     4,094       $ 5.98         N/A       $ 7,590   
  

 

 

          

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The value of the Company’s restricted stock was determined using methods similar to those used for options.

A summary of the status and activity for other restricted stock for the year ended December 31, 2014, is presented below:

 

     Number of
Units

(in thousands)
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
(Per Share)
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Unvested at December 31, 2013

     21      $ 9.00         N/A       $ 224  

Granted

                      

Vested

     (9                

Forfeited

                      

Cancelled

                      
  

 

 

         

Unvested at December 31, 2014

     12      $ 9.00         N/A       $ 138  
  

 

 

         

Unrecognized Compensation Expense

Total unrecognized compensation expense, net of forfeitures, related to stock based awards and unpaid cash distributions to option holders at December 31, 2014 was $84.2 million. Of this amount, $59.7 million related to the Company’s non-vested employee stock option plan, of which $12.5 million related to awards which become exercisable based on service-based vesting conditions that will be recognized over an implicit and/or explicit weighted average service period of 2.2 years and $47.2 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to stock option awards which partially or fully vest upon meeting certain performance conditions (a change in control or a public offering of the Company’s Common Stock). Compensation expense for these awards will be recognized upon attainment of a performance condition. In the event these performance conditions occur, the amount of the $47.2 million unrecognized compensation expense recognized in the financial statements will depend on the number of shares held by the Sponsors subject to a liquidity event at that time. The remaining $24.5 million of unrecognized compensation expense relates to restricted stock discussed above. Compensation expense for restricted stock will be recognized upon a change in control or public offering of the Company’s Common Stock.

7. Stockholders’ Equity

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, 153,172,005 and 152,980,139 shares of the Company’s Common Stock were issued and outstanding to stockholders at $0.01 par value, respectively.

In December 2012, the Company issued $350.0 million of 8.25%/9.00% Senior PIK Toggle Notes (the “Toggle Notes”) which mature on December 15, 2017, pursuant to an indenture dated as of December 18, 2012 (the “Toggle Notes Indenture”). In May of 2014, Opco completed a refinancing of all of its outstanding debt by entering into a new Senior Secured Credit Agreement dated May 2, 2014, totaling $1.9 billion and issuing $350.0 million of 5.875% Senior Notes (the “Senior Notes”) which mature on April 15, 2019, pursuant to an indenture dated May 2, 2014. The 2012 and 2014 transactions resulted in net proceeds of approximately $339.0 million and $929.9 million, respectively.

The Company used a portion of the net proceeds from both the 2012 and 2014 Refinancing Transactions to fund cash dividends to its stockholders and related cash distributions to its option holders in respect of options that were vested and unexercised as of the dividend record dates; and to fund future cash distributions to option holders in respect of service-based options that were unvested as of the dividend record dates as such options vest. The Company has paid quarterly cash distributions to option holders on an ongoing basis beginning with the

 

F-26


Table of Contents

quarter ended March 31, 2013 related to the 2012 debt transaction and commenced making cash distributions to option holders related to the 2014 debt transaction beginning with the quarter ended June 30, 2014. The Company expects to make additional cash distributions until all affected options have vested.

The Company recorded additional compensation expense related to cash distributions to option holders in the amounts of $7.0 million and $2.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. For further information on the compensation expense impacts of the debt transactions noted herein, refer to the 2012 and 2014 Recapitalization Transactions section of Note 6 “Stock-Based Compensation” above.

8. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company has obligations under non-cancelable operating leases for real estate and equipment. Real estate leases are for the Company’s corporate headquarters, sales offices, major operating units and data centers. Certain of the leases include renewal options and escalation clauses. In addition, the Company has purchase obligations for data content.

Future contractual commitments and obligations, as of December 31, 2014 are summarized in the chart below.

 

     Payment Due by Period  

(In thousands)

   Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1-3
Years
     3-5
Years
     More Than
5 Years
 

Contractual Obligations

              

Long Term Debt Obligations (Note 17)

   $ 2,590,500       $ 19,000       $ 388,000       $ 388,000       $ 1,795,500   

Operating Lease Obligations

     115,508         21,972         30,940         23,204         39,392   

Purchase Obligations

     44,505         44,505                           

Senior Notes Fixed Rate Interest Obligations(a)

     88,247         20,563         41,125         26,559           

Toggle Notes Fixed Rate Interest Obligations(b)

     85,422         28,875         56,547                   

Variable Rate Interest Obligations(c)

     559,289         90,701         178,656         174,996         114,936   

Commitment Fees(d)

     2,767         628         1,256         854         29   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,486,238       $ 226,244       $ 696,524       $ 613,613       $ 1,949,857   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Amounts are based on the Company’s obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities (defined below) at an interest rate of 4.75% as of December 31, 2014 and is subject to change
(b) Related to the Company’s Revolving Credit Facility; assumes that no amounts are drawn on the facility.
(c) Amounts are based on the Company’s obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities at an interest rate of 4.75% as of December 31, 2014 and is subject to change.
(d) Related to the Company’s Revolving Credit Facility; assumes that no amounts are drawn on the facility.

The Company expects to satisfy its lease and other contractual obligations from existing cash as well as cash flow from operations. Key operating locations operate in facilities under long-term leases, the earliest of which will expire in 2015. The Company believes that were it to be unable to renew any of the leases that are due to expire in 2015, suitable replacement properties are available on commercially reasonable terms.

Rental expense was $24.4 million, $23.9 million and $20.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company records rent expense for leases with escalating payment terms or free-rent periods on a straight-line basis. The difference between the straight-line expense and cash payments resulted in a deferred-rent liability. This deferred-rent liability was $13.0 million and $14.5 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Purchase Obligations include the Company’s estimate of the minimum outstanding obligations under agreements to purchase goods or services that the Company believes are enforceable and legally binding and that

 

F-27


Table of Contents

specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Purchase obligations exclude agreements that are cancelable at any time without penalty.

Long-Term Debt Obligations in the above table include Opco’s obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes due 2019, including outstanding letters of credit, as well as the Company’s obligations under the Toggle Notes. Both the Senior Notes due 2019 and the Toggle Notes will be settled via lump sum payments upon maturity in April 2019 and December 2017, respectively. Fixed Rate Interest Obligations in the table above include Opco’s interest obligations under the Senior Notes due 2019 which are stated at a fixed interest rate of 5.875% and the Toggle Notes which are stated at a fixed interest rate of 8.25%. The Company also has variable interest rate obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities which are included in the table above. Outstanding letters of credit totaled $0.6 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

On February 6, 2013, Opco refinanced its Term Loan. On May 2, 2014, Opco completed a subsequent refinancing of all of its outstanding debt. Refer to Note 17 “Debt” for additional information.

In connection with the provision of services in the ordinary course of business, the Company may be required to indemnify clients against third-party claims that the Company’s products or services infringe on the intellectual property rights of others. The Company has not been required to make material payments under such provisions. In addition, the Company’s third-party data suppliers audit the Company from time to time in the ordinary course of business (including audits underway) to determine if data the Company licenses for redistribution has been properly accounted for in accordance with the terms of the applicable license agreement. In view of the Company’s financial condition and the accruals established for related matters, management does not believe that the ultimate liability, if any, related to any of these matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In addition to the amounts shown in the table above, $5.6 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits have been recorded in income taxes, as the Company is uncertain if or when such amounts may be settled. Related to these unrecognized tax benefits, the Company also recorded income taxes payable of $0.6 million for potential gross interest and penalties at December 31, 2014, not included in the table above.

9. Income Taxes

The components of loss before income taxes are as follows:

 

(In thousands)

   Year Ended
December 31,
2014
    Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    Year Ended
December 31,
2012
 

Domestic

   $ (107,593 )   $ (25,798   $ (56,597 )

Foreign

     38,023        21,837        39,155   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (69,570 )   $ (3,961   $ (17,442 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Income tax benefit consists of the following:

 

(In thousands)

   Year Ended
December 31,
2014
    Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    Year Ended
December 31,
2012
 

Current:

      

Federal

   $ (15,774 )   $ 4,493      $ (118 )

State

     130        407        130   

Foreign

     12,223        7,018        9,526   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current:

   $ (3,421 )   $ 11,918      $ 9,538   

Deferred:

      

Federal

     (22,421 )     (5,901 )     (13,245 )

State

     (7,911 )     (3,962 )     (4,134 )

Foreign

     144        (19,043 )     (10,184 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred

     (30,188 )     (28,906 )     (27,563 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax benefit

   $ (33,609 )   $ (16,988 )   $ (18,025 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured by applying enacted tax rates and laws to taxable years in which such differences are expected to reverse.

On September 13, 2013, Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service issued final regulations regarding the deduction and capitalization of expenditures related to tangible property. The final regulations under Internal Revenue Code Sections 162, 167 and 263(a) apply to amounts paid to acquire, produce, or improve tangible property as well as dispositions of such property and are generally effective for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2014. The Company has evaluated these regulations and determined they will not have a material impact on its consolidated results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Components of the Company’s deferred income tax assets (liabilities) in the Consolidated Financial Statements are as follows at December 31:

 

(In thousands)

   2014     2013  

Current deferred tax assets:

    

Accrued expenses

   $ 1,618      $ 1,282   

Accounts receivable allowances

     2,556        2,068   

Research and development carry forward

     7,207         

Net operating loss carry forwards

     14,255        17,613   

Foreign tax credit carry forward

     15,000         

Other current assets

     994        2,412   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current deferred assets before valuation allowance

     41,630        23,375   

Valuation allowance

     (112 )     (136 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current deferred tax assets

     41,518        23,239   

Current deferred tax liabilities:

    

Other current liabilities

            
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current deferred tax liabilities

            
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current deferred tax assets, net of liabilities

     41,518        23,239   

Long-term deferred tax assets:

    

Deferred stock compensation

     6,279        4,350   

Deferred compensation

     193        904   

Non-compete agreements

           596   

Net operating loss carry forward

     8,984        9,298   

Foreign tax credit carry forward

     15,878        15,172   

Retirement benefit plan

     276        185   

Other long-term assets

     11,651        20,161   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term deferred assets before valuation allowance

     43,261        50,666   

Valuation allowance

     (1,217 )     (1,271 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term deferred tax assets

     42,044        49,395   

Long-term deferred tax liabilities:

    

Intangibles assets

     (516,821 )     (555,309 )

Property

     (52,896 )     (41,502 )

Other long term liabilities

     (4,538 )     (11,235 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term deferred tax liabilities

     (574,255 )     (608,046 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term deferred tax liability, net of assets

   $ (532,211 )   $ (558,651 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2014, the Company has recorded a deferred tax asset for the U.S. federal net operating loss carryforward of $10.0 million that will be carried forward to 2015 and is expected to be fully utilized in 2015. The Company also recorded a deferred tax asset for various state net operating loss carryforwards of $9.2 million at December 31, 2014. The current portion of these state net operating losses is approximately $4.2 million with the remaining 5.0 million classified as long term. The Company expects to utilize the state net operating losses within the various statutory carryforward periods on a state by state basis. The Company also has various long term foreign net operating losses of $4.0 million (subject to a valuation allowance of $0.8 million). The Company recorded a deferred tax asset for the carryforward of U.S. foreign tax credits of $30.9 million at December 31, 2014. The current portion of these foreign tax credits is approximately $15.0 million with the remaining 15.9 million classified as non-current that is expects to utilize within the statutory 10 year carryforward period.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

The differences between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective tax rate expressed as a percentage of (loss) income from operations before income taxes were as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2014
    Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    Year Ended
December 31,
2012
 

Statutory tax rate

     (35.0 )%     (35.0 )%     (35.0 )%

Increases (decreases) in tax resulting from:

      

State taxes, net of federal tax benefit

     (7.3 )     13.2        (15.0 )

Foreign source income, net of credits

     15.1        (2.3 )     (3.6 )

Income tax reserve

     0.3        48.1        8.3   

Foreign tax rate differential

     (11.3     (121.9     (31.1

Rate change

     (0.6 )     (233.7 )     (34.7 )

Return to provision adjustments, net

     0.7        6.8        (11.0 )

Research and development credit

     (3.1 )     (96.0 )      

Company recapitalization

     3.3              21.4   

Change in uncertain tax positions

     (11.6     (21.8     (4.6

Other

     1.2        13.7        2.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     (48.3 )%     (428.9 )%     (103.3 )%
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s 2014 effective tax rate primarily differs from the statutory rate due to a release of significant uncertain tax benefits upon favorable closing of tax audits for 2008 – 2012 in the United States, Germany and United Kingdom, benefits associated with income generated in lower tax jurisdictions, the additional benefits associated with state taxes and the 2014 research and development credit. These benefits were offset by an increase in U.S. tax expense associated with a 2014 deemed dividend from a foreign subsidiary, non-tax deductible payments made to certain shareholders as part of the Company’s recapitalization and expense resulting from tax provision to tax return adjustments with respect to the filing of prior year’s returns.

The Company currently provides U.S. income taxes on the earnings of foreign subsidiaries to the extent these earnings are currently taxable or expected to be remitted. U.S. taxes have not been provided on net accumulated foreign unremitted earnings. The cumulative amount of net undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries held for investment is approximately $326.3 million at December 31, 2014. Quantification of the deferred tax liability associated with permanently invested earnings is not practicable.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

During 2014, the Company’s balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits decreased by $19.3 million upon release of reserves and settlements, respectively, related to U.S. federal and state and various foreign tax audits, and decreased $0.4 million upon the lapse of the statute of limitations in various tax jurisdictions. These decreases were offset by an increase of $1.9 million for current year and $0.8 million for prior years’ build. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had approximately $3.4 million of net uncertain tax positions which would affect our effective tax rate if recognized ($5.6 million on a gross basis).

 

F-31


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes activity for Gross Unrecognized Tax Benefits for the periods presented:

 

(In thousands)

   Year Ended
December 31,
2014
    Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    Year Ended
December 31,
2012
 

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 22,968      $ 12,887      $ 13,361   

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     1,867        3,120        994   

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     766        8,849        380   

Expiration of statutes

     (442 )     (442 )     (284 )

Reductions for tax positions for prior years

     (19,301 )     (1,114 )     (988 )

Settlements

     (254 )     (332 )     (576 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 5,604      $ 22,968      $ 12,887   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company recognizes net interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. Interest and penalties of $0.5 million benefit, $0.1 million expense and $0.1 million expense were provided in income tax expense for uncertain tax positions for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Gross reserves for interest and penalties of $0.6 million and $1.2 million have been provided at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The Company files federal, state, and foreign income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities in various jurisdictions. During 2014 The Company concluded an Internal Revenue Service examination for tax years 2008 through 2012. Other tax years that remain subject to examination include 2006 through 2013 for significant states.

10. Retirement Plans

Interactive Data 401(k) Plan (U.S.)

The Company’s U.S. employees are eligible to participate in a 401(k) Plan (the “Plan”) effective July 30, 2010. The Plan allows all employees to make contributions of a specified percentage of their compensation. The Company matches up to 4.5% of the employee’s eligible pay if the employee contributes at least 6.0% of his or her eligible pay, subject to statutory limits. The Plan additionally allows certain employees to contribute amounts above the specified percentage, which are not subject to any employer match. In addition, certain employees of the Company participate in the Interactive Data Non-Qualified Savings Plan (the “Savings Plan”) effective July 30, 2010. This Savings Plan allows those employees to set aside a portion of their compensation above the statutory limits. The employer contribution portion for the Savings Plan is the same as the Plan. Contributions made by the Company for the Plan are determined as a percentage of covered salary and amounted to $6.6 million, $6.3 million and $6.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The Plan includes an additional discretionary contribution. For this benefit for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company contributed $0, $2.0 million and $2.2 million, respectively. The 2013 contribution was made in April 2014 and is reflected in Accrued liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2013.

Interactive Data Pension Plan (U.K.)

The Company’s U.K. employees are eligible for an Interactive Data Pension Plan (the “U.K. Plan”) effective October 1, 2010. The U.K. Plan is a defined contribution plan that matches employee contributions depending on hire date and age band up to a maximum amount. The Company recorded expense in the Statements of Operations of $3.3 million, $3.0 million and $3.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, related to the U.K. Plan.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

11. Earnings Per Share

The Company calculates its basic and diluted net income per share in conformity with the two-class method required for companies with participating securities. Under the two-class method, in periods when the Company has net income, net income is determined by allocating undistributed earnings. In computing diluted net income, undistributed earnings are re-allocated to reflect the potential impact of dilutive securities.

The Company’s basic net income per share is calculated by dividing the net income from continuing operations attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. The diluted net income per share is computed by giving effect to all potential dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period. For purposes of this calculation, time-vested options to purchase common stock and unvested restricted stock are considered common stock equivalents.

The Company’s earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2012 have been revised to correct an error in reflecting dividends received by common shareholders in those years, which was determined to be immaterial to the consolidated financial statements. The corrected earnings (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
             2014                     2012          

Basic-Undistributed (loss) earnings (previously disclosed)

   $ (1.95   $ (2.78

Adjustment:

    

Basic-Dividends per share (Note 6)

     1.71        2.78   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic (loss) earnings per share attributable to common stockholders (revised)

   $ (0.24   $ 0.00   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted-Undistributed (loss) income (previously disclosed)

   $ (1.95   $ (2.78

Adjustment:

    

Diluted-Dividends per share (Note 6)

   $ 1.71        2.78   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted (loss) earnings per share attributable to common stockholders (revised)

   $ (0.24   $ 0.00   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The adjustments above have no impact on the Company’s net loss (income), financial position or cash flows for the periods presented.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

Unaudited pro forma earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the extinguishment of a portion of the Company’s total debt, a one-time payment to the affiliates of the Sponsors in connection with the termination of the Management Agreement (Note 12 “Related Party Transactions”) and vesting of certain restricted stock awards and other share based payments which would be triggered upon consummation of the initial public offering contemplated by the Company. Unaudited pro forma earnings per share presented for the year ended December 31, 2014 is calculated as if such transactions had occurred at the date the Company issued such shares or the beginning of the applicable period, as appropriate.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  

(In thousands, except per share data)

   2014     2013     2012  

Net income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to stockholders

   $ (35,961   $ 13,027      $ 583   

Amounts allocated to participating securities

            (413     (19
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to common stockholders

   $ (35,961   $ 12,614      $ 564   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic weighted average common stock

     149,229        148,347        147,995   

Effect of dilutive securities:

      

Stock options

            5        2   

Unvested restricted stock

            3        6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dilutive weighted average common stock

     149,229        148,355        148,003   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

      

Basic

   $ (0.24   $ 0.09      $ 0.00   

Diluted

   $ (0.24   $ 0.09      $ 0.00   

Pro forma net income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to stockholders

   $         

Amounts allocated to participating securities

      
  

 

 

     

Pro forma net income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to common stockholders

   $         
  

 

 

     

Pro forma basic weighted average common stock

      

Stock options

      

Unvested restricted stock

      

Shares issued in the offering necessary to pay one-time fee for termination of Management Agreement (Note 12)

      

Shares issued in the offering necessary to extinguish debt

      

Pro forma dilutive weighted average common stock

      

Pro forma earnings (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

      

Basic

   $         

Diluted

   $         

12. Related Party Transactions

Management Agreement

On July 29, 2010, prior to the consummation of the Merger, certain affiliates of the Sponsors entered into a Transaction and Management Fee Agreement (the “Management Agreement”) with Merger Sub, which was assumed by Opco following the consummation of the Merger. Pursuant to the terms of the Management Agreement, such affiliates will provide monitoring, advisory and consulting services to Opco and its subsidiaries. Pursuant to the Management Agreement, such affiliates are entitled to receive an aggregate annual management fee of $3.0 million which may increase in the event that Opco or any of its subsidiaries enter into any business combination with another entity that is large enough to constitute a “significant subsidiary” of Opco under Regulation S-X as promulgated by the SEC. The Company recorded management fees under the Management Agreement of $3.0 million in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for both years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. The amount due to such affiliates of the Sponsors at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was approximately $0.4 million for both years, and is included in Accrued liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

The Management Agreement also provides for the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Sponsors and their affiliates in connection with the provision of services pursuant to the Management Agreement, the making of any regulatory filings related to the ownership, directly or indirectly, of Opco’s and its subsidiaries’ equity securities and the ownership or sale of such equity securities. The Management Agreement has an initial term expiring on the eight year anniversary of the Management Agreement, provided that the term will be extended for successive one-year terms unless Opco or each affiliate of the Sponsors provides notice to the other of their desire not to automatically extend the term.

Furthermore, in the event of an initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock or certain other circumstances, including a change of control transaction and other financing, acquisition and disposition transactions, such affiliates may also receive certain additional fees in amounts to be agreed. The Management Agreement also contains customary exculpation and indemnification provisions in favor of the Sponsors and their affiliates.

Executive Stock Purchases

As of December 31, 2014, certain executives have purchased an aggregate of 4.1 million shares of the Company’s common stock for $9.00 per share, and 1.0 million shares of the Company’s common stock for $10.44 per share. These individuals are employees of the Company. The 4.1 million shares purchased for $9.00 per share were recorded as restricted stock liabilities within the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet. Refer to Note 6 “Stock Based Compensation” for further discussion of the Company’s associated long-term restricted stock liability.

Executive Stock Purchase Agreement

Under the terms of the Employment Agreement dated September 12, 2013 between Opco and its newly appointed Chief Executive Officer, the Opco Chief Executive Officer was provided the right to execute a subscription agreement to purchase $10.0 million worth of the Company’s Common Stock, or 1.0 million shares at $10.44 per share. The subscription agreement was subsequently executed on September 26, 2013. The consideration for the purchase is composed of $5.0 million cash and a $5.0 million secured, recourse promissory note issued by the Opco’s Chief Executive Officer to the Company on September 26, 2013. The promissory note matures upon the earlier to occur of (i) the termination of Opco’s Chief Executive Officer’s employment for “cause” (as defined in the Employment Agreement), (ii) two business days prior to the anticipated occurrence of any event (as reasonably determined by the Company) with respect to Opco’s Chief Executive Officer, which, in any such case if the promissory note were to be outstanding on and/or after such date, would result in the Note violating Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and (iii) the eighteen (18) month anniversary of the promissory note issuance date. In connection with the purchase, the Opco Chief Executive Officer became a party to the Shareholders Agreement dated as of July 29, 2010, by and among, the Company and certain stockholders. The acquired shares are subject to transfer restrictions and repurchase rights following termination of employment. As of December 31, 2014, the balance of the secured, recourse promissory note was $3.4 million, and is recorded as a reduction of Additional Paid-in Capital on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

Tax Sharing Agreement

Opco has entered into a tax sharing agreement with the Company. The agreement provides that the Company files a consolidated federal tax return, and that any determined tax liability/benefit shall be apportioned between the Company and Opco, as if Opco had filed a return on a stand-alone basis.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

13. Segment Information

The Company operates in two reportable operating segments by providing financial market data, analytics, and related solutions to financial institutions and individual investors and investment community professionals worldwide.

Pricing and Reference Data

The Pricing and Reference Data segment provides an extensive set of market data products and analytics, many of which are proprietary, to over 5,000 clients worldwide. The Company’s clients include asset management firms, mutual fund companies, hedge funds, pension funds, insurance companies, exchange traded fund (“ETF”) sponsors, banks, and brokerage firms, as well as hundreds of VARs such as custodians, software providers, and other outsourcing organizations. The Pricing and Reference Data segment provides: (1) evaluated pricing services on approximately 2.7 million fixed income securities and other hard-to-value financial instruments; (2) reference data on over 10 million global financial instruments, including descriptive data, terms and conditions and corporate actions; (3) end-of-day pricing data from a range of sources, including approximately 120 financial markets and exchanges; and (4) fixed income and equity portfolio analytics and data.

Trading Solutions

The Trading Solutions segment provides products and services to thousands of global clients that support a range of trading, wealth management, and other investment applications. The Trading Solutions segment provides: (1) real-time market data feeds from over 450 sources in a normalized format; (2) trading infrastructure managed services that facilitate low latency electronic trading across a range of asset classes; and (3) workstations and customized hosted web applications that provide access to market data and related analytics and tools for financial advisors, investment professionals, individual investors and a range of corporate clients.

Reportable segment financial information is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(In thousands, except percentages)

   2014     %     2013     %     2012     %  

Revenue(a):

            

Pricing and Reference Data

   $ 662,904        71 %   $ 639,631        71   $ 612,422        70

Trading Solutions

     276,297        29 %     265,482        29     267,739        30
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 939,201        100 %   $ 905,113        100   $ 880,161        100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations(b):

            

Pricing and Reference Data

   $ 400,751        239 %   $ 382,709        219   $ 348,036        263

Trading Solutions

     39,903        24 %     34,952        20     47,663        36

Corporate and unallocated(c)

     (272,929     (163 )%     (243,098 )     (139 )%     (263,318 )     (199 )%
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 167,725        100 %   $ 174,563        100   $ 132,381        100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31,     As of December 31,  

(In thousands, except percentages)

   2014      %     2013      %  

Identifiable assets:

          

Pricing and Reference Data

   $ 3,319,886         87 %   $ 3,453,003         87 %

Trading Solutions

     310,309         8 %     331,695         8 %

Corporate and unallocated(d)

     187,538         5 %     209,474         5 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,817,733         100 %   $ 3,994,172         100 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

The following table reconciles income from operations to loss before income taxes for the periods below:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 

(In thousands)

   2014     2013     2012  

Income from operations(b)

   $ 167,725      $ 174,563      $ 132,381   

Interest expense, net

     (156,868     (168,658 )     (150,647 )

Other income, net

     1,633        347        824   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (82,060     (10,213 )      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   $ (69,570   $ (3,961 )   $ (17,422 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Revenue is net of any inter-segment revenue and therefore represents only revenue from external clients.
(b) Income (loss) from operations or the segment profit (loss) measure reviewed by the chief operating decision maker equals income from continuing operations before interest income and income taxes.
(c) Corporate and unallocated loss from operations includes costs and expenses related to corporate, general and administrative activities in the U.S. and the U.K., stock-based compensation, costs associated with the Boxborough data center and all intangible asset amortization for the Company.
(d) All goodwill and intangible assets have been allocated to the two reportable segments.

The following table presents the Company’s revenue by product areas for the periods below:

 

(In thousands, except percentages)

   Year Ended
December 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
   2014      %     2013      %     2012      %  

Pricing and Reference Data

   $ 662,904         71 %   $ 639,631         71 %   $ 612,422         70 %

Real-Time Feeds and Trading Infrastructure

   $ 127,825         13 %   $ 112,843         12 %   $ 110,305         12 %

Hosted Web Applications and Workstations

   $ 148,472         16 %   $ 152,639         17 %   $ 157,434         18 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 939,201         100 %   $ 905,113         100 %   $ 880,161         100 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reportable segment information for purchases of property and equipment and depreciation expense is as follows for the periods below:

 

Purchases of Property and Equipment                     

(In thousands)

   Year Ended
December 31,
     Year Ended
December 31,
     Year Ended
December 31,
 
   2014      2013      2012  

Pricing and Reference Data

   $ 38,977       $ 48,244       $ 30,516   

Trading Solutions

     21,374         21,193         18,179   

Corporate and unallocated

     23,801         12,415         12,748   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 84,152       $ 81,852       $ 61,443   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Depreciation Expense                     

(In thousands)

   Year Ended
December 31,
     Year Ended
December 31,
     Year Ended
December 31,
 
   2014      2013      2012  

Pricing and Reference Data

   $ 14,760       $ 13,256       $ 14,096   

Trading Solutions

     18,418         19,728         20,176   

Corporate and unallocated

     12,746         9,553         7,184   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 45,924       $ 42,537       $ 41,456   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

The Company’s distribution by major geographic region of revenue and long-lived assets is as follows for the periods below:

 

(In thousands)

   Year Ended
December 31,
     Year Ended
December 31,
     Year Ended
December 31,
 
   2014      2013      2012  

Revenue:

        

United States

   $ 649,986       $ 627,988       $ 593,041   

United Kingdom

     85,485         81,617         88,998   

All other European countries

     127,123         126,455         120,740   

Asia Pacific

     45,334         40,587         48,908   

Rest of World

     31,273         28,466         28,474   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 939,201       $ 905,113       $ 880,161   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

   As of
December 31,
     As of
December 31,
     As of
December 31,
 
   2014      2013      2012  

Long-lived assets:

        

United States

   $ 2,515,736       $ 2,574,503       $ 2,635,406   

United Kingdom

     533,603         587,483         598,589   

All other European countries

     122,619         145,025         144,182   

Asia Pacific

     119,051         132,526         159,960   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,291,009       $ 3,439,537       $ 3,538,137   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

14. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Changes in accumulated other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In thousands)

   Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Securities Net
of Tax
    Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
    Pension
Adjustments,
Net of Tax
    Change in Value of
Hedged Interest
Rate Caps, Net of
Tax
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 

Balance, December 31, 2011

   $ 245      $ 11,918      $ 88      $ (2,111   $ 10,140   

Year ended December 31, 2012 other comprehensive income (loss)

     88        22,534        (710     556        22,468   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

   $ 333      $ 34,452      $ (622   $ (1,555 )   $ 32,608   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2013 other comprehensive income (loss)

     79        (4,781     1,406        884        (2,412
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

   $ 412      $ 29,671      $ 784      $ (671 )   $ 30,196   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2014 other comprehensive (loss) income

     (317     (65,008     (643     671        (65,297
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2014

   $ 95      $ (35,337   $ 141      $      $ (35,101
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

The tax impact on the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2014  

(In thousands)

   Gross Balance     Tax Impact     Net of Tax  

Unrealized loss on securities

   $ (548   $ 231      $ (317

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (65,008           (65,008

Pension adjustments

     (435     177        (258

Less reclassification adjustment for amortization of pension costs included in net income

     (566     181        (385

Change in value of hedged interest rate caps

     (6     0        (6

Less reclassification adjustment for interest rate cap related interest expense included in net income

     1,135        (458     677   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive loss

   $ (65,428   $ 131      $ (65,297
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2013  

(In thousands)

   Gross Balance     Tax Impact     Net of Tax  

Unrealized gain on securities

   $ 141      $ (62 )   $ 79   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (4,781 )           (4,781

Pension adjustments

     2,347        (742 )     1,605   

Less reclassification adjustment for amortization of pension costs included in net income

     (293 )     94        (199 )

Change in value of hedged interest rate caps

     (12 )     4        (8 )

Less reclassification adjustment for interest rate cap related interest expense included in net income

     1,505        (613 )     892   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive loss

   $ (1,093 )   $ (1,319 )   $ (2,412 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2012  

(In thousands)

   Gross Balance     Tax Impact     Net of Tax  

Unrealized gain on securities

   $ 139      $ (51 )   $ 88   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     22,534              22,534   

Pension adjustments

     (1,199 )     440        (759 )

Less reclassification adjustment for amortization of pension costs included in net income

     155        (106 )     49  

Change in value of hedged interest rate caps

     (567 )     231        (336 )

Less reclassification adjustment for interest rate cap related interest expense included in net income

     1,504        (612 )     892   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

   $ 22,566      $ (98 )   $ 22,468   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

15. Fair Value Measurements

The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Observable inputs are inputs that reflect the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

The three levels of the fair value hierarchy in order of priority are as follows:

 

Level 1:    Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access as of the reporting date. Active markets are those in which transactions for the asset or liability occur in sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
Level 2:    Pricing inputs other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level 1, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.
Level 3:    Unobservable inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Unobservable inputs shall be used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available.

The following tables provide a summary of the fair values of the Company’s assets and liabilities as of December 31:

 

     December 31, 2014  
     Fair Value Measurements Using      Assets at  

(In thousands)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Fair Value  

Assets:

           

Cash and Cash Equivalents

   $ 319,666       $      $        319,666   

Restricted Cash

     7,134                       7,134   

Other(1)

     475                       475   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 327,275       $      $      $ 327,275   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2014  
     Fair Value Measurements Using      Liabilities at  

(In thousands)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Fair Value  

Liabilities:

           

Other(1)

     475                       475   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

   $ 475       $       $      $ 475   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Fair Value Measurements Using      Assets at  

(In thousands)

     Level 1          Level 2          Level 3        Fair Value  

Assets:

           

Cash and Cash Equivalents

   $ 357,445       $      $        357,445   

Short Term Investments

     3,445                       3,445   

Restricted Cash

     6,684                       6,684   

Other(1)

     2,030                       2,030   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 369,604       $      $      $ 369,604   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Fair Value Measurements Using      Liabilities at  

(In thousands)

     Level 1          Level 2          Level 3        Fair Value  

Liabilities:

           

Other(1)

   $ 2,030       $      $      $ 2,030   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

   $ 2,030       $      $      $ 2,030   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

 

(1) Consists of mutual fund assets held in a rabbi trust included in Prepaid expenses and other current assets, and a corresponding non-qualified deferred compensation plan liability included in Accrued liabilities on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet. The fair value of the mutual fund assets and related liability are based on the quoted market price of each fund at the reporting date.

The Company currently invests excess cash balances primarily in cash deposits held at financial institutions and money market fund accounts. The carrying amounts of cash deposits, trade receivables, trade payables and accrued liabilities, as reported on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 approximate their fair value because of the short maturity of those instruments.

The carrying value of borrowings outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities which bear interest at a variable rate, are considered to approximate fair value. The carrying value of the Senior Notes due 2019 and the Toggle Notes, which both bear interest at a fixed rate, differ from their fair values as follows:

 

     December 31, 2014  

(In thousands)

   Carrying Value(1)      Fair Value  

Senior Notes due 2019

   $ 350,000       $ 351,750   

Toggle Notes

   $ 350,000       $ 352,625   

 

(1) Excludes original issue discount.

The fair value of the Senior Notes due 2019 and Toggle Notes are based on market-based information available from Standard & Poor’s Securities Evaluations as of December 31, 2014 and represents a Level 2 valuation.

16. Derivatives

Interest Rate Cap—Cash Flow Hedge

The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. In the past, the Company has managed its exposure to some of its interest rate risks by the use of derivative financial instruments in the form of interest rate caps. These interest rate caps hedged portions of the Company’s variable rate debt and contractually expired on September 30, 2014. The Company used derivatives for risk management purposes and not for speculative purposes.

On September 13, 2010, through Opco, the Company entered into three separate interest rate cap agreements to help mitigate the interest rate volatility associated with the variable rate interest on Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Interest rate cap agreements provide the right to receive cash if a reference interest rate rises above a contractual rate. The value increases as the reference interest rate rises. The aggregate premium of the cap agreements was $5.0 million, including a deferred financing charge of approximately $0.5 million. This aggregate premium was payable quarterly over 12 quarters, beginning September 30, 2011.

The critical terms of the interest rate caps were designed to mirror the terms of Opco’s LIBOR based borrowings under its Senior Secured Credit Facilities and as part of the refinancing of Opco’s Senior Secured Credit Facilities discussed in Note 17, the Company reevaluated the interest rate cap agreements and determined that the hedging relationship remained highly effective. Based on this, Opco re-designated these derivatives as cash flow hedges of the variability of a portion of the LIBOR based interest payments as follows:

 

    Up to $700.0 million of principal payments during the period September 30, 2011 to September 30, 2012,

 

    Up to $575.0 million of principal payments during the period October 1, 2012 to September 30, 2013, and

 

    Up to $450.0 million of principal payments during the period October 1, 2013 to September 30, 2014.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

To the extent the cash flow hedge is effective at offsetting the changes in cash flow being hedged, changes in its fair value are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”), until the hedged item affects earnings. Changes in fair value relating to the ineffective portion are immediately recognized in earnings. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are not designated as hedges are recorded in earnings each period. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company determined that the existence of hedge ineffectiveness, if any, was immaterial and all changes in the fair value of the caps are recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income as a component of AOCI.

The aggregate fair value of these interest rate caps was determined to be approximately $4.5 million at inception and less than $0.01 million at December 31, 2013, and is included in Other assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Refer to Note 15 “Fair Value Measurements” above for related fair value disclosures. There were no interest rate cap agreements in effect as of December 31, 2014.

The tables below present the location of Opco’s derivative financial instruments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and the loss recognized in AOCI related to the interest rate caps for the following reporting periods ended (in thousands):

 

(In thousands)

   Balance
Sheet
Location
     December 31,
2014
     December 31,
2013
 

Assets:

        

Derivative instruments designated as a cash flow hedge:

        
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest rate cap contracts

     Other Assets       $ 0       $ 1   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

   Year Ended
December 31, 2014
     Year Ended
December 31, 2013
     Year Ended
December 31, 2012
 

Amount of income recognized in other comprehensive income, net of taxes:

        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest rate caps

   $ 671       $ 884       $ 556   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, $1.1 million, $1.5 million and $1.5 million, respectively, was reclassified from AOCI to the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations related to Opco’s derivative financial instruments.

As noted above, during the year ended December 31, 2014, Opco allowed the interest rate caps to expire and Opco is no longer subject to the derivatives noted above.

17. Debt

Retired Senior Secured Credit Facilities

On May 2, 2014, Opco completed the 2014 Refinancing Transaction. As part of this transaction, the Term Loan Facility (the “Retired Term Loan Facility”) and Revolving Credit Facility (the “Retired Revolver”) outstanding on that date were retired. The Company’s borrowings outstanding under the Retired Term Loan Facility on the date of the 2014 Refinancing Transaction were $1.3 billion, which reflects the 2013 mandatory annual excess cash flow principal prepayment (“ECF”) of $7.9 million made in March 2014. The Company had $0.6 million of letters of credit outstanding, related to certain operating leases and no other borrowings outstanding under the Retired Revolver at the time of the 2014 Refinancing Transaction.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

New Senior Secured Credit Facilities

As part of the 2014 Refinancing Transaction, the Company entered into new senior secured credit facilities (the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”) pursuant to a credit agreement (the “ Credit Agreement”) dated May 2, 2014. The Credit Agreement provides Senior Secured Credit Facilities inclusive of:

 

    a term loan facility (the “Term Loan Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of $1.9 billion with a maturity date of May 2, 2021; and

 

    a revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of $160.0 million with a maturity date of May 2, 2019.

The Revolving Credit Facility includes a $20.0 million borrowing sublimit for letters of credit and a $25.0 million sublimit for borrowings on same-day notice. At December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 the Company had $0.6 million of letters of credit outstanding related to certain operating leases and Opco had no other borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility and Retired Revolver, respectively.

Original Issue Discount and Debt Financing Costs

The Company evaluated the 2014 Refinancing Transaction as to whether borrowings were extinguished or modified on a lender-by-lender basis. At the date of the 2014 Refinancing Transaction, the Company had $18.0 million of original issue discount (“OID”) and $19.3 million of deferred financing costs recorded in its consolidated financial statements related to the Retired Term Loan Facility and the Retired Revolver (collectively, the “Retired Senior Secured Credit Facilities”). Of these amounts, $8.2 million and $8.9 million, respectively, were recorded as part of the Company’s loss on extinguishment of debt in the year ended December 31, 2014. Additionally, the Company incurred $9.5 million of OID and $16.2 million in transaction costs with third parties related to entering into the Senior Secured Credit Facilities on May 2, 2014. Of these amounts, $1.7 million of the OID included in the loss on extinguishment of debt and $5.0 million of the transaction costs were expensed as incurred and are also presented in the extinguishment of debt recorded in the year ended December 31, 2014.

Amounts of previously and newly incurred OID and transactions costs not included in the loss on extinguishment of debt are carried forward as part of the new debt and are accounted for as documented below.

Upon completion of the 2014 Refinancing Transaction, the Company had $17.6 million of OID and $21.6 million of transaction costs with third parties recorded in its consolidated financial statements in Borrowings, net of current portion and original issue discount and deferred financing costs, net, respectively, related to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. These amounts are being amortized over the term of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities using the effective interest rate method. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded $4.3 million and $6.5 million, respectively, and $3.3 million and $5.0 million, respectively, of amortized interest expense related to the capitalization of deferred financing costs and accretion of OID, respectively, in its Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. Of the amounts recorded in the year ended December 31, 2014, $3.7 million related to the Retired Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Interest and Fees

Borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities will bear interest at a rate equal to, at the Company’s option, either (a) LIBOR plus an applicable margin or (b) the highest of (1) the prime commercial lending rate announced by Bank of America as its “prime rate,” (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (3) the one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.00%, plus an applicable margin. The base rate and LIBOR rate in respect of the Term Loan Facility are subject to interest rate floors of 2.00% and 1.00%, respectively. The initial applicable margin for borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities will be 2.75% with respect to base rate borrowings and 3.75% with respect to LIBOR borrowings. The applicable margin under the Revolving Credit Facility may be reduced subject to Opco attaining certain first lien leverage ratios as defined in the Credit Agreement.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, the Company is required to pay a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum to the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility in respect of the unutilized commitments. The commitment fee rate may be reduced to 0.375% and to 0.25% subject to Opco reducing its first lien leverage ratio to 4.5:1.0 and 4.0:1.0, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, Opco’s first lien leverage ratio was 4.1:1.0, and the commitment fee rate was 0.375%. The Company is also required to pay customary letter of credit fees.

Interest on outstanding borrowings and the commitment fee on the unutilized portion of the Revolving Credit Facility are payable in arrears at the end of each calendar quarter commencing with the quarter ended June 30, 2014. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded and paid interest on its Term Loan Facility of $73.7 million and $77.3 million, respectively, and $49.5 million and $50.5 million, respectively. Of the amounts recorded in the years ended December 31, 2014, $16.2 million related to the Retired Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

During each of the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded and paid commitment fees on the Revolving Credit Facility and letters of credit in the amounts of $0.8 million and less than $0.1 million, respectively, and $0.8 million and $0.2 million, respectively. Of the amounts recorded in the year ended December 31, 2014, $0.3 million related to the Retired Revolver.

Payments and Prepayments

The Term Loan Facility amortizes in equal quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the Term Loan Facility, or $4.8 million per quarter, beginning with the quarter ended September 30, 2014 with any remaining unpaid principal balance being payable on the May 2, 2021 maturity date. Principal amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility are due and payable in full on the May 2, 2019 maturity date.

The Company may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary breakage costs with respect to LIBOR loans and other than in connection with certain transactions prior to November 2, 2014 that have the effect of lowering the effective yield on the Term Loan Facility. Should Opco enter into any such repricing transaction with respect to the Term Loan Facility prior to this date, a 1% premium will be payable in respect of the repriced loans.

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain certain mandatory prepayment requirements. These include (i) an ECF payment, and (ii) payments related to certain asset sales. Determination of any mandatory prepayment amount is based on pre-established formulas as set forth in the Credit Agreement. ECF payments are applicable to each fiscal year commencing with the year ending December 31, 2015. The ECF payment percentage is 50% of excess cash flow as defined in the Credit Agreement but can be reduced to 25% of excess cash flow pursuant to Opco achieving a first lien leverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) of 4.5:1.0, and can be further reduced to 0% should Opco achieve a first lien leverage ratio of 4.0:1.0. As of December 31, 2014, Opco’s first lien leverage ratio was 4.1:1.0, and the commitment fee rate was 0.375%. Mandatory prepayments are applied to the scheduled installments of principal of the Term Loan Facility in direct order of maturity; furthermore, pursuant to the terms of the credit agreement, individual lenders may opt to refuse all or a portion of their proportionate share of any offered ECF payment. In such event, the declined amount of the prepayment will be retained by the Company.

Guarantees

All obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are unconditionally guaranteed by Intermediate and each existing and subsequently acquired or organized direct or indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiary of Opco (subject to certain exceptions).

 

F-44


Table of Contents

All obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the guarantees of such obligations are secured, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions, by substantially all of the assets of Opco and each subsidiary guarantor, including (i) a perfected first-priority pledge of all the equity interests of Opco and each wholly-owned, material subsidiary of Opco directly held by Opco or a subsidiary guarantor (limited to 65% of voting stock in the case of foreign subsidiaries) and (ii) a perfected first-priority security interest in and mortgage on, substantially all tangible and intangible personal property and material fee-owned real property of Opco and the subsidiary guarantors (subject to certain exclusions).

Covenants

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain a number of negative covenants that, subject to certain exceptions, restrict Opco’s (and the restricted subsidiaries of Opco) ability to incur additional indebtedness, issue additional guarantees, create or incur liens, engage in mergers or consolidations, sell or transfer assets, pay dividends and distributions or repurchase its capital stock, change its lines of business, make investments, loans or advances, prepay, redeem or repurchase certain subordinated indebtedness, make certain acquisitions, engage in certain transactions with affiliates, amend material agreements governing certain subordinated indebtedness, change its fiscal year and change the passive holding company status of Intermediate. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities also include affirmative covenants and events of default. Events of default include customary events of default including the failure to comply with any affirmative or negative covenant or a change in control of Opco. Certain events of default are subject to a right to cure.

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain the following financial covenant:

If on the last day of any test period, defined as the end of the most recently completed four consecutive fiscal quarters, the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amounts under the Revolving Credit Facility then outstanding, plus (b) the aggregate principal amount of any Swingline Loans then outstanding, plus (c) the amount of all letter of credit disbursements then outstanding exceeds 30.0% of the aggregate principal amount available under the Revolving Credit Facility, Opco’s first lien leverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) is not to exceed 7.25:1.0 as of the last day of such test period.

In an event of default, the lenders under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities will be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of all amounts due under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with all applicable financial covenants under its Senior Secured Credit Facilities. As of December 31, 2014, the Company was not subject to any financial covenants under its Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Senior Notes due 2019

On July 29, 2010, the Company issued $700.0 million 10.25% senior notes (the “Retired Senior Notes”) which were due to mature on August 1, 2018, pursuant to an indenture, dated as of July 29, 2010. On May 2, 2014, the Company redeemed these notes at a redemption price of 107.4% of the principal amount as part of the 2014 Refinancing Transaction.

On May 2, 2014, the Company issued, at par, $350.0 million 5.875% senior notes (the “Senior Notes” or “Senior Notes due 2019”) which mature on April 15, 2019, pursuant to an indenture (the “Senior Notes Indenture”), dated as of May 2, 2014, among Opco, the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee.

The Senior Notes due 2019 are Opco’s senior unsecured obligations and rank senior in right of payment to any future subordinated indebtedness; rank equally in right of payment with all of Opco’s existing and future

 

F-45


Table of Contents

senior indebtedness; are effectively subordinated in right of payment to Opco’s existing and future secured obligations, including indebtedness under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such obligations; and are structurally subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of Opco’s non-guarantor subsidiaries (other than indebtedness and liabilities owed to Opco or one of Opco’s guarantor subsidiaries).

Guarantees

The Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by each of Opco’s existing and future direct or indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries that guarantee Opco’s obligations under its Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Each subsidiary guarantee ranks senior in right of payment to all future subordinated indebtedness of the subsidiary guarantor; ranks equally in right of payment with all existing and future senior indebtedness of the subsidiary guarantor; is effectively subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future secured obligations of the subsidiary guarantors, including their guarantee of indebtedness under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and is effectively subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, of any subsidiary that is not also a guarantor of the Senior Notes. Any subsidiary guarantee of the Senior Notes shall automatically terminate and the subsidiary guarantor shall be released and discharged from all obligations upon the occurrence of certain customary release provisions for the subsidiary guarantors under the Senior Notes. The Senior Notes are unsecured, and, as such, no assets are pledged for this agreement.

Optional Redemption

At any time prior to April 15, 2015, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Senior Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as defined in the Senior Notes Indenture, and accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

On and after April 15, 2015, the Company may redeem the Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Senior Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of holders of Senior Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on April 15 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2015

     102.0

2016

     101.0

2017 and thereafter

     100.0

Prior to April 15, 2015, the Company may, at its option, on one or more occasions redeem up to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to 102.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of a qualified equity issuance, as defined in the Senior Notes Indenture; provided that such redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of closing of such qualified equity issuance.

In the event of a change of control, unless the Company has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Senior Notes, the Company is required to make an offer to purchase all of the Senior Notes at a price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid

 

F-46


Table of Contents

interest to the date of purchase, subject to the right of holders of the Senior Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

Covenants

The Senior Notes Indenture contains covenants limiting Opco’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares, pay dividends on or make other distributions in respect of Opco’s capital stock or make other restricted payments, make certain investments, sell or transfer certain assets, create liens on certain assets to secure debt, consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of Opco’s assets, enter into certain transactions with Opco’s affiliates, and designate Opco’s subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

The Senior Notes Indenture also provides for other customary warranties and nonfinancial covenants which, if violated, would create events of default and would permit or require the principal of and accrued interest on the Senior Notes to become or to be declared due and payable.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company was in compliance with the covenants included in the Senior Notes Indenture.

Original Issue Discount and Debt Financing Costs

At the date of the 2014 Refinancing Transaction, the Company had $9.4 million of OID and $10.5 million of deferred financing costs recorded in its consolidated financial statements related to the Retired Senior Notes. Of these amounts, $7.4 million and $8.3 million, respectively, were recorded as part of the Company’s loss on extinguishment of debt in the year ended December 31, 2014. In addition, the Company paid $51.5 million in premium payments related to the Retired Senior Notes as part of the 2014 Refinancing Transaction; $41.0 million of this amount was included in the loss on extinguishment of debt. The $10.5 million in premium that was not included in the loss on extinguishment of debt is accounted for as OID as it is deemed to represent fees paid directly to the lenders under U.S. GAAP. Finally, the Company incurred $6.4 million in new transactions costs with third parties related to the issuance of the Senior Notes due 2019 of which $1.6 million was expensed in the loss on extinguishment of debt. Amounts of legacy and newly incurred OID and transactions costs not included in the loss on extinguishment of debt are carried forward as part of the new debt and are accounted for as documented below.

In connection with the 2014 Refinancing Transaction, the Company had $12.5 million of OID and $7.0 million of transaction costs with third parties recorded in its consolidated financial statements in Borrowings, net of current portion and original issue discount and Deferred financing costs, net, respectively, related to the Senior Notes. These amounts are being amortized over the term of the Senior Notes using the effective interest rate method.

Interest

Interest on the Senior Notes accrues at the rate of 5.875% per annum and is payable semi-annually in arrears on April 15, and October 15, to holders of the notes of record on the immediately preceding April 1 and October 1, with payments commencing on October 15, 2014. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company paid interest on the Retired Senior Notes of $55.0 million.

At December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had $4.3 million and $29.9 million, respectively, of unpaid interest on the Senior Notes and Retired Senior Notes accrued in its Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded $1.8 million and $2.5 million, respectively, and $2.4 million and $2.2 million, respectively, of amortized interest expense, related to the capitalization of deferred financing costs and accretion of OID, respectively, in its Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. Of the amounts recorded in the year ended December 31, 2014, $1.6 million related to the Retired Senior Notes.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Senior PIK Toggle Notes Due 2017

On December 18, 2012, the Company issued the Toggle Notes which mature on December 15, 2017, pursuant to an indenture, dated as of December 18, 2012 (the Toggle Notes Indenture), among the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. The Toggle Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured obligations and rank pari passu in right of payment to any future senior indebtedness; rank structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of the subsidiaries of the Company, except to the extent the Toggle Notes are guaranteed by any subsidiary of the Company in the future; are effectively subordinated to all future secured indebtedness of the Company to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and rank senior in right of payment to any future subordinated indebtedness of the Company. The Toggle Notes are not guaranteed by any subsidiaries of the Company. The Toggle Notes will be structurally subordinated to indebtedness and other liabilities of subsidiaries of the Company that do not guarantee the Toggle Notes. The Company is an indirect holding company of Opco and its subsidiaries, with no material operations of its own and only limited assets or operations other than the indirect ownership of all of the capital stock of Opco. Accordingly, the Company is dependent upon the distribution of the earnings of its subsidiaries, whether in the form of dividends, advances, payments on account of intercompany obligations or otherwise, to service its debt obligations. Claims of creditors of such subsidiaries, including trade creditors, and claims of preferred stockholders of such subsidiaries will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such subsidiaries over the claims of the Company’s creditors, including holders of the Toggle Notes. In addition, the Toggle Notes are unsecured, and, as such, no assets are pledged for this agreement. Interest on the Toggle Notes accrues at the rate of 8.25% per annum and is payable semiannually on June 15 and December 15, commencing June 15, 2013, to holders of the notes of record on the immediately preceding June 1 and December 1. The initial interest payment on the Toggle Notes must be paid in cash; however, subsequent interest payments can be made in either cash or Payment in Kind Interest (“PIK Interest”). PIK Interest is an increase in the initial principal amount of the notes, or the issuance of new notes. Cash interest will accrue on the PIK Interest at 9.00% per annum. No interest payments on the Toggle Notes were made in the period from the settlement date of December 18, 2012 through December 31, 2012. During the year ended December 31, 2014, two interest payments, for a total amount of $28.8 million, were made.

Optional Redemption

After December 15, 2013, the Company may redeem the Toggle Notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of holders of record of the Toggle Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on December 15 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2014

     101.0

2015 and thereafter

     100.0

Covenants

The Toggle Notes Indenture contains covenants limiting the Company’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares, pay dividends on or make other distributions in respect of the Company’s capital stock or make other restricted payments, make certain investments, sell or transfer certain assets, create liens on certain assets to secure debt, consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, enter into certain transactions with the Company’s affiliates, and designate the Company’s subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

The Toggle Notes Indenture also provides for other customary warranties and nonfinancial covenants which, if violated, would create events of default and would permit or require the principal of and accrued

 

F-48


Table of Contents

interest on the Toggle Notes to become or to be declared due and payable. In the event of a default, any required payments would be subject to the same limitations as the regular debt service payments and payments required under a change in control, which are discussed above.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company was in compliance with its Toggle Note covenants.

Original Issue Discount and Debt Financing Costs

In connection with the Toggle Notes, the Company incurred debt financing costs of $7.4 million, of which $5.3 million represented direct issuance costs and commitment fees paid to the underwriters and $2.1 million represented transaction costs incurred with third parties. These costs were capitalized as deferred financing costs and reported in Deferred Financing Costs on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, net of amortization, for the year ended December 31, 2012. These costs are being amortized over the term of the debt instrument using the effective interest rate method.

The OID with regard to the Toggle Notes totaled $2.1 million at December 31, 2014. The original issue discount is being amortized over the life of the loan using the effective interest rate method. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had $1.2 million and $1.2 million, respectively, of unpaid interest on the Toggle Notes accrued in its Consolidated Balance Sheet. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded $0.7 million and $0.7 million, respectively, of amortized interest expense, related to the capitalized debt financing costs and debt discount accretion, in its Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Total Borrowings

Total borrowings consisted of the following at:

 

(In thousands)

   December 31,
2014
    December 31,
2013
 

Short-Term Debt:

    

Revolving Credit Facility

   $      $   

Term Loan Facility

     19,000        25,356   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Short-Term Debt:

   $ 19,000      $ 25,356   

Long-Term Debt:

    

Term Loan Facility

   $ 1,871,500      $ 1,269,858   

Senior Notes

     350,000        700,000   

Toggle Notes

     350,000        350,000   

Less Original Issue Discount—Term Loan Facility

     (15,871     (19,628

Less Original Issue Discount—Senior Notes

     (10,828     (10,080

Less Original Issue Discount—Toggle Notes

     (2,077     (2,777
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Long-Term Debt

   $ 2,542,724      $ 2,287,373   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-49


Table of Contents

The future minimum principal payments due per the Toggle Notes, the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes due 2019 are as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Principal Payments  
     (In thousands)  

2015

   $ 19,000   

2016

     19,000   

2017(a)

     369,000   

2018

     19,000   

2019

     369,000   

2020 and thereafter

     1,795,500   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,590,500   
  

 

 

 

 

(a) Included in the 2017 balance is the $350.0 million principal balance of the Toggle Notes due upon maturity in a lump sum payment on December 15, 2017.

18. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated all events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date of December 31, 2014 up through the issuance of these consolidated financial statements on July 24, 2015, the date these financial statements were submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission. On July 21, 2015 the Company effected a 1-for-9 reverse stock split (Note 1) which has been reflected in the accompanying financial statements and footnotes. The Company determined there were no other material recognized or unrecognized subsequent events.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE I—CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE REGISTRANT

INTERACTIVE DATA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (INCOME)

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2014
    Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    Year Ended
December 31,
2012
 

REVENUE

   $      $      $   

COSTS AND EXPENSES:

      

Selling, general and administrative

     339        588        307   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     339        588        307   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS

     (339     (588 )     (307

Interest expense, net

     (31,019     (31,030 )     (1,121 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES

     (31,358     (31,618     (1,428 )

Income tax benefit

     (13,065     (13,288 )     (52 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET LOSS BEFORE EQUITY IN NET INCOME OF SUBSIDIARIES

     (18,293     (18,330     (1,376 )

Equity in net income (loss) of subsidiaries

     (17,668     31,357        1,959   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET (LOSS) INCOME

   $ (35,961   $ 13,027      $ 583   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET (LOSS) INCOME

   $ (35,961   $ 13,027      $ 583   

SUBSIDIARIES’ OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

     (65,297     (2,412     22,468   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS)/INCOME

   $ (101,258   $ 10,615      $ 23,051   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The financial information of Interactive Holdings Corporation (Parent Company Only) should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

INTERACTIVE DATA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share information)

 

     December 31,
2014
     December 31,
2013
 
ASSETS      

Assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $       $ 703   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     4,087         3,980   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     4,087         4,683   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment in subsidiary

     868,422         1,230,075   

Deferred financing costs, net

     4,397         5,871   

Deferred tax assets

     27,970         14,905   

Other assets

     3,067         2,731   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 907,943       $ 1,258,265   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY      

Liabilities:

     

Accrued liabilities

   $ 71       $ 66   

Due to subsidiary

     2,555         2,341   

Interest payable

     1,203         1,203   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     3,829         3,610   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other liabilities

     36,850         36,850   

Borrowings, net of current portion and original issue discount

     347,924         347,223   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     388,603         387,683   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity:

     

Total stockholders’ equity

     519,340         870,582   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Equity

   $ 907,943       $ 1,258,265   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The financial information of Interactive Holdings Corporation (Parent Company Only) should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

INTERACTIVE DATA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2014
    Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    Year Ended
December 31,
2012
 

NET CASH (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES

     (29,312     (26,610 )     593  

Cash flows used in investing activities:

      

Investment in subsidiary

     (7,909     (8,190     (7,415
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

     (7,909     (8,190     (7,415

Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities:

      

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance costs

                   339,108   

Dividend from subsidiary

     301,771        28,715        100,000   

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     1,727        1,195        787   

Common stock cash dividends paid

     (260,055            (422,979 )

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

            5,000          

Capital reduction from payments to option holders

     (6,925              

Increase in restricted cash held for future cash distribution to option holders

                   (9,501
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES

     36,518        34,910        7,415   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     (703     110        593   

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD

     703        593          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD

   $      $ 703      $ 593   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The financial information of Interactive Holdings Corporation (Parent Company Only) should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

1. Basis of Presentation and Description of Business

Interactive Data Holdings Corporation (“Parent Company”)—Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information, included in this Annual Report, provides all parent company information that is required to be presented in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules and regulations for financial statement schedules. The accompanying condensed financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the reduced disclosure requirements permitted by the SEC. Interactive Data Holdings Corporation and Subsidiaries’ audited consolidated financial statements are included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Interactive Data Holdings Corporation conducts limited separate operations and acts primarily as a holding company. Interactive Data Holdings Corporation issued the Senior PIK Toggle Notes on December 18, 2012. Opco is limited to its ability to pay dividends or otherwise make other distributions to its immediate parent company and, ultimately, to Interactive Data Holdings Corporation, under its senior secured credit facilities and the indentures governing its senior notes. For a discussion of the debt obligations of Interactive Data Holdings Corporation and its subsidiaries, including the Senior PIK Toggle Notes, see Note 17 “Debt”, of the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

All U.S. dollar amounts presented except per share amounts are stated in thousands, unless otherwise indicated.

2. Commitments and Contingencies

For a discussion of the commitments and contingencies of Interactive Data Holdings Corporation and Subsidiaries, see Note 8, “Commitment and Contingencies”, of the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

3. Related Party Transactions

For a discussion of the related party transactions of Interactive Data Holdings Corporation and Subsidiaries, see Note 12, “Related Party Transactions” of the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

4. Debt

For a discussion of the Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2017 of the Parent Company, see Note 17, “Debt”, of the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

5. Dividends

Dividends paid to the Parent Company from Opco were $301,771, $28,715 and $100,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

 

(In thousands)

   Balance at
Beginning of
Period
     Additions          Other         Write Offs /
Recoveries
    Balance at End
of Period
 

Description

            

Allowance for doubtful accounts

            

Year Ended December 31, 2014

   $ 2,030       $ 1,648       $ (213 )(A)    $ (1,004   $ 2,461   

Year Ended December 31, 2013

   $ 2,625       $ 1,549       $ (244 )(A)    $ (1,900   $ 2,030   

Year Ended December 31, 2012

   $ 2,658       $ 1,983       $ 82  (A)    $ (2,098   $ 2,625   

 

(A) Currency adjustments for foreign entities.

 

(In thousands)

   Balance
Beginning of
Period
     Additions      Other     Credits
Issued
    Balance at End
of Period
 

Description

            

Allowance for sales credits

            

Year Ended December 31, 2014

   $ 5,678       $ 19,285       $ 753 (A)    $ (15,933   $ 9,783   

Year Ended December 31, 2013

   $ 3,093       $ 14,704       $ 281 (A)    $ (12,400   $ 5,678   

Year Ended December 31, 2012

   $ 2,494       $ 13,848       $ 29 (A)    $ (13,278   $ 3,093   

 

(A) Currency adjustments for foreign entities.

 

(In thousands)

   Balance at
Beginning of
Period
     Additions      Other      Realization     Balance at End
of Period
 

Description

             

Valuation allowance provided against deferred tax assets

             

Year Ended December 31, 2014

   $ 1,407       $ 401       $ —         $ (479   $ 1,329   

Year Ended December 31, 2013

   $ 1,032       $ 375       $ —         $ —        $ 1,407   

Year Ended December 31, 2012

   $ 1,025       $ 7       $ —         $ —        $ 1,032   

 

F-55


Table of Contents

INTERACTIVE DATA HOLDINGS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2015     2014  

REVENUE

   $ 467,757      $ 466,479   

COSTS AND EXPENSES:

    

Cost of services (exclusive of items shown separately below)

     161,576        171,197   

Selling, general and administrative

     152,804        153,044   

Depreciation

     24,218        21,868   

Amortization

     47,505        51,721   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     386,103        397,830   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

     81,654        68,649   

Interest expense, net

     (74,291     (81,559

Other (expense) income, net

     97        654   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

            (82,060
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES

     7,460        (94,316

Income tax benefit

     (793     (46,555
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCOME (LOSS)

   $ 8,253      $ (47,761
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Basic

   $ 0.05      $ (0.32

Diluted

   $ 0.05      $ (0.32

Weighted average common stock outstanding:

    

Basic

     149,352        149,174   

Diluted

     149,857        149,174   

Cash dividend paid per common share

   $      $ 1.71   

Pro forma earnings per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Basic

    

Diluted

    

Pro forma weighted average common stock outstanding:

    

Basic

    

Diluted

    

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

INTERACTIVE DATA HOLDINGS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2015     2014  

Net income (loss)

   $ 8,253      $ (47,761
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

    

Unrealized gain (loss) on securities, net of tax

     (7     (335

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     8,694        27,702   

Change in value of hedged interest rate caps, net of tax

            (6

Less: reclassification adjustment for interest rate cap related interest expense included in net income, net of tax

            677   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income, net of tax

     8,687        28,038   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 16,940      $ (19,723
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

INTERACTIVE DATA HOLDINGS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Unaudited)

(In thousands, except share and per share information)

 

     Unaudited
June 30,
2015
    Unaudited
Pro Forma
June 30,
2015
     Audited
December 31,
2014
 
ASSETS        

Assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 370,744      $                    $ 319,666   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts and sales credits of $9,531 and $12,244 at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively

     163,077           143,661   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     24,032           21,879   

Deferred tax assets

     41,130           41,518   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     598,983           526,724   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

     207,543           206,592   

Goodwill

     1,603,424           1,607,690   

Intangible assets, net

     1,386,496           1,438,138   

Deferred financing costs, net

     26,672           29,763   

Other assets

     8,388           8,826   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 3,831,506      $         $ 3,817,733   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY        

Liabilities:

       

Accounts payable, trade

   $ 24,973      $         $ 13,780   

Accrued liabilities

     87,573           99,455   

Borrowings, current

     19,000           19,000   

Interest payable

     5,867           5,916   

Income taxes payable

     8,365           5,084   

Deferred revenue

     29,188           20,282   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     174,966           163,517   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income taxes payable

     4,753           2,477   

Deferred tax liabilities

     517,130           532,211   

Other liabilities

     56,483           57,464   

Borrowings, net of current portion and original issue discount

     2,536,104           2,542,724   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     3,289,436           3,298,393   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

       

Equity:

       

Stockholders’ equity:

       

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 2,000,000,000 shares authorized, 153,217,020 and 153,172,005 issued and outstanding at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively

     1,533          1,532  

Additional paid-in-capital

     689,362           683,573   

Accumulated loss

     (122,411        (130,664 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (26,414        (35,101
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     542,070           519,340   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Equity

   $ 3,831,506      $         $ 3,817,733   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

INTERACTIVE DATA HOLDINGS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

(Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 

     Common Stock     

 

Additional
Paid-In-
Capital

    

 

Accumulated
Loss

    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
   

 

Total
Stockholder’s
Equity

 
     Number
of
Shares
     Par
Value
           

Balance, December 31, 2014

     153,172       $ 1,532      $ 683,573       $ (130,664 )   $ (35,101 )   $ 519,340   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation (Note 3)

                   1,994                     1,994   

Exercise of options

     45        1        409                     410   

Payment of promissory note

                   3,386                     3,386   

Other comprehensive loss (Note 12)

                                8,687        8,687   

Net income

                          8,253              8,253   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2015

     153,217       $ 1,533      $ 689,362       $ (122,411   $ (26,414   $ 542,070   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

INTERACTIVE DATA HOLDINGS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2015     2014  

Cash flows from operating activities:

  

Net income (loss)

   $ 8,253      $ (47,761 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     71,723        73,589   

Amortization of deferred financing costs and accretion of debt discounts

     5,972        8,077   

Deferred income taxes

     (13,161     (39,257 )

Non-cash stock-based compensation

     1,602        12,504   

Non-cash interest expense

            1,130   

Provision for bad debts

     921        1,686   

Asset impairment

            3,275   

Loss on dispositions of fixed assets

     120        7   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

            82,060   

Foreign currency remeasurement

     18,269        5,623   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net

     (7,557     (65,903
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES

     86,142        35,030   

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchase of property and equipment

     (26,939     (43,797

Increase in restricted cash held for future cash distributions for option holders

            (3,145

Proceeds from maturities and sales of short-term investments

            3,410   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

     (26,939     (43,532 )

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Principal payments on long-term debt

     (9,500     (1,995,213

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance costs

            2,166,442   

Principal payments on capital leases

     (106     (253

Payment of interest rate cap

            (831

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     410        1,275   

Payment on promissory note

     3,386          

Capital reduction resulting from dividend payment

            (260,055

Capital reduction resulting from cash distribution payment to option holders

            (6,925
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES

     (5,810     (95,560 )

Effect of change in exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

     (2,315     1,415   

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     51,078        (102,647 )

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD

     319,666        357,445   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD

   $ 370,744      $ 254,798   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

INTERACTIVE DATA HOLDINGS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Organization and Nature of the Business

Interactive Data Holdings Corporation and Subsidiaries (the “Company”), through its wholly-owned subsidiary Interactive Data Corporation (“Opco”), was founded in 1968 and is a leading provider of mission-critical financial market data, analytics and related solutions that are deeply embedded within its clients’ workflows. The Company’s products and services help increase transparency and efficiency and reduce risk for the world’s largest financial institutions. More than 5,000 financial institutions and approximately 600 software and service providers use the Company’s products and services, incorporating its information throughout their investment lifecycle, including areas such as trading, portfolio management, regulatory compliance, risk management and securities valuation. The Company’s clients include 49 of the top 50 global asset managers, all of the top 50 U.S. mutual funds, 48 of the top 50 U.S. banks, 33 of the top 50 global hedge funds, all of the top 15 global custodians, all of the top 10 global investment banks and all of the top 5 index providers.

The Company was formed in anticipation of and to facilitate the acquisition of Interactive Data Corporation (“Opco”). On May 3, 2010, the Company entered into an agreement to be acquired by investment funds managed by Silver Lake Group, L.L.C. and Warburg Pincus LLC (collectively, the “Sponsors”). Pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among the Company, Igloo Merger Corporation (“Merger Sub”) and Hg Investors LLC, on July 29, 2010, the Company completed its merger (the “Merger”) with Merger Sub. The Company was the surviving corporation in the Merger. Hg Investors LLC was subsequently merged into Igloo Intermediate Corporation (“Intermediate”). As a result of the Merger, and the subsequent merger of Hg Investors LLC into Intermediate, Opco is now wholly-owned by Intermediate, which in turn, is wholly owned by the Company.

2. Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company do not include all of the information and footnotes required by United States generally accepted accounting principles, and while the Company believes that the disclosures presented are adequate to make the information presented not misleading, these financial statements should be read in conjunction with Company’s audited financial statements and related notes included in the Company’s Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2014. In the opinion of management, the accompanying interim financial statements and notes contain all normal and recurring adjustments and accruals considered necessary for a fair presentation of the Company’s financial position, results of operations, and cash flows at the dates and for the periods indicated. The operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2015.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

In May 2015, the Company’s board of directors authorized the Company to submit a draft registration statement to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) permitting the Company to sell shares of its common stock to the public. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of June 30, 2015 reflects the accrual of a cash dividend to be paid to the Company’s stockholders and options holders prior to the closing of this offering.

Unaudited pro forma earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the extinguishment of a portion of the Company’s total debt, a one-time payment to the affiliates of the Sponsors in connection with the termination of the Management Agreement (Note 16. Related Party Transactions) and vesting of certain restricted stock awards and other share based payments which would be triggered upon consummation of the initial public offering contemplated by the Company. Unaudited pro forma earnings per share presented for the six months ended June 30, 2015 is calculated as if such transactions had occurred at the date the Company issued such shares or the beginning of the applicable period, as appropriate.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Reverse Stock Split

The Company effected a 1-for-9 reverse stock split on July 21, 2015. The reverse stock split proportionately reduced all issued and outstanding shares of common stock, as well as common stock underlying stock options and restricted stock outstanding immediately prior to the effectiveness of the reverse stock split. The exercise price on outstanding equity based-grants was proportionately increased, while the number of shares available under the Company’s 2010 Incentive Plan was proportionately reduced. Share and per share data (except par value) for all periods presented reflect the effects of this reverse stock split. References to numbers of shares of common stock and per share data in the accompanying financial statements and notes thereto have been adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split on a retroactive basis.

3. Stock-Based Compensation

Employee Stock Option Plan

On August 4, 2010, the Company adopted its 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan, as amended in September 2010, January 2011, September 2013, and September 2014, reserves 18.2 million shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment for certain corporate transactions) for issuances of stock-based awards to employees and other service providers as well as employees and service providers of any other direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company. The Plan provides the Company with the ability to grant stock options, restricted stock awards, and other equity-based incentive awards as a means of providing long-term incentive compensation. Shares of the Company’s Common Stock acquired pursuant to awards granted under the Plan will be subject to certain transfer restrictions and repurchase rights set forth in the Plan.

All stock options granted to date are subject to either time-based vesting or performance-based vesting, or a combination thereof. The time-based options vest over a five year period. The vesting of performance based options are based on the return received (or deemed received) by the Sponsors on their initial equity investment in the Company upon the occurrence of certain events, including a change in control of the Company. Shares of the Company’s Common Stock acquired upon the exercise of such stock options are subject to both transfer restrictions and repurchase rights following a termination of employment. The stock options expire on the tenth anniversary of the date of grant.

The employees that have received option grants in the period through June 30, 2015 are employees of Opco and given that Opco is a wholly owned and controlled subsidiary of the Company, the compensation expense will be recognized over the determined service period in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Executive Restricted Stock

Subsequent to the Merger, certain executives purchased or were granted an aggregate of 4.1 million shares of the Company’s Common Stock for nine dollars ($9.00) per share.

With respect to 3.8 million of these shares, there are certain transfer restrictions and repurchase rights, which allow the Company, in certain circumstances where the holder’s employment is terminated, to repurchase the shares from the employees at the lower of cost or fair market value. As a result of these repurchase features, the Company has determined the proceeds received for these shares should be recorded as a restricted stock liability. Accordingly, the proceeds from the sales of these shares of $34.5 million have been recorded in Other liabilities on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. Furthermore, due to these repurchase features, these share purchases are treated as early exercises of stock options for accounting purposes and are assigned a grant date fair value. The repurchase rights lapse upon a change in control or public offering of the Company’s Common Stock and compensation expense associated with these awards will be recognized at that point.

The holders of the remaining 0.3 million shares have contingent put rights which would require the Company to repurchase the shares at fair value in the event the holder is terminated without cause or resigns for

 

F-62


Table of Contents

reasons considered acceptable in the share purchase agreement. The accounting for these contingent repurchase rights requires that the proceeds from these share purchases be presented outside of stockholders’ equity. Accordingly the Company has recorded the proceeds from the sale of these shares within Other liabilities on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Other Restricted Stock

In April 2011, the Company awarded 44,444 shares of restricted stock to a member of the Board of Directors, which vest over a 5-year period, with 11,111 shares vesting on the first anniversary of the grant date and the remaining shares vesting ratably (monthly) over the remaining 48 months of the period.

Stock-based Compensation Expense and Valuation Assumptions

For the periods presented, the Company recognized stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

(In thousands)

   Three Months
Ended June 30,
2015
     Three Months
Ended June 30,
2014
     Six Months
Ended June 30,
2015
     Six Months
Ended June 30,
2014
 

Cost of services

   $ 158       $ 523       $ 259       $ 789   

Selling, general and administrative

     716         10,819         1,343         11,715   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense before income taxes(a)

   $ 874       $ 11,342       $ 1,602       $ 12,504   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) During the three months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, total stock compensation expense before income taxes was $1.1 million and $11.5 million, respectively, prior to the capitalization of $0.2 million and $0.2 million respectively, as part of ongoing development initiatives. During the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, total stock compensation expense before income taxes was $2.0 million and $12.9 million, respectively, prior to the capitalization of $0.4 million and $0.4 million respectively, as part of ongoing development initiatives. The Company recorded additional compensation expense of $1.3 million and $1.0 million, respectively, and $2.6 million and $1.5 million, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014, respectively, related to cash distributions paid to employee holders of the Company’s stock options in connection with the 2012 and 2014 recapitalization transactions. Further information regarding these payments is set forth below under the headings “2012 Recapitalization Transaction” and “2014 Recapitalization Transaction.”

There were no excess tax benefits related to the exercise of stock options in either the three or six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.

Valuation Assumptions

The Company estimated the fair value of stock options with service-based conditions on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes model. The Company estimated the fair value of stock options with performance-based vesting conditions on the date of grant using the Monte Carlo Simulation model. Key assumptions used in estimating the grant date fair value of options are as follows: the fair value of the Company’s Common Stock, interest yield, expected volatility, risk-free interest rate, expected term and forfeiture rate.

Stock options with performance-based vesting conditions generally become exercisable on the occurrence of a liquidity event that results in specified returns on the Sponsors’ initial investment. For awards with performance-based vesting conditions, the Company evaluates a range of possible future stock values to construct a distribution of where future stock prices might be. The simulations and resulting distributions give a statistically acceptable range of future stock prices for options with performance-based vesting conditions.

For stock options with performance-based vesting conditions such as a change in control or a public offering of the Company’s Common Stock, the Company considers the probability of the condition being achieved when

 

F-63


Table of Contents

determining expected term. For options with service-based vesting conditions, the expected term is based on when employees are expected to exercise options based on the period of vesting and the estimated timing of a potential change in control or public offering.

As the Company’s Common Stock underlying the options was not traded on any public market as of June 30, 2015, the Company reviewed the unlevered historical and implied volatility of the common stock of publicly traded peer companies within the Company’s industry and utilized the resulting implied volatility, adjusted for the Company’s debt structure, when calculating the fair value of the options. The determined risk-free interest rate is based on the yield for a U.S. Treasury security having a maturity similar to the expected life of the option. The assumed forfeiture rate is determined based on historical forfeiture data as well as future expectations. The dividend yield and estimated time to complete a liquidity event are based on management’s judgment with input from the Company’s Board of Directors.

For share-based awards granted during the three month periods ended June 30, 2015 and March 31, 2015, the Board of Directors valued the Company’s Common Stock at $15.30 and $11.97 per share, respectively. These share prices were based on the results of the most recent valuation analysis done by the Company. The valuation analyses were performed as of April 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, which valued the Company’s Common Stock on a non-marketable, minority interest basis. The valuation process undertaken used generally accepted valuation methodologies to perform the valuation of the Company’s Common Stock using both the income (discounted cash flows methodology) and market (guideline-company and comparable transaction methodologies) approaches. A lack of marketability discount derived from empirical studies and theoretical models was then applied to the resulting share price to arrive at the final share price used for determining compensation cost related to share-based options issued during the applicable periods.

The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense net of estimated forfeitures and, therefore, only recognizes compensation cost for those awards expected to vest over the service period of the awards. The Company has applied a forfeiture rate of 7% for non-executive employees who received grants of less than 100,000 shares and 0% for executives and non-executive employees who received grants in excess of 100,000 shares, to all unvested options as of June 30, 2015. This estimate is re-evaluated periodically and the forfeiture rate is adjusted as necessary.

No expense was recognized during the three and six-month periods ended June 30, 2015 or 2014, for options with performance-based vesting features. These options become exercisable on a change in control or public offering of the Company’s Common Stock. Compensation expense associated with these awards will be recognized upon such an event.

Certain stock options held by executives are subject to call rights. The call rights permit the Company to purchase, at its discretion, any shares exercised under these option awards at a per share price equal to the lower of the option exercise price or the fair market value if the executive voluntarily terminates his employment. These call rights lapse on a change in control or public offering of the Company’s Common Stock.

The fair values of stock options granted under the Plan were estimated as of the grant date using the Black Scholes model for options with service-based vesting conditions or the Monte Carlo Simulation model for awards with performance-based vesting conditions, applying the following assumptions:

 

     Six Months
Ended June 30,
2015
    Six Months
Ended June 30,
2014
 

Risk free interest rate

     1.7 %     1.5 %

Weighted average expected volatility

     72.9 %     66.4 %

Expected dividend yield

     0.0 %     0.0 %

Expected term (in years)

     4.4        4.4   

Weighted average fair value of underlying shares

   $ 15.30      $ 11.70   

 

F-64


Table of Contents

The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted under the Plan for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 was $5.66 and $4.23, respectively.

The expected term of options granted under the Plan represents a weighted average term derived from the Monte Carlo simulation models used for each performance-based award and the service period and, to the extent established or known, the potential timing of a change in control or initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock for awards which vest based on service conditions.

2012 Recapitalization Transaction

In December 2012, the Company completed a recapitalization transaction (the “2012 Recapitalization transaction”) which resulted in the holders of the Company’s Common Stock and certain holders of the Company’s stock options receiving a cash dividend (in the form of a return of capital) and/or cash distribution equal to $2.7855 per share/option. Holders of the Company’s Common Stock received a cash dividend, and holders of the Company’s stock options with service-based vesting conditions received a cash distribution. Holders of the Company’s stock options with performance-based vesting conditions received a $2.78 reduction in the per share strike price (other than the performance-based options held by one of the Company’s executives, which received a reduction in strike price equal to $1.80 per share).

The total dividend payment from the Company to the holders of its Common Stock in connection with the 2012 Recapitalization transaction was $423.0 million, which was paid on December 19, 2012. The total cash distribution payable to the holders of the Company’s vested and unvested stock options with service-based vesting conditions was $16.0 million. Of this amount, $6.5 million was paid in December 2012 to holders of vested stock options with service-based vesting conditions. As of June 30, 2015, the remaining $1.0 million related to the 2012 Recapitalization transaction will be expensed upon the subsequent vesting of the service-based options. Under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), this transaction constitutes a modification of all outstanding stock options. Accordingly, the Company revalued its Common Stock on December 19, 2012 to derive the fair market value (“FMV”) of the Company’s Common Stock immediately preceding the 2012 Recapitalization transaction and immediately after its consummation. The resulting pre- and post-transaction values were $11.25 and $9.00 per share, respectively. These share prices were then used to determine the new option fair values for all of the outstanding stock options on December 19, 2012 pre- and post-transaction. Options with service-based vesting conditions were valued using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model, and options with performance-based vesting conditions were valued using a Monte Carlo simulation model.

In connection with the dividend payments and strike price reductions granted to option holders and restricted stock holders, which were done under equitable adjustment provisions in the 2010 Plan, the Company evaluated whether any incremental compensation was provided using the following assumptions:

 

     Pre-Dividend     Post-Dividend  

Risk free interest rate

     1.0 %     1.0 %

Weighted average expected volatility

     83.0 %     83.0 %

Expected dividend yield

     0.0 %     0.0 %

Expected term (in years)

     4.7        4.8   

Weighted average fair value of underlying shares

   $ 11.25      $ 9.00   

The re-valuation of stock options upon the 2012 Recapitalization transaction resulted in reductions from the pre-dividend values to the post-dividend values ranging from $1.62 to $1.89 per share for options with service-based vesting conditions and $0.45 to $0.90 per share for options with performance-based vesting conditions. As the fair value of options with service-based vesting conditions generally declined in all cases as a result of the modification, and these options are deemed probable of vesting, the stock compensation expense calculated at the grant date, as documented above, will continue to be used in calculating total compensation expense applicable to the modified awards. Conversely, although the fair value of options with performance-based vesting conditions

 

F-65


Table of Contents

also declined in all cases as a result of the modification, these options were not deemed probable of vesting before or after the modification and therefore the unrecognized stock compensation expense related to these options will be recalculated using the new fair values resulting from the modification. In addition, for the options with service-based vesting conditions, the Company incurred additional compensation expense, equal to the per share value of the cash distribution less any loss of option value. This additional compensation expense totaled approximately $10.0 million, of which $3.5 million related to service-based options that were vested as of December 19, 2012 and was recorded as stock-based compensation expense, and $6.5 million related to service-based options that were unvested as of that date. The $6.5 million is recognized as other compensation expense as these options continue to vest and the related cash distributions are made by the Company. Of the $6.5 million cash distribution made on December 19, 2012, $3.0 million was recognized as a reduction in capital. Because holders of stock options with performance-based vesting conditions received no additional cash consideration as a result of the 2012 Recapitalization transaction, no additional stock-based compensation expense was recognized related to these awards.

As a result of the 2012 Recapitalization transaction, the receipt of cash dividends by certain holders of the 3.8 million shares of the Company’s Common Stock that the Company accounts for as early exercise of stock options resulted in approximately $10.7 million of additional compensation expense to the Company for the year ended December 31, 2012. No stock-based compensation expense had previously been recognized related to these awards as the vesting conditions that would trigger expense recognition, a change in control or public offering of the Company’s Common Stock, were not deemed probable at the date of the dividend or at December 31, 2014, 2013 or 2012; therefore, the entire value of the dividend received by the holders of these shares was deemed to benefit the holder and results in stock-based compensation expense to the Company.

2014 Recapitalization Transaction

In May 2014, the Company completed a second recapitalization transaction (the “2014 Recapitalization transaction”). Concurrent to the 2014 Recapitalization transaction, the Company refinanced all its outstanding debt. For further information on the Company’s debt refinancing, refer to Note 13 “Debt” below. The 2014 Recapitalization resulted in the holders of the Company’s Common Stock and certain holders of the Company’s stock options receiving a cash dividend (in the form of a return of capital) and/or cash distribution equal to $1.71 per share/option. Holders of the Company’s Common Stock received a cash dividend and holders of stock options with service-based vesting conditions received a cash distribution. Holders of stock options with performance-based vesting conditions received a $1.71 reduction in the per share strike price (other than the performance-based options held by one of the Company’s executives, which received a reduction in strike price equal to $1.1394 per share).

The total dividend payment from the Company to the holders of its common stock was $261.7 million, which was paid on May 5, 2014. The total cash distribution payable to holders of the Company’s vested and unvested stock options with service-based vesting conditions was $11.2 million. Of this amount, $6.4 million was paid on May 5, 2014 to holders of the Company’s vested stock options with service-based vesting conditions. Additionally, $1.6 million was paid with respect to service-based options vesting during the year ended December 31, 2014. As of June 30, 2015, the remaining $1.9 million will be expensed upon the subsequent vesting of the service-based options. Under GAAP, this transaction constitutes a modification of all of the Company’s outstanding stock options. Accordingly, the Company revalued its Common Stock on May 2, 2014 to derive the FMV of the Company’s Common Stock immediately preceding the 2014 Recapitalization transaction and immediately after its consummation. The resulting pre-and post-transaction values were $12.24 and $10.71 per share, respectively. These share prices were then used to determine the new option fair values for all of the outstanding stock options on May 2, 2014 pre- and post-transaction. Options with service-based vesting conditions were valued using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model, and options with performance-based vesting conditions were valued using a Monte Carlo simulation model.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

In connection with the dividend payments and strike price reductions granted to option holders and restricted stock holders, which were done under equitable adjustment provisions in the 2010 Plan, the Company evaluated whether any incremental compensation was provided using the following assumptions:

 

     Pre-Dividend     Post-Dividend  

Risk free interest rate

     1.3 %     1.3 %

Weighted average expected volatility

     78.0 %     78.2 %

Expected dividend yield

     0.0 %     0.0 %

Expected term (in years)

     3.9        3.9   

Weighted average fair value of underlying shares

   $ 12.24      $ 10.71   

The re-valuation of the Company’s stock options upon the 2014 Recapitalization transaction resulted in reductions from the pre-dividend values to the post-dividend values ranging from $0.99 to $1.44 per share for options with service-based vesting conditions and $0.36 to $0.63 per share for options with performance-based vesting conditions. As the fair value of options with service-based vesting conditions generally declined in all cases as a result of the modification, and these options are deemed probable of vesting, the stock compensation expense calculated at the grant date, as documented above, will continue to be used in calculating total compensation expense applicable to the modified awards. Conversely, although the fair value of options with performance-based vesting conditions also declined in all cases as a result of the modification, these options were not deemed probable of vesting before or after the modification and therefore the unrecognized stock compensation expense related to these options will be recalculated using the new fair values resulting from the modification. In addition, for the options with service-based vesting conditions, the Company incurred additional compensation expense equal to the per share value of the cash distribution less any loss of option value. This additional compensation expense totaled approximately $6.2 million, of which $4.0 million related to service-based options that were vested as of May 5, 2014 and was recorded as stock-based compensation expense, and $2.2 million related to service-based options that were unvested as of that date. The $2.2 million will be recognized as other compensation expense as these options continue to vest and the related cash distributions are made by the Company. Because holders of the Company’s stock options with performance-based vesting conditions received no additional cash consideration as a result of the 2014 Recapitalization transaction, no additional stock-based compensation expense was recognized related to these awards.

The receipt of cash dividends by certain holders of the 3.8 million shares of the Company’s Common Stock that the Company accounts for as early exercise of stock options resulted in approximately $6.6 million of additional compensation expense to the Company for the year ended December 31, 2014. No stock-based compensation expense, other than the $10.7 million of expense recognized as a result of the 2012 Recapitalization transaction, has previously been recognized related to these shares, as the vesting conditions that would trigger expense recognition, a change in control or public offering of the Company’s Common Stock, are not deemed probable at the date of the dividend or at December 31, 2014. Therefore, the entire value of the dividend received by the holders of these shares is deemed to benefit the holder and results in stock-based compensation expense to the Company.

The Company calculates and pays the additional cash distributions related to the 2012 and 2014 Recapitalization transactions on a quarterly basis to the qualified holders of such options. As a result of the 2012 and 2014 Recapitalization transactions, the Company recorded additional compensation expense of $1.3 million and $5.0 million in the three months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and $2.6 million and $5.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, related to service-based options that vested during these periods.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

Stock-based Award Activity

A summary of the status and activity for stock option awards under the Plan for the six months ended June 30, 2015, is presented below:

 

     Number of
Options
(in thousands)
    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
    Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

     17,435      $ 7.17        6.6   

Granted

     117        14.82     

Exercised

     (45 )     (9.11  

Forfeited

     (302 )     (6.85  

Expired

     (173 )     (9.28  
  

 

 

     

Outstanding at June 30, 2015

     17,032        7.20        6.1   
  

 

 

     

Vested and unvested expected to vest at June 30, 2015

     16,614        7.18        6.1   

Exercisable at June 30, 2015

     3,548        9.29        5.9   

Executive Restricted Stock

A summary of the status and activity for executive restricted stock for the six months ended June 30, 2015, is presented below:

 

     Number
of Units
(in thousands)
     Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
(Per Share)
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
 

Unvested at December 31, 2014

     4,094       $ 5.98         N/A   

Granted

                

Vested

                

Forfeited

                

Cancelled

                
  

 

 

       

Unvested at June 30, 2015

     4,094       $ 5.98         N/A   
  

 

 

       

Other Restricted Stock

A summary of the status and activity for unvested restricted stock for the six months ended June 30, 2015, is presented below:

 

     Number
of Units
(in thousands)
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
(Per Share)
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
 

Unvested at December 31, 2014

     12      $ 9.00         N/A   

Granted

               

Vested

     (4         

Forfeited

               

Cancelled

               
  

 

 

      

Unvested at June 30, 2015

     8      $ 9.00         N/A   
  

 

 

      

 

F-68


Table of Contents

Unrecognized Compensation Expense

Total unrecognized compensation expense, net of forfeitures, related to stock based awards and unpaid cash distributions to option holders, was $83.5 million at June 30, 2015. Of this amount, $56.1 million related to the Company’s non-vested employee stock options, of which $9.8 million related to awards which become exercisable based on service based vesting conditions that will be recognized over an implicit and/or explicit weighted average service period of 1.7 years and $46.3 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to stock option awards that vest upon meeting certain performance conditions (a change in control or a public offering of the Company’s Common Stock). Compensation expense for these awards will be recognized upon attainment of a performance condition. In the event a performance condition occurs, the amount of the $46.3 million unrecognized compensation expense recognized in the financial statements will depend on the number of shares held by the Sponsors subject to a liquidity event at that time. Unrecognized compensation expense related to unpaid cash distributions to options holders was $2.9 million at June 30, 2015. The remaining $24.5 million of unrecognized compensation expense relates to the Company’s restricted stock discussed above. Compensation expense for the Company’s restricted stock will be recognized upon a change in control or public offering of the Company’s Common Stock.

4. Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-term Investments

Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of cash deposits held at major financial institutions and money market fund investments. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of less than three months to be cash equivalents.

5. Fair Value Measurements

The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Observable inputs are inputs that reflect the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

The three levels of the fair value hierarchy in order of priority are as follows:

 

Level 1:   

Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access as of the reporting date. Active markets are those in which transactions for the asset or liability occur in sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

 

Level 2:   

Pricing inputs other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level 1, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

 

Level 3:    Unobservable inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Unobservable inputs are used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

The following tables provide a summary of the fair values of the Company’s assets and liabilities as of:

 

     June 30, 2015  
     Fair Value Measurements Using      Assets at  
(in thousands)    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Fair Value  

Assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 370,744       $       $        370,744   

Restricted cash

     4,206                       4,206   

Other(1)

     291                       291   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 375,241       $      $      $ 375,241   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     June 30, 2015  
     Fair Value Measurements Using      Liabilities at  
(in thousands)    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Fair Value  

Liabilities:

           

Other(1)

   $ 291       $      $      $ 291   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

   $ 291       $      $      $ 291  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists of mutual fund assets held in a rabbi trust included in Prepaid expenses and other current assets, and a corresponding non-qualified deferred compensation plan liability included in Accrued liabilities on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet. The fair value of the mutual fund assets and related liability are based on the quoted market price of each fund at the reporting date.

The Company currently invests excess cash balances primarily in cash deposits held at financial institutions and money market fund accounts. The carrying amounts of cash deposits, trade receivables, trade payables and accrued liabilities, as reported on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, approximate their fair value because of the short maturity of those instruments.

The carrying value of borrowings outstanding under Opco’s Senior Secured Credit Facilities, which bear interest at a variable rate, are considered to approximate fair value. The carrying value of Opco’s Senior Notes due 2019 and Toggle Notes, which bear interest at a fixed rate, differ from their fair values as follows:

 

     June 30, 2015  
(in thousands)    Carrying Value(1)      Fair Value  

Senior Notes due 2019

   $ 350,000       $ 354,375   

Toggle Notes

   $ 350,000       $ 357,000   

 

(1) Excludes original issue discount.

The fair value of Opco’s Senior Notes due 2019 and the Toggle Notes is based on market-based information available from Standard & Poor’s Securities Evaluations as of June 30, 2015 and represents a Level 2 valuation.

6. Segment Information

The Company operates in two reportable operating segments by providing financial market data, analytics and related services to financial institutions and individual investors and investment community professionals worldwide. The Company regularly reviews its segments and the approach used by management to evaluate performance and allocate resources.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

Pricing and Reference Data

The Pricing and Reference Data segment provides an extensive set of market data products and analytics, many of which are proprietary, to over 5,000 clients worldwide. The Company’s clients include asset management firms, mutual fund companies, hedge funds, pension funds, insurance companies, ETF sponsors, index providers, banks and brokerage firms, as well as hundreds of VARs such as custodians, software providers and other outsourcing organizations. The Pricing and Reference Data segment provides: (1) evaluated pricing services on approximately 2.7 million fixed income securities and other hard-to-value financial instruments; (2) reference data on over 10 million global financial instruments, including descriptive data, terms and conditions and corporate actions; (3) end-or-day pricing data from a range of sources, including approximately 120 financial markets and exchanges; and (4) fixed income and equity portfolio analytics and data.

Trading Solutions

The Trading Solutions segment provides products and services to thousands of global clients that support a range of trading, wealth management and other investment applications. The Trading Solutions segment provides: (1) real-time market data feeds from over 450 sources in a normalized format; (2) trading infrastructure managed services that facilitate low latency electronic trading across a range of asset classes; and (3) workstations and customized hosted web applications that provide access to market data and related analytics and tools for financial advisors, investment professionals, individual investors and a range of corporate clients.

The Company evaluates its segments on the basis of revenue and income from operations. For comparative purposes, the Company has provided the information for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.

Reportable segment financial information is as follows:

 

(In thousands)

   Three Months
Ended June 30,
2015
    Three Months
Ended June 30,
2014
    Six Months
Ended June 30,
2015
    Six Months
Ended June 30,
2014
 

Revenue(a):

        

Pricing and Reference Data

   $ 170,703      $ 165,830      $ 337,514      $ 328,773   

Trading Solutions

     64,813        66,251        130,243        137,706   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 235,516      $ 232,081      $ 467,757      $ 466,479   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations(b):

        

Pricing and Reference Data

   $ 102,080      $ 99,045      $ 204,264      $ 192,712   

Trading Solutions

     10,960        4,238        22,288        12,888   

Corporate and unallocated(c)

     (67,258     (75,449     (144,898     (136,951
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 45,782      $ 27,834      $ 81,654      $ 68,649   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reportable segment financial information for identifiable assets by reportable segment is as follows (in thousands):

 

(In thousands)

   As of
June 30, 2015
     As of
December 31, 2014
 

Identifiable assets:

     

Pricing and Reference Data

   $ 3,384,666       $ 3,319,886   

Trading Solutions

     299,648         310,309   

Corporate and unallocated(d)

     147,192         187,538   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,831,506       $ 3,817,733   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-71


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of income from operations to income before income taxes is as follows:

 

(In thousands)

   Three Months
Ended June 30,
2015
    Three Months
Ended June 30,
2014
    Six Months
Ended June 30,
2015
    Six Months
Ended June 30,
2014
 

Income from operations(b):

   $ 45,782      $ 27,834      $ 81,654      $ 68,649   

Interest expense, net

     (37,507     (40,224     (74,291     (81,559

Other (loss) income, net

     (53     14        97        654   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

            (82,060            (82,060
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 8,222      $ (94,436   $ 7,460      $ (94,316
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Revenue is net of any inter-segment revenue and, therefore, represents only revenue from external clients.
(b) Income from operations equals income from operations before interest income and income taxes and represents the measure of segment profit.
(c) Corporate and unallocated loss from operations includes costs and expenses related to corporate, general and administrative activities in the U.S. and the U.K., stock-based compensation, costs associated with the Company’s Boxborough data center and all intangible asset amortization for the Company.
(d) All Goodwill and Intangible assets have been allocated to the two reportable segments.

7. Commitments and Contingencies

In connection with the provision of services in the ordinary course of business, the Company may be required to indemnify clients against third-party claims that the Company’s products or services infringe on the intellectual property rights of others. The Company has not been required to make material payments under such provisions. A portion of the defense and/or settlement costs in some such cases is covered by various commercial liability insurance policies. In other cases, the defense and/or settlement costs are paid from the Company’s existing cash resources. In addition, the Company’s third-party data suppliers audit the Company from time to time in the ordinary course of business (including audits underway) to determine if data the Company licenses for redistribution has been properly accounted for in accordance with the terms of the applicable license agreement. In view of the Company’s financial condition and the accruals established for related matters, management does not believe that the ultimate liability, if any, related to any of these matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

8. Income Taxes

For the six months ended June 30, 2015 the Company’s effective tax rate after discrete items was a 10.6% benefit, as compared with a 49.4% benefit for the six months ended June 30, 2014. For the six months ended June 30, 2015, the Company recorded income tax benefit after discrete items of $0.8 million, compared with a benefit of $46.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014.

For the six months ended June 30, 2015, the Company’s effective tax rate, based on the estimated full year tax rate, before discrete items, was a 22.0% expense, as compared with a 38.9% benefit for the six months ended June 30, 2014. The change in the estimated annual effective tax rate, prior to the impact of discrete items, is due to the forecasted full year loss in 2014 driven by the impact of the 2014 debt refinancing and the associated expenses, including expenses related to the early extinguishment of debt and other fees.

The six months ended June 30, 2015 included a net discrete benefit of $2.4 million, primarily attributable to a release of $1.1 million of net reserves related to closure of an income tax examination with a state jurisdiction; and a $0.8 million reduction to the net deferred tax liabilities as a result of a tax rate reduction in Japan enacted in the first quarter of 2015 as well as tax provision to tax return adjustments of $0.6 million with respect to the filing of prior tax returns in foreign jurisdictions. These benefits were partially offset by interest expense on tax reserves for unrecognized tax positions.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2015, the Company had approximately $2.6 million of net unrecognized tax benefits ($4.6 million on a gross basis) which would affect the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized.

The Company recognizes net interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. A net interest and penalties benefit of $0.3 million was provided in income tax expense for uncertain tax positions for both the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014. As of June 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014, gross reserves for interest and penalties were $0.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

The Company files federal, state and foreign income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities in various jurisdictions. Tax years that remain subject to examination include 2013 and 2014 for the U.S Internal Revenue Service, and 2009 through 2014 for significant states and various foreign jurisdictions.

The Company recognizes future tax benefits or expenses attributable to its taxable temporary differences and net operating loss carry forwards. Recognition of deferred tax assets is subject to the Company’s determination that realization is more likely than not. Based on taxable income projections the Company believes that the recorded deferred tax assets will be realized.

The Company was not a U.S. Federal cash taxpayer for the year ended December 31, 2014 and the Company expects to maintain such status as it pertains to U.S. Federal taxes throughout 2015 based on our expected results for fiscal 2015, including the utilization of net operating loss carry forwards, Foreign Tax Credits and Research and Development tax attributes.

9. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of the following:

 

(In thousands, except weighted
average amortization period)

  Weighted
Average
Amortization

Period
    June 30, 2015     December 31, 2014  
    Gross
Carrying
Value
    Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Book
Value
    Gross
Carrying
Value
    Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Book
Value
 

Amortizing Intangibles:

             

Completed technology(1)

    5.0 years      $ 187,252      $ (185,760 )   $ 1,492      $ 188,551      $ (182,913 )   $ 5,638   

Customer lists

    23.8 years        1,532,779        (336,116 )     1,196,663        1,536,607        (304,485 )     1,232,122   

Definite-lived trademarks

    7.1 years        1,500        (1,119 )     381        1,500        (1,054 )     446   

Data/databases

    5.0 years        107,685        (105,890 )     1,795        107,837        (95,256 )     12,581   

Exchange relationships

    25.0 years        16,076        (3,161 )     12,915        16,420        (2,901 )     13,519   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      1,845,292        (632,046     1,213,246        1,850,915        (586,609 )     1,264,306   

Non-amortizing intangibles:

             

Indefinite-lived trademarks

    Indefinite        173,250               173,250        173,832              173,832   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    $ 2,018,542      $ (632,046 )   $ 1,386,496      $ 2,024,747      $ (586,609 )   $ 1,438,138   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

The Company’s ongoing information technology initiatives are expected to replace certain of the Company’s completed technology assets resulting in the remaining useful lives of these assets being based on the estimated completion date of those initiatives. In December 2013, Company management, based on ongoing analysis of its in-process development initiatives, determined that certain of these assets’ useful lives would be extended to December 31, 2014 and certain others would be extended to May 31, 2015. This change in accounting estimate was accounted for on January 1, 2014 and resulted in an increase in Income from Operations of approximately $0.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations due to decreased amortization expense being recorded in 2014. Additionally, the extension of the estimated useful lives resulted in the weighted average amortization period for completed technologies increasing to 4.8 years from 4.4 years. In August of 2014, Company management again, based on ongoing

 

F-73


Table of Contents
  analysis of its in-process development initiatives, determined certain of these assets’ useful lives would be extended to May 31, 2015, such that all such assets in that asset group would have lives through May 31, 2015, such date being the original estimated useful life end date for this asset group at the time of the recording of these assets in July of 2010. This change in accounting estimate was accounted for on August 1, 2014 and resulted in an increase in Income from Operations of approximately $0.3 million in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 2015 due to decreased amortization expense being recorded. Additionally, the extension of the estimated useful lives resulted in the weighted average amortization period for completed technologies increasing to 5.0 years from 4.8 years.

The estimated amortization expense of definite-lived intangible assets is as follows:

 

     (In thousands)  

For remainder of year ending 12/31/15

   $ 36,421   

For year ending 12/31/16

     65,454   

For year ending 12/31/17

     65,125   

For year ending 12/31/18

     64,723   

For year ending 12/31/19

     64,338   

For years thereafter

     917,185   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,213,246   
  

 

 

 

The changes in the carrying amounts of goodwill by reportable segment for the six months ended June 30, 2015 are as follows (in thousands):

 

(In thousands)

   Pricing and
Reference Data
    Trading
Solutions
    Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2014

   $ 1,497,794      $ 109,896      $ 1,607,690   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impact of change in foreign exchange rates(a)

     (1,970     (2,296     (4,266
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2015

   $ 1,495,824      $ 107,600      $ 1,603,424   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Foreign currency translation adjustments totaling a decrease of $4.3 million primarily reflects the volatility of the U.S. Dollar against the U.K. Pound and the Euro during the six months ended June 30, 2015.

10. Stockholders’ Equity

As of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, 153,217,020 and 153,172,005 shares of the Company’s Common Stock are issued and outstanding to stockholders at $.01 par value, respectively.

In December 2012, the Company issued $350.0 million of 8.25%/9.00% Senior PIK Toggle Notes (the “Toggle Notes”) which mature on December 15, 2017, pursuant to an indenture dated as of December 18, 2012 (the “Toggle Notes Indenture”). In May of 2014, Opco completed a refinancing of all of its outstanding debt upon entering into a new Senior Secured Credit Agreement dated May 2, 2014, totaling $1.9 billion and issuing $350.0 million of 5.875% Senior Notes (the “Senior Notes”) which mature on April 15, 2019, pursuant to an indenture dated May 2, 2014. The 2012 and 2014 transactions resulted in net proceeds of approximately $339.0 million and $929.9 million, respectively.

The Company used a portion of the net proceeds from both the 2012 and 2014 Refinancing Transactions to fund cash dividends to its stockholders and related cash distributions to its option holders in respect of options that were vested and unexercised as of the dividend record dates; and to fund future cash distributions to option holders in respect of service-based options that were unvested as of the dividend record dates as such options vest. The Company has paid quarterly cash distributions to option holders on an ongoing basis beginning with the quarter ended March 31, 2013 related to the 2012 debt transaction and commenced making cash distributions to

 

F-74


Table of Contents

option holders related to the 2014 debt transaction beginning with the quarter ended June 30, 2014. The Company expects to make additional cash distributions until all affected options have vested.

11. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-3 “Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30)—Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs” that requires debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability to be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the debt liability rather than as an asset. The new guidance will make the presentation of debt issuance costs consistent with the presentation of debt discounts or premiums. The standard applies to all entities. For public business entities, the final guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, the final guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company will adopt ASU 2015-3 retrospectively on January 1, 2016, which will result in a reduction of both deferred financing costs, net, and long-term debt on its Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company had deferred financing costs of $26.7 million and $29.8 million as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02 Consolidation (Topic 810) Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis. This guidance focuses on a reporting company’s consolidation evaluation to determine whether certain legal entities should be consolidated. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company is currently evaluating this guidance, but does not anticipate that adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“ASU 2014-09”), regarding Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606 of the same nomenclature. ASU 2014-09 represents the culmination of efforts by the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) to issue a common revenue standard. When effective, ASU 2014-09 will generally supersede the current revenue guidance included in ASC Topic 605 “Revenue” and it’s associated Subtopics. The ASU requires that an entity recognize revenue to depict the transfer of a promised good or service to its customers in an amount that reflects consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for such transfer. ASU 2014-09 also specifies accounting for certain costs incurred by an entity to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer and provides for enhancements to revenue specific disclosures intended to allow users of the financial statements to clearly understand the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an Entity’s contracts with its customers. ASU 2014-09 becomes effective for public entities for annual periods, and interim periods within annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2016. The ASU becomes effective for all other entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. On April 1, 2015, the FASB voted to propose to defer the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any; the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

12. Other Comprehensive Income

Changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss for the six months ended June 30, 2015 are as follows:

 

(In thousands)

   Unrealized
Gain (Loss)

on Securities
Net of Tax
    Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
    Pension
Adjustments,
Net of Tax
     Change in Value of
Hedged Interest
Rate Caps,

Net of Tax
     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
 

Balance, December 31, 2014

   $ 95      $ (35,337   $ 141       $       $ (35,101
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Six months ended June 30, 2015 other comprehensive (loss) income

     (7     8,694                        8,687   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2015

   $ 88      $ (26,643   $ 141       $       $ (26,414
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The tax impact on the components of other comprehensive (loss) income was as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended June 30, 2015  

(In thousands)

   Gross Balance      Tax Impact     Net of Tax  

Unrealized loss on securities

   $ 4       $ (2   $ 2   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     38,322                38,322   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive loss

   $ 38,326       $ (2   $ 38,324   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Three Months Ended June 30, 2014  

(In thousands)

   Gross Balance     Tax Impact     Net of Tax  

Unrealized gain on securities

   $ 18      $ (14   $ 4   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     19,615               19,615   

Pension adjustments

                     

Change in value of hedged interest rate caps

     (4     1        (3

Less: reclassification adjustment for interest rate cap related interest expense included in net income

     758        (307     451   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

   $ 20,387      $ (320   $ 20,067   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Six Months Ended June 30, 2015  

(In thousands)

   Gross Balance      Tax Impact     Net of Tax  

Unrealized loss on securities

   $ 3       $ (10   $ (7

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     8,694                8,694   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive loss

   $ 8,697       $ (10   $ 8,687   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Six Months Ended June 30, 2014  

(In thousands)

   Gross Balance     Tax Impact     Net of Tax  

Unrealized loss on securities

   $ (564   $ 229      $ (335

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     27,702               27,702   

Pension adjustments

                     

Change in value of hedged interest rate caps

     (6            (6

Less: reclassification adjustment for interest rate cap related interest expense included in net income

     1,135        (458     677   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

   $ 28,267      $ (229   $ 28,038   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-76


Table of Contents

13. Debt

Retired Senior Secured Credit Facilities

On May 2, 2014, the Company completed a refinancing of all of its outstanding debt (the “2014 Refinancing Transaction”). As part of this transaction, the Term Loan Facility (the “Retired Term Loan Facility”) and Revolving Credit Facility (the “Retired Revolver”) outstanding on that date were retired. The Company’s borrowings outstanding under the Retired Term Loan Facility on the date of the 2014 Refinancing Transaction were $1.3 billion, which reflects the 2013 mandatory annual excess cash flow principal prepayment (“ECF”) of $7.9 million made in March 2014. The Company had $0.6 million of letters of credit outstanding, related to certain operating leases and no other borrowings outstanding under the Retired Revolver at the time of the 2014 Refinancing Transaction.

New Senior Secured Credit Facilities

As part of the 2014 Refinancing Transaction, the Company entered into new senior secured credit facilities (the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”) pursuant to a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) dated May 2, 2014. The Credit Agreement provides Senior Secured Credit Facilities inclusive of:

 

    a term loan facility (the “Term Loan Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of $1.9 billion with a maturity date of May 2, 2021; and

 

    a revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of $160.0 million with a maturity date of May 2, 2019.

The Revolving Credit Facility includes a $20.0 million borrowing sublimit for letters of credit and a $25.0 million sublimit for borrowings on same-day notice. At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 the Company had $0.6 million of letters of credit outstanding related to certain operating leases and no other borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility and Retired Revolver, respectively.

Original Issue Discount and Debt Financing Costs

The Company evaluated the 2014 Refinancing Transaction as to whether borrowings were extinguished or modified on a lender-by-lender basis. At the date of the 2014 Refinancing Transaction, the Company had $18.0 million of original issue discount (“OID”) and $19.3 million of deferred financing costs recorded in its consolidated financial statements related to the Retired Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Of these amounts, $8.2 million and $8.9 million, respectively, were recorded as part of the Company’s loss on extinguishment of debt in the quarter ended June 30, 2014. Additionally, the Company incurred $9.5 million of OID and $16.2 million in transactions costs with third parties related to entering into the Senior Secured Credit Facilities on May 2, 2014. Of these amounts, $1.7 million of the OID included in the loss on extinguishment of debt and $5.0 million of the transaction costs were expensed as incurred and are also presented in the extinguishment of debt recorded in the year ended December 31, 2014.

Upon completion of the 2014 Refinancing Transaction, the Company had $17.6 million of OID and $21.6 million of transaction costs with third parties recorded in its consolidated financial statements in Borrowings, net of current portion and original issue discount and deferred financing costs, net, respectively, related to its Senior Secured Credit Facilities. These amounts are being amortized over the term of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities using the effective interest rate method. During the three and six month periods ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded $1.5 million and $1.9 million, respectively, and $2.9 million and $2.8 million, respectively, of amortized interest expense, related to the capitalization of deferred financing costs and accretion of OID, in its Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. Of the amounts recorded in the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, $0.9 million and $3.7 million related to the Retired Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

Interest and Fees

Borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities bear interest at a rate equal to, at the Company’s option, either (a) LIBOR plus an applicable margin or (b) the highest of (1) the prime commercial lending rate announced by Bank of America as its “prime rate,” (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (3) the one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.00%, plus an applicable margin. The base rate and LIBOR rate in respect of the Term Loan Facility are subject to interest rate floors of 2.00% and 1.00%, respectively. The initial applicable margin for borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities will be 2.75% with respect to base rate borrowings and 3.75% with respect to LIBOR borrowings. The applicable margin under the Revolving Credit Facility may be reduced subject to Opco attaining certain first lien leverage ratios as defined in the Credit Agreement.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, the Company is required to pay a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum to the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility in respect of the unutilized commitments. The commitment fee rate may be reduced to 0.375% and to 0.25% subject to Opco reducing its first lien leverage ratio to 4.5:1.0 and 4.0:1.0, respectively. As of June 30, 2015, Opco’s first net lien leverage ratio was less than 4.0:1.0, and the commitment fee rate was reduced to 0.25%. The Company is also required to pay customary letter of credit fees.

Interest on outstanding borrowings and the commitment fee on the unutilized portion of the Revolving Credit Facility are payable in arrears at the end of each calendar quarter commencing with the quarter ended June 30, 2014. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded and paid interest on its Term Loan of $22.6 million and $19.1 million, respectively, and $45.1 million and $31.2 million, respectively. Of the amounts recorded in the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, $4.3 million and $16.4 million, respectively, related to the Retired Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

During the three and six month periods ended June 30, 2015, the Company recorded and paid commitment fees on the Revolving Credit Facility and letters of credit in the amounts of $0.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, the Company recorded and paid commitment fees on the Revolving Credit Facility and letters of credit in the amounts of $0.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, the Company recorded and paid commitment fees on the Retired Revolver and letters of credit in the amounts of $0.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

Payments and Prepayments

The Term Loan Facility amortizes in equal quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the Term Loan Facility, or $4.8 million per quarter, beginning with the quarter ended September 30, 2014 with any remaining unpaid principal balance being payable on the May 2, 2021 maturity date. Principal amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility are due and payable in full on the May 2, 2019 maturity date.

The Company may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary breakage costs with respect to LIBOR loans. Prior to November 2, 2014, if Opco had entered into any such repricing transactions with respect to the Term Loan Facility, a 1% premium would have been payable in respect of the repriced loans.

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain certain mandatory prepayment requirements. Among these are (i) an ECF payment and (ii) payments related to certain asset sales. Determination of any mandatory prepayment amount is based on pre-established formulas as set forth in the Credit Agreement. ECF payments are applicable to each fiscal year commencing with the year ending December 31, 2015. The ECF payment percentage is 50% of excess cash flow as defined in the Credit Agreement but can be reduced to 25% of excess cash flow pursuant to Opco achieving a first lien leverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) of 4.5:1.0, and can be further reduced to 0% should Opco achieve a first lien leverage ratio of 4.0:1.0. If the leverage ratio on December 31,

 

F-78


Table of Contents

2015 is less than or equal to 4.0:1.0, there will be no ECF payment due. Mandatory prepayments are applied to the scheduled installments of principal of the Term Loan Facility in direct order of maturity; furthermore, pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, individual lenders may opt to refuse all or a portion of their proportionate share of any offered ECF payment. In such event, the declined amount of the prepayment may be retained by the Company.

Guarantees

All obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are unconditionally guaranteed by Intermediate and each existing and subsequently acquired or newly formed direct or indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiary of Opco (subject to certain exceptions).

All obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the guarantees of such obligations are secured, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions, by substantially all of the assets of Opco and each subsidiary guarantor, including (i) a perfected first-priority pledge of all the equity interests of Opco and each wholly-owned, material subsidiary of Opco directly held by Opco or a subsidiary guarantor (limited to 65% of voting stock in the case of foreign subsidiaries) and (ii) a perfected first-priority security interest in and mortgage on, substantially all tangible and intangible personal property and material fee-owned real property of Opco and the subsidiary guarantors (subject to certain exclusions).

Covenants

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain a number of negative covenants that, subject to certain exceptions, restrict Opco’s (and the restricted subsidiaries of Opco) ability to incur additional indebtedness, issue additional guarantees, create or incur liens, engage in mergers or consolidations, sell or transfer assets, pay dividends and distributions or repurchase its capital stock, change its lines of business, make investments, loans or advances, prepay, redeem or repurchase certain subordinated indebtedness, make certain acquisitions, engage in certain transactions with affiliates, amend material agreements governing certain subordinated indebtedness, change its fiscal year and change the passive holding company status of Intermediate. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities also include affirmative covenants and events of default. Events of default include customary events of default including the failure to comply with any affirmative or negative covenant or a change in control of Opco. Certain events of default are subject to a right to cure.

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain the following financial covenant:

If on the last day of any test period, defined as the end of the most recently completed four consecutive fiscal quarters, the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amounts under the Revolving Credit Facility then outstanding, plus (b) the aggregate principal amount of any Swingline Loans then outstanding, plus (c) the amount of all letter of credit disbursements then outstanding exceeds 30.0% of the aggregate principal amount available under the Revolving Credit Facility, Opco’s first lien net leverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) is not to exceed 7.25:1.0.

In an event of default, the lenders under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities will be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of all amounts due under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.

As of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company was not subject to any financial covenant testing under its Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

Senior Notes due 2019

On July 29, 2010, the Company issued $700.0 million 10.25% senior notes (the “Retired Senior Notes”) which were due to mature on August 1, 2018, pursuant to an indenture, dated as of July 29, 2010. On May 2, 2014, the Company redeemed these notes at a redemption price of 107.4% of the principal amount as part of the 2014 Refinancing Transaction.

On May 2, 2014, the Company issued, at par, $350.0 million 5.875% senior notes (the “Senior Notes” or “Senior Notes due 2019”) which mature on April 15, 2019, pursuant to an indenture (the “Senior Notes Indenture”), dated as of May 2, 2014, among Opco, the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee.

The Senior Notes due 2019 are Opco’s senior unsecured obligations and rank senior in right of payment to any future subordinated indebtedness; rank equally in right of payment with all of Opco’s existing and future senior indebtedness; are effectively subordinated in right of payment to Opco’s existing and future secured obligations, including indebtedness under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such obligations; and are structurally subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of Opco’s non-guarantor subsidiaries (other than indebtedness and liabilities owed to Opco or one of Opco’s guarantor subsidiaries).

Guarantees

The Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by each of Opco’s existing and future direct or indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries that guarantee Opco’s obligations under its Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Each subsidiary guarantee ranks senior in right of payment to all future subordinated indebtedness of the subsidiary guarantor; ranks equally in right of payment with all existing and future senior indebtedness of the subsidiary guarantor; is effectively subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future secured obligations of the subsidiary guarantors, including their guarantee of indebtedness under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and is effectively subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, of any subsidiary that is not also a guarantor of the Senior Notes. Any subsidiary guarantee of the Senior Notes shall automatically terminate and the subsidiary guarantor shall be released and discharged from all obligations upon the occurrence of certain customary release provisions for the subsidiary guarantors under the Senior Notes. The Senior Notes are unsecured, and, as such, no assets are pledged for this agreement.

Optional Redemption

At any time prior to April 15, 2015, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Senior Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes redeemed plus the “Applicable Premium” as defined in the Senior Notes Indenture, and accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

On and after April 15, 2015, the Company may redeem the Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Senior Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of holders of Senior Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 15 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2015

     102.0

2016

     101.0

2017 and thereafter

     100.0

Prior to April 15, 2015, the Company may, at its option, on one or more occasions redeem up to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to 102.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of a qualified equity issuance, as defined in the Senior Notes Indenture; provided that such redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of closing of such qualified equity issuance.

In the event of a change of control, unless the Company has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Senior Notes, the Company is required to make an offer to purchase all of the Senior Notes at a price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, subject to the right of holders of the Senior Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

Covenants

The Senior Notes Indenture contains covenants limiting Opco’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares, pay dividends on or make other distributions in respect of Opco’s capital stock or make other restricted payments, make certain investments, sell or transfer certain assets, create liens on certain assets to secure debt, consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of Opco’s assets, enter into certain transactions with Opco’s affiliates, and designate Opco’s subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

The Senior Notes Indenture also provides for other customary warranties and nonfinancial covenants which, if violated, would create events of default and would permit or require the principal of and accrued interest on the Senior Notes to become or to be declared due and payable.

As of June 30, 2015, the Company was in compliance with the covenants included in the Senior Notes Indenture.

Original Issue Discount and Debt Financing Costs

At the date of the 2014 Refinancing Transaction, the Company had $9.4 million of OID and $10.5 million of deferred financing costs recorded in its consolidated financial statements related to the Retired Senior Notes. Of these amounts, $7.4 million and $8.3 million, respectively, were recorded as part of the Company’s loss on extinguishment of debt in the quarter ended June 30, 2014. In addition, the Company paid $51.5 million in premium payments related to the Retired Notes as part of the 2014 Refinancing Transaction; $41.0 million of this amount was included in the loss on extinguishment of debt. The $10.5 million in premium that was not included in the loss on extinguishment of debt is accounted for as OID as it is deemed to represent fees paid directly to the lenders under US GAAP. Finally, the Company incurred $6.4 million in new transactions costs with third parties related to the issuance of its Senior Notes due 2019 of which $1.6 million was expensed in the loss on extinguishment of debt. Amounts of Opco’s legacy and newly incurred OID and transactions costs not included in the loss on extinguishment of debt are carried forward as part of the new debt and are accounted for as documented below.

 

F-81


Table of Contents

Upon completion of the 2014 Refinancing Transaction, the Company had $12.5 million of OID and $7.0 million of transaction costs with third parties recorded in its consolidated financial statements in Borrowings, net of current portion and original issue discount and Deferred financing costs, net, respectively, related to the Senior Notes. These amounts are being amortized over the term of the Senior Notes using the effective interest rate method.

Interest

Interest on the Senior Notes accrues at the rate of 5.875% per annum and is payable semi-annually in arrears on April 15, and October 15, to holders of the Senior Notes of record on the immediately preceding April 1, and October 1, with payments commencing on October 15, 2014.

At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company had $4.3 million and $4.3 million, respectively, of unpaid interest on the Senior Notes, respectively, accrued in its Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, the Company recorded amortized interest expense related to the capitalization of deferred financing costs of $0.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively, and amortized interest expense related to the accretion of OID of $0.6 million and $1.2 million, respectively, in its Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, the Company recorded amortized interest expense related to the capitalization of deferred financing costs of $0.5 million and $1.1 million, respectively, and amortized interest expense related to the accretion of OID of $0.6 million and $1.2 million, respectively, in its Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. Of the amounts recorded in the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, $0.5 million and $1.6 million, respectively, related to the Retired Notes.

Senior PIK Toggle Notes Due 2017

On December 18, 2012, the Company issued the Toggle Notes which mature on December 15, 2017, pursuant to an indenture, dated as of December 18, 2012 (the “Toggle Notes Indenture”), among the Company and the Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. The Toggle Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured obligations and rank pari passu in right of payment to any future senior indebtedness; rank structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of the subsidiaries of the Company, except to the extent the Toggle Notes are guaranteed by any subsidiary of the Company in the future; are effectively subordinated to all future secured indebtedness of the Company to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and rank senior in right of payment to any future subordinated indebtedness of the Company. The Toggle Notes are not guaranteed by any subsidiaries of the Company. The Toggle Notes will be structurally subordinated to indebtedness and other liabilities of subsidiaries of the Company that do not guarantee the Toggle Notes. The Company is an indirect holding company of Opco and its subsidiaries, with no material operations of its own and only limited assets or operations other than the indirect ownership of all of the capital stock of Opco. Accordingly, the Company is dependent upon the distribution of the earnings of its subsidiaries, whether in the form of dividends, advances, payments on account of intercompany obligations or otherwise, to service its debt obligations. Claims of creditors of such subsidiaries, including trade creditors, and claims of preferred stockholders of such subsidiaries will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such subsidiaries over the claims of the Company’s creditors, including holders of the Toggle Notes. In addition, the Toggle Notes are unsecured, and, as such, no assets are pledged for this agreement. Interest on the Toggle Notes accrues at the rate of 8.25% per annum and is payable semiannually on June 15 and December 15, commencing June 15, 2013, to holders of the notes of record on the immediately preceding June 1 and December 1. The initial interest payment on the Toggle Notes must be paid in cash; however, subsequent interest payments can be made in either cash or Payment in Kind Interest (“PIK Interest”). PIK Interest is an increase in the initial principal amount of the notes, or the issuance of new notes. Cash interest will accrue on the PIK Interest at 9.00% per annum. During both the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, the Company made interest payments of $14.4 million.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

Optional Redemption

After December 15, 2013, the Company may redeem the Toggle Notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of holders of record of the Toggle Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on December 15 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2014

     101.0

2015 and thereafter

     100.0

Covenants

The Toggle Notes Indenture contains covenants limiting the Company’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares, pay dividends on or make other distributions in respect of the Company’s capital stock or make other restricted payments, make certain investments, sell or transfer certain assets, create liens on certain assets to secure debt, consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, enter into certain transactions with the Company’s affiliates, and designate the Company’s subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

The Toggle Notes Indenture also provides for other customary warranties and nonfinancial covenants which, if violated, would create events of default and would permit or require the principal of and accrued interest on the Toggle Notes to become or to be declared due and payable. In the event of a default, any required payments would be subject to the same limitations as the regular debt service payments and payments required under a change in control, which are discussed above.

As of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company was in compliance with its Toggle Note covenants.

Original Issue Discount and Debt Financings Costs

In connection with the Toggle Notes, the Company incurred debt financing costs of $7.4 million, of which $5.3 million represented direct issuance costs and commitment fees paid to the underwriters and $2.1 million represented transaction costs incurred with third parties. These costs were capitalized as deferred financing costs and reported in Deferred Financing Costs on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, net of amortization, for the year ended December 31, 2012. These costs are being amortized over the term of the debt instrument using the effective interest rate method.

The OID with regard to the Toggle Notes totaled $2.1 million at December 31, 2014. The original issue discount is being amortized over the life of the loan using the effective interest rate method. At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company had $1.2 million and $1.2 million, respectively, of unpaid interest on the Toggle Notes accrued in its Consolidated Balance Sheet. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded $0.5 million and $0.5 million, respectively, and $1.1 million and $1.1 million, respectively, of amortized interest expense, related to the capitalized debt financing costs and debt discount accretion, in its Consolidated Statement of Operations.

 

F-83


Table of Contents

Total Borrowings

Total borrowings consisted of the following at (in thousands):

 

     June 30,
2015
    December 31,
2014
 

Short-Term Debt:

    

Revolving Credit Facility

   $      $   

Term Loan Facility

     19,000        19,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Short-Term Debt:

   $ 19,000      $ 19,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-Term Debt:

    

Term Loan Facility

   $ 1,862,000      $ 1,871,500   

Senior Notes

     350,000        350,000   

Toggle Notes

     350,000        350,000   

Less Original Issue Discount—Term Loan Facility

     (14,585     (15,871

Less Original Issue Discount—Senior Notes

     (9,584     (10,828

Less Original Issue Discount—Toggle Notes

     (1,727     (2,077
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Long-Term Debt

   $ 2,536,104      $ 2,542,724   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The future minimum principal payments due under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, Senior Notes due 2019 and Toggle Notes are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Principal Payments  

Remainder of 2015

   $ 9,500   

2016

     19,000   

2017(a)

     369,000   

2018

     19,000   

2019(b)

     369,000   

2020 and thereafter

     1,795,500   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,581,000   
  

 

 

 

 

(a) Included in the 2017 balance is the $350.0 million principal balance of the Toggle Notes due upon maturity in a lump sum payment on December 15, 2017.
(b) Included in the 2019 balance is the $350.0 million principal balance of the Senior Notes due 2019 due upon maturity in a lump sum payment on April 15, 2019.

14. Derivatives

Interest Rate Cap- Cash Flow Hedge

The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. In the past, the Company has managed its exposure to some of its interest rate risks by the use of derivative financial instruments in the form of interest rate caps. These interest rate caps hedged portions of the Company’s variable rate debt and contractually expired on September 30, 2014. The Company used derivatives for risk management purposes and not for speculative purposes.

The Company made a final cash payment related to the interest rate caps in the third quarter of 2014 in the amount of $0.4 million. No further accrual remains as of June 30, 2015.

 

F-84


Table of Contents

The table below presents the Company’s gain recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”) related to the interest rate caps for the following reporting periods ended:

 

(In thousands)

   Three Months Ended
June 30, 2014
 

Amount of income recognized in other comprehensive income, net of taxes:

  

Interest rate caps

   $ 448   
  

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

   Six Months Ended
June 30, 2014
 

Amount of income recognized in other comprehensive income, net of taxes:

  

Interest rate caps

   $ 671   
  

 

 

 

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, $0.4 million and $0.7 million, respectively, were reclassified from AOCI to the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations related to the derivative financial instruments.

As noted above, during the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company allowed the interest rate caps to expire. The Company is no longer subject to the derivatives noted above.

15. Earnings Per Share

The Company calculates its basic and diluted net income per share in conformity with the two-class method required for companies with participating securities. Under the two-class method, in periods when the Company has net income, net income is determined by allocating undistributed earnings. In computing diluted net income, undistributed earnings are re-allocated to reflect the potential impact of dilutive securities.

The Company’s basic net income per share is calculated by dividing the net income from continuing operations attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. The diluted net income per share is computed by giving effect to all potential dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period. For purposes of this calculation, time-vested options to purchase common stock and unvested restricted stock are considered common stock equivalents.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

Unaudited pro forma earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the extinguishment of a portion of the Company’s total debt, a one-time payment to the affiliates of the Sponsors in connection with the termination of the Management Agreement (Note 16. Related Party Transactions) and vesting of certain restricted stock awards and other share based payments which would be triggered upon consummation of the initial public offering contemplated by the Company. Unaudited pro forma earnings per share presented for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 is calculated as if such transactions had occurred at the date the Company issued such shares or the beginning of the applicable period, as appropriate.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders:

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

   Three Months Ended
June 30,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
   2015     2014     2015     2014  

Net income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to stockholders

   $ 7,273      $ (57,376   $ 8,253      $ (47,761

Amounts allocated to participating securities

     (229            (259       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to common stockholders

   $ 7,044      $ (57,376   $ 7,994      $ (47,761
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic weighted average common stock

     149,372        149,207        149,352        149,174   

Effect of dilutive securities:

        

Stock options

     634               502          

Unvested restricted stock

     4               3          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dilutive weighted average common stock

     150,010        149,207        149,857        149,174   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share from continuing operations attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic

   $ 0.05      $ (0.38   $ 0.05      $ (0.32

Diluted

   $ 0.05      $ (0.38   $ 0.05      $ (0.32

Pro forma net income from continuing operations attributable to stockholders

   $                     $       

Amounts allocated to participating securities

        
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Pro forma net income from continuing operations attributable to common stockholders

   $          $       

Pro forma basic weighted average common stock

        

Stock options

        

Unvested restricted stock

        

Shares issued in the offering necessary to pay a one-time fee for termination of Management Agreement (Note 16)

        

Shares issued in the offering necessary to extinguish debt

        

Pro forma dilutive weighted average common stock

        

Pro forma earnings per share from continuing operations attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic

   $          $       

Diluted

   $          $       

16. Related Parties

Management Agreement

On July 29, 2010, prior to the consummation of the Merger, certain affiliates of the Sponsors entered into a Transaction and Management Fee Agreement (the “Management Agreement”) with Merger Sub, which was assumed by Opco following the consummation of the Merger. Pursuant to the terms of the Management Agreement, such affiliates will provide monitoring, advisory and consulting services to Opco and its subsidiaries and are entitled to receive an aggregate annual management fee of $3.0 million. Under the terms of the Management Agreement, this fee may increase in the event that Opco or any of its subsidiaries enter into any business combination with another entity that is large enough to constitute a “significant subsidiary” of Opco under Regulation S-X as promulgated by the SEC. Payments of the accrued fees are made on a quarterly basis. During the three and six months ended both June 30, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded management fees in its Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations under the Management Agreement of $0.8 million and

 

F-86


Table of Contents

$1.5 million, respectively. The amount due to such affiliates of the Sponsors at both June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 was approximately $0.4 million, and is included in Accrued liabilities on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Executive Stock Purchases

As of June 30, 2015, certain executives have purchased an aggregate of 4.1 million shares of the Company’s Common Stock for $9.00 per share, and 1.0 million shares of the Company’s Common Stock for $10.44 per share. These individuals are employees of the Company. The 4.1 million shares purchased for $9.00 per share were recorded as restricted stock liabilities within the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet. Refer to Note 3 “Stock-Based Compensation” for further discussion of the Company’s associated long-term restricted stock liability.

Executive Stock Purchase Agreement

Under the terms of the Employment Agreement dated September 12, 2013 between Opco and its newly appointed Chief Executive Officer, the Opco Chief Executive Officer was provided the right to execute a subscription agreement to purchase $10.0 million worth of the Company’s Common Stock, or 957,854 shares at $10.44 per share. The subscription agreement was subsequently executed on September 26, 2013. The consideration for the purchase is composed of $5.0 million cash and a $5.0 million secured, recourse promissory note issued by the Opco Chief Executive Officer to the Company on September 26, 2013. The promissory note matures upon the earlier to occur of (i) the termination of Opco’s Chief Executive Officer’s employment for “cause” (as defined in the Employment Agreement), (ii) two business days prior to the anticipated occurrence of any event (as reasonably determined by the Company) with respect to Opco’s Chief Executive Officer, which, in any such case if the promissory note were to be outstanding on and/or after such date, would result in the Note violating Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and (iii) the eighteen (18) month anniversary of the promissory note issuance date. In connection with the purchase, the Opco Chief Executive Officer became a party to the Shareholders Agreement dated as of July 29, 2010, by and among, the Company and certain stockholders. The acquired shares are subject to transfer restrictions and repurchase rights following termination of employment. As of December 31, 2014, the balance of the secured, recourse promissory note was $3.4 million and was recorded as a reduction of Additional Paid-in Capital on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. During the six months ended June 30, 2015, the secured, recourse promissory note was paid in full and there is no outstanding balance as of June 30, 2015.

Tax Sharing Agreement

Opco has entered into a tax sharing agreement with the Company. The agreement provides that the Company files a consolidated federal tax return, and that any determined tax liability/benefit shall be apportioned between the Company and Opco, as if Opco had filed a return on a stand-alone basis.

17. Pension Plan

Interactive Data Pension Plan (U.K.)

The Company’s U.K. employees are eligible for an Interactive Data Pension Plan (the “U.K. Plan”) effective October 1, 2010. The U.K. Plan is a defined contribution plan that matches employee contributions depending on hire date and age band up to a maximum amount. The Company recorded expense in the Statements of Operations of $0.7 million and $0.8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and $1.5 million and $1.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, related to the U.K. Plan.

 

F-87


Table of Contents

18. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated all events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date of June 30, 2015 up through the issuance of these consolidated financial statements on September 1, 2015. On July 21, 2015, the Company effected a 1-for-9 reverse stock split (Note 2) which has been reflected in the accompanying financial statements and footnotes. The Company determined there were no other material recognized or unrecognized subsequent events.

 

F-88


Table of Contents

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Through and including                     , 2015 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discount, payable by the registrant in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and [Nasdaq][the NYSE] listing fee.

 

     Amount to be paid  

SEC Registration Fee

   $ *   

FINRA Filing Fee

     *   

Initial [Nasdaq][NYSE] Listing Fee

     *   

Legal Fees and Expenses

     *   

Accounting Fees and Expenses

     *   

Printing Fees and Expenses

     *   

Blue Sky Fees and Expenses

     *   

Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees

     *   

Miscellaneous Expenses

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *   

 

* To be listed in amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) allows a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation will not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for this limitation of liability.

Section 145 of the DGCL (“Section 145”), provides, among other things, that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were or are a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests, provided further that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer, director, employee or agent is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify such person under Section 145.

Our second amended and restated bylaws will provide that we must indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the full extent authorized by the DGCL.

Further, prior to the completion of the offering, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in our amended and restated bylaws or the DGCL. Such agreements may require us, among other things, to advance expenses and otherwise indemnify our executive officers and directors against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as executive officers or directors, to the fullest extent permitted by law. We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors and executive officers in the future. We intend the indemnification agreements that we enter into with directors affiliated with either Silver Lake or Warburg Pincus to provide that we have the primary obligation to indemnify Silver Lake or Warburg Pincus, as applicable, and their affiliates for expenses and indemnification obligations that we provide to their officers and directors.

The indemnification rights set forth above shall not be exclusive of any other right which an indemnified person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, any provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we shall not be obligated to indemnify a director or officer in respect of a proceeding (or part thereof) instituted by such director or officer, unless such proceeding (or part thereof) has been authorized by the Board of Directors pursuant to the applicable procedure outlined in the amended and restated bylaws.

Section 174 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a director, who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption, may be held jointly and severally liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing the minutes of the meetings of the Board of Directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

We expect to maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (1) to our directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (2) to us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers.

The underwriting agreement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors, and by us of the underwriters, for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise in connection with this offering.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this Item 15 gives effect to the 1-for-9 reverse stock split of our outstanding common stock to be effected prior to this offering. In the three years prior to July 24, 2015, the registrant sold the following unregistered securities:

On September 26, 2013, Dr. Daffron, our President and Chief Executive Officer, exercised a right provided in his employment agreement to purchase $10.0 million worth of our common stock, or 957,854 shares, at $10.44 per share pursuant to a subscription agreement. The consideration for this purchase was composed of $5.0 million cash and a $5.0 million secured, recourse promissory note issued by Dr. Daffron to us on September 26, 2013. The promissory note matured and was paid on March 23, 2015.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

The issuance of the securities described above was deemed exempt from registration under the Securities Act under Section 4(a)(2) as a transaction by an issuer not involving any public offering.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits. See Exhibit Index immediately following the signature page hereto which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules. Condensed Financial Information of the Registrant is included in the registration statement beginning on page F-51 and Valuation and Qualifying Accounts are included in the registration statement beginning on page F-54.

Item 17. Undertakings

(1) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(2) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(3) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(a) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus as filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Securities Act of 1933, we have duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Bedford, State of Massachusetts, on October 9, 2015.

 

INTERACTIVE DATA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
By:  

/S/ STEPHEN C. DAFFRON

 

Stephen C. Daffron

President and Chief Executive Officer

The undersigned directors and officers of Interactive Data Holdings Corporation hereby constitute and appoint Stephen C. Daffron and Vincent Chippari and each of them, any of whom may act without joinder of the other, the individual’s true and lawful attorneys in fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for the person and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any or all amendments, including post effective amendments to the Registration Statement, including a prospectus or an amended prospectus therein and any Registration Statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and all other documents in connection therewith to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys in fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys in fact as agents or any of them, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereto.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement and power of attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 9, 2015.

 

Signature

  

Title

/S/ STEPHEN DAFFRON

  

President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

Stephen Daffron   

/S/ VINCENT CHIPPARI

  

Managing Director, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

Vincent Chippari   

/S/ MICHAEL BINGLE

  

Director

Michael Bingle   

/S/ CARY DAVIS

  

Director

Cary Davis   

/S/ SEAN DELEHANTY

  

Director

Sean Delehanty   

/S/ JAMES NEARY

  

Director

James Neary   

/s/ JOSEPH OSNOSS

  

Director

Joseph Osnoss   

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

/S/ ANDREW PROZES

  

Director

Andrew Prozes   

/S/ CHANDLER REEDY

  

Director

Chandler Reedy   

/S/ MASON SLAINE

  

Chairman of the Board and Executive Chairman

Mason Slaine   

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1†    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated May 3, 2010, among Hg Investors LLC, Igloo Merger Corporation and Interactive Data Corporation
  3.1†    Form of Second Restated Certification of Incorporation of Interactive Data Holdings Corporation
  3.2†    Form of Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Interactive Data Holdings Corporation
  4.1    Indenture, dated as of December 18, 2012, between Igloo Holdings Corporation (n/k/a Interactive Data Holdings Corporation) and the Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, governing the PIK Toggle Notes
  4.2    Indenture, dated as of May 2, 2014, among Interactive Data Corporation, the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, governing the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2019
  5.1    Form of Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
10.1    Credit Agreement, dated May 2, 2014, among Interactive Data Corporation, Igloo Intermediate Corporation, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative and collateral agent, joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner, Goldman Sachs Bank (USA), as joint lead arranger, joint bookrunner and co-syndication agent, Barclays Bank PLC, as joint bookrunner and co-syndication agent, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and UBS Securities LLC, as joint bookrunners and documentation agents, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as joint bookrunners and co-managers
10.2    Master Guarantee Agreement, dated May 2, 2014, among Interactive Data Corporation, Igloo Intermediate Corporation and the other guarantor thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent
10.3    Collateral Agreement, dated May 2, 2014, among Interactive Data Corporation, Igloo Intermediate Corporation and the other guarantors thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent
10.4    Copyright Security Agreement, dated May 2, 2014, between Interactive Data Corporation and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent
10.5    Patent Security Agreement, dated May 2, 2014, between Interactive Data Corporation and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent
10.6    Trademark Security Agreement, May 2, 2014, between Interactive Data Corporation and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent
10.7*    Igloo Holdings Corporation (n/k/a Interactive Data Holdings Corporation) 2010 Stock Incentive Plan
10.8*    Amendment No. 1 to the Igloo Holdings Corporation (n/k/a Interactive Data Holdings Corporation) 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, dated September 15, 2010
10.9*    Amendment No. 2 to the Igloo Holdings Corporation (n/k/a Interactive Data Holdings Corporation) 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, dated January 5, 2011
10.10*    Amendment No. 3 to the Igloo Holdings Corporation (n/k/a Interactive Data Holdings Corporation) 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, dated September 5, 2013
10.11*    Amendment No. 4 to the Igloo Holdings Corporation (n/k/a Interactive Data Holdings Corporation) 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, dated September 23, 2014.
10.12*    Form of Option Grant Notice and Agreement (time vesting and performance vesting) under the Igloo Holdings Corporation (n/k/a Interactive Data Holdings Corporation) 2010 Stock Incentive Plan


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.13†*    Form of Interactive Data Holdings Corporation 2015 Incentive Plan
10.14†*    Form of Option Grant Notice and Agreement (time vesting and performance vesting) under the Interactive Data Holdings Corporation 2015 Incentive Plan
10.15    Transaction and Management Fee Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2010, among Igloo Merger Corporation, Silver Lake Management Company III, L.L.C. and Warburg Pincus LLC, which agreement was assumed by Interactive Data Corporation
10.16†    Form of Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement among the investors named therein, Interactive Data Corporation, Igloo Intermediate Corporation and Interactive Data Holdings Corporation
10.17    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2010, among the investors named therein, Interactive Data Corporation, Igloo Intermediate Corporation and Igloo Holdings Corporation (n/k/a Interactive Data Holdings Corporation)
10.18†*    Employment Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2010, between Igloo Holdings Corporation (n/k/a Interactive Data Holdings Corporation), Interactive Data Corporation and Mason Slaine
10.19†*    Option Grant Notice and Agreement, dated August 4, 2010, between Mason Slaine and Igloo Holdings Corporation (n/k/a Interactive Data Holdings Corporation)
10.20†*    Side Letter Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2010, among Igloo Holdings Corporation (n/k/a Interactive Data Holdings Corporation) and Mason Slaine
10.21†*    Letter Agreement, dated December 18, 2012, between Igloo Holdings Corporation (n/k/a Interactive Data Holdings Corporation) and Mason Slaine
10.22†*    Letter Agreement, dated September 12, 2013, between Igloo Holdings Corporation (n/k/a Interactive Data Holdings Corporation), Interactive Data Corporation and Mason Slaine
10.23†*    Letter Agreement, dated February 25, 2014, between Igloo Holdings Corporation (n/k/a Interactive Data Holdings Corporation), Interactive Data Corporation and Mason Slaine
10.24†*    Employment Agreement, dated as of September 12, 2013, between Interactive Data Corporation and Stephen Daffron
10.25†*    Option Grant Notice and Agreement, dated September 23, 2013, between Stephen Daffron and Igloo Holdings Corporation (n/k/a Interactive Data Holdings Corporation)
10.26†*    Subscription Agreement, dated as of September 26, 2013, between Igloo Holdings Corporation (n/k/a Interactive Data Holdings Corporation) and Stephen Daffron
10.27†*    Confidentiality, Non-Interference, and Invention Assignment Agreement, dated September 12, 2013, executed by Stephen Daffron
10.28†*    Employment Agreement, dated July 24, 2014, between Tim Noble and Interactive Data Corporation
10.29†*    Employment Agreement, dated May 21, 2012, between Andrew Hausman and Interactive Data Corporation
10.30†*    Employment Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2010, between Interactive Data Corporation and Vincent Chippari
10.31†*    Confidentiality, Non-Interference, and Invention Assignment Agreement, dated October 13, 2010, executed by Vincent Chippari
10.32†*    Employment Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2010, between Interactive Data Corporation and Alexander Goor
10.33†*    Confidentiality, Non-Interference, and Invention Assignment Agreement, dated September 15, 2010, executed by Alexander Goor


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.34†*    Employment Agreement, dated as of October 8, 2010, between Interactive Data Corporation and Jay Nadler
10.35†*    Confidentiality, Non-Interference, and Invention Assignment Agreement, dated September 29, 2010, executed by Jay Nadler and acknowledged and agreed to by Interactive Data Corporation
10.36†*    Restricted Stock Grant Notice and Agreement, dated May 13, 2011, between Igloo Holdings Corporation (n/k/a Interactive Data Holdings Corporation) and Andrew Prozes
10.37†*    Confidentiality Agreement, dated May 5, 2011, executed by Andrew Prozes
10.38†*    Director Compensation Agreement for Andrew Prozes, dated May 13, 2011, executed by Interactive Data Corporation
10.39*    Interactive Data Corporation Severance Plan and Summary Plan Description for U.S. Employees, effective January 1, 2013
10.40*    Sponsor Indemnification Side Letter, dated March 28, 2011, among Interactive Data Corporation, Igloo Intermediate Corporation, Igloo Holdings Corporation, Warburg Pincus Private Equity X, L.P., Warburg Pincus X Partners, L.P., Silver Lake Partners III, L.P. and Silver Lake Technology Investors III, L.P.
10.41†*    Form of Director and Executive Officer Indemnification Agreement
10.42*    Form of Confidentiality, Non-Interference, and Invention Assignment Agreement
21.1    Subsidiaries of Holdings
23.1    Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.2    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.3    Consent of Burton-Taylor International Consulting LLC
23.4    Consent of the TABB Group, LLC
24.1    Power of Attorney (included in the signature page to this Registration Statement)

 

* Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement.
To be filed by amendment.

EX-2.1

Exhibit 2.1

 

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

dated as of May 3, 2010

among

HG INVESTORS LLC,

IGLOO MERGER CORPORATION

and

INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I

  

THE MERGER

    1   

1.1  

  

The Merger

    1   

1.2  

  

Closing

    2   

1.3  

  

Effective Time

    2   

1.4  

  

Effects of the Merger

    2   

1.5  

  

Certificate of Incorporation

    2   

1.6  

  

Bylaws

    2   

1.7  

  

Directors

    2   

1.8  

  

Officers

    2   

ARTICLE II

  

EFFECT OF MERGER ON CAPITAL STOCK

    2   

2.1  

  

Conversion of Securities

    2   

2.2  

  

Dissenters’ Rights

    4   

2.3  

  

Withholding Rights

    4   

2.4  

  

Payment and Exchange of Certificates.

    4   

ARTICLE III

  

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

    6   

3.1  

  

Qualification, Organization and Subsidiaries

    8   

3.2  

  

Capitalization

    7   

3.3  

  

Authority

    8   

3.4  

  

Noncontravention

    9   

3.5  

  

SEC Filings and Financial Statements

    10   

3.6  

  

Internal Controls and Procedures

    11   

3.7  

  

Taxes

    11   

3.8  

  

Compliance with Laws; Orders; Permits; Litigation

    12   

3.9  

  

Real and Personal Properties

    12   

3.10

  

Intellectual Property

    13   

3.11

  

Absence of Certain Changes or Events

    13   

3.12

  

Contracts

    13   

3.13

  

Employee Benefits

    15   

3.14

  

Labor and Employment Matters

    16   

3.15

  

Environmental

    16   

3.16

  

Insurance

    17   

3.17

  

Information Statement

    17   

3.18

  

Brokers’ Fees

    17   

3.19

  

Takeover Statutes Not Applicable

    17   

3.20

  

Investment Advisers Act

    17   

3.21

  

Sufficiency

    18   

3.22

  

No Other Representations or Warranties

    18   

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

ARTICLE IV

  

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PARENT AND MERGER SUB

    18   

4.1  

  

Organization

    18   

4.2  

  

Authorization

    18   

4.3  

  

Noncontravention

    18   

4.4  

  

Financing.

    19   

4.5  

  

Litigation

    20   

4.6  

  

Labor and Employment Matters

    20   

4.7  

  

Merger Sub

    20   

4.8  

  

Information Statement

    20   

4.9  

  

Ownership of Common Stock

    20   

4.10

  

Vote/Approval Required

    20   

4.11

  

Brokers’ Fees

    21   

4.12

  

Solvency

    21   

4.13

  

No Other Representations or Warranties

    21   

ARTICLE V

  

COVENANTS

    21   

5.1  

  

Operation of the Company’s Business

    21   

5.2  

  

[RESERVED]

    25   

5.3  

  

Information Statement; Merger Consent

    24   

5.4  

  

No Solicitation.

    25   

5.5  

  

Regulatory Matters and Approvals

    27   

5.6  

  

Press Releases and Public Announcement

    29   

5.7  

  

Access to Information

    29   

5.8  

  

Employee Matters.

    30   

5.9  

  

Indemnification and Insurance

    31   

5.10

  

Takeover Laws

    33   

5.11

  

Financing

    33   

5.12

  

Resignation of Directors

    35   

5.13

  

Delisting

    35   

5.14

  

Section 16 Matters

    35   

5.15

  

Taking of Necessary Action; Further Action

    35   

5.16

  

Tax Certificate

    35   

5.17

  

Existing Letters of Credit

    35   

5.18

  

Termination of Agreements with the Stockholder and its Affiliates

    36   

5.19

  

Cash and Marketable Securities

    36   

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

ARTICLE VI

  

CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER

    36   

6.1  

  

Conditions to Each Party’s Obligation to Effect the Merger

    36   

6.2  

  

Conditions to Obligations of the Parent and Merger Sub to Effect the Merger

    37   

6.3  

  

Conditions to Obligations of the Company to Effect the Merger

    37   

ARTICLE VII

  

TERMINATION; REMEDIES

    38   

7.1  

  

Termination of Agreement

    38   

7.2  

  

Certain Remedies

    39   

7.3  

  

Effect of Termination

    40   

7.4  

  

Enforcement

    41   

ARTICLE VIII

  

MISCELLANEOUS

    42   

8.1  

  

No Third-Party Beneficiaries

    42   

8.2  

  

Entire Agreement

    42   

8.3  

  

Succession and Assignment

    44   

8.4  

  

Construction

    43   

8.5  

  

Notices

    43   

8.6  

  

Governing Law

    44   

8.7  

  

Waiver of Jury Trial

    44   

8.8  

  

Headings

    44   

8.9  

  

Severability

    44   

8.10

  

Expenses

    44   

8.11

  

Non-Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements

    45   

8.12

  

Incorporation of Exhibits and Schedules

    45   

8.13

  

Limited Recourse

    45   

8.14

  

Exclusive Jurisdiction

    45   

8.15

  

Counterparts

    45   

8.16

  

Amendments

    45   

8.17

  

Waiver

    46   

8.18

  

Certain Definitions

    46   

 

iii


AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

This AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER is dated as of May 3, 2010 (this “Agreement”) among HG INVESTORS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Parent”), IGLOO MERGER CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation and a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of the Parent (“Merger Sub”), and INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, a special committee of independent directors (the “Special Committee”) of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”), at a meeting duly called and held, unanimously has (i) determined that this Agreement, the Merger (as defined below) and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement are fair to, and in the best interests of, the stockholders of the Company (other than the Stockholder and its Affiliates) and (ii) resolved to recommend to the Board of Directors that it approve and declare advisable this Agreement and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the merger of Merger Sub with and into the Company (the “Merger”);

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors, at a meeting duly called and held, unanimously has (i) determined that this Agreement, the Merger (as defined below) and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement are fair to, and in the best interests of, the stockholders of the Company, (ii) approved the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (iii) declared this Agreement advisable, and (iv) resolved to recommend authorization and adoption of this Agreement by the stockholders of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Boards of Managers of the Parent and the Board of Directors of Merger Sub, at meetings duly called and held, have approved this Agreement, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and as a condition and inducement to the willingness of the Parent and Merger Sub to enter into this Agreement, Pearson DBC Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Stockholder”), and Pearson plc, a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales, have executed and delivered a voting agreement (the “Voting Agreement”) pursuant to which, immediately following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Stockholder will execute and deliver a written consent in favor of the adoption of this Agreement;

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and as a condition and inducement to the willingness of the Company to enter into this Agreement, Silver Lake Partners III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Warburg Pincus Private Equity X, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Warburg Pincus X Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (collectively, the “Guarantors”), have each executed and delivered a limited guarantee in the favor of the Company (collectively, the “Limited Guarantees”) pursuant to which the Guarantors are guaranteeing certain obligations of the Parent and Merger Sub in connection with this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parent, Merger Sub and the Company hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

THE MERGER

1.1 The Merger. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, and in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), at the Effective Time, Merger Sub

 

1


will be merged with and into the Company. Following the Merger, the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub will cease and the Company will continue its corporate existence under the DGCL as the surviving corporation in the Merger (the “Surviving Corporation”).

1.2 Closing. Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions in Article VI, the consummation of the Merger (the “Closing”) will take place at the offices of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, 101 Park Avenue, New York, New York, at 10:00 a.m. New York City time, on the later of (a) on the second Business Day immediately following the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article VI, (other than any conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing) and (b) the earlier of (i) a date during the Marketing Period to be specified by Parent on no fewer than two Business Days’ notice to the Company and (ii) the final day of the Marketing Period, or such other place and time or on such other date as the Parent and the Company may mutually determine (the date on which the Closing actually occurs is referred to as the “Closing Date”).

1.3 Effective Time. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, on or prior to the Closing Date, the Company will duly execute and file a certificate of merger (the “Certificate of Merger”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the DGCL. The Merger will become effective when the Certificate of Merger has been duly filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware or at such other subsequent date or time as the Parent and the Company may agree and specify in the Certificate of Merger in accordance with the DGCL (the date and time the Merger becomes effective, the “Effective Time”).

1.4 Effects of the Merger. The Merger will have the effects set forth in this Agreement and the DGCL.

1.5 Certificate of Incorporation. The certificate of incorporation of the Company will be restated as a result of the Merger, at the Effective Time, to read in its entirety as set forth on Exhibit A, until thereafter amended in accordance with such certificate of incorporation and applicable Law.

1.6 Bylaws. At the Effective Time, the bylaws of the Surviving Corporation shall be amended in their entirety to be in the form of Exhibit B, until thereafter amended in accordance with the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation, such bylaws and applicable Law.

1.7 Directors. The directors of Merger Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, from and after the Effective Time, be the directors of the Surviving Corporation until their respective successors have been duly elected or appointed and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal, in accordance with the Surviving Corporation’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

1.8 Officers. The officers of the Company immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, from and after the Effective Time, be the officers of the Surviving Corporation until their respective successors have been duly elected or appointed and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal, in accordance with the Surviving Corporation’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

ARTICLE II

EFFECT OF MERGER ON CAPITAL STOCK

2.1 Conversion of Securities. At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the Company, the Parent, Merger Sub, any holder of any capital stock of the Company or any other Person:

(a) Conversion of Company Common Stock. Each share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than Excluded Shares and Dissenting Shares) will automatically be cancelled and converted into the right to receive an amount in cash, without interest, equal to $33.86 (the “Merger Consideration”), whereupon such

 

2


shares of Common Stock will cease to exist and no longer be outstanding, and each holder thereof will cease to have any rights with respect thereto, except the right to receive the Merger Consideration, without interest, upon surrender of Certificates or Book-Entry Shares in accordance with Section 2.4.

(b) Conversion of Merger Sub Common Stock. Each share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Merger Sub issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will automatically be converted into one fully paid and non-assessable share of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Surviving Corporation.

(c) Cancellation of Excluded Shares. Each share of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (i) that is owned by the Company as treasury stock or (ii) that is owned by the Parent or Merger Sub (collectively, the “Excluded Shares”) shall automatically be canceled and shall cease to exist, and no consideration shall be delivered or deliverable in exchange therefor. Each share of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time that is owned by any wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company will automatically be converted into one fully paid and non-assessable share of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Surviving Corporation.

(d) Company Stock Options; Company Restricted Stock Awards; Company Deferred Stock Units. As soon as practicable following the date of this Agreement, the Board of Directors (or, if appropriate, any committee thereof administering the Company Equity Incentive Plans) shall adopt such resolutions and take such other actions (including adopting any plan amendments) as are required to provide that, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.1(e) or as agreed between the Parent and any holder thereof: (i) each then-outstanding Company Stock Option granted under any Company Equity Incentive Plan, whether or not exercisable, shall be cancelled immediately prior to the Effective Time in exchange for payment of an amount in cash equal to the product of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Company Stock Option immediately prior to the Effective Time, and (B) the excess, if any, of the Merger Consideration over the per share exercise price of such Company Stock Option (for the avoidance of doubt, each holder of a Company Stock Option with a per share exercise price that is equal to or greater than the Merger Consideration shall not be entitled to receive any payment with respect to such Company Stock Options); (ii) each then-outstanding Company Restricted Stock Award granted under any Company Equity Incentive Plan shall be cancelled immediately prior to the Effective Time in exchange for payment of an amount in cash equal to the product of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Company Restricted Stock Award immediately prior to the Effective Time, and (B) the Merger Consideration; and (iii) each then outstanding Company Deferred Stock Unit heretofore granted under any Company Equity Incentive Plan shall be cancelled immediately prior to the Effective Time in exchange for payment of an amount in cash equal to the product of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Company Deferred Stock Unit immediately prior to the Effective Time, and (B) the Merger Consideration. All such cash payments to be paid pursuant to the immediately preceding clauses (i) through (iii) shall be referred to herein as the “Equity Incentive Amounts”. Any Equity Incentive Amounts shall be paid by the Surviving Corporation promptly following the Effective Time through the payroll of the Surviving Corporation in accordance with Section 2.4(d). In the event that the Surviving Corporation has insufficient cash to make such payment to each holder of Company Deferred Stock Units, Company Restricted Stock Awards and Company Stock Options, the Parent shall pay such amounts or provide to the Surviving Corporation sufficient cash to pay such amounts.

(e) Prior to the Effective Time, the Company shall take all necessary actions to provide that, with respect to the ESPP and the SAYE, (i) on and after the date hereof no new offering period may be initiated and no new payroll deduction authorizations may be given effect and (ii) with respect to any offering period currently underway, no participant will be entitled to increase his or her rate of contributions. Prior to the Effective Time, the Company shall take all necessary actions to provide that, each option to purchase shares of Company Common Stock held by participants under the ESPP will be automatically exercised on the earlier of the day before the Closing Date or the last day of such offering period, unless the participant withdraws from the ESPP prior to such date, and any remaining cash held in a participant’s account under the ESPP after such date shall be distributed to such participant as soon as practicable. With respect to

 

3


options to purchase shares of Company Common Stock held by participants under the SAYE, the Company will cooperate with the Parent in determining an appropriate course of action, with the intent to treat such options in a manner similar to the treatment of options outstanding under the ESPP.

2.2 Dissenters’ Rights.

(a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary and to the extent available under the DGCL, shares of Common Stock that are outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and that are held by any stockholder who is entitled to demand and properly demands appraisal for such shares (the “Dissenting Shares”) pursuant to, and who complies in all respects with, the provisions of Section 262 of the DGCL (“Section 262”) shall not be converted into, or represent the right to receive, the Merger Consideration as provided for in Section 2.1. Any such stockholder shall instead be entitled to receive payment of the fair value of such stockholder’s Dissenting Shares in accordance with the provisions of Section 262. At the Effective Time, the Dissenting Shares shall no longer be outstanding, and each holder of a Certificate or Book-Entry Share that immediately prior to the Effective Time represented Dissenting Shares shall cease to have any rights with respect thereto, except the right to receive the fair value of such shares in accordance with the provisions of Section 262. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Dissenting Shares held by any stockholder who shall have failed to perfect, withdrawn or lost such stockholder’s rights to appraisal of such Dissenting Shares under Section 262 shall thereupon be deemed to have been converted into, and to have become exchangeable for, as of the Effective Time, the right to receive the Merger Consideration in the manner provided in Section 2.1.

(b) The Company shall give the Parent (i) prompt notice of any demands received by the Company for appraisal of any shares of Common Stock, withdrawals of such demands and any other instruments served pursuant to the DGCL and received by the Company and (ii) the opportunity to participate in all negotiations and proceedings with respect to demands for appraisal under the DGCL, and the Company shall not, except with the prior written consent of Parent, voluntarily make any payment with respect to any demands for appraisal or offer to settle or settle any such demands.

2.3 Withholding Rights. The Surviving Corporation and its Subsidiaries, Parent and the Paying Agent will be entitled to deduct and withhold from the amounts otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement to any Person such amounts as the Surviving Corporation or its Subsidiaries, Parent or the Paying Agent is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code, or any provision of state, local or foreign Tax Law, and pay such withholding amount over to the appropriate taxing authority. To the extent that amounts are so deducted and withheld by the Surviving Corporation or its Subsidiaries, Parent or the Paying Agent, such withheld amounts will be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made by the Surviving Corporation or its Subsidiaries, Parent or the Paying Agent (as applicable).

2.4 Payment and Exchange of Certificates.

(a) Paying Agent; Payment Fund. Prior to the Effective Time, the Company will designate a bank or trust company (which bank or trust company will be reasonably acceptable to the Parent) to act as agent (the “Paying Agent”) to receive the funds to which stockholders of the Company will become entitled pursuant to Section 2.1(a), and the Parent will enter into a paying agent agreement with the Paying Agent, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Parent, for the payment of the Merger Consideration. At the Effective Time, the Parent shall deposit, or cause to be deposited, with the Paying Agent for the benefit of the stockholders of the Company an amount of cash equal to the product of (i) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than Excluded Shares and Dissenting Shares) and (ii) the Merger Consideration (the “Payment Fund”). The Payment Fund shall not be used for any purpose except as set forth herein. The Payment Fund will be invested by the Paying Agent as directed by the Parent; provided, however, that such investments must be (x) in obligations of or guaranteed by the United States of America or of any agency thereof and backed by

 

4


the full faith and credit of the United States of America, (y) in commercial paper obligations rated A-1 or P-1 or better by either Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor’s Corporation, respectively, or (z) in deposit accounts, certificates of deposit or banker’s acceptances of, repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements with, or Eurodollar time deposits purchased from, commercial banks, each of which has capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating more than $1.0 billion (based on the most recent financial statements of such bank which are then publicly available at the SEC or otherwise). No such investment or losses thereon will affect the Merger Consideration payable under this Agreement, and the Parent will promptly provide, or will cause the Surviving Corporation promptly to provide, additional funds to the Paying Agent for the benefit of the former stockholders of the Company in the amount of any such losses.

(b) Exchange Procedure. As soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Time (but in any event no later than two Business Days after the Closing Date), the Surviving Corporation will cause the Paying Agent to mail to each record holder of, as of the Effective Time, (i) an outstanding certificate or certificates which immediately prior to the Effective Time represented shares of Common Stock (the “Certificates”) or (ii) shares of Common Stock represented by book-entry (the “Book-Entry Shares”): (A) a form of letter of transmittal for use in effecting the surrender of Certificates or, in the case of Book-Entry Shares, the surrender of such shares of Common Stock (which will be in customary form reasonably agreed upon by the Parent and the Company prior to the Closing, and will specify that delivery will be effected, and risk of loss and title to the Certificates will pass, only upon delivery of such Certificates to the Paying Agent or, in the case of Book-Entry Shares, upon adherence to the procedures set forth in the letter of transmittal); and (B) instructions for use in effecting the surrender of such Certificates or, in the case of Book-Entry Shares, the surrender of such shares of Common Stock for payment of the Merger Consideration therefor. Upon surrender of a Certificate or of Book-Entry Shares for cancellation to the Paying Agent together with such letter of transmittal, duly executed in accordance with the instructions thereto, and such other documents as may reasonably be required by the Paying Agent, the Paying Agent will pay from the Payment Fund to the holder of a Certificate or of Book-Entry Shares, or as otherwise directed in the letter of transmittal, the Merger Consideration for each share of Common Stock formerly evidenced by such Certificate or Book-Entry Share, and such Certificate or Book-Entry Share will forthwith be canceled. No interest will be paid or will accrue on the Merger Consideration payable in respect of any Certificate or Book-Entry Share. If payment of the Merger Consideration is to be made to a Person other than the Person in whose name the surrendered Certificate is registered, it will be a condition of payment that the Certificate so surrendered will be endorsed properly or otherwise be in proper form for transfer and that the Person requesting such payment will have paid all transfer and other Taxes required by reason of the payment of the Merger Consideration to a Person other than the registered holder of the Certificate surrendered or will have established to the satisfaction of the Surviving Corporation that such Taxes either have been paid or are not applicable. Prior to the Effective Time, the Parent and the Company shall cooperate to establish procedures with the Paying Agent and the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to ensure that (x) if the Closing occurs at or prior to 11:30 am (New York time) on the Closing Date, the Paying Agent will transmit to DTC or its nominee on the Closing Date an amount in cash in immediately available funds equal to the number of shares of Common Stock held of record by DTC or such nominee immediately prior to the Effective Time multiplied by the Merger Consideration (such amount, the “DTC Payment”), and (y) if the Closing occurs after 11:30 am (New York time) on the Closing Date, the Paying Agent will transmit to DTC or its nominee on the first Business Day after the Closing Date an amount in cash in immediately available funds equal to the DTC Payment.

(c) Termination of Payment Fund. Promptly following the end of the 12-month period beginning on the Closing Date, the Surviving Corporation will be entitled to require the Paying Agent to deliver to it any funds in the Payment Fund which had been made available to the Paying Agent and not disbursed to holders of Certificates or Book-Entry Shares (including all interest and other income received by the Paying Agent in respect of all funds made available to it), and thereafter such holders who have not received the Merger Consideration therefor may surrender such Certificate or, in the case of Book-Entry Shares, such shares of Common Stock to the Surviving Corporation and, subject to abandoned property, escheat and other similar Laws, receive in consideration therefor the aggregate Merger Consideration that may be payable upon due

 

5


surrender of the Certificates or, in the case of Book-Entry Shares, such shares of Common Stock held by them, without interest or dividends thereon.

(d) Payment of Equity Incentive Amounts. The Parent will take all actions necessary so that, at or after the Effective Time, upon delivery of a duly executed and completed letter of transmittal, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Parent and the Company (the “Option Letter of Transmittal”), to the Surviving Corporation, the Surviving Corporation shall pay or cause to be paid to each holder of Company Deferred Stock Units, Company Restricted Stock Awards and Company Stock Options granted under any Company Equity Incentive Plan the Equity Incentive Amounts to which such holder is entitled as determined in accordance with Section 2.1(d) through the Surviving Corporation’s or applicable Subsidiary’s payroll, unless alternative arrangements are specified by such holder in the Option Letter of Transmittal, to the extent permitted thereby. In the event that the Surviving Corporation has insufficient cash to make such payment to each holder of Company Deferred Stock Units, Company Restricted Stock Awards and Company Stock Options, the Parent shall pay such amounts or provide to the Surviving Corporation sufficient cash to pay such amounts.

(e) No Further Ownership Rights in Company Shares. The Merger Consideration paid upon the surrender of a Certificate or, in the case of Book-Entry Shares, such shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms of this Agreement will be deemed to have been paid in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to the shares of Common Stock formerly represented by such Certificate or Book-Entry Shares. At the Effective Time, there will be no further registration of transfers on the stock transfer books of the Surviving Corporation of the shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time. If, after the Effective Time, Certificates or, in the case of Book-Entry Shares, such shares of Common Stock are presented to the Surviving Corporation or the Paying Agent for transfer or any other reason, they will be canceled and exchanged for the Merger Consideration as provided in this Article II.

(f) No Liability. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, none of Merger Sub, the Company, the Surviving Corporation or the Paying Agent will be liable to any stockholders of the Company or other person in respect of any cash properly delivered to a public official pursuant to any applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar Laws. Any portion of the Payment Fund remaining unclaimed by stockholders of the Company as of a date that is immediately prior to such time as such amounts would otherwise escheat to or become property of any Governmental Entity will, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, become the property of the Parent free and clear of any claims or interest of any Person previously entitled thereto.

(g) Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. In the event that any Certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, the Surviving Corporation or Paying Agent will, upon the receipt of an affidavit of that fact by the holder thereof in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Surviving Corporation or Paying Agent, as the case may be, pay in exchange for such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate the Merger Consideration payable in respect of the shares of Common Stock previously evidenced by such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

Except as disclosed in the SEC Filings filed with the SEC prior to the date hereof (excluding any risk factor disclosures set forth under the heading “Risk Factors”, any disclosure of risks included in any “forward-looking statements” disclaimer or any other forward-looking statement of risk that do not contain a reasonable level of detail about the risks of which the statement warn) or in the disclosure schedule delivered by the Company to the Parent prior to the execution of this Agreement and attached hereto (the “Disclosure Schedule”), it being understood and agreed that disclosure of any item in such SEC Filings or in any section or subsection of Article III of the Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed disclosure in all other sections or subsections if the relevance of such item to such sections or subsections is reasonably apparent, the Company represents and warrants to the Parent and Merger Sub as follows:

 

6


3.1 Qualification, Organization and Subsidiaries.

(a) Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries (i) is a legal entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (with respect to jurisdictions that recognize the concept of good standing) under the Laws of its respective jurisdiction of organization and has all requisite corporate or similar power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as presently conducted and (ii) is qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation (or other applicable entity) in each jurisdiction where the ownership, leasing or operation of its assets or properties or conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing, would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has made available to Parent prior to the date hereof complete and correct copies of the certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or equivalent organizational and governing documents) of the Company and each non-wholly owned Subsidiary thereof.

(b) Section 3.1(b) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and correct list of each Subsidiary of the Company, the jurisdiction of organization and the percentage of outstanding equity interests (including partnership interests and limited liability company interests) owned by the Company or its Subsidiaries of each such Subsidiary. All equity interests (including partnership interests and limited liability company interests) of such Subsidiaries held by the Company or by any other Subsidiary have been duly and validly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and were not issued in violation of any preemptive or similar rights, purchase option, call or right of first refusal or similar rights. All such equity interests owned by the Company or its Subsidiaries are free and clear of any Liens, other than Permitted Liens and restrictions imposed by applicable Law.

3.2 Capitalization.

(a) The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 200,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock. As of the close of business on April 29, 2010: (i) 95,213,472 shares of Common Stock were issued and outstanding; (ii) zero shares of Common Stock were held in the treasury of the Company; (iii) no shares of Preferred Stock were issued and outstanding; and (iv) 6,000,000 shares of Common Stock were reserved for issuance pursuant to the Company’s 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2009 LTIP”). In addition, (A) 8,847,462 shares of Common Stock were subject to outstanding Company Stock Options (of which 7,657,387 were issued under the 2000 Long-Term Equity Plan (“2000 LTIP”), which terminated on February 22, 2010 and 1,190,075 were issued under the 2009 Long-Term Equity Plan, with the exercise price per share set forth in Section 3.2(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, (B) 619,986 shares of Common Stock were subject to outstanding Company Restricted Stock Awards (of which 343,980 were under the 2000 LTIP and 276,006 were under the 2009 LTIP), and (C) 11,804 shares of Common Stock were subject to outstanding Company Deferred Stock Units (all under the 2000 LTIP). With respect to the ESPP, the current offering period commenced on February 16, 2010, with the grant price equal to $24.99, and is scheduled to end on August 15, 2010 with payroll contribution elections in effect for an aggregate of $2,198,769 as of August 15, 2010 (assuming no payroll deduction elections in effect on March 31, 2010 will be amended and using Feb 28, 2010 currency exchange rates). As of the close of business on April 29, 2010, 122,854 shares of Common Stock were subject to outstanding options under the SAYE (assuming no bonus period payments or interest; converting monthly GBP contributions in effect as of April 1, 2010 to plan contributions by multiplying monthly contributions in effect on April 1, 2010 by thirty-six months; converting to US Dollars using the April 29, 2010 closing exchange rate of 1.52755; assuming all employees who were participating on April 1, 2010 continue to participate through the end of all offering periods; assuming the closing exchange rate on April 29, 2010 is the exchange rate in effect on the date of purchase; and for the 2007 SAYE plan that vested on April 1, 2010, subtracting any shares that were issued in April 2010). Other than as set forth in this Section 3.2(a), and the Broadcast International (“BI”) shares outstanding (of which there were 2,045 outstanding as of April 29, 2010 convertible into 2,074 IDCO common stock at a ratio of 1.01408 shares of IDCO stock common stock for each share of BI), as of April 29, 2010, there were no options, warrant or other rights to acquire capital stock of the Company. Since

 

7


April 29, 2010, the Company has not issued any capital stock or other rights or securities exercisable, convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock, other than or pursuant to any equity awards or interests referred to above that were issued pursuant to the Company Equity Incentive Plans that were outstanding as of April 29, 2010.

(b) Except as set forth in Section 3.2(a) or Section 3.2(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, as of the date hereof, (i) each of the Company and its Subsidiaries does not have any shares of its capital stock or other equity interests issued or outstanding and (ii) there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, convertible securities or other similar rights, agreements or commitments relating to the issuance of capital stock or other equity interests to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party obligating the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to (A) issue, transfer or sell any shares of capital stock or other equity interests of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such shares or equity interests, (B) grant, extend or enter into any such subscription, option, warrant, call, convertible securities or other similar right, agreement or arrangement, (C) redeem or otherwise acquire any such shares of capital stock or other equity interests, or (D) provide a material amount of funds to, or make any material investment (in the form of a loan, capital contribution or otherwise) in, any of its Subsidiaries or any other Person.

(c) Except as set forth in Section 3.2(c) of the Disclosure Schedule and for awards to acquire shares of Common Stock under any Company Equity Incentive Stock Plan, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has outstanding bonds, debentures, notes or other obligations, the holders of which have the right to vote (or that are convertible into or exercisable for securities having the right to vote) with the stockholders of the Company on any matter.

(d) Except as set forth in Section 3.2(d) of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no voting trusts or other agreements or understandings to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party with respect to the voting, transfer or registration of the capital stock or other equity interest of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or granting any person the right to elect, or to designate or nominate for election, a director to the Board of Directors or any of its material Subsidiaries.

(e) Except as set forth in Section 3.2(e)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule, since January 1, 2010 to the date hereof, the Company has not declared or paid any dividend or distribution in respect of any shares of capital stock or other equity interests of the Company, and other than the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of Company Stock Options and as set forth in Section 3.2(e)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has issued, sold, repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired any shares of capital stock or other equity interests of the Company or its Subsidiaries, and their respective boards of directors (or similar governing bodies) have not authorized any such actions.

(f) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has or guarantees any outstanding indebtedness for borrowed money.

3.3 Authority.

(a) The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, subject, in the case of the Merger, to obtaining the affirmative vote (whether at a meeting or through written consent) in favor of adopting this Agreement of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “Stockholder Approval”). The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby, have been duly authorized by the Board of Directors and, except for obtaining the Stockholder Approval and filing the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, no other corporate action on the part of the Company is necessary to authorize the execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby. When executed and delivered by the Company, the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of each Ancillary Agreement to which

 

8


it is party, and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated thereby, will have been duly authorized by the Board of Directors and no other corporate action on the part of the Company is necessary to authorize the execution and delivery by the Company of any such Ancillary Agreement or the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated thereby. This Agreement has been, and when executed and delivered, each of the Ancillary Agreements to which the Company is a party will be, duly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming due and valid authorization, execution and delivery hereof by the other parties hereto, constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except that such enforceability (i) may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting or relating to the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) is subject to general principles of equity. Upon receipt of the Merger Consent, the Stockholder Approval shall be obtained and no further approval or vote of the Company’s stockholders shall be required to approve and adopt this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

(b) The Special Committee, at a meeting duly called and held, unanimously (i) determined that this Agreement, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement are fair to, and in the best interests of, the stockholders of the Company (other than the Stockholder and its Affiliates) and (ii) recommended to the Board of Directors that it approve and declare advisable this Agreement and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Merger. The Board of Directors, at a meeting duly called and held, unanimously (i) determined that this Agreement, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement are fair to, and in the best interests of, the stockholders of the Company, (ii) approved this Agreement, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (iii) declared this Agreement advisable, and (iv) resolved to recommend authorization and adoption of this Agreement by the stockholders of the Company (collectively, the “Board Recommendation”).

(c) Goldman, Sachs & Co. has delivered to the Board of Directors, and Foros Securities LLC has delivered to the special committee of the Board of Directors, in each case, its opinion, dated as of the date of this Agreement (together, the “Fairness Opinions”), substantially to the effect that, as of such date and based on and subject to the assumptions, qualifications and limitations contained therein, the Merger Consideration to be received by the stockholders of the Company (other than Parent and any of its Affiliates) pursuant to this Agreement is fair to such stockholders from a financial point of view.

(d) The Stockholder Approval is the only vote of the holders of any class or series of the Company’s securities necessary to approve this Agreement and the Merger.

3.4 Noncontravention.

(a) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement to which the Company is a party nor the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, (i) violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or equivalent organizational and governing documents) of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, (ii) assuming compliance with the filing and notice requirements set forth in clauses (i) through (viii) of Section 3.4(b), violate any Law applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (iii) except as set forth in Section 3.4(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, result in a breach of, constitute a default under, give rise to any right of modification of any obligations or the loss of any benefit under, result in the termination of or a right of termination or cancellation under, accelerate the performance required by, or otherwise violate any Material Contract to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or (iv) result in the creation of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any properties, rights or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except, in the case of the immediately preceding clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv), to the extent that any such violation would not reasonably be expected to (A) have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect or (B) prevent or materially delay the Company from performing its obligations under this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party in any material respect.

(b) The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which it is a party does not, and the performance thereof by the Company will not, require any Order,

 

9


Permit of, or filing with or notification to, any Governmental Entity, except for (i) such filings under state securities Laws or blue sky Laws, the Securities Act and the Exchange Act as may be required in connection with this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including the definitive information statement mailed to the stockholders of the Company and filed with the SEC (along with any amendments and supplements thereto, the “Information Statement”)), (ii) such filings as may be required under the rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”), including any applications for delisting of the Common Stock with the NYSE, (iii) such filings as may be required under the HSR Act, (iv) such filing with the European Commission of a merger notification in accordance with Council Regulation (EC) 139/2004, the E.C. Merger Regulation (the “ECMR”), (v) the applicable requirements of the competent authority of any member state of the European Union to which any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is referred pursuant to Article 9 of the ECMR, (vi) such other filings as may be required under the Other Antitrust Laws, (vii) the filing and recordation of appropriate merger or other documents as required by the DGCL and by relevant authorities of other jurisdictions in which the Company is qualified to do business (including the Certificate of Merger), (viii) the filings set forth in Section 3.4(b) of the Disclosure Schedule and (ix) such other Orders, Permits, filings and notifications which if not obtained or made would not reasonably be expected to (A) have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect or (B) prevent or materially delay the Company from performing its obligations under this Agreement in any material respect.

3.5 SEC Filings and Financial Statements.

(a) Since December 31, 2007, the Company and each of its Subsidiaries that is required to do so has filed or furnished all forms, documents and reports required to be filed or furnished with the SEC under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (collectively with any amendments thereto, the “SEC Filings”). Except as set forth in Section 3.5(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, (i) each of the SEC Filings, in each case as of its filing date, or, if amended, as finally amended prior to the date of this Agreement (with respect to those SEC Filings filed prior to the date hereof) or prior to the Closing Date (with respect to those SEC Filings filed after the date hereof), has complied or, if not yet filed or furnished, will comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and (ii) none of the SEC Filings, when filed as finally amended prior to the date hereof (with respect to those SEC Filings filed prior to the date hereof) or prior to the Closing Date (with respect to those SEC Filings filed after the date hereof) contained or, if not yet filed or furnished, will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Except for the Advisory Entity, none of the Company’s Subsidiaries is required to file periodic reports with the SEC. As of the date hereof, there are no material outstanding or unresolved comments received from the SEC with respect to any of the SEC Filings.

(b) The condensed consolidated financial statements (including the related notes and schedules) included in the SEC Filings have been prepared in all material respects in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto) and, on that basis, fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows and changes in stockholder’s equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the indicated dates and for the indicated periods (subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of notes).

(c) There exist no Liabilities of any nature of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or threatened, other than (i) Liabilities that are adequately reflected, reserved for or disclosed in the Company’s consolidated financial statements set forth in the Company’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC for the year ended December 31, 2009 as filed with the SEC prior to the date of this Agreement, (ii) Liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Subsidiaries since December 31, 2009, (iii) Liabilities incurred in connection with this Agreement and the Ancillary

 

10


Agreements to which it is a party and the performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, or (iv) Liabilities that would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

3.6 Internal Controls and Procedures. Except as set forth in Section 3.6 of the Disclosure Schedule, (a) the Company has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as required by Rule 13a-15(a) under the Exchange Act, and (b) the Company has established and maintains internal controls over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as required by Rule 13a-15(b) under the Exchange Act. Such disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s principal executive officer and its principal financial officer to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure and to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC rules and forms. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, the Company has disclosed, based on its most recent evaluation prior to the date hereof, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Board of Directors (A) any significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information and (B) any fraud or allegation of fraud that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, since January 1, 2008, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received or otherwise had or obtained knowledge of any written complaint, allegation, assertion or claim regarding the accounting or auditing practices, procedures, methodologies or methods of the Company or its Subsidiary or their respective internal accounting controls, including any written complaint, allegation, assertion or claim that the Company or its Subsidiary has engaged in questionable accounting or auditing practices. Since December 31, 2008, subject to any applicable grace periods, the Company has been and is in compliance with (A) the applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and (B) the applicable listing and corporate governance rules and regulations of the NYSE, except in each case as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

3.7 Taxes. Except as set forth in Section 3.7 of the Disclosure Schedule:

(a) All material Tax Returns required to have been filed by the Company and each of its Subsidiaries have been timely filed, and each such Tax Return reflects the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s Liability for Taxes and is otherwise complete and accurate in all material respects. All material amounts of Taxes due and payable by the Company and each of its Subsidiaries (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) have been timely paid, except for Taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established in their financial statements in accordance with GAAP. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries has made adequate provision in their financial statements in accordance with GAAP for payment of all material amounts of Taxes that are not yet due and payable.

(b) There is no material audit, examination, investigation or other proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in respect of any Taxes. There are no material Liens on any of the assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that arose in connection with any failure (or alleged failure) to pay any Tax, other than Liens for Taxes not yet due and payable or contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and adequately reserved for in the latest audited financial statements included in the SEC Filings.

(c) The Company and each of its Subsidiaries has withheld and paid all material amounts of Taxes required to have been withheld and paid in connection with amounts paid or owing to any third party.

(d) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has waived any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency.

 

11


(e) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) is a party to any Tax allocation or sharing agreement or any material Tax indemnity agreement (other than any commercial Contracts entered in the ordinary course of business that do not relate primarily to Taxes), (ii) has been a “controlled corporation” or a “distributing corporation” in any distribution occurring during the two-year period ending on the date hereof that was purported or intended to be governed by Section 355 of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law), (iii) is or has been a member of an affiliated group (other than a group the common parent of which is or was the Company) filing an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary Tax return, (iv) has any Liability for the Taxes of any other Person (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) under Treasury Regulation § 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law), as a transferee or successor, or by Contract (other than customary Tax indemnifications contained in commercial agreements the primary purpose of which does not relate to Taxes), (v) will be required to include amounts in income, or exclude items of deduction, in a taxable period beginning after the Closing Date, that would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, as a result of (A) a change in method of accounting occurring prior to the Closing Date, (B) an installment sale or open transaction arising in a taxable period (or portion thereof) ending on or before the Closing Date, (C) a prepaid amount received, or paid, prior to the Closing Date or (D) deferred gains arising prior to the Closing Date, (vi) has engaged in any listed transaction described in Treasury Regulation § 1.6011-4(b)(2) or (vii) has received written notice from a Governmental Entity in a jurisdiction where the Company or any of its Subsidiaries does not file Tax Returns claiming that the Company or any such Subsidiary is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction (except for any claims that would not reasonably be expected to be material).

3.8 Compliance with Laws; Orders; Permits; Litigation.

(a) Except as set forth in Section 3.8(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company and each of its Subsidiaries are and have been since December 31, 2008 in compliance with all Laws, Orders and Permits to which the Company or such Subsidiary is subject, except where such failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. No representation or warranty shall be deemed to be made in this Section 3.8(a) in respect of the matters referenced in Sections 3.6, 3.7, 3.13 and 3.15.

(b) Except as set forth in Section 3.8(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, the (i) Company and each of its Subsidiaries owns, holds, possesses or lawfully uses in the operation of its business all Permits that are necessary for it to own or lease its properties and assets and conduct its business as presently conducted, and (ii) all such Permits are in full force and effect, in each case except where such failure to own, hold, possess or lawfully use such Permit would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Except as set forth in Section 3.8(c)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule, as of the date hereof, there is no Action pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that (i) challenges or seeks to enjoin, alter, prevent or materially delay the Merger or (ii) would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth in Section 3.8(c)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule, there is no Order imposed upon the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective assets or properties that would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

3.9 Real and Personal Properties. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries does not own any real property and, except as set forth in Section 3.9 of the Disclosure Schedule and as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, each of the Company and its Subsidiaries: (a) has good and valid title to all the personal properties and assets reflected on the latest audited balance sheet included in the SEC Filings as being owned by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries or acquired after the date thereof which are, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Company’s business on a consolidated basis (except properties sold or otherwise disposed of since the date thereof in the ordinary course of business), free

 

12


and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens (the “Company Personal Property”), and (b) is the lessee of all leasehold estates reflected in the latest audited financial statements included in the SEC Filings or acquired after the date thereof which are material to its business on a consolidated basis and is in possession of the properties purported to be leased thereunder.

3.10 Intellectual Property.

(a) Section 3.10(a) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of all material Intellectual Property owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is registered, patented or subject to an application for registration or patent (including the record owner of each such item, the application and registration date, and the jurisdictions where such Company-Owned Intellectual Property is registered, patented or where applications have been filed, and all registration, patent or application numbers, as appropriate) (the “Company-Registered Intellectual Property”).

(b) Except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, and as set forth on Section 3.10(b) of the Disclosure Schedule: (i) the Company and its Subsidiaries own, license or otherwise possess valid and enforceable rights to use all Intellectual Property necessary to the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as presently conducted; (ii) the Company and its Subsidiaries, in the aggregate, are the exclusive owners of all right, title and interest in and to the Company-Owned Intellectual Property, free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens); (iii) the Company-Registered Intellectual Property is unexpired, subsisting and valid; (iv) no Actions are pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened that challenge the rights of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in, or the validity or enforceability of the Company-Owned Intellectual Property, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has since December 31, 2008 been or is subject to any Order that may affect such rights; (v) neither the use of the Company-Owned Intellectual Property as currently used by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the conduct of the Company’s business, nor the conduct of the business as presently conducted by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, infringes, dilutes, misappropriates or otherwise violates in any material respect the Intellectual Property rights of any Person; (vi) to the Knowledge of the Company, no Company-Owned Intellectual Property is being infringed, diluted, misappropriated or otherwise violated by any Person, and no Actions by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are pending against any third party in connection with any Company-Owned Intellectual Property; (vii) none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has since December 31, 2008 made a claim of a violation, infringement, misuse or misappropriation by any Person, of their rights to, or in connection with, any material Company-Owned Intellectual Property; (viii) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has incorporated any “open source”, “freeware”, “shareware” or other software code having similar license restrictions or distribution models in any material Company-owned software distributed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and (ix) the Company and its Subsidiaries take commercially reasonable steps to protect the confidentiality and security of their software, databases, systems, networks and internet sites from any unauthorized use, access, interruption or modification by third parties, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has since December 31, 2008 suffered a material security breach.

3.11 Absence of Certain Changes or Events. Except (a) as set forth in Section 3.11 of the Disclosure Schedule and (b) as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, since December 31, 2009, (i) the Company and its Subsidiaries have conducted their respective businesses in the ordinary course and (ii) there has not been any change, state of facts, event, development or effect that has had or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

3.12 Contracts.

(a) Section 3.12(a) of the Disclosure Schedule lists the following Contracts to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party as of the date of this Agreement, other than this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements being executed as of the date hereof, the Company Benefit Plans and the Policies (collectively

 

13


with each Contract filed by the Company with the SEC as a material Contract pursuant to Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K or as a “definitive material agreement” (as such term is defined in Item 1.01 of Form 8-K of the SEC under the Exchange Act), the “Material Contracts”):

(i) any Contract containing any right of any exclusivity in favor of the other parties thereto or any covenant limiting, in any respect, the ability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any line of business, compete with any person or in any geographic area or solicit the employees of another Person;

(ii) each Contract that creates, governs or controls a partnership, joint venture or other similar arrangement with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(iii) each indenture, credit agreement, loan agreement, security agreement, guarantee, note, letter of credit, mortgage or other evidence of indebtedness for borrowed money or agreement providing for indebtedness for borrowed money other than between the Company and any of its Subsidiaries or between any of the Subsidiaries of the Company;

(iv) each lease and sublease pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries uses or holds any material property involving payments by or to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of more than $500,000 on an annual basis;

(v)(A) each Contract entered into after January 1, 2009 or (B) each Contract (x) pursuant to which any material earn-out, deferred or contingent payment remains outstanding or (y) entered into on or after January 1, 2007 pursuant to which indemnification obligations (excluding indemnification obligations in respect of representations and warranties that survive indefinitely), in each case that relates to the acquisition or disposition of any business (whether by merger, sale of stock, sale of assets or otherwise) other than this Agreement;

(vi) each Contract between the Company and any of its Affiliates (other than Contracts that may be cancelled without penalty by the Company or any Subsidiary thereof upon notice of 90 days or less);

(vii) each mortgage, pledge, security agreement, deed of trust or other Contract granting a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) on any material property or asset of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof;

(viii) each Contract containing restrictions with respect to payment of dividends or any distributions in respect of the equity interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(ix) each Contract that involves aggregate payments in any calendar year by the Company or any Subsidiary thereof of $5,000,000 or more, except for any such Contract that may be cancelled without material penalty by the Company or any Subsidiary thereof upon notice of 90 days or less; and

(x) each Contract that involves aggregate payments in any calendar year to the Company or any Subsidiary thereof of $10,000,000 or more.

(b)(i) All Material Contracts are in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with their terms (except those which may be cancelled, rescinded, terminated or not renewed after the date hereof in accordance with their terms), in each case, except where the failure to be in full force and effect would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any other party thereto, is in violation or breach of or default under (or with notice or lapse of time, or both, would be in violation or breach of or default under) the terms of any Material Contract, in each case, except where such default would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. Complete and correct copies of each Material Contract have been made available to Parent prior to the date hereof.

 

14


3.13 Employee Benefits.

(a) Section 3.13(a) of the Disclosure Schedule includes a list of all Benefit Plans (i) maintained or contributed to by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, other than a Benefit Plan described in clause (ii) (such Benefit Plans and all amendments, modifications and supplements thereto, the “Company Benefit Plans”) and (ii) maintained or contributed to by an Affiliate of the Company (other than any of its Subsidiaries), available to and for the benefit of employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (such Benefit Plans and all amendments, modifications and supplements thereto, the “Affiliate Benefit Plans” and, together with the Company Benefit Plans, the “Employee Benefit Plans”); provided, that the Company is not required to list employment agreements that are not otherwise required to be listed pursuant to Section 3.14 of the Agreement. The Company has delivered or made available to the Parent true, correct and complete copies (or, to the extent no such copy exists, an accurate description of the material terms thereof) of the following documents, with respect to each of the Employee Benefit Plans, to the extent applicable: (i) any plans, all amendments thereto and related funding arrangements or trust documents, and amendments thereto; (ii) the most recent Forms 5500 and all schedules thereto and the most recent actuarial report, if any; (iii) the most recent IRS determination letter; and (iv) the most recent summary plan descriptions.

(b) No Employee Benefit Plan is a “multiemployer plan” (as defined in Sections 3(37) and 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

(c) Except as set forth in Section 3.13(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, each Employee Benefit Plan is in compliance with all applicable Laws, except for instances of noncompliance that would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Except as set forth in Section 3.13(d) of the Disclosure Schedule or as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(i) none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has received notice of and, to the Knowledge of the Company, there are no audits or investigations by any Governmental Entity with respect to, or other actions, claims, suits or other proceedings against or involving any Employee Benefit Plan or asserting rights or claims to benefits under any Employee Benefit Plan (other than routine claims for benefits payable in the normal course);

(ii) each Employee Benefit Plan intended to qualify under Section 401 of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service to such effect (or has submitted, and is awaiting receipt of a response, or is within the remedial amendment period for submitting an application for a determination letter with the Internal Revenue Service), and to the Knowledge of the Company, nothing has occurred with respect to the operation of the Employee Benefit Plans which could cause the loss of such qualification or exemption or the imposition of any Liability, penalty or tax under ERISA or the Code;

(iii) with respect to each Employee Benefit Plan: (A) there does not exist any accumulated funding deficiency within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived; (B) there has been no “reportable event” within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations thereunder which required a notice to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (the “PBGC”) which has not been fully and accurately reported in a timely fashion, as required, or which, whether or not reported, would constitute grounds for the PBGC to institute involuntary termination proceedings; (C) all premiums to the PBGC have been timely paid in full; (D) there has not been a partial termination; (E) no condition exists that would subject the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, either directly or by reason of their affiliation with any of their ERISA Affiliates, to any tax, fine, lien, penalty or other liability imposed by ERISA or the Code; and (F) none of the following events has occurred: (1) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate; (2) the treatment of an amendment as a termination under Section 4041 of ERISA; or (3) the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate such plan;

(iv) none of the Company, its Subsidiaries nor any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has incurred or reasonably expects to incur any Liability pursuant to Title I or Title IV of ERISA or any

 

15


penalty, excise Tax or joint and several liability under the provisions of the Code relating to Employee Benefit Plans, whether contingent or otherwise;

(v) except to the extent required under Section 601 et. seq. of ERISA and Section 4980B of the Code, none of the Employee Benefit Plans provides for or promises medical, group health, disability or retiree life insurance benefits for a period following retirement or other termination of employment to any Company Service Provider;

(vi) no United Kingdom Subsidiary (A) provides or has at any time provided or promised to provide ex gratia pensions in respect of any person; or (B) participates in or contributes to any section of the PGPP offering defined benefits or has ever done so;

(vii) each of the United Kingdom Subsidiaries has duly complied with its obligations under the PGPP and has paid when due all amounts due to be paid to the PGPP;

(viii) the United Kingdom Pensions Regulator has not issued any financial support direction or contribution notice under sections 38 through 56 of the Pensions Act 2004 respectively against the Company or any Subsidiary or its or their directors; and

(ix) no employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries came to his or her employment as a result of the legislation in any Member State of the European Union which implements or has the effect of implementing the provisions of the Acquired Rights Directive 2001/23/EC (as amended).

(e) Except as set forth on Section 3.13(e) of the Disclosure Schedule, neither the execution of this Agreement or the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby will constitute an event that, either alone or in conjunction with any other event, will or may result in: (i) any payment, acceleration, termination, forgiveness of indebtedness, vesting, distribution, increase in compensation or benefits or obligation to fund benefits with respect to any current or former employee or other personnel of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) severance pay or any increase in severance pay upon any termination of employment after the date of this Agreement; (iii) limit or restrict the right of the Company to merge, amend or terminate any of the Company Benefit Plans (other than this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements); (iv) any amount failing to be deductible by reason of Section 280G of the Code; or (v) the provision of any reimbursement of excise Taxes under Section 4999 of the Code or any income Taxes under the Code.

3.14 Labor and Employment Matters. Section 3.14(a) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of all written employment agreements to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party that obligate the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to: (i) pay an annual base salary of $250,000 or more or (ii) provide for severance or change in control payments in an amount equal to or in excess of three (3) months of base salary. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, there are no pending labor disputes, work stoppages, requests for representation, pickets, work slow-downs due to labor disagreements or any actions or arbitrations that involve the labor or employment relations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Except as set forth on Section 3.14(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is (a) party to any collective bargaining agreement or other Contract or understanding with a labor union or organization or (b) obligated to inform or consult any works council with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. To the Knowledge of the Company, there are no organizational efforts by any labor organization or any group of employees with respect to the formation or recognition of a collective bargaining unit presently being made involving employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

3.15 Environmental. Except as set forth in Section 3.15 of the Disclosure Schedule, or for any matter that would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (a) the Company and each of its Subsidiaries are and since December 31, 2008 have been in compliance with all applicable Laws and Orders relating to protection of the environment or human health and safety (“Environmental Laws”), (b) the Company and each of its Subsidiaries possess and are and since December 31,

 

16


2008 have been in compliance with all Permits required under Environmental Law for the conduct of their respective operations and (c) there are no Actions pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries alleging a violation of, or liability under or relating to, any Environmental Law.

3.16 Insurance. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (a) all material insurance policies covering the Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective assets, properties and operations (the “Policies”) provide insurance in such amounts and against such risks as is sufficient to comply with applicable Law, and (b) all of the Policies are in full force and effect and all premiums due and payable thereon from the Company have been paid in full. To the Knowledge of the Company, no insurance broker or carrier for the Policies has delivered a written notice that such broker or carrier for the Policies will not be willing or able to renew its existing coverage in any material respects under the Policies with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective assets, properties and operations.

3.17 Information Statement. None of the information supplied or to be supplied by or on behalf of the Company for inclusion or incorporation by reference in the Information Statement will, at the date it is first mailed to the stockholders of the Company, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading. The Information Statement will, at the time it is first filed with the SEC and first mailed to stockholders of the Company, comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any information supplied by or on behalf of the Parent or Merger Sub or any of their respective representatives which is contained or incorporated by reference in the Information Statement.

3.18 Brokers’ Fees. No broker, finder, financial advisor, investment banker or other similar Person (other than Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Foros Securities LLC) is entitled to any brokerage or finder’s fees or commissions in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Prior to the date hereof, the Company has made available to the Parent a true and correct copy of the each engagement letter between the Company and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Foros Securities LLC and any of their respective Affiliates, on the other hand.

3.19 Takeover Statutes Not Applicable. The Company has taken all action required to be taken by it in order to exempt this Agreement, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement from, and this Agreement, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement are exempt from, the requirements of any “moratorium”, “control share acquisition”, “fair price”, “interested shareholder”, “business combination” or other anti-takeover laws and regulations of any Governmental Entity or contained in the Company’s certificate of incorporation. The Company does not have in effect any stockholder rights plan, “poison pill” or similar plan or arrangement.

3.20 Investment Advisers Act. Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data, Inc. (the “Advisory Entity”) is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”). The Advisory Entity has adopted a code of ethics including provisions requiring access persons to report personal securities transactions and holdings periodically (the “Code of Ethics”), which complies with Rule 204A-1 except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. Prior to the date hereof, a copy of the Code of Ethics has been made available to the Parent. To the Knowledge of the Company, since December 31, 2008, there have been no violations or allegations of violations of such Codes of Ethics except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. The Advisory Entity has adopted written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation by the Advisory Entity and its supervised persons of the Advisers Act and the rules thereunder in compliance with Rule 206(4)-7 of the Advisers Act, except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

17


3.21 Sufficiency. Immediately following the Effective Time, the tangible and intangible properties and assets of the Surviving Corporation and its Subsidiaries, together with any services provided for in the Transition Services Agreement and the Employee Benefits Separation Agreement, will constitute all of the tangible and intangible properties, rights and assets necessary for the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as conducted immediately prior to the date hereof, except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

3.22 No Other Representations or Warranties. Except for the representations and warranties contained in Article IV, the Company acknowledges that none of the Parent, Merger Sub or any other person on behalf of the Parent or Merger Sub makes any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Parent or Merger Sub or with respect to any other information provided to the Company.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PARENT AND MERGER SUB

The Parent and Merger Sub jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Company as follows:

4.1 Organization. The Parent is a limited liability company, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware. Merger Sub is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware.

4.2 Authorization. Each of the Parent and Merger Sub has the requisite legal power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party, to perform its respective obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution, delivery and performance by each of the Parent and Merger Sub of this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, have been duly authorized by all necessary action, and no other action on the part of the Parent or Merger Sub is necessary to authorize this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby (other than the adoption of this Agreement immediately after the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Parent in its capacity as the sole stockholder of Merger Sub and compliance with the filing and notice requirements set forth in Sections 4.3(b)(i) through (iv)). When executed and delivered by each of the Parent and Merger Sub, the execution, delivery and performance by each of the Parent and Merger Sub of each Ancillary Agreement to which it is party, and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated thereby, will have been duly authorized by all necessary action and no other corporate action on the part of the Parent or Merger Sub is necessary to authorize the execution and delivery by the Parent or Merger Sub of any such Ancillary Agreement or the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated thereby (other than the adoption of this Agreement by Parent as sole stockholder of Merger Sub, which shall occur immediately following the execution and delivery of this Agreement). This Agreement has been, and when executed and delivered, each of the Ancillary Agreements to which the Parent and Merger Sub is a party will be, duly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the Company, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each of the Parent and Merger Sub enforceable against the Parent and Merger Sub in accordance with its terms, except as limited by (a) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or other similar Laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and (b) general principles of equity, whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at Law.

4.3 Noncontravention.

(a) Neither the execution and the delivery of this Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement to which the Parent or Merger Sub is a party nor the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, will, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, (i) violate any provision of the certificate of formation or limited liability company agreement (or

 

18


comparable organization documents, as applicable) of the Parent or Merger Sub, (ii) assuming compliance with the filing and notice requirements set forth in Sections 4.3(b)(i) through (viii), violate any Law applicable to the Parent or Merger Sub on the date hereof, (iii) result in a breach of, constitute a default under, give rise to any right of modification of any obligations or the loss of any benefit under, result in the termination of or a right of termination or cancellation under, accelerate the performance required by, or otherwise violate any Contract to which the Parent or Merger Sub is a party or (iv) result in the creation of any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) on an properties, rights or assets of the Parent or Merger Sub, except in the case of clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv) to the extent that any such violation would not reasonably be expected to prevent or materially delay the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Parent and Merger Sub and each Ancillary Agreement to which it is a party does not, and the performance thereof will not, require any Order, Permit of, or filing with or notification to, any Governmental Entity, except for (i) such filings under state securities Laws or blue sky Laws, the Securities Act and the Exchange Act as may be required in connection with this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including the Information Statement), (ii) such filings required under the rules and regulations of the NYSE, (iii) such filings as may be required under the HSR Act, (iv) such filing with the European Commission of a merger notification in accordance with the ECMR, (v) the applicable requirements of the competent authority of any member state of the European Union to which any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is referred pursuant to Article 9 of the ECMR, (vi) such other filings as may be required under the Other Antitrust Laws, (vii) the filing and recordation of appropriate merger or other documents as required by the DGCL (including the Certificate of Merger), (viii) the filings set forth in Section 3.4(b) of the Disclosure Schedule and (ix) such Orders, Permits, filings and notifications which if not obtained or made would not reasonably be expected to prevent or materially delay the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

4.4 Financing.

(a) The Parent has delivered to the Company true, complete and correct copies of: (i) the executed commitment letter, dated as of May 3, 2010 between Merger Sub, Bank of America, N.A., Banc of America Securities LLC, Banc of America Bridge LLC, Barclays Bank PLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, UBS Loan Finance LLC, UBS Securities LLC (the “Debt Financing Commitment”), pursuant to which, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein, Bank of America, N.A., Banc of America Securities LLC, Banc of America Bridge LLC, Barclays Bank PLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, UBS Loan Finance LLC, UBS Securities LLC have agreed to lend the amounts set forth therein (the “Debt Financing”) for the purpose of funding the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (ii) the executed equity commitment letter, dated as of May 3, 2010 among the Parent, Silver Lake Partners III, L.P., Warburg Pincus Private Equity X, L.P. and Warburg Pincus X Partners, L.P. (collectively, the “Investors”) (the “Equity Financing Commitment” and together with the Debt Financing Commitment, the “Financing Commitments”), pursuant to which, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein, each of the Investors has committed to invest the cash amount set forth therein (the “Equity Financing” and together with the Debt Financing, the “Financing”). None of the Financing Commitments has been amended or modified prior to the date of this Agreement, and, as of the date hereof, the respective commitments contained in the Financing Commitments have not been withdrawn, terminated or rescinded in any respect. As of the date hereof, there are no other agreements, side letters or arrangements to which the Parent or Merger Sub is a party relating to any of the Financing Commitments that could affect the availability of the Financing. As of the date hereof, the Financing Commitments are in full force and effect and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of each of the Parent, Merger Sub and, to the knowledge of the Parent, the other parties thereto. There are no conditions precedent or other contingencies related to the funding of the full amount of the Financing (including any “flex” provisions), other than as expressly set forth in the

 

19


Financing Commitments. Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.2 and performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, the aggregate proceeds to be disbursed pursuant to the agreements contemplated by the Financing Commitments, in the aggregate and together with the available cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of the Company, will be sufficient for the Parent and the Surviving Corporation to pay the aggregate Merger Consideration and to provide Interactive Data (Europe) Limited with sufficient funds to make the deposit into the Escrow Account of the amount of £53 million contemplated by the UK Pension Transitional Agreement, the amounts to be paid pursuant to Section 2.1(d) and all related fees and expenses. As of the date hereof, no event has occurred which would result in any breach or violation of or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) by the Parent or Merger Sub under the Financing Commitments, and the Parent does not have any reason to believe that any of the conditions to the Financing will not be satisfied or that the Financing will not be available to the Parent on the Closing Date. The Parent has fully paid all commitment fees or other fees required to be paid on or prior to the date hereof pursuant to the Financing Commitments.

(b) Except as otherwise contemplated by Section 7.4(b), the obligations of the Parent and Merger Sub under this Agreement are not subject to any conditions regarding the Parent’s, Merger Sub’s, their respective Affiliates’, or any other Person’s ability to obtain financing for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

4.5 Litigation. As of the date hereof, there is no Action pending or, to the knowledge of the Parent or Merger Sub, threatened that challenges or seeks to enjoin, alter, prevent or materially delay the Merger.

4.6 Labor and Employment Matters. As of the date hereof, neither the Parent nor Merger Sub has: (a) entered into any employment agreement with any of the Company’s directors, officers or employees; (b) offered employment to any of the Company’s directors, officers or employees; (c) had discussions with any of the Company’s directors, officers or employees regarding employment after the Closing; or (d) sold, or offered to sell, any direct or indirect equity interest in the Company to any of the Company’s directors, officers or employees.

4.7 Merger Sub. Merger Sub has been formed solely for the purpose of engaging in the transactions contemplated hereby and prior to the Effective Time will have engaged in no other business activities and will have incurred no liabilities or obligations other than as contemplated herein.

4.8 Information Statement. None of the information supplied or to be supplied by or on behalf of the Parent or Merger Sub for inclusion or incorporation by reference in the Information Statement will, at the date it is first mailed to the stockholders of the Company, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Parent nor Merger Sub makes any representation or warranty with respect to any information supplied by or on behalf of the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of their respective representatives which is contained or incorporated by reference in the Information Statement.

4.9 Ownership of Common Stock. As of the date of this Agreement, except for the Voting Agreement that is being executed and delivered concurrently herewith, none of the Parent, Merger Sub or their respective Affiliates owns (directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record) any shares of Common Stock and none of the Parent, Merger Sub or their respective Affiliates holds any rights to acquire or vote any shares of Common stock except pursuant to this Agreement.

4.10 Vote/Approval Required. No vote or consent of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Parent is necessary to approve this Agreement or the Merger or the transactions contemplated hereby. The vote or consent of the Parent as the sole stockholder of Merger Sub (which shall have occurred immediately following the execution of this Agreement) is the only vote or consent of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of Merger Sub necessary to approve this Agreement or the Merger or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

20


4.11 Brokers’ Fees. No broker, finder, financial advisor or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage or finder’s fees or commissions in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by the Parent, Merger Sub or any of their respective Subsidiaries for which the Company could have any Liability prior to the Effective Time.

4.12 Solvency. Neither Parent nor Merger Sub is entering into this Agreement or the Financing Commitments with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud either present or future creditors. Immediately after giving effect to all of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Financing Commitments, including the Financing, the payment of the Merger Consideration and the provision to Interactive Data (Europe) Limited of the funds required to be deposited into the Escrow Account pursuant to the Pensions Transitional Agreement and the making of such deposit by Interactive Data (Europe) Limited and any other repayment or refinancing of debt that may be contemplated in the Debt Financing Commitment, assuming satisfaction of the conditions to Parent’s obligation to consummate the Merger as set forth herein, the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Article III and the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder in all material respects, the Surviving Corporation and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (a) as of such date will be able to pay its debts as they become due and shall own property having a fair saleable value greater than the amounts required to pay its debts (including a reasonable estimate of the amount of all contingent liabilities) as they become absolute and mature; and (b) shall not have, as of such date, unreasonably small capital to carry on its business in which it is engaged. For purposes of this definition, “not have, as of such date, unreasonably small capital to carry on its business in which it is engaged” means that the Surviving Corporation will be able to generate enough cash from operations, asset dispositions or refinancing, or a combination thereof, to meet its obligations as they become due.

4.13 No Other Representations or Warranties. Except for the representations and warranties contained in Article III, each of the Parent and Merger Sub acknowledges (a) that neither the Company nor any other person on behalf of the Company makes any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Company or its Subsidiaries or with respect to any other information provided to the Parent or Merger Sub in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (b) that neither the Company nor any other person will have or be subject to any liability or indemnification obligation to the Parent, Merger Sub or any other person resulting from the distribution to the Parent or Merger Sub, or the Parent’s or Merger Sub’s use of, any such information, including any information, documents, projections, forecasts or other material made available to the Parent or Merger Sub in certain “data rooms” or management presentations or in any other form in expectation of, or in connection with, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

ARTICLE V

COVENANTS

5.1 Operation of the Company’s Business.

(a) From and after the date hereof and prior to the Effective Time or the date, if any, on which this Agreement is earlier terminated pursuant to Section 7.1 (the “Termination Date”), and except (i) as may be required by applicable Law, (ii) with the consent in writing (including by email) of the Parent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), (iii) as may be expressly contemplated or expressly required by this Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement, the Employee Benefits Separation Agreement or the UK Pension Agreements, or (iv) as set forth in Section 5.1(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company covenants and agrees with the Parent that the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be conducted in the ordinary course of business, and to the extent consistent therewith, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to use commercially reasonable efforts to, preserve its present relationships with its material customers and suppliers and other significant business relationships and its employees.

 

21


(b) Subject to the exceptions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) of Section 5.1(a), and without limiting the generality of Section 5.1(a), the Company agrees with the Parent that between the date hereof and the Effective Time or the Termination Date, as applicable, without the prior written consent (including by email) of the Parent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), the Company:

(i) shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries not to, adopt any amendments to its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or similar applicable organization documents;

(ii) shall not declare, authorize, set aside or pay any dividends on or make any distribution with respect to its outstanding shares of capital stock (whether in cash, assets, stock or other securities of the Company or such Subsidiaries);

(iii) shall not split, combine or reclassify any of its capital stock or issue or grant or authorize or propose the issuance or grant of any of its capital stock or other securities or any option, warrant or other right to acquire or receive any such capital stock or other securities, except for issuances of Common Stock as required to be issued upon exercise or settlement of Company Stock Options, Company Restricted Stock Awards or Company Deferred Stock Units under any Company Equity Incentive Plan outstanding on the date hereof in accordance with the terms thereof in effect on the date hereof;

(iv) shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries not to, purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock or any other of its securities or any rights, warrants or options to acquire any such shares or other securities, except in each case in connection with the exercise and settlement of outstanding awards as of the date hereof under the Company Equity Incentive Plans;

(v) shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries not to, incur, assume, guarantee or become obligated with respect to any indebtedness for borrowed money except for transactions among the Company and its wholly-owned Subsidiaries or among the Company’s wholly-owned Subsidiaries;

(vi) shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries not to, make any change in any method of Tax or financial accounting or make or change any material Tax election other than changes required by GAAP or applicable Law or regulatory requirements with respect thereto, file any material amended Tax Return, settle or compromise any material Tax liability, agree to an extension or waiver of the statute of limitations with respect to the assessment or determination of material Taxes, enter into any closing agreement with respect to any material Tax or surrender any right to claim a material Tax refund;

(vii) shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries not to, (A) adopt or amend, modify or terminate any Company Benefit Plan, (B) enter into any collective bargaining agreement with any labor organization or union, (C) enter into any employment or severance agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement (other than in the ordinary course of business to employees that are not directors or officers of the Company) or any change-in-control or other similar agreement or arrangement, (D) increase the rate of compensation or other benefits payable or provided to any current or former director, officer, employee or contractor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (each, a “Company Service Provider”), (E) grant any equity or equity-based awards, (F) make any bonus, profit sharing, pension, retirement or insurance payment, distribution or arrangement to or with any Company Service Provider or any of its Subsidiaries except for payments that were already accrued prior to the date hereof, or (G) increase, or permit any Person to exercise any discretion to increase, the severance benefits payable to any Company Service Provider under any Employee Benefit Plan above the minimum required benefits thereunder; provided, however, that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may (1) take any such action for Company Service Providers to the extent required under any existing Contracts or Company Benefit Plans, (2) adopt or amend any Company Benefit Plan if the cost to the Company and its Subsidiaries of providing benefits thereunder is not materially increased and (3) make the payments to certain members of management of the Company as described in Section 5.1(b)(vii) of the Disclosure Schedule;

 

22


(viii) shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries not to, (A) acquire (by merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock or assets or otherwise) any corporation, partnership or other business organization or any property or assets of any Person with a value in excess of $10 million in the aggregate, (B) make any investment in another entity (other than an entity that is a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company as of the date hereof and other than incorporation of a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company) with a value in excess of $10 million in the aggregate, (C) sell, lease, license, or otherwise dispose of or subject to any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) any assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with a value in excess of $10 million in the aggregate (except, in the case of the immediately preceding clauses (A) and (C), for acquisitions or dispositions pursuant to a Contract in effect as of the date hereof, a true and complete copy of which have been made available to Parent prior to the date hereof, and, solely in the case of the immediately preceding clause (C), for (1) sales and non-exclusive licenses of products and services of the Company and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, (2) dispositions of obsolete or worthless assets and (3) transfers among the Company and its wholly owned Subsidiaries), (D) make any loans or advances to any Person (other than the Company or any wholly owned Subsidiary and advances to employees in the ordinary course of business) or (E) adopt a plan or agreement of complete or partial liquidation or dissolution, merger, consolidation, restructuring, recapitalization or other reorganization;

(ix) shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries not to, (A) cancel, materially modify, terminate or grant a waiver of any rights under any Material Contract (other than modification of customer Contracts pursuant to which additional products or services could be provided to the relevant customers), (B) enter into a new Contract that (x) would be a Material Contact (other than with respect to Contracts of the type described in clauses (iv) and (x) of Section 3.12(a)) if in existence as of the date hereof or (y) contains, unless required by applicable Law, a change in control provision in favor of the other party or parties thereto or would otherwise require a payment to or give rise to any rights to such other party or parties in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, or (C) waive, release, cancel, convey, encumber or otherwise assign any material rights or claims under any such Material Contract or new Contract;

(x) shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries not to, settle or compromise (x) any litigation by securities holders against the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective directors or officers that relates to the Merger or the other transactions contemplated hereby or (y) any other litigation, audit, claim or Action against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than, in the case of this clause (y), settlements or compromises of litigation, audit, claim or Action where the amount paid in settlement or compromise, does not exceed $500,000 in the aggregate and where no equitable relief is imposed on the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of their respective assets;

(xi) shall not merge or consolidate the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with any Person (other than the Merger and other than such transactions solely among wholly owned domestic Subsidiaries of the Company that would not result in a material increase in the Tax liability of the Company or its Subsidiaries);

(xii) shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries not to, make or agree to make any capital expenditure, capital additions or capital improvements or enter into any agreements providing for any such capital expenditures, capital additions or capital improvements that exceed, in the aggregate, $5,000,000, other than those expenditures set forth in the Company’s 2010 capital expenditure budget made available to the Parent prior to the date hereof;

(xiii) shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries not to, grant any Lien on any of its material assets or properties other than Permitted Liens;

(xiv) shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries not to, enter into any material new line of business, other than in the ordinary course of business and, provided that such new line of business is related to, and a reasonable expansion of, the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ business that is conducted as of the date hereof; or

 

23


(xv) shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries not to, agree in writing to take any of the foregoing actions.

(c) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall give the Parent or Merger Sub, directly or indirectly, the right to control or direct the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ operations prior to the Effective Time, and nothing contained in this Agreement shall give the Company, directly or indirectly, the right to control or direct the Parent’s or its Subsidiaries’ operations prior to the Effective Time. Prior to the Effective Time, each of the Company and the Parent shall exercise, consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, complete control and supervision over its and its Subsidiaries’, as applicable, respective operations.

5.2 [RESERVED]

5.3 Information Statement; Merger Consent.

(a) Immediately following the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the parties hereto, the Company shall, in accordance with the DGCL and the Company’s by-laws, take all action necessary to seek and obtain the Stockholder Approval by irrevocable written consent of the Stockholder in the form attached as Exhibit A to the Voting Agreement and any other stockholders of the Company reasonably requested by Parent (the “Merger Consent”) as promptly as practicable. The Company shall comply with the DGCL, the Company’s certificate of incorporation and the Company’s by-laws, the Exchange Act (including Regulation 14C and Schedule 14C promulgated under the Exchange Act) and the rules and regulations of the NYSE in connection with the Merger Consent, including (i) preparing and delivering the Information Statement to the Company’s stockholders as required pursuant to the Exchange Act and Section 5.3(b) and (ii) giving prompt notice of the taking of the actions described in the Merger Consent in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL to all holders of Common Stock not executing the Merger Consent, together with any additional information required by the DGCL, including a description of the appraisal rights of holders of Common Stock available under Section 262 of the DGCL.

(b) As promptly as reasonably practicable following the date of this Agreement, the Company shall prepare and file with the SEC the Information Statement. The Company shall use reasonable best efforts as promptly as practicable (and after consultation with the Parent) to respond to any comments made by the SEC with respect to the Information Statement. The Company will use reasonable best efforts to cause the Information Statement to be mailed to the stockholders of the Company as promptly as practicable after confirmation from the SEC that it has no further comments on the Information Statement (or that the Information Statement is otherwise not to be reviewed by the SEC). The Parent and Merger Sub shall cooperate with the Company in the preparation of the Information Statement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) each of the Parent and Merger Sub will furnish to the Company the information relating to it and its Affiliates required by the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder to be set forth in the Information Statement or that is customarily included in information statements prepared in connection with transactions of the type contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) prior to the filing with the SEC, or the mailing to the Company’s stockholders, of the Information Statement, the Company shall provide the Parent with a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on, and the Company shall reasonably consider all comments reasonably proposed by the Parent with respect to, the Information Statement. The Company shall notify the Parent promptly of the receipt of any comments from the SEC or its staff and of any request by the SEC or its staff for any amendments or supplements to the Information Statement, and the Company shall provide Parent with a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on any such comments or requests from the SEC or its staff and the Company shall reasonably consider all comments reasonably proposed by the Parent in connection with any filings with the SEC or its staff in response thereto, and if required, the Company shall mail to its stockholders, as promptly as reasonably practicable, such amendment or supplement.

 

24


5.4 No Solicitation.

(a) Except as expressly permitted by this Section 5.4, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall, and the Company shall instruct and cause its and its Subsidiaries’ Representatives to, cease immediately any existing discussions or negotiations regarding any Alternative Proposal. With respect to any Person or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) with whom such discussions or negotiations have been terminated, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to promptly require such Person or group to promptly return or destroy in accordance with the terms of the applicable confidentiality agreement any non-public information furnished by or on behalf of the Company.

(b) Subject to Section 5.4(c), the Company and its Subsidiaries will not, and the Company will cause its and its Subsidiaries’ Representatives not to, from the date hereof until the Effective Time or, if earlier, the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 7.1, directly or indirectly (i) solicit, initiate, knowingly encourage (including by way of furnishing non-public information regarding the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) or facilitate, any inquiries, proposals or offers from any Person or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Parent and its Subsidiaries) that constitute, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a proposal or offer for, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, (A) any merger, consolidation, share exchange, business combination, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or similar transaction involving the Company (or any Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Company whose business constitutes 10% or more of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole), (B) the direct or indirect acquisition of a 10% or greater interest of the outstanding Common Stock or aggregate voting power of the Company or (C) the direct or indirect acquisition of 10% or more of the consolidated assets or assets representing 10% or more of the consolidated revenues (including, in each case, securities of the Company’s Subsidiaries) of the Company and its Subsidiaries (each, an “Alternative Proposal”), or (ii) engage or participate in any discussions (other than to state that they are not permitted to have discussions and to refer to this Agreement) or negotiations (including by way of furnishing non-public information regarding the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) relating to, or which would reasonably be likely to lead to, any Alternative Proposal.

(c) Following the date of this Agreement, if the Board of Directors receives a bona fide written Alternative Proposal within 15 days of the date of this Agreement and if the receipt of such Alternative Proposal did not result from a breach of this Section 5.4 or Section 3.3 of the Voting Agreement (except to the extent such breach was immaterial and unintentional), until the expiration of 30 days after the date hereof (after which time the Company and its Representatives shall cease immediately any action described in clause (A) and (B) below), the Company or its Representatives may, if the Board of Directors determines in good faith (after consultation with its outside counsel and financial advisor) that the Alternative Proposal is, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Superior Proposal, (A) furnish information with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries to the Person making such Alternative Proposal and (B) participate in discussions or negotiations regarding such Alternative Proposal if, but only if, (x) in the case of either of the immediately preceding clauses (A) or (B), the Board of Directors determines in good faith (after consultation with outside counsel) that the failure to take such action would be reasonably likely to be inconsistent with the directors’ fiduciary duties under applicable Law and (y) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (A), the Company receives from such Person an executed confidentiality agreement on terms that are no less favorable to the Company than those contained in the Confidentiality Agreement (an “Acceptable Confidentiality Agreement”) and such information is furnished to Parent as promptly as reasonably practicable after it has been furnished to such Person to the extent not previously furnished to Parent.

(d) The Company shall promptly (and in any event within 24 hours after receipt), notify the Parent both orally and in writing of the receipt of any Alternative Proposal, any inquiries relating to an Alternative Proposal or any request for information from, or any negotiations sought to be initiated or continued with, either the Company or its Representatives concerning an Alternative Proposal. The Company’s notice shall include (i) a copy of any Alternative Proposal made in writing and other written materials provided to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and (ii) a written summary of the material terms of such Alternative

 

25


Proposal, inquiry or request, including the identity of the Person or group of Persons making the Alternative Proposal, inquiry or request. The Company shall keep Parent reasonably informed on a current basis of the status or developments regarding any Alternative Proposal, inquiry or request. None of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall, after the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement that would prohibit them from providing such information to Parent.

(e) Except as set forth herein, the Board of Directors (or any committee thereof) will not (i) (A) change, qualify, withdraw or modify, or publicly propose to change, withdraw, modify or qualify, in a manner adverse to the Parent, the Board Recommendation, (B) approve or recommend, or publicly propose to approve or recommend to the stockholders of the Company, an Alternative Proposal or (C) if a tender offer or exchange offer for shares of capital stock of the Company that constitutes an Alternative Proposal is commenced, fail to recommend against acceptance of such tender offer or exchange offer by the Company stockholders (including, for these purposes, by taking no position with respect to the acceptance of such tender offer or exchange offer by its stockholders, which shall constitute a failure to recommend against acceptance of such tender offer or exchange offer) within 10 Business Days after commencement thereof, (ii) terminate, amend, waive, or exempt any Person or group from, the restrictions contained in any standstill agreements or any Takeover Laws or otherwise cause any such restrictions therein not to apply (other than to the extent the Board of Directors determines in good faith, after consultation with outside counsel, that the failure to take any of such actions under this clause (ii) would be inconsistent with the directors’ fiduciary duties under applicable Law and is necessary to facilitate an Alternative Proposal in compliance with Section 5.4(c)), (iii) approve, authorize or permit or allow the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to enter into any letter of intent, merger or acquisition agreement or any similar agreement or understanding with respect to any Alternative Proposal (other than an Acceptable Confidentiality Agreement permitted under Section 5.4(c)) (each of the foregoing, an “Alternative Proposal Agreement”) or (iv) resolve, propose or agree to any of the foregoing; provided, however, if (x) the Board of Directors determines in good faith, after consultation with outside counsel and its financial advisors, that a bona fide written Alternative Proposal received by the Company in compliance with Section 5.4(c) constitutes a Superior Proposal and (y) the Company and its Subsidiaries have complied in all material respects with this Section 5.4 and the Stockholder Parent (as defined in the Voting Agreement) has complied in all material respects with Section 3.3 of the Voting Agreement, prior to 30 days after the date of this Agreement, then the Board of Directors may allow the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to enter into any Alternative Proposal Agreement with respect to such Superior Proposal and thereafter effect any transaction contemplated by such Superior Proposal; provided, further, however, that the Board of Directors may only take the actions described in the immediately preceding proviso if at such time the Company is permitted to terminate, and terminates, this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.1(d) concurrently with entering into such Alternative Proposal Agreement and pays the Company Termination Fee in compliance with Section 7.2(a)(ii) and if:

(i) the Company shall have provided prior written notice to Parent and Merger Sub, at least four days in advance, of its or the Board of Director’s intention to take such actions, which notice shall specify the material terms of the Alternative Proposal received by the Company that constitutes a Superior Proposal, including a copy of the relevant proposed transaction agreements with, and the identity of, the party making the Alternative Proposal;

(ii) after providing such notice and prior to taking such actions, the Company shall, and shall cause its Representatives to, negotiate with Parent and Merger Sub in good faith (to the extent Parent and Merger Sub desire to negotiate) during such four-day period to make such adjustments in the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Financing Commitments as would permit the Company or the Board of Directors not to take such actions; and

(iii) the Board of Directors shall have considered in good faith any changes to this Agreement and the Financing Commitments that may be offered in writing by Parent by 5:00 PM Eastern Time on the fourth day of such four-day period in a manner that would form a binding contract if accepted by the Company and shall have determined in good faith after consultation with outside counsel and its

 

26


financial advisors that the Alternative Proposal received by the Company would continue to constitute, or would result in, a Superior Proposal if such changes offered in writing by Parent were given effect.

In the event of any material revisions to the Superior Proposal (it being agreed that material revisions shall include any change in the purchase price, form of consideration, transaction timing, transaction financing or transaction structure for such Superior Proposal), the Company shall be required to deliver a new written notice to Parent pursuant to the foregoing clause (i) and to comply again with the requirements of this Section 5.4(e) with respect to such new written notice, except that the deadline for such new written notice and the corresponding negotiation period shall be reduced to two days.

(f) Nothing contained in this Section 5.4 will prohibit the Company from taking and disclosing to the stockholders of the Company a position contemplated by Rule 14d-9 or 14e-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act (or any similar communication to shareholders in connection with the making or amendment of a tender offer or exchange offer) if, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors, failure to make such disclosure would be inconsistent with its obligations under applicable Law; provided, however, that neither the Board of Directors nor any committee thereof shall recommend that the stockholders of the Company tender their shares in connection with any tender or exchange offer (or otherwise approve or recommend any Alternative Proposal) unless the applicable requirements of Section 5.4(e) shall have been satisfied.

(g) As used in this Agreement, “Superior Proposal” shall mean a bona fide written Alternative Proposal that the Board of Directors determines in good faith, after consultation with a financial advisor of nationally recognized reputation and the Company’s outside counsel, is more favorable to the stockholders of the Company from a financial point of view than the Merger, taking into account all of the terms and conditions of such Alternative Proposal (including the likelihood and timing of consummation thereof) and this Agreement (including any changes to the terms of this Agreement committed to by the Parent to the Company in writing in response to such Alternative Proposal or otherwise); provided that for purposes of the definition of “Superior Proposal”, the references to “10%” in the definition of Alternative Proposal shall be deemed to be references to “50%”.

5.5 Regulatory Matters and Approvals.

(a) Each of the Parent, Merger Sub and the Company shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable following the execution of this Agreement and before the expiration of any relevant legal deadline, make or cause to be made all premerger notification filings required of each of them and or any of their respective Affiliates including (i) to the United States Federal Trade Commission and the United States Department of Justice, the notification and report form required under the HSR Act (which form shall be filed no later than ten Business Days after the date hereof, unless the parties mutually agree to extend the deadline), (ii) to the European Commission, the filing of a merger notification in accordance with the ECMR (which filing shall be made as promptly as reasonably practicable after the date hereof, unless the parties mutually agree to extend the deadline), (iii) to the competent authority of any member state of the European Union to which any of the transactions contemplated hereby are referred pursuant to Article 9 of the ECMR (which filing shall be made as promptly as reasonably practicable after the date of such referral, unless the parties mutually agree to extend the deadline), and (iv) to the appropriate Governmental Entities, filings under any Other Antitrust Laws as identified in Section 5.5 of the Disclosure Schedule (which filings shall be made as reasonably promptly as practicable after the date hereof, unless the parties mutually agree to extend the deadline).

(b) Each of the Parent, Merger Sub and the Company shall use its respective reasonable best efforts to obtain promptly any clearance required under the HSR Act, any Other Antitrust Laws and any other applicable Laws for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and, to the extent permitted by Law, shall keep each other apprised of the status of any communications with, and any inquiries or requests for additional information from any Governmental Entity and shall comply promptly with any such inquiry or request. The Company and the Parent shall not take, and shall cause their

 

27


respective Affiliates not to take, any action with the intention to or that could reasonably be expected to hinder or delay the obtaining of clearance or any necessary approval or early termination of any required waiting period by or from any Governmental Entity under the HSR Act, any Other Antitrust Laws or other applicable Laws.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Parent shall take any and all action reasonably necessary (i) to avoid the entry or enactment of any permanent, preliminary or temporary Order under any applicable antitrust or competition Law that would delay, restrain, prevent, enjoin or otherwise prohibit consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) in the event that any permanent, preliminary or temporary Order under any applicable antitrust or competition Law is entered, issued or enacted, or becomes reasonably foreseeable to be entered, issued or enacted, in any proceeding, review or inquiry of any kind that would make consummation of the Merger in accordance with the terms of this Agreement unlawful or that would materially delay, restrain, prevent, enjoin or otherwise prohibit consummation of the Merger or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, to resist, vacate, modify, reverse, suspend, prevent, eliminate, avoid or remove such actual, anticipated or threatened Order under any applicable antitrust or competition Law so as to permit such consummation on a schedule as close as possible to that contemplated by this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such action by the Parent shall include: (x) selling, licensing or otherwise disposing of, or holding separate and agreeing to sell, license or otherwise dispose of, assets, categories of assets or businesses of the Company or the Parent or their respective Subsidiaries, (y) terminating existing relationships, contractual rights or obligations of the Company or the Parent or their respective Subsidiaries, (z) terminating any venture or other arrangement, (xx) creating any relationship, contractual rights or obligations of the Company or the Parent or their respective Subsidiaries or (yy) effectuating any divestiture, or other structural or conduct modification relating to the business of the Company or the Parent or their respective Subsidiaries. The Company shall take, and cause its Subsidiaries to take, such of the foregoing actions as Parent may request; provided, however, that any such action is conditioned upon the consummation of the Merger. Alternatively, at the request of the Company, the Parent and its Subsidiaries shall be obligated to contest until it becomes final and nonappealable, administratively or in court, any ruling, Order or other action of any Governmental Entity or any other Person challenging the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(d) Each of the Parent and the Company agrees to instruct its respective counsel to cooperate with each other and use their respective reasonable best efforts to facilitate and expedite the identification and resolution of any issues arising under the HSR Act, any Other Antitrust Laws and any other applicable Laws at the earliest practicable dates. Said reasonable best efforts and cooperation include, but are not limited to, counsel’s undertaking (to the extent permitted by applicable Law and in each case regarding the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and without waiving attorney-client or any other applicable privilege) to (i) furnish to each other’s counsel such reasonably necessary information and reasonable assistance as the other may request in connection with its preparation of any filing or submission that is necessary under the HSR Act, any Other Antitrust Laws and any other applicable Laws, (ii) permit the other party’s counsel to review and incorporate such other party’s counsel’s reasonable comments in any filings or other communication given by it to any Governmental Entity or in connection with any proceeding by a private party related to antitrust or competition Laws with any other Person, and (iii) permit the other party’s counsel to review attachments and appendices to filings and any other submissions necessary under the HSR Act, any Other Antitrust Laws and any other applicable Laws including but not limited to documents required under Item 4(c) of the HSR notification form and Section 5.4 of the Form CO. None of the Parent, the Company nor any of their respective Affiliates or counsel shall independently contact any Governmental Entity or participate in any meeting or discussion (or any other communication by any means ) with any Governmental Entity in respect of any such filings, applications, investigation or other inquiry without giving, in the case of the Parent and its Affiliates, the Company, and in the case of the Company and its Affiliates, the Parent, where practicable, prior reasonable notice of the meeting or discussion, the opportunity to confer with each other regarding appropriate contacts with and responses to personnel of said Governmental Entity, the opportunity to review and comment on the contents of any representations (oral or otherwise) expected to be communicated at the meeting or discussion, and, to the extent permitted by the

 

28


relevant Governmental Entity, the opportunity to attend and participate at the meeting or discussion (which, at the request of the Parent or the Company, as applicable, shall be limited to outside antitrust counsel only).

(e) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each of Parent and Merger Sub agree to use its respective best efforts to obtain promptly any clearance required under the HSR Act, any Other Antitrust Laws and any other applicable Laws for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement if such clearance is not received by the later of (i) the date that is 120 days following the date hereof or (ii) the date on which all of the conditions set forth in Sections 6.1, 6.2 and 6.3 have been satisfied (other than those conditions that by their nature are to satisfied by actions taken at the Closing).

5.6 Press Releases and Public Announcement. None of the Parent, Merger Sub or the Company will issue any press release or make any public announcement relating to this Agreement, the Merger or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement without the prior written approval of, in the case of the Parent and Merger Sub, the Company, and in the case of the Company, the Parent; provided, that each party may issue any such press release or make such public announcement it believes in good faith is required to be made by applicable Law or any applicable rule or regulation promulgated by any applicable securities exchange after consultation with legal counsel, in which case the disclosing party will use its commercially reasonable efforts to advise and consult with the other parties regarding any such press release or other announcement prior to making any such disclosure.

5.7 Access to Information.

(a) Subject to applicable Law, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending at the earlier of the Effective Time and the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 7.1, the Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, upon reasonable prior written notice of the Parent, permit the Parent and its Representatives and Financing Sources to have (at the Parent’s expense) reasonable access at all reasonable times, and in a manner so as not to interfere with the normal business operations of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries, to the officers and senior management, the premises, agents, customers, suppliers, books, records, and Contracts of or pertaining to the Company and any of its Subsidiaries as the Parent may reasonably request in writing; provided, however, that the Parent will not have access to (i) individual performance or evaluation records or medical histories, (ii) information that is subject to attorney-client privilege or other privilege, or (iii) information that in the opinion of the Company would result in a breach of a Contract to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are bound, or (vi) information related to the Company’s sale process; provided, further, that such access will comply with all applicable Laws and all applicable real property leases regarding the premises and shall not include any intrusive testing or environmental sampling of any kind; provided, further, however, that no such access shall affect the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements of the parties (or the remedies with respect thereto) or the conditions to the obligations of the parties under this Agreement; provided, further, that the Parent shall not discuss any proposed employment arrangements or equity investments in the Parent with the officers and senior management of the Company until after the 15th day from the date hereof; provided, further, that if (i) the Board of Directors receives a bona fide written Alternative Proposal within 15 days of the date of this Agreement and (ii) the Person making such Alternative Proposal agrees to be bound by the same obligations by which the Parent is bound under this proviso and the immediately preceding proviso, then the Parent shall not discuss any proposed employment arrangements or equity investments in the Parent with the officers and senior management of the Company until the earlier of (x) the termination or withdrawal of such Alternative Proposal or (y) the 31st day from the date hereof.

(b) The Company will give prompt written notice to the Parent of any event that would reasonably be expected to give rise to, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. The Parent and Merger Sub will give prompt written notice to the Company of any event that would reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, prevent or materially delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each of the Company, the Parent and Merger Sub will give prompt written notice to the other parties of (i) any facts relating to such party which would make it necessary or advisable

 

29


to amend the Information Statement in order to make the statements therein not misleading or to comply with applicable Law, (ii) any notice or other communication received by such party from any Governmental Entity or other Person in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or from any Person alleging that the consent of such Person is or may be required in connection with the transaction contemplated hereby and (iii) any Actions commenced or, to the knowledge of such party, threatened against, relating to or involving or otherwise affecting such party or any of its Subsidiaries which relate to this Agreement, any of the Ancillary Agreements or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. The delivery of any notice pursuant to this Section 5.7(b) will not limit, expand or otherwise affect the remedies available hereunder (if any) to the party receiving such notice.

(c) Each of the Parent and Merger Sub will, and will cause their respective Representatives to, hold and treat and will cause its officers, employees, auditors and other authorized representatives to hold and treat in confidence all documents and information concerning the Company and its Subsidiaries furnished to the Parent, Merger Sub or their respective Representatives in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in accordance with (i) the letter agreement, dated January 22, 2010, between the Company and Silver Lake Management Company III, L.L.C. and (ii) the letter agreement, dated January 11, 2010, between the Company and Warburg Pincus LLC (collectively, the “Non-Disclosure Agreements”), which Non-Disclosure Agreements shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms.

5.8 Employee Matters.

(a) Until the first anniversary of the Effective Time (the “Benefits Continuation Period”), the Parent shall provide, or shall cause the Surviving Corporation or any of their respective Subsidiaries to provide, for those employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries who continue as employees of the Parent, the Surviving Corporation or any of their respective Subsidiaries during the Benefits Continuation Period (the “Company Employees”), (i) at least the same level of base salary or wages (as applicable) and aggregate annual cash incentive bonus and commission opportunities and (ii) employee benefits that are no less favorable in the aggregate than those provided as of the date hereof by the Company or the applicable Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company to such Company Employees pursuant to the Company Benefit Plans and the Affiliate Benefit Plans (excluding, for purposes of currently provided benefits, any equity or equity-based compensation, defined benefit pension benefits, retiree medical benefits or transaction or retention bonuses). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Parent shall provide, or shall cause the Surviving Corporation or any of their respective Subsidiaries to provide, severance and any similar benefits to Company Employees that are no less favorable than the severance and similar benefits currently provided under the Company Benefit Plans and the Affiliate Benefit Plans for the Benefit Continuation Period, including by recognizing all service recognized for such purposes under the applicable Company Benefit Plan.

(b) For purposes of determining eligibility to participate, vesting and entitlement to benefits, where length of service is relevant under any benefit plan or arrangement of the Parent, the Surviving Corporation or any of their respective Subsidiaries providing benefits to any Company Employee after the Effective Time (collectively, the “New Plans”), the employees (including officers) of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall receive service credit for service with the Company and its Subsidiaries (and any respective predecessors) to the same extent such service credit was granted under the Company Benefit Plans or Affiliate Benefit Plans, except to the extent any such service credit would result in the duplication of benefits. In addition and without limiting the generality of the foregoing: (i) each Company Employee shall be immediately eligible to participate, without any waiting time or satisfaction of any other eligibility requirements, in any and all New Plans to the extent that (A) coverage under such New Plan replaces coverage under a Company Benefit Plan or Affiliate Benefit Plan in which such Company Employee participated immediately before the Effective Time (collectively, the “Old Plans”) and (B) such Company Employee has satisfied all waiting time and other eligibility requirements under the Old Plan being replaced by the New Plan; and (ii) for purposes of each New Plan providing medical, dental, pharmaceutical and/or vision benefits to any Company Employee, the Parent shall cause (x) all pre-existing condition exclusions and actively-at-work requirements of such New Plan to be waived for such Company Employee and his or

 

30


her covered dependents to the extent such conditions were inapplicable or waived under the comparable Old Plan and (y) any expenses incurred by any Company Employee and his or her covered dependents during the portion of the plan year of the Old Plan ending on the date such Company Employee’s participation in the corresponding New Plan begins to be taken into account under such New Plan for purposes of satisfying all deductible, coinsurance and maximum out-of-pocket requirements applicable to such Company Employee and his or her covered dependents for the applicable plan year as if such amounts had been paid in accordance with such New Plan.

(c) From and after the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, honor in accordance with their terms all employment, severance and termination plans and agreements (including change in control provisions) with employees or independent contractors of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

(d) From and after the Effective Time, the Parent shall, and shall cause the Surviving Corporation to, perform its obligations under the UK Pension Agreements, and shall provide or cause there to be provided to the Surviving Corporation any funds required by the Surviving Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Surviving Corporation to comply with its obligations thereunder.

(e) Solely for the purpose of this Section 5.8, “Affiliate Benefit Plans” shall mean such Benefit Plans in effect as of the date hereof without giving effect to any amendments, modifications or supplements to such Benefit Plans on or after the date hereof or any new Benefit Plans adopted on or after the date hereof, unless, in each case, the Parent previously has consented in writing to such amendment, modification or supplement or new Benefit Plan. Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended (i) to require the Parent, the Company, the Surviving Corporation or any of their respective Affiliates to establish or maintain any specific Company Benefit Plan or other employee benefit plan or arrangement for any length of time; or (ii) to create or amend any Company Benefit or other employee benefit plan or arrangement. This Section 5.8 is included for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their respective transferees and permitted assigns and does not and shall not create any right in any Person, including any Company Employee or Company Service Provider, or any other participant in any Company Benefit Plan, Affiliate Benefit Plan or other employee benefit plan or arrangement that may be established or maintained by the Parent, the Company, the Surviving Corporation or any of their respective Affiliates following the Merger, or any beneficiary or trustee thereof. Furthermore, nothing contained in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any Person, any right to employment or continued employment for any period of time, or any right to a particular term or condition of employment.

5.9 Indemnification and Insurance.

(a) The Parent and Merger Sub agree that all rights to exculpation, indemnification and advancement of expenses now existing in favor of the current or former directors, officers or employees, as the case may be, of the Company or its Subsidiaries as provided in their respective certificates of incorporation or by-laws or other organization documents or in any agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall survive the Merger and, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 5.9, shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with their terms. For a period of six years from the Effective Time, the Parent and the Surviving Corporation, subject to compliance with applicable Law, shall maintain in effect the exculpation, indemnification and advancement of expenses provisions of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ certificates of incorporation and by-laws or similar organization documents as in effect immediately prior to the date hereof or in any indemnification agreements of the Company or its Subsidiaries set forth on Section 5.9(a) of the Disclosure Schedule with any of their current or former respective directors, officers or employees as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, and, subject to compliance with applicable Law, shall not amend, repeal or otherwise modify any such provisions in any manner that would adversely affect the rights thereunder of any individuals who at the Effective Time were current or former directors, officers or employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that all rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses in respect of any Action pending or asserted or any claim made within such period shall continue until the disposition of such Action or resolution of such claim. From and after the

 

31


Effective Time, the Parent shall assume, be jointly and severally liable for, and shall cause the Surviving Corporation and its Subsidiaries to honor, in accordance with their respective terms, each of the covenants contained in this Section 5.9.

(b) From and after the Effective Time, each of the Parent and the Surviving Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable Law, indemnify and hold harmless (and advance funds in respect of each of the foregoing, following receipt of any undertakings required by applicable Law), to the same extent that such persons are entitled to indemnification pursuant to the certificate of incorporation and by-laws of the Company as in effect as of the date hereof, each current and former director or officer of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (each, together with such person’s heirs, executors or administrators, an “Indemnified Party”) against any costs or expenses (including advancing attorneys’ fees and expenses in advance of the final disposition of any claim, suit, proceeding or investigation to each Indemnified Party to the fullest extent permitted by Law and following receipt of any undertaking required by applicable Law), judgments, fines, losses, claims, damages, liabilities and amounts paid in settlement in connection with any actual or threatened Actions, arising out of, relating to or in connection with any action or omission occurring or alleged to have occurred in such Indemnified Party’s capacity as a director or officer of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or in such Indemnified Party’s capacity as a director, officer, member, trustee or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, pension or other employee benefit plan or enterprise at the request or for the benefit of the Company, before the Effective Time (including acts or omissions in connection with such persons serving as an officer, director or other fiduciary in any entity if such service was at the request or for the benefit of the Company), including, for the avoidance of doubt, in connection with (i) the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) actions to enforce this provision or any other indemnification or advancement right of any Indemnified Party. In the event of any such Action, the Parent and the Surviving Corporation shall reasonably cooperate with the Indemnified Party in the defense of any such Action.

(c) The Parent shall obtain prior to the Effective Time fully-paid six-year “tail” insurance policies (the “D&O Tail”) with respect to directors’ and officers’ liability insurance of the type and with the amount of coverage as set forth on Section 5.9(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, subject to any limitations set forth therein, with respect to the directors and officers of the Company and its Subsidiaries and with such other terms as are no less favorable in the aggregate than those in the directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by or on behalf of the Company as of the date hereof and with respect to which complete and correct copies have been made available to the Parent prior to the date hereof. Prior to purchasing the D&O Tail, the Parent shall allow the existing directors of the Company to review the terms of the D&O Tail and will consider, without obligation, comments such directors may have in respect thereof. The Parent shall maintain the D&O Tail in full force and effect, for its full term, and cause all obligations thereunder to be honored by the Surviving Corporation, and no other party shall have any further obligation to purchase or pay for such insurance pursuant to this Section 5.9(c).

(d) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, the Parent shall, or shall cause the Surviving Corporation to, pay all expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, that may be incurred by any Indemnified Party in enforcing the indemnity and other obligations provided in this Section 5.9.

(e) The rights of each Indemnified Party hereunder shall be in addition to, and not in limitation of, any other rights such person may have under the certificates of incorporation or by-laws or other organization documents of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the Surviving Corporation, any other indemnification arrangement, the DGCL, directors’ and officers’ insurance claims under any policy that is or has been in existence with respect to the Company or its Subsidiaries or otherwise. The provisions of this Section 5.9 shall survive the consummation of the Merger and expressly are intended to benefit, and are enforceable by, each of the Indemnified Parties, each of whom is an intended third-party beneficiary of this Section 5.9.

(f) In the event the Parent, the Surviving Corporation or any of their respective successors or assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into any other person and shall not be the continuing or surviving

 

32


corporation or entity in such consolidation or merger or (ii) transfers all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any person, in each case, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assigns of the Parent or the Surviving Corporation, as the case may be, shall assume the obligations set forth in this Section 5.9.

5.10 Takeover Laws. If any “moratorium”, “control share”, “fair price”, “affiliate transaction”, “business combination” or other anti-takeover laws and regulations of any Governmental Entity is or may become applicable to the Merger, the parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (a) take such actions as are reasonably necessary so that the transactions contemplated hereunder may be consummated as promptly as practicable on the terms contemplated hereby and (b) otherwise take all such actions as are reasonably necessary to eliminate or minimize the effects of any such statute or regulation on the Merger.

5.11 Financing.

(a) Each of the Parent and Merger Sub shall not permit any amendment or modification to be made to, or any waiver of any provision or remedy under, or replace, the Financing Commitments if such amendment, modification, waiver or replacement (x) reduces the aggregate amount of the Financing (including by changing the amount of fees to be paid or original issue discount of the Debt Financing unless the Equity Financing is increased by a corresponding amount) or (y) imposes new or additional conditions or otherwise expands, amends or modifies any of the conditions to the receipt of the Financing in a manner that would reasonably be expected to (I) delay or prevent the Closing Date, (II) make the funding of the Financing (or satisfaction of the conditions to obtaining the Financing) less likely to occur or (III) adversely impact the ability of Parent or Merger Sub, as applicable, to enforce its rights against other parties to the Financing Letters or the definitive agreements with respect thereto, and shall use its reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable to arrange the Financing on the terms and conditions described in the Financing Commitments (provided that the Parent and Merger Sub may amend the Debt Financing Commitment to add lenders, lead arrangers, bookrunners, syndication agents or similar entities who had not executed the Debt Financing Commitment as of the date hereof), including using its reasonable best efforts to (i) maintain in effect the Financing Commitments, (ii) satisfy on a timely basis (taking into account the expected timing of the Marketing Period) all conditions applicable to the Parent and Merger Sub to obtaining the Debt Financing at the Closing set forth therein that are within its control, (iii) enter into definitive agreements with respect thereto on the terms and conditions contemplated by the Debt Financing Commitment (and provide copies thereof to the Company) and (iv) upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the Financing Commitments, consummate the Financing at or prior to the Closing. In the event any portion of the Debt Financing becomes unavailable on the terms and conditions contemplated in the Debt Financing Commitment, the Parent shall promptly notify the Company and shall use its reasonable best efforts to arrange to obtain alternative financing from alternative sources on terms and conditions no less favorable to the Parent and Merger Sub and in an amount sufficient to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby promptly following the occurrence of such event. The Parent shall promptly deliver to the Company true and complete copies of all agreements pursuant to which any such alternative source shall have committed to provide the Parent and Merger Sub with any portion of the Financing. The Parent and Merger Sub shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Financing Sources providing Debt Financing to fund on the Closing Date the Debt Financing required to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement if all conditions set forth in the Debt Financing Commitment have been satisfied or waived (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the fulfillment or waiver of those conditions). For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that (x) all or any portion of the Debt Financing has not been consummated, and (y) all conditions set forth in Article VI hereof have been satisfied or waived (other than the conditions set forth in Sections 6.2(c) and 6.3(c) but subject to the satisfaction of such conditions) and the Closing is required to occur pursuant to Section 1.2, each of the Parent and Merger Sub shall cause the proceeds of the bridge facility contemplated by the Debt Financing Commitment to be used to cause the Closing to occur. For purposes of this

 

33


Section 5.11 and Section 4.4, references to “Financing” and “Debt Financing” shall include the financing contemplated by the Financing Commitments as permitted by this Section 5.11 to be amended, modified or replaced and references to “Financing Commitments” shall include such documents as permitted by this Section 5.11 to be amended, modified or replaced, in each case from and after such amendment, modification or replacement.

(b) Prior to the Closing, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall provide to the Parent and Merger Sub, and shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause the officers, employees, advisors and other Representatives of the Company and its Subsidiaries to provide to the Parent and Merger Sub, all cooperation that is reasonably requested by the Parent in connection with the Financing, including: (i) participating in a reasonable number of meetings, presentations, road shows, drafting sessions, due diligence sessions and sessions with prospective Financing Sources, investors and ratings agencies, and reasonably cooperating with the marketing efforts of the Parent and Merger Sub and their Financing Sources, in each case in connection with the Financing; (ii) furnishing the Parent, Merger Sub and their Financing Sources as promptly as practicable with financial and other pertinent information regarding the Company and its Subsidiaries as may be reasonably requested in writing by the Parent, including all financial statements and financial and other data of the type required by Regulation S-X and Regulation S-K under the Securities Act for registered offerings of debt securities, and of the type and form customarily included in offering documents used in private placements under Rule 144A of the Securities Act (including pro forma financial information), and other documents required to satisfy any customary negative assurance opinion, to consummate the Financings at the time the Financings are to be consummated, including all information and data necessary to satisfy the conditions set forth in paragraphs 5, 6 and 9 of Exhibit D of the Debt Financing Commitment (information and data required to be delivered pursuant to this clause (ii) being referred to as the “Required Financial Information”); (iii) assisting with the preparation of materials for rating agency presentations, offering documents, private placement memoranda, bank information memoranda, prospectuses and similar documents required in connection with the Financing; (iv) executing and delivering any necessary pledge and security documents and otherwise reasonably facilitating the granting of a security interest (and perfection thereof) in collateral, guarantees, mortgages, other definitive financing documents or other certificates or documents as may reasonably be requested by the Parent; (v) obtaining a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Company with respect to solvency matters to the extent required by the Financing Sources, customary authorization letters with respect to the bank information memoranda and consents of accountants for use of their reports in any materials relating to the Debt Financing; (vi) using reasonable best efforts to obtain accountants’ comfort letters, legal opinions, surveys and title insurance at the expense of and as reasonably requested by the Parent on behalf of the Financing Sources; (vii) taking all corporate actions, subject to the occurrence of the Closing, necessary to permit the consummation of such Debt Financing and to permit the proceeds thereof to be made available to the Company, including entering into one or more credit agreements, indentures and/or other instruments on terms satisfactory to the Parent in connection with such Debt Financing immediately prior to the Effective Time to the extent direct borrowings or debt incurrence by the Company is contemplated in the Debt Financing Commitment; and (viii) providing unaudited consolidated monthly financial statements of the Company (excluding footnotes) consisting of a balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows to the extent the Company customarily prepares such financial statements; provided, however, that nothing herein shall require such cooperation to the extent it would interfere unreasonably with the business or operations of the Company; and provided, further, that the Company shall not be required to enter into or perform under any agreement with respect to the Financing that is not contingent upon the Closing or that would be effective prior to or simultaneous with the Effective Time. The Company shall not be required to pay any commitment or other similar fee or make any other payment (other than reasonable out-of-pocket costs) or incur any other liability or provide or agree to provide any indemnity in connection with the Financing or any of the foregoing prior to the Effective Time. The Parent shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its Representatives from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, claims, costs, expenses, interest, awards, judgments and penalties suffered or incurred by them in connection with the arrangement of the Financing (including actions taken at the request of the Parent in accordance with this

 

34


Section 5.11) and any information (other than information furnished by or on behalf of the Company or its Subsidiaries) utilized in connection therewith. The Parent shall, promptly upon request by the Company, reimburse the Company for all documented and reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by the Company in connection with such cooperation. The Company hereby consents to the use of its and its Subsidiaries’ logos in connection with the Debt Financing contemplated by the Debt Financing Commitment; provided, that such logos are used solely in a manner that is not intended to nor reasonably likely to harm or disparage the Company or its Subsidiaries.

5.12 Resignation of Directors. At the Closing, the Company shall deliver to the Parent evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Parent of the resignation of all directors of the Company effective at the Effective Time.

5.13 Delisting. The Surviving Corporation will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the shares of Common Stock to be de-listed from the NYSE and de-registered under the Exchange Act as soon as practicable following the Effective Time.

5.14 Section 16 Matters. Prior to the Effective Time, the Company will take all such steps as may be reasonably necessary or advisable hereto to cause to be exempt under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act any dispositions of shares of Common Stock (including derivative securities with respect to shares of Common Stock) that are treated as dispositions under such rule and result from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by each director or officer of the Company who is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act with respect to the Company.

5.15 Taking of Necessary Action; Further Action. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each of the Company, the Parent, Merger Sub and the Surviving Corporation will take all such reasonable and lawful action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to effectuate the Merger in accordance with this Agreement as promptly as practicable. If, at any time after the Effective Time, any further action is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement and to vest the Surviving Corporation with full right, title and possession to all the assets, properties, rights, privileges, powers, immunities and franchises of the Company and Merger Sub, the directors and officers of the Company and Merger Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time are fully authorized in the name of their respective corporations or otherwise to take all such lawful and necessary action. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Parent and the Company shall use (and the Company shall cause its Subsidiaries to use) their commercially reasonable efforts to request and obtain all consents and approvals required with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the consents and approvals referred to in Section 3.4 (or the Disclosure Schedule), provided, however, that (i) no party shall be obligated to pay any consideration to any third party from whom consent or approval is requested, (ii) the consent of the Parent shall be required with respect to any amendment or modification to any Contract in connection with obtaining any such consent or approval that is adverse in any material respect to the Parent, Merger Sub, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and (iii) the parties acknowledge that the receipt of such consents pursuant to this Section 5.15 shall not be deemed a condition to any party’s obligation to effect the Merger, except to the extent specifically set forth in Article VI.

5.16 Tax Certificate. The Company shall deliver to the Parent, on or before (but no more than 20 days prior to) the Closing Date, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Parent, a statement in accordance with Treasury Regulation Sections 1.1445–2(c)(3) and 1.897-2(h) certifying that the shares of Common Stock and the Common Stock Options are not “United States real property interests” for purposes of Sections 897 and 1445 of the Code, together with a notice to the Internal Revenue Service, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Parent, that satisfies the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.897-2(h)(2).

5.17 Existing Letters of Credit.

(a) At, or as promptly as reasonably practicable following the Effective Time (and in any event within five Business Days thereof), the Parent shall cause the Surviving Corporation to post or cause to be posted a replacement letter of credit to replace each Existing Letter of Credit (to the extent still outstanding as of the

 

35


Effective Time). Prior to the Closing, the Company shall cooperate with the Parent in good faith to assist in and arrange for such replacement letters of credit to be posted as promptly as reasonably practicable.

(b) Until all of the Existing Letters of Credit are fully released and discharged following the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation shall, and Parent shall cause the Surviving Corporation to, indemnify and hold the Stockholder (or its Affiliates, if applicable) harmless from and against, and pay and reimburse the Stockholder (or its Affiliates, if applicable) for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses that the Stockholder may incur as a result of being required to make any payment under the Existing Letters of Credit after the Closing Date as a result of the failure of the Stockholder (or its Affiliates, as applicable) to be fully released from the Existing Letters of Credit.

(c) The provisions of this Section 5.17 shall survive the consummation of the Merger and expressly are intended to benefit, and are enforceable by, the Stockholder, which is an intended third-party beneficiary of this Section 5.17.

5.18 Termination of Agreements with the Stockholder and its Affiliates. Immediately prior to the Effective Time, the Company shall, at the request of the Parent, execute an agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to the parties terminating all Contracts between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the Stockholder Parent and any of its other Affiliates, on the other hand (except for the Ancillary Agreements and such other Contracts identified on Section 5.18 of the Disclosure Schedule), and the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not be required to pay any termination or similar fee or make any other payment or incur any other liability to the other parties to such Contracts in connection therewith.

5.19 Cash and Marketable Securities. To the extent requested by the Parent, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall cooperate in good faith and use their reasonable best efforts, to the extent permitted by Law and subject to the reasonable operational requirements of the Company and its Subsidiaries, to (a) repatriate cash, as requested by the Parent, to the United States and/or to the United Kingdom (including by direct or indirect transfers of cash, dividends or intercompany loans), in as tax- and cost-efficient manner as reasonably practicable, with a view to maximizing the amount of the Company’s cash held in the United States and the United Kingdom on the Closing Date, and (b) sell, in as tax- and cost-efficient manner as reasonably practicable, such amount and type of the marketable securities then owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries, in each case with effect as of a date reasonably proximate to the Closing Date.

ARTICLE VI

CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER

6.1 Conditions to Each Party’s Obligation to Effect the Merger. The respective obligations of each party to effect the Merger shall be subject to the fulfillment (or waiver by the Parent and the Company) at or prior to the Effective Time of the following conditions:

(a) The Stockholder Approval shall have been obtained. The Information Statement shall have been mailed to the Company’s stockholders and 20 days shall have elapsed.

(b) All applicable waiting periods (and any extensions thereof) under the HSR Act and any Other Antitrust Laws will have expired or otherwise been terminated, and the parties hereto will have received or have been deemed to have received all other necessary pre-closing authorizations, consents and approvals of all Governmental Entities (including under any Other Antitrust Laws and the from the Financial Services Authority in the United Kingdom in respect of the change of controllers of eSignal (Europe) Limited) in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including the Merger).

(c) No provision of any applicable Law making illegal or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the Merger shall be in effect and no temporary, preliminary or permanent restraining Order preventing the consummation of the Merger will be in effect.

 

36


6.2 Conditions to Obligations of the Parent and Merger Sub to Effect the Merger. The respective obligations of the Parent and Merger Sub to effect the Merger shall be subject to the fulfillment (or waiver by the Parent) at or prior to the Effective Time of the following conditions:

(a)(i) The representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement (other than Sections 3.2(a), (b) and (f) and 3.3) will be true and correct (without giving effect to any limitation as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” contained herein) as of the Closing Date as though made as of such date (except to the extent such representations and warranties speak as of another time, in which case such representations and warranties will be true and correct as of such other time), except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct does not have, and would be not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Sections 3.2(a) and 3.2(b) will be true and correct as of the Closing Date as though made as of the Closing Date; provided, that any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties contained in Sections 3.2(a) and 3.2(b) (x) that relate to the Company and do not individually or in the aggregate increase the aggregate amount of consideration payable by the Parent and/or Merger Sub pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Agreement by more than, or (y) that that relate to the Company’s Subsidiaries and do not represent lost value in excess of, individually or in the aggregate, $3,400,000 shall be disregarded, and (iii) the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Sections 3.2(f) and 3.3 will be true and correct as of the Closing Date as though made as of such date (except to the extent such representations and warranties speak as of another time, in which case such representations and warranties will be true and correct as of such other time) in all material respects.

(b) The Company will have performed in all material respects all of the covenants required to be performed by it under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing Date.

(c) The Company shall have delivered to the Parent a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date and signed on behalf of the Company by its Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer certifying to the effect that the conditions set forth in Sections 6.2(a) and 6.2(b) have been satisfied.

(d) Since December 31, 2009, there has not been any change, state of facts, event, development or effect that has had or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) Pearson plc, Pearson Services Limited, Pearson Management Services Limited, Pearson Group Pension Trustee Limited, the Company and Interactive Data (Europe) Limited shall have executed and delivered to the Parent a copy of the Pensions Transitional Agreement in the form attached as Exhibit C hereto (the “Pensions Transitional Agreement”), and Pearson Services Limited, Pearson Group Pension Trustee Limited and Interactive Data (Europe) Limited shall have executed and delivered to Parent a copy of the Deed of Cessation of Participation in Respect of the Pearson Group Pension Plan in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto (the “Deed of Cessation”).

6.3 Conditions to Obligations of the Company to Effect the Merger. The obligation of the Company to effect the Merger shall be subject to the fulfillment (or waiver by the Company) at or prior to the Effective Time of the following conditions:

(a) The representations and warranties of each of the Parent and Merger Sub set forth in this Agreement will be true and correct as of the Effective Time (except to the extent such representations and warranties speak as of another time, in which case such representations and warranties will be true and correct as of such other time), except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct does not materially and adversely affect the ability of the Parent or Merger Sub to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) The Parent and Merger Sub will have performed in all material respects all of the covenants required to be performed by them under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing Date.

 

37


(c) The Parent shall have delivered to the Company a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date and signed on behalf of the Parent and Merger Sub by a duly authorized officer of the Parent, certifying to the effect that the conditions set forth in Sections .3(a) and 6.3(b) have been satisfied.

(d) Concurrently with the Closing, the Parent shall provide, or cause to be provided to, Interactive Data (Europe) Limited sufficient funds to make the deposit into the Escrow Account of £53 million as contemplated by the Pensions Transitional Agreement.

(e) Parent shall have executed and delivered to Pearson plc and the Company a copy of the Pensions Transitional Agreement.

ARTICLE VII

TERMINATION; REMEDIES

7.1 Termination of Agreement. This Agreement may be terminated (notwithstanding receipt of the Stockholder Approval) as follows:

(a) by mutual written consent of the Parent and the Company at any time prior to the Effective Time;

(b) by either the Parent or the Company, if any Governmental Entity will have issued an Order or taken any other action permanently enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such Order or other action will have become final and nonappealable, provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 7.1(b) shall not be available to the party seeking to terminate if such party (or in the case of the Parent, Merger Sub) is then in breach of any representations, warranties, covenants or other agreements contained in this Agreement that would result in a failure of a condition set forth in Section 6.1, 6.2 or 6.3, as applicable;

(c) by either the Parent or the Company, if the Merger does not occur on or before the date that is six months following the date hereof (the “End Date”); provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 7.1(c) shall not be available to the party seeking to terminate if the failure of such party (or, in the case of the Parent, Merger Sub) to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement required to be performed at or prior to the Effective Time has been the primary cause of, or the primary factor that resulted in, the failure of the Effective Time to occur on or before the End Date;

(d) by the Company, prior to the date that is 30 days after the date of this Agreement, in order to enter into an Alternative Proposal Agreement in compliance with Section 5.4 that reflects a Superior Proposal; provided that (i) such Alternative Proposal Agreement did not result from a breach of Section 5.4 or Section 3.3 of the Voting Agreement (except to the extent such breach was immaterial and unintentional) and (ii) the Company has paid the Company Termination Fee prior to or simultaneously with such termination;

(e) by the Parent, if the Company shall have breached or failed to perform any of its representations, warranties, covenants or other agreements contained in this Agreement, which breach or failure to perform (i) would result in a failure of a condition set forth in Section 6.1 or 6.2 and (ii) (x) cannot be cured by the End Date or (y) if capable of being cured, shall not have been cured within 30 Business Days following receipt of written notice (which notice shall specify in reasonable detail the nature of such breach or failure and the Parent’s intention to terminate this Agreement if such breach or failure is not cured) from the Parent of such breach or failure; provided, that, that the Parent shall not have a right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 7.1(e) if it is then in breach of any representations, warranties covenants or other agreements contained in this Agreement that would result in a failure of a condition set forth in Section 6.1 or 6.3;

(f) by the Company, if the Parent or Merger Sub shall have breached or failed to perform any of its representations, warranties, covenants or other agreements contained in this Agreement, which breach or failure to perform (i) would result in a failure of a condition set forth in Section 6.1 or 6.3 and (ii) (x) cannot

 

38


be cured by the End Date or (y) if capable of being cured, shall not have been cured within 30 Business Days following receipt of written notice (which notice shall specify in reasonable detail the nature of such breach or failure and the Company’s intention to terminate this Agreement if such breach or failure is not cured) from the Company of such breach; provided, that, that the Company shall not have a right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 7.1(f) if it is then in breach of any representations, warranties, covenants or other agreements contained in this Agreement that would result in a failure of a condition set forth in Section 6.1 or 6.2;

(g) by the Company, if (i) all of the conditions set forth in Section 6.1 and 6.2 have been satisfied (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied by actions taken at the Closing), (ii) the Parent and Merger Sub fail to complete the Closing within three Business Days following the date the Closing should have occurred pursuant to Section 1.2, (iii) the Company irrevocably confirmed in writing that (x) all of the conditions set forth in Sections 6.1 and 6.3 have been satisfied (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied by actions taken at the Closing) or will be waived by the Company and (y) it is prepared to consummate the Closing and (iv) the Company stood ready, willing and able to consummate the Closing, during such period; or

(h) by the Parent, if the Stockholder Approval shall not have been obtained by the close of business on the second (2nd) day after the date hereof.

7.2 Certain Remedies.

(a) Company Termination Fee; Expenses.

(i) If (i) this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 7.1(c) or 7.1(e), (ii) any Person shall have made a bona fide Alternative Proposal on or after the date hereof but prior to the date that this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 7.1 and (iii) within 12 months after the Termination Date, the Company or any of its Affiliates consummates an Alternative Proposal or enters into a definitive agreement with respect to an Alternative Proposal and (x) such Alternative Proposal is consummated or (y) an Alternative Proposal that is not the Alternative Proposal contemplated by such definitive agreement is consummated within 18 months after the Termination Date, then the Company will pay the Parent’s designees an aggregate amount equal to the Company Termination Fee.

(ii) If this Agreement is terminated (x) by the Company pursuant to Section 7.1(d) or (y) by the Parent pursuant to Section 7.1(h), then the Company will pay the Parent’s designees an aggregate amount equal to the Company Termination Fee.

(iii) For the purpose of this Section 7.2(a), all references in the term Alternative Proposal to “10% or more” will be deemed to be references to “more than 50%”.

(iv) The Company Termination Fee will be paid in the aggregate to the Parent’s designees by the Company in immediately available funds (x) in the case of Section 7.2(a)(i) or 7.2(a)(ii)(y), within three Business Days after the date of the event giving rise to the obligation to make such payment and (y) in the case of Section 7.2(a)(ii)(x), prior to or contemporaneously with such termination of this Agreement (and any purported termination pursuant to Section 7.1(d) shall be void and of no force or effect unless the Company shall have made such payment).

(v) As used in this Agreement, “Company Termination Fee” means an amount equal to One Hundred Twenty Million Dollars ($120,000,000).

(b) Parent Termination Fee.

(i) If this Agreement is terminated by the Company pursuant to (x) Section 7.1(f), and at such time the conditions set forth in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 have been satisfied (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied by actions taken at the Closing and those conditions that the Parent’s or Merger Sub’s breach of this Agreement have caused not to be satisfied), or (y) Section 7.1(g), then the Parent will pay the Company an amount equal to Two Hundred Twenty Five Million Dollars ($225,000,000) (the “Parent Termination Fee”).

 

39


(ii) In the event the Parent Termination Fee is payable, such fee will be paid to the Company by the Parent in immediately available funds within three Business Days after the date of the event giving rise to the obligation to make such payment.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event that any Action is commenced or instituted by the parties hereto in respect of the Parent Termination Fee and/or a claim for specific performance of the Parent’s and Merger Sub’s obligations in accordance with Section 7.4, during the pendency of such Action and, if a court of competent jurisdiction has ordered the Parent to pay the Parent Termination Fee or to consummate the Merger, until 5 Business Days following such order, the Parent may at any time notify the Company in writing that it will consummate the Closing within 10 Business Days following such notice, in which case the Parent shall consummate the Closing and the Company shall not be permitted or entitled to enforce such order for such 10 Business Day period (and, if the Closing is not consummated, the Company shall be entitled to continue to pursue such Action or enforce such order, as applicable).

(d) Each of the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the agreements contained in this Section 7.2 are an integral part of the transactions contemplated hereby, and that without these agreements, the other party would not enter into this Agreement.

7.3 Effect of Termination.

(a) In the event of termination of this Agreement by either the Company or the Parent as provided in Section 7.1, this Agreement will forthwith become void and have no further force or effect, without any Liability (other than as set forth, and subject to the limitations included, in Section 7.2 or this Section 7.3) on the part of the Parent, Merger Sub or the Company (or any Representative of any such party); provided, however, that the provisions of Sections 5.7(c), 7.2, 7.3, 7.4 and Article VIII will survive any termination hereof; provided, further, however, that subject to the terms of this Section 7.3, nothing in this Section 7.3(a) shall relieve any party of any Liability for any breach by such party of this Agreement prior to the Effective Time.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event that the Company Termination Fee is paid to the Parent (or its designees), payment of the Company Termination Fee shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of the Parent, Merger Sub and each of their respective Affiliates against the Company, the Stockholder and any of their former, current and future Affiliates, and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, stockholders, controlling persons or Representatives for any loss or damage based upon, arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the negotiation, execution or performance hereof or the transactions contemplated hereby; and in no event shall the Company be required to pay the Company Termination Fee on more than one occasion. For the avoidance of doubt, while the Parent and Merger Sub may pursue a grant of specific performance, payment of the Company Termination Fee (only to the extent expressly permitted by Section 7.2(a)) and any other remedy available to them, under no circumstances shall the Parent be permitted or entitled to receive both such grant of specific performance and payment of the Company Termination Fee.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Parent and Merger Sub fail to effect the Closing when required by Section 1.2 for any or no reason or otherwise breach this Agreement (whether willfully, intentionally, unintentionally or otherwise) or fail to perform hereunder (whether willfully, intentionally, unintentionally or otherwise), then, (i) except for the right of the Company to seek an injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief pursuant to, and only to the extent expressly permitted by, Section 7.4, the Company’s and its Affiliates’ sole and exclusive remedy (whether at law, in equity, in contract, in tort or otherwise) against the Parent, Merger Sub, the Investors, the Guarantors and any of their respective former, current and future direct or indirect equityholders, controlling persons, stockholders, directors, officers, employees, agents, Affiliates, members, managers, general or limited partners, Financing Sources or assignees (each a “Related Party” and collectively, the “Related Parties”) or any Related Party of any Related Party for any breach, loss or damage shall be to terminate this Agreement

 

40


and receive payment of the Parent Termination Fee, in each case, only to the extent provided by Section 7.2(b) or pursuant to the Limited Guarantees, as applicable, and (ii) except as provided in the immediately foregoing clause (i), none of the Related Parties or any Related Party of a Related Party will have any Liability to the Company or any of its Affiliates relating to or arising out of this Agreement, any of the Ancillary Agreements, the Limited Guarantees (except, for the avoidance of doubt, for the Guarantors’ obligation under their respective Limited Guarantees, subject to the limitations contained therein), the Financing Commitments or in respect of any other document or theory of law or equity or in respect of any oral representations made or alleged to be made in connection herewith or therewith, whether at law or equity, in contract, in tort or otherwise. The parties acknowledge and agree that in no event will the Parent be required to pay the Parent Termination Fee on more than one occasion. Upon payment of the Parent Termination Fee, none of the Related Parties or any Related Party of any Related Party shall have any further Liability to the Company or any of its Affiliates relating to or arising out of this Agreement, any of the Ancillary Agreements, the Limited Guarantees, the Financing Commitments or in respect of any other document or theory of law or equity or in respect of any oral representations made or alleged to be made in connection herewith or therewith, whether at law or equity, in contract, in tort or otherwise, and none of the Related Parties or any Related Party of any Related Party shall have any further Liability to the Company or any of its Affiliates relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

7.4 Enforcement.

(a) The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached and that any breach of this Agreement could not be adequately compensated in all cases by monetary damages alone. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 7.4, including the limitations set forth in Section 7.4(b), the parties acknowledge and agree that, prior to the valid termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.1, the parties shall be entitled to an injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, it is acknowledged and agreed that the Company shall be entitled to seek specific performance of Parent’s and Merger Sub’s obligations to cause the Equity Financing to be funded and to consummate the Merger only in the event that each of the following conditions has been satisfied: (i) all of the conditions set forth in Section 6.1 and 6.2 have been satisfied (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied by actions taken at the Closing), and Parent and Merger Sub fail to complete the Closing by the date the Closing is required to have occurred pursuant to Section 1.2, (ii) the Debt Financing (or, if alternative financing is being used in accordance with Section 5.11, pursuant to the commitments with respect thereto) has been funded or will be funded at the Closing if the Equity Financing is funded at the Closing, and (iii) the Company has irrevocably confirmed in a written notice delivered to Parent and Parent’s sources of Debt Financing that if specific performance is granted and the Equity Financing and Debt Financing are funded, then the Closing will occur. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the Company be entitled to enforce or seek to enforce specifically the Parent’s right to cause the Equity Financing to be funded or to complete the Merger if the Debt Financing has not been funded (or will not be funded at the Closing if the Equity Financing is funded at the Closing). In no event shall the Company be entitled to seek the remedy of specific performance of this Agreement other than solely under the specific circumstances and as specifically set forth in this Sections 7.4(b) or 7.4(c). For the avoidance of doubt, while the Company may pursue both a grant of specific performance as and only to the extent expressly permitted by this Sections 7.4(b) or 7.4(c) and the payment of the Parent Termination Fee (only to the extent expressly permitted by Section 7.2(b)), under no circumstances shall the Company be permitted or entitled to receive both such grant of specific performance and payment of the Parent Termination Fee.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, it is acknowledged and agreed that the Company shall be entitled to seek specific performance to cause Parent and Merger Sub to enforce the terms of the Debt Commitment Letter, including by demanding Parent and/or Merger Sub to file one or more lawsuits

 

41


against the sources of Debt Financing to fully enforce such sources’ obligations thereunder and Parent’s and Merger Sub’s rights thereunder, only in the event that each of the following conditions has been satisfied: (i) all of the conditions set forth in Section 6.1 and 6.2 have been satisfied (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied by actions taken at the Closing), and Parent and Merger Sub fail to complete the Closing by the date the Closing is required to have occurred pursuant to Section 1.2, (ii) all of the conditions to the consummation of the financing provided by the Debt Commitment Letter (or, if alternative financing is being used in accordance with Section 5.11, pursuant to the commitments with respect thereto) have been satisfied (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied by actions taken at the Closing), and (iii) the Company has irrevocably confirmed in a written notice delivered to Parent and Parent’s sources of Debt Financing that if specific performance is granted and the Equity Financing and Debt Financing are funded, then the Closing will occur.

(d) Each party hereby agrees not to raise any objections to the availability of the equitable remedy of specific performance to prevent or restrain breaches of this Agreement by such party, and to specifically enforce the terms and provisions of this Agreement to prevent breaches or threatened breaches of, or to enforce compliance with, the covenants and obligations of such party under this Agreement all in accordance with the terms of this Section 7.4. Any party seeking an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall not be required to provide any bond or other security in connection with such order or injunction all in accordance with the terms of this Section 7.4.

(e) To the extent any party hereto brings any Action to enforce specifically the performance of the terms and provisions of this Agreement (other than an action to specifically enforce any provision that expressly survives termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.3 hereof) when expressly available to such party pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the End Date shall automatically be extended by (i) the amount of time during which such Action is pending, plus 20 Business Days, or (ii) such other time period established by the court presiding over such Action (it being understood that this Section 7.4(e) shall not be deemed to alter, amend, supplement or otherwise modify the terms of any Financing Commitment (including the expiration or termination provisions thereof)).

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement will not confer any rights or remedies upon any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, other than: (a) Sections 5.9, 5.17 and 7.3 (which will be for the benefit of the Persons (including, with respect to Section 7.3, the Financing Sources) set forth therein, and any such Person will have the rights provided for therein); (b) Sections 7.4, 8.7 and 8.14 (which shall be for the benefit of, among others, the Financing Sources, and the Financing Sources, among others, will have the rights provided for therein); (c) this Article VIII in respect of the Sections set forth under the foregoing clauses (a) and (b); and (d) after the Effective Time, the rights of the holders of the Common Stock to receive the Merger Consideration in accordance with the terms and conditions of Article II of this Agreement and the rights of the holders of Company Stock Options, Company Restricted Stock Awards and Company Deferred Stock Units to receive the amounts set forth in Article II. Notwithstanding the foregoing, following the Effective Time, any stockholder of Common Stock (or recipient of any award prior to the date hereof under the Company Equity Incentive Plans) shall be entitled to enforce the provisions of Article II to the extent necessary to receive the consideration to which such Person is entitled pursuant to Article II.

8.2 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements (including the Exhibits and the Schedules hereto and thereto), together with the Non-Disclosure Agreements, constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto and supersedes any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties hereto, written or oral, to the extent they related in any way to the subject matter hereof.

 

42


8.3 Succession and Assignment. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties named herein and their respective successors and permitted assigns. No party hereto may assign either this Agreement or any of its rights, interests or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval of, in the case of assignment by the Parent or Merger Sub, the Company, and, in the case of assignment by the Company, the Parent; provided, however, that Parent or Merger Sub may assign their respective rights, interests or obligations hereunder to any Affiliate of Parent without the consent of the other parties hereto, but no such assignment shall relieve the assigning party of its obligations hereunder.

8.4 Construction. The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement, and, in the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties, and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

8.5 Notices. Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given hereunder by any party to the others shall be in writing and delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, by facsimile or overnight courier:

If to the Company, to:

Interactive Data Corporation

32 Crosby Drive

Bedford, Massachusetts 01730

Facsimile:           (781) 687-8005

Attention:           Andrea Loew, Esquire

                            Executive Vice President and General Counsel

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP

101 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10178

Facsimile:           (212) 309-6001

Attention:            Charles E. Engros, Jr.

                             Robert W. Dickey

and

Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP

1 Liberty Plaza

New York, New York 10006

Facsimile:           (212) 225-3999

Attention:            Ethan A. Klingsberg

                            Matthew P. Salerno

If to the Parent or Merger Sub, to:

c/o Silver Lake Partners

9 West 57th Street, 32nd Floor

New York, NY 10019

Facsimile: (212) 981-3535

Attention: Michael Bingle

and

c/o Warburg Pincus

450 Lexington Avenue, 34th Floor

New York, NY 10017

Facsimile: (212) 878-9351

Attention: James Neary

 

43


with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

2550 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, California 94304

Facsimile:            (650) 251-5002

Attention:             Peter S. Malloy

                              Chad Skinner

or to such other persons or addresses as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice as provided above. Any notice, request, instruction or other document given as provided above shall be deemed given to the receiving party upon actual receipt, if delivered personally; three business days after deposit in the mail, if sent by registered or certified mail; upon confirmation of successful transmission if sent by facsimile (provided that if given by facsimile such notice, request, instruction or other document shall be followed up within one business day by dispatch pursuant to one of the other methods described herein); or on the next business day after deposit with an overnight courier, if sent by an overnight courier.

8.6 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof or of any other jurisdiction which would require the application of any other State’s laws.

8.7 Waiver of Jury Trial. Each of the parties hereby waives to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law any right it may have to a trial by jury with respect to any litigation directly or indirectly arising out of, under or in connection with this Agreement, the Financing Commitments or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the Merger and the Financing. Each of the parties (a) certifies that no Representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver, (b) acknowledges that it and the other parties have been induced to enter into this Agreement and the Merger, as applicable, by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 8.7 and (c) agrees that such waivers and certifications shall extend to the Financing Sources.

8.8 Headings. The descriptive headings contained in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

8.9 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under any present or future Law (a) such provision will be fully severable, (b) this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part hereof, (c) the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance herefrom and (d) in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a legal, valid and enforceable provision as similar in terms of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible; provided that the parties intend that the remedies and limitations thereon (including provisions that payment of the Parent Termination Fee or the Company Termination Fee be the exclusive remedy for the recipient thereof and certain Related Parties as provided under Section 7.3, except for the right of the Company to seek an injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief pursuant to, and only to the extent expressly permitted by, Section 7.4) contained in Article VII to be construed as an integral provision of this Agreement and that such remedies and limitations shall not be severable in any manner that increases a party’s liability or obligations hereunder or under the Financing Commitments or the Limited Guarantees.

8.10 Expenses. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, whether or not the Merger is consummated, all Expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby will be paid by the party incurring such Expenses. As used in this Agreement, “Expenses” means, with

 

44


respect to any Person, the fees and expenses of legal counsel, investment bankers, brokers, finders, financial advisors, accountants and other advisors (including any representatives of legal counsel, investment bankers, accountants or other advisors) incurred by or on behalf of such Person and its Affiliates prior to the Closing in connection with the preparation, execution and performance of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

8.11 Non-Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements. None of the representations, warranties, covenants and other agreements in this Agreement or in any instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement, including any rights arising out of any breach of such representations, warranties, covenants and other agreements, will survive the Effective Time, except for those covenants and agreements contained herein that by their terms apply or are to be performed in whole or in part after the Effective Time and this Article VIII.

8.12 Incorporation of Exhibits and Schedules. The Exhibits and Schedules (including the Disclosure Schedule) identified in this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.

8.13 Limited Recourse. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the obligations and Liabilities of the Company will be without recourse to any stockholder of the Company or any of such stockholder’s Affiliates, or any of their respective Representatives or agents (in each case, in their capacity as such).

8.14 Exclusive Jurisdiction. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (a) submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York County, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Financing Commitments or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding shall be heard and determined in such New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court, (b) waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Financing Commitments or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby in any New York State or in any such Federal court, (c) waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court and (d) agrees that a final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other matter provided by law. Each of the parties hereto agrees that service of process, summons, notice or document by registered mail addressed to you or us at the addresses set forth in Section 8.5 shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that that the submissions, waivers and agreements in this Section 8.14 shall extend to any action or proceeding that involves any Financing Source.

8.15 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed will be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile will be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

8.16 Amendments. This Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto, by action taken or authorized, in the case of the Parent, by its board of directors, in the case of Merger Sub, by its board of directors, and in the case of the Company, by the Board of Directors, at any time before or after the receipt of the Stockholder Approval, but, after receipt of such approval, no amendment will be made which by Law or in accordance with the rules of any relevant stock exchange requires further approval by the stockholders of the Company without such further approval. This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of the Parent, Merger Sub and the Company.

 

45


8.17 Waiver. At any time prior to the Effective Time, the Parent (on behalf of itself and Merger Sub) may (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the covenants, obligations or other acts of the Company or (b) waive any inaccuracy of any representations or warranties or compliance with any of the agreements, covenants or conditions of the Company or with any conditions to its own obligations. Any agreement on the part of the Parent (on behalf of itself and Merger Sub) to any such extension or waiver will be valid only if such waiver is set forth in an instrument in writing signed on behalf of the Parent by its duly authorized officer. At any time prior to the Effective Time, the Company may (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the covenants, obligations or other acts of the Parent or Merger Sub or (b) waive any inaccuracy of any representations or warranties or compliance with any of the agreements, covenants or conditions of the Parent or Merger Sub, or with any conditions to its own obligations. Any agreement on the part of the Company to any such extension or waiver will be valid only if such waiver is set forth in an instrument in writing signed on behalf of the Company by its duly authorized officer. The failure of any party to this Agreement to assert any of its rights under this Agreement or otherwise will not constitute a waiver of such rights. The waiver of any such right with respect to particular facts and other circumstances will not be deemed a waiver with respect to any other facts and circumstances, and each such right will be deemed an ongoing right that may be asserted at any time and from time to time.

8.18 Certain Definitions.

(a) When used in this Agreement, the following terms will have the meanings assigned to them in this Section 8.18(a):

Action” means any litigation, claim, action, arbitration, suit, hearing or proceeding (whether civil, criminal or administrative).

Affiliate” means, with respect to a Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with, such Person; provided that none of the Parent, Merger Sub or any of the Investors shall be considered Affiliates of any portfolio company in which the Investors or any of their investment fund Affiliates have made a debt or equity investment (and vice versa). For purposes of this definition, “Control” (including the terms “Controlled by” and “under common Control with”) means possession of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of stock, as trustee or executor, by Contract or otherwise.

Ancillary Agreements” means the Employee Benefits Separation Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement and the UK Pension Agreements.

Benefit Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, including multiemployer plans within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA), and all (a) deferred compensation or retirement plan or arrangement, (b) defined contribution retirement plan or arrangement, (c) defined benefit retirement plan or arrangement, (d) employee welfare benefit plan or material fringe benefit plan or program, or (e) stock purchase, stock option, severance pay, employment, change-in-control, collective bargaining, vacation pay, company award, salary continuation, sick leave, excess benefit, bonus or other incentive compensation, life insurance, employee loan and other employee benefit plans, agreements, contracts, programs, policies or other arrangements, whether or not subject to ERISA.

Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks located in New York, New York are authorized or required by Law to close.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Company Deferred Stock Units” means awards of deferred stock units for Common Stock issued under any of the Company Equity Incentive Plans.

Company Equity Incentive Plans” means the Amended and Restated 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended, the 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended, the ESPP, and the SAYE.

 

46


Company-Owned Intellectual Property” means Company-Registered Intellectual Property and all material non-registered Intellectual Property, including any source code, owned by the Company or its Subsidiaries.

Company Restricted Stock Awards” means awards of restricted stock units to be settled in Common Stock upon vesting and issued under any of the Company Equity Incentive Plans.

Company Stock Options” means options to purchase Common Stock issued under any of the Company Equity Incentive Plans.

Contract” means any agreement, contract, commitment, arrangement or understanding.

Employee Benefits Separation Agreement” means that certain employee benefits separation agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between the Stockholder Parent (as defined therein) and the Company, in the form attached as Exhibit E.

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

ERISA Affiliate” shall mean any entity (whether or not incorporated) that, together with any other entity, is considered under common control and treated as one employer under Sections 414(b) or (c) of the Code.

ESPP” means the 2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended.

Existing Landlords” means, collectively, 90 Broad L.L.C., Walton 10-Ten Po Investors III, L.L.C. and MFA 100 William LLC and each, individually, is an “Existing Landlord”.

Existing Letters of Credit” means, collectively, (i) letter of credit number 432083 (as amended) in the face amount of $167,794.00 issued by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in favor of 90 Broad L.L.C., as beneficiary; (ii) letter of credit number 432106 in the face amount of $90,000 issued by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in favor of Walton 10-Ten Po Investors III, L.L.C., as beneficiary; (iii) letter of credit number CPCS-615314 in the face amount of $512,365.00 issued by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in favor of MFA 100 William LLC, as beneficiary; and (iv) letter of credit number S0005621 in the face amount of $3,949,174.00 issued by The Bank of New York. in favor of MFA 100 William LLC, as beneficiary; and each, individually, is an “Existing Letter of Credit”.

Financing Sources” means the Persons that have committed to provide or otherwise entered into agreements in connection with the Debt Financing Commitment or alternative debt financings in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, including the parties named in Section 4.4 and any joinder agreements, indentures or credit agreements entered into pursuant thereto or relating thereto together with their Affiliates, officers, directors, employees and representatives involved in the Debt Financing and their successors and assigns.

GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles.

Governmental Entity” means any entity or body exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to United States federal, state or local government or other non-United States, international, multinational or other government, including any department, commission, board, agency, instrumentality, political subdivision, bureau, official or other regulatory, administrative or judicial authority thereof and any self regulatory organization.

HSR Act” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended.

Intellectual Property” means all worldwide intellectual property rights, including: (i) trade secrets, inventions, discoveries, confidential and proprietary information, technologies, know-how, processes, methods,

 

47


schematics, R&D information, techniques, technical information, specifications, drawing, methods, technical data, designs, and documentation related to the foregoing; (ii) patents and applications therefor, including all disclosures, continuations and continuations-in-part thereof and patents issuing thereon, along with any reexaminations, reissues and extensions thereof; (iii) trademarks, trade names, trade dress, brand names, corporate names, domain names, trademark registrations, trademark applications, service marks, service mark registrations and service mark applications and other source indicators (whether registered, unregistered or existing at common law, including all goodwill attaching thereto); and (iv) copyrights, copyrightable works, computer software and databases, including copyright registrations, copyright applications and unregistered common law copyrights.

Knowledge of the Company” or any similar phrase means the actual knowledge of the persons set forth on Section 8.18(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, in each case without obligation of inquiry.

Law” means any statute, law (including common law), ordinance, rule, code or regulation of any Governmental Entity.

Liability” means all indebtedness, obligations and other liabilities and contingencies of a Person, whether absolute, accrued, contingent, fixed or otherwise, or whether due or to become due.

Lien” means, with respect to any property or asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest, hypothecation, easement, right-of-way or other encumbrance in respect of such property or asset.

Marketing Period” means the first period of 35 consecutive days after the date hereof throughout which: (A) the Parent and Merger Sub shall have the Required Financial Information that the Company is required to provide to the Parent pursuant to Section 5.11(b); provided, that if the Company shall in good faith reasonably believe it has delivered the Required Financial Information, it may deliver to the Parent a written notice to that effect (stating when it believes it completed such delivery), in which case the Marketing Period shall be deemed to have commenced on the date of such notice unless the Parent in good faith reasonably believes the Company has not completed delivery of the Required Financial Information or cannot obtain from the financing sources confirmation that the Required Financial Information has been provided and, within three Business Days after the delivery of such notice by the Company, delivers a written notice to the Company to that effect (stating to the extent reasonably possible which Required Financial Information the Company has not delivered), and (B) the conditions set forth in Section 6.1 and Section 6.2 shall be satisfied (other than those conditions that by their nature can only be satisfied at the Closing) and nothing has occurred and no condition exists that would cause any of the conditions set forth in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 to fail to be satisfied assuming the Closing were to be scheduled for any time during such 35 consecutive day period; provided that if the Marketing Period has not been completed on or prior to August 23, 2010, the Marketing Period shall commence no earlier than September 5, 2010; provided, further, that the “Marketing Period” shall not be deemed to have commenced if, prior to the completion of such 35-day period, (i) Ernst & Young LLP shall have withdrawn its audit opinion with respect to any year end audited financial statements set forth in the SEC Filings, (ii) (x) the financial statements included in the Required Financial Information that is available to the Parent on the first day of any such 35-consecutive-day period would be required to be updated under Rule 3-12 of Regulation S-X in order to be sufficiently current on any day during such 35-consecutive-day period to permit a registration statement using such financial statements to be declared effective by the SEC on the last day of such 35-consecutive-day period, in which case the Marketing Period shall not be deemed to commence until the receipt by the Parent of updated Required Financial Information that would be required under Rule 3-12 of Regulation S-X to permit a registration statement using such financial statements to be declared effective by the SEC on the last day of such new 35-consecutive-day period, (iii) the Company shall have publicly announced any intention to restate any material financial information included in the Required Financial Information or that any such restatement is under consideration, in which case the Marketing Period shall be deemed not to commence at the earliest unless and until such restatement has been completed and the SEC Filings have been amended or the Company has determined that no restatement shall be required, or (iv) the Company shall have been delinquent in filing any Form 10-K or Form

 

48


10-Q, in which case the Marketing Period will not be deemed to commence until all such delinquencies have been cured; and provided, further, that the Marketing Period shall end on any earlier date on which the Debt Financing is consummated.

Material Adverse Effect” means any change, effect, event or occurrence that (A) has a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (B) prevents or materially delays the Company from performing its obligations under this Agreement in any material respect; provided, however, that no change, effect, event or occurrence to the extent arising or resulting from any of the following, either alone or in combination, shall constitute or be taken into account in determining whether there has been a Material Adverse Effect: (i) general political, economic, financial, capital market, credit market, financial market or industry-wide conditions; (ii) regulatory changes, changes in Law or changes in GAAP or rules and policies of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; (iii) any natural disasters or acts of war, sabotage or terrorism, or an escalation or worsening thereof; (iv) the entry into, announcement or performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including compliance with the covenants set forth herein (other than Section 5.1(a)) and any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Company at the written request or with the prior written consent of the Parent or Merger Sub), except that this clause (iv) shall not apply in the determination of a breach or violation of the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.4; (v) the fact that the prospective owner of the Company and any of its Subsidiaries is the Parent or any Affiliate of the Parent; (vi) any changes in the price or trading volume of the Common Stock (provided, however, that any change, effect, event or occurrence that caused or contributed to such change in market price or trading volume shall not be excluded); (vii) any failure by the Company to meet projections or forecasts (provided, however, that any change, effect, event or occurrence that caused or contributed to such failure to meet projections or forecasts shall not be excluded); (viii) any loss of, or change in, the relationship of the Company, contractual or otherwise, with its customers, employees or suppliers arising out of the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (other than compliance with Section 5.1(a)) or the announcement of any of the foregoing, except that this clause (viii) shall not apply in the determination of a breach or violation of the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.4; (ix) any change in the Company’s credit rating (provided, however, that any change, effect, event or occurrence that caused or contributed to such change in the Company’s credit rating shall not be excluded); and (x) any breach by the Parent or Merger Sub of this Agreement; provided, further, however, that any change, effect, event or occurrence referred to in the immediately preceding clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) shall be taken into account for purposes of such clause only to the extent such change, effect, event or occurrence does not adversely affect the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in a materially disproportionate manner relative to other companies operating in the industries in which the Company and its Subsidiaries compete.

Order” means any order, award, injunction, judgment, decree, enactment, ruling, subpoena or verdict or other decision issued, promulgated or entered by or with any Governmental Entity of competent jurisdiction.

Other Antitrust Laws” means the antitrust and competition Laws and foreign investment Laws of all jurisdictions other than those of the United States and any other similar applicable Law.

Permit” means any authorization, approval, consent, easement, variance, exception, accreditation, certificate, license, permit or franchise of or from any Governmental Entity of competent jurisdiction or pursuant to any Law.

Permitted Liens” means (a) Liens for Taxes that are not yet due and payable or that may hereafter be paid without material penalty or that are being contested in good faith through appropriate proceedings, (b) statutory Liens of landlords and workers’, carriers’ and mechanics’ or other like Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business for amounts that are not yet due and payable or that are being contested in good faith, (c) Liens, encroachments, covenants, restrictions and other title imperfections which do not materially interfere with the present or proposed use of the properties or assets they affect, (d) Liens created by or through the Parent or

 

49


Merger Sub, (e) zoning, building and land use Laws, restrictions and conditions imposed by any Governmental Entity and (f) Liens set forth on Section 8.18(b) of the Disclosure Schedule.

Person” means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, a trust, an unincorporated association, a Governmental Entity or any other entity or body.

PGPP” means the Pearson Group Pension Plan.

Preferred Stock” means the Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

Replacement Letter of Credit” means a letter of credit with the Merger Sub as applicant, issued by an issuing bank reasonably acceptable to the applicable Existing Landlord in a face amount equal to or greater than the face amount of the applicable Existing Letter of Credit, including any fees and accrued interest expense associated therewith, and with the applicable Existing Landlord as the beneficiary.

Representatives” means, with respect to any Person, the respective directors, officers, employees, counsel, accountants, agents, advisors and other representatives of such Person and its Subsidiaries.

SAYE” means the UK Savings Related Share Option Plan, as amended.

SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other legal entity of which such Person (either alone or through or together with any other Subsidiary), owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the stock or other equity interests or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power, the holders of which are generally entitled to vote for the election of the board of directors or other governing body of a non-corporate Person.

Taxes” means all federal, state, local and foreign income, profits, franchise, gross receipts, environmental, customs duty, capital stock, severance, stamp, payroll, sales, transfer, employment, unemployment, disability, license, alternative or add on minimum, ad valorem, use, property, withholding, excise, production, value added, occupancy and any other taxes, customs, duties, governmental fees or assessments of any nature whatsoever, together with any interest, penalties or additions to tax, imposed by any Governmental Entity.

Tax Returns” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, or information return or statement relating to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

Transition Services Agreement” means that certain transition services agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Stockholder Parent (as defined therein), Merger Sub and the Company, in the form attached as Exhibit F.

UK Pension Agreements” means, collectively, (i) the Pensions Transtional Agreement and (ii) the Deed of Cessation.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided herein or unless the context otherwise requires: (i) the meaning assigned to each term defined herein will be equally applicable to both the singular and the plural forms of such term and vice versa, and words denoting any gender will include all genders as the context requires; (ii) where a word or phrase is defined herein, each of its other grammatical forms will have a corresponding meaning; (iii) the terms “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder”, “hereby” and “herewith” and

 

50


words of similar import will, unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; (iv) when a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article, Section, paragraph, Exhibit or Schedule without reference to a document, such reference is to an Article, Section, paragraph, Exhibit or Schedule to this Agreement; (v) a reference to a subsection without further reference to a Section is a reference to such subsection as contained in the same Section in which the reference appears, and this rule will also apply to paragraphs and other subdivisions; (vi) the word “include”, “includes” or “including” when used in this Agreement will be deemed to include the words “without limitation”, unless otherwise specified; (vii) a reference to any party to this Agreement or any other agreement or document will include such party’s predecessors, successors and permitted assigns; (viii) a reference to any Law means such Law as amended, modified, codified, replaced or reenacted as of the date hereof, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder as of the date hereof; (ix) all accounting terms used and not defined herein have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP; (x) a reference to “ordinary course” or “ordinary course of business” when used herein will be deemed to mean “ordinary course of business consistent with past practices”, unless otherwise specified; and (xi) any references in this Agreement to “dollars” or “$” shall be to U.S. dollars.

(c) Additional Terms. The following terms are defined in the corresponding Sections of this Agreement:

 

Term

  

Section

2000 LTIP

   Section 3.2(a)

2009 LTIP

   Section 3.2(a)

Acceptable Confidentiality Agreement

   Section 5.4(c)

Advisers Act

   Section 3.20

Advisory Entity

   Section 3.20

Affiliate Benefit Plans

   Section 3.13(a)

Agreement

   Preamble

Alternative Proposal

   Section 5.4(b)

Alternative Proposal Agreement

   Section 5.4(e)

Benefits Continuation Period

   Section 5.8(a)

BI

   Section 3.2

Board of Directors

   Recitals

Board Recommendation

   Section 3.3(b)

Book-Entry Share

   Section 2.4(b)

Certificate of Merger

   Section 1.3

Certificates

   Section 2.4(b)

Closing

   Section 1.2

Closing Date

   Section 1.2

Code of Ethics

   Section 3.20

Common Stock

   Section 2.1(a)

Company

   Preamble

Company Benefit Plans

   Section 3.13(a)

Company Employees

   Section 5.8(a)

Company Expenses

   Section 7.2(d)

Company Personal Property

   Section 3.9

Company-Registered Intellectual Property

   Section 3.10(a)

Company Service Provider

   Section 5.1(b)(vii)

Company Termination Fee

   Section 7.2(a)(v)

Debt Financing

   Section 4.4(a)

Debt Financing Commitment

   Section 4.4(a)

Deed of Cessation

   Section 6.2(e)

DTC

   Section 2.4(b)

DTC Payment

   Section 2.4(b)

DGCL

   Section 1.1

 

51


Term

  

Section

Disclosure Schedule

   Article III

Dissenting Shares

   Section 2.2(a)

D&O Tail

   Section 5.9(c)

ECMR

   Section 3.4(b)

Effective Time

   Section 1.3

Employee Benefit Plan

   Section 3.13(a)

End Date

   Section 7.1(c)

Environmental Laws

   Section 3.15

Equity Financing

   Section 4.4

Equity Financing Commitment

   Section 4.4

Equity Incentive Amount

   Section 2.1(d)

Escrow Agreement

   Section 6.2(e)

Excluded Proposal

   Section 7.1(d)

Excluded Shares

   Section 2.1(c)

Expenses

   Section 8.10

Fairness Opinion

   Section 3.3(c)

Financing

   Section 4.4(a)

Financing Commitments

   Section 4.4(a)

Guarantors

   Recitals

Indemnified Party

   Section 5.9(b)

Information Statement

   Section 3.4(b)

Intellectual Property

   Section 3.10(a)

Investor

   Section 4.4(b)

Limited Guarantees

   Recitals

Material Contract

   Section 3.12(a)

Merger

   Recitals

Merger Consent

   Section 5.3(a)

Merger Consideration

   Section 2.1(a)

Merger Sub

   Preamble

New Plans

   Section 5.8(b)

Non-Disclosure Agreements

   Section 5.7(c)

NYSE

   Section 3.4(b)

Old Plans

   Section 5.8(b)

Option Letter of Transmittal

   Section 2.4(d)

Parent

   Preamble

Parent Termination Fee

   Section 7.2(b)(i)

Paying Agent

   Section 2.4(a)

Payment Fund

   Section 2.4(a)

PBGC

   Section 3.13(d)(iii)

Pensions Transitional Agreement

   Section 6.2(e)

Policies

   Section 3.16

Related Party

   Section 7.3(c)

Required Financial Information

   Section 5.11(b)

SEC Filings

   Section 3.5(a)

Section 262

   Section 2.2(a)

Special Committee

   Recitals

Stockholder

   Recitals

Stockholder Approval

   Section 3.3(a)

Superior Proposal

   Section 5.4(g)

Surviving Corporation

   Section 1.1

Termination Date

   Section 5.1(a)

Voting Agreement

   Recitals

[Signature page follows.]

 

52


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

HG INVESTORS LLC
By:   /S/    MIKE BINGLE        
  Name: Mike Bingle
  Title: Co-President
IGLOO MERGER CORPORATION
By:   /S/    CARY DAVIS        
  Name: Cary Davis
  Title: Vice-President and Treasurer
INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION
By:   /S/    RAYMOND L. D’ARCY        
  Name: Raymond L. D’Arcy
  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

53


EX-4.1

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

 

INDENTURE

Dated as of December 18, 2012

between

IGLOO HOLDINGS CORPORATION

and

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,

as Trustee

8.25% / 9.00% SENIOR PIK TOGGLE NOTES DUE 2017

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE 1   
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE   

Section 1.01

 

Definitions

     1   

Section 1.02

 

Other Definitions

     30   

Section 1.03

 

Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

     30   

Section 1.04

 

Rules of Construction

     31   

Section 1.05

 

Acts of Holders

     31   
ARTICLE 2   
THE NOTES   

Section 2.01

 

Form and Dating; Terms

     33   

Section 2.02

 

Execution and Authentication

     34   

Section 2.03

 

Registrar and Paying Agent

     35   

Section 2.04

 

Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

     35   

Section 2.05

 

Holder Lists

     35   

Section 2.06

 

Transfer and Exchange

     36   

Section 2.07

 

Replacement Notes

     45   

Section 2.08

 

Outstanding Notes

     46   

Section 2.09

 

Treasury Notes

     46   

Section 2.10

 

Temporary Notes

     46   

Section 2.11

 

Cancellation

     46   

Section 2.12

 

Defaulted Interest

     47   

Section 2.13

 

CUSIP Numbers

     47   
ARTICLE 3   
REDEMPTION   

Section 3.01

 

Notices to Trustee

     47   

Section 3.02

 

Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased

     48   

Section 3.03

 

Notice of Redemption

     48   

Section 3.04

 

Effect of Notice of Redemption

     49   

Section 3.05

 

Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price

     49   

Section 3.06

 

Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part

     49   

Section 3.07

 

Optional Redemption

     50   

Section 3.08

 

Mandatory Redemption

     50   

Section 3.09

 

Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds

     51   
ARTICLE 4   
COVENANTS   

Section 4.01

 

Payment of Notes

     52   

 

-i-


         Page  

Section 4.02

 

Maintenance of Office or Agency

     53   

Section 4.03

 

Reports and Other Information

     53   

Section 4.04

 

Compliance Certificate

     55   

Section 4.05

 

Taxes

     55   

Section 4.06

 

Stay, Extension and Usury Laws

     55   

Section 4.07

 

Limitation on Restricted Payments

     56   

Section 4.08

 

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

     62   

Section 4.09

 

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

     64   

Section 4.10

 

Asset Sales

     69   

Section 4.11

 

Transactions with Affiliates

     72   

Section 4.12

 

Liens

     74   

Section 4.13

 

Corporate Existence

     74   

Section 4.14

 

Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control

     74   

Section 4.15

 

Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries

     76   

Section 4.16

 

Limitations on Activities of the Issuer.

     77   

Section 4.17

 

Discharge and Suspension of Covenants

     77   
ARTICLE 5   
SUCCESSORS   

Section 5.01

 

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets

     78   

Section 5.02

 

Successor Corporation Substituted

     80   
ARTICLE 6   
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES   

Section 6.01

 

Events of Default

     80   

Section 6.02

 

Acceleration

     82   

Section 6.03

 

Other Remedies

     82   

Section 6.04

 

Waiver of Past Defaults

     83   

Section 6.05

 

Control by Majority

     83   

Section 6.06

 

Limitation on Suits

     83   

Section 6.07

 

Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment

     84   

Section 6.08

 

Collection Suit by Trustee

     84   

Section 6.09

 

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

     84   

Section 6.10

 

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

     84   

Section 6.11

 

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

     84   

Section 6.12

 

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

     84   

Section 6.13

 

Priorities

     85   

Section 6.14

 

Undertaking for Costs

     85   
ARTICLE 7   
TRUSTEE   

Section 7.01

 

Duties of Trustee

     86   

Section 7.02

 

Rights of Trustee

     87   

Section 7.03

 

Individual Rights of Trustee

     88   

 

-ii-


         Page  

Section 7.04

 

Trustee’s Disclaimer

     88   

Section 7.05

 

Notice of Defaults

     88   

Section 7.06

 

Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes

     88   

Section 7.07

 

Compensation and Indemnity

     88   

Section 7.08

 

Replacement of Trustee

     89   

Section 7.09

 

Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc

     90   

Section 7.10

 

Eligibility; Disqualification

     90   

Section 7.11

 

Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer

     90   
ARTICLE 8   
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE   

Section 8.01

 

Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

     91   

Section 8.02

 

Legal Defeasance and Discharge

     91   

Section 8.03

 

Covenant Defeasance

     91   

Section 8.04

 

Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

     92   

Section 8.05

 

Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

     93   

Section 8.06

 

Repayment to Issuer

     93   

Section 8.07

 

Reinstatement

     94   
ARTICLE 9   
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER   

Section 9.01

 

Without Consent of Holders of Notes

     94   

Section 9.02

 

With Consent of Holders of Notes

     95   

Section 9.03

 

[Reserved]

     97   

Section 9.04

 

Revocation and Effect of Consents

     97   

Section 9.05

 

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

     97   

Section 9.06

 

Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc

     97   

Section 9.07

 

Payment for Consent

     97   
ARTICLE 10   
GUARANTEES   

Section 10.01

 

Guarantee

     98   

Section 10.02

 

Limitation on Guarantor Liability

     99   

Section 10.03

 

Execution and Delivery

     99   

Section 10.04

 

Subrogation

     100   

Section 10.05

 

Benefits Acknowledged

     100   

Section 10.06

 

Release of Guarantees

     100   
ARTICLE 11   
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE   

Section 11.01

 

Satisfaction and Discharge

     101   

Section 11.02

 

Application of Trust Money

     102   

 

-iii-


         Page  
ARTICLE 12   
MISCELLANEOUS   

Section 12.01

 

Notices

     102   

Section 12.02

 

Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes

     103   

Section 12.03

 

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

     104   

Section 12.04

 

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

     104   

Section 12.05

 

Rules by Trustee and Agents

     104   

Section 12.06

 

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

     104   

Section 12.07

 

Governing Law

     105   

Section 12.08

 

Waiver of Jury Trial

     105   

Section 12.09

 

Force Majeure

     105   

Section 12.10

 

No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

     105   

Section 12.11

 

Successors

     105   

Section 12.12

 

Severability

     105   

Section 12.13

 

Counterpart Originals

     105   

Section 12.14

 

Table of Contents, Headings, Etc

     105   

EXHIBITS

    

Exhibit A

 

Form of Note

  

Exhibit B

 

Form of Certificate of Transfer

  

Exhibit C

 

Form of Certificate of Exchange

  

Exhibit D

 

Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors

  

 

-iv-


INDENTURE, dated as of December 18, 2012, between Igloo Holdings Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a national banking corporation, as Trustee.

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, Igloo has duly authorized the creation of an issue of $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 8.25% / 9.00% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2017 (the “Initial Notes”); and

WHEREAS, Igloo has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture and has done all things necessary to make this Indenture a valid and binding agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, Igloo and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

Section 1.01 Definitions.

144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person,

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Acquisition” means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement.

Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.01 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.

Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.


Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and

(2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at December 15, 2013 (such redemption price being set forth in Section 3.07 hereof), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through December 15, 2013 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the principal amount of such Note.

Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and/or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

Asset Sale” means:

(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or

(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;

in each case, other than:

(a) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business;

(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described under Section 5.01 hereof or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture;

(c) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.07 hereof;

(d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $20.0 million;

(e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;

(f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

 

-2-


(g) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(i) foreclosures, condemnation or any similar action on assets;

(j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

(k) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Indenture; and

(l) any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contractual rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business.

Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended.

Bankruptcy Law” means the Bankruptcy Code and any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

Capital Stock” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

Capitalized Software Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) United States dollars;

 

-3-


(2) (a) euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or

(b) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

(5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

(6) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 12 months after the date of creation thereof;

(7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(8) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above;

(9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(10) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition; and

(11) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

 

-4-


Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or

(2) the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies holding directly or indirectly 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer; or

(3) the Issuer ceases to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of IDC (except to the extent IDC is merged with or into the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Indenture).

Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees and Capitalized Software Expenditures of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, other than with respect to Indebtedness borrowed under the Senior Credit Facilities in connection with the Transaction, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (u) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (v) any expense resulting from the discounting of Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization or purchase accounting, (w) any “additional interest” with respect to debt securities, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, and original issue discount with respect to Indebtedness borrowed under the Senior Credit Facilities in connection with the Transaction, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility); plus

 

-5-


(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

(3) interest income for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that, without duplication:

(1) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the Transaction to the extent incurred on or prior to the date that is the one year anniversary of July 29, 2010), severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded,

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period,

(3) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

(4) any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, shall be excluded,

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,

(6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a) of Section 4.07(a) hereof, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor, IDC or any guarantor of IDC’s Indebtedness) shall be excluded to the extent the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, is otherwise restricted by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless (x) such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived or (y) such restriction is permitted under Section

 

-6-


4.08 hereof, provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) or Cash Equivalents to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

(7) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the property and equipment, software and other intangible assets, deferred revenue and debt line items in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transaction or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

(8) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

(9) any impairment charge, asset write-off or write-down, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

(10) any (i) non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights and (ii) income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts shall be excluded,

(11) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded,

(12) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months after July 29, 2010 that are so required to be established as a result of the Transaction in accordance with GAAP, or changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies, shall be excluded, and

(13) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.07 hereof only (other than clause (3)(d) of Section 4.07(a) hereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under clause (3)(d) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.

 

-7-


Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio” as of any date of determination means, the ratio of (1) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Hedging Obligations) that is secured by Liens as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur to (2) the Issuer’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes and similar instruments (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, all obligations relating to Receivables Facilities) and (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and all Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and maximum fixed repurchase prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the board of directors of the Issuer.

Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

(2) to advance or supply funds

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.01 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Issuer.

 

-8-


Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06(c) hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any parent corporation thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer or the applicable parent corporation thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.

Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock

 

-9-


is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period,

(1) increased (without duplication) by:

(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(b) Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges), together with items excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses 1(u) through 1(z) thereof, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(d) any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes, the Credit Facilities and the IDC Notes and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(e) the amount of any restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after July 29, 2010 and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities; plus

(f) any other non-cash charges, including any write offs or write downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

(g) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

-10-


(h) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid in such period to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 4.11 hereof; plus

(i) the amount of net cost savings projected by the Issuer in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions initiated or to be taken on or prior to the date that is 18 months after July 29, 2010 (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (x) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and quantifiable, (y) no cost savings shall be added pursuant to this clause (i) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings that are included in clause (e) above, and (z) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed $30.0 million for any four consecutive quarter period (which adjustments may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the second paragraph of the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”); plus

(j) the amount of loss or discount on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility; plus

(k) any costs or expense incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof; plus

(l) the amount of expenses relating to payments made to option holders of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to shareholders of such Person or its direct or indirect parent companies, which payments are being made to compensate such option holders as though they were shareholders at the time of, and entitled to share in, such distribution, in each case to the extent permitted under this Indenture; and

(2) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period, and

(3) increased or decreased by (without duplication):

(a) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Financial Accounting Standards Codification No. 815—Derivatives and Hedging; plus or minus, as applicable,

(b) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk and revaluations of intercompany balances).

 

-11-


EMU” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

(1) public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s or any direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-8;

(2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Issuer; and

(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

Equity Restricted Payment” means each of (1) the payment of any cash dividend and/or the making of any cash payment or distribution on or in respect of the Issuer’s Equity Interests, (2) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement (collectively, an “acquisition”) for cash of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer for the purpose of (x) paying any cash dividend or making any cash payment or distribution to or (y) acquiring Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer for cash from in the case of either (x) or (y), any holder of the Issuer’s, or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer’s, Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any Investor) but excluding acquisitions of Equity Interests of the type described in clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof and (3) the guarantee of any Indebtedness of any Affiliate of the Issuer for the purpose of paying any such cash dividend, making any such cash distribution or payment or so acquiring for cash any such Capital Stock to or from any holder of the Issuer’s, or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer’s, Capital Stock (including, without limitation, any Investor) to the extent, in the case of any of clauses (1), (2) or (3) of this definition, by means of utilization of (A) the cumulative Restricted Payment credit provided under Section 4.07(a) or (B) any exception provided by any of clauses (2)(b), (6), (9), (11) or (16) of Section 4.07(b) hereof or clauses (8), (10) or (13) of the definition of “Permitted Investments.”

euro” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

Euroclear” means Euroclear S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Issuer from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital, and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer,

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an officer’s certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.

 

-12-


Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate.

Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;

 

-13-


(2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock during such period; and

(3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.

Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on July 29, 2010.

Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b) or 2.06(d) hereof.

Government Securities” means securities that are:

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under this Indenture.

Guarantor” means, each Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement,

 

-14-


commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

IDC” means Interactive Data Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and its successors.

IDC Notes” means the $700.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.25% Senior Notes due 2018 issued by IDC outstanding on the Issue Date.

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

(1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(a) in respect of borrowed money;

(b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligations until, after 30 days of becoming due and payable, has not been paid and such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or

(d) representing any Hedging Obligations;

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of the such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

(3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;

provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or (b) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities.

Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

-15-


Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

Initial Notes” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.

Initial Purchasers” means Goldman, Sachs & Co., Barclays Capital Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC.

Interest Payment Date” means June 1 and December 1 of each year to stated maturity.

Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P.

Investment Grade Securities” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of the Issuer in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.07 hereof:

(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

(a) the Issuer “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

 

-16-


(b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Issuer.

Investors” means Silver Lake Group, L.L.C., Warburg Pincus LLC and each of their respective Affiliates but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

Issue Date” means December 18, 2012.

Issuer” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and, thereafter, means the successor.

Issuer Order” means a written request or order signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee.

Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Senior Indebtedness required (other than required by clause (1) of Section 4.10(b) hereof) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such

 

-17-


transaction and retained by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

Notes” means the Initial Notes and more particularly means any Note authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall also include any Additional Notes that may be issued under a supplemental indenture and any PIK Notes.

Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Offering Circular” means the Offering Circular, dated December 13, 2012, relating to the offering of the Initial Notes.

Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer or any other Person, as the case may be.

Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer or on behalf of any other Person, as the case may be, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer or such other Person, that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.

Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer.

Partial PIK Interest” means a portion of the interest on the Notes due on an Interest Payment Date, which is paid, at the Issuer’s election, by increasing the amount of outstanding Notes or by issuing additional PIK Notes, to the extent that only a portion of the interest due on an Interest Payment Date is so paid.

Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided, that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof.

Permitted Holders” means (1) each of the Investors and members of management of the Issuer (or its direct parent) who are holders of Equity Interests of the Issuer (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) on the Issue Date and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2)

 

-18-


of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided, that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or (2) any Permitted Parent. Any Person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

Permitted Investments” means:

(1) any Investment in the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) any Investment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:

(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

(b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary,

and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided, that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment existing on July 29, 2010;

(6) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:

(a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or

(b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(7) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of Section 4.09(b) hereof;

(8) any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (8) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of 2.5% of Total Assets and $85.0 million at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

-19-


(9) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer, or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof;

(10) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09 hereof;

(11) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.11(b) hereof (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (9) of Section 4.11(b) hereof);

(12) any Investment consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;

(13) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of 3.0% of Total Assets and $100.0 million at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(14) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility or any repurchase in connection therewith;

(15) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $10.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;

(16) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company thereof; and

(17) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (17) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of 2.0% of Total Assets and $75.0 million at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

-20-


(2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(6) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (4), (12) (b), (18) or (19) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; provided that Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (18) extend only to the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries and Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (19) are solely on acquired property or the assets of the acquired entity, as the case may be;

(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;

(8) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(9) Liens on property at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof;

 

-21-


(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;

(12) Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

(14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;

(16) Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to the Issuer’s clients;

(17) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;

(18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9); provided, however, that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

(19) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

(20) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed $50.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) under Section 6.01(a) hereof so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

-22-


(23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 4.09 hereof; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

(25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(26) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(27) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; and

(28) Liens incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 4.09 hereof; provided that, with respect to Liens securing Obligations permitted under this clause (28), at the time of incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 4.5 to 1.0.

For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness.

Permitted Parent” means any direct or indirect parent entity of the Issuer (other than a Person formed in connection with, or in contemplation of, a Change of Control transaction that results in a modification of the beneficial ownership of the Issuer) that beneficially owns 100% of the issued and outstanding Voting Stock of the Issuer, provided that the ultimate beneficial ownership of the Issuer has not been modified by the transaction by which such parent entity became the beneficial owner of 100% of the Voting Stock of the Issuer.

Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

 

-23-


PIK Interest” means payment of interest on the Notes through an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Notes or through the issuance of PIK Notes, to the extent all interest due on an Interest Payment Date is so paid.

Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the board of directors of the Issuer in good faith.

Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

Receivables Facility” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

Receivables Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

Receivables Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.

Record Date” for the interest payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means December 1 or June 1 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date.

Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Global Note” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as applicable.

Regulation S Permanent Global Note” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

Regulation S Temporary Global Note” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S

 

-24-


Temporary Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903.

Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(iii) hereof.

Related Business Assets” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business, provided that any assets received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”

Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

 

-25-


SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Senior Credit Facilities” means the Credit Facility under the Credit Agreement dated July 29, 2010 by and among Igloo Intermediate Corporation, IDC, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof).

Senior Indebtedness” means:

(1) all Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor outstanding under Notes and related Guarantees (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or similar proceeding or for reorganization of the Issuer or any Guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings)), and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts (whether existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments;

(2) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) owing to a Lender (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) or any Affiliate of such Lender (or any Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation was entered into), provided that such Hedging Obligations are permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture;

(3) any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any related Guarantee; and

(4) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3);

provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

(a) any obligation of such Person to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries;

(b) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

 

-26-


(c) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business;

(d) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or

(e) that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of this Indenture.

Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

Special Dividend” means (1) a special dividend on the Capital Stock of the Issuer and (2) distributions in respect of options to purchase Capital Stock of the Issuer paid to holders thereof, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $440.0 million, which dividend shall be declared on or before the Issue Date and which dividend shall be paid within 15 Business Days thereof; provided that the amount of such distributions in respect of options shall not be subject to such 15 Business Day limit.

Sponsor Management Agreement” means the management agreement between certain of the management companies associated with the Investors and IDC.

Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to the Notes,

(1) any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and

(2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; and

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which

(x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and

 

-27-


(y) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Total Assets” means the total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Issuer or such other Person as may be expressly stated.

Transaction” means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the issuance of the Notes and borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date.

Transaction Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 3, 2010 among Hg Investors LLC, Igloo Merger Corporation and IDC, as the same may be amended prior to the Issue Date.

Treasury Rate” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to December 15, 2013; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to December 15, 2013 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

Trustee” means The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

Unrestricted Definitive Note” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Global Note” means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

(1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Issuer, as provided below); and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any

 

-28-


Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that:

(1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer;

(2) such designation complies with Section 4.07 hereof; and

(3) each of:

(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and

(b) its Subsidiaries

has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.

The Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:

(1) the Issuer could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in clause (x) of Section 4.09(a) hereof; or

(2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

Any such designation by the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Issuer or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Person” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.

Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

(2) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

-29-


Section 1.02 Other Definitions.

 

Term

   Defined in
Section

“Acceptable Commitment”

   4.10

“Affiliate Transaction”

   4.11

“Asset Sale Offer”

   4.10

“Authentication Order”

   2.02

“Change of Control Offer”

   4.14

“Change of Control Payment”

   4.14

“Change of Control Payment Date”

   4.14

“Covenant Defeasance”

   8.03

“DTC”

   2.03

“Event of Default”

   6.01

“Excess Proceeds”

   4.10

“incur”

   4.09

“Legal Defeasance”

   8.02

“Note Register”

   2.03

“Offer Amount”

   3.09

“Offer Period”

   3.09

“Pari Passu Indebtedness”

   4.10

“Paying Agent”

   2.03

“PIK Notes”

   2.01(f)

“PIK Payment”

   2.01(f)

“Purchase Date”

   3.09

“Redemption Date”

   3.07

“Refinancing Indebtedness”

   4.09

“Refunding Capital Stock”

   4.07

“Registrar”

   2.03

“Restricted Payments”

   4.07

“Reversion Date”

   4.17

“Second Commitment”

   4.10

“Successor Company”

   5.01

“Successor Person”

   5.01

“Suspended Covenants”

   4.17

“Suspension Period”

   4.17

“Treasury Capital Stock”

   4.07

 

Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

“indenture securities” means the Notes;

“indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note;

 

-30-


“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

“obligor” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuer and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively.

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them.

 

Section 1.04 Rules of Construction.

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(c) “or” is not exclusive;

(d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(e) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

(f) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

(g) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

(h) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture; and

(i) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision.

 

Section 1.05 Acts of Holders.

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05.

 

-31-


(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.

(c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

(e) The Issuer may, in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to give any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or take any other act, or to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders. Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Issuer prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date shall be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation.

(f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part.

(g) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including DTC that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and DTC that is the Holder of a Global Note may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices.

(h) The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by DTC entitled under the procedures of such depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date.

 

-32-


ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms.

(a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1.00 thereof.

(b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

(c) Temporary Global Notes. Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Period shall be terminated upon the receipt by the Trustee of:

(i) a written certificate from the Depositary, together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and Clearstream certifying that they have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who shall take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.06(b) hereof); and

(ii) an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuer.

Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.

 

-33-


(d) Terms. The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Guarantors, if any, and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Issuer pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer as provided in Section 4.10 hereof or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.14 hereof. The Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 3.

Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created and issued from time to time by the Issuer without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the Initial Notes; provided that the Issuer’s ability to issue Additional Notes shall be subject to the Issuer’s compliance with Section 4.09 hereof. Any Additional Notes shall be issued with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture.

(e) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

(f) PIK Interest. If the Issuer is entitled to pay PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest in respect of the Notes as set forth in the Notes, the Issuer may elect (subject to the restrictions described in the Notes) to either increase the outstanding principal amount of the Notes or issue additional Notes (the “PIK Notes”) under this Indenture having the same terms as the Notes offered hereby (in each case, a “PIK Payment”). The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any PIK Notes subsequently issued under this Indenture shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “Notes” for all purposes of this Indenture include any Additional Notes and any PIK Notes that are actually issued and any references to “principal amount” of the Notes include any increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Notes as a result of a PIK Payment.

 

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication.

At least one Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

 

-34-


On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes. In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall upon an Authentication Order authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes and PIK Notes for an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes or PIK Notes issued hereunder.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer.

 

Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent.

The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (“Note Register”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

 

Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

 

Section 2.05 Holder Lists.

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Issuer shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a).

 

-35-


Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange.

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.06, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note unless (i) the Depositary (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days or (ii) there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default with respect to the Notes. Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (i) or (ii) above, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the preceding events in (i) or (ii) above and pursuant to Section 2.06(c) hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided, however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c) hereof.

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such

 

-36-


increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof.

(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

(B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this Section 2.06(b)(iv), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

-37-


If any such transfer is effected pursuant to this Section 2.06(b)(iv) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to this Section 2.06(b)(iv).

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

(i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in paragraph (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive

 

-38-


Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(ii) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes. Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) of the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

(iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and if:

(A) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

-39-


(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

(B) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

-40-


and, in each such case set forth in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e):

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

 

-41-


(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

(B) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this Section 2.06(e)(ii), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(f) Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture:

(i) Private Placement Legend.

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS

 

-42-


SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.”

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii) or (e)(iii) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(ii) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(g) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY

 

-43-


CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

(iii) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend. The Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).”

(g) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(h) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 hereof).

(iii) Neither the Registrar nor the Issuer shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

-44-


(v) The Issuer shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer, an Asset Sale Offer or other tender offer, in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

(vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(vii) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.

(viii) At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

(ix) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

 

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes.

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuer and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

Every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 

-45-


Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes.

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

 

Section 2.09 Treasury Notes.

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, or by any Affiliate of the Issuer, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor.

 

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes.

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture.

 

Section 2.11 Cancellation.

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention

 

-46-


requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the disposal of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Issuer upon its written request. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest.

If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer of such special record date. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall mail or cause to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

 

Section 2.13 CUSIP Numbers.

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer will as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers.

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION

 

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee.

If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 5 Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

 

-47-


Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased (a) on a pro rata basis or (b) to the extent that selection on a pro rata basis is not practicable by lot or by such other method the Trustee considers fair and appropriate and in accordance with the procedures of DTC. In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 (or $1.00 if a PIK Payment has been made) or an integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof; no Notes of $2,000 (or $1.00 if a PIK Payment has been made) or less can be redeemed in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1.00, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

 

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption.

Subject to Section 3.09 hereof, the Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail notices of redemption at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 11 hereof. Except as set forth in Section 3.07(d) hereof, notices of redemption may not be conditional.

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

(a) the redemption date;

(b) the redemption price;

(c) if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed will be issued in the name of the Holder of the Notes upon cancellation of the original Note;

(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(f) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(g) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;

 

-48-


(h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and

(i) if in connection with a redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(c) or 3.07(d) hereof, any condition to such redemption.

At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense; provided that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 5 Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

 

Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption.

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price (except as provided for in Section 3.07(c) and 3.07(d) hereof). The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to Section 3.05 hereof, on and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption.

 

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.

Prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the redemption or purchase date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption or purchase date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the redemption or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

 

Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 (or $1.00 if a PIK Payment has been made) or an integral multiple of $1.00 in excess

 

-49-


thereof. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note.

 

Section 3.07 Optional Redemption.

(a) At any time prior to December 15, 2013, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to the registered address of each Holder of Notes or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

(b) On and after December 15, 2013, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as described under Section 3.01 hereto, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth in this Section 3.07(b), plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on December 15 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2013

     102.00

2014

     101.00

2015 and thereafter

     100.00

(c) Prior to December 15, 2013, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes at a redemption price equal to 108.25% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture and original principal amount of any Additional Notes that are Notes issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided, further, that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

(d) Any notice of any redemption may be given prior to the redemption thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering or other corporate transaction.

(e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

 

Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption.

The Issuer shall not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

-50-


Section 3.09 Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.

(a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Issuer shall be required to commence an Asset Sale Offer, it shall follow the procedures specified below.

(b) The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Issuer shall apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and, if required, Pari Passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable), or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

(c) If the Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest up to but excluding the Purchase Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

(d) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall send, by first-class mail, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and holders of Pari Passu Indebtedness. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

(i) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open;

(ii) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

(iii) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;

(iv) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

(v) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in amounts of $2,000 (or $1.00 if a PIK Payment has been made) or whole multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof only;

(vi) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, the Depositary, if appointed by the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

(vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

 

-51-


(viii) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000 (or $1.00 if a PIK Payment has been made), or integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof, shall be purchased); and

(ix) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased.

(e) On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered and (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof so tendered.

(f) The Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes properly tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased; provided, that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 (or $1.00 if a PIK Payment has been made) or an integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10 hereof, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01 Payment of Notes.

The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary, holds as of noon Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.

The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

-52-


Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency.

The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency for such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

 

Section 4.03 Reports and Other Information.

(a) At any time prior to such time as the Issuer first becomes required to be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee:

(i) within 100 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer ending after the Issue Date, the consolidated financial statements of the Issuer for such year prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with a report thereon by the Issuer’s independent auditors, and a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” with respect to such financial statements substantially similar to that which would be included in an Annual Report on Form 10-K (as in effect on the Issue Date) filed with the SEC by the Issuer (if the Issuer were required to prepare and file such form); it being understood that the Issuer shall not be required to include any consolidating financial information with respect to the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Issuer, or any separate financial statements or information for the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other Affiliate of the Issuer;

(ii) within 55 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters in each fiscal year of the Issuer, beginning with the first such fiscal quarter ending after the Issue Date, the condensed consolidated financial statements of the Issuer for such quarter prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” with respect to such financial statements substantially similar to that which would be included in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (as in effect on the Issue Date) filed with the SEC by the Issuer (if the Issuer were required to prepare and file such form) it being understood that the Issuer shall not be required to include any consolidating financial information with respect to the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Issuer, or any separate financial statements or information for the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other Affiliate of the Issuer; and

 

-53-


(iii) information substantially similar to the information that would be required to be included in a Current Report on Form 8-K (as in effect on the Issue Date) filed with the SEC by the Issuer (if the Issuer were required to prepare and file such form) pursuant to Item 1.03 (Bankruptcy or Receivership), 2.01 (Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets), 4.01 (Changes in Registrant’s Certifying Accountants) or 5.01 (Changes in Control of Registrant) of such form, within 15 days after the date of filing that would have been required for a current report on Form 8-K.

In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, for so long as the Notes remain subject to this paragraph (a), the Issuer will furnish to Holders thereof and prospective investors in such Notes, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) (as in effect on the Issue Date) of the Securities Act.

(b) Substantially concurrently with the furnishing or making available to the Trustee of the information specified in paragraph (a) above, the Issuer shall also (1) use its commercially reasonable efforts (i) to post copies of such reports on such website as may be then maintained by the Issuer (or IDC), or (ii) to post copies of such reports on a website (which may be nonpublic) to which access is given to Holders, prospective investors in the Notes (which prospective investors shall be limited to “qualified institutional buyers” within the meaning of Rule 144A of the Securities Act that certify their status as such to the reasonable satisfaction of the Issuer), and securities analysts and market-making financial institutions reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer, or (iii) otherwise to provide substantially comparable availability of such reports (as determined by the Issuer in good faith) (it being understood that, without limitation, making such reports available on the Issuer’s (or IDC’s) website, Bloomberg or another private electronic information service shall constitute substantially comparable availability), or (2) to the extent the Issuer determines in good faith that it cannot make such reports available in the manner described in the preceding clause (1) after the use of its commercially reasonable efforts, furnish such reports to the Holders of the Notes, upon their request.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as required pursuant to Section 4.16 hereof, the financial statements, information and other documents required to be provided as described above may be those of (i) IDC or (ii) any direct or indirect parent of IDC; provided that, if the financial information so furnished relates to IDC, the same is accompanied by information (which, for avoidance of doubt, may be unaudited and be contained in a separate document) that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to IDC and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the other hand. In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer guarantees the Notes (which shall be permitted, subject to compliance with this Indenture, at any time, at the Issuer’s sole discretion) or files the reports specified in clause (a) of this Section 4.03, the Issuer may satisfy its obligations under this Section 4.03 with respect to the financial information relating to the Issuer by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand. Such parent shall not be considered a Guarantor by virtue of providing such guarantee, which may be released at any time. The obligations under this covenant may be satisfied by having the applicable entity file reports containing the information contemplated hereby within the timeframes contemplated hereunder with the SEC.

 

-54-


Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

 

Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate.

(a) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, a certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).

(b) When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, or if the Trustee or the holder of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default, the Issuer shall promptly (which shall be no more than five (5) Business Days) deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or by facsimile transmission an Officer’s Certificate specifying such event and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

Section 4.05 Taxes.

The Issuer shall pay, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate negotiations or proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

 

Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

The Issuer and each of the Guarantors, if any, covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each of the Guarantors, if any, (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

-55-


Section 4.07 Limitation on Restricted Payments.

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(I) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the Issuer’s, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’, Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than:

(A) dividends or distributions by the Issuer payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer; or

(B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

(II) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

(III) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than:

(A) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (7) and (8) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; or

(B) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

(IV) make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) (other than any exception thereto) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

(2) (i) with respect to a Restricted Payment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than IDC and its Subsidiaries), immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under clause (x) of Section 4.09(a) hereof and (ii) with respect to a Restricted Payment by IDC or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, IDC could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the provisions of clause (y) of Section 4.09(a) hereof; and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries under this clause (3) after the Issue Date (and including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock pursuant to clause (b) thereof only), (6)(c), (9), (14) and (17) (but only with respect to the amount of the Special Dividend funded with cash

 

-56-


from IDC as contemplated by the Offering Circular) of Section 4.07(b) hereof, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07(b) hereof), is less than the sum of (without duplication):

(a) (i) with respect to a Restricted Payment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than IDC and its Restricted Subsidiaries, 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on October 1, 2010 to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit and (ii) with respect to a Restricted Payment by IDC or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of IDC for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on October 1, 2010 to the end of IDC’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus

(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property received by the Issuer after July 29, 2010 (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of Section 4.09(b) hereof) from the issue or sale of:

(i) (A) Equity Interests of the Issuer, including Treasury Capital Stock, but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of:

(x) Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer and the Issuer’s Subsidiaries after July 29, 2010 to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof; and

(y) Designated Preferred Stock,

and (B) to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof); or

(ii) debt securities of the Issuer that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Issuer;

provided, however, that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital Stock, (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Issuer sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus

 

-57-


(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Issuer after July 29, 2010 (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds (i) have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of Section 4.09(b) hereof, (ii) are contributed by a Restricted Subsidiary or (iii) constitute Excluded Contributions); plus

(d) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property received by means of:

(i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after July 29, 2010; or

(ii) the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after July 29, 2010; plus

(e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the board of directors of the Issuer in good faith or if such fair market value exceeds $40.0 million, in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor, at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary constituted a Permitted Investment.

(b) The foregoing provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof shall not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

(2) (a) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Treasury Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent contributed to the Issuer (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) and (b) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6) of this Section 4.07(b), the

 

-58-


declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

(3) the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof so long as:

(a) the principal amount (or accreted value) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any reasonable premium (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;

(b) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value;

(c) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired; and

(d) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired;

(4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, including any Equity Interests rolled over by management of the Issuer in connection with the Transaction; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $25.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $50.0 million in any calendar year); provided, further, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after July 29, 2010, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3) of Section 4.07(a); plus

 

-59-


(b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries after July 29, 2010; less

(c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4);

and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of management of the Issuer, any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.07 or any other provision of this Indenture;

(5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any class or series of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case issued in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges”;

(6) (a) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Issuer after the Issue Date;

(b) the declaration and payment of dividends to a direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent corporation issued after the Issue Date, provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Issuer from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or

(c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this Section 4.07(b);

provided, however, in the case of each of (a) and (c) of this clause (6), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

(7) [Reserved];

(8) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(9) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Issuer’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s common stock), following consummation of the first public offering of the Issuer’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s common stock registered on Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;

 

-60-


(10) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(11) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (11) not to exceed $75.0 million at the time made;

(12) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees;

(13) any Restricted Payment made as part of the Transaction and the fees and expenses related thereto or used to fund amounts owed to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by Section 4.11 hereof;

(14) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness in accordance with the provisions similar to those described under Section 4.10 and Section 4.14 hereof; provided that all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

(15) the declaration and payment of dividends by the Issuer to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies to pay, in each case without duplication,

(a) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence;

(b) foreign, federal, state and local income taxes, to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such parent entity;

(c) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(d) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(e) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Issuer related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent entity;

 

-61-


(16) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents); and

(17) the Special Dividend;

provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (11) and (16) of this Section 4.07(b), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

(c) The Issuer shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investment.” Such designation shall be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to Section 4.07(a) hereof or under clause (10), (11) or (16) of Section 4.07(b) hereof, or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

(d) Notwithstanding the provisions set forth above, the Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly make any Equity Restricted Payment if (i) the Issuer has paid (or, if applicable, has elected to pay) all or any portion of the interest due on the Notes in the form of PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest on the interest payment date immediately preceding the date (or occurring on the date) of the proposed Equity Restricted Payment or (ii) if, as of the date of the proposed Equity Restricted Payment, the Issuer has elected to pay all or any portion of the interest due on the Notes on any future interest payment date in the form of PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest (or has delivered a PIK Notice in respect of any future interest payment date).

 

Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) (A) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or

(B) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

(b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date;

 

-62-


(2) contractual encumbrances or restrictions included in the Senior Credit Facilities, the indenture governing the IDC Notes and the related documentation and related Hedging Obligations;

(3) this Indenture and the Notes;

(4) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capitalized Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof on the property so acquired;

(5) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(6) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence at the time of such acquisition or at the time it merges with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person (but, in each case, not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired;

(7) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

(8) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof and Section 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(9) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(10) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof;

(11) customary provisions in joint venture agreements or arrangements and other similar agreements relating solely to such joint venture;

(12) customary provisions contained in leases or licenses of intellectual property and other agreements, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(13) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (12) of this Section 4.08(b); provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and

 

-63-


(14) restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility.

 

Section 4.09 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur” and collectively, an “incurrence”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuer shall not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided, however, that (x) the Issuer may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than IDC and its Restricted Subsidiaries) may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred, at the beginning of such four-quarter period and (y) IDC may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for IDC and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

(b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof shall not apply to:

(1) the incurrence of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount of $1,760.0 million outstanding at any one time, less the aggregate of mandatory principal payments actually made by the borrower thereunder in respect of Indebtedness thereunder with Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale or series of related Asset Sales that constitutes the sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of a segment (as defined under GAAP) of the Issuer (other than any segment predominantly composed of assets acquired by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries subsequent to the Issue Date);

(2) the incurrence by the Issuer and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (including any Guarantee) (other than any Additional Notes) or any PIK Notes issued from time to time in respect of any PIK Payment in accordance with the terms of this Indenture (including any Guarantee thereof);

 

-64-


(3) Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1), (2) and (4) of this Section 4.09(b));

(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (other than software) that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets; provided that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (4), when aggregated with the outstanding amount of Indebtedness under clause (13) incurred to refinance Indebtedness initially incurred in reliance on this clause (4), does not exceed the greater of 2.0% of the Issuer’s Total Assets and $75.0 million at any one time outstanding so long as such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase, lease or improvement or is created within 270 days thereafter;

(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, that

(A) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Issuer, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (Contingent Obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6)(A)); and

(B) the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

(7) Indebtedness of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; provided, further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (7);

 

-65-


(8) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of the Notes of such Guarantor; provided, further, that any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (8);

(9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (9);

(10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;

(11) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(12) (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary equal to 100.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or cash contributed to the capital of the Issuer (in each case, other than Excluded Contributions or proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (3)(b) and (3)(c) of Section 4.07(a) hereof to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to Section 4.07(b) hereof or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1) and (3) of the definition thereof) and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Issuer and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $150.0 million;

(13) the incurrence or issuance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary which serves to refund, refinance, replace, renew, extend or defease (collectively, “refinance” and “refinances,” with “refinanced” and “refinancing” having correlative meanings) any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred as permitted under Section 4.09(a) hereof and clauses (2), (3) and (12)(a) of this Section 4.09(b), this clause (13) and clause (14) of this Section 4.09(b) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock including additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees in connection with such refinancing

 

-66-


(the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refinanced,

(B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and

(C) shall not include:

(i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer;

(ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer, that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Guarantor; or

(iii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

and provided, further, that subclause (A) of this clause (13) will not apply to any refinancing of any Secured Indebtedness outstanding and any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor;

(14) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either:

(a) in the case of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than IDC and its Restricted Subsidiaries), either (x) the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the clause (x) of first sentence of this covenant, or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger, or

(b) in the case of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of IDC or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, either (x) IDC would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in clause (y) of the first sentence of this covenant or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of IDC and its Restricted Subsidiaries is greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;

(15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;

 

-67-


(16) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(17) (a) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture, or

(b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer; provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with Section 4.15 hereof;

(18) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer incurred not to exceed at any one time outstanding, and together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (18), the greater of $60.0 million and 5.0% of the Total Assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (18) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (18) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this clause (18));

(19) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance or assumed in connection with an acquisition in a principal amount not to exceed $50.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding together with all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock issued under this clause (19) (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (19) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (19) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on which such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this clause (19));

(20) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(21) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent described in clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09:

(1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (21) of Section 4.09(b) hereof or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, shall classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and shall only be required to include the amount and type

 

-68-


of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities on the Issue Date shall be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; and

(2) at the time of incurrence, the Issuer shall be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Sections 4.09(a) and 4.09(b) hereof.

Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be.

For the purposes of this Indenture, (1) Indebtedness that is unsecured is not deemed to be subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, and (2) Senior Indebtedness is not deemed to be subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

 

Section 4.10 Asset Sales.

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate, directly or indirectly, an Asset Sale, unless:

(1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Issuer) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

-69-


(2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

(A) any liabilities (as reflected on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto, or if incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been shown on the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary’s balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto if such incurrence or accrual had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Issuer and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing,

(B) any securities received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and

(C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value,

shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.

(b) Within 395 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,

(1) to permanently reduce:

(A) Obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

(B) Obligations under Senior Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien, which Lien is permitted by this Indenture, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

(C) Obligations under other Senior Indebtedness (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto), provided that, to the extent the Issuer reduces Obligations under such Senior Indebtedness, the Issuer shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided under Section 3.07 hereof through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth under Section 4.10(c) hereof) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or

 

-70-


(D) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) to make (A) an Investment in any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) capital expenditures or (C) acquisitions of other assets, in each of (A), (B) and (C), used or useful in a Similar Business, or

(3) to make an investment in (A) any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) properties or (C) acquisitions of other assets that, in each of (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;

provided that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Issuer, or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds shall be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “Second Commitment”) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination; provided, further, that if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds.

(c) Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in Section 4.10(b) shall be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $100.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes (“Pari Passu Indebtedness”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “Asset Sale Offer”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that equal to $1.00 or an integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. The Issuer shall commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $25.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee.

(d) To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

 

-71-


(e) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 4.10, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

(f) The notice, if mailed or given in accordance with the procedures of DTC in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. If (a) the notice is mailed in a manner herein provided and (b) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice but it is defective, such Holder’s failure to receive such notice or such defect shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of the Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such notice without defect. The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

 

Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates.

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $10.0 million, unless:

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and

(2) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $30.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.11(a).

(b) The provisions of Section 4.11(a) hereof shall not apply to the following:

(1) transactions between or among the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Investments”;

(3) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses to the Investors pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement (plus any unpaid management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses within such amount accrued in any prior year) and the termination fees pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement, in each case as in effect on the Issue Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous, in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Issuer, to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the Sponsor Management Agreement in effect on the Issue Date);

 

-72-


(4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnities provided for the benefit of, former, current or future officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(5) transactions in which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;

(6) any agreement or arrangement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);

(7) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement or the equivalent (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of, obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such existing agreement together with all amendments thereto are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole;

(8) the Transaction and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transaction, in each case as expressly contemplated in the offering memorandum dated July 20, 2010, relating to the offering of the IDC Notes;

(9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture which are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(10) the issuance or transfer of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to any Permitted Holder or to any director, officer, employee or consultant (or their respective estates, investment funds, investment vehicles, spouses or former spouses) of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Subsidiaries;

(11) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

(12) payments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Issuer in good faith;

 

-73-


(13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by the Issuer in good faith; and

(14) investments by the Investors in securities of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities.

 

Section 4.12 Liens.

The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related Guarantee of the Issuer, on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

(1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or

(2) in all other cases, the Notes are equally and ratably secured, except that the foregoing shall not apply to Liens securing the Notes.

 

Section 4.13 Corporate Existence.

Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the Issuer shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if the Issuer in good faith shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under Section 3.07 hereof, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee,

 

-74-


to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register with a copy to the Trustee or otherwise in accordance with the procedure of DTC, with the following information:

(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuer;

(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

(3) that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

(4) that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

(6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes, provided that the paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the 30th day following the date of the Change of Control notice, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;

(7) that if the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the Notes, the Holders of the remaining Notes will be issued new Notes (through book-entry transactions if Global Notes) and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof (and, if a PIK Payment has been made, in minimum denomination of $1.00 and an integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof in respect of PIK Notes); and

(8) the other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.14, that a Holder must follow.

The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.14, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.14 by virtue thereof.

(b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent permitted by law,

(1) accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,

 

-75-


(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and

(3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.

(c) The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.14 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

(d) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 4.14, any purchase pursuant to this Section 4.14 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.05 and 3.06 hereof.

 

Section 4.15 Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries.

The Issuer shall not permit any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities), other than a Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any other Guarantor unless:

(1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor:

(a) if the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment to such Indebtedness, the Guarantee under the supplemental indenture shall be subordinated to such Restricted Subsidiary’s guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness substantially to the same extent as the Notes are subordinated to such Indebtedness; and

(b) if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes; and

(2) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and shall not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee;

provided that this Section 4.15 shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

-76-


Section 4.16 Limitations on Activities of the Issuer.

The Issuer shall be prohibited from engaging in any business or activity other than:

(a) its ownership of all of the Equity Interests in Subsidiaries of the Issuer,

(b) performing its obligations with respect to any Indebtedness or Liens permitted to be incurred under this Indenture,

(c) activities incidental to the existence of such entity and

(d) any other activities that are not prohibited by this Indenture;

provided, however, that the Issuer will not be bound by this limitation if the Issuer provides consolidated financial statements of the type required to be provided under Section 4.03 hereof (for such periods and within the time frames therein described) at such time as the Issuer is engaged in any business in any material respect other than incidental to its ownership, directly or indirectly, of the Capital Stock of IDC and the issuance of Indebtedness (and granting of Liens) or a parent of the Issuer provides such consolidated financial statements of the type required to be provided under Section 4.03 hereof (for such periods and within the time frames therein described).

 

Section 4.17 Discharge and Suspension of Covenants.

(a) If after the Issue Date (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture then, beginning on that day Section 4.07 hereof, Section 4.08 hereof, Section 4.09 hereof, Section 4.10 hereof, Section 4.11 hereof, Section 4.14 hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”) shall no longer be applicable to the Notes. In addition, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

(b) In the event that the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture for any period of time (such period the “Suspension Period”) as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies (i) withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating and/or (ii) the Issuer or any of its Affiliates enter into an agreement to effect a transaction that would result in a Change of Control and one or more of the Rating Agencies indicate that if consummated, such transaction (alone or together with any related recapitalization or refinancing transactions) would cause such Rating Agency to withdraw its Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the ratings assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture with respect to future events, including, without limitation, a proposed transaction described in clause (ii).

(c) In the event of any such reinstatement, no action taken or omitted to be taken by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such reinstatement will give rise to a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture with respect to the Notes; provided that (i) with respect to Restricted Payments made after any such reinstatement, the amount of Restricted Payments made will be calculated as though Section 4.07 had been in effect prior to, but not during the Suspension Period, provided that any Subsidiaries designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period shall automatically become Restricted Subsidiaries on the Reversion Date (subject to the Issuer’s right to subsequently designate them as Unrestricted Subsidiaries in compliance with the covenants set out below) and (ii) all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to clause (3) of Section 4.09(b).

 

-77-


(d) The Issuer shall deliver promptly to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate notifying it of any such occurrence under this Section 4.17.

ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSORS

 

Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets.

(a) The Issuer shall not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1) the Issuer is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Issuer or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”); provided that in the case where the Successor Company is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation;

(2) the Successor Company, if other than the Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,

(A) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in clause (x) of Section 4.09(a) hereof, or

(B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

(5) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case Section 5.01(c)(1)(B) hereof shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and

(6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture.

 

-78-


(b) The Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, the Issuer, as the case may be, under this Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes, as applicable. Notwithstanding clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof,

(1) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer, and

(2) the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer, as the case may be, solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in any state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

(c) Subject to certain limitations described in this Indenture governing release of a Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a Guarantor, no Guarantor shall, and the Issuer shall not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1) (A) such Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability corporation or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”);

(B) the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(C) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

(D) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture; or

(2) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof.

(d) Subject to certain limitations described in this Indenture, the Successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may (i) merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer, (ii) merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing the Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby, or (iii) convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability corporation or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of such Guarantor.

 

-79-


Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted.

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Issuer is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the Issuer shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Issuer), and may exercise every right and power of the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Issuer herein; provided that the predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all of the Issuer’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01 Events of Default.

(a) An “Event of Default” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

(2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the Notes;

(3) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above) contained in this Indenture or the Notes;

(4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both:

(i) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and

(ii) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at its stated

 

-80-


final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $35.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;

(5) failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $35.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

(6) the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(i) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

(ii) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law;

(iii) consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property;

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

(v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due;

(7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(i) is for relief against the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in a proceeding in which the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiaries, that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

(ii) appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

(iii) orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

 

-81-


(8) the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture.

(b) In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:

(1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or

(2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

(3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

 

Section 6.02 Acceleration.

If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof) occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately. The Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the Notes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, all outstanding Notes shall be due and payable immediately without further action or notice.

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest, or premium that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived.

 

Section 6.03 Other Remedies.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

-82-


Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults.

Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note held by a non-consenting Holder (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer); provided, subject to Section 6.02 hereof, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 6.05 Control by Majority.

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee and the Trustee may act at the direction of the Holders without liability. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

 

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits.

Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) Holders of the Notes have offered and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.

 

-83-


Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee.

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.

 

Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

 

Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and

 

-84-


empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

Section 6.13 Priorities.

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

(i) to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

(ii) to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

(iii) to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct, including a Guarantor, if applicable.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.13.

 

Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

 

-85-


ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee.

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.

(e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense.

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

-86-


Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee.

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer.

(f) None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it.

(g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

(h) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(j) [Reserved].

(k) The Trustee may request that the Issuer and any Guarantor deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of the individuals and/or titles of Officers (with specimen signatures) authorized at such times to take specific actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person specified as so authorized in any certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

 

-87-


Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

 

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer.

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

 

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults.

If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. The Trustee shall not be deemed to know of any Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

 

Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.

Within 60 days after each May 15, beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).

 

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity.

The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

 

-88-


The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee for, and hold the Trustee harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer or any of the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuer or any Guarantor, or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense determined to have been caused by the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors, if any, under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

To secure the payment obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(6) or (7) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

 

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee.

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

(b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

 

-89-


If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Issuer’s expense), the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

 

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification.

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b).

 

Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer.

The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

 

-90-


ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

 

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture including that of the Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(a) the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

(b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

(d) this Section 8.02.

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

 

Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance.

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15 and 4.16 hereof and clauses (4) and (5) of Section 5.01(a), Sections 5.01(c) and 5.01(d) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (“Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that

 

-91-


such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(a)(3), 6.01(a)(4), 6.01(a)(5), 6.01(a)(6) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries), 6.01(a)(7) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries) and 6.01(a)(8) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

 

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

(1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

(a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

(b) since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

-92-


(4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and, in each case the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

(6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and

(7) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

 

Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuer.

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of

 

-93-


such Note shall thereafter look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

 

Section 8.07 Reinstatement.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee or this Indenture) and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and any Guarantee or Notes without the consent of any Holder:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes of such series in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(3) to comply with Section 5.01 hereof;

(4) to provide the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders;

(5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;

(6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;

(7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

(8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;

(9) to provide for the issuance of exchange notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to exchange notes except that they are not freely transferable;

 

-94-


(10) to add a Guarantor or a co-obligor of the Notes under this Indenture;

(11) to conform the text of this Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Circular to the extent that such provision in such “Description of Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, Guarantee or Notes; or

(12) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes.

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, and delivery of an Officer’s Certificate.

 

Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes.

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 and Section 2.09 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.02.

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.

 

-95-


It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

Without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (other than provisions relating to Section 3.09, Section 4.10 and Section 4.14 hereof to the extent that any such amendment or waiver does not have the effect of reducing the principal of or changing the fixed final maturity of any such Note or altering or waiving the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes);

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

(4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders;

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated therein;

(6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes;

(7) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;

(8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on, such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

(9) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or

(10) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Subsidiary in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes.

 

-96-


Section 9.03 [Reserved].

 

Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents.

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained.

 

Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.

The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuer may not sign an amendment, supplement or waiver until the board of directors approves it. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.03 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel will be required for the Trustee to execute any amendment or supplement adding a new Guarantor under this Indenture.

 

Section 9.07 Payment for Consent.

Neither the Issuer nor any Affiliate of the Issuer shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to all Holders and is paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

 

-97-


ARTICLE 10

GUARANTEES

 

Section 10.01 Guarantee.

Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors , if any, hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, interest, premium on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor, if any, agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

The Guarantors, if any, hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor, if any, hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

Each Guarantor, if any, also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

Each Guarantor, if any, agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor, if any, further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations

 

-98-


as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantees.

Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation or reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

The Guarantee issued by any Guarantor shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guarantor and shall be pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, if any.

Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

 

Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

Each Guarantor, if any, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors, if any, hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery.

To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor, if any, hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by its President, one of its Vice Presidents or one of its Assistant Vice Presidents.

 

-99-


Each Guarantor, if any, hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

If required by Section 4.15 hereof, the Issuer shall cause any newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.15 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.

 

Section 10.04 Subrogation.

Each Guarantor, if any, shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.01 hereof; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

 

Section 10.05 Benefits Acknowledged.

Each Guarantor, if any, acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

Section 10.06 Release of Guarantees.

A Guarantee by a Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by such Guarantor, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of such Guarantor’s Guarantee, upon:

(1) (A) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

(B) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Guarantor of the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;

(C) the proper designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(D) the Issuer exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 hereof or the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

 

-100-


(E) the merger or consolidation of any Guarantor with and into the Issuer or another Guarantor that is the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation, or upon the liquidation of such Guarantor following the transfer of all of its assets to the Issuer or another Guarantor; or

(F) as provided in Article 9 hereof, and

(2) such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

ARTICLE 11

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge.

This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when either:

(1) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(2) (A) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, shall become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

(B) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to this Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

(C) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and

 

-101-


(D) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (A) of clause (2) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Section 11.02 and Section 8.06 hereof shall survive.

 

Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money.

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 12

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 12.01 Notices.

Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), fax or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

If to the Issuer and/or any Guarantor:

c/o Igloo Holdings Corporation

32 Crosby Drive

Bedford, Massachusetts 01730

Fax No.: (781) 687-8005

Attention: General Counsel

 

-102-


If to the Trustee:

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

525 William Penn Place, 38th Floor

Pittsburgh, PA 15259

Fax No.: (412) 234-7535

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration — IDC

The Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; when receipt acknowledged, if faxed; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods. If the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Holder elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding if such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The party providing electronic instructions agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties.

 

Section 12.02 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c).

 

-103-


Section 12.03 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:

(a) An Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.04 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

(b) An Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.04 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

 

Section 12.04 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof shall include:

(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact); and

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

Section 12.05 Rules by Trustee and Agents.

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

Section 12.06 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

-104-


Section 12.07 Governing Law.

THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Section 12.08 Waiver of Jury Trial.

EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

Section 12.09 Force Majeure.

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.

 

Section 12.10 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

Section 12.11 Successors.

All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof.

 

Section 12.12 Severability.

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 12.13 Counterpart Originals.

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 12.14 Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

[Signatures on following page]

 

-105-


IGLOO HOLDINGS CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ VINCENT A. CHIPPARI

Name:   Vincent A. Chippari
Title:   Treasurer & Co-Secretary

 

Signature Page to Senior Indenture - 1


THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
as Trustee
By:  

/s/ MELONEE YOUNG

Name:   Melonee Young
Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to Senior Indenture - 2


EXHIBIT A

[Face of Note]

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert “This is a PIK Note,” if applicable]

 

A-1


CUSIP [                    ]

ISIN [                    ]1

[[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE

representing up to

$        ]

8.25% / 9.00% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2017

 

No.                         [$            ]

IGLOO HOLDINGS CORPORATION

promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] [of                     United States Dollars] on December 15, 2017.

Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15

Record Dates: June 1 and December 1

 

 

1  Rule 144A Note CUSIP: 451702 AA2

Rule 144A Note ISIN: US451702AA20

Regulation S Note CUSIP: U4505A AA4

Regulation S Note ISIN: USU4505AAA44

 

A-2


IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated:

 

IGLOO HOLDINGS CORPORATION
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

A-3


This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

    THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
    as Trustee
Dated:      
    By:  

 

      Authorized Signatory

 

A-4


[Back of Note]

8.25% / 9.00% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2017

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1. INTEREST. Igloo Holdings Corporation, a Delaware corporation, promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 8.25% per annum with respect to Cash Interest (as defined herein) and 9.00% per annum with respect to PIK Interest (including any Partial PIK Interest) from the Issue Date until maturity. The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be June 15, 2013. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer will pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Except as provided in the definition of Applicable Amount (as defined herein), interest on the Notes shall be payable entirely in cash (such interest, “Cash Interest”) on the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes. Payment of Cash Interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. For any Interest Period (as defined herein) other than (i) the initial Interest Period and (ii) the final Interest Period ending at the stated maturity of the Notes, if the Applicable Amount (as defined herein) as determined on the Determination Date (as defined herein) for such Interest Period shall:

(i) equal or exceed 75%, but less than 100%, of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, then the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on (a) 25% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes by increasing the principal amount of the Notes or issuing PIK Notes and (b) 75% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes in cash;

(ii) equal or exceed 50%, but be less than 75%, of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, then the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on (a) 50% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes by increasing the principal amount of the Notes or issuing PIK Notes and (b) 50% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes in cash;

 

A-5


(iii) equal or exceed 25%, but be less than 50%, of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, then the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on (a) 75% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes by increasing the principal amount of the Notes or issuing PIK Notes and (b) 25% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes in cash; or

(iv) be less than 25% of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, then the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on the Notes entirely by increasing the principal amount of the then outstanding principal amount of the then outstanding Notes or by issuing PIK Notes.

The payment of interest on the Notes through an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Notes or through the issuance of PIK Notes is herein referred to as (i) “PIK Interest” to the extent all interest due on an Interest Payment Date is so paid and (ii) “Partial PIK Interest” to the extent that only a portion of the interest due on an Interest Payment Date is so paid.

As used herein,

(i) “Applicable Amount” shall be the amount equal to the sum (without duplication) of (i) (a) the maximum amount of all dividends and distributions which, as of the applicable Determination Date, would be permitted to be paid in cash to the Issuer (in a manner that does not restrict the use of such cash for paying Cash Interest, including dividends and distributions the distribution of which are conditioned upon such being utilized for a purpose other than paying Cash Interest (including, without limitation, amounts permitted to be distributed to the Issuer solely for the purpose of paying taxes attributable to the Issuer’s consolidated Subsidiaries or general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of the Issuer) (collectively “Issuer Restricted Liabilities”) as the result of restrictions on the ability to make such dividends or distributions, calculated after giving effect to taxes attributable solely to such dividend or distribution, any Issuer Restricted Liabilities and any Cash Interest payable in respect of the Interest Period in which such Determination Date occurs and any additional cash interest payment obligations of the Issuer payable during the Interest Period as to which the applicable Determination Date relates (collectively “Restricted Cash”); provided such restrictions are otherwise permitted under Section 4.08 of the Indenture, including, without limitation, any restrictions and limitations in the Senior Credit Facilities, the indenture governing the IDC Notes or any agreement that amends, modifies, renews, increases, supplements, refunds, replaces or refinances such Indebtedness) by all direct and indirect Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer after giving effect to all corporate shareholder or other comparable actions required in order to make such payment, requirements of applicable law and all restrictions on the ability to make such dividends or distribution that are otherwise permitted under Section 4.08 of the Indeture (including, without limitation, any restrictions and limitations in the Senior Credit Facilities, the indenture governing the IDC Notes or any agreement that amends, modifies, renews, increases, supplements, refunds, replaces or refinances such Indebtedness) and, in each case, without regard to whether any such Restricted Subsidiary shall have any funds available to make any such dividends or distributions, less (b) $20.0 million and (ii) (a) all cash and Cash Equivalents on hand at the Issuer as of such Determination Date (other than any cash and Cash Equivalents on hand at the Issuer (I) that constitute Restricted Cash or (II) that will be used to pay amounts owing to stockholders or optionholders in connection with the Special Dividend, in each case, pending the final application of such proceeds and cash) less (b) $5.0 million; provided that the amount pursuant to this clause (ii) shall not be less than $0.

To the extent that interest on the Notes with respect to an Interest Period will not be paid entirely in cash, the Applicable Amount shall be calculated by the Issuer and shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee no less than five Business Days (or shorter period as shall be

 

A-6


reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee) prior to the first day of the relevant Interest Period in which it is to be applied, which Officer’s Certificate shall set forth in reasonable detail the Issuer’s determination of each component of this definition and in the case of clause (i)(a) identifying in reasonable detail the applicable restrictions and the maximum amount of funds that may be paid after giving effect to such restriction. To the extent the Issuer is required pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 2 and the definition of “Applicable Amount” to pay Cash Interest for all or any portion of the interest due on any Interest Payment Date, the Issuer shall and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to take all such shareholder, corporate and other actions necessary or appropriate to permit the making of any such dividends or distributions;

(ii) “Determination Date” shall mean, with respect to each Interest Period, the fifteenth calendar day immediately prior to the first day of such Interest Period; and

(iii) “Interest Period” shall mean the period commencing on and including an Interest Payment Date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, with the exception that the first Interest Period shall commence on and include the Issue Date and end on and include June 15, 2013 (the Interest Payment Date for any Interest Period shall be the Interest Payment Date occurring on the day immediately following the last day of such Interest Period).

In the event that the Issuer shall determine to pay PIK Interest (including Partial PIK Interest) for any Interest Period, then the Issuer shall deliver a notice (a “PIK Notice”) to the Trustee following the Determination Date but not less than five Business Days (or shorter period as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee) prior to the first day of the relevant Interest Period, which notice shall state the total amount of interest to be paid on the Interest Payment Date in respect of such Interest Period and the amount of such interest to be paid as PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest, as the case may be. The Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, shall promptly deliver a corresponding notice provided by the Issuer to the Holders. For the avoidance of doubt, interest on the Notes in respect of any Interest Period for which a PIK Notice is not delivered in accordance with the first sentence of this paragraph must be paid entirely in cash.

In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Indenture, if the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries makes an Equity Restricted Payment during the period commencing on the Determination Date with respect to a particular Interest Period and prior to delivering a PIK Notice to the Trustee in respect of such Interest Period, interest on the Notes in respect of such Interest Period shall be paid entirely in cash. Interest for the first Interest Period commencing on the Issue Date and for the last Interest Period ending at the stated maturity of the Notes shall be payable entirely in cash.

Any PIK Interest (including Partial PIK Interest) on the Notes will be payable to Holders and (x) with respect to the Notes represented by one or more Global Notes registered in the name of, or held by, The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee on the relevant record date, by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Global Notes by an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable Interest Period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar) and (y) with respect to Notes represented by Definitive Notes, by issuing PIK Notes in certificated form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable Interest Period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar), and the Trustee will, at the request of the Issuer, authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes in certificated form for original issuance to the Holders on the relevant Record Date, as shown by the records of the register of Holders. In the event that the Issuer is entitled to and elects to pay Partial PIK Interest for any Interest Period, each Holder will be entitled to receive Cash Interest in respect of the applicable percentage of the principal amount of the Notes held by such Holder on the relevant record

 

A-7


date and PIK Interest in respect of the remaining percentage of the principal amount of the Notes held by such Holder on the relevant Record Date. Following an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Global Notes as a result of a PIK Payment, the Global Notes will bear interest on such increased principal amount from and after the date of such PIK Payment. Any PIK Notes issued in certificated form will be distributed to Holders, dated as of the applicable Interest Payment Date and will bear interest on such increased principal amount from and after the date of such PIK Payment. Any PIK Notes issued in certificated form will be dated as of the applicable Interest Payment Date and will bear interest from and after such date. All Notes issued pursuant to a PIK Payment will mature on December 15, 2017 and will be governed by, and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of, the Indenture and shall have the same rights and benefits as the Notes issued on the Issue Date. Any certificated PIK Notes will be issued with the description “PIK” on the face of such PIK Note.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the payment of accrued interest in connection with any redemption of the Notes as described under Section 3.07, or in connection with any repurchase of the Notes as described under Section 3.09, Section 4.10 or 4.14 shall be paid solely in cash.

3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

4. INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of December 18, 2012 (the “Indenture”), between Igloo Holdings Corporation and the Trustee. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its 8.25% / 9.00% senior PIK toggle notes due 2017. The Issuer shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 and 4.09 of the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

5. REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE. The Notes are subject to optional and mandatory redemption, and may be the subject of a Change of Control Offer and an Asset Sale Offer, as further described in the Indenture. Except as provided in the Indenture, the Issuer shall not be required to make any mandatory or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

6. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof provided that PIK Notes shall be in denominations of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer, an Asset Sale Offer or other tender offer, in whole or in part, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

7. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

 

A-8


8. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Guarantees, if any, or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

9. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the rights and obligations of the Issuer, the Guarantors, if any, the Trustee and the Holders shall be as set forth in the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

10. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.

11. GOVERNING LAW. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES, IF ANY.

12. CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address:

32 Crosby Drive

Bedford, Massachusetts 01730

Fax No.: (781) 687-8005

Attention: General Counsel

 

A-9


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

 

 

  (Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
and irrevocably appoint    

 

to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
Date:                     
 

Your Signature:

 

 

    (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
Signature Guarantee:*  

 

 

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-10


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

¨ Section 4.10            ¨ Section 4.14

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$        

Date:                     

 

    Your Signature:  

 

      (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

    Tax Identification No.:  

 

Signature Guarantee:*                                                              

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-11


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $        . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of

Exchange/PIK

Interest

 

Amount of

decrease

in Principal

Amount

 

Amount of

increase

in Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

 

Principal Amount

of

this Global Note

following such

decrease or

increase

 

Signature of

authorized officer

of Trustee or

Note Custodian

       
       
       

 

* This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

A-12


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

Igloo Holdings Corporation

32 Crosby Drive

Bedford, Massachusetts 01730

Fax No.: (781) 687-8005

Attention: General Counsel

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

525 William Penn Place, 38th Floor

Pittsburgh, PA 15259

Fax No.: (412) 234-7535

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration — IDC

Re: 8.25 / 9.00% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2017

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 18, 2012 (the “Indenture”), between Igloo Holdings Corporation and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                     (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $         in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to                      (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2. ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of

 

B-1


Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3. ¨ CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

or

(b) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to the Issuer or a subsidiary thereof;

or

(c) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

4. ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.

(a) ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(b) ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

B-2


(c) ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

B-3


This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Dated:                     

 

B-4


ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 

(a) ¨ a beneficial interest in the:

 

  (i) ¨ 144A Global Note (CUSIP [        ]), or

 

  (ii) ¨ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [        ]), or

 

(b) ¨ a Restricted Definitive Note.

 

2. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

 

(a) ¨ a beneficial interest in the:

 

  (i) ¨ 144A Global Note (CUSIP [        ]), or

 

  (ii) ¨ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [        ]), or

 

  (iii) ¨ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP [        ]); or

 

(b) ¨ a Restricted Definitive Note; or

 

(c) ¨ an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

B-5


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

Igloo Holdings Corporation

32 Crosby Drive

Bedford, Massachusetts 01730

Fax No.: (781) 687-8005

Attention: General Counsel

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

525 William Penn Place, 38th Floor

Pittsburgh, PA 15259

Fax No.: (412) 234-7535

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration — IDC

Re: 8.25 / 9.00% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2017

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 18, 2012 (the “Indenture”), between Igloo Holdings Corporation and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                     (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $         in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE

a) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

b) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted

 

C-1


Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

c) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

d) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES

a) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

b) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] ¨ 144A Global Note ¨ Regulation S Global Note, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted

 

C-2


Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer and are dated                     .

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Dated:                     

 

C-3


EXHIBIT D

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]

Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of                     , among                     (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Igloo Holdings Corporation, a Delaware Corporation (the “Issuer”), and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, Igloo Holdings Corporation has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of December 18, 2012, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 8.25 / 9.00% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2017 (the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “Guarantee”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

(1) Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

(2) Agreement to Guarantee. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to be a Guarantor under the Indenture and to be bound by the terms of the Indenture applicable to a Guarantor, including Article 10 thereof.

(3) Execution and Delivery. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

(4) Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(5) Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

(6) Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

D-1


(7) The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

 

D-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

D-3


EX-4.2

Exhibit 4.2

 

 

 

INDENTURE

Dated as of May 2, 2014

Among

INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION,

THE GUARANTORS NAMED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO

and

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,

as Trustee

5.875% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2019

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE 1   
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE   

Section 1.01

 

Definitions

     1   

Section 1.02

 

Other Definitions

     32   

Section 1.03

 

Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

     32   

Section 1.04

 

Rules of Construction

     33   

Section 1.05

 

Acts of Holders

     33   
ARTICLE 2   
THE NOTES   

Section 2.01

 

Form and Dating; Terms

     35   

Section 2.02

 

Execution and Authentication

     36   

Section 2.03

 

Registrar and Paying Agent

     36   

Section 2.04

 

Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

     37   

Section 2.05

 

Holder Lists

     37   

Section 2.06

 

Transfer and Exchange

     37   

Section 2.07

 

Replacement Notes

     47   

Section 2.08

 

Outstanding Notes

     47   

Section 2.09

 

Treasury Notes

     47   

Section 2.10

 

Temporary Notes

     48   

Section 2.11

 

Cancellation

     48   

Section 2.12

 

Defaulted Interest

     48   

Section 2.13

 

CUSIP Numbers

     49   
ARTICLE 3   
REDEMPTION   

Section 3.01

 

Notices to Trustee

     49   

Section 3.02

 

Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased

     49   

Section 3.03

 

Notice of Redemption

     49   

Section 3.04

 

Effect of Notice of Redemption

     50   

Section 3.05

 

Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price

     50   

Section 3.06

 

Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part

     51   

Section 3.07

 

Optional Redemption

     51   

Section 3.08

 

Mandatory Redemption

     52   

Section 3.09

 

Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds

     52   
ARTICLE 4   
COVENANTS   

Section 4.01

 

Payment of Notes

     54   

Section 4.02

 

Maintenance of Office or Agency

     54   

Section 4.03

 

Reports and Other Information

     54   

Section 4.04

 

Compliance Certificate

     56   

Section 4.05

 

Taxes

     57   

 

-i-


         Page  

Section 4.06

 

Stay, Extension and Usury Laws

     57   

Section 4.07

 

Limitation on Restricted Payments

     57   

Section 4.08

 

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

     64   

Section 4.09

 

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

     65   

Section 4.10

 

Asset Sales

     72   

Section 4.11

 

Transactions with Affiliates

     75   

Section 4.12

 

Liens

     77   

Section 4.13

 

Corporate Existence

     77   

Section 4.14

 

Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control

     77   

Section 4.15

 

Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries

     79   

Section 4.16

 

Discharge and Suspension of Covenants

     79   
ARTICLE 5   
SUCCESSORS   

Section 5.01

 

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets

     80   

Section 5.02

 

Successor Corporation Substituted

     82   
ARTICLE 6   
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES   

Section 6.01

 

Events of Default

     82   

Section 6.02

 

Acceleration

     85   

Section 6.03

 

Other Remedies

     85   

Section 6.04

 

Waiver of Past Defaults

     85   

Section 6.05

 

Control by Majority

     85   

Section 6.06

 

Limitation on Suits

     86   

Section 6.07

 

Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment

     86   

Section 6.08

 

Collection Suit by Trustee

     86   

Section 6.09

 

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

     86   

Section 6.10

 

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

     87   

Section 6.11

 

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

     87   

Section 6.12

 

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

     87   

Section 6.13

 

Priorities

     88   

Section 6.14

 

Undertaking for Costs

     88   
ARTICLE 7  
TRUSTEE   

Section 7.01

 

Duties of Trustee

     88   

Section 7.02

 

Rights of Trustee

     89   

Section 7.03

 

Individual Rights of Trustee

     90   

Section 7.04

 

Trustee’s Disclaimer

     90   

Section 7.05

 

Notice of Defaults

     90   

Section 7.06

 

Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes

     91   

Section 7.07

 

Compensation and Indemnity

     91   

Section 7.08

 

Replacement of Trustee

     92   

Section 7.09

 

Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc

     93   

Section 7.10

 

Eligibility; Disqualification

     93   

Section 7.11

 

Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer

     93   

 

-ii-


         Page  
ARTICLE 8   
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE   

Section 8.01

 

Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

     93   

Section 8.02

 

Legal Defeasance and Discharge

     93   

Section 8.03

 

Covenant Defeasance

     94   

Section 8.04

 

Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

     94   

Section 8.05

 

Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

     95   

Section 8.06

 

Repayment to Issuer

     96   

Section 8.07

 

Reinstatement

     96   
ARTICLE 9   
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER   

Section 9.01

 

Without Consent of Holders of Notes

     96   

Section 9.02

 

With Consent of Holders of Notes

     97   

Section 9.03

 

[Reserved].

     99   

Section 9.04

 

Revocation and Effect of Consents

     99   

Section 9.05

 

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

     99   

Section 9.06

 

Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc

     99   
ARTICLE 10   
GUARANTEES   

Section 10.01

 

Guarantee

     100   

Section 10.02

 

Limitation on Guarantor Liability

     101   

Section 10.03

 

Execution and Delivery

     102   

Section 10.04

 

Subrogation

     102   

Section 10.05

 

Benefits Acknowledged

     102   

Section 10.06

 

Release of Guarantees

     102   
ARTICLE 11   
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE   

Section 11.01

 

Satisfaction and Discharge

     103   

Section 11.02

 

Application of Trust Money

     104   
ARTICLE 12   
MISCELLANEOUS   

Section 12.01

 

[Reserved].

     104   

Section 12.02

 

Notices

     104   

Section 12.03

 

Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes

     105   

Section 12.04

 

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

     106   

Section 12.05

 

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

     106   

Section 12.06

 

Rules by Trustee and Agents

     106   

Section 12.07

 

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

     106   

Section 12.08

 

Governing Law

     107   

Section 12.09

 

Waiver of Jury Trial

     107   

Section 12.10

 

Force Majeure

     107   

 

-iii-


         Page  

Section 12.11

 

No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

     107   

Section 12.12

 

Successors

     107   

Section 12.13

 

Severability

     107   

Section 12.14

 

Counterpart Originals

     107   

Section 12.15

 

Table of Contents, Headings, Etc

     107   

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A

  

Form of Note

Exhibit B

  

Form of Certificate of Transfer

Exhibit C

  

Form of Certificate of Exchange

Exhibit D

  

Form of Supplemental Indenture to be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors

 

-iv-


INDENTURE, dated as of May 2, 2014 among Interactive Data Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors (as defined herein) listed on the signature pages hereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a national banking corporation, as Trustee.

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the creation of an issue of $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.875% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Initial Notes”); and

WHEREAS, the Issuer and each of the Guarantors have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

Section 1.01 Definitions.

144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person,

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Acquisition” means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement.

Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.01 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.

Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

 

1


Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and

(2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at April 15, 2015 (such redemption price being set forth in Section 3.07(b) hereof), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through April 15, 2015 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the principal amount of such Note.

Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and/or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

Asset Sale” means:

(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or

(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;

in each case, other than:

(a) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business;

(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described under Section 5.01 hereof or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture;

(c) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.07 hereof;

(d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $30.0 million;

(e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;

(f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

 

2


(g) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(i) foreclosures, condemnation or any similar action on assets;

(j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

(k) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Indenture; and

(l) any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contractual rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business.

Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended.

Bankruptcy Law” means the Bankruptcy Code and any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

Capital Stock” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

Capitalized Software Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) United States dollars;

 

3


(2) (a) euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or (b) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $250.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

(5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

(6) commercial paper rated at least P-2 by Moody’s or at least A-2 by S&P and in each case maturing within 12 months after the date of creation thereof;

(7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(8) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above;

(9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(10) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition; and

(11) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

 

4


Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or

(2) the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies holding directly or indirectly 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer.

Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees and Capitalized Software Expenditures of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, other than with respect to Indebtedness borrowed under the Senior Credit Facilities in connection with the Transaction or the New Transactions, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (u) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (v) any expense resulting from the discounting of Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization or purchase accounting, (w) any “additional interest” with respect to debt securities, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, and original issue discount with respect to Indebtedness borrowed under Credit Facilities in connection with the Transaction and the New Transactions, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility); plus

 

5


(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

(3) interest income for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that, without duplication,

(1) any extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including any unusual or non-recurring operating expenses directly attributable to the implementation of cost savings initiatives and any accruals or reserves in respect of any extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual items), severance, relocation costs, integration and facilities’ opening costs and other business optimization expenses (including related to new product introductions), restructuring charges, accruals or reserves (including restructuring and integration costs related to acquisitions after the Issue Date and adjustments to existing reserves), whether or not classified as restructuring expense on the consolidated financial statements, signing costs, retention or completion bonuses, transition costs, costs related to closure/consolidation of facilities, internal costs in respect of strategic initiatives and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities) shall be excluded,

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period,

(3) any income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded (but if such operations are classified as discontinued due to the fact that they are subject to an agreement to dispose of such operations, only when and to the extent such operations are actually disposed of),

(4) any gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, shall be excluded,

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,

(6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a) of Section 4.07(a) hereof, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has

 

6


not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, is otherwise restricted by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived, provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) or Cash Equivalents to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

(7) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the inventory, property and equipment, loans and leases software and other intangible assets, deferred revenue and debt line items in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transaction or any consummated acquisition or Investment or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

(8) any income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

(9) any impairment charge, asset write-off or write-down, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

(10) any (i) non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights and (ii) income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts shall be excluded,

(11) any fees and expenses (including any transaction or retention bonus or similar payment) incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, asset disposition, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful (including, for avoidance of doubt, the effects of expensing all transaction-related expenses in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Codification No. 805 and gains or losses associated with Financial Accounting Standards Codification No. 460), shall be excluded,

(12) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted (including any adjustment of estimated payouts on existing earn-outs) that are so required to be established as a result of the Transaction or the New Transactions in accordance with GAAP, or changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies, shall be excluded,

(13) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded,

(14) any New Transaction Costs shall be excluded,

 

7


(15) any income (loss) from investments recorded using the equity method of accounting (but including any cash dividends or distributions actually received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such investment) shall be excluded,

(16) any non-cash gain (loss) attributable to the mark to market movement in the valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Codification No. 815—Derivatives and Hedging or mark to market movement of other financial instruments pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Codification 825—Financial Instruments shall be excluded; provided that any cash payments or receipts relating to transactions realized in a given period shall be taken into account in such period,

(17) any non-cash gain (loss) related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including the net loss or gain resulting from hedging agreements for currency exchange risk and revaluations of intercompany balances) shall be excluded, and

(18) any non-cash expenses, accruals or reserves related to adjustments to historical tax exposures (provided, in each case, that the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated Net Income for the period in which such cash payment was made) shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.07 hereof only (other than clause (3)(d) of Section 4.07(a)), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.07(a)(3)(d) hereof.

Consolidated Secured Net Debt Ratio” as of any date of determination means the ratio of (1) the sum of (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Hedging Obligations) that is secured by Liens as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur less (b) the aggregate amount of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents held by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal period; provided that the cash proceeds of any proposed incurrence of Indebtedness shall not be included in this clause (b) for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Secured Net Debt Ratio, to (2) the Issuer’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes and similar instruments (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, all obligations relating to Receivables Facilities) and (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and all Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and

 

8


maximum fixed repurchase prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the board of directors of the Issuer.

Consolidated Total Net Debt Ratio” as of any date of determination means the ratio of (1) the sum of (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Hedging Obligations) as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur less (b) the aggregate amount of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents held by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal period; provided that the cash proceeds of any proposed incurrence of Indebtedness shall not be included in this clause (b) for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Total Debt Ratio, to (2) the Issuer’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

(2) to advance or supply funds

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof .

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Issuer.

Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any

 

9


indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06(c) hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any parent corporation thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer or the applicable parent corporation thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.

Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

 

10


EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period,

(1) increased (without duplication) by:

(a) provision for taxes based on income, profits, revenue or capital, including, without limitation, federal, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period (including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations) deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(b) Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges), together with items excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses 1(u) through 1(z) thereof, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(d) any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes, the Senior Credit Facilities and the IDC Notes and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(e) the amount of any restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after July 29, 2010 and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities; plus

(f) any other non-cash charges (other than any accrual in respect of bonuses), including any write offs or write downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

(g) the amount of any non-controlling interest consisting of income attributable to non-controlling interests of third parties in any non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) excluding cash distributions in respect thereof in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

(h) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid in such period to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 4.11 hereof; plus

 

11


(i) the amount of “run rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies related to any Specified Transaction, any restructuring or cost saving initiative or other initiative projected by the Issuer in good faith to be realized as a result of actions that have been taken or initiated or are expected to be taken or initiated on or prior to the date that is 24 months after the end of such period (including actions initiated prior to the Issue Date) (in the good faith determination of the Issuer), including any cost savings, expenses and charges (including restructuring and integration charges) in connection with, or incurred by or on behalf of, any joint venture of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether accounted for on the financial statements of any such joint venture or the Issuer) with respect to any Specified Transaction and any restructuring, cost saving initiative or other initiative (which cost savings shall be added to EBITDA until fully realized and calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of the relevant period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and quantifiable and factually supportable, (B) no cost savings, operating expense reductions or synergies shall be added pursuant to this clause (i) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings, operating expense reductions or synergies that are included in any other clause of this definition (it being understood and agreed that “run rate” shall mean the full recurring benefit that is associated with any action taken) and (C) the share of any such cost savings, expenses and charges with respect to a joint venture that are to be allocated to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not exceed the total amount thereof for any such joint venture multiplied by the percentage of income of such venture expected to be included in EBITDA for such period; plus

(j) the amount of loss or discount on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility; plus

(k) any costs or expense incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, any severance agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof; plus

(l) any net pension or other post-employment benefit costs representing amortization of unrecognized prior service costs, actuarial losses, including amortization of such amounts arising in prior periods, amortization of the unrecognized net obligation (and loss or cost) existing at the date of initial application of Financial Accounting Standards Codification No. 715, and any other items of a similar nature; plus

(m) the amount of expenses relating to payments made to option holders of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to shareholders of such Person or its direct or indirect parent companies, which payments are being made to compensate such option holders as though they were shareholders at the time of, and entitled to share in, such distribution, in each case to the extent permitted under this Indenture; and

 

12


(2) decreased (without duplication) by:

(a) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period, and

( b) the amount of any non-controlling interest consisting of loss attributable to non-controlling interests of third parties in any non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries added (and not deducted) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income.

EMU” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

(1) public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s or any direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-8;

(2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Issuer; and

(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

euro” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

Euroclear” means Euroclear S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Issuer from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital, and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer,

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an officer’s certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed

 

13


Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate.

Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;

(2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock during such period; and

(3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.

Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.

 

14


GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Issue Date.

Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b) or 2.06(d) hereof.

Government Securities” means securities that are:

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under this Indenture.

Guarantor” means, each Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

IDC Notes” means the $700.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.25% Senior Notes due 2018 issued by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture dated as of July 29, 2010 among Igloo Merger Corporation, the Issuer, the Guarantors parties thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee.

 

15


Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

(1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(a) in respect of borrowed money;

(b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligations until, after 30 days of becoming due and payable, has not been paid and such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or

(d) representing any Hedging Obligations;

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of the such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

(3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;

provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (b) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities or (c) Indebtedness of any parent of the Issuer appearing on the balance sheet of the Issuer, or solely by reason of push down accounting under GAAP.

Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

Initial Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

16


Initial Purchasers” means Barclays Capital Inc., Goldman Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS Securities LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. , Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC.

Interest Payment Date” means April 15 and October 15 of each year to stated maturity.

Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P.

Investment Grade Securities” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of the Issuer in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.07 hereof:

(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

(a) the Issuer “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

(b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

 

17


(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Issuer.

Investors” means Silver Lake Group, L.L.C., Warburg Pincus LLC and each of their respective Affiliates but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

Issue Date” means May 2, 2014.

Issuer” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto until a successor replaces the applicable entity in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and, thereafter, includes such successor.

Issuer Order” means a written request or order signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee.

Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

LTM EBITDA” means EBITDA of the Issuer for the most recently completed Test Period.

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Senior Indebtedness required (other than required by clause (1) of Section 4.10(b) hereof) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

 

18


New Project” shall mean (1) each facility which is either a new facility, branch or office or an expansion, relocation, remodeling or substantial modernization of an existing facility, branch or office owned by the Issuer or the Subsidiaries which in fact commences operations and (2) each creation (in one or a series of related transactions) of a business unit to the extent such business unit commences operations or each expansion (in one or a series of related transactions) of business into a new market.

New Transactions” means (1) the funding of the term loans under the Senior Credit Facility on the Issue Date and the consummation of the other transactions contemplated by the Senior Credit Facility, (2) the refinancing of the Issuer’s existing debt on the Issue Date as described in the Offering Memorandum, (3) the issuance of the Notes, (4) the making of the Special Dividend, (5) the consummation of any other transactions in connection with the foregoing and (6) the payment of the fees and expenses incurred in connection with any of the foregoing.

New Transaction Costs” means all fees, costs and expenses incurred or payable by the Issuer or any other Subsidiary in connection with the New Transactions.

Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

Notes” means the Initial Notes and more particularly means any Note authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall also include any Additional Notes that may be issued under a supplemental indenture.

Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Offering Memorandum” means the Offering Memorandum, dated April 17, 2014 relating to the offering of the Initial Notes.

Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer or any other Person, as the case may be.

Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer or on behalf of any other Person, as the case may be, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer or such other Person, that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.

Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee.

Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

 

19


Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof.

Permitted Holders” means (1) each of the Investors and members of management of the Issuer (or its direct parent) who are holders of Equity Interests of the Issuer (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) on the Issue Date and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or (2) any Permitted Parent. Any Person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

Permitted Investments” means:

(1) any Investment in the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) any Investment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:

(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

(b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary,

and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date;

(6) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:

(a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or

 

20


(b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(7) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of Section 4.09(b) hereof;

(8) any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (8) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of 25.0% of LTM EBITDA and $100.0 million at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(9) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer, or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof;

(10) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09 hereof;

(11) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.11(b) hereof (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (9) of Section 4.11(b) hereof);

(12) any Investment consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;

(13) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of 50.0% of LTM EBITDA and $190.0 million at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(14) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility or any repurchase in connection therewith;

(15) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $35.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;

(16) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company thereof;

 

21


(17) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (17) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of 20.0% of LTM EBITDA and $75.0 million at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) ; and

(18) any other Investment; provided that on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Investment the Consolidated Total Net Debt Ratio would be equal to or less than 5.50 to 1.00.

Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(6) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (4), (12) (b), (18) or (19) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; provided that Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (18) extend only to the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries and Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (19) are solely on acquired property or the assets of the acquired entity, as the case may be;

 

22


(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;

(8) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(9) Liens on property at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof;

(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;

(12) Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

(14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;

(16) Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to the Issuer’s clients;

(17) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;

 

23


(18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9); provided, however, that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

(19) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

(20) other Liens securing obligations incurred and outstanding in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed in the aggregate the greater of 20.0% of LTM EBITDA and $75.0 million at the time of granting of such Liens (and after giving pro forma effect thereto);

(21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) under Section 6.01(a) hereof so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 4.09 hereof; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

(25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(26) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

24


(27) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; and

(28) Liens incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 4.09 hereof; provided that, with respect to Liens securing Obligations permitted under this clause (28), at the time of incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, (i) the Consolidated Secured Net Debt Ratio would be no greater than 5.75 to 1.0 and (ii) the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) hereof.

For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness.

Permitted Parent” means any direct or indirect parent entity of the Issuer (other than a Person formed in connection with, or in contemplation of, a Change of Control transaction that results in a modification of the beneficial ownership of the Issuer) that beneficially owns 100% of the issued and outstanding Voting Stock of the Issuer, provided that the ultimate beneficial ownership of the Issuer has not been modified by the transaction by which such parent entity became the beneficial owner of 100% of the Voting Stock of the Issuer.

Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

Qualified Capital Stock” in any Person means a class of Capital Stock other than Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock.

Qualified Equity Issuance” means an underwritten public equity offering of Qualified Capital Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (which for the avoidance of doubt shall not include any Permitted Holder other than a Permitted Parent) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act that yields Qualified Equity Issuance Net Proceeds to either the Issuer, or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, of at least $25.0 million, whether or not, in the case of a Qualified Equity Issuance by any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, such Qualified Equity Issuance Net Proceeds are contributed to the capital of the Issuer, other than (x) any such public sale to an entity that is an Affiliate of the Issuer and (y) any public offerings registered on Form S-8.

Qualified Equity Issuance Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer from a Qualified Equity Issuance, net of all costs and expenses actually incurred related to such Qualified Equity Issuance (including, without limitation, legal, accounting, underwriter, placement agent, transfer agent, printing and investment banking fees, SEC and Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fees, listing fees, advisory and consultant fees, underwriting discounts or commissions and brokerage and sales commissions) and any taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.

 

25


Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the board of directors of the Issuer in good faith.

Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

Receivables Facility” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

Receivables Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

Receivables Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.

Record Date” for the interest payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means April 1 or October 1 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date.

Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Global Note” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as applicable.

Regulation S Permanent Global Note” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

Regulation S Temporary Global Note” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903.

Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(iii) hereof.

Related Business Assets” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business, provided that any assets received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

26


Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”

Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Senior Credit Facilities” means the Credit Facility under the credit agreement to be entered into on or about the Issue Date by and among the Issuer, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, including any guarantees,

 

27


collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof).

Senior Indebtedness” means:

(1) all Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities, the IDC Notes or Notes and related Guarantees (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or similar proceeding or for reorganization of the Issuer or any Guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings)), and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts (whether existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments;

(2) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) owing to a Lender (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) or any Affiliate of such Lender (or any Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation was entered into), provided that such Hedging Obligations are permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture;

(3) any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any related Guarantee; and

(4) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3);

provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

(a) any obligation of such Person to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries;

(b) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

(c) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business;

(d) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or

(e) that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of this Indenture.

 

28


Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

Special Dividend” means one or more dividends on the Capital Stock of the Issuer, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $273.0 million, which dividend shall be declared on or before the Issue Date and which dividend shall be paid within 15 Business Days following the Issue Date.

Specified Transaction” means, with respect to any period, any Investment, sale, transfer or other disposition of assets, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, Restricted Payment, subsidiary designation, New Project or other event that by the terms of this Indenture requires such covenant to be calculated on a pro forma basis.

Sponsor Management Agreement” means the management agreement between certain of the management companies associated with the Investors and the Issuer.

Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to the Notes,

(1) any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and

(2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; and

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which

(x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and

(y) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Unless otherwise specified, a reference to “Subsidiaries” shall mean the Subsidiaries of the Issuer.

 

29


Test Period” means, as of any date of determination, the most recently completed four fiscal quarters of the Issuer ending on or prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding such date of determination.

Total Assets” means the total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Issuer or such other Person as may be expressly stated.

Transaction” means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the issuance of the IDC Notes and borrowings under the Issuer’s senior credit facilities as in effect on July 29, 2010.

Transaction Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 3, 2010 among HG Investors LLC, Igloo Merger Corporation and the Issuer as the same may be amended prior to the Issue Date.

Treasury Rate” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such Redemption Date to April 15, 2015; provided, however, that if the period from such Redemption Date to April 15, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

Trustee” means The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

Unrestricted Definitive Note” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Global Note” means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

(1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Issuer, as provided below); and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any

 

30


Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that:

(1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer;

(2) such designation complies with Section 4.07 hereof; and

(3) each of:

(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and

(b) its Subsidiaries

has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.

The Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:

(1) the Issuer could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in Section 4.09(a) hereof; or

(2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

Any such designation by the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Issuer or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions

U.S. Person” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.

Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

(2) the sum of all such payments.

 

31


Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

Section 1.02 Other Definitions.

 

Term

   Defined in
Section

“Acceptable Commitment”

   4.10

“Affiliate Transaction”

   4.11

“Asset Sale Offer”

   4.10

“Authentication Order”

   2.02

“Change of Control Offer”

   4.14

“Change of Control Payment”

   4.14

“Change of Control Payment Date”

   4.14

“Covenant Defeasance”

   8.03

“DTC”

   2.03

“Event of Default”

   6.01

“Excess Proceeds”

   4.10

“incur”

   4.09

“Legal Defeasance”

   8.02

“Note Register”

   2.03

“Offer Amount”

   3.09

“Offer Period”

   3.09

“Pari Passu Indebtedness”

   4.10

“Paying Agent”

   2.03

“Purchase Date”

   3.09

“Redemption Date”

   3.07

“Refinancing Indebtedness”

   4.09

“Refunding Capital Stock”

   4.07

“Registrar”

   2.03

“Restricted Payments”

   4.07

“Reversion Date”

   4.16

“Second Commitment”

   4.10

“Successor Company”

   5.01

“Successor Person”

   5.01

“Suspended Covenants”

   4.16

“Suspension Period”

   4.16

“Treasury Capital Stock”

   4.07

 

Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

The following Trust Indenture Act term used in this Indenture has the following meaning:

“obligor” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuer and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively.

 

32


All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them.

 

Section 1.04 Rules of Construction.

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(c) “or” is not exclusive;

(d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(e) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

(f) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

(g) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

(h) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section,” “clause” or “Exhibit” refers to an Article, Section, clause or Exhibit, as the case may be, of this Indenture; and

(i) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause, other subdivision or Exhibit.

 

Section 1.05 Acts of Holders.

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05.

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.

 

33


(c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

(e) The Issuer may, in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to give any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or take any other act, or to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders. Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Issuer prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date shall be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation.

(f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this Section 1.05(f) shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part.

(g) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including DTC that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and DTC that is the Holder of a Global Note may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices.

(h) The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by DTC entitled under the procedures of such depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date.

 

34


ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms.

(a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 thereof.

(b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

(c) Temporary Global Notes. Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.

Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.

(d) Terms. The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

35


The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Issuer pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer as provided in Section 4.10 hereof or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.14 hereof. The Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 3.

Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created and issued from time to time by the Issuer without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the Initial Notes; provided that the Issuer’s ability to issue Additional Notes shall be subject to the Issuer’s compliance with Section 4.09 hereof. Any Additional Notes shall be issued with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture.

(e) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

 

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication.

At least one Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes. In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall upon an Authentication Order authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes for an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes issued hereunder.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer.

 

Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent.

The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (“Note Register”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

36


The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

 

Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

 

Section 2.05 Holder Lists.

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Issuer shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a).

 

Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange.

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.06, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note unless (i) the Depositary (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days or (ii) there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default with respect to the Notes. Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (i) or (ii) above, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the preceding events in (i) or (ii) above and pursuant to Section 2.06(b)(ii)(B) and 2.06(c) hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided, however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c) hereof.

 

37


(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or

 

38


(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and

the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

(B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this Section 2.06(b)(iv), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to this Section 2.06(b)(iv) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to this Section 2.06(b)(iv).

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

(i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in clauses (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

 

39


(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(ii) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes. Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) of the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

(iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

 

40


(B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

 

41


(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

(B) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to clauses (ii) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

 

42


(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e):

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

(B) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this Section 2.06(e)(ii), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

 

43


(f) [Reserved].

(g) Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture:

(i) Private Placement Legend.

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.”

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), or (e)(iii) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

44


(ii) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

(iii) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend. The Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON, AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).”

(h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time

 

45


prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 hereof).

(iii) Neither the Registrar nor the Issuer shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(v) The Issuer shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer, an Asset Sale Offer or other tender offer, in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

(vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(vii) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.

 

46


(viii) At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

(ix) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

 

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes.

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuer and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

Every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 

Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes.

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

 

Section 2.09 Treasury Notes.

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, or by any Affiliate of the Issuer, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor.

 

47


Section 2.10 Temporary Notes.

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture.

 

Section 2.11 Cancellation.

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Issuer upon its written request. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest.

If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer of such special record date. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall send or cause to be sent to each Holder a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

 

48


Section 2.13 CUSIP Numbers.

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer will as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers.

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION

 

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee.

If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 5 Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be sent or caused to be sent to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

 

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, such Notes shall be selected for redemption or repurchase in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depositary. Such Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.

The Trustee, after consultation with DTC, shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; no Notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

The Trustee shall not be responsible for any actions taken or not taken by DTC pursuant to their Applicable Procedures.

 

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption.

Subject to Section 3.09 hereof, the Issuer shall deliver notices of purchase or redemption electronically or by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to each Holder of Notes at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be delivered electronically or mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 11 hereof. Notices of redemption may be conditional.

 

49


The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

(a) the redemption date;

(b) the redemption price;

(c) if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed will be issued in the name of the Holder of the Notes upon cancellation of the original Note;

(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(f) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(g) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;

(h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and

(i) if in connection with a redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(c) or 3.07(d) hereof, any condition to such redemption.

At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense; provided that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 5 Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be sent or caused to be sent to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

 

Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption.

Once notice of redemption is sent in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price, unless such redemption is conditioned on the happening of a future event. The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to Section 3.05 hereof, on and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption.

 

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.

Prior to noon (New York City time) on the redemption or purchase date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price

 

50


of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption or purchase date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the redemption or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

 

Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note.

 

Section 3.07 Optional Redemption.

(a) At any time prior to April 15, 2015, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to the registered address of each Holder of Notes or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

(b) On and after April 15, 2015, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as described under Section 3.03 hereof, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth in this Section 3.07(b), plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 15 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2015

     102.000

2016

     101.000

2017 and thereafter

     100.000

(c) Prior to April 15, 2015, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions redeem up to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes at a redemption price equal to 102.000% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable

 

51


Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of a Qualified Equity Issuance; provided that such redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of closing of such Qualified Equity Issuance.

(d) Any notice of any redemption may be given prior to the redemption thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of a Qualified Equity Issuance or other corporate transaction.

(e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

 

Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption.

The Issuer shall not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

Section 3.09 Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.

(a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Issuer shall be required to commence an Asset Sale Offer, it shall follow the procedures specified below.

(b) The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Issuer shall apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and, if required, Pari Passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable), or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

(c) If the Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest up to but excluding the Purchase Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

(d) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall send, by first-class mail, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and holders of Pari Passu Indebtedness. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

(i) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open;

(ii) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

(iii) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;

 

52


(iv) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

(v) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof only;

(vi) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, the Depositary, if appointed by the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

(vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

(viii) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be purchased); and

(ix) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased.

(e) On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered and (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof so tendered.

(f) The Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes properly tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased; provided, that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.

 

53


Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10 hereof, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01 Payment of Notes.

The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary, holds as of noon (New York City time) on the due date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.

The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency.

The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency for such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

 

Section 4.03 Reports and Other Information.

(a) The Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee:

(1) within 100 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer ending after the Issue Date, the consolidated financial statements of the Issuer for such year prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with a report thereon by the Issuer’s independent auditors, and a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” with respect to such financial statements substantially similar to

 

54


that which would be included in an Annual Report on Form 10-K (as in effect on the Issue Date) filed with the SEC by the Issuer (if the Issuer were required to prepare and file such form); it being understood that (x) the Issuer shall not be required to include any consolidating financial information with respect to the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Issuer, or any separate financial statements or information for the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other Affiliate of the Issuer and (y) if applicable, the Issuer shall provide guarantor/non guarantor financial data consistent with the guarantor/non-guarantor financial data presented in the “Summary—The Offering” section of the Offering Memorandum;

(2) within 55 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters in each fiscal year of the Issuer, beginning with the first such fiscal quarter ending after the Issue Date, the condensed consolidated financial statements of the Issuer for such quarter prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” with respect to such financial statements substantially similar to that which would be included in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (as in effect on the Issue Date) filed with the SEC by the Issuer (if the Issuer were required to prepare and file such form); it being understood that (x) the Issuer shall not be required to include any consolidating financial information with respect to the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Issuer, or any separate financial statements or information for the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other Affiliate of the Issuer and (y) if applicable, the Issuer shall provide guarantor/non guarantor financial data consistent with the guarantor/non-guarantor financial data presented in the “Summary—The Offering” section of the Offering Memorandum; and

(3) information substantially similar to the information that would be required to be included in a Current Report on Form 8-K (as in effect on the Issue Date) filed with the SEC by the Issuer (if the Issuer were required to prepare and file such form) pursuant to Item 1.01 (Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement), Item 1.02 (Termination of a Material Definitive Agreement), Item 1.03 (Bankruptcy or Receivership), 2.01 (Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets), Item 2.05 (Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities), Item 2.06 (Material Impairments), 4.01 (Changes in Registrant’s Certifying Accountants), Item 4.02 (Non-Reliance on Previously Issued Financial Statements or a Related Audit Report or Completed Interim Review, 5.01 (Changes in Control of Registrant) or Items 5.02(b) and (c) (Departure of Directors or Certain Officers); Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers), of such form, within 15 days after the date of filing that would have been required for a current report on Form 8-K; provided, however, that no report shall be required to include (1) any exhibits or (2) a summary of the terms of, any employment or compensatory arrangement, agreement, plan or understanding between the Issuer (or any of its Subsidiaries) and any director, manager or executive officer of the Issuer (or any of its Subsidiaries).

In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, for so long as the Notes remain subject to this Section 4.03(a), the Issuer shall furnish to Holders thereof and prospective investors in such Notes, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) (as in effect on the Issue Date) of the Securities Act.

(b) Substantially concurrently with the furnishing or making available to the Trustee of the information specified in Section 4.03(a) hereof, the Issuer shall also

 

55


(1) use its commercially reasonable efforts (i) to post copies of such reports on such website as may be then maintained by the Issuer, or (ii) to post copies of such reports on a website (which may be nonpublic) to which access is given to Holders, prospective investors in the Notes (which prospective investors shall be limited to “qualified institutional buyers” within the meaning of Rule 144A of the Securities Act that certify their status as such to the reasonable satisfaction of the Issuer), and securities analysts and market-making financial institutions reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer, or (iii) otherwise to provide substantially comparable availability of such reports (as determined by the Issuer in good faith) (it being understood that, without limitation, making such reports available on the Issuer’s website, Bloomberg or another private electronic information service shall constitute substantially comparable availability), or

(2) to the extent the Issuer determines in good faith that it cannot make such reports available in the manner described in clause (1) of this Section 4.03(b) after the use of its commercially reasonable efforts, furnish such reports to the Holders of the Notes, upon their request.

(c) In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer guarantees the Notes (which shall be permitted, subject to compliance with this Indenture, at any time, at the Issuer’s sole discretion) or files the reports specified in Section 4.03(a) with the SEC, this Indenture will permit the Issuer to satisfy its obligations in this Section 4.03 with respect to the financial information relating to the Issuer by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand. Such parent shall not be considered a Guarantor by virtue of providing such guarantee, which may be released at any time. The obligations under this Section 4.03 may be satisfied by having the applicable entity file reports containing the information contemplated hereby within the timeframes contemplated hereunder with the SEC.

(d) At any time that any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries are Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by this Section 4.03 shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, on or in any of (i) the face of the financial statements, (ii) the footnotes thereto or (iii) the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” or other comparable section, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

(e) Delivery of reports or financial information to the Trustee pursuant to this Section 4.03 shall not constitute actual or constructive knowledge or notice of the information contained therein.

 

Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate.

(a) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, a certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and

 

56


covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).

(b) When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, or if the Trustee or the holder of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default, the Issuer shall promptly (which shall be no more than five (5) Business Days upon becoming aware of any Default) deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or by facsimile transmission an Officer’s Certificate specifying such event and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

Section 4.05 Taxes.

The Issuer shall pay, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate negotiations or proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

 

Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

The Issuer and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

Section 4.07 Limitation on Restricted Payments.

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(I) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the Issuer’s, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than:

(A) dividends or distributions by the Issuer payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer; or

(B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

(II) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

 

57


(III) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than:

(A) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (7) and (8) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; or

(B) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

(IV) make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) (other than any exception thereto) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) hereof; and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries under this Section 4.07(a)(3) after the Issue Date (and including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock pursuant to clause (B) thereof only), (6)(c), (9) and (14) of Section 4.07(b) hereof, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07(b) hereof), is less than the sum of (without duplication):

(a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on January 1, 2014 to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus

(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property received by the Issuer since immediately after the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of Section 4.09(b) hereof) from the issue or sale of:

(i) (A) Equity Interests of the Issuer, including Treasury Capital Stock, but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of:

(x) Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent company of the

 

58


Issuer and the Issuer’s Subsidiaries after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof; and

(y) Designated Preferred Stock,

and (B) to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof); or

(ii) debt securities of the Issuer that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Issuer;

provided, however, that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital Stock, (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Issuer sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus

(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Issuer following the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds (i) have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of Section 4.09(b) hereof, (ii) are contributed by a Restricted Subsidiary or (iii) constitute Excluded Contributions); plus

(d) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property received by means of:

(i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Issue Date; or

(ii) the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; plus

(e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the board of directors of the Issuer in good faith or if such fair market value exceeds $50.0 million, in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor, at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary constituted a Permitted Investment; plus

 

59


(f) $50.0 million.

(b) The foregoing provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof shall not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

(2) (A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Treasury Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent contributed to the Issuer (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) and (B) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6) of this Section 4.07(b), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

(3) the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof so long as:

(a) the principal amount (or accreted value) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any reasonable premium (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;

(b) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value;

(c) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired; and

(d) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired;

 

60


(4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, including any Equity Interests rolled over by management of the Issuer in connection with the Transaction; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $30.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $50.0 million in any calendar year); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3) of Section 4.07(a); plus

(b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less

(c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4);

and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of management of the Issuer, any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.07 or any other provision of this Indenture;

(5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any class or series of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case issued in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges;”

(6) (a) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Issuer after the Issue Date;

(b) the declaration and payment of dividends to a direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent corporation issued after the Issue Date, provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Issuer from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or

 

61


(c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this Section 4.07(b);

provided, however, in the case of each of subclauses (a) and (c) of this clause (6), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

(7) [Reserved];

(8) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(9) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Issuer’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s common stock), following consummation of the first public offering of the Issuer’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s common stock registered on Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;

(10) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(11) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (11) not to exceed the greater of 20.0% of LTM EBITDA and $75.0 million at the time made;

(12) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees;

(13) any Restricted Payment made as part of the Transaction and the fees and expenses related thereto or used to fund amounts owed to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by Section 4.11 hereof;

(14) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness in accordance with the provisions similar to those described under Section 4.10 and Section 4.14 hereof; provided that all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

(15) the declaration and payment of dividends by the Issuer to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies to pay, in each case without duplication,

(a) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence;

 

62


(b) foreign, federal, state and local income taxes, to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such parent entity;

(c) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(d) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(e) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Issuer related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent entity;

(16) the declaration and payment of dividends by the Issuer to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent in an amount not to exceed $30.0 million per calendar year;

(17) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

(18) any Restricted Payment; provided that on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the Consolidated Total Net Debt Ratio would be equal to or less than 5.00 to 1.00; and

(19) the Special Dividend;

provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (11), (16), (17) and (18) of this Section 4.07(b), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.07, in the event that a proposed Restricted Payment (or a portion thereof) meets the criteria of clauses (1) through (19) of Section 4.07(b) hereof or is entitled to be made pursuant to Section 4.07(a) hereof and/or one or more of the clauses contained in the definition of “Permitted Investments,” the Issuer will be entitled to classify or later reclassify (based on circumstances existing on the date of such reclassification) such Restricted Payment or Investment (or portion thereof) between such clauses (1) through (19) of Section 4.07(b) hereof and Section 4.07(a) hereof and/or one or more of the clauses contained in the definition of “Permitted Investments,” in a manner that otherwise complies with this Section 4.07.

(d) The Issuer shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the

 

63


Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investment.” Such designation shall be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to Section 4.07(a) hereof or under clause (10), (11), (17) or (18) of Section 4.07(b) hereof, or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) (A) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or

(B) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

(b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date;

(2) contractual encumbrances or restrictions included in the Senior Credit Facilities, the indenture governing the IDC Notes and the related documentation and related Hedging Obligations;

(3) this Indenture and the Notes;

(4) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capitalized Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof on the property so acquired;

(5) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(6) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence at the time of such acquisition or at the time it merges with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person (but, in each case, not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired;

 

64


(7) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

(8) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof and Section 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(9) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(10) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof;

(11) customary provisions in joint venture agreements or arrangements and other similar agreements relating solely to such joint venture;

(12) customary provisions contained in leases or licenses of intellectual property and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(13) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (12) of this Section 4.08(b); provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and

(14) restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility.

 

Section 4.09 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur” and collectively, an “incurrence”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuer shall not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Issuer may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been

 

65


incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided, further, that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), more than an aggregate of $300.0 million of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors would be outstanding pursuant to this Section 4.09(a) and clauses (12)(b) and (14) of Section 4.09(b) hereof at such time.

(b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof shall not apply to:

(1) the incurrence of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount equal to the sum of (I) the greater of (a) $2,060.0 million and (b) the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries could incur such that the Consolidated Secured Net Debt Ratio is equal to or less than 5.50 to 1.00 on a pro forma basis (but without giving effect to any simultaneous incurrence pursuant to subclause (II)) plus (II) $375.0 million, in each case, outstanding at any one time, less the aggregate of mandatory principal payments actually made by the borrower thereunder in respect of Indebtedness thereunder with Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale or series of related Asset Sales that constitutes the sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of a segment (as defined under GAAP) of the Issuer (other than any segment predominantly composed of assets acquired by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries subsequent to the Issue Date); provided that for purposes of determining the amount that may be incurred under clause (I)(b), all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (1) shall be deemed to be secured by Liens;

(2) the incurrence by the Issuer and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (including any Guarantee) (other than any Additional Notes);

(3) Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1), (2) and (4) of this Section 4.09(b));

(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (other than software) that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets, so long as such Indebtedness , Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock exists at the date of such purchase, lease or improvement or is created within 270 days thereafter; provided that, at the time of any such incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (and after giving pro forma effect thereto), the aggregate amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (4), when aggregated with the outstanding amount of Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness initially incurred in reliance on this clause (4), does not exceed the greater of 20.0% of the Issuer’s LTM EBITDA and $75.0 million;

(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation

 

66


claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, that

(a) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Issuer, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (Contingent Obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6)(a)); and

(b) the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

(7) Indebtedness of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; provided, further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (7);

(8) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of the Notes of such Guarantor; provided, further, that any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (8);

(9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (9);

(10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;

 

67


(11) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(12) (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary equal to 100.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or cash contributed to the capital of the Issuer (in each case, other than Excluded Contributions or proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (3)(b) and (3)(c) of Section 4.07(a) hereof to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to Section 4.07(b) hereof or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1) and (3) of the definition thereof) and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Issuer and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b) and the outstanding amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary which serves to refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred as permitted under this clause (12)(b) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, does not, at the time of any such incurrence of Indebtedness (and after giving pro forma effect thereto), exceed the greater of 50.0% of LTM EBITDA and $190.0 million; provided, however, that on a pro forma basis, together with any amounts incurred and outstanding by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors pursuant to the second proviso of Section 4.09(a) hereof and clause (14) of this Section 4.09(b), no more than $300.0 million of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock at any one time outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall be incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (12)(b) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this clause (12)(b));

(13) the incurrence or issuance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, of the Issuer of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary which serves to refund, refinance, replace, renew, extend or defease (collectively, “refinance” and “refinances,” with “refinanced” and “refinancing” having a correlative meaning) any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred as permitted under Section 4.09(a) hereof and clauses (2), (3), (4) and (12)(a) of this Section 4.09(b), this clause (13) and clause (14) of this Section 4.09(b) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock including additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees in connection with such refinancing (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refinanced,

 

68


(B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and

(C) shall not include:

(i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer;

(ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer, that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Guarantor; or

(iii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

and provided, further, that subclause (A) of this clause (13) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Secured Indebtedness outstanding;

(14) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either

(a) the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a), or

(b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;

provided, however, that on a pro forma basis, together with amounts incurred and outstanding pursuant to the second proviso of Section 4.09(a) hereof and clause (12)(b) of this Section 4.09(b), no more than $300.0 million of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock at any one time outstanding and incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors pursuant to this clause (14) shall be incurred and outstanding;

(15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;

 

69


(16) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(17) (a) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture, or

(b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer; provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with Section 4.15 hereof;

(18) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer; provided that, at the time of any such incurrence of Indebtedness (and after giving pro forma effect thereto), the aggregate amount of Indebtedness incurred under this clause (18), when aggregated with the outstanding amount of Indebtedness of the Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer which serves to refinance any Indebtedness incurred as permitted under this clause (18) or any Indebtedness issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, does not exceed the greater of 20.0% of LTM EBITDA and $75.0 million in the aggregate (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (18) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (18) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this clause (18));

(19) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance or assumed in connection with an acquisition in a principal amount; provided that, at the time of any such incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (and after giving pro forma effect thereto), the aggregate amount of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred under this clause (19), when aggregated with the outstanding amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary which serves to refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred as permitted under this clause (19) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, does not exceed the greater of 20.0% of LTM EBITDA and $75.0 million in the aggregate (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (19) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (19) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on which such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this clause (19));

(20) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(21) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent described in clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof.

 

70


(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09:

(1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (21) of Section 4.09(b) hereof or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, shall classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and shall only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities on the Issue Date shall be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; and

(2) at the time of incurrence, the Issuer shall be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Sections 4.09(a) and 4.09(b) hereof.

Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

In the case of any refinancing of any Indebtedness permitted under clauses (12)(b), (18) and (19) of Section 4.09(b) hereof or any portion thereof, such Indebtedness shall not include the aggregate amount of premiums (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees in connection with such refinancing. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.09 to the contrary, in the case of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance Indebtedness initially incurred in reliance on clauses (4), (12)(b), (18) or (19) of Section 4.09(b) hereof, measured by reference to a percentage of LTM EBITDA at the time of Incurrence, and such refinancing would cause the percentage of LTM EBITDA restriction to be exceeded if calculated based on the percentage of LTM EBITDA on the date of such refinancing, such percentage of LTM EBITDA restriction shall not be deemed to be exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principle amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced, plus premiums (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance, costs and fees in connection with such refinancing.

 

71


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be.

For the purposes of this Indenture, Indebtedness that is unsecured is not deemed to be subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, and Senior Indebtedness is not deemed to be subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

For the avoidance of doubt, the amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof and clauses (12)(b) and (14) of Section 4.09(b) hereof, shall not exceed $300.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding.

 

Section 4.10 Asset Sales.

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate, directly or indirectly, an Asset Sale, unless:

(1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Issuer) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

(A) any liabilities (as reflected on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto, or if incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been shown on the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary’s balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto if such incurrence or accrual had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Issuer and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing,

(B) any securities received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and

(C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed 2.5% of

 

72


Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value,

shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.

(b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,

(1) to permanently reduce:

(A) Obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

(B) Obligations under Senior Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien, which Lien is permitted by this Indenture, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

(C) Obligations under other Senior Indebtedness (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto), provided that, to the extent the Issuer reduces Obligations under such Senior Indebtedness, the Issuer shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided under Section 3.07 hereof through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth under Section 4.10(c) hereof) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or

(D) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) to make:

(A) an Investment in any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary;

(B) capital expenditures; or

(C) acquisitions of other assets, in each of (A), (B) and (C), used or useful in a Similar Business; or

(3) to make an investment in

(A) any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary,

 

73


(B) properties; or

(C) acquisitions of other assets that, in each of (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;

provided that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3) of this Section 4.10(b), a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Issuer, or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds shall be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “Second Commitment”) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination; provided further that if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds.

(c) Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in Section 4.10(b) hereof shall be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $100.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes (“Pari Passu Indebtedness”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “Asset Sale Offer”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. The Issuer shall commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $100.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee.

(d) To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

(e) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 4.10, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

(f) The notice, if sent in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. If (A) the notice is sent in a manner herein provided and (B) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice but it is defective, such Holder’s failure to receive such notice or such defect shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of the Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such notice without defect. The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the

 

74


repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

 

Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates.

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $25.0 million, unless:

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and

(2) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $50.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.11(a).

(b) The provisions of Section 4.11(a) hereof shall not apply to the following:

(1) transactions between or among the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Investments”;

(3) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses to the Investors pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement (plus any unpaid management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses within such amount accrued in any prior year) and the termination fees pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement, in each case as in effect on the Issue Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous, in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Issuer, to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the Sponsor Management Agreement in effect on the Issue Date);

(4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnities provided for the benefit of, former, current or future officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(5) transactions in which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its

 

75


relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;

(6) any agreement or arrangement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);

(7) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement or the equivalent (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of, obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such existing agreement together with all amendments thereto are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole;

(8) the Transaction and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transaction, in each case as expressly contemplated in the offering memorandum dated July 20, 2010, relating to the offering of the IDC Notes;

(9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture which are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(10) the issuance or transfer of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to any Permitted Holder or to any director, officer, employee or consultant (or their respective estates, investment funds, investment vehicles, spouses or former spouses) of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Subsidiaries;

(11) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

(12) payments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Issuer in good faith;

(13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by the Issuer in good faith; and

 

76


(14) investments by the Investors in securities of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities.

 

Section 4.12 Liens.

The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related Guarantee, on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

(1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or

(2) in all other cases, the Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured, except that the foregoing shall not apply to Liens securing the Notes and the related Guarantees.

 

Section 4.13 Corporate Existence.

Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the Issuer shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if the Issuer in good faith shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under Section 3.07 hereof, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall send notice of such Change of Control Offer by electronic delivery or first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register with a copy to the Trustee or otherwise in accordance with the procedure of DTC, with the following information:

(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuer;

(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

 

77


(3) that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

(4) that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

(6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes, provided that the paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the 30th day following the date of the Change of Control notice, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;

(7) that if the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the Notes, the Holders of the remaining Notes will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (the unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof); and

(8) the other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.14, that a Holder must follow.

The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.14, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.14 by virtue thereof.

(b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent permitted by law,

(1) accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,

(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and

(3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.

 

78


(c) The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.14 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

(d) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 4.14, any purchase pursuant to this Section 4.14 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.05 and 3.06 hereof.

 

Section 4.15 Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries.

The Issuer shall not permit any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities), other than a Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any other Guarantor unless:

(1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor:

(a) if the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment to such Indebtedness, the Guarantee under the supplemental indenture shall be subordinated to such Restricted Subsidiary’s guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness substantially to the same extent as the Notes are subordinated to such Indebtedness; and

(b) if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes; and

(2) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and shall not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee;

provided that this Section 4.15 shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Section 4.16 Discharge and Suspension of Covenants.

(a) If on any date following the Issue Date (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies, and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, then, beginning on that date, Section 4.07 hereof, Section 4.08 hereof, Section 4.09 hereof, Section 4.10 hereof, Section 4.11 hereof, Section 4.14 hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”) shall no longer be applicable to the Notes. In addition, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

 

79


(b) In the event that the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture for any period of time (such period the “Suspension Period”) as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies (i) withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating and/or (ii) the Issuer or any of its Affiliates enters into an agreement to effect a transaction that would result in a Change of Control and one or more of the Rating Agencies indicate that if consummated, such transaction (alone or together with any related recapitalization or refinancing transactions) would cause such Rating Agency to withdraw its Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the ratings assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture with respect to future events, including, without limitation, a proposed transaction described in clause (ii).

(c) In the event of any such reinstatement, no action taken or omitted to be taken by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such reinstatement will give rise to a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture with respect to the Notes; provided that (i) with respect to Restricted Payments made after any such reinstatement, the amount of Restricted Payments made will be calculated as though Section 4.07 had been in effect prior to, but not during the Suspension Period, provided that any Subsidiaries designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period shall automatically become Restricted Subsidiaries on the Reversion Date (subject to the Issuer’s right to subsequently designate them as Unrestricted Subsidiaries in compliance with the covenants set out below) and (ii) all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to clause (3) of Section 4.09(b).

(d) The Issuer shall deliver promptly to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate notifying it of any such occurrence under this Section 4.16.

ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSORS

 

Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets.

(a) The Issuer shall not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1) the Issuer is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Issuer or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”), provided that in the case where the Successor Company is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation;

(2) the Successor Company, if other than the Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

80


(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,

(A) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, or

(B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

(5) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case Section 5.01(c)(1)(B) hereof shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and

(6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture.

(b) The Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, the Issuer, as the case may be, under this Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes, as applicable. Notwithstanding clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof,

(1) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer, and

(2) the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer, as the case may be, solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in any state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

(c) Subject to certain limitations described in this Indenture governing release of a Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a Guarantor, no Guarantor shall, and the Issuer shall not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or Guarantor is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1) (A) such Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”);

 

81


(B) the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(C) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

(D) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture; or

(2) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof.

(d) Subject to certain limitations described in this Indenture, the Successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may (i) merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer, (ii) merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing the Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby, or (iii) convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of such Guarantor.

 

Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted.

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Issuer is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the Issuer shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Issuer), and may exercise every right and power of the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Issuer herein; provided that the predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all of the Issuer’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01 Events of Default.

(a) An “Event of Default” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

 

82


(2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the Notes;

(3) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above) contained in this Indenture or the Notes;

(4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both:

(i) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and

(ii) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $75.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;

(5) failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $75.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

(6) the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(i) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

(ii) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law;

(iii) consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property;

 

83


(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

(v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due;

(7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(i) is for relief against the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in a proceeding in which the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiaries, that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

(ii) appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

(iii) orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

(8) the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture.

(b) In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:

(1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or

(2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

(3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

 

84


Section 6.02 Acceleration.

If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof) occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately. The Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the Notes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, all outstanding Notes shall be due and payable immediately without further action or notice.

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest, or premium, if any, that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived.

 

Section 6.03 Other Remedies.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults.

The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under this Indenture, except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any Note held by a non-consenting Holder (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer); provided, subject to Section 6.02 hereof, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 6.05 Control by Majority.

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee and the Trustee may act at the written direction of the

 

85


Holders without liability. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

 

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits.

Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) Holders of the Notes have offered and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.

 

Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee.

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.

 

86


Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

 

Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

87


Section 6.13 Priorities.

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

(i) to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

(ii) to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

(iii) to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct, including a Guarantor, if applicable.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.13.

 

Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee.

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

 

88


(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this Section 7.01(c) does not limit the effect of Section 7.01(b);

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.

(e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes, unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense.

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee.

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer.

(f) None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its

 

89


duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it.

(g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

(h) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(j) The Trustee may request that the Issuer and any Guarantor deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of the individuals and/or titles of Officers (with specimen signatures) authorized at such times to take specific actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person specified as so authorized in any certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

 

Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

 

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer.

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

 

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults.

If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. The

 

90


Trustee shall not be deemed to know of any Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

 

Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.

Within 60 days after each April 15, beginning with April 15, 2015, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall send to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall send all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).

A copy of each report at the time it is sent to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d). The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

 

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity.

The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee for, and hold the Trustee harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer or any of the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuer or any Guarantor, or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

To secure the payment obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(6) or (7) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

91


The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

 

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee.

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

(b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Issuer’s expense), the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall send a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

92


Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

 

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification.

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b).

 

Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer.

The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

 

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture including that of the Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(a) the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

 

93


(b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

(d) this Section 8.02.

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

 

Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance.

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14 and 4.15 hereof and clauses (4) and (5) of Section 5.01(a), Sections 5.01(c) and 5.01(d) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (“Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(a)(3), 6.01(a)(4), 6.01(a)(5), 6.01(a)(6) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries), 6.01(a)(7) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries) and 6.01(a)(8) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

 

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

(1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

 

94


(a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

(b) since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and, in each case the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

(6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and

(7) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

 

Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

95


The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuer.

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

 

Section 8.07 Reinstatement.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee or this Indenture) and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and any Guarantee or Notes without the consent of any Holder:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes of such series in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(3) to comply with Section 5.01 hereof;

 

96


(4) to provide the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders;

(5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;

(6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;

(7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

(8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;

(9) to provide for the issuance of exchange notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to exchange notes except that they are not freely transferable;

(10) to add a Guarantor or a co-obligor of the Notes under this Indenture;

(11) to conform the text of this Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in such “Description of Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, Guarantee or Notes; or

(12) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes.

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, and delivery of an Officer’s Certificate.

 

Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes.

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if

 

97


any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 and Section 2.09 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.02.

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall send to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to send such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

Without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (other than provisions relating to Section 3.09, Section 4.10 and Section 4.14 hereof to the extent that any such amendment or waiver does not have the effect of reducing the principal of or changing the fixed final maturity of any such Note or altering or waiving the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes);

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

(4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders;

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated therein;

(6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes;

 

98


(7) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;

(8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

(9) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or

(10) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Subsidiary in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes.

 

Section 9.03 [Reserved].

 

Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents.

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained.

 

Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.

The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuer may not sign an amendment, supplement or waiver until the board of directors approves it. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and

 

99


that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel will be required for the Trustee to execute any amendment or supplement adding a new Guarantor under this Indenture.

ARTICLE 10

GUARANTEES

 

Section 10.01 Guarantee.

Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, interest, and premium on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby,

 

100


and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantees.

Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation or reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

The Guarantee issued by any Guarantor shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guarantor and shall be pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor.

Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

 

Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

101


Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery.

To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by its President, one of its Vice Presidents or one of its Assistant Vice Presidents.

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

If required by Section 4.15 hereof, the Issuer shall cause any newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.15 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.

 

Section 10.04 Subrogation.

Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.01 hereof; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

 

Section 10.05 Benefits Acknowledged.

Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

Section 10.06 Release of Guarantees.

A Guarantee by a Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by such Guarantor, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of such Guarantor’s Guarantee, upon:

(1) (A) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

(B) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Guarantor of the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;

 

102


(C) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

(D) the Issuer exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 hereof or the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or

(E) as provided in Article 9 hereof; and

(2) such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

ARTICLE 11

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge.

This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when either:

(1) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(2) (A) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, shall become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

(B) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to this Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

 

103


(C) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and

(D) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (A) of clause (2) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Section 11.02 and Section 8.06 hereof shall survive.

 

Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money.

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 12

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 12.01 [Reserved].

 

Section 12.02 Notices.

Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), fax or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

If to the Issuer and/or any Guarantor:

c/o Interactive Data Corporation

32 Crosby Drive

Bedford, Massachusetts 01730

Fax No.: (781) 687-8005

Attention: General Counsel

 

104


If to the Trustee:

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

525 William Penn Place, 38th Floor

Pittsburgh, PA 15259

Fax No.: (412) 234-7535

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration — IDC

The Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; on first date on which publication is made, if by publication; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; when receipt acknowledged, if faxed; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods. If the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Holder elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding if such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The party providing electronic instructions agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties.

 

Section 12.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c).

 

105


Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:

(a) An Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

(b) An Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

 

Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof and shall include:

(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact); and

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents.

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

106


Section 12.08 Governing Law.

THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Section 12.09 Waiver of Jury Trial.

EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

Section 12.10 Force Majeure.

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.

 

Section 12.11 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

Section 12.12 Successors.

All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof.

 

Section 12.13 Severability.

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 12.14 Counterpart Originals.

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 12.15 Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.

The Table of Contents and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

[Signature pages follow]

 

107


INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ VINCENT A. CHIPPARI

Name:   Vincent A. Chippari
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]


INTERACTIVE DATA REAL-TIME GROUP, INC.
By:  

/s/ VINCENT A. CHIPPARI

Name:   Vincent A. Chippari
Title:   Treasurer
INTERACTIVE DATA REAL-TIME SERVICES, INC.
By:  

/s/ VINCENT A. CHIPPARI

Name:   Vincent A. Chippari
Title:   Treasurer
INTERACTIVE DATA PRICING AND REFERENCE DATA LLC
By:  

/s/ VINCENT A. CHIPPARI

Name:   Vincent A. Chippari
Title:   Treasurer
BONDEDGE SOLUTIONS LLC
By:  

/s/ VINCENT A. CHIPPARI

Name:   Vincent A. Chippari
Title:   Treasurer
INTERACTIVE DATA ONLINE PROPERTIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ VINCENT A. CHIPPARI

Name:   Vincent A. Chippari
Title:   Treasurer

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]


THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
as Trustee

By:  

/s/ MELONEE YOUNG

Name:   Melonee Young
Title:   Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]


EXHIBIT A

[Face of Note]

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

A-1


CUSIP [                    ]

ISIN [                    ]1

[[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE

representing up to

$        ]

5.875% Senior Notes due 2019

 

No.                         [$            ]

INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION

promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] [of                      United States Dollars] on April 15, 2019.

Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15

Record Dates: April 1 and October 1

 

 

1  Rule 144A Note CUSIP: 45840J AC1
     Rule 144A Note ISIN: US45840JAC18
     Regulation S Note CUSIP: U4582G AB5
     Regulation S Note ISIN: USU4582GAB50

 

A-2


IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated:                     

 

INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

A-3


This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

    THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
    as Trustee
Dated:                           
    By:  

 

      Authorized Signatory

 

A-4


[Back of Note]

5.875% Senior Notes due 2019

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1. INTEREST. Interactive Data Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 5.875% per annum from May 2, 2014 until maturity. The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be October 15, 2014. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer will pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the April 1 or October 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

4. INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of May 2, 2014 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its 5.875% Senior Notes due 2019. The Issuer shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 and 4.09 of the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

A-5


5. REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE. The Notes are subject to optional and mandatory redemption, and may be the subject of a Change of Control Offer and an Asset Sale Offer, as further described in the Indenture. Except as provided in the Indenture, the Issuer shall not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

6. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer, an Asset Sale Offer or other tender offer, in whole or in part, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

7. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

8. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

9. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the rights and obligations of the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders shall be set forth in the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

10. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.

11. GOVERNING LAW. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES.

12. CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address:

32 Crosby Drive

Bedford, Massachusetts 01730

Fax No.: (781) 687-8005

Attention: General Counsel

 

A-6


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:  

 

  (Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
and irrevocably appoint  

 

to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
Date:                       
Your Signature:  

 

  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
Signature Guarantee:*                                                                                                 

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-7


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

¨ Section 4.10            ¨ Section 4.14

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$        

Date:                     

 

    Your Signature:  

 

      (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

    Tax Identification No.:  

 

Signature Guarantee:*                                                              

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-8


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $        . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of

Exchange

 

Amount of

decrease

in Principal

Amount

 

Amount of increase

in Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

 

Principal Amount

of

this Global Note

following such

decrease or

increase

 

Signature of

authorized officer

of Trustee or

Note Custodian

                 
                 
                 

 

* This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

A-9


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

Interactive Data Corporation

32 Crosby Drive

Bedford, Massachusetts 01730

Fax No.: (781) 687-8005

Attention: General Counsel

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

525 William Penn Place, 38th Floor

Pittsburgh, PA 15259

Fax No.: (412) 234-7535

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration — IDC

Re: 5.875% Senior Notes due 2019

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 2, 2014 (the “Indenture”), among Interactive Data Corporation, the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                     (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $         in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to                      (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2. ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b)

 

B-1


of Regulation S under the Securities Act (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3. ¨ CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

or

(b) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to the Issuer or a subsidiary thereof;

or

(c) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and, if applicable, in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

4. ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.

(a) ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(b) ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

B-2


(c) ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

B-3


This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Dated:                     

 

B-4


ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 

(a) ¨ a beneficial interest in the:

 

  (i) ¨ 144A Global Note (CUSIP [            ]), or

 

  (ii) ¨ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [            ]), or

 

(b) ¨ a Restricted Definitive Note.

 

2. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

 

(a) ¨ a beneficial interest in the:

 

  (i) ¨ 144A Global Note (CUSIP [            ]), or

 

  (ii) ¨ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [            ]), or

 

  (iii) ¨ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP [            ]); or

 

(b) ¨ a Restricted Definitive Note; or

 

(c) ¨ an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

B-5


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

Interactive Data Corporation

32 Crosby Drive

Bedford, Massachusetts 01730

Fax No.: (781) 687-8005

Attention: General Counsel

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

525 William Penn Place, 38th Floor

Pittsburgh, PA 15259

Fax No.: (412) 234-7535

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration — IDC

Re: 5.875% Senior Notes due 2019

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 2, 2014 (the “Indenture”), among Interactive Data Corporation, the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                     (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $         in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE

a) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

b) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted

 

C-1


Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

c) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

d) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES

a) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

b) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] ¨ 144A Global Note ¨ Regulation S Global Note, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global

 

C-2


Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Dated:                     

 

C-3


EXHIBIT D

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]

Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of                     , among                      (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Interactive Data Corporation, a Delaware Corporation (the “Issuer”), and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, each of Interactive Data Corporation and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of May 2, 2014, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 5.875% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “Guarantee”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

(1) Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

(2) Agreement to Guarantee. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to be a Guarantor under the Indenture and to be bound by the terms of the Indenture applicable to a Guarantor, including Article 10 thereof.

(3) Execution and Delivery. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

(4) Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(5) Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

D-1


(6) Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

(7) The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

(8) Benefits Acknowledged. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

D-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

D-3


EX-5.1

Exhibit 5.1

SIMPSON THACHER & BARTLETT LLP

2475 HANOVER STREET

PALO ALTO, CA 94304

(650) 251-5000

 

 

FACSIMILE (650) 251-5002

[●], 2015

Interactive Data Holdings Corporation

32 Crosby Drive

Bedford, MA 01730

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Interactive Data Holdings Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), relating to (i) the issuance and sale by the Company of an aggregate of [up to] [●] shares of common stock (the “Common Stock”), par value $0.01 per share (together with any additional shares of such Common Stock that may be issued by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) (as prescribed by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act) in connection with the offering described in the Registration Statement, the “Company Shares”), and (ii) the sale by certain selling shareholders (the “Selling Shareholders”) named in Schedule I to the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) to be entered into among the Company, the Selling Shareholders and the underwriters named therein of an aggregate of [up to] [●] shares of Common Stock, which shares have been issued and are outstanding (together with (a) any additional shares of such Common Stock that may be sold by the Selling Shareholders pursuant to Rule 462(b) (as prescribed by the Commission

 

NEW YORK

   BEIJING    HONG KONG    HOUSTON    LONDON    LOS ANGELES    SÃO PAULO    SEOUL    TOKYO    WASHINGTON, D.C.


 

SIMPSON THACHER & BARTLETT LLP    [●], 2015

-2-

 

pursuant to the Securities Act) in connection with the offering described in the Registration Statement and (b) the Company Shares, the “Shares”).

We have examined the Registration Statement and a form of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “Amended Certificate”), which has been filed with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We also have examined the originals, or duplicates or certified or conformed copies, of such records, agreements, documents and other instruments and have made such other investigations as we have deemed relevant and necessary in connection with the opinion hereinafter set forth. As to questions of fact material to this opinion, we have relied upon certificates or comparable documents of public officials and of officers and representatives of the Company.

In rendering the opinion set forth below, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as duplicates or certified or conformed copies and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents.

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications, assumptions and limitations stated herein, we are of the opinion that (1) when the Amended Certificate has been duly filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and, (2) in the case of the Company Shares, upon payment and delivery in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or a duly authorized committee thereof, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.


 

SIMPSON THACHER & BARTLETT LLP    [●], 2015

-3-

 

We do not express any opinion herein concerning any law other than the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement.

Very truly yours,

SIMPSON THACHER & BARTLETT LLP

 


EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

Execution Version

 

 

 

Published CUSIP Number: 45840XAE6 Deal

Published CUSIP Number: 45840XAF3 Revolver

Published CUSIP Number: 45840XAG1 Term

CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of

May 2, 2014,

among

IGLOO INTERMEDIATE CORPORATION,

as Holdings,

INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION,

as Borrower,

The Lenders Party Hereto

and

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner,

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK (USA),

as Joint Lead Arranger, Joint Bookrunner and Co-Syndication Agent,

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as Joint Bookrunner and Co-Syndication Agent,

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC and UBS SECURITIES LLC,

as Joint Bookrunners and Documentation Agents

and

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC. and

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC,

as Joint Bookrunners and Co-Managers

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE I Definitions   

SECTION 1.01.

 

Defined Terms

     1   

SECTION 1.02.

 

Classification of Loans and Borrowings

     56   

SECTION 1.03.

 

Terms Generally

     56   

SECTION 1.04.

 

Accounting Terms; GAAP

     57   

SECTION 1.05.

 

[Reserved]

     57   

SECTION 1.06.

 

Currency Translation

     58   

SECTION 1.07.

 

Change of Currency

     58   
ARTICLE II The Credits   

SECTION 2.01.

 

Commitments

     59   

SECTION 2.02.

 

Loans and Borrowings

     59   

SECTION 2.03.

 

Requests for Borrowings

     60   

SECTION 2.04.

 

Swingline Loans

     61   

SECTION 2.05.

 

Letters of Credit and Bank Guarantees

     62   

SECTION 2.06.

 

Funding of Borrowings

     68   

SECTION 2.07.

 

Interest Elections

     68   

SECTION 2.08.

 

Termination and Reduction of Commitments

     70   

SECTION 2.09.

 

Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt

     70   

SECTION 2.10.

 

Amortization of Term Loans

     71   

SECTION 2.11.

 

Prepayment of Loans

     71   

SECTION 2.12.

 

Fees

     80   

SECTION 2.13.

 

Interest

     81   

SECTION 2.14.

 

Alternate Rate of Interest

     82   

SECTION 2.15.

 

Increased Costs

     83   

SECTION 2.16.

 

Break Funding Payments

     84   

SECTION 2.17.

 

Taxes

     84   

SECTION 2.18.

 

Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Setoffs

     87   

SECTION 2.19.

 

Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders

     89   

SECTION 2.20.

 

Incremental Credit Extensions

     90   

SECTION 2.21.

 

Refinancing Amendments

     92   

SECTION 2.22.

 

Defaulting Lenders

     93   

SECTION 2.23.

 

Illegality

     95   

SECTION 2.24.

 

Loan Modification Offers

     95   
ARTICLE III Representations and Warranties   

SECTION 3.01.

 

Organization; Powers

     96   

SECTION 3.02.

 

Authorization; Enforceability

     96   

SECTION 3.03.

 

Approvals; No Conflicts

     97   

SECTION 3.04.

 

Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Effect

     97   

SECTION 3.05.

 

Properties

     97   

SECTION 3.06.

 

Litigation and Environmental Matters

     98   

SECTION 3.07.

 

Compliance with Laws and Agreements

     98   

SECTION 3.08.

 

Investment Company Status

     98   

 

-i-


         Page  

SECTION 3.09.

 

Taxes

     98   

SECTION 3.10.

 

ERISA

     98   

SECTION 3.11.

 

Disclosure

     99   

SECTION 3.12.

 

Subsidiaries

     99   

SECTION 3.13.

 

Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc

     99   

SECTION 3.14.

 

Solvency

     99   

SECTION 3.15.

 

Senior Indebtedness

     100   

SECTION 3.16.

 

Federal Reserve Regulations

     100   

SECTION 3.17.

 

Use of Proceeds

     100   

SECTION 3.18.

 

PATRIOT Act, OFAC and FCPA

     100   
ARTICLE IV Conditions   

SECTION 4.01.

 

Effective Date

     101   

SECTION 4.02.

 

Each Credit Event

     102   
ARTICLE V Affirmative Covenants   

SECTION 5.01.

 

Financial Statements and Other Information

     103   

SECTION 5.02.

 

Notices of Material Events

     106   

SECTION 5.03.

 

Information Regarding Collateral

     106   

SECTION 5.04.

 

Existence; Conduct of Business

     106   

SECTION 5.05.

 

Payment of Taxes, etc

     107   

SECTION 5.06.

 

Maintenance of Properties

     107   

SECTION 5.07.

 

Insurance

     107   

SECTION 5.08.

 

Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights

     107   

SECTION 5.09.

 

Compliance with Laws

     108   

SECTION 5.10.

 

Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit

     108   

SECTION 5.11.

 

Additional Subsidiaries

     108   

SECTION 5.12.

 

Further Assurances

     108   

SECTION 5.13.

 

Ratings

     109   

SECTION 5.14.

 

Designation of Subsidiaries

     109   

SECTION 5.15.

 

Certain Post-Closing Obligations

     109   
ARTICLE VI Negative Covenants   

SECTION 6.01.

 

Indebtedness; Certain Equity Securities

     110   

SECTION 6.02.

 

Liens

     114   

SECTION 6.03.

 

Fundamental Changes; Holdings Covenant

     117   

SECTION 6.04.

 

Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions

     119   

SECTION 6.05.

 

Asset Sales

     121   

SECTION 6.06.

 

Sale and Leaseback Transactions

     123   

SECTION 6.07.

 

Negative Pledge

     123   

SECTION 6.08.

 

Restricted Payments; Certain Payments of Indebtedness

     125   

SECTION 6.09.

 

Transactions with Affiliates

     129   

SECTION 6.10.

 

Changes in Fiscal Periods

     130   

SECTION 6.11.

 

Financial Covenant

     130   
ARTICLE VII Events of Default   

SECTION 7.01.

 

Events of Default

     131   

 

-ii-


         Page  

SECTION 7.02.

 

Right to Cure

     133   

SECTION 7.03.

 

Application of Proceeds

     134   
ARTICLE VIII Administrative Agent   

SECTION 8.01.

 

Appointment and Authority

     135   

SECTION 8.02.

 

Rights as a Lender

     135   

SECTION 8.03.

 

Exculpatory Provisions

     135   

SECTION 8.04.

 

Reliance by Administrative Agent

     136   

SECTION 8.05.

 

Delegation of Duties

     136   

SECTION 8.06.

 

Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders

     138   

SECTION 8.07.

 

No Other Duties, Etc

     138   

SECTION 8.08.

 

Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim

     138   

SECTION 8.09.

 

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement

     139   
ARTICLE IX Miscellaneous   

SECTION 9.01.

 

Notices

     140   

SECTION 9.02.

 

Waivers; Amendments

     142   

SECTION 9.03.

 

Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver

     144   

SECTION 9.04.

 

Successors and Assigns

     146   

SECTION 9.05.

 

Survival

     152   

SECTION 9.06.

 

Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness

     153   

SECTION 9.07.

 

Severability

     153   

SECTION 9.08.

 

Right of Setoff

     153   

SECTION 9.09.

 

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

     154   

SECTION 9.10.

 

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     154   

SECTION 9.11.

 

Headings

     155   

SECTION 9.12.

 

Confidentiality

     155   

SECTION 9.13.

 

USA Patriot Act

     156   

SECTION 9.14.

 

Judgment Currency

     156   

SECTION 9.15.

 

Release of Liens and Guarantees

     157   

SECTION 9.16.

 

No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility

     157   

SECTION 9.17.

 

Interest Rate Limitation

     158   

  The Mandatory Cost (to the extent applicable) is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with:   

  the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions); or   

  the requirements of the European Central Bank.   

  On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Administrative Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the “Additional Cost Rate”) for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Administrative Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders’ Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each Lender in the relevant Loan) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum. The Administrative Agent will, at the request of the Borrower or any Lender, deliver to the Borrower or such Lender as the case may be, a statement setting forth the calculation of any Mandatory Cost.   

 

-iii-


         Page

  The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Lending Office in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Administrative Agent. This percentage will be certified by such Lender in its notice to the Administrative Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of such Lender’s participation in all Loans made from such Lending Office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of Loans made from that Lending Office.   

  The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Lending Office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Administrative Agent as follows:   

  in relation to any Loan in Sterling:   

  in relation to any Loan in any currency other than Sterling:   
 

•       For the purposes of this Schedule:

  

  Eligible Liabilities” and “Special Deposits” have the meanings given to them from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by the Bank of England;   

  EMU Legislation” means the legislative measures of the European Council for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of a single or unified European currency;   

  Fees Rules” means the rules on periodic fees contained in the FSA Supervision Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits;   

  Fee Tariffs” means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under the activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero rated fee required pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount rate);   

  Lending Office” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent;   

  Participating Member State” means each state so described in any EMU Legislation; and   

  Tariff Base” has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Rules.   

  In application of the above formulae, A, B, C and D will be included in the formulae as percentages (i.e. 5% will be included in the formula as 5 and not as 0.05). A negative result obtained by subtracting D from B shall be taken as zero. The resulting figures shall be rounded to four decimal places.   

  If requested by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, each Lender with a Lending Office in the United Kingdom or a Participating Member State shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the rate of charge payable by such Lender to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for this purpose by such Lender as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to such Lender for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of such Lender.   

  Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Administrative Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information in writing on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender:   

  the jurisdiction of the Lending Office out of which it is making available its participation in the relevant Loan; and   

 

-iv-


         Page

  any other information that the Administrative Agent may reasonably require for such purpose.   

  The percentages of each Lender for the purpose of A and C above and the rates of charge of each Lender for the purpose of E above shall be determined by the Administrative Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraphs 7 and 8 above and on the assumption that, unless a Lender notifies the Administrative Agent to the contrary, each Lender’s obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits and Special Deposits are the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a lending office in the same jurisdiction as its Lending Office.   

  The Administrative Agent shall have no liability to any Person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over- or under-compensates any Lender and shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any Lender pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above is true and correct in all respects.   

  The Administrative Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each Lender based on the information provided by each Lender pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above.   

  Any determination by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.   

  The Administrative Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Borrower and the Lenders, determine and notify to all parties any amendments which are required to be made to this Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.   

 

-v-


SCHEDULES:

 

Schedule 1.01

 

  

Mandatory Cost

Schedule 1.01(a)

 

  

Excluded Subsidiaries

Schedule 1.01(b)

 

  

Existing LCs

Schedule 2.01

 

  

Commitments

Schedule 3.12

 

  

Subsidiaries

Schedule 5.15

 

  

Certain Post-Closing Obligations

Schedule 6.01

 

  

Existing Indebtedness

Schedule 6.02

 

  

Existing Liens

Schedule 6.04(e)

 

  

Existing Investments

Schedule 6.07

 

  

Existing Restrictions

Schedule 6.09

 

  

Existing Affiliate Transactions

Schedule 9.01

 

  

Notices

EXHIBITS:

Exhibit A

 

  

Form of Assignment and Assumption

Exhibit B

 

  

Form of Guarantee Agreement

Exhibit C

 

  

Form of Perfection Certificate

Exhibit D

 

  

[Reserved]

Exhibit E

 

  

Form of Collateral Agreement

Exhibit F

 

  

[Reserved]

Exhibit G

 

  

Form of First Lien Intercreditor Agreement

Exhibit H

 

  

Form of Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement

Exhibit I

 

  

Form of Closing Certificate

Exhibit J

 

  

Form of Intercompany Note

Exhibit K

 

  

[Reserved]

Exhibit L

 

  

Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Notice

Exhibit M

 

  

Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Response

Exhibit N

 

  

Form of Discount Range Prepayment Notice

Exhibit O

 

  

Form of Discount Range Prepayment Offer

Exhibit P

 

  

Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice

Exhibit Q

 

  

Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer

Exhibit R

 

  

Form of Acceptance and Prepayment Notice

Exhibit S-1

 

  

Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Exhibit S-2

 

  

Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Exhibit S-3

 

  

Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Non-U.S. Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Exhibit S-4

 

  

Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Non-U.S. Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

-vi-


CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of May 2, 2014 (this “Agreement”), among IGLOO INTERMEDIATE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Initial Holdings”), INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the LENDERS party hereto and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent.

The parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

ABR” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

Acceptable Discount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

Acceptable Prepayment Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

Acceptance and Prepayment Notice” means an irrevocable written notice from a Term Lender accepting a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment at the Acceptable Discount specified therein pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D) substantially in the form of Exhibit R.

Acceptance Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

Accepting Lenders” has the meaning specified in Section 2.24(a).

Acquired EBITDA” means, with respect to any Acquired Entity or Business or any Converted Restricted Subsidiary (any of the foregoing, a “Pro Forma Entity”) for any period, as the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Pro Forma Entity (determined as if references to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA” were references to such Pro Forma Entity and its Subsidiaries which will become Restricted Subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Pro Forma Entity.

Acquired Entity or Business” has the meaning given such term in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA.”

Acquisition Transaction” means the purchase or other acquisition, by merger, consolidation or otherwise, by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Equity Interests in, or all or substantially all the assets of (or all or substantially all the assets constituting a business unit, division, product line or line of business of), any Person.

Additional Lender” means any Additional Revolving Lender or any Additional Term Lender, as applicable.


Additional Revolving Lender” means, at any time, any bank or other financial institution that agrees to provide any portion of any (a) Incremental Revolving Commitment Increase or Additional/Replacement Revolving Commitments pursuant to an Incremental Facility Amendment in accordance with Section 2.20 or (b) Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment in accordance with Section 2.21; provided that each Additional Revolving Lender shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and, if such Additional Revolving Lender will provide an Incremental Revolving Commitment Increase or any Additional/Replacement Revolving Commitment, each Principal Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender (such approval in each case not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

Additional Term Lender” means, at any time, any bank or other financial institution (including any such bank or financial institution that is a Lender at such time) that agrees to provide any portion of any (a) Incremental Term Facility pursuant to an Incremental Facility Amendment in accordance with Section 2.20 or (b) Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment in accordance with Section 2.21; provided that each Additional Term Lender (other than any Person that is a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund of a Lender at such time) shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and the Borrower.

Additional/Replacement Revolving Commitment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(a).

Adjusted LIBO Rate” means, (a) with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in dollars for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) equal to (i) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (ii) the Statutory Reserve Rate and (b) with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in euro or Sterling for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) equal to (i) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period plus (ii) the Mandatory Cost.

Administrative Agent” means Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Article VIII. The Administrative Agent may from time to time designate one or more of its Affiliates or branches to perform the functions of the Administrative Agent in connection with Loans denominated in any currency other than dollars, in which case references herein to the “Administrative Agent” shall, in connection with Loans denominated in any such currency, mean any Affiliate or branch so designated.

Administrative Questionnaire” means an administrative questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

Affected Class” has the meaning specified in Section 2.24(a).

Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly or indirectly Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

Affiliated Debt Fund” means an Affiliated Lender that is a bona fide debt fund primarily engaged in, or that advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course and the investment decisions of which are not controlled by the private equity business of Silver Lake Partners or Warburg Pincus LLC.

 

-2-


Affiliated Lender” means, at any time, any Lender that is the Sponsor or an Affiliate of the Sponsor (other than Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any natural person) at such time.

Affiliated Lender Cap” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(f)(vi).

Agent” means the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Lead Arranger, each Joint Bookrunner, each Syndication Agent, each Co-Documentation Agent and any successors and assigns in such capacity, and “Agents” means two or more of them.

Agent Parties” has the meaning given to such term in Section 9.01(c).

Agreement” has the meaning provided in the preamble hereto.

Agreement Currency” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.14(b).

Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1% and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate determined two Business Days prior to such date (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) for a deposit in dollars with a maturity of one month plus 1%. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively. Notwithstanding the foregoing and solely with respect to Term Loans, the Alternate Base Rate will be deemed to be 2.00% per annum if the Alternate Base Rate calculated pursuant to the foregoing provisions would otherwise be less than 2.00% per annum.

Applicable Account” means, with respect to any payment to be made to the Administrative Agent hereunder, the account specified by the Administrative Agent from time to time for the purpose of receiving payments of such type.

Applicable Creditor” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.14(b).

Applicable Discount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).

Applicable Fronting Exposure” means, with respect to any Person that is an Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender at any time, the sum of (a) the US Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate amount of all Letters of Credit issued by such Person in its capacity as an Issuing Bank (if applicable) that remains available for drawing at such time, (b) the US Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements made by such Person in its capacity as an Issuing Bank (if applicable) that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time and (c) the US Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans made by such Person in its capacity as a Swingline Lender (if applicable) outstanding at such time.

Applicable Percentage” means, at any time with respect to any Revolving Lender, the percentage of the aggregate Revolving Commitments represented by such Lender’s Revolving Commitment at such time (or, if the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, such Lender’s share of the total Revolving Exposure at that time); provided that, at any time any Revolving Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender, “Applicable Percentage” shall mean the percentage of the total Revolving Commitments (disregarding any such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment) represented by such Lender’s Revolving Commitment. If the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, the

 

-3-


Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Revolving Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments pursuant to this Agreement and to any Lender’s status as a Defaulting Lender at the time of determination.

Applicable Rate” means, for any day, (a) with respect to any Term Loan, (A) 2.75% per annum, in the case of an ABR Loan, or (B) 3.75% per annum, in the case of a Eurocurrency Loan, and (b) with respect to any ABR Loan or Eurocurrency Loan (other than a Term Loan) or any Base Rate Loan or the Revolving Commitments, the applicable rate per annum set forth below under the caption “ABR Spread,” “Eurocurrency/Base Rate Spread” or “Commitment Fee Rate,” as the case may be, based upon the First Lien Leverage Ratio as of the end of the fiscal quarter of the Borrower for which consolidated financial statements have theretofore been most recently delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or 5.01(b); provided that, for purposes of clause (b), until the date of the delivery of the consolidated financial statements pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or 5.01(b) as of and for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2014, the Applicable Rate shall be based on the rates per annum set forth in Category 1:

 

Category

  

First Lien Leverage Ratio:

   ABR
Spread
    Eurocurrency/Base
Rate Spread
    Commitment Fee
Rate
 
1    Greater than 4.50 to 1.0      2.75     3.75     0.50
2    Less than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00 and greater than 4.00 to 1.00      2.50     3.50     0.375
3    Less than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00      2.25     3.25     0.25

For purposes of the foregoing, each change in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the First Lien Leverage Ratio shall be effective during the period commencing on and including the Business Day following the date of delivery to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or 5.01(b) of the consolidated financial statements and related Compliance Certificate indicating such change and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Applicable Rate, at the option of the Administrative Agent or the Majority in Interest of the Revolving Lenders, shall be based on the rates per annum set forth in Category 1 (i) at any time that an Event of Default under Section 7.01(a) has occurred and is continuing and shall continue to so apply to but excluding the date on which such Event of Default shall cease to be continuing (and thereafter, the Category otherwise determined in accordance with this definition shall apply) or (ii) if Holdings and the Borrower fail to deliver the consolidated financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or 5.01(b) or any Compliance Certificate required to be delivered pursuant hereto, in each case within the time periods specified herein for such delivery, during the period commencing on and including the day of the occurrence of a Default resulting from such failure and until the delivery thereof.

Approved Bank” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of the term “Permitted Investments.”

Approved Foreign Bank” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Permitted Investments.”

Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any Person whose consent is required by Section 9.04), substantially in the form of Exhibit A or any other form reasonably approved by the Administrative Agent.

 

-4-


Auction Agent” means (a) the Administrative Agent or (b) any other financial institution or advisor employed by the Borrower (whether or not an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent) to act as an arranger in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii); provided that the Borrower shall not designate the Administrative Agent as the Auction Agent without the written consent of the Administrative Agent (it being understood that the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to agree to act as the Auction Agent).

Audited Financial Statements” means the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its subsidiaries for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its subsidiaries, including the notes thereto.

Available Amount” means a cumulative amount equal to (without duplication):

(a) $50,000,000 (the “Starter Basket”), plus

(b) 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period (treated as one accounting period) from the first day of the first fiscal quarter of the Borrower commencing January 1, 2014 to the end of the most recent Test Period, plus

(c) returns, profits, distributions and similar amounts received in cash or Permitted Investments by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on Investments made using the Available Amount (not to exceed the amount of such Investments), plus

(d) Investments of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in any Unrestricted Subsidiary made using the Available Amount that has been re-designated as a Restricted Subsidiary or that has been merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (up to the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Investments of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such re-designation or merger or consolidation and (ii) the Fair Market Value of the original Investment by Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary), plus

(e) the Net Proceeds of a sale or other Disposition of any Unrestricted Subsidiary (including the issuance of stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary) received by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, plus

(f) to the extent not included in Consolidated Net Income, dividends or other distributions or returns on capital received by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

(g) the aggregate amount of any Retained Declined Proceeds since the Effective Date;

provided that use of the Available Amount (other than the Starter Basket) pursuant to Section 6.08(a)(viii) or Section 6.08(b)(iv) shall be subject to compliance with a minimum Interest Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

 

-5-


Available Equity Amount” means a cumulative amount equal to (without duplication):

(a) the Net Proceeds of new public or private issuances of Qualified Equity Interests in Holdings or any parent of Holdings which are contributed to the Borrower, plus

(b) capital contributions received by Holdings or the Borrower after the Effective Date in cash or Permitted Investments (other than in respect of any Disqualified Equity Interest), plus

(c) the net cash proceeds received by Holdings or the Borrower from Indebtedness and Disqualified Equity Interest issuances issued after the Effective Date and which have been exchanged or converted into Qualified Equity Interests, plus

(d) returns, profits, distributions and similar amounts received in cash or Permitted Investments by Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on Investments made using the Available Equity Amount (not to exceed the amount of such Investments).

Bank Guarantee” means any bank guarantee issued pursuant to this Agreement.

Bank of America” means Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.

Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United State Code, as amended, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

Base Rate” means (a) with respect to Swingline Loans denominated in euro, the Euro Reference Rate, and (b) with respect to Swingline Loans denominated in Sterling, the Sterling Reference Rate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Base Rate with respect to Swingline Loans denominated in euros or Sterling will be deemed to be 1.00% per annum if the Base Rate determined pursuant to this definition would otherwise be less than 1.00% per annum.

Base Rate Loan,” when used in reference to any Loan, refers to whether such Loan is bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Base Rate.

Basel III” means, collectively, those certain agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A Global Regulatory Framework for More Resilient Banks and Banking Systems,” “Basel III: International Framework for Liquidity Risk Measurement, Standards and Monitoring,” and “Guidance for National Authorities Operating the Countercyclical Capital Buffer,” each as published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010 (as revised from time to time), and as implemented by a Lender’s primary banking regulatory authority.

Board of Directors” means, with respect to any Person, (a) in the case of any corporation, the board of directors of such Person or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board, (b) in the case of any limited liability company, the board of managers, board of directors, manager or managing member of such Person or the functional equivalent of the foregoing, (c) in the case of any partnership, the board of directors, board of managers, manager or managing member of a general partner of such Person or the functional equivalent of the foregoing and (d) in any other case, the functional equivalent of the foregoing.

Board of Governors” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

 

-6-


Borrower” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

Borrower Materials” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01.

Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment” means the offer by the Borrower to make a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a specified discount to par pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B).

Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers” means the solicitation by the Borrower of offers for, and the corresponding acceptance by a Term Lender of, a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a specified range at a discount to par pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).

Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers” means the solicitation by the Borrower of offers for, and the subsequent acceptance, if any, by a Term Lender of, a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a discount to par pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

Borrowing” means (a) Loans of the same Class and Type, made, converted or continued on the same date in the same currency and, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, or (b) a Swingline Loan.

Borrowing Minimum” means (a) in the case of a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing that is (i) denominated in dollars, $5,000,000, (ii) denominated in euro, €5,000,000 and (iii) denominated in Sterling, £5,000,000, (b) in the case of an ABR Revolving Borrowing, $1,000,000 and (c) in the case of a Swingline Loan (i) denominated in dollars, $1,000,000, (ii) denominated in euro, €1,000,000 and (iii) denominated in Sterling, £1,000,000.

Borrowing Multiple” means (a) in the case of a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing that is (i) denominated in dollars, $1,000,000, (ii) denominated in euro, €1,000,000 and (iii) denominated in Sterling, £1,000,000, (b) in the case of an ABR Revolving Borrowing, $500,000 and (c) in the case of a Swingline Loan (i) denominated in dollars, $100,000, (ii) denominated in euro, €100,000 and (iii) denominated in Sterling, £100,000.

Borrowing Request” means a request by the Borrower for a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03.

Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in London or New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that when used in connection with a Eurocurrency Loan (a) denominated in euro, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which the TARGET payment system is not open for the settlement of payments in euro and (b) denominated in dollars or Sterling, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar or Sterling deposits in the London interbank market.

Capital Lease Obligation” means an obligation that is a Capitalized Lease; and the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby at any time shall be the amount of the liability in respect thereof that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Effective Date.

Capitalized Leases” means all leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Effective Date, recorded as capitalized leases.

 

-7-


Capitalized Software Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Cash Management Obligations” means (a) obligations of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository, cash pooling arrangements and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds and (b) other obligations in respect of netting services, employee credit or purchase card programs and similar arrangements.

Cash Management Services” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Secured Cash Management Obligations.”

Casualty Event” means any event that gives rise to the receipt by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace or repair such equipment, fixed assets or real property.

CFC” means a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

Change in Control” means (a) the failure of Holdings prior to an IPO, or, after the IPO, the IPO Entity, directly or indirectly through wholly owned subsidiaries, to own all of the Equity Interests of the Borrower, (b) prior to an IPO, the failure by the Permitted Holders to own, directly or indirectly through one or more holding company parents of Holdings, beneficially and of record, Equity Interests in Holdings representing at least a majority of the aggregate ordinary voting power for the election of the Board of Directors of Holdings represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in Holdings, unless the Permitted Holders otherwise have the right (pursuant to contract, proxy, ownership of Equity Interests or otherwise), directly or indirectly, to designate, nominate or appoint (and do so designate, nominate or appoint) a majority of the Board of Directors of Holdings, (c) after an IPO, the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group, other than the Permitted Holders (directly or indirectly, including through one or more holding companies), of Equity Interests representing 40% or more of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in the IPO Entity and the percentage of the aggregate ordinary voting power so held is greater than the percentage of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the Equity Interests in the IPO Entity held by the Permitted Holders, unless the Permitted Holders (directly or indirectly, including through one of more holding companies) otherwise have the right (pursuant to contract, proxy or otherwise), directly or indirectly, to designate, nominate or appoint (and do so designate, nominate or appoint) a majority of the Board of Directors of Holdings or the IPO Entity or (d) the occurrence of a “Change of Control” (or similar event, however denominated), as defined in the documentation governing the Senior Notes or any Junior Financing that is Material Indebtedness.

For purposes of this definition, (i) “beneficial ownership” shall be as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act, (ii) the phrase Person or “group” is within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such Person or “group” and its subsidiaries and any Person acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan, and (iii) if any Person or “group” includes one or more Permitted Holders, the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of Holdings, the IPO Entity or the Borrower, as applicable, directly or indirectly owned by the Permitted Holders that are part of such Person or “group” shall not be treated as being owned by such Person or “group” for purposes of determining whether clause (c) of this definition is triggered).

 

-8-


Change in Law” means: (a) the adoption of any rule, regulation, treaty or other law after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any rule, regulation, treaty or other law or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) any requests, rules, guidelines or directives under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 or issued in connection therewith and (ii) any requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank of International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case shall be deemed to be a “Change in Law,” to the extent enacted, adopted, promulgated or issued after the date of this Agreement, but only to the extent such rules, regulations, or published interpretations or directives are applied to Holdings and its Subsidiaries by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in substantially the same manner as applied to other similarly situated borrowers under comparable syndicated credit facilities, including, without limitation, for purposes of Section 2.15.

Class” when used in reference to (a) any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans, Incremental Revolving Loans, Other Revolving Loans, Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans, Other Term Loans or Swingline Loans, (b) any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Revolving Commitment, Other Revolving Commitment, Term Commitment or Other Term Commitment and (c) any Lender, refers to whether such Lender has a Loan or Commitment with respect to a particular Class of Loans or Commitments. Other Term Commitments, Other Term Loans, Other Revolving Commitments (and the Other Revolving Loans made pursuant thereto) and Incremental Term Loans that have different terms and conditions shall be construed to be in different Classes.

Co-Managers” means Deutsche Bank Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral” means any and all assets, whether real or personal, tangible or intangible, on which Liens are purported to be granted pursuant to the Security Documents as security for the Secured Obligations.

Collateral Agent” means Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as collateral agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and shall include any duly appointed successor in that capacity.

Collateral Agreement” means the Collateral Agreement among the Borrower, each other Loan Party and the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit E.

Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” means, at any time, the requirement that:

(a) the Administrative Agent shall have received from (i) Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Foreign Subsidiary or any Excluded Subsidiary) either (x) a counterpart of the Guarantee Agreement duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person or (y) in the case of any Person that becomes a Loan Party

 

-9-


after the Effective Date (including by ceasing to be an Excluded Subsidiary or ceasing to be a Foreign Subsidiary), a supplement to the Guarantee Agreement, in the form specified therein, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person and (ii) Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and each Subsidiary Loan Party either (x) a counterpart of the Collateral Agreement duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person or (y) in the case of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary Loan Party after the Effective Date (including by ceasing to be an Excluded Subsidiary), a supplement to the Collateral Agreement, in the form specified therein, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person, in each case under this clause (a) together with, in the case of any such Loan Documents executed and delivered after the Effective Date, documents and, to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, opinions of the type referred to in Sections 4.01(b) and 4.01(c));

(b) all outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Equity Interests constituting Excluded Assets or Equity Interests of Immaterial Subsidiaries) owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party shall have been pledged pursuant to the Collateral Agreement, and the Administrative Agent shall have received certificates or other instruments representing all such Equity Interests (if any), together with undated stock powers or other instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank;

(c) if any Indebtedness for borrowed money of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary in a principal amount of $15,000,000 or more is owing by such obligor to any Loan Party, such Indebtedness shall be evidenced by a promissory note that shall have been pledged pursuant to the Collateral Agreement, and the Administrative Agent shall have received all such promissory notes, together with undated instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank;

(d) all certificates, agreements, documents and instruments, including Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, required by the Security Documents, Requirements of Law and reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to be filed, delivered, registered or recorded to create the Liens intended to be created by the Security Documents and perfect such Liens to the extent required by, and with the priority required by, the Security Documents and the other provisions of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement,” shall have been filed, registered or recorded or delivered to the Administrative Agent for filing, registration or recording; and

(e) the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to each Mortgaged Property duly executed and delivered by the record owner of such Mortgaged Property, (ii) a policy or policies of title insurance (or marked unconditional commitment to issue such policy or policies) in the amount equal to not less than 100% (or such lesser amount as reasonably agreed to by the Administrative Agent) of the Fair Market Value of such Mortgaged Property and fixtures, as reasonably determined by the Company and agreed to by the Administrative Agent, issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company insuring the Lien of each such Mortgage as a first priority Lien on the Mortgaged Property described therein, free of any other Liens except as expressly permitted by Section 6.02, together with such endorsements (other than a creditor’s rights endorsement), coinsurance and reinsurance as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to the extent available in the applicable jurisdiction at commercially reasonable rates, (iii) completed “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency (“FEMA”) Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to each Mortgaged Property subject to the applicable FEMA rules and regulations (together with a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by Holdings, the Borrower and each Loan Party relating thereto), (iv) if any Mortgaged Property is located in

 

-10-


an area determined by FEMA to have special flood hazards, evidence of such flood insurance as may be required under applicable law, including Regulation H of the Board of Governors and the other Flood Insurance Laws and as required under Section 5.07, and (v) such legal opinions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request with respect to any such Mortgage or Mortgaged Property.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this definition or anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, (a) the foregoing provisions of this definition shall not require the creation or perfection of pledges of or security interests in, or the obtaining of title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to, particular assets of the Loan Parties, or the provision of Guarantees by any Subsidiary, if, and for so long as and to the extent that the Administrative Agent and the Borrower reasonably agree in writing that the cost of creating or perfecting such pledges or security interests in such assets, or obtaining such title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables in respect of such assets, or providing such Guarantees (taking into account any adverse tax consequences to Holdings and its Subsidiaries (including the imposition of withholding or other material taxes)), shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, (b) Liens required to be granted from time to time pursuant to the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” shall be subject to exceptions and limitations set forth in the Security Documents as in effect on the Effective Date, (c) in no event shall control agreements or other control or similar arrangements be required with respect to deposit accounts, securities accounts, commodities accounts or other assets requiring perfection by control (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, possession), (d) no perfection actions shall be required with respect to assets subject to certificates of title, (e) no perfection actions shall be required with respect to commercial tort claims with a value less than $15,000,000 and, other than the filing of UCC financing statements, no perfection shall be required with respect to promissory notes evidencing debt for borrowed money in a principal amount of less than $15,000,000, (f) no actions in any non-U.S. jurisdiction or required by the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction shall be required to be taken to create any security interests in assets located or titled outside of the United States (including any Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries and any Foreign Intellectual Property) or to perfect or make enforceable any security interests in any such assets (it being understood that there shall be no security agreements or pledge agreements governed under the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction), (g) no actions shall be required to perfect a security interest in letter of credit rights (other than the filing of UCC financing statements), and (h) in no event shall the Collateral include any Excluded Assets. The Administrative Agent may grant extensions of time for the creation and perfection of security interests in or the obtaining of title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to particular assets or the provision of any Guarantee by any Subsidiary (including extensions beyond the Effective Date or in connection with assets acquired, or Subsidiaries formed or acquired, after the Effective Date) where it determines that such action cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required to be accomplished by this Agreement or the Security Documents.

Commitment” means (a) with respect to any Lender, its Revolving Commitment, Other Revolving Commitment of any Class, Term Commitment, Other Term Commitment of any Class or any combination thereof (as the context requires) and (b) with respect to any Swingline Lender, its Swingline Commitment.

Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Compliance Certificate” means a Compliance Certificate required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01.

 

-11-


Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus:

(a) without duplication and to the extent already deducted (and not added back) in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for such period:

(i) total interest expense and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, any losses on hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, net of interest income and gains on such hedging obligations or such derivative instruments, and bank and letter of credit fees and costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities;

(ii) provision for taxes based on income, profits, revenue or capital, including federal, foreign and state income, franchise, excise, and similar taxes based on income, profits, revenue or capital and foreign withholding taxes paid or accrued during such period (including in respect of repatriated funds) including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations;

(iii) depreciation and amortization (including amortization of Capitalized Software Expenditures and amortization of deferred financing fees or costs);

(iv) other non-cash charges (other than any accrual in respect of bonuses) (provided, in each case, that if any non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period);

(v) the amount of any non-controlling interest consisting of income attributable to non-controlling interests of third parties in any Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back in such period to Consolidated Net Income) excluding cash distributions in respect thereof;

(vi) (A) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees, indemnities and related expenses paid or accrued in such period to (or on behalf of) the Sponsors (including any termination fees payable in connection with the early termination of management and monitoring agreements) and (B) the amount of expenses relating to payments made to option holders of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to shareholders of such Person or its direct or indirect parent companies, which payments are being made to compensate such option holders as though they were shareholders at the time of, and entitled to share in, such distribution, in each case to the extent permitted in the Loan Documents;

(vii) any costs or expenses incurred by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, any severance agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are non-cash or otherwise funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of Holdings or Net Proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of Holdings (other than Disqualified Equity Interests),

 

-12-


(viii) any net pension or other post-employment benefit costs representing amortization of unrecognized prior service costs, actuarial losses, including amortization of such amounts arising in prior periods, amortization of the unrecognized net obligation (and loss or cost) existing at the date of initial application of FASB Accounting Standards Codification 715, and any other items of a similar nature.

plus

(b) without duplication, the amount of “run rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies related to any Specified Transaction, any restructuring, cost saving initiative or other initiative projected by the Borrower in good faith to be realized as a result of actions that have been taken or initiated or are expected to be taken or initiated on or prior to the date that is 24 months after the end of the relevant Test Period (including actions initiated prior to the Effective Date) (in the good faith determination of the Borrower), including any cost savings, expenses and charges (including restructuring and integration charges) in connection with, or incurred by or on behalf of, any joint venture of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (whether accounted for on the financial statements of any such joint venture or the Borrower) with respect to any Specified Transaction, and any restructuring, cost saving initiative or other initiative (which cost savings shall be added to Consolidated EBITDA until fully realized and calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of the relevant period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and quantifiable, (B) no cost savings, operating expense reductions or synergies shall be added pursuant to this clause (b) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings, operating expense reductions or synergies that are included in clause (a) above (it being understood and agreed that “run rate” shall mean the full recurring benefit that is associated with any action taken) and (C) the share of any such cost savings, expenses and charges with respect to a joint venture that are to be allocated to Holdings, Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not exceed the total amount thereof for any such joint venture multiplied by the percentage of income of such venture expected to be included in Consolidated EBITDA for the relevant Test Period;

less

(c) without duplication and to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for such period:

(i) non-cash gains (excluding any non-cash gain to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated Net Income or Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period);

(ii) the amount of any non-controlling interest consisting of loss attributable to non-controlling interests of third parties in any Non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary added (and not deducted in such period from Consolidated Net Income);

in each case, as determined on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP; provided that,

(I) there shall be included in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period, without duplication, the Acquired EBITDA of any Person, property, business or asset acquired by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period (other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary) whether such acquisition occurred before or after the Effective Date to

 

-13-


the extent not subsequently sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of (but not including the Acquired EBITDA of any related Person, property, business or assets to the extent not so acquired) (each such Person, property, business or asset acquired, including pursuant to a transaction consummated prior to the Effective Date, and not subsequently so disposed of, an “Acquired Entity or Business”), and the Acquired EBITDA of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that is converted into a Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each, a “Converted Restricted Subsidiary”), in each case based on the Acquired EBITDA of such Pro Forma Entity for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition or conversion) determined on a historical Pro Forma Basis; and

(II) there shall be (A) excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period the Disposed EBITDA of any Person, property, business or asset (other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary) sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, closed or classified as discontinued operations by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period (but if such operations are classified as discontinued due to the fact that they are subject to an agreement to dispose of such operations, only when and to the extent such operations are actually disposed of) (each such Person, property, business or asset so sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, closed or classified, a “Sold Entity or Business”), and the Disposed EBITDA of any Restricted Subsidiary that is converted into an Unrestricted Subsidiary during such period (each, a “Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary”), in each case based on the Disposed EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such sale, transfer, disposition, closure, classification or conversion) determined on a historical Pro Forma Basis and (B) included in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period in which a Sold Entity or Business is disposed, an adjustment equal to the Pro Forma Disposal Adjustment with respect to such Sold Entity or Business (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such disposal) as specified in the Pro Forma Disposal Adjustment certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent (for further deliver to the Lenders).

Consolidated First Lien Debt” means the amount of Consolidated Net Debt under the Loans and under any Incremental Facilities and the amount of Consolidated Net Debt that is secured by any of the Collateral on an equal priority basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with Liens securing the Secured Obligations.

Consolidated Interest Expense” means the sum of (a) the amount of cash interest expense (including that attributable to Capitalized Leases), net of cash interest income of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, including all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and net costs under hedging agreements, plus (b) the aggregate amount of actual cash payments made with respect to any increase in the principal amount of Indebtedness as a result of pay-in-kind interest that are required to be made in connection with any repayment of such Indebtedness, and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, (i) amortization of deferred financing costs, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and any other amounts of non-cash interest (including as a result of the effects of acquisition method accounting or pushdown accounting), (ii) non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement of the mark-to-market valuation of obligations under hedging agreements or other derivative instruments pursuant to FASB Accounting Standards Codification No. 815-Derivatives and Hedging, (iii) any one-time cash costs associated with breakage in respect of hedging agreements for interest rates, (iv) all non-recurring cash interest expense consisting of liquidated damages for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations and (v) any interest expense attributable to the exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or actions (whether actual, contingent or potential) with respect thereto and with respect to any Permitted Acquisition or other Investment, all as calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

-14-


Consolidated Net Debt” means, as of any date of determination, (a) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but excluding the effects of any discounting of Indebtedness resulting from the application of acquisition method accounting in connection with any Permitted Acquisition (or other Investment permitted hereunder) or any push-down accounting) consisting only of Indebtedness for borrowed money, unreimbursed obligations under letters of credit, obligations in respect of Capitalized Leases and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes or similar instruments, minus (b) the aggregate amount of cash and Permitted Investments (in each case, free and clear of all liens, other than Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.02), excluding cash and Permitted Investments, which are listed as “restricted” on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date.

Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, excluding, without duplication:

(a) extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including any unusual or non-recurring operating expenses directly attributable to the implementation of cost savings initiatives and any accruals or reserves in respect of any extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual items), severance, relocation costs, integration and facilities’ opening costs and other business optimization expenses (including related to new product introductions), restructuring charges, accruals or reserves (including restructuring and integration costs related to acquisitions after the Effective Date and adjustments to existing reserves), whether or not classified as restructuring expense on the consolidated financial statements, signing costs, retention or completion bonuses, transition costs, costs related to closure/consolidation of facilities, internal costs in respect of strategic initiatives and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities),

(b) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income,

(c) Transaction Costs,

(d) the net income for such period of any Person that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary and any Person that is not a Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting; provided that Consolidated Net Income shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) by such Person to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof during such period,

(e) any fees and expenses (including any transaction or retention bonus or similar payment) incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, asset disposition, issuance or repayment of debt, issuance of equity securities, refinancing transaction or amendment or other modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Effective Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the effects of expensing all transaction-related expenses in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification 805 and gains or losses associated with FASB Accounting Standards Codification 460),

 

-15-


(f) any income (loss) for such period attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, hedging agreements or other derivative instruments,

(g) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP (including any adjustment of estimated payouts on existing earn-outs) or changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period,

(h) all Non-Cash Compensation Expenses,

(i) any income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts,

(j) any income (loss) from investments recorded using the equity method of accounting (but including any cash dividends or distributions actually received by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such investment),

(k) any gain (loss) on asset sales, disposals or abandonments (other than asset sales, disposals or abandonments in the ordinary course of business) or income (loss) from discontinued operations (but if such operations are classified as discontinued due to the fact that they are subject to an agreement to dispose of such operations, only when and to the extent such operations are actually disposed of),

(l) any non-cash gain (loss) attributable to the mark to market movement in the valuation of hedging obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to FASB Accounting Standards Codification 815-Derivatives and Hedging or mark to market movement of other financial instruments pursuant to FASB Accounting Standards Codification 825-Financial Instruments; provided that any cash payments or receipts relating to transactions realized in a given period shall be taken into account in such period,

(m) any non-cash gain (loss) related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including the net loss or gain resulting from hedging agreements for currency exchange risk and revaluations of intercompany balances),

(n) any non-cash expenses, accruals or reserves related to adjustments to historical tax exposures (provided, in each case, that the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated Net Income for the period in which such cash payment was made),

(o) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down related to intangible assets (including goodwill), long-lived assets, and investments in debt and equity securities, and

(p) solely for the purpose of calculating the Available Amount, the net income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its net income is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior Governmental Approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, is otherwise restricted by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually

 

-16-


paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) or Permitted Investments to Holdings, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein.

There shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income for any period the effects from applying acquisition method accounting, including applying acquisition method accounting to inventory, property and equipment, loans and leases, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenue (including deferred costs related thereto and deferred rent) required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of any acquisition or Investment consummated prior to the Effective Date and any Permitted Acquisitions or other Investment or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof.

In addition, to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated Net Income shall include (i) the amount of proceeds received or due from business interruption insurance or reimbursement of expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification and other reimbursement provisions in connection with any acquisition or other Investment or any disposition of any asset permitted hereunder and (ii) the amount of any cash tax benefits related to the tax amortization of intangible assets in such period.

Consolidated Secured Debt” means Consolidated Net Debt that is secured by a Lien on any Collateral.

Consolidated Total Assets” means, as at any date of determination, the amount that would be set forth opposite the caption “total assets” (or any like caption) on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Working Capital” means, at any date, the excess of (a) the sum of all amounts (other than cash and Permitted Investments) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date, excluding the current portion of current and deferred income taxes over (b) the sum of all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, including deferred revenue but excluding, without duplication, (i) the current portion of any Funded Debt, (ii) all Indebtedness consisting of Loans and obligations under Letters of Credit to the extent otherwise included therein, (iii) the current portion of interest and (iv) the current portion of current and deferred income taxes; provided that, for purposes of calculating Excess Cash Flow, increases or decreases in working capital (A) arising from acquisitions or dispositions by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be measured from the date on which such acquisition or disposition occurred until the first anniversary of such acquisition or disposition with respect to the Person subject to such acquisition or disposition and (B) shall exclude (I) the impact of non-cash adjustments contemplated in the Excess Cash Flow calculation, (II) the impact of adjusting items in the definition of Consolidated Net Income and (III) any changes in current assets or current liabilities as a result of (x) the effect of fluctuations in the amount of accrued or contingent obligations, assets or liabilities under hedging agreements or other derivative obligations, (y) any reclassification in accordance with GAAP of assets or liabilities, as applicable, between current and noncurrent or (z) the effects of acquisition method accounting.

Contract Consideration” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Excess Cash Flow.”

 

-17-


Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies, or the dismissal or appointment of the management, of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

Converted Restricted Subsidiary” has the meaning given such term in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA.”

Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary” has the meaning given such term in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA.”

Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness issued, incurred or otherwise obtained (including by means of the extension or renewal of existing Indebtedness) in exchange for, or to extend, renew, replace or refinance, in whole or part, existing Term Loans or Revolving Loans (or unused Revolving Commitments), (“Refinanced Debt”); provided that such exchanging, extending, renewing, replacing or refinancing Indebtedness (a) is in an original aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate principal amount of the Refinanced Debt (plus any premium, accrued interest and fees and expenses incurred in connection with such exchange, extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing ), (b) does not mature earlier than or, except in the case of Revolving Commitments, have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity shorter than the Refinanced Debt, (c) shall not be guaranteed by any entity that is not a Loan Party, (d) in the case of any secured Indebtedness (i) is not secured by any assets not securing the Secured Obligations and (ii) is subject to the relevant Intercreditor Agreement(s) and (e) has terms and conditions (excluding pricing, interest rate margins, rate floors, discounts, fees, premiums and prepayment or redemption provisions) that are not materially more favorable (when taken as a whole) to the lenders or investors providing such Indebtedness than the terms and conditions of this Agreement (when taken as a whole) are to the Lenders (except for covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of such refinancing) (it being understood that, to the extent that any financial maintenance covenant is added for the benefit of any such Indebtedness, no consent shall be required by the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders if such financial maintenance covenant is either (i) also added for the benefit of any corresponding Loans remaining outstanding after the issuance or incurrence of such Indebtedness or (ii) only applicable after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of such refinancing).

Cure Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.02(a).

Cure Right” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02(a).

Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Default” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender” means, subject to Section 2.22(b), any Lender that (a) has failed to perform any of its funding obligations hereunder, including in respect of its Loans or participations in respect of Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans, within one Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, (b) has notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Swingline Lender or any Lender that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations or has made a public statement or provided any written notification to any Person to that effect with respect to its

 

-18-


funding obligations hereunder or under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three Business Days after request by the Administrative Agent (whether acting on its own behalf or at the reasonable request of the Borrower (it being understood that the Administrative Agent shall comply with any such reasonable request)), to confirm in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that it will comply with its funding obligations, or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has (i) become or is insolvent, (ii) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, (iii) had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or a custodian appointed for it, or (iv) taken any action in furtherance of, or indicated its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of (i) the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority or (ii) an undisclosed administration pursuant to the laws of the Netherlands.

Defaulting Lender Fronting Exposure” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to the Issuing Bank, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the outstanding Letter of Credit obligations other than Letter of Credit obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or cash collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof, and (b) with respect to the Swingline Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of Swingline Loans other than Swingline Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or cash collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof.

Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or a Subsidiary in connection with a Disposition pursuant to Section 6.05(k) that is designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Holdings, setting forth the basis of such valuation (which amount will be reduced by the Fair Market Value of the portion of the non-cash consideration converted to cash within 180 days following the consummation of the applicable Disposition).

Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B).

Discount Range” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).

Discount Range Prepayment Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).

Discount Range Prepayment Notice” means a written notice of a Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C) substantially in the form of Exhibit N.

Discount Range Prepayment Offer” means the irrevocable written offer by a Term Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit O, submitted in response to an invitation to submit offers following the Auction Agent’s receipt of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

Discount Range Prepayment Response Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).

Discount Range Proration” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).

 

-19-


Discounted Prepayment Determination Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

Discounted Prepayment Effective Date” means in the case of a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment or Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offer, five (5) Business Days following the receipt by each relevant Term Lender of notice from the Auction Agent in accordance with Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B), Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C) or Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D), as applicable unless a shorter period is agreed to between the Borrower and the Auction Agent.

Discounted Term Loan Prepayment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(A).

Disposed EBITDA” means, with respect to any Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary (determined as if references to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDA” (and in the component financial definitions used therein) were references to such Sold Entity or Business and its subsidiaries or to such Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary and its subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Disposition” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.05.

Disqualified Equity Interest” means, with respect to any Person, any Equity Interest in such Person that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable, either mandatorily or at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event or condition:

(a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests in such Person that do not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests and cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests), whether pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise;

(b) is convertible or exchangeable, either mandatorily or at the option of the holder thereof, for Indebtedness or Equity Interests (other than solely for Equity Interests in such Person that do not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests and cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests); or

(c) is redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests in such Person that do not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests and cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests) or is required to be repurchased by such Person or any of its Affiliates, in whole or in part, at the option of the holder thereof;

in each case, on or prior to the date 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date; provided, however, that (i) an Equity Interest in any Person that would not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest but for terms thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to redeem or purchase such Equity Interest upon the occurrence of an “asset sale” or a “change of control” or similar event shall not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest if any such requirement becomes operative only after repayment in full of all the Loans and all other Loan Document Obligations that are accrued and payable, the cancellation or expiration of all Letters of Credit and the termination of the Commitments and (ii) if an Equity Interest in any Person is issued pursuant to any plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interest shall not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent company thereof) or any of its subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations of such Person.

 

-20-


Disqualified Lenders” means (i) those Persons identified by Holdings or the Borrower to the Joint Bookrunners in writing prior to the commencement of “primary syndication” as being “Disqualified Lenders,” (ii) those Persons who are competitors of Holdings and its Subsidiaries identified by a Sponsor or Holdings to the Administrative Agent from time to time in writing (including by email) which designation shall become effective two days after delivery of each such written supplement to the Administrative Agent, but which shall not apply retroactively to disqualify any persons that have previously acquired an assignment or participation interest in the Loan and (iii) in the case of each Persons identified pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above, any of their Affiliates that are either (x) identified in writing by a Sponsor or Holdings from time to time, (y) clearly identifiable as Affiliates on the basis of such Affiliate’s name (other than, in the case of this clause (y), Affiliates that are bona fide debt funds) or (z) posted publicly.

Documentation Agents” means Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and UBS Securities LLC in their capacity as documentation agents.

dollars” or “$” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

ECF Percentage” means, with respect to the prepayment required by Section 2.11(d) with respect to any fiscal year of the Borrower, if the First Lien Leverage Ratio (prior to giving effect to the applicable prepayment pursuant to Section 2.11(d), but after giving effect to any voluntary prepayments made pursuant to Section 2.11(a) prior to the date of such prepayment) as of the end of such fiscal year is (a) greater than 4.50:1.00, 50% of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year, (b) greater than 4.00 to 1.00 but less than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00, 25% of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year and (c) equal to or less than 4.00:1.00, 0% of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year.

Effective Date” means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02).

Effective Date Refinancing” means the repayment, redemption, repurchase or other discharge of the Existing Notes and of the Existing Credit Agreement Indebtedness and termination and/or release of any security interests and guarantees in connection therewith.

Effective Yield” means, as to any Indebtedness, the effective yield on such Indebtedness in the reasonable determination of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower and consistent with generally accepted financial practices, taking into account the applicable interest rate margins, any interest rate floors (the effect of which floors shall be determined in a manner set forth in the proviso below) or similar devices and all fees, including upfront or similar fees or original issue discount (amortized over the shorter of (a) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Indebtedness and (b) the four years following the date of incurrence thereof) payable generally to lenders or other institutions providing such Indebtedness, but excluding any arrangement, structuring, ticking or other similar fees payable in connection therewith that are not generally shared with the relevant Lenders and, if applicable, consent fees for an amendment paid generally to consenting Lenders; provided that with respect to any Indebtedness that includes a “LIBOR floor” or “Base Rate floor,” (i) to the extent that the LIBO Rate or Alternate Base Rate (without giving effect to any floors in such definitions), as applicable, on the date that the Effective Yield is being calculated is less than such floor, the amount of such difference shall be deemed added to the interest rate margin for such Indebtedness for the purpose of

 

-21-


calculating the Effective Yield and (ii) to the extent that the LIBO Rate or Alternate Base Rate (without giving effect to any floors in such definitions), as applicable, on the date that the Effective Yield is being calculated is greater than such floor, then the floor shall be disregarded in calculating the Effective Yield.

Eligible Assignee” means (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender, (c) an Approved Fund and (d) any other Person (including Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their Affiliates), other than, in each case, (i) a natural person, (ii) a Defaulting Lender or (iii) a Disqualified Lender.

EMU Legislation” means the legislative measures of the European Council for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of a single or unified European currency.

Environmental Laws” means all applicable treaties, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, judgments, orders, decrees and other applicable Requirements of Law, and all applicable injunctions or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by or with any Governmental Authority, in each instance relating to the protection of the environment, to preservation or reclamation of natural resources, to Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Material or to the extent relating to exposure to Hazardous Materials, to health or safety matters.

Environmental Liability” means any liability, obligation, loss, claim, action, order or cost, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of medical monitoring, costs of environmental remediation or restoration, administrative oversight costs, consultants’ fees, fines, penalties and indemnities) directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) any actual or alleged violation of any Environmental Law or permit, license or approval issued thereunder, (b) Environmental Laws and the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Equity Interests” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person.

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with any Loan Party, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

ERISA Event” means (a) any “reportable event,” as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30 day notice period is waived); (b) any failure by any Plan to satisfy the minimum funding standards (within the meaning of Section 412 or Section 430 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) applicable to such Plan, whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) a determination that any Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at-risk” status (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4) of the Code); (e) the incurrence by a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA) with respect to the termination of any Plan; (f) the receipt by a Loan Party or any ERISA

 

-22-


Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan under Section 4041 of ERISA or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan under Section 4042 of ERISA; (g) the incurrence by a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability with respect to the withdrawal from any Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a “substantial employer” (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA), or a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meanings of Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from a Multiemployer Plan; or (h) the receipt by a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, “insolvent,” within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA, or in “reorganization,” within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA or in “endangered or critical status,” within the meaning of Sections 431 or 432 of the Code or Sections 304 or 305 of ERISA.

euro” or “” means the single currency of the European Union as constituted by the Treaty on European Union and as referred to in the EMU Legislation.

Euro Reference Rate” means, for any Interest Period, (i) the London interbank offered rate as administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate) for Dollars for a period equal in length to such Interest Period as displayed on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 (or such other page as may replace such page on such service for the purpose of displaying the rates at which dollar deposits are offered by leading banks in the London interbank deposit market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, (x) in the case of a Borrowing of Revolving Loans, two London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period or (y) in the case of a Borrowing of Swingline Loans, on the date of such Borrowing, for euro deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period or (ii) if such published rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Euro Reference Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in euro for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Borrowing being made, continued or converted by Bank of America and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) (x) in the case of a Borrowing of Revolving Loans, two London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period or (y) in the case of a Borrowing of Swingline Loans, on the date of such Borrowing.

Eurocurrency” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

Event of Default” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01.

Excess Cash Flow” means, for any period, an amount equal to the excess of:

(a) the sum, without duplication, of:

(i) Consolidated Net Income for such period,

(ii) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income (provided, in each case, that if any non-cash charge represents an accrual or reserve for cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Excess Cash Flow in such future period),

 

-23-


(iii) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital, long-term receivables and long-term prepaid assets and increases in long-term deferred revenue for such period,

(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on dispositions by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income; less:

(v) extraordinary gains; less:

(b) the sum, without duplication, of:

(i) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income (including any amounts included in Consolidated Net Income pursuant to the next to last sentence of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income” to the extent such amounts are due but not received during such period) and cash charges included in clauses (a) through (p) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income (other than cash charges in respect of Transaction Costs paid on or about the Effective Date to the extent financed with the proceeds of Indebtedness incurred on the Effective Date),

(ii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior fiscal years, the amount of capital expenditures made in cash or accrued during such period, except to the extent that such capital expenditures were financed with the proceeds of Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries,

(iii) the aggregate amount of all principal payments of Indebtedness, including (A) the principal component of payments in respect of Capitalized Leases and (B) the amount of any mandatory prepayment of Loans to the extent required due to a Disposition that resulted in an increase to Consolidated Net Income and not in excess of the amount of such increase but excluding (I) all other prepayments of Term Loans and (II) all prepayments of revolving loans and swingline loans (including the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans) made during such period (other than in respect of any revolving credit facility to the extent there is an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder), except to the extent financed with the proceeds of other Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries,

(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on dispositions by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

(v) increases in Consolidated Working Capital, long term receivables and long-term prepaid assets and decreases in long term deferred revenue for such period,

(vi) cash payments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness,

 

-24-


(vii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (x) below in prior fiscal years, the amount of Investments (other than Investments in Permitted Investments) and acquisitions not prohibited by this Agreement, to the extent that such Investments and acquisitions were financed with internally generated cash flow of Holdings, Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries,

(viii) the amount of dividends and other restricted payments paid in cash during such period not prohibited by this Agreement, to the extent that such dividends and distributions were financed with internally generated cash flow of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries,

(ix) the aggregate amount of expenditures actually made by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such period (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed during such period,

(x) the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that are required to be made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness,

(xi) without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, (1) the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by Holdings, Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts, commitments, letters of intent or purchase orders (the “Contract Consideration”), in each case, entered into prior to or during such period and (2) to the extent set forth in a certificate of a Financial Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent at or before the time the Compliance Certificate for the period ending simultaneously with such Test Period is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(d), the aggregate amount of cash that is reasonably expected to be paid in respect of planned cash expenditures by Holdings, Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (the “Planned Expenditures”), in the case of each of clauses (1) and (2), relating to Permitted Acquisitions, other Investments (other than Investments in Permitted Investments) or Capital Expenditures (including Capitalized Software Expenditures or other purchases of intellectual property) to be consummated or made during a subsequent Test Period (and in the case of Planned Expenditures, the subsequent Test Period); provided, that to the extent the aggregate amount of internally generated cash actually utilized to finance such Permitted Acquisitions, Investments or Capital Expenditures during such Test Period is less than the Contract Consideration and Planned Expenditures, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such Test Period,

(xii) the amount of taxes (including penalties and interest) paid in cash and/or tax reserves set aside or payable (without duplication) in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, and

(xiii) extraordinary losses.

Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

-25-


Exchange Rate” means on any day, for purposes of determining the US Dollar Equivalent of any amount denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars, the rate at which such currency may be exchanged into U.S. Dollars as set forth at approximately 11:00 a.m. on such day as set forth on the Reuters World Currency Page for such currency. In the event that such rate does not appear on any Reuters World Currency Page, the Exchange Rate shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, or, in the absence of such an agreement, such Exchange Rate shall instead be the spot rate of exchange of the Administrative Agent through its principal foreign exchange trading office, at or about 11:00 a.m., New York City time on the date two Business Days prior to the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made; provided that if at the time of any such determination, for any reason, no such spot rate is being quoted, the Administrative Agent may use any reasonable method it deems appropriate to determine such rate, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error; and provided further that, notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Issuing Bank may use any such spot rate quoted on the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made in the case of any Letter of Credit denominated in euro or Sterling.

Excluded Assets” means (a) any fee-owned real property with a fair market value of less than $30,000,000 and all leasehold interests in real property, (b) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title or ownership, (c) Equity Interests in any Person (other than any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries) to the extent not permitted by the terms of such Person’s organizational or joint venture documents, (d) voting Equity Interests constituting an amount greater than 65% of the voting Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a CFC or any FSHCO, (e) any asset if, to the extent and for so long as the grant of a Lien thereon to secure the Secured Obligations is prohibited by any Requirements of Law (other than to the extent that any such prohibition would be rendered ineffective pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code or any other applicable Requirements of Law), would require consent or approval of any Governmental Authority, (f) margin stock and, to the extent prohibited by, or creating an enforceable right of termination in favor of any other party thereto under (other than any Loan Party) the terms of any applicable Organizational Documents, joint venture agreement or shareholders’ agreement, Equity Interests in any Person other than wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiaries, (g) assets to the extent a security interest in such assets would result in material adverse tax consequences to Holdings or one of its subsidiaries as reasonably determined by Holdings in consultation with the Administrative Agent, (h) any intent-to-use trademark application prior to the filing of a “Statement of Use” or “Amendment to Allege Use” with respect thereto, (i) any lease, license or other agreement or any property subject thereto (including pursuant to a purchase money security interest or similar arrangement) to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein would violate or invalidate such lease, license or agreement or purchase money arrangement or create a breach, default or right of termination in favor of any other party thereto (other than any Loan Party) after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction or other similar applicable law, other than proceeds and receivables thereof, the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction or other similar applicable law notwithstanding such prohibition or (j) commercial tort claims with a value of less than $15,000,000 and letter-of-credit rights (except to the extent a security interest therein can be perfected by a UCC filing).

Excluded Subsidiary” means (a) any Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings on the Effective Date or, if later, the date it first becomes a Subsidiary, (b) each Subsidiary listed on Schedule 1.01(a), (c) each Unrestricted Subsidiary, (d) each Immaterial Subsidiary, (e) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by (i) applicable Requirements of Law or (ii) any contractual obligation existing on the Effective Date or on the date any such Subsidiary is acquired (so long in respect of any such contractual prohibition such prohibition is not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition), in each case from guaranteeing the Secured Obligations or which would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization to provide a Guarantee, or for which the provision

 

-26-


of a Guarantee would result in a material adverse tax consequence (including as a result of the operation of Section 956 of the Code or any similar law or regulation in any applicable jurisdiction) to Holdings or one of its subsidiaries (as reasonably determined by Holdings in consultation with the Administrative Agent), (f) any Foreign Subsidiary, (g) any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary of a direct or indirect Foreign Subsidiary of Holdings that is a CFC, (h) any FSHCO, (i) any other Subsidiary excused from becoming a Loan Party pursuant to clause (a) of the last paragraph of the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” and (j) any not-for-profit Subsidiaries, captive insurance companies or other special purpose subsidiaries designated by Holdings from time to time.

Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, (a) any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, as applicable, such Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act (determined after giving effect to any applicable keep well, support, or other agreement for the benefit of such Guarantor and any and all Guarantees of such Guarantor’s Swap Obligations by other Loan Parties) at the time the Guarantee of such Guarantor, or a grant by such Guarantor of a security interest, becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or (b) any other Swap Obligation designated as an “Excluded Swap Obligation” of such Guarantor as specified in any agreement between the relevant Loan Parties and counterparty applicable to such Swap Obligations. If a Swap Obligation arises under a Master Agreement governing more than one Swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to Swaps for which such Guarantee or security interest is or becomes excluded in accordance with the first sentence of this definition.

Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (a) any Taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income or profits (however denominated), branch profits Taxes, and franchise Taxes, in each case imposed by (i) any jurisdiction as a result of such recipient being organized or having its principal office located in or, in the case of any Lender, having its applicable lending office located in, such jurisdiction or (ii) any jurisdiction as a result of any other present or former connection between such recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than a connection arising solely from such recipient having executed, delivered, or become a party to, performed its obligations or received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, sold or assigned of an interest in, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, or enforced, any Loan Documents), (b) any withholding Tax that is attributable to a Lender’s failure to comply with Section 2.17(e), (c) except in the case of an assignee pursuant to a request by a Borrower under Section 2.19, any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed due to a Requirement of Law in effect at the time a Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new lending office), except to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts with respect to such withholding Tax under Section 2.17(a) and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed pursuant to FATCA.

Existing LCs” means each letter of credit identified on Schedule 1.01(b).

Existing Credit Agreement Indebtedness” means the principal, interest, fees and other amounts, other than contingent obligations not due and payable, outstanding under that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2010, by and among Initial Holdings, Igloo Merger Corporation, the Borrower, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified through the date hereof.

 

-27-


Existing Notes” means the existing senior unsecured notes due 2018 issued by the Borrower.

Fair Market Value” means with respect to any asset or group of assets on any date of determination, the value of the consideration obtainable in a sale of such asset at such date of determination assuming a sale by a willing seller to a willing purchaser dealing at arm’s length and arranged in an orderly manner over a reasonable period of time having regard to the nature and characteristics of such asset. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, such value shall be determined in good faith by Borrower.

FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code as in effect on the date hereof (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future Treasury regulations or official administrative interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to current Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code and any intergovernmental agreements entered into in connection with the implementation of such current Sections of the Code (or any such amended or successor version described above).

FCPA” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.18(b).

Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

FEMA” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”

Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of Holdings.

Financial Performance Covenant” means the covenant set forth in Section 6.11.

First Lien Intercreditor Agreement” means the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit G among the Administrative Agent and one or more Senior Representatives for holders of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, with such modifications thereto as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree.

First Lien Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio, on a Pro Forma Basis, of (a) Consolidated First Lien Debt as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the Test Period as of such date.

Flood Insurance Laws” has the meaning specified in Section 5.07(b).

Foreign Intellectual Property” means any right, title or interest in or to any Intellectual Property governed by or arising or existing under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States of America or any state thereof.

Foreign Prepayment Event” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(g).

 

-28-


Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

FSHCO” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Holdings (other than any Intermediate Parent and the Borrower) that has no material assets other than Equity Interests in one or more direct or indirect Foreign Subsidiaries that are CFCs.

Funded Debt” means all Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for borrowed money that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable, at the option of such Person, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including Indebtedness in respect of the Loans.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time; provided, however, that if Holdings, Intermediate Parent or the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that Holdings, Intermediate Parent or such Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Effective Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies Holdings, Intermediate Parent or any and Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, (a) all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under FASB Accounting Standards Codification 825-Financial Instruments, or any successor thereto (including pursuant to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification), to value any Indebtedness of Intermediate Parent or any subsidiary at “fair value,” as defined therein and (b) the amount of any Indebtedness under GAAP with respect to Capital Lease Obligations shall be determined in accordance with the definition of Capital Lease Obligations.

Governmental Approvals” means all authorizations, consents, approvals, permits, licenses and exemptions of, registrations and filings with, and reports to, Governmental Authorities.

Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Guarantee” of or by any Person (the “guarantor”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness; provided that the term

 

-29-


Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Effective Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined in good faith by a Financial Officer. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantee Agreement” means the Master Guarantee Agreement among the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

Guarantors” means collectively, (a) Holdings, each Intermediate Parent and the Subsidiary Loan Parties and (b) with respect to the Secured Obligations of Holdings, each Intermediate Parent and the Subsidiary Loan Parties, the Borrower.

Hazardous Materials” means all explosive, radioactive, hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum by-products or distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated as hazardous or toxic, or any other term of similar import, pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Holdings” means (a) prior to any IPO, Initial Holdings and (b) upon and after an IPO, (i) if the IPO Entity is Initial Holdings or any Person of which Initial Holdings is a Subsidiary, Initial Holdings or (ii) if the IPO Entity is an Intermediate Parent, the IPO Entity.

Identified Participating Lenders” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).

Identified Qualifying Lenders” has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

IFRS” means international accounting standards as promulgated by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary other than a Material Subsidiary.

Impacted Interest Period” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “LIBO Rate.”

Impacted Loans” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.14(b).

Incremental Cap” means, as of any date of determination, (I) (a) $375,000,000 plus (b) the principal amount of any Loans voluntarily prepaid pursuant to Section 2.11(a) prior to such date, minus (c) the amount of all Incremental Facilities and all Incremental Equivalent Debt outstanding at such time that was incurred in reliance on the foregoing clauses (a) and/or (b) plus (II) the maximum aggregate principal amount that can be incurred without causing the First Lien Leverage Ratio, after giving effect to the incurrence of any Incremental Facility or Incremental Equivalent Debt (which shall assume that all such Indebtedness is Consolidated First Lien Debt and that the full amounts of any Incremental Revolving Commitment Increase and Additional/Replacement Revolving Commitments established at such time are fully drawn and netting only cash proceeds thereof against Consolidated First Lien Indebtedness to the extent not promptly applied to the transaction financed in connection therewith) and the use of proceeds

 

-30-


thereof, on a Pro Forma Basis (but without giving effect to any simultaneous incurrence of any Incremental Facility or Incremental Equivalent Debt made pursuant to the foregoing clause (a)), to exceed 5.00:1.00 for the most recent Test Period ended, at the Borrower’s option, either at the time (A) of the effectiveness of such Incremental Facility or (B) a definitive agreement with respect to the transaction to be financed by such Incremental Facility is entered into.

Incremental Equivalent Debt” means Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(xxiv).

Incremental Facility” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(a).

Incremental Facility Amendment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(d)

Incremental Revolving Commitment Increase” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(a).

Incremental Term Loan” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(a).

Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business and any earn-out obligation until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and if not paid after being due and payable), (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, (f) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (g) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (h) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty and (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances; provided that the term “Indebtedness” shall not include (i) deferred or prepaid revenue, (ii) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the seller, (iii) any obligations attributable to the exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or actions (whether actual, contingent or potential) with respect thereto and (iv) Indebtedness of any Parent Entity appearing on the balance sheet of Holdings or the Borrower, or solely by reason of push down accounting under GAAP. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person for purposes of clause (e) above shall (unless such Indebtedness has been assumed by such Person) be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (A) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (B) the Fair Market Value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith. For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall exclude intercompany liabilities arising from their cash management, tax, and accounting operations and intercompany loans, advances or Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any rollover or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business.

 

-31-


Indemnified Taxes” means all Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document.

Indemnitee” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.03(b).

Information” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.12(a).

Information Memorandum” means the Confidential Information Memorandum dated April 2014 relating to the Loan Parties and the Term Facilities.

Initial Holdings” has the meaning given to such term in the preliminary statements hereto.

Intellectual Property” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Agreement.

Intercreditor Agreements” means any First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

Interest Coverage Ratio” means, as of any date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense, in each case for the Test Period as of such date.

Interest Election Request” means a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Revolving Borrowing or Term Loan Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.07.

Interest Payment Date” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (including a Swingline Loan), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and (b) with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, the last Business Day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period.

Interest Period” means, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing, the period commencing on the date such Borrowing is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing and ending on the date that is one, two, three or six months thereafter as selected by the Borrower in its Borrowing Request (or, if agreed to by each Lender participating therein, twelve months or such other period less than one month thereafter as the Borrower may elect); provided that (a) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, (b) any Interest Period that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month at the end of such Interest Period and (c) no Interest Period shall extend beyond (i) in the case of Term Loans, the Term Maturity Date and (ii) in the case of Revolving Loans, the Revolving Maturity Date. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

Intermediate Parent” means any Subsidiary of Holdings and of which the Borrower is a subsidiary.

 

-32-


Interpolated Rate” means the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) to be equal to the rate that results from interpolating on a linear basis between: (a) the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 for the longest period for which the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 is available that is shorter than the Impacted Interest Period; and (b) the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 for the shortest period (for which the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 is available) that exceeds the Impacted Interest Period, in each case, at such time.

Investment” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests or debt or other securities of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of Indebtedness of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person (excluding, in the case of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (i) intercompany advances arising from their cash management, tax, and accounting operations and (ii) intercompany loans, advances or Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business) or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person. The amount, as of any date of determination, of (a) any Investment in the form of a loan or an advance shall be the principal amount thereof outstanding on such date, minus any cash payments actually received by such investor representing interest in respect of such Investment (to the extent any such payment to be deducted does not exceed the remaining principal amount of such Investment and without duplication of amounts increasing the Available Amount or the Available Equity Amount), but without any adjustment for write-downs or write-offs (including as a result of forgiveness of any portion thereof) with respect to such loan or advance after the date thereof, (b) any Investment in the form of a Guarantee shall be equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof, as determined in good faith by a Financial Officer, (c) any Investment in the form of a transfer of Equity Interests or other non-cash property by the investor to the investee, including any such transfer in the form of a capital contribution, shall be the Fair Market Value of such Equity Interests or other property as of the time of the transfer, minus any payments actually received by such investor representing a return of capital of, or dividends or other distributions in respect of, such Investment (to the extent such payments do not exceed, in the aggregate, the original amount of such Investment and without duplication of amounts increasing the Available Amount or the Available Equity Amount), but without any other adjustment for increases or decreases in value of, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to, such Investment after the date of such Investment, and (d) any Investment (other than any Investment referred to in clause (a), (b) or (c) above) by the specified Person in the form of a purchase or other acquisition for value of any Equity Interests, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities of any other Person shall be the original cost of such Investment (including any Indebtedness assumed in connection therewith), plus (i) the cost of all additions thereto and minus (ii) the amount of any portion of such Investment that has been repaid to the investor in cash as a repayment of principal or a return of capital, and of any cash payments actually received by such investor representing interest, dividends or other distributions in respect of such Investment (to the extent the amounts referred to in clause (ii) do not, in the aggregate, exceed the original cost of such Investment plus the costs of additions thereto and without duplication of amounts increasing the Available Amount or the Available Equity Amount), but without any other adjustment for increases or decreases in value of, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to, such Investment after the date of such Investment. For purposes of Section 6.04, if an Investment involves the acquisition of more than one Person, the amount of such Investment shall be allocated among the acquired Persons in accordance with GAAP; provided that pending the final determination of the amounts to be so allocated in accordance with GAAP, such allocation shall be as reasonably determined by a Financial Officer.

 

-33-


Investor” means a holder of Equity Interests in Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof).

Investor Management Agreement” means the Transaction and Management Fee Agreement among certain Investors and/or management companies associated with certain Investors and the Borrower.

Investor Termination Fees” means the one-time payment under the Investor Management Agreement of a success fee to one or more of the Investors and their respective Affiliates in the event of either a change of control or the completion of an IPO.

IPO” means the initial underwritten public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) of common Equity Interests in the IPO Entity.

IPO Entity” means, at any time after an IPO, Initial Holdings, a parent entity of Initial Holdings or an Intermediate Parent, as the case may be, the Equity Interests of which were issued or otherwise sold pursuant to the IPO; provided that, immediately following the IPO, the Borrower is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such IPO Entity and such IPO Entity owns, directly or through its subsidiaries, substantially all the businesses and assets owned or conducted, directly or indirectly, by the Borrower immediately prior to the IPO.

ISP” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

Issuing Bank” means (a) Bank of America, N.A. and (b) each Revolving Lender that shall have become an Issuing Bank hereunder as provided in Section 2.05(k) (other than any Person that shall have ceased to be an Issuing Bank as provided in Section 2.05(l)), each in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder. Each Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of such Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.

Joint Bookrunners” means Bank of America, N.A., Goldman Sachs Bank (USA), Barclays Bank PLC, and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS Securities LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC.

Judgment Currency” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.14(b).

Junior Financing” means (a) any Material Indebtedness (other than any permitted intercompany Indebtedness owing to Holdings, Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt) that is subordinated in right of payment to the Loan Document Obligations, and (b) any Permitted Refinancing in respect of the foregoing.

Latest Maturity Date” means, at any date of determination, the latest maturity or expiration date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity or expiration date of any Other Term Loan, any Other Term Commitment, any Other Revolving Loan or any Other Revolving Commitment, in each case as extended in accordance with this Agreement from time to time.

LC Disbursement” means a payment made by an Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

 

-34-


LC Exposure” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the US Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate amount of all Letters of Credit that remains available for drawing at such time and (b) the US Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The LC Exposure of any Revolving Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the International Standby Practices (ISP98), such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn. Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

Lead Arrangers” means Bank of America, N.A. and Goldman Sachs Bank (USA).

Lenders” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, an Incremental Facility Amendment, a Loan Modification Agreement or a Refinancing Amendment, in each case, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lenders” includes the Swingline Lender.

Letter of Credit” means any letter of credit or bank guarantee issued pursuant to this Agreement other than any such letter of credit or bank guarantee that shall have ceased to be a “Letter of Credit” outstanding hereunder pursuant to Section 9.05.

Letter of Credit Sublimit” means an amount equal to the US Dollar Equivalent of $20,000,000. The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of and not in addition to the aggregate Revolving Commitments.

LIBO Rate” means, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing for any Interest Period, the London interbank offered rate as administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate) for Dollars for a period equal in length to such Interest Period as displayed on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 (or such other page as may replace such page on such service for the purpose of displaying the rates at which dollar deposits are offered by leading banks in the London interbank deposit market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London, England time, on the second full Business Day preceding the first day of such Interest Period; provided that if the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 shall not be available for such Interest Period (an “Impacted Interest Period”) then the LIBO Rate shall be the Interpolated Rate (as defined above); provided, further that (i) if no comparable term for an Interest Period is available, the LIBO Rate shall be determined using the weighted average of the offered rates for the two terms most nearly corresponding to such Interest Period and (ii) if there shall at any time no longer exist a Reuters Screen LIBOR01, “LIBO Rate” shall mean, with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to Eurocurrency Borrowings comprising part of the same Borrowing, the rate per annum equal to the rate at which the Administrative Agent is offered deposits in dollars at approximately 11:00 a.m., London, England time, two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for the number of days comprised therein and in an amount comparable to its portion of the amount of such Eurocurrency Borrowing to be outstanding during such Interest Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of clause (c) of the definition of Alternate Base Rate, the rates referred to above shall be the rates as of 11:00 a.m., London, England time, on the date of determination (rather than the second London Business Day preceding the date of determination).

 

-35-


Notwithstanding the foregoing and solely in respect of Term Loans, the LIBO Rate in respect of any applicable Interest Period will be deemed to be 1.00% per annum if the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period calculated pursuant to the foregoing provisions would otherwise be less than 1.00% per annum.

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset and (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset.

Loan Document Obligations” means (a) the due and punctual payment by the Borrower of (i) the principal of and interest at the applicable rate or rates provided in this Agreement (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise and (ii) all other monetary obligations of the Borrower under or pursuant to this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, including obligations to pay fees, expense reimbursement obligations and indemnification obligations, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), (b) the due and punctual payment and performance of all other obligations of the Borrower under or pursuant to each of the Loan Documents and (c) the due and punctual payment and performance of all the obligations of each other Loan Party under or pursuant to this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents (including interest and monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding).

Loan Documents” means this Agreement, any Refinancing Amendment, any Loan Modification Agreement, the Guarantee Agreement, the Collateral Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreements, the other Security Documents and, except for purposes of Section 9.02, any promissory notes delivered pursuant to Section 2.09(e).

Loan Modification Agreement” means a Loan Modification Agreement, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and one or more Accepting Lenders, effecting one or more Permitted Amendments and such other amendments hereto and to the other Loan Documents as are contemplated by Section 2.24.

Loan Modification Offer” has the meaning specified in Section 2.24(a).

Loan Parties” means Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties.

Loans” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

Local Time” means (a) with respect to a Loan or Borrowing denominated in dollars, New York City time, and (b) with respect to a Loan or Borrowing denominated in euro or Sterling, London time.

London Banking Day” means any day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

 

-36-


Majority in Interest,” when used in reference to Lenders of any Class, means, at any time, (a) in the case of the Revolving Lenders, Lenders having Revolving Exposures and unused Revolving Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the aggregate Revolving Exposures and the unused aggregate Revolving Commitments at such time and (b) in the case of the Term Lenders of any Class, Lenders holding outstanding Term Loans of such Class representing more than 50% of all Term Loans of such Class outstanding at such time, provided that (a) the Revolving Exposures, Term Loans and unused Commitments of the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof and (b) whenever there are one or more Defaulting Lenders, the total outstanding Term Loans and Revolving Exposures of, and the unused Revolving Commitments of, each Defaulting Lender shall in each case be excluded for purposes of making a determination of the Majority in Interest.

Management Investors” means the directors, officers and employees of Holdings, the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries who are (directly or indirectly through one or more investment vehicles) investors in Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof).

Master Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Swap Agreement.”

Mandatory Cost” means, with respect to any period, the percentage rate per annum determined in accordance with Schedule 1.01.

Material Adverse Effect” means any event, circumstance or condition that has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a materially adverse effect on (a) the business, financial condition, or results of operations of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their payment obligations under the Loan Documents or (c) the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under the Loan Documents.

Material Indebtedness” means Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than the Loan Document Obligations), Capital Lease Obligations, unreimbursed obligations for letter of credit drawings and financial guarantees (other than ordinary course of business contingent reimbursement obligations) or obligations in respect of one or more Swap Agreements, of any one or more of Holdings, Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $75,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations in respect of any Swap Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that Holdings, Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Swap Agreement were terminated at such time.

Material Subsidiary” means (i) each Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that, as of the last day of the most recent Test Period, had revenues or total assets for the fiscal quarter of the Borrower ended on such last day in excess of 5.0% of the consolidated revenues or total assets, as applicable, of the Borrower for such quarter and (ii) any group comprising Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries that each would not have been a Material Subsidiary under clause (i) but that, taken together, as of the last day of such fiscal quarter of the Borrower, had revenues or total assets for such quarter in excess of 10.0% of the consolidated revenues or total assets, as applicable, of the Borrower for such quarter; provided that solely for purposes of Sections 7.01(h) and (i) each such Subsidiary forming part of such group is subject to an Event of Default under one or more of such Sections.

Maximum Rate” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.17.

 

-37-


Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

Mortgage” means a mortgage, deed of trust, assignment of leases and rents, or other security document granting a Lien on any Mortgaged Property to secure the Secured Obligations. Each Mortgage shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.

Mortgaged Property” means each parcel of real property and the improvements thereto owned in fee by a Loan Party with respect to which a Mortgage is granted pursuant to Section 5.11 or Section 5.12.

Multiemployer Plan” means a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions or with respect to which any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate could have liability under Section 4212(c) of ERISA.

Net Proceeds” means, with respect to any event, (a) the proceeds received in respect of such event in cash or Permitted Investments, including (i) any cash or Permitted Investments received in respect of any non-cash proceeds (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment or earn-out, but excluding any interest payments), but only as and when received, (ii) in the case of a casualty, insurance proceeds that are actually received, and (iii) in the case of a condemnation or similar event, condemnation awards and similar payments that are actually received, minus (b) the sum of (i) all fees and out-of-pocket expenses paid by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such event (including attorney’s fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, underwriting discounts and commissions, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant, accountant and other customary fees), (ii) in the case of a sale, transfer or other disposition of an asset (including pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction or a casualty or a condemnation or similar proceeding), (x) the amount of all payments that are permitted hereunder and are made by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such event to repay Indebtedness (other than the Loans) secured by such asset or otherwise subject to mandatory prepayment as a result of such event, (y) the pro rata portion of net cash proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (y)) attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result thereof and (z) the amount of any liabilities directly associated with such asset and retained by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and (iii) the amount of all taxes paid (or reasonably estimated to be payable), and the amount of any reserves established by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries to fund contingent liabilities reasonably estimated to be payable, that are directly attributable to such event, provided that any reduction at any time in the amount of any such reserves (other than as a result of payments made in respect thereof) shall be deemed to constitute the receipt by the Borrower at such time of Net Proceeds in the amount of such reduction.

New Project” shall mean (a) each facility which is either a new facility, branch or office or an expansion, relocation, remodeling or substantial modernization of an existing facility, branch or office owned by the Borrower or the Subsidiaries which in fact commences operations and (b) each creation (in one or a series of related transactions) of a business unit to the extent such business unit commences operations or each expansion (in one or a series of related transactions) of business into a new market.

Non-Accepting Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.24(c).

 

-38-


Non-Cash Compensation Expense” means any non-cash expenses and costs that result from the issuance of stock-based awards, partnership interest-based awards and similar incentive based compensation awards or arrangements.

Non-Consenting Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.02(c).

Not Otherwise Applied” means, with reference to the Available Amount, the Starter Basket or the Available Equity Amount, as applicable, that was not previously applied pursuant to Section 6.04(m), 6.08(a)(viii) or 6.08(b)(iv).

Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means any Subsidiary of such Person other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

OFAC” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.18(c).

Offered Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

Offered Discount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

Organizational Documents” means (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

Other Revolving Commitments” means one or more Classes of revolving credit commitments hereunder or extended Revolving Commitments that result from a Refinancing Amendment or a Loan Modification Agreement.

Other Revolving Loans” means the Revolving Loans made pursuant to any Other Revolving Commitment or a Loan Modification Agreement.

Other Taxes” means all present or future recording, stamp, documentary, transfer, sales, property or similar Taxes arising from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document.

Other Term Commitments” means one or more Classes of term loan commitments hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment or a Loan Modification Agreement.

Other Term Loans” means one or more Classes of Term Loans that result from a Refinancing Amendment or a Loan Modification Agreement.

Parent Entity” means any Person that is a direct or indirect parent of Holdings.

Participant” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(c)(i).

 

-39-


Participant Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(c)(ii).

Participating Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).

PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

Perfection Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

Permitted Acquisition” means an Acquisition Transaction; provided that (a) in the case of any purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests in a Person, (i) such Person, upon the consummation of such purchase or acquisition, will be a Subsidiary (including as a result of a merger or consolidation between any Subsidiary and such Person), or (ii) such Person is merged into or consolidated with a Subsidiary and such Subsidiary is the surviving entity of such merger or consolidation, (b) the business of such Person, or such assets, as the case may be, constitute a business permitted by Section 6.03(b), (c) with respect to each such purchase or other acquisition, all actions required to be taken with respect to any such newly created or acquired Subsidiary (including each subsidiary thereof) or assets in order to satisfy the requirements set forth in clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) of the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” to the extent applicable shall have been taken (or arrangements for the taking of such actions after the consummation of the Permitted Acquisition shall have been made that are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) (unless such newly created or acquired Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 5.14 or is otherwise an Excluded Subsidiary) and (d) after giving effect to any such purchase or other acquisition, no Event of Default under clause (a), (b), (h) or (i) of Section 7.01 shall have occurred and be continuing.

Permitted Amendment” means an amendment to this Agreement and, if applicable the other Loan Documents, effected in connection with a Loan Modification Offer pursuant to Section 2.24, providing for an extension of a maturity date applicable to the Loans and/or Commitments of the Accepting Lenders and, in connection therewith, (a) a change in the Applicable Rate with respect to the Loans and/or Commitments of the Accepting Lenders and/or (b) a change in the fees payable to, or the inclusion of new fees to be payable to, the Accepting Lenders and/or (c) additional covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of such Loan Modification Offer (it being understood that to the extent that any financial maintenance covenant is added for the benefit of any such Loans and/or Commitments, no consent shall be required by the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders if such financial maintenance covenant is either (i) also added for the benefit of any corresponding Loans remaining outstanding after the issuance or incurrence of such Loans and/or Commitments or (ii) only applicable after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of such Loan Modification Offer).

Permitted Encumbrances” means:

(a) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges that are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;

(b) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or construction contractors’ Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business that secure amounts not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or, if more than 30 days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently

 

-40-


conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP, in each case so long as such Liens do not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business (i) in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation and (ii) securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees or similar instrument for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise supporting the payment of items set forth in the foregoing clause (i);

(d) Liens incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, governmental contracts and leases, statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds, bankers acceptance facilities and other obligations of a like nature (including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations) and obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments that have been posted to support the same, incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices;

(e) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, encroachments, protrusions, zoning restrictions and other similar encumbrances and minor title defects affecting real property that, in the aggregate, do not in any case materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(f) Liens securing, or otherwise arising from, judgments not constituting an Event of Default under Section 7.01(j);

(g) Liens on goods the purchase price of which is financed by a documentary letter of credit issued for the account of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or Liens on bills of lading, drafts or other documents of title arising by operation of law or pursuant to the standard terms of agreements relating to letters of credit, bank guarantees and other similar instruments; provided that such Lien secures only the obligations of the Borrower or such Subsidiaries in respect of such letter of credit to the extent such obligations are permitted by Section 6.01;

(h) rights of setoff, banker’s lien, netting agreements and other Liens arising by operation of law or by of the terms of documents of banks or other financial institutions in relation to the maintenance of administration of deposit accounts, securities accounts, cash management arrangements or in connection with the issuance of letters of credit, bank guarantees or other similar instruments; and

(i) Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or similar filings made in respect of operating leases entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt” means any secured Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Loan Party in the form of one or more series of senior secured notes; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on an equal priority basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with the Loan Document Obligations and is not secured by any property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (ii) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Term Loans (including portions of Classes of Term Loans, Other Term Loans) or outstanding Revolving Loans, (iii) such Indebtedness does not have

 

-41-


mandatory redemption features (other than customary asset sale, insurance and condemnation proceeds events, change of control offers or events of default) that could result in redemptions of such Indebtedness prior to the maturity of the Refinanced Debt and (iv) a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to a First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and, if applicable, the Second; provided that if such Indebtedness is the initial Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt incurred by the Borrower, then the Borrower, the Subsidiary Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Senior Representative for such Indebtedness shall have executed and delivered the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement. Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Permitted Holders” means (a) the Sponsors and (b) the Management Investors and their respective Permitted Transferees; provided that in no event shall the Management Investors and their respective Permitted Transferees constitute Permitted Holders of more than 15% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of Holdings or the IPO Entity, as applicable, at any one time.

Permitted Holdings Debt” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01(a)(xviii).

Permitted Investments” means any of the following, to the extent owned by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Intermediate Parent:

(a) dollars, euro, pounds, Australian dollars, Canadian dollars, Yuan and such other currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(b) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of (i) the United States or (ii) any member nation of the European Union rated A-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or P-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s, having average maturities of not more than 24 months from the date of acquisition thereof; provided that the full faith and credit of the United States or such member nation of the European Union is pledged in support thereof;

(c) time deposits with, or insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, any commercial bank that (i) is a Lender or (ii) has combined capital and surplus of at least (x) $250,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks and (y) $100,000,000 (or the US Dollar Equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks (any such bank meeting the requirements of clause (i) or (ii) above being an “Approved Bank”), in each case with average maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition thereof;

(d) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by an Approved Bank (or by the parent company thereof) or any variable or fixed rate note issued by, or guaranteed by, a corporation rated A-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or P-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s, in each case with average maturities of not more than 24 months from the date of acquisition thereof;

(e) repurchase agreements entered into by any Person with an Approved Bank, a bank or trust company (including any of the Lenders) or recognized securities dealer, in each case, having capital and surplus in excess of (x) $250,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks and (y) $100,000,000 (or the US Dollar Equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks, in each case, for direct obligations issued by or fully guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of (i) the United States or (ii) any member nation of the European Union (other than Greece), in which such Person shall have a perfected first priority security interest (subject to no other Liens) and having, on the date of purchase thereof, a Fair Market Value of at least 100% of the amount of the repurchase obligations;

 

-42-


(f) marketable short-term money market and similar highly liquid funds either (i) having assets in excess of (x) $250,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks or other U.S. financial institutions and (y) $100,000,000 (or the US Dollar Equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks or other non-U.S. financial institutions or (ii) having a rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either S&P or Moody’s (or, if at any time neither S&P nor Moody’s shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized rating service);

(g) securities with average maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory having an investment grade rating from either S&P or Moody’s (or the equivalent thereof);

(h) investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in mutual funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s;

(i) instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above denominated in euros or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction; and

(j) investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, in money market investment programs that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or that are administered by financial institutions having capital of at least $250,000,000, and, in either case, the portfolios of which are limited such that substantially all of such investments are of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (a) through (i) of this definition.

(k) with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary: (i) obligations of the national government of the country in which such Foreign Subsidiary maintains its chief executive office and principal place of business; provided such country is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, in each case maturing within one year after the date of investment therein, (ii) certificates of deposit of, bankers acceptances of, or time deposits with, any commercial bank which is organized and existing under the laws of the country in which such Foreign Subsidiary maintains its chief executive office and principal place of business; provided such country is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, and whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s is at least “P-2” or the equivalent thereof (any such bank being an “Approved Foreign Bank”), and in each case with maturities of not more than 24 months from the date of acquisition and (iii) the equivalent of demand deposit accounts which are maintained with an Approved Foreign Bank; and

(l) investment funds investing at least 90% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (k) above.

 

-43-


Permitted Refinancing” means, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other amounts paid, and fees and expenses incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder, (b) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(v), Indebtedness resulting from such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (c) immediately after giving effect thereto, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (d) if the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Loan Document Obligations, Indebtedness resulting from such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Loan Document Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (e) if the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(xxi), (a)(xxii) or (a)(xxiii), such Indebtedness complies with the Required Additional Debt Terms and (f) if the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(ii), (i) the terms and conditions (including, if applicable, as to collateral but excluding as to subordination, interest rate (including whether such interest is payable in cash or in kind), rate floors, fees, discounts and redemption premium) of Indebtedness resulting from such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension are not, taken as a whole, materially less favorable to the Loan Parties or the Lenders than the terms and conditions of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended (except for covenants or other provisions applicable to periods after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred) (it being understood that, to the extent that any financial maintenance covenant is added for the benefit of any such Permitted Refinancing, the terms shall not be considered materially more favorable if such financial maintenance covenant is either (A) also added for the benefit of any corresponding Loans remaining outstanding after the issuance or incurrence of such Permitted Refinancing or (B) only applicable after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of such refinancing); provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five Business Days prior to such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such resulting Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement, shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies Holdings within such five Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees) and (ii) the primary obligor in respect of, and/or the Persons (if any) that Guarantee, the Indebtedness resulting from such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension are the primary obligor in respect of, and/or Persons (if any) that Guaranteed the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that a Permitted Refinancing may constitute a portion of an issuance of Indebtedness in excess of the amount of such Permitted Refinancing; provided that such excess amount is otherwise permitted to be incurred under Section 6.01. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that a Permitted Refinancing includes successive Permitted Refinancings of the same Indebtedness.

Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt” means secured Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Loan Party in the form of one or more series of junior lien secured notes or junior lien secured loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a junior lien,

 

-44-


subordinated basis to the Secured Obligations and the obligations in respect of any Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt and is not secured by any property or assets of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (ii) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Term Loans (including portions of Classes of Term Loans or Other Term Loans) or outstanding Revolving Loans, (iii) such Indebtedness does not have mandatory redemption features (other than customary asset sale, insurance and condemnation proceeds events, change of control offers or events of default) that could result in redemptions of such Indebtedness prior to the maturity of the Refinanced Debt and (iv) the security agreements relating to such Indebtedness are substantially the same as the Security Documents (with such differences as are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), (v) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than the Subsidiary Loan Parties and (vi) a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement; provided that if such Indebtedness is the initial Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt incurred by the Borrower, then the Borrower, the Subsidiary Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Senior Representatives for such Indebtedness shall have executed and delivered the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement. Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Permitted Transferees” means, with respect to any Person that is a natural person (and any Permitted Transferee of such Person), (a) such Person’s immediate family, including his or her spouse, ex-spouse, children, step-children and their respective lineal descendants, (b) any trust or other legal entity the beneficiary of which is such Person’s immediate family, including his or her spouse, ex-spouse, children, stepchildren or their respective lineal descendants and (c) without duplication with any of the foregoing, such Person’s heirs, executors and/or administrators upon the death of such Person and any other Person who was an Affiliate of such Person upon the death of such Person and who, upon such death, directly or indirectly owned Equity Interests in Holdings or any other IPO Entity.

Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt” means unsecured Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Loan Party in the form of one or more series of senior unsecured notes or loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Term Loans (including portions of Classes of Term Loans or Other Term Loans) or outstanding Revolving Loans, (ii) such Indebtedness does not have mandatory redemption features (other than customary asset sale, insurance and condemnation proceeds events, change of control offers or events of default) that could result in redemptions of such Indebtedness prior to the maturity of the Refinanced Debt and (iii) such Indebtedness is not secured by any Lien on any property or assets of Holdings, Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary. Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(2) ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan) which is subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, (i) which is or was sponsored, maintained or contributed to by, or required to be contributed to by, any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate or (ii) with respect to which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate has any actual or contingent liability.

Planned Expenditures” has the meaning assigned to such term in clause (b) of the definition of “Excess Cash Flow”.

Platform” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01.

 

-45-


Post-Transaction Period” means, with respect to any Specified Transaction, the period beginning on the date such Specified Transaction is consummated and ending on the last day of the eighth full consecutive fiscal quarter immediately following the date on which such Specified Transaction is consummated.

Prepayment Event” means:

(a) any sale, transfer or other disposition of any property or asset of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted by Section 6.05(k) other than dispositions resulting in aggregate Net Proceeds not exceeding (A) $20,000,000 in the case of any single transaction or series of related transactions and (B) $40,000,000 for all such transactions during any fiscal year of the Borrower; or

(b) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01 (other than Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt, Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt and Other Term Loans which shall constitute a Prepayment Event to the extent required by the definition of “Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness”) or permitted by the Required Lenders pursuant to Section 9.02.

Prime Rate” means the rate publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “prime rate.” The Prime Rate is based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

Principal Issuing Bank” means, on any date, (a) the Issuing Bank, if there is only one Issuing Bank and (b) otherwise, (i) the Issuing Bank with the greatest LC Exposure on such date and (ii) each other Issuing Bank that has issued Letters of Credit that on such date have available for drawing thereunder (together with the aggregate unreimbursed LC Disbursement, thereunder on such date) the US Dollar Equivalent of greater than $5,000,000.

Pro Forma Adjustment” means, for any Test Period, any adjustment to Consolidated EBITDA made in accordance with clause (b) of the definition of that term.

Pro Forma Basis,” “Pro Forma Compliance” and “Pro Forma Effect” means, with respect to compliance with any test, financial ratio or covenant hereunder required by the terms of this Agreement to be made on a Pro Forma Basis, that (a) to the extent applicable, the Pro Forma Adjustment shall have been made and (b) all Specified Transactions and the following transactions in connection therewith that have been made during the applicable period of measurement or subsequent to such period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation is made shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the applicable period of measurement in such test; financial ratio or covenant: (i) income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property or Person subject to such Specified Transaction, (A) in the case of a Disposition of all or substantially all Equity Interests in any subsidiary of Holdings or any division, product line, or facility used for operations of Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, shall be excluded and (B) in the case of a Permitted Acquisition or Investment described in the definition of “Specified Transaction,” shall be included, (ii) any retirement of Indebtedness, and (iii) any Indebtedness incurred or assumed by Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection therewith and if such Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, shall have an implied rate of interest for the applicable period for purposes of this definition

 

-46-


determined by utilizing the rate that is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination; provided that, without limiting the application of the Pro Forma Adjustment pursuant to clause (a) above, the foregoing pro forma adjustments may be applied to any such test or covenant solely to the extent that such adjustments are consistent with the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA” and give effect to events (including cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies) that are (i) (x) directly attributable to such transaction, (y) expected to have a continuing impact on Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (z) factually supportable or (ii) otherwise consistent with the definition of Pro Forma Adjustment.”

Pro Forma Disposal Adjustment” means, for any Test Period that includes all or a portion of a fiscal quarter included in any Post-Transaction Period with respect to any Sold Business or Entity, the pro forma increase or decrease in Consolidated EBITDA projected by the Borrower in good faith as a result of contractual arrangements between the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary entered into with such Sold Entity or Business at the time of its disposal or within the Post-Transaction Period and which represent an increase or decrease in Consolidated EBITDA which is incremental to the Disposed EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business for the most recent Test Period prior to its disposal.

Pro Forma Entity” has the meaning given to such term in the definition of “Acquired EBITDA.”

Pro Forma Financial Statements” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.04(b).

Proposed Change” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.02(c).

Public Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01.

Purchasing Borrower Party” means Holdings or any subsidiary of Holdings.

Qualified Equity Interests” means Equity Interests in Holdings or any parent of Holdings other than Disqualified Equity Interests.

Qualifying Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

Refinanced Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness.”

Refinancing Amendment” means an amendment to this Agreement executed by each of (a) the Borrower and Holdings, (b) the Administrative Agent and (c) each Additional Lender and Lender that agrees to provide any portion of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness being incurred pursuant thereto, in accordance with Section 2.21.

Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(b).

Registered Equivalent Notes” means, with respect to any notes originally issued in a Rule 144A or other private placement transaction under the Securities Act of 1933, substantially identical notes (having the same Guarantees) issued in a dollar-for-dollar exchange therefor pursuant to an exchange offer registered with the SEC.

Related Parties” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, trustees, agents, controlling persons, advisors and other representatives of such Person and of each of such Person’s Affiliates and permitted successors and assigns.

 

-47-


Release” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the environment (including ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) and including the environment within any building, or any occupied structure, facility or fixture.

Repricing Transaction” means (a) the incurrence by the Borrower of any Indebtedness in the form of term loan that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors (i) having an Effective Yield for the respective Type of such Indebtedness that is less than the Effective Yield for the Term Loans of the respective equivalent Type, but excluding Indebtedness incurred in connection with (A) an IPO, (B) a Change of Control, (C) an Acquisition Transaction that is not a Permitted Acquisition or (D) any refinancing that involves an upsizing in connection with an Acquisition Transaction, and (ii) the proceeds of which are used to prepay (or, in the case of a conversion, deemed to prepay or replace), in whole or in part, outstanding principal of Term Loans or (b) any effective reduction in the Effective Yield for the Term Loans (e.g., by way of amendment, waiver or otherwise), except for a reduction in connection with (A) an IPO, (B) a Change of Control, (C) an Acquisition Transaction that is not a Permitted Acquisition or (D) any refinancing that involves an upsizing in connection with an Acquisition Transaction. Any determination by the Administrative Agent with respect to whether a Repricing Transaction shall have occurred shall be conclusive and binding on all Lenders holding the Term Loans.

Required Additional Debt Terms” means with respect to any Indebtedness, (a) such Indebtedness does not mature earlier than the Latest Maturity Date (except in the case of customary bridge loans which subject to customary conditions (including no payment or bankruptcy event of default), would either automatically be converted into or required to be exchanged for permanent refinancing which does not mature earlier than the Latest Maturity Date), (b) such Indebtedness does not have mandatory redemption features (other than customary asset sale, insurance and condemnation proceeds events, change of control offers or events of default or, if term loans, excess cash flow prepayments applicable to periods before the Latest Maturity Date) that could result in redemptions of such Indebtedness prior to the Latest Maturity Date, (c) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed by any entity that is not a Loan Party, (d) such Indebtedness that is secured (i) is not secured by any assets not securing the Secured Obligations, (ii) is subject to the relevant Intercreditor Agreement(s) and (iii) is subject to security agreements relating to such Indebtedness that are substantially the same as the Security Documents (with such differences as are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) and (e) the terms and conditions of such Indebtedness (excluding pricing, interest rate margins, rate floors, discounts, fees, premiums and prepayment or redemption provisions) are not materially more favorable (when taken as a whole) to the lenders or investors providing such Indebtedness than the terms and conditions of this Agreement (when taken as a whole) are to the Lenders (except for covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date at such time) (it being understood that, to the extent that any financial maintenance covenant is added for the benefit of any Indebtedness, no consent shall be required by the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders if such financial maintenance covenant is either (i) also added for the benefit of any corresponding Loans remaining outstanding after the issuance or incurrence of any such Indebtedness in connection therewith or (ii) only applicable after the Latest Maturity Date at such time); provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such resulting Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that Holdings has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement, shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower within such five Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees).

 

-48-


Required Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Exposures, Term Loans and unused Commitments (other than Swingline Commitments) representing more than 50% of the aggregate Revolving Exposures, outstanding Term Loans and unused Commitments (other than Swingline Commitments) at such time; provided that to the extent set forth in Section 9.02, (a) the Revolving Exposures, Term Loans and unused Commitments of the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof (other than an Affiliated Debt Fund) and (b) whenever there are one or more Defaulting Lenders, the total outstanding Term Loans and Revolving Exposures of, and the unused Revolving Commitments of, each Defaulting Lender shall in each case be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

Required Revolving Lenders” means, at any time, Revolving Lenders having Revolving Exposures and unused Commitments (exclusive of Swingline Commitments) representing more than 50.0% of the aggregate Revolving Exposures and unused Commitments (exclusive of Swingline Commitments) at such time; provided that (a) the Revolving Exposures and unused Commitments of the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof and (b) whenever there are one or more Defaulting Lenders, the total outstanding Revolving Exposures of, and the unused Revolving Commitments of, each Defaulting Lender, shall, in each case of clauses (a) and (b), be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Revolving Lenders.

Requirements of Law” means, with respect to any Person, any statutes, laws, treaties, rules, regulations, orders, decrees, writs, injunctions or determinations of any arbitrator or court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Resignation Effective Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.05.

Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, president, vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer, or other similar officer, manager or a director of a Loan Party and with respect to certain limited liability companies or partnerships that do not have officers, any manager, sole member, managing member or general partner thereof, and as to any document delivered on the Effective Date or thereafter pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement,” any secretary or assistant secretary of a Loan Party. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any Equity Interests in Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests in Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.

Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Retained Declined Proceeds” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(e).

 

-49-


Revolving Availability Period” means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of the Revolving Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments.

Revolving Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit (including Bank Guarantees) and Swingline Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum possible aggregate amount of such Lender’s Revolving Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption or (ii) a Refinancing Amendment or a Loan Modification Agreement. The initial amount of each Lender’s Revolving Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Assumption, Loan Modification Agreement or Refinancing Amendment pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Revolving Commitment, as the case may be. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Commitments is $160,000,000.

Revolving Exposure” means, with respect to any Revolving Lender at any time, the sum of the US Dollar Equivalent of the outstanding principal amount of such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Loans and its LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure at such time.

Revolving Credit Facility” means the Revolving Commitments and the Revolving Loans made hereunder.

Revolving Lender” means a Lender with a Revolving Commitment or, if the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, a Lender with Revolving Exposure.

Revolving Loan” means a Loan made pursuant to clause (b) of Section 2.01.

Revolving Maturity Date” means May 2, 2019 (or, with respect to any Revolving Lender that has extended its Revolving Commitment pursuant to a Permitted Amendment, the extended maturity date, set forth in any such Loan Modification Agreement).

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business, and any successor to its rating agency business.

Sanctions” means economic sanctions administered or enforced by the United States Government (including without limitation, sanctions enforced by OFAC), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or Her Majesty’s Treasury.

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement” means the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit H among the Administrative Agent and one or more Senior Representatives for holders of Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt, with such modifications thereto as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree.

Secured Cash Management Obligations” means the due and punctual payment and performance of all obligations of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository, cash pooling arrangements and cash management services, corporate credit and purchasing cards and related programs or any automated

 

-50-


clearing house transfers of funds (collectively, “Cash Management Services”) provided to Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary (whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whenever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor)) that are (a) owed to the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates, (b) owed on the Effective Date to a Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender as of the Effective Date or (c) owed to a Person that is an Agent, a Lender or an Affiliate of an Agent or Lender at the time such obligations are incurred.

Secured Leverage Ratio” means, on any date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Secured Debt as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the Test Period as of such date.

Secured Obligations” means (a) the Loan Document Obligations, (b) the Secured Cash Management Obligations and (c) the Secured Swap Obligations (excluding with respect to any Loan Party, Excluded Swap Obligations of such Loan Party).

Secured Parties” means (a) each Lender, (b) the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, (c) each Joint Bookrunner, (d) each Person to whom any Secured Cash Management Obligations are owed, (e) each counterparty to any Swap Agreement the obligations under which constitute Secured Swap Obligations and (f) the permitted successors and assigns of each of the foregoing.

Secured Swap Obligations” means the due and punctual payment and performance of all obligations of Holdings, Intermediate Parent, the Borrower, and the Restricted Subsidiaries under each Swap Agreement that (a) is with a counterparty that is the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates, (b) is in effect on the Effective Date with a counterparty that is a Lender, an Agent or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Agent as of the Effective Date or (c) is entered into after the Effective Date with any counterparty that is a Lender, an Agent or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Agent at the time such Swap Agreement is entered into.

Security Documents” means the Collateral Agreement, the Mortgages and each other security agreement or pledge agreement executed and delivered pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, Section 4.01(f), 5.11, 5.12 or 5.15 to secure any of the Secured Obligations.

Senior Notes” means the $350 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes due 2019 issued by the Borrower on the Effective Date.

Senior Representative” means, with respect to any series of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt or Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt, the trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under the indenture or agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued, incurred or otherwise obtained, as the case may be, and each of their successors in such capacities.

Sold Entity or Business” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDA.”

Solicited Discount Proration” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

 

-51-


Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice” means an irrevocable written notice of a Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D) substantially in the form of Exhibit P.

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer” means the irrevocable written offer by each Term Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit Q, submitted following the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

Special Dividend” means one or more dividends made by Holdings in an aggregate amount not to exceed $273,000,000 no later than 15 Business Days following the Effective Date (including dividends or distributions by the Borrower or any Intermediate Parent the proceeds of which are used to make such dividends).

Specified Discount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B).

Specified Discount Prepayment Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B).

Specified Discount Prepayment Notice” means an irrevocable written notice of the Borrower of Specified Discount Prepayment made pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B) substantially in the form of Exhibit L.

Specified Discount Prepayment Response” means the irrevocable written response by each Term Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit M, to a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B).

Specified Discount Proration” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B).

Specified Transaction” means, with respect to any period, any Investment, sale, transfer or other disposition of assets, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, Restricted Payment, subsidiary designation, New Project or other event that by the terms of the Loan Documents requires “Pro Forma Compliance” with a test or covenant hereunder or requires such test or covenant to be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

Sponsors” means Silver Lake Technology Management L.L.C., Warburg Pincus LLC and their respective Affiliates.

Starter Basket” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Available Amount.”

Statutory Reserve Rate” means, with respect to any currency, a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve, liquid asset or similar percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by any Governmental Authority of the United States or of the jurisdiction of such currency or any jurisdiction in which Loans in

 

-52-


such currency are made to which banks in such jurisdiction are subject for any category of deposits or liabilities customarily used to fund loans in such currency or by reference to which interest rates applicable to Loans in such currency are determined. Such reserve, liquid asset or similar percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to Regulation D of the Board of Governors, and if any Lender is required to comply with the requirements of The Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or any authority that replaces any of the functions thereof) or the requirements of the European Central Bank, the Statutory Reserve Rate shall include the Mandatory Costs. Eurocurrency Loans shall be deemed to be subject to such reserve, liquid asset or similar requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under Regulation D or any other applicable law, rule or regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

Sterling” or “£” means the lawful money of the United Kingdom.

Sterling Reference Rate” means, for any Interest Period, (i) BBA LIBOR, as published by Reuters (or such other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, (x) in the case of a Borrowing of Revolving Loans, two London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period or (y) in the case of a Borrowing of Swingline Loans, on the date of such Borrowing, for Sterling deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period or (ii) if such published rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Sterling Reference Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Sterling for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Borrowing being made, continued or converted by Bank of America and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) (x) in the case of a Borrowing of Revolving Loans, two London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period or (y) in the case of a Borrowing of Swingline Loans, on the date of such Borrowing.

Submitted Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).

Submitted Discount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).

subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.

Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of the Borrower.

Subsidiary Loan Party” means each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a party to the Guarantee Agreement.

Successor Borrower” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.03(a)(iv).

 

-53-


Successor Holdings” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.03(a)(v).

Swap” means any agreement, contract, or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Swap Agreement” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation to pay or perform under any Swap.

Swingline Commitment” means the commitment of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans up to an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the US Dollar Equivalent of $25,000,000.

Swingline Exposure” means, at any time, the US Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time. The Swingline Exposure of any Revolving Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the aggregate Swingline Exposure at such time.

Swingline Lender” means (a) Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity the lender of Swingline Loans hereunder and (b) each Revolving Lender that shall have become a Swingline Lender hereunder as provided in Section 2.04(d) (other than any Person that shall have ceased to be a Swingline Lender as provided in Section 2.04(e)), each in its capacity as a lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.

Swingline Loan” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.04.

Syndication Agents” means Goldman Sachs Bank (USA) and Barclays Bank PLC, in their capacities as syndication agent.

TARGET” means the Trans-European Automated Real Time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET) payment system.

Tax Group” has the meaning specified in Section 6.08(a)(vii)(A).

Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges, fees, assessments or withholdings (including backup withholdings) imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

 

-54-


Term Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make a Term Loan hereunder on the Effective Date, expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of the Term Loan to be made by such Lender hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption. The amount of each Lender’s Term Commitment as of the Effective Date is set forth on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Term Commitment, as the case may be. As of the date hereof, the total Term Commitment is $1,900,000,000.

Term Facility” means the Term Loans and any Incremental Term Loans or any refinancing thereof.

Term Lenders” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, an Incremental Facility Amendment in respect of any Term Loans, Loan Modification Agreement or a Refinancing Amendment in respect of any Term Loans, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption.

Term Loan Standstill Period” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01(d).

Term Loans” means Loans made pursuant to clause (a) of Section 2.01.

Term Maturity Date” means May 2, 2021.

Test Period” means, at any date of determination, the most recently completed four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower ending on or prior to such date for which financial statements have been (or were required to have been) delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or 5.01(b); period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower then last ended.

Total Leverage Ratio” means on any date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Net Debt as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the Test Period as of such date.

Transactions” means (a) the funding of the Term Loans on the Effective Date and the consummation of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (b) the Effective Date Refinancing, (c) the issuance of the Senior Notes, (d) the making of the Special Dividend, (e) the consummation of any other transactions in connection with the foregoing and (f) the payment of the fees and expenses incurred in connection with any of the foregoing.

Transaction Costs” means all fees, costs and expenses incurred or payable by Holdings, the Borrower or any other Subsidiary in connection with the Transactions.

Type,” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.

UCC” or “Uniform Commercial Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided, however, that, at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of the Collateral Agent’s security interest in any item or portion of the Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a U.S. jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

 

-55-


Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary designated by the Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 5.14 subsequent to the Effective Date.

US Dollar Equivalent” means, on any date of determination, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in dollars, such amount and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in any currency other than dollars, the equivalent in dollars of such amount, determined by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 1.06 using the Exchange Rate with respect to such currency at the time in effect under the provisions of such Section.

USA Patriot Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, as amended from time to time.

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate” has the meaning specified in Section 2.17(e).

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person at any date, a subsidiary of such Person of which securities or other ownership interests representing 100% of the Equity Interests (other than (a) directors’ qualifying shares and (b) nominal shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable Requirements of Law) are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held by such Person or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Withdrawal Liability” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

Withholding Agent” means any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent and, in the case of any U.S. federal withholding tax, any other withholding agent, if applicable.

SECTION 1.02. Classification of Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans and Borrowings may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Revolving Loan”) or by Type (e.g., a “Eurocurrency Loan”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Eurocurrency Revolving Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Revolving Borrowing”) or by Type (e.g., a “Eurocurrency Borrowing”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing”).

SECTION 1.03. Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes”

 

-56-


and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise, (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement (including this Agreement and the other Loan Documents), instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns (subject to any restrictions on assignment set forth herein) and, in the case of any Governmental Authority, any other Governmental Authority that shall have succeeded to any or all functions thereof, (c) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

SECTION 1.04. Accounting Terms; GAAP.

(a) All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of determining compliance with any test contained in this Agreement, the Total Leverage Ratio, the First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Secured Leverage Ratio and the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis to give effect to all Specified Transactions that have been made during the applicable period of measurement or subsequent to such period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation is made.

(c) Where reference is made to “Holdings, Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis” or similar language, such consolidation shall not include any Subsidiaries of Holdings other than Intermediate Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

(d) In the event that Holdings elects to prepare its financial statements in accordance with IFRS and such election results in a change in the method of calculation of financial covenants, standards or terms (collectively, the “Accounting Changes”) in this Agreement, Holdings and the Administrative Agent agree to enter into good faith negotiations in order to amend such provisions of this Agreement (including the levels applicable herein to any computation of the Total Leverage Ratio, the First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Secured Leverage Ratio and the Interest Coverage Ratio) so as to reflect equitably the Accounting Changes with the desired result that the criteria for evaluating Holdings’ financial condition shall be substantially the same after such change as if such change had not been made. Until such time as such an amendment shall have been executed and delivered by Holdings, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, all financial covenants, standards and terms in this Agreement shall continue to be calculated or construed in accordance with GAAP (as determined in good faith by a Responsible Officer of Holdings) (it being agreed that the reconciliation between GAAP and IFRS used in such determination shall be made available to Lenders) as if such change had not occurred.

SECTION 1.05. [Reserved].

 

-57-


SECTION 1.06. Currency Translation.

(a) The Administrative Agent shall determine the US Dollar Equivalent of any Borrowing denominated in a currency other than dollars (i) as of the date of the commencement of the initial Interest Period therefor and as of the date of the commencement of each subsequent Interest Period therefor (or in the case of a Swingline Loan, on the borrowing date applicable thereto), in each case using the Exchange Rate for such currency in relation to dollars in effect on the date that is three Business Days prior to the date on which the applicable Interest Period shall commence (or in the case of a Swingline Loan, prior to the applicable borrowing date), and (ii) during the continuance of an Event of Default, as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall determine the US Dollar Equivalent of any Letter of Credit denominated in a currency other than dollars as of (i) a date on or about the date on which the applicable Issuing Bank receives a request from the Borrower for the issuance of such Letter of Credit, (ii) each subsequent date on which such Letter of Credit shall be renewed or extended or the stated amount of such Letter of Credit shall be increased, (iii) March 31 and September 30 in each year and (iv) during the continuance of an Event of Default, as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, in each case using the Exchange Rate for such currency in relation to dollars in effect on the date of determination.

(c) Each amount determined pursuant to clause (a) or (b) of this Section shall be the US Dollar Equivalent of the applicable Borrowing or Letter of Credit until the next required calculation thereof pursuant to the preceding sentences of this paragraph. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the applicable Lenders of each calculation of the US Dollar Equivalent of each Borrowing and Letter of Credit denominated in a currency other than dollars

(d) Wherever in this Agreement in connection with a Borrowing, conversion, continuation or prepayment of a Eurocurrency Loan or the issuance, amendment or extension of a Letter of Credit, an amount, such as a required minimum or multiple amount, is expressed in dollars, but such Borrowing, Eurocurrency Loan or Letter of Credit is denominated in euro or Sterling, such amount shall be the relevant US Dollar Equivalent (rounded to the nearest unit of such currency, with 0.5 of a unit being rounded upward).

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of any determination under Article V, Article VI (other than Section 6.11) or Article VII or any determination under any other provision of this Agreement expressly requiring the use of a current exchange rate, all amounts incurred, outstanding or proposed to be incurred or outstanding in currencies other than dollars shall be translated into dollars at the Exchange Rate (rounded to the nearest currency unit, with 0.5 or more of a currency unit being rounded upward); provided, however, that for purposes of determining compliance with Article VI with respect to the amount of any Indebtedness, Investment, Disposition or Restricted Payment in a currency other than dollars, no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of changes in rates of exchange occurring after the time such Indebtedness or Investment is incurred or Disposition or Restricted Payment made; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.06 shall otherwise apply to such Sections, including with respect to determining whether any Indebtedness or Investment may be incurred or Disposition or Restricted Payment made at any time under such Sections. For purposes of any determination of Consolidated Net Debt, amounts in currencies other than dollars shall be translated into dollars at the currency exchange rates used in preparing the most recently delivered financial statements pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b).

SECTION 1.07. Change of Currency. Each provision of this Agreement shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time

 

-58-


specify with the Borrower’s consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) to appropriately reflect a change in currency of any country and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to such change in currency.

ARTICLE II

The Credits

SECTION 2.01. Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (a) each Term Lender agrees to make a Term Loan to the Borrower on the Effective Date denominated in dollars in a principal amount not exceeding its Term Commitment and (b) each Revolving Lender agrees to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower denominated in dollars, euro or Sterling from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount of the US Dollar Equivalent of which will not result in such Lender’s Revolving Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Commitment. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans. Amounts repaid or prepaid in respect of Term Loans may not be reborrowed.

SECTION 2.02. Loans and Borrowings.

(a) Each Loan (other than a Swingline Loan) shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans of the same Class and Type made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments of the applicable Class. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder, provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and other than as expressly provided herein with respect to a Defaulting Lender, no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required hereby.

(b) Subject to Section 2.14, (i) each Revolving Borrowing and Term Borrowing denominated in dollars shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurocurrency Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith; provided that all Borrowings denominated in dollars made on the Effective Date must be made as ABR Borrowings unless the Borrower shall have given the notice required for a Eurocurrency Borrowing under Section 2.03 and provided an indemnity letter extending the benefits of Section 2.16 to Lenders in respect of such Borrowings, and (ii) each Revolving Borrowing denominated in euro or Sterling shall be comprised entirely of Eurocurrency Loans. Each Swingline Loan denominated in dollars shall be an ABR Loan. Each Swingline Loan denominated in euro or Sterling shall be a Base Rate Loan. Each Lender at its option may make any Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(c) At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurocurrency Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum; provided that a Eurocurrency Borrowing that results from a continuation of an outstanding Eurocurrency Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to such outstanding Borrowing. At the time that each ABR Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum. Each Swingline Loan shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum. Borrowings of more than one Type and Class may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of twelve Eurocurrency Borrowings outstanding. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, an

 

-59-


ABR Revolving Borrowing or a Swingline Loan may be in an aggregate amount the US Dollar Equivalent of which is equal to the entire unused balance of the aggregate Revolving Commitments or that is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(f).

SECTION 2.03. Requests for Borrowings. To request a Revolving Borrowing or Term Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (a) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, not later than 2:00 p.m., Local Time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing (or, in the case of any Eurocurrency Borrowing to be made on the Effective Date, such shorter period of time as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent) or (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of the proposed Borrowing; provided that any such notice of an ABR Revolving Borrowing to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(f) may be given not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or facsimile to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request signed by the Borrower. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information:

(i) whether the requested Borrowing is to be a Revolving Borrowing, a Term Borrowing or a Borrowing of any other Class (specifying the Class thereof);

(ii) the currency and aggregate amount of such Borrowing;

(iii) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

(iv) whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing (solely in the case of a Borrowing denominated in dollars) or a Eurocurrency Borrowing;

(v) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”;

(vi) the location and number of the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.06, or, in the case of any ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan requested to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(f), the identity of the Issuing Bank that made such LC Disbursement; and

(vii) that as of the date of such Borrowing, the conditions set forth in Sections 4.02(a) and 4.02(b) are satisfied.

If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified as to any Borrowing denominated in dollars, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurocurrency Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the applicable Class of the details thereof and of the amount and currency of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

 

-60-


SECTION 2.04. Swingline Loans.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein (including Section 2.22), in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.04, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans to the Borrower from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period denominated in dollars, euros or Sterling, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) subject to Section 9.04(b)(ii), the outstanding Swingline Loans of the Swingline Lender exceeding its Swingline Commitment or (ii) the aggregate Revolving Exposures exceeding the aggregate Revolving Commitments, provided that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans.

(b) To request a Swingline Loan, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent and the Swingline Lender of such request (i) by telephone (confirmed in writing), not later than 10:00 a.m., New York time, or, if agreed by the Swingline Lender, 2:00 p.m., New York time (in the case of a Swingline Loan denominated in dollars) or (ii) by facsimile (confirmed by telephone), not later than 10:00 a.m., Local Time, or, if agreed by the Swingline Lender, 11:00 a.m., Local Time (in the case of a Swingline Loan denominated in euros or Sterling) on the day of such proposed Swingline Loan. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business Day), the amount of the requested Swingline Loan and (x) if the funds are not to be credited to a general deposit account of the Borrower maintained with the Swingline Lender because the Borrower is unable to maintain a general deposit account with the Swingline Lender under applicable Requirements of Law, the location and number of the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with Section 2.06, or (y) in the case of any ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan requested to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(f), the identity of the Issuing Bank that made such LC Disbursement. The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan available to the Borrower by means of a credit to the general deposit accounts of the Borrower maintained with the Swingline Lender (or with respect to Swingline Loans denominated in euro or Sterling, by remittance to the account directed by the Borrower if the Borrower is unable to maintain a general deposit account with the Swingline Lender under applicable Requirements of Law) for the applicable currency of such Swingline Loan (or, in the case of a Swingline Loan made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(f), by remittance to the applicable Issuing Bank) by 3:00 p.m., Local Time, on the requested date of such Swingline Loan.

(c) The Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m., Local Time, on any Business Day require the Revolving Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans outstanding. Such notice shall specify the currency and aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Revolving Lenders will participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each Revolving Lender, specifying in such notice the currency and such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Swingline Loans. Each Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Swingline Loans in the applicable currency. Each Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or any reduction or termination of the Revolving Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Revolving Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds in the applicable currency, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (with references to 12:00 noon, Local Time, in such Section being deemed to be references to 3:00 p.m., Local Time) (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment

 

-61-


obligations of the Revolving Lenders pursuant to this paragraph), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph, and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from the Borrower (or other Person on behalf of the Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted by the Swingline Lender to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Revolving Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear, provided that any such payment so remitted shall be repaid to the Swingline Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, and thereafter to the Borrower, if and to the extent such payment is required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve the Borrower of any default in the payment thereof.

(d) The Borrower may, at any time and from time to time, designate as additional Swingline Lenders one or more Revolving Lenders that agree to serve in such capacity as provided below. The acceptance by a Revolving Lender of an appointment as a Swingline Lender hereunder shall be evidenced by an agreement, which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such designated Swingline Lender, and, from and after the effective date of such agreement, (i) such Revolving Lender shall have all the rights and obligations of a Swingline Lender under this Agreement and (ii) references herein to the term “Swingline Lender” shall be deemed to include such Revolving Lender in its capacity as a lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.

(e) The Borrower may terminate the appointment of any Swingline Lender as a “Swingline Lender” hereunder by providing a written notice thereof to such Swingline Lender, with a copy to the Administrative Agent. Any such termination shall become effective upon the earlier of (i) such Swingline Lender’s acknowledging receipt of such notice and (ii) the fifth Business Day following the date of the delivery thereof, provided that no such termination shall become effective until and unless the Swingline Exposure of such Swingline Lender shall have been reduced to zero. Notwithstanding the effectiveness of any such termination, the terminated Swingline Lender shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights of a Swingline Lender under this Agreement with respect to Swingline Loans made by it prior to such termination, but shall not make any additional Swingline Loans.

SECTION 2.05. Letters of Credit and Bank Guarantees.

(a) General. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein (including Section 2.22), each Issuing Bank agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the Revolving Lenders set forth in this Section 2.05, to issue Letters of Credit (including Bank Guarantees) denominated in dollars, euro or Sterling for the Borrower’s own account (or for the account of any other Subsidiary of the Borrower so long as the Borrower and such other Subsidiary are co-applicants in respect of such Letter of Credit), in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank, which shall reflect the standard operating procedures of such Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period and prior to the fifth Business Day prior to the Revolving Maturity Date. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit or bank guarantee application or other agreement submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, the applicable Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control. Notwithstanding the

 

-62-


foregoing but without limiting Section 2.22, (i) Bank Guarantees will be issued hereunder only by the London offices or branches of the Issuing Banks and (ii) Bank Guarantees shall be issued, renewed, extended or amended with such terms and provisions as are of the type, and subject to such conditions, as are, in each case, customary for bank guarantees issued by English banks in London, England, and shall in any event comply with all Requirements of Law applicable thereto.

(b) Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions. To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall deliver in writing by hand delivery or facsimile (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the recipient) to the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (at least five Business Days before the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension or such shorter period as the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent may agree) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (d) of this Section), the currency and amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. If requested by the applicable Issuing Bank, the Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit or bank guarantee application on such Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, (i) subject to Section 9.04(b)(ii), the Applicable Fronting Exposure of each Issuing Bank shall not exceed its Revolving Commitment, (ii) the aggregate Revolving Exposures shall not exceed the aggregate Revolving Commitments and (iii) the aggregate LC Exposure shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit. No Issuing Bank shall be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if (i) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall enjoin or restrain such Issuing Bank from issuing the Letter of Credit, or any law applicable to such Issuing Bank any directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such Issuing Bank shall prohibit the issuance of letters of credit generally or the Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such Issuing Bank with respect to the Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which such Issuing Bank is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Effective Date, or shall impose upon such Issuing Bank any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Effective Date and which such Issuing Bank in good faith deems material to it, (ii) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the such Issuing Bank, the Letter of Credit is in an initial stated amount less than $100,000, in the case of a commercial Letter of Credit, or $500,000, in the case of a standby Letter of Credit or (iii) any Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, if after giving effect to Section 2.22(a)(iv), any Defaulting Lender Fronting Exposure remains outstanding, unless such Issuing Bank has entered into arrangements, including the delivery of cash collateral, reasonably satisfactory to such Issuing Bank with the Borrower or such Lender to eliminate such Issuing Bank’s Defaulting Lender Fronting Exposure arising from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to be issued or such Letter of Credit and all other LC Exposure as to which such Issuing Bank has Defaulting Lender Fronting Exposure.

(c) Notice. Each Issuing Bank agrees that it shall not permit any issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit to occur unless it shall have given to the Administrative Agent written notice thereof required under paragraph (m) of this Section.

(d) Expiration Date. Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date that is one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension) and (ii) the

 

-63-


date that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Maturity Date; provided that if such expiry date is not a Business Day, such Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the next succeeding Business Day; provided, further, that any Letter of Credit may, upon the request of the Borrower, include a provision whereby such Letter of Credit shall be renewed automatically for additional consecutive periods of one year or less (but not beyond the date that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Maturity Date) unless the applicable Issuing Bank notifies the beneficiary thereof within the time period specified in such Letter of Credit or, if no such time period is specified, at least 30 days prior to the then-applicable expiration date, that such Letter of Credit will not be renewed.

(e) Participations. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank that is the issuer thereof or the Lenders, such Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Revolving Lender, and each Revolving Lender hereby acquires from such Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Revolving Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of such Issuing Bank, such Revolving Lender’s Applicable Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by such Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in paragraph (f) of this Section in the currency of such LC Disbursement, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. Each Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or any reduction or termination of the Revolving Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

(f) Reimbursement. If an Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the US Dollar Equivalent of such LC Disbursement not later than 4:00 p.m., Local Time, on the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives notice of such LC Disbursement, provided that, if such LC Disbursement is not less than $1,000,000 (in the case of an LC Disbursement denominated in dollars), £1,000,000 (in the case of an LC Disbursement denominated in Sterling) or €1,000,000 (in the case of an LC Disbursement denominated in euro), the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 or 2.04 that such payment be financed with an ABR Revolving Borrowing (in the case of an LC Disbursement denominated in dollars) or a Swingline Loan, in each case in the same currency and in an equivalent amount, and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan. If the Borrower fails to make such payment when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Revolving Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect thereof and the currency and such Revolving Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Revolving Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Applicable Percentage of the payment then due from the Borrower, in the applicable currency and the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Revolving Lenders pursuant to this paragraph), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the applicable Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the applicable Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Revolving Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse such Issuing Bank, then to such Revolving Lenders and such Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Revolving Lender

 

-64-


pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse any Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of ABR Revolving Loans or a Swingline Loan as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement.

(g) Obligations Absolute. The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (f) of this Section is absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by an Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit or (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder. None of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Issuing Banks or any of their Related Parties shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Banks; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse any Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential or punitive damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by such Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of any Issuing Bank (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final, nonappealable judgment), such Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented that appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, an Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit, and any such acceptance or refusal shall be deemed not to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(h) Disbursement Procedures. Each Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. Each Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower by telephone (confirmed by hand delivery or facsimile) of such demand for payment and whether such Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such Issuing Bank and the Revolving Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement in accordance with paragraph (f) of this Section.

(i) Interim Interest. If an Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to (i) in the case of an LC Disbursement denominated in dollars, ABR

 

-65-


Revolving Loans or (ii) in the case of an LC Disbursement denominated in euro or Sterling, the Base Rate for Swingline Loans denominated in such currency; provided that, if the Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to paragraph (f) of this Section, then Section 2.13(c) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be paid to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Revolving Lender pursuant to paragraph (f) of this Section to reimburse such Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment and shall be payable on demand or, if no demand has been made, on the date on which the Borrower reimburses the applicable LC Disbursement in full.

(j) Cash Collateralization. If any Event of Default under paragraph (a), (b), (h) or (i) of Section 7.01 shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day on which the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Revolving Lenders with LC Exposure representing more than 50% of the aggregate LC Exposure of all Revolving Lenders) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Lenders, an amount in cash in dollars, US Dollar Equivalent of euro and US Dollar Equivalent of Sterling equal to the portions of the LC Exposure attributable to Letters of Credit denominated in dollars, US Dollar Equivalent of euro or US Dollar Equivalent of Sterling, respectively, as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in paragraph (h) or (i) of Section 7.01. The Borrower also shall deposit cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph as and to the extent required by Section 2.11(b). Each such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, if any Defaulting Lender Fronting Exposure remains outstanding (after giving effect to Section 2.22(a)(iv)), then promptly upon the request of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent cash collateral in an amount sufficient to cover such Defaulting Lender Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to any cash collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender). The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent in Permitted Investments and at the Borrower’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Banks for LC Disbursements for which they have not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Revolving Lenders with LC Exposure representing more than 50% of the aggregate LC Exposure of all the Revolving Lenders), be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default or the existence of a Defaulting Lender, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived or after the termination of Defaulting Lender status, as applicable. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder pursuant to Section 2.11(b), such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower as and to the extent that, after giving effect to such return, the Borrower would remain in compliance with Section 2.11(b) and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

-66-


(k) Designation of Additional Issuing Banks. The Borrower may, at any time and from time to time, designate as additional Issuing Banks one or more Revolving Lenders that agree to serve in such capacity as provided below. The acceptance by a Revolving Lender of an appointment as an Issuing Bank hereunder shall be evidenced by an agreement, which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such designated Revolving Lender and, from and after the effective date of such agreement, (i) such Revolving Lender shall have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to include such Revolving Lender in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder.

(l) Termination of an Issuing Bank. The Borrower may terminate the appointment of any Issuing Bank as an “Issuing Bank” hereunder by providing a written notice thereof to such Issuing Bank, with a copy to the Administrative Agent. Any such termination shall become effective upon the earlier of (i) such Issuing Bank’s acknowledging receipt of such notice and (ii) the fifth Business Day following the date of the delivery thereof; provided that no such termination shall become effective until and unless the LC Exposure attributable to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank (or its Affiliates) shall have been reduced to zero. At the time any such termination shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the terminated Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.12(b). Notwithstanding the effectiveness of any such termination, the terminated Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such termination, but shall not issue any additional Letters of Credit.

(m) Issuing Bank Reports to the Administrative Agent. Unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank shall, in addition to its notification obligations set forth elsewhere in this Section, report in writing to the Administrative Agent (i) periodic activity (for such period or recurrent periods as shall be requested by the Administrative Agent) in respect of Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, including all issuances, extensions, amendments and renewals, all expirations and cancellations and all disbursements and reimbursements, (ii) within five Business Days following the time that such Issuing Bank issues, amends, renews or extends any Letter of Credit, the date of such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, and the currency and face amount of the Letters of Credit issued, amended, renewed or extended by it and outstanding after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (and whether the amounts thereof shall have changed), (iii) on each Business Day on which such Issuing Bank makes any LC Disbursement, the date, currency and amount of such LC Disbursement, (iv) on any Business Day on which the Borrower fails to reimburse an LC Disbursement required to be reimbursed to such Issuing Bank on such day, the date of such failure and the currency and amount of such LC Disbursement and (v) on any other Business Day, such other information as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request as to the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank.

(n) Existing LCs. The Existing LCs will be deemed to be Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement on the Effective Date.

(o) Applicability of ISP and UCP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the applicable Issuing Bank and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance, shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit.

 

-67-


SECTION 2.06. Funding of Borrowings.

(a) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds in the applicable currency by 12:00 noon, Local Time, to the Applicable Account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders; provided that Swingline Loans shall be made as provided in Section 2.04. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent in New York City (or, in the case of Loans denominated in euro or Sterling, an account nominated by the Borrower) and designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request; provided that ABR Revolving Loans made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(f) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Revolving Lenders have made payments pursuant to Section 2.05(f) to reimburse such Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and such Issuing Bank as their interests may appear.

(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance on such assumption and in its sole discretion, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such share on demand of the Administrative Agent. If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon demand of the Administrative Agent therefor, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower, and the Borrower agrees to pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand. The Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover from such Lender or Borrower interest on such corresponding amount, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, (A) if such Borrowing is denominated in dollars, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation and (B) if such Borrowing is denominated in euro or Sterling, the rate reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent to be its cost of funding such amount, or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to such Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.13. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing.

(c) The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Term Loans and Revolving Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans and to make payments pursuant to Section 9.03(c) are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under Section 9.03(c) on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and, other than as expressly provided herein with respect to a Defaulting Lender, no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 9.03(c).

SECTION 2.07. Interest Elections.

(a) Each Revolving Borrowing and Term Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request or designated by Section 2.03 and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request or designated by Section 2.03. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to

 

-68-


different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This Section shall not apply to Swingline Loans, which may not be converted or continued.

(b) To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone by the time that a Revolving Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were requesting a Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery, facsimile or other electronic transmission to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request signed by the Borrower.

(c) Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.03:

(i) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

(ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing (solely in the case of a Borrowing denominated in dollars) or a Eurocurrency Borrowing; and

(iv) if the resulting Borrowing is to be a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period.”

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurocurrency Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.

(d) Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the applicable Class of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

(e) If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurocurrency Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to (i) if such Borrowing is denominated in dollars, an ABR Borrowing and (ii) if such Borrowing is denominated in euro or Sterling, a Borrowing with a one-month Interest Period. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Borrowing denominated in dollars may be converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurocurrency Borrowing shall be converted to (i) if such Borrowing is denominated in dollars, an ABR Borrowing and (ii) if such Borrowing is denominated in euro or Sterling, a Borrowing with a one-month Interest Period at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

 

-69-


SECTION 2.08. Termination and Reduction of Commitments.

(a) Unless previously terminated, (i) the Term Commitments shall terminate at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Effective Date and (ii) the Revolving Commitments shall terminate on the Revolving Maturity Date.

(b) The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Commitments of any Class, provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $500,000 and not less than $1,000,000 and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Revolving Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans in accordance with Section 2.11, the aggregate Revolving Exposures would exceed the aggregate Revolving Commitments.

(c) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section at least one Business Day prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable, provided that a notice of termination of the Revolving Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or the receipt of the proceeds from the issuance of other Indebtedness or the occurrence of some other identifiable event or condition, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date of termination) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments of such Class.

SECTION 2.09. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt.

(a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan of such Lender on the Revolving Maturity Date, (ii) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Term Loan of such Lender as provided in Section 2.10 and (iii) to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan made by the Swingline Lender on the earlier to occur of (A) the date that is ten (10) Business Days after such Loan is made and (B) the Revolving Maturity Date; provided that on each date that a Revolving Borrowing in any currency is made, the Borrower shall repay all Swingline Loans in such currency that were outstanding on the date such Borrowing was requested.

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the currency and amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Class and Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

 

-70-


(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein, provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to pay any amounts due hereunder in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. In the event of any inconsistency between the entries made pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section, the accounts maintained by the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall control.

(e) Any Lender may request through the Administrative Agent that Loans of any Class made by it be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to such Lender or its registered assigns and in a form provided by the Administrative Agent and approved by the Borrower.

SECTION 2.10. Amortization of Term Loans.

(a) Subject to adjustment pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section, the Borrower shall repay Term Borrowings on the last Business Day of each September, December, March and June (commencing on September 30, 2014) in the principal amount of Term Loans equal to (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Term Loans immediately after closing on the Effective Date multiplied by (ii) 0.25%.

(b) To the extent not previously paid, all Term Loans shall be due and payable on the Term Maturity Date.

(c) Any prepayment of a Term Borrowing of any Class (i) pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(i) shall be applied to reduce the subsequent scheduled and outstanding repayments of the Term Borrowings of such Class to be made pursuant to this Section as directed by the Borrower (and absent such direction in direct order of maturity) and (ii) pursuant to Section 2.11(c) or 2.11(d) shall be applied to reduce the subsequent scheduled and outstanding repayments of the Term Borrowings of such Class to be made pursuant to this Section, or, except as otherwise provided in any Refinancing Amendment or Loan Modification Agreement, pursuant to the corresponding section of such Refinancing Amendment or Loan Modification Agreement, as applicable, in direct order of maturity.

(d) Prior to any repayment of any Term Borrowings of any Class hereunder, the Borrower shall select the Borrowing or Borrowings of the applicable Class to be repaid and shall notify the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by hand delivery or facsimile) of such election not later than 2:00 p.m., Local Time, one Business Day before the scheduled date of such repayment. In the absence of a designation by the Borrower as described in the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall make such designation in its reasonable discretion with a view, but no obligation, to minimize breakage costs owing under Section 2.16. Each repayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the repaid Borrowing. Repayments of Term Borrowings shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the amount repaid.

SECTION 2.11. Prepayment of Loans.

(a) (i) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, without premium or penalty; provided that in the event that, on or prior to the six month anniversary of the Effective Date, the Borrower (x) make any prepayment of Term Loans in connection with any Repricing Transaction the primary purpose of which is to decrease the Effective Yield on such Term Loans or (y) effects any amendment of this Agreement resulting in a Repricing Transaction the primary purpose of which is to decrease the Effective Yield on the Term

 

-71-


Loans, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each of the applicable Lenders, (I) a prepayment premium of 1.00% of the principal amount of the Term Loans being prepaid in connection with such Repricing Transaction and (II) in the case of clause (y), an amount equal to 1.00% of the aggregate amount of the applicable Term Loans outstanding immediately prior to such amendment that are subject to an effective pricing reduction pursuant to such Repricing Transaction.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower may prepay the outstanding Term Loans on the following basis:

(A) The Borrower shall have the right to make a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a discount to par (such prepayment, the “Discounted Term Loan Prepayment”) pursuant to a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers or Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, in each case made in accordance with this Section 2.11(a)(ii); provided that (x) the Borrower shall not make any Borrowing of Revolving Loans to fund any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and (y) the Borrower shall not initiate any action under this Section 2.11(a)(ii) in order to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment unless (I) at least ten (10) Business Days shall have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the Borrower on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date; or (II) at least three (3) Business Days shall have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Term Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan and/or Other Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers.

(B) (1) Subject to the proviso to subsection (A) above, the Borrower may from time to time offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment by providing the Auction Agent with three (3) Business Days’ notice in the form of a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such offer shall be made available, at the sole discretion of the Borrower, to each Term Lender and/or each Lender with respect to any Class of Term Loans on an individual tranche basis, (II) any such offer shall specify the aggregate principal amount offered to be prepaid (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Amount”) with respect to each applicable tranche, the tranche or tranches of Term Loans subject to such offer and the specific percentage discount to par (the “Specified Discount”) of such Term Loans to be prepaid (it being understood that different Specified Discounts and/or Specified Discount Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Term Loans and, in such an event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section), (III) the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $1,000,000 and whole increments of $500,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such offer shall remain outstanding through the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date. The Auction Agent will promptly provide each relevant Term Lender with a copy of such Specified Discount Prepayment Notice and a form of the Specified Discount Prepayment Response to be completed and returned by each such Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Term Lenders (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date”).

 

-72-


(2) Each relevant Term Lender receiving such offer shall notify the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date whether or not it agrees to accept a prepayment of any of its relevant then outstanding Term Loans at the Specified Discount and, if so (such accepting Term Lender, a “Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender”), the amount and the tranches of such Lender’s Term Loans to be prepaid at such offered discount. Each acceptance of a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment by a Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender shall be irrevocable. Any Term Lender whose Specified Discount Prepayment Response is not received by the Auction Agent by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept the applicable Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment.

(3) If there is at least one Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender, the Borrower will make prepayment of outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this paragraph (B) to each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender in accordance with the respective outstanding amount and tranches of Term Loans specified in such Lender’s Specified Discount Prepayment Response given pursuant to subsection (2); provided that, if the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans accepted for prepayment by all Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders exceeds the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount, such prepayment shall be made pro-rata among the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders in accordance with the respective principal amounts accepted to be prepaid by each such Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender and the Auction Agent (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Specified Discount Proration”). The Auction Agent shall promptly, and in any case within three (3) Business Days following the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date, notify (I) the Borrower of the respective Term Lenders’ responses to such offer, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and the aggregate principal amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Term Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, and the aggregate principal amount and the tranches of Term Loans to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date and (III) each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender of the Specified Discount Proration, if any, and confirmation of the principal amount, tranche and Type of Loans of such Lender to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date. Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Borrower and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Borrower shall be due and payable by the Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with subsection (F) below (subject to subsection (J) below).

(C) (1) Subject to the proviso to subsection (A) above, the Borrower may from time to time solicit Discount Range Prepayment Offers by providing the Auction Agent with three (3) Business Days’ notice in the form of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, at the sole discretion of the Borrower, to each Term Lender and/or each Lender with respect to any Class of Loans on an individual tranche basis, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate principal amount of the relevant Term Loans (the “Discount Range Prepayment Amount”), the tranche or tranches of Term Loans subject to such offer and the maximum and minimum percentage discounts to par (the “Discount Range”) of the principal amount of such Term Loans with respect to each relevant tranche of Term Loans willing to be prepaid by the Borrower (it being understood that different Discount Ranges and/or Discount Range Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to

 

-73-


different tranches of Term Loans and, in such an event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section), (III) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $1,000,000 and whole increments of $500,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such solicitation by the Borrower shall remain outstanding through the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date. The Auction Agent will promptly provide each relevant Term Lender with a copy of such Discount Range Prepayment Notice and a form of the Discount Range Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding relevant Term Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Term Lenders (the “Discount Range Prepayment Response Date”). Each relevant Term Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer shall be irrevocable and shall specify a discount to par within the Discount Range (the “Submitted Discount”) at which such Term Lender is willing to allow prepayment of any or all of its then outstanding Term Loans of the applicable tranche or tranches and the maximum aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Lender’s Term Loans (the “Submitted Amount”) such Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Submitted Discount. Any Term Lender whose Discount Range Prepayment Offer is not received by the Auction Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount to their par value within the Discount Range.

(2) The Auction Agent shall review all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received on or before the applicable Discount Range Prepayment Response Date and shall determine (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) the Applicable Discount and Term Loans to be prepaid at such Applicable Discount in accordance with this subsection (C). The Borrower agrees to accept on the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received by Auction Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, in the order from the Submitted Discount that is the largest discount to par to the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par, up to and including the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par within the Discount Range (such Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par within the Discount Range being referred to as the “Applicable Discount”) which yields a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment in an aggregate principal amount equal to the lower of (I) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount and (II) the sum of all Submitted Amounts. Each Lender that has submitted a Discount Range Prepayment Offer to accept prepayment at a discount to par that is larger than or equal to the Applicable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Term Loans equal to its Submitted Amount (subject to any required proration pursuant to the following subsection (3)) at the Applicable Discount (each such Lender, a “Participating Lender”).

(3) If there is at least one Participating Lender, the Borrower will prepay the respective outstanding Term Loans of each Participating Lender in the aggregate principal amount and of the tranches specified in such Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer at the Applicable Discount; provided that if the Submitted Amount by all Participating Lenders offered at a discount to par greater than the Applicable Discount exceeds the Discounted Range Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the principal amount of the relevant Term Loans for those Participating Lenders whose Submitted Discount is a discount to par greater than or equal to the Applicable Discount (the “Identified Participating Lenders”) shall be made pro-rata among the Identified Participating Lenders in accordance with the Submitted Amount of each such Identified Participating Lender

 

-74-


and the Auction Agent (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Discount Range Proration”). The Auction Agent shall promptly, and in any case within five (5) Business Days following the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, notify (I) the Borrower of the respective Term Lenders’ responses to such solicitation, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate principal amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Term Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate principal amount and tranches of Term Loans to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (III) each Participating Lender of the aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Lender to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, and (z) if applicable, each Identified Participating Lender of the Discount Range Proration. Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Borrower and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Borrower shall be due and payable by such Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with subsection (F) below (subject to subsection (J) below).

(D) (1) Subject to the proviso to subsection (A) above, the Borrower may from time to time solicit Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers by providing the Auction Agent with three (3) Business Days’ notice in the form of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, at the sole discretion of the Borrower, to each Term Lender and/or each Lender with respect to any Class of Term Loans on an individual tranche basis, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate dollar amount of the Term Loans (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount”) and the tranche or tranches of Term Loans the Borrower is willing to prepay at a discount (it being understood that different Solicited Discount Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Term Loans and, in such an event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section), (III) the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $1,000,000 and whole increments of $500,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such solicitation by the Borrower shall remain outstanding through the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date. The Auction Agent will promptly provide each relevant Term Lender with a copy of such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice and a form of the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding Term Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m., New York time on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Term Lenders (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date”). Each Term Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer shall (x) be irrevocable, (y) remain outstanding until the Acceptance Date, and (z) specify both a discount to par (the “Offered Discount”) at which such Term Lender is willing to allow prepayment of its then outstanding Term Loan and the maximum aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Term Loans (the “Offered Amount”) such Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Offered Discount. Any Term Lender whose Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer is not received by the Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount.

(2) The Auction Agent shall promptly provide the Borrower with a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received on or before the Solicited

 

-75-


Discounted Prepayment Response Date. The Borrower shall review all such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers and select the largest of the Offered Discounts specified by the relevant responding Term Lenders in the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers that is acceptable to the Borrower (the “Acceptable Discount”), if any. If the Borrower elects to accept any Offered Discount as the Acceptable Discount, then as soon as practicable after the determination of the Acceptable Discount, but in no event later than by the third Business Day after the date of receipt by the Borrower from the Auction Agent of a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers pursuant to the first sentence of this subsection (2) (the “Acceptance Date”), the Borrower shall submit an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice to the Auction Agent setting forth the Acceptable Discount. If the Auction Agent shall fail to receive an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice from the Borrower by the Acceptance Date, the Borrower shall be deemed to have rejected all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers.

(3) Based upon the Acceptable Discount and the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, within three (3) Business Days after receipt of an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice (the “Discounted Prepayment Determination Date”), the Auction Agent will determine (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) the aggregate principal amount and the tranches of Term Loans (the “Acceptable Prepayment Amount”) to be prepaid by the Borrower at the Acceptable Discount in accordance with this Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D). If the Borrower elects to accept any Acceptable Discount, then the Borrower agrees to accept all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, in the order from largest Offered Discount to smallest Offered Discount, up to and including the Acceptable Discount. Each Lender that has submitted a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer with an Offered Discount that is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Term Loans equal to its Offered Amount (subject to any required pro-rata reduction pursuant to the following sentence) at the Acceptable Discount (each such Lender, a “Qualifying Lender”). The Borrower will prepay outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this subsection (D) to each Qualifying Lender in the aggregate principal amount and of the tranches specified in such Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer at the Acceptable Discount; provided that if the aggregate Offered Amount by all Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount exceeds the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the principal amount of the Term Loans for those Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount (the “Identified Qualifying Lenders”) shall be made pro-rata among the Identified Qualifying Lenders in accordance with the Offered Amount of each such Identified Qualifying Lender and the Auction Agent (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Solicited Discount Proration”). On or prior to the Discounted Prepayment Determination Date, the Auction Agent shall promptly notify (I) the Borrower of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and Acceptable Prepayment Amount comprising the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Term Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Acceptable Discount, and the Acceptable Prepayment Amount of all Term Loans and the tranches to be prepaid to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (III) each Qualifying Lender of the aggregate principal amount and the tranches of such Lender to be prepaid at the Acceptable Discount on such

 

-76-


date, and (IV) if applicable, each Identified Qualifying Lender of the Solicited Discount Proration. Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to such Borrower and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to such Borrower shall be due and payable by such Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with subsection (F) below (subject to subsection (J) below).

(E) In connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, the Borrower and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Auction Agent may require as a condition to any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, the payment of customary fees and expenses from the Borrower in connection therewith.

(F) If any Term Loan is prepaid in accordance with paragraphs (B) through (D) above, the Borrower shall prepay such Term Loans on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date. The Borrower shall make such prepayment to the Auction Agent, for the account of the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in the applicable currency and in immediately available funds not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and all such prepayments shall be applied to the remaining principal installments of the relevant tranche of Term Loans on a pro rata basis across such installments. The Term Loans so prepaid shall be accompanied by all accrued and unpaid interest on the par principal amount so prepaid up to, but not including, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date. Each prepayment of the outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.11(a)(ii) shall be paid to the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable. The aggregate principal amount of the tranches and installments of the relevant Term Loans outstanding shall be deemed reduced by the full par value of the aggregate principal amount of the tranches of Term Loans prepaid on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment.

(G) To the extent not expressly provided for herein, each Discounted Term Loan Prepayment shall be consummated pursuant to procedures consistent, with the provisions in this Section 2.11(a)(ii), established by the Auction Agent acting in its reasonable discretion and as reasonably agreed by the Borrower.

(H) Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 2.11(a)(ii), each notice or other communication required to be delivered or otherwise provided to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) shall be deemed to have been given upon Auction Agent’s (or its delegate’s) actual receipt during normal business hours of such notice or communication; provided that any notice or communication actually received outside of normal business hours shall be deemed to have been given as of the opening of business on the next Business Day.

(I) Each of the Borrower and the Lenders acknowledges and agrees that the Auction Agent may perform any and all of its duties under this Section 2.11(a)(ii) by itself or through any Affiliate of the Auction Agent and expressly consents to any such delegation of duties by the Auction Agent to such Affiliate and the performance of such delegated duties by such Affiliate. The exculpatory provisions pursuant to this Agreement shall apply to each Affiliate of the Auction Agent and its respective activities in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment provided for in this Section 2.11(a)(ii) as well as activities of the Auction Agent.

 

-77-


(J) The Borrower shall have the right, by written notice to the Auction Agent, to revoke in full (but not in part) its offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and rescind the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Notice, Discount Range Prepayment Notice or Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice therefor at its discretion at any time on or prior to the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date (and if such offer is revoked pursuant to the preceding clauses, any failure by such Borrower to make any prepayment to a Term Lender, as applicable, pursuant to this Section 2.11(a)(ii) shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default under Section 7.01 or otherwise).

(b) In the event and on each occasion that the aggregate Revolving Exposures exceed the aggregate Revolving Commitments (including as a result of a determination with respect to the US Dollar Equivalent of any Borrowing or Letter of Credit made by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 1.06), the Borrower shall prepay Revolving Borrowings or Swingline Loans (or, if no such Borrowings are outstanding, deposit cash collateral in an account with the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.05(j)) in an aggregate amount necessary to eliminate such excess.

(c) In the event and on each occasion that any Net Proceeds are received by or on behalf of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Prepayment Event, the Borrower shall, within three Business Days after such Net Proceeds are received (or, in the case of a Prepayment Event described in clause (b) of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event,” on the date of such Prepayment Event), prepay Term Borrowings in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of the amount of such Net Proceeds; provided that, in the case of any event described in clause (a) of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event” and its Restricted Subsidiaries invest (or commit to invest) the Net Proceeds from such event (or a portion thereof) within 12 months after receipt of such Net Proceeds in the business of the Borrower and the other Subsidiaries (including any acquisitions permitted under Section 6.04), then no prepayment shall be required pursuant to this paragraph in respect of such Net Proceeds in respect of such event (or the applicable portion of such Net Proceeds, if applicable) except to the extent of any such Net Proceeds therefrom that have not been so invested (or committed to be invested) by the end of such 12-month period (or if committed to be so invested within such 12-month period, have not been so invested within 18 months after receipt thereof), at which time a prepayment shall be required in an amount equal to such Net Proceeds that have not been so invested (or committed to be invested); provided, further, that the Borrower may use a portion of such Net Proceeds to prepay or repurchase any other Indebtedness that is secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Borrowings to the extent such other Indebtedness and the Liens securing the same are permitted hereunder and the documentation governing such other Indebtedness requires such a prepayment or repurchase thereof with the proceeds of such Prepayment Event, in each case in an amount not to exceed the product of (x) the amount of such Net Proceeds and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of such other Indebtedness and the denominator of which is the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Term Loans and such other Indebtedness.

(d) Following the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015, the Borrower shall prepay Term Borrowings in an aggregate amount equal to the ECF Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year; provided that such amount shall be reduced by the aggregate amount of prepayments of (i) Term Loans (and, to the extent the Revolving Commitments are reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.08, Revolving Loans) made pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(i) during such fiscal year or after such fiscal year and prior to the time such prepayment is due as provided below (provided that such reduction as a result of prepayments pursuant to clause (ii) thereof shall (x) be limited to the actual amount of such cash prepayment and (y) only be applicable if the applicable prepayment offer was made to all Lenders) and (ii) other Consolidated First Lien Debt (provided that in the case of the prepayment of any revolving

 

-78-


commitments, there is a corresponding reduction in commitments) (excluding all such prepayments funded with the proceeds of other Indebtedness or the issuance of Equity Interests). Each prepayment pursuant to this paragraph shall be made on or before the date that is five days after the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 with respect to the fiscal year for which Excess Cash Flow is being calculated.

(e) Prior to any optional prepayment of Borrowings pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(i), the Borrower shall select the Borrowing or Borrowings to be prepaid and shall specify such selection in the notice of such prepayment pursuant to paragraph (f) of this Section. In the event of any mandatory prepayment of Term Borrowings made at a time when Term Borrowings of more than one Class remain outstanding, the Borrower shall select Term Borrowings to be prepaid so that the aggregate amount of such prepayment is allocated between Term Borrowings (and, to the extent provided in the Refinancing Amendment for any Class of Other Term Loans, the Borrowings of such Class) pro rata based on the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Borrowings of each such Class; provided that any Term Lender (and, to the extent provided in the Refinancing Amendment or Loan Modification Agreement for any Class of Other Term Loans, any Lender that holds Other Term Loans of such Class) may elect, by notice to the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by facsimile) at least one Business Day prior to the prepayment date, to decline all or any portion of any prepayment of its Term Loans or Other Term Loans of any such Class pursuant to this Section (other than an optional prepayment pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of this Section or a mandatory prepayment as a result of the Prepayment Event set forth in clause (b) of the definition thereof, which may not be declined), in which case the aggregate amount of the prepayment that would have been applied to prepay Term Loans or Other Term Loans of any such Class but was so declined shall be retained by the Borrower (such amounts, “Retained Declined Proceeds”). Optional prepayments of Term Borrowings shall be allocated among the Classes of Term Borrowings as directed by the Borrower. In the absence of a designation by the Borrower as described in the preceding provisions of this paragraph of the Type of Borrowing of any Class, the Administrative Agent shall make such designation in its reasonable discretion with a view, but no obligation, to minimize breakage costs owing under Section 2.16.

(f) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender) of any optional prepayment pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(i) by telephone (confirmed by facsimile) of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., Local Time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment, (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of prepayment or (iii) in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan denominated in euro or Sterling, not later than 12:00 noon, Local Time, on the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date, the currency and principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid and, in the case of a mandatory prepayment, a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment; provided that a notice of optional prepayment may state that such notice is conditional upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or the receipt of the proceeds from the issuance of other Indebtedness or the occurrence of some other identifiable event or condition, in which case such notice of prepayment may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified date of prepayment) if such condition is not satisfied. Promptly following receipt of any such notice (other than a notice relating solely to Swingline Loans), the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02, except as necessary to apply fully the required amount of a mandatory prepayment. Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.13. At the Borrower’s election in connection with any prepayment pursuant to this Section 2.11, such prepayment shall not be applied to any Term Loan or Revolving Loan of a Defaulting Lender and shall be allocated ratably among the relevant non-Defaulting Lenders.

 

-79-


(g) Notwithstanding any other provisions of Section 2.11(c) or (d), (A) to the extent that any of or all the Net Proceeds of any Prepayment Event by a Foreign Subsidiary giving rise to a prepayment pursuant to Section 2.11(c) or (d) (a “Foreign Prepayment Event”) or Excess Cash Flow are prohibited or delayed by applicable local law from being repatriated to the Borrower, the portion of such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow so affected will not be required to be applied to repay Term Loans at the times provided in Section 2.11(c) or (d), as the case may be, and such amounts may be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary so long, but only so long, as the applicable local law will not permit repatriation to the Borrower (Borrower hereby agreeing to cause the applicable Foreign Subsidiary to promptly take all actions reasonably required by the applicable local law to permit such repatriation), and once such repatriation of any of such affected Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow is permitted under the applicable local law, such repatriation will be promptly effected and such repatriated Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow will be promptly (and in any event not later than three Business Days after such repatriation) applied (net of additional taxes payable or reserved against as a result thereof) to the repayment of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(c) or (d), as applicable, and (B) to the extent that and for so long as the Borrower has determined in good faith that repatriation of any of or all the Net Proceeds of any Foreign Prepayment Event or Excess Cash Flow would have a material adverse tax consequence (taking into account any foreign tax credit or benefit actually realized in connection with such repatriation) with respect to such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow, the Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow so affected will not be required to be applied to repay Term Loans at the times provided in Section 2.11(c) or Section 2.11(d), as the case may be, and such amounts may be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary; provided that when the Borrower determines in good faith that repatriation of any of or all the Net Proceeds of any Foreign Prepayment Event or Excess Cash Flow would no longer have a material adverse tax consequence (taking into account any foreign tax credit or benefit actually realized in connection with such repatriation) with respect to such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow, such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow shall be promptly (and in any event not later than three Business Days after such repatriation) applied (net of additional taxes payable or reserved against as a result thereof) to the repayment of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(c) or Section 2.11(d), as applicable.

SECTION 2.12. Fees.

(a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent in dollars for the account of each Revolving Lender a commitment fee, which shall accrue at the Applicable Rate on the average daily unused amount of the Revolving Commitment of such Lender during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate. Accrued commitment fees shall be payable in arrears on the third Business Day following the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof. All commitment fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). For purposes of computing commitment fees, a Revolving Commitment of a Lender shall be deemed to be used to the extent of the outstanding Revolving Loans and LC Exposure of such Lender (and the Swingline Exposure of such Lender shall be disregarded for such purpose).

(b) The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent in dollars for the account of each Revolving Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender) a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at the Applicable Rate used to determine the interest rate applicable to Eurocurrency Revolving Loans on the daily amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the

 

-80-


period from and including the Effective Date to and including the later of the date on which such Lender’s Revolving Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure, and (ii) to each Issuing Bank in dollars a fronting fee, which shall accrue at the rate of 0.125% per annum on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure attributable to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to and including the later of the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure, as well as such Issuing Bank’s standard fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Participation fees and fronting fees accrued through and including the last day of March, June, September and December of each year shall be payable on the third Business Day following such last day, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date; provided that all such fees shall be payable on the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate and any such fees accruing after the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. Any other fees payable to an Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within 10 days after demand. All participation fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

(c) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(d) The Borrower agrees to pay on the Effective Date to each Term Lender party to this Agreement as a Term Lender on the Effective Date, as fee compensation for the funding of such Term Lender’s Term Loan, a closing fee in an amount equal to 0.50% of the stated principal amount of such Term Lender’s Term Loan. Such fees shall be payable to each Lender out of the proceeds of such Term Lender’s Term Loan as and when funded on the Effective Date and shall be treated (and reported) by the Borrower and Term Lenders as a reduction in issue price of the Term Loans for U.S. federal, state and local income tax purposes. Such closing fee will be in all respects fully earned, due and payable on the Effective Date and non-refundable and non-creditable thereafter.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to Section 2.22, the Borrower shall not be obligated to pay any amounts to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Section 2.12.

SECTION 2.13. Interest.

(a) The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing (including each Swingline Loan denominated in dollars) shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate. Each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

(b) The Loans comprising each Eurocurrency Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2.00% per annum plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2.00% per annum plus the rate applicable to ABR Revolving Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section; provided that no amount shall be payable pursuant to this Section 2.13(c) to a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender; provided

 

-81-


further that no amounts shall accrue pursuant to this Section 2.13(c) on any overdue amount, reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement or other amount payable to a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender.

(d) Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and, in the case of Revolving Loans, upon termination of the Revolving Commitments, provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Revolving Loan prior to the end of the Revolving Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

(e) All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate or Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.14. Alternate Rate of Interest. If at least two Business Days prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in any currency:

(a) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such currency for such Interest Period; or

(b) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such currency for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining their Loans included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period (in each case with respect to the Loans impacted by this clause (b) or clause (a) above, “Impacted Loans”);

(c) the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or facsimile as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing denominated in such currency to, or continuation of any Borrowing denominated in such currency as, a Eurocurrency Borrowing and shall be ineffective and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in such currency and (A) such currency is dollars, then such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing or (ii) such currency is euro or Sterling, then such Borrowing shall be made as a Base Rate Borrowing; provided, however, that, in each case, the Borrower may revoke any Borrowing Request that is pending when such notice is received.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Administrative Agent has made the determination described in clause (a) of this Section 2.14 and/or is advised by the Required Lenders of their determination in accordance with clause (b) of this Section 2.14 and the Borrower shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Required Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend the definition of “LIBO Rate” and other applicable provisions to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change; provided that, until so amended, such Impacted Loans will be handled as otherwise provided pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.14.

 

-82-


SECTION 2.15. Increased Costs.

(a) If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender or any Issuing Bank (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate); or

(ii) impose on any Lender or any Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than with respect to Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Eurocurrency Loans or Base Rate Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein; or

(iii) subject any Lender to any Taxes on its Loans, letters of credit, Commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurocurrency Loan or Base Rate Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender or Issuing Bank of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or issue any Letter of Credit) or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then, from time to time upon request of such Lender or Issuing Bank, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such increased costs actually incurred or reduction actually suffered, provided that to the extent any such costs or reductions are incurred by any Lender as a result of any requests, rules, guidelines or directives enacted or promulgated under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and Basel III after the Effective Date, then such Lender shall be compensated pursuant to this Section 2.15(a) only to the extent such Lender is imposing such charges on similarly situated borrowers under the other syndicated credit facilities that such Lender is a lender under. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this paragraph will not apply to (A) Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes or (B) Excluded Taxes.

(b) If any Lender or Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital requirements has the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then, from time to time upon request of such Lender or Issuing Bank, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction actually suffered.

(c) A certificate of a Lender or an Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank or its holding company in reasonable detail, as the

 

-83-


case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 15 days after receipt thereof.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

SECTION 2.16. Break Funding Payments. In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Revolving Loan or Term Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.11(f) and is revoked in accordance therewith) or (d) the assignment of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.19 or Section 9.02(c), then, in any such event, the Borrower shall, after receipt of a written request by any Lender affected by any such event (which request shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount), compensate each Lender for the actual loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 2.16, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurocurrency Loan made by it at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the applicable interbank eurodollar market for the applicable currency for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurocurrency Loan was in fact so funded. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 15 days after receipt of such demand. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 2.16 will not apply to losses, costs or expenses resulting from Taxes, as to which Section 2.17 shall govern.

SECTION 2.17. Taxes.

(a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Taxes, provided that if the applicable Withholding Agent shall be required by applicable Requirements of Law to deduct any Taxes from such payments, then (i) the applicable Withholding Agent shall make such deductions, (ii) the applicable Withholding Agent shall timely pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law and (iii) if the Tax in question is an Indemnified Tax or Other Tax, the amount payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after all required deductions have been made (including deductions applicable to additional amounts payable under this Section 2.17) the Lender (or, in the case of a payment received by the Administrative Agent for its own account, the Administrative Agent) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made.

 

-84-


(b) Without limiting the provisions of paragraph (a) above, the Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Requirements of Law.

(c) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender, within 30 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.17) and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the basis and calculation of the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender, or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by a Loan Party to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(e) Each Lender shall, at such times as are reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent, provide Borrower and the Administrative Agent with any properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law, or reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent, certifying as to any entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction in, any withholding Tax with respect to any payments to be made to such Lender under the Loan Documents (including, in the case of a Lender seeking exemption from the withholding imposed under FATCA, any documentation necessary to prevent such withholding). Each such Lender shall, whenever a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders such documentation expired, obsolete or inaccurate in any material respect, deliver promptly to Borrower and the Administrative Agent updated or other appropriate documentation (including any new documentation reasonably requested by the applicable withholding agent) or promptly notify Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal ineligibility to do so.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

(i) Each Lender that is a United States person (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) shall deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement two properly completed and duly signed original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or any successor form) certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding.

(ii) Each Lender that is not a United States person (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) shall deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter when required by Law or upon the reasonable request of Borrower or the Administrative Agent) whichever of the following is applicable:

(A) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or any successor forms) claiming eligibility for the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,

 

-85-


(B) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (or any successor forms),

(C) in the case of a Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) two properly completed and duly signed certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit S-1, S-2, S-3 and S-4, as applicable (any such certificate a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or any successor forms),

(D) to the extent a Lender is not the beneficial owner (for example, where the Lender is a partnership or a participating Lender), two properly completed and duly signed original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY (or any successor forms) of the Lender, accompanied by copies of a Form W-8ECI, Form W-8BEN, U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate, Form W-9, Form W-8IMY (or other successor forms) or any other required information from each beneficial owner that would be required under this Section 2.17(e) if such beneficial owner were a Lender, as applicable (provided that, if the Lender is a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and not a participating Lender) and one or more direct or indirect partners are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, the U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate may be provided by such Lender on behalf of such direct or indirect partner(s)), or

(E) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of any other form prescribed by applicable U.S. federal income tax law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax on any payments to such Lender under the Loan Documents, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law to permit Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.

(iii) If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by Holdings or the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by Holdings or a Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA, to determine whether such Lender has or has not complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA and, if necessary, to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (iii), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date hereof.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.17(e), a Lender shall not be required to deliver any form or other documentation that such Lender is not legally eligible to deliver.

(f) If the Borrower determines in good faith that a reasonable basis exists for contesting any Taxes for which indemnification has been demanded hereunder, the Administrative Agent or the relevant Lender, as applicable, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower in a reasonable challenge of such Taxes if so requested by the Borrower, provided that (a) the Administrative Agent or such Lender determines in its reasonable discretion that it would not be subject

 

-86-


to any unreimbursed third party cost or expense or otherwise be prejudiced by cooperating in such challenge, (b) the Borrower pays all related expenses of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable and (c) the Borrower indemnifies the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, for any liabilities or other costs incurred by such party in connection with such challenge. The Administrative Agent or a Lender shall claim any such refund that it determines is reasonably available to it, unless it concludes in its reasonable discretion that it would be adversely affected by making such a claim. If the Administrative Agent or a Lender receives a refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.17, it shall pay over such refund to the Borrower (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of the Administrative Agent or such Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that the Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees promptly to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. The Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, shall, at the Borrower’s request, provide the Borrower with a copy of any notice of assessment or other evidence of the requirement to repay such refund received from the relevant taxing authority (provided that the Administrative Agent or such Lender may delete any information therein that the Administrative Agent or such Lender deems confidential). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, this Section 2.17(f) shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to Taxes which it deems confidential to any Loan Party or any other Person).

(g) The agreements in this Section 2.17 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(h) For purposes of this Section 2.17, the term “Lender” shall include any Issuing Bank and any Swingline Lender.

SECTION 2.18. Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Setoffs.

(a) The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it under any Loan Document (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17, or otherwise) prior to the time expressly required hereunder or under such other Loan Document for such payment (or, if no such time is expressly required, prior to 2:00 p.m., New York City time), on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, recoupment or setoff. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to such account as may be specified by the Administrative Agent, except payments to be made directly to any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender shall be made as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto and payments pursuant to other Loan Documents shall be made to the Persons specified therein. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment (other than payments on the Eurocurrency Loans) under any Loan Document shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day. If any payment on a Eurocurrency Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such

 

-87-


extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day. In the case of any payment of principal pursuant to the preceding two sentences, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate for the period of such extension. All payments or prepayments of any Loan shall be made in the currency in which such Loan is denominated, all reimbursements of any LC Disbursements shall be made in the currency of such LC Disbursement, all payments of accrued interest payable on a Loan or LC Disbursement shall be made in the currency of such Loan or LC Disbursement, as applicable, and all other payments under each Loan Document shall be made in dollars except as otherwise expressly provided herein or therein.

(b) If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due to such parties.

(c) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Revolving Loans, Term Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Revolving Loans, Term Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Revolving Loans, Term Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Revolving Loans, Term Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to (A) any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender), (B) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans to any assignee or participant or (C) any disproportionate payment obtained by a Lender of any Class as a result of the extension by Lenders of the maturity date or expiration date of some but not all Loans or Revolving Commitments of that Class or any increase in the Applicable Rate in respect of Loans of Lenders that have consented to any such extension. The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Banks hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption and in its sole discretion, distribute to the Lenders or Issuing Banks, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or Issuing Banks, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative

 

-88-


Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

(e) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.04(c), Section 2.05(e) or Section 2.05(f), Section 2.06(a) or Section 2.06(b), Section 2.18(d) or Section 9.03(c), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion and in the order determined by the Administrative Agent (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), (i) apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Section until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid and/or (ii) hold any such amounts in a segregated account as cash collateral for, and to be applied to, any future funding obligations of such Lender under any such Section.

SECTION 2.19. Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.

(a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17 or any event gives rise to the operation of Section 2.23, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or its participation in any Letter of Credit affected by such event, or to assign and delegate its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment and delegation (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.15 or 2.17 or mitigate the applicability of Section 2.23, as the case may be, and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense reasonably deemed by such Lender to be material and would not be inconsistent with the internal policies of, or otherwise be disadvantageous in any material economic, legal or regulatory respect to, such Lender.

(b) If (i) any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15 or gives notice under Section 2.23, (ii) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or to any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17 or (iii) any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment and delegation); provided that (A) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent to the extent such consent would be required under Section 9.04(b) for an assignment of Loans or Commitments, as applicable (and if a Revolving Commitment is being assigned and delegated, each Principal Issuing Bank and each Swingline Lender), which consents, in each case, shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, (B) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and unreimbursed participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued but unpaid interest thereon, accrued but unpaid fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts), (C) the Borrower or such assignee shall have paid (unless waived) to the Administrative Agent the processing and recordation fee specified in Section 9.04(b)(ii) and (D) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.15, payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.17 or a notice given under Section 2.23, such assignment will result in a material reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such

 

-89-


Lender or otherwise (including as a result of any action taken by such Lender under paragraph (a) above), the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply. Each party hereto agrees that an assignment required pursuant to this paragraph may be effected pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the assignee and that the Lender required to make such assignment need not be a party thereto.

SECTION 2.20. Incremental Credit Extensions.

(a) The Borrower may at any time or from time to time after the Effective Date, by written notice delivered to the Administrative Agent request (i) one or more additional Classes of term loans or additional term loans of the same Class of any existing Class of term loans (the “Incremental Term Loans”), (ii) one or more increases in the amount of the Revolving Commitments of any Class (each such increase, an “Incremental Revolving Commitment Increase”) or (iii) one or more additional Classes of Revolving Commitments (the “Additional/Replacement Revolving Commitments,” and, together with the Incremental Term Loans and the Incremental Revolving Commitment Increases, the “Incremental Facilities”); provided that, both at the time of any such request and after giving effect to the effectiveness of any Incremental Facility Amendment referred to below and at the time that any such Incremental Term Loan, Incremental Revolving Commitment Increase or Additional/Replacement Revolving Commitment is made or effected, no Event of Default (except, in the case of the incurrence or provision of any Incremental Facility in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement, no Event of Default under clause (a), (b), (h) or (i) of Section 7.01) shall have occurred and be continuing unless, in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or another Investment not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement, customary “Sungard” or “certain funds” conditionality is otherwise agreed to by the Lenders providing such Incremental Facilities. Notwithstanding anything to contrary herein, the aggregate principal amount of the Incremental Facilities that can be incurred at any time shall not exceed the Incremental Cap at such time. Each Incremental Facility shall be in a minimum principal amount of $10,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof if such Incremental Facilities are denominated in dollars (unless the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise agree); provided that such amount may be less than $10,000,000 if such amount represents all the remaining availability under the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Facilities set forth above.

(b) (i) The Incremental Term Loans (i) shall rank equal in right of payment with the Term Loans, shall be secured only by the Collateral securing the Obligations and shall only be guaranteed by the Loan Parties, (ii) shall not mature earlier than the Term Maturity Date, (iii) shall not have a shorter Weighted Average Life to Maturity than the remaining Term Loans, (iv) shall have a maturity date (subject to clause (ii)), an amortization schedule (subject to clause (iii)), and interest rates (including through fixed interest rates), interest margins, rate floors, upfront fees, funding discounts, original issue discounts and prepayment terms and premiums for the Incremental Term Loans as determined by the Borrower and the lenders of the Incremental Term Loans; provided that, in the event that the Effective Yield for any Incremental Term Loans incurred after the Effective Date is greater than the Effective Yield for the Term Loans by more than 0.50% per annum, then the Effective Yield for the Term Loans shall be increased to the extent necessary so that the Effective Yield for the Term Loans are equal to the Effective Yield for the Incremental Term Loans minus 0.50% per annum (provided that the “LIBOR floor” applicable to the outstanding Term Loans shall be increased to an amount not to exceed the “LIBOR floor” applicable to such Incremental Term Loans prior to any increase in the Applicable Rate applicable to such Term Loans then outstanding); and (v) may otherwise have terms and conditions different from those of the Term Loans (including currency denomination); provided that (x) except with respect to matters contemplated by clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) above, any differences shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (except for covenants and

 

-90-


other provisions applicable only to the periods after the Latest Maturity Date) and (y) the documentation governing any Incremental Term Loans may include a financial maintenance covenant, it being understood that, to the extent that any financial maintenance covenant is added for the benefit of any Incremental Term Loan, no consent shall be required from the Administrative Agent or any of the Term Lenders to the extent that such financial maintenance covenant is (1) also added for the benefit of any existing Term Loans or (2) only applicable after the Latest Maturity Date.

(ii) The Incremental Revolving Commitment Increase shall be treated the same as the Class of Revolving Commitments being increased (including with respect to maturity date thereof) and shall be considered to be part of the Class of Revolving Loans being increased (it being understood that, if required to consummate an Incremental Revolving Commitment Increase, the pricing, interest rate margins, rate floors and undrawn commitment fees on the Class of Revolving Commitments being increased may be increased and additional upfront or similar fees may be payable to the lenders providing the Incremental Revolving Commitment Increase (without any requirement to pay such fees to any existing Revolving Lenders)).

(iii) The Additional/Replacement Revolving Commitments (i) shall rank equal in right of payment with the Revolving Loans, shall be secured only by the Collateral securing the Obligations and shall only be guaranteed by the Loan Parties, (ii) shall not mature earlier than the Revolving Maturity Date and shall require no mandatory commitment reduction prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, (iii) shall have interest rates (including through fixed interest rates), interest margins, rate floors, upfront fees, undrawn commitment fees, funding discounts, original issue discounts, prepayment terms and premiums and commitment reduction and termination terms as determined by the Borrower and the lenders of such commitments, (iv) shall contain borrowing, repayment and termination of Commitment procedures as determined by the Borrower and the lenders of such commitments, (v) may include provisions relating to letters of credit, as applicable, issued thereunder, which issuances shall be on terms substantially similar (except for the overall size of such subfacilities, the fees payable in connection therewith and the identity of the letter of credit issuer, as applicable, which shall be determined by the Borrower, the lenders of such commitments and the applicable letter of credit issuers and borrowing, repayment and termination of commitment procedures with respect thereto, in each case which shall be specified in the applicable Incremental Facility Amendment) to the terms relating to the Letters of Credit with respect to the applicable Class of Revolving Commitments or otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and (vi) may otherwise have terms and conditions different from those of the Revolving Credit Facility (including currency denomination); provided that (x) except with respect to matters contemplated by clauses (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) above, any differences shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (except for covenants and other provisions applicable only to the periods after the Latest Maturity Date) and (y) the documentation governing any Additional/Replacement Revolving Commitments may include financial maintenance covenant so long as the Administrative Agent shall have been given prompt written notice thereof and this Agreement is amended to include such financial maintenance covenant for the benefit of each facility (provided, further, however, that, if the applicable new financial maintenance covenant is a “springing” financial maintenance covenant for the benefit of such revolving credit facility or covenant only applicable to, or for the benefit of, a revolving credit facility, such financial maintenance covenant shall be automatically included in this Agreement only for the benefit of each revolving credit facility hereunder (and not for the benefit of any term loan facility hereunder)).

 

-91-


(c) Each notice from the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be given in writing and shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the relevant Incremental Term Loans, Incremental Revolving Commitment Increases or Additional/Replacement Revolving Commitments.

(d) Commitments in respect of Incremental Term Loans, Incremental Revolving Commitment Increases and Additional/Replacement Revolving Commitments shall become Commitments (or in the case of an Incremental Revolving Commitment Increase to be provided by an existing Lender with a Revolving Commitment, an increase in such Lender’s applicable Revolving Commitment) under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “Incremental Facility Amendment”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by Holdings, the Borrower, each Lender agreeing to provide such Commitment, if any, each Additional Lender, if any, and the Administrative Agent. An Incremental Facility may be provided, subject to the prior written consent of the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld), by any existing Lender (it being understood that no existing Lender shall have the right to participate in any Incremental Loans or, unless it agrees, be obligated to provide any Incremental Loans) or by any Additional Lender. Incremental Term Loans and loans under Incremental Revolving Commitment Increases and Additional/Replacement Revolving Commitments shall be a “Loan” for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Incremental Facility Amendment may, subject to Section 2.14(c), without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.20 (including, in connection with an Incremental Revolving Commitment Increase, to reallocate Revolving Exposure on a pro rata basis among the relevant Revolving Lenders). The effectiveness of any Incremental Facility Amendment and the occurrence of any credit event (including the making (but not the conversion or continuation) of a Loan and the issuance, increase in the amount, or extension of a Letter of Credit thereunder) pursuant to such Incremental Facility Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction of such conditions as the parties thereto shall agree. The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans, Incremental Revolving Commitment Increases and Additional/Replacement Revolving Commitments for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, this Section 2.20 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.18 or Section 9.02 to the contrary.

SECTION 2.21. Refinancing Amendments.

(a) At any time after the Effective Date, the Borrower may obtain, from any Lender or any Additional Lender, Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of (a) all or any portion of the Term Loans then outstanding under this Agreement (which for purposes of this clause (a) will be deemed to include any then outstanding Other Term Loans) or (b) all or any portion of the Revolving Loans (or unused Revolving Commitments) under this Agreement (which for purposes of this clause (b) will be deemed to include any then outstanding Other Revolving Loans and Other Revolving Commitments), in the form of (x) Other Term Loans or Other Term Commitments or (y) Other Revolving Loans or Other Revolving Commitments, as the case may be, in each case pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment; provided that such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (i) will rank pari passu in right of payment and of security with the Other Term Loans and Commitments hereunder, (ii) will have such pricing and optional prepayment terms as may be agreed by the Borrower and the Lenders thereof, (iii) (x) with respect to any Other Revolving Loans or Other Revolving Commitments, will have a maturity date that is not prior to the maturity date of Revolving Loans (or unused Revolving Commitments) being refinanced and (y) with respect to any Other Term Loans or Other Term Commitments, will have a maturity date that is not prior to the maturity date of, and will have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is not shorter than, the Term Loans being refinanced, and (iv) the Net Proceeds of such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall be applied, substantially concurrently

 

-92-


with the incurrence thereof, to the prepayment of outstanding Term Loans or reduction of Revolving Commitments being so refinanced, as the case may be. Each Class of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness incurred under this Section 2.21 shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is (x) not less than $10,000,000 in the case of Other Term Loans or $10,000,000 in the case of Other Revolving Loans and (y) an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (in each case unless the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise agree). Any Refinancing Amendment may provide for the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower, or the provision to the Borrower of Swingline Loans, pursuant to any Other Revolving Commitments established thereby, in each case on terms substantially equivalent to the terms applicable to Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans under the Revolving Commitments. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Refinancing Amendment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto (including any amendments necessary to treat the Loans and Commitments subject thereto as Other Term Loans, Other Revolving Loans, Other Revolving Commitments and/or Other Term Commitments). Any Refinancing Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section. In addition, if so provided in the relevant Refinancing Amendment and with the consent of each Issuing Bank, participations in Letters of Credit expiring on or after the Revolving Maturity Date shall be reallocated from Lenders holding Revolving Commitments to Lenders holding extended revolving commitments in accordance with the terms of such Refinancing Amendment; provided, however, that such participation interests shall, upon receipt thereof by the relevant Lenders holding Revolving Commitments, be deemed to be participation interests in respect of such Revolving Commitments and the terms of such participation interests (including, without limitation, the commission applicable thereto) shall be adjusted accordingly.

(b) This Section 2.21 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.18 or Section 9.02 to the contrary.

SECTION 2.22. Defaulting Lenders.

(a) Adjustments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(i) Waivers and Amendments. Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in Section 9.02.

(ii) Reallocation of Payments. Subject to the last sentence of Section 2.11(f), any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of that Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VII or otherwise, and including any amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by that Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 9.08), shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, in the case of a Revolving Lender, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to each Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender hereunder; third, as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement,

 

-93-


as determined by the Administrative Agent; fourth, in the case of a Revolving Lender, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a non-interest bearing deposit account and released in order to satisfy obligations of that Defaulting Lender to fund Loans under this Agreement; fifth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks or the Swingline Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, such Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; sixth, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to any Loan Party as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Loan Party against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and seventh, to that Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or LC Disbursements and such Lender is a Defaulting Lender under clause (a) of the definition thereof, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the relevant Loans of, and LC Disbursements owed to, the relevant non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied pursuant to Section 2.05(j) or this Section 2.22(a)(ii). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post cash collateral pursuant to Section 2.05(j) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by that Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(iii) Certain Fees. That Defaulting Lender (x) shall not be entitled to receive or accrue any commitment fee pursuant to Section 2.12(a) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender) and (y) shall be limited in its right to receive Letter of Credit Fees as provided in Section 2.12(b).

(iv) Reallocation of Applicable Percentages to Reduce Fronting Exposure. During any period in which there is a Defaulting Lender, for purposes of computing the amount of the obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit pursuant to Sections 2.04 and 2.05, the “Applicable Percentage” of each non-Defaulting Lender shall be computed without giving effect to the Revolving Commitment of that Defaulting Lender; provided that the aggregate obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans shall not exceed the positive difference, if any, of (1) the Revolving Commitment of that non-Defaulting Lender minus (2) the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Loans of that Lender.

(b) Defaulting Lender Cure. If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and each Issuing Bank agree in writing in their sole discretion that a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any cash Collateral), such Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their Applicable Percentages (without giving effect to Section 2.22(a)(iv)), whereupon that Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

 

-94-


SECTION 2.23. Illegality. If any Lender determines that any law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Adjusted LIBO Rate, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, (i) any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurocurrency Loans denominated in dollars or to convert Base Rate Loans denominated in dollars to Eurocurrency Loans shall be suspended, and (ii) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender making or maintaining Base Rate Loans the interest rate on which is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate component of the Alternate Base Rate, the interest rate on such Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate component of the Alternate Base Rate, in each case until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, (x) the Borrower shall, upon three Business Days’ notice from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurocurrency Loans denominated in dollars of such Lender to Base Rate Loans (the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate component of the Alternate Base Rate), either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Loans, and (y) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender determining or charging interest rates based upon the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the Administrative Agent shall during the period of such suspension compute the Alternate Base Rate applicable to such Lender without reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate component thereof until the Administrative Agent is advised in writing by such Lender that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Adjusted LIBO Rate. Each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing promptly upon becoming aware that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Adjusted LIBO Rate. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.

SECTION 2.24. Loan Modification Offers.

(a) At any time after the Effective Date, the Borrower may on one or more occasions, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, make one or more offers (each, a “Loan Modification Offer”) to all the Lenders of one or more Classes (each Class subject to such a Loan Modification Offer, an “Affected Class”) to effect one or more Permitted Amendments relating to such Affected Class pursuant to procedures reasonably specified by the Administrative Agent and reasonably acceptable to the Borrower (including mechanics to permit cashless rollovers and exchanges by Lenders). Such notice shall set forth (i) the terms and conditions of the requested Permitted Amendment and (ii) the date on which such Permitted Amendment is requested to become effective. Permitted Amendments shall become effective only with respect to the Loans and Commitments of the Lenders of the Affected Class that accept the applicable Loan Modification Offer (such Lenders, the “Accepting Lenders”) and, in the case of any Accepting Lender, only with respect to such Lender’s Loans and Commitments of such Affected Class as to which such Lender’s acceptance has been made.

(b) A Permitted Amendment shall be effected pursuant to a Loan Modification Agreement executed and delivered by Holdings, the Borrower, each applicable Accepting Lender and the Administrative Agent; provided that no Permitted Amendment shall become effective unless Holdings

 

-95-


and the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent such legal opinions, board resolutions, secretary’s certificates, officer’s certificates and other documents as shall be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection therewith. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Loan Modification Agreement. Each Loan Modification Agreement may, without the consent of any Lender other than the applicable Accepting Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, to give effect to the provisions of this Section 2.24, including any amendments necessary to treat the applicable Loans and/or Commitments of the Accepting Lenders as a new “Class” of loans and/or commitments hereunder.

(c) If, in connection with any proposed Loan Modification Offer, any Lender declines to consent to such Loan Modification Offer on the terms and by the deadline set forth in such Loan Modification Offer (each such Lender, a “Non-Accepting Lender”) then the Borrower may, on notice to the Administrative Agent and the Non-Accepting Lender, (i) replace such Non-Accepting Lender in whole or in part by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04) all or any part of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement in respect of the Loans and Commitments of the Affected Class to one or more Eligible Assignees (which Eligible Assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender; provided, further, that (a) the applicable assignee shall have agreed to provide Loans and/or Commitments on the terms set forth in the applicable Permitted Amendment, (b) such Non-Accepting Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of the Loans of the Affected Class assigned by it pursuant to this Section 2.24(c), accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts (including any amounts under Section 2.09(a)(i)) payable to it hereunder from the Eligible Assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) and (c) unless waived, the Borrower or such Eligible Assignee shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the processing and recordation fee specified in Section 9.04(b).

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, this Section 2.24 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.18 or Section 9.02 to the contrary.

ARTICLE III

Representations and Warranties

Each of Holdings and the Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders as of the Effective Date that:

SECTION 3.01. Organization; Powers. Each of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries is (a) duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (to the extent such concept exists in the relevant jurisdictions) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each Loan Document to which it is a party and (c) is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except in the case of clause (a) (other than with respect to any Loan Party), clause (b) (other than with respect to Holdings and the Borrower) and clause (c), where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.02. Authorization; Enforceability. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of Holdings and the Borrower and constitutes, and each other

 

-96-


Loan Document to which any Loan Party is to be a party, when executed and delivered by such Loan Party, will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of Holdings, the Borrower or such Loan Party, as the case may be, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

SECTION 3.03. Approvals; No Conflicts. The Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and except filings necessary to perfect Liens created under the Loan Documents, (b) will not violate (i) the Organizational Documents of, or (ii) any Requirements of Law applicable to, Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture or other agreement or instrument binding upon Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or their respective assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment, repurchase or redemption to be made by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or give rise to a right of, or result in, termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation thereunder and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, except Liens created under the Loan Documents, except (in the case of each of clauses (a), (b)(ii) and (c)) to the extent that the failure to obtain or make such consent, approval, registration, filing or action, or such violation, default or right, as the case may be, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.04. Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Effect.

(a) The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein and (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its subsidiaries as of the respective dates thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein.

(b) The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lead Arrangers the consolidated pro forma balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at December 31, 2013, and the related consolidated pro forma statement of income of the Borrower as of and for the twelve-month period then ended (such pro forma balance sheet and statement of income, the “Pro Forma Financial Statements”), which have been prepared giving effect to the Transactions (excluding the impact of purchase accounting effects required by GAAP) as if such transactions had occurred on such date or at the beginning of such period, as the case may be. The Pro Forma Financial Statements have been prepared in good faith, based on assumptions believed by Holdings to be reasonable as of the date of delivery thereof, and present fairly in all material respects on a pro forma basis and in accordance with GAAP the estimated financial position of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at December 31, 2014, and their estimated results of operations for the periods covered thereby, assuming that the Transactions had actually occurred at such date or at the beginning of such period (excluding the impact of purchase accounting effects required by GAAP).

(c) Since December 31, 2013, there has been no Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.05. Properties.

(a) Each of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real and personal property material to its business, if any (including the Mortgaged Properties), (i) free and clear of all Liens except for Liens permitted by Section 6.02 and

 

-97-


(ii) except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes, in each case, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) As of the Effective Date, none of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owns any real property.

SECTION 3.06. Litigation and Environmental Matters.

(a) There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower, threatened in writing against or affecting Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Except with respect to any other matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, none of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower, become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received written notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) has, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower, any basis to reasonably expect that Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary will become subject to any Environmental Liability.

SECTION 3.07. Compliance with Laws and Agreements. Each of Holdings, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries is in compliance with (a) its Organizational Documents, (b) all Requirements of Law applicable to it or its property and (c) all indentures and other agreements and instruments binding upon it or its property, except, in the case of clauses (b) and (c) of this Section, where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.08. Investment Company Status. None of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time.

SECTION 3.09. Taxes. Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, Holdings, the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary (a) have timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and (b) have paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid (whether or not shown on a Tax return) including in their capacity as tax withholding agents, except any Taxes (i) that are not overdue by more than 30 days or (ii) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided that Holdings, the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, has set aside on its books adequate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP.

SECTION 3.10. ERISA.

(a) Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or state laws.

 

-98-


(b) Except as could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) no ERISA Event has occurred during the five year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made or is reasonably expected to occur, (ii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA), (iii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Section 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan and (iv) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

SECTION 3.11. Disclosure. As of the Effective Date, neither (a) the Information Memorandum nor (b) any of the other reports, financial statements, certificates or other written information furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of any Loan Document or delivered thereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) when taken as a whole contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, Holdings and the Borrower represent only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by them to be reasonable at the time delivered and, if such projected financial information was delivered prior to the Effective Date, as of the Effective Date, it being understood that any such projected financial information may vary from actual results and such variations could be material.

SECTION 3.12. Subsidiaries. As of the Effective Date, Schedule 3.12 sets forth the name of, and the ownership interest of Holdings and each Subsidiary in, each Subsidiary.

SECTION 3.13. Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each of Holdings, Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary owns, licenses or possesses the right to use, all Intellectual Property that are reasonably necessary for the operation of its business as currently conducted, and, without conflict with the rights of any Person. No Intellectual Property, advertising, product, process, method, substance, part or other material used by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, and the operation of its business as currently conducted, infringes upon or violates any Intellectual Property rights held by any Person except for such infringements or violations, which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No claim or litigation regarding any of the Intellectual Property is pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings and the Borrower, threatened in writing against Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.14. Solvency. On the Effective Date, immediately after the consummation of the Transactions to occur on the Effective Date and taking into account the consummation of the Special Dividend, after taking into account all applicable rights of indemnity and contribution, (a) the fair value of the assets of Holdings, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, at a fair valuation, will exceed their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, (b) the present fair saleable value of the property of Holdings, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of their debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured, (c) Holdings, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will be able to pay their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured, and (d) Holdings, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the

 

-99-


business in which they are engaged as such business is now conducted and is proposed to be conducted following the Effective Date. For purposes of this Section 3.14, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that could reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

SECTION 3.15. Senior Indebtedness. The Loan Document Obligations constitute “Senior Indebtedness” (or any comparable term) under and as defined in the documentation governing any Junior Financing.

SECTION 3.16. Federal Reserve Regulations. None of Holdings, the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary is engaged or will engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock. No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, to purchase or carry any margin stock or to refinance any Indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose, or for any other purpose that entails a violation (including on the part of any Lender) of the provisions of Regulations U or X of the Board of Governors.

SECTION 3.17. Use of Proceeds. The Borrower will use the proceeds of (a) the Term Loans made on the Effective Date to finance a portion of the Transactions and pay Transaction Costs and (b) the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans on and after the Effective Date for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

SECTION 3.18. PATRIOT Act, OFAC and FCPA.

(a) Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Loans, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person, for the purpose of funding (i) any activities of or business with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions, or (ii) any other transaction that will result in a violation by any Person (including any Person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor, lender or otherwise) of Sanctions.

(b) Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not use the proceeds of the Loans directly, or, to the knowledge of Holdings, indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “FCPA”).

(c) Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, to the knowledge of Holdings, none of Holdings, the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries has, in the past three years, committed a violation of applicable regulations of the United States Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), Title III of the USA Patriot Act or the FCPA.

(d) Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, none of Holdings, the Borrower, any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any director, officer, employee or agent thereof is an individual or entity currently on OFAC’s list of Specifically Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons, nor is Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions.

 

-100-


ARTICLE IV

Conditions

SECTION 4.01. Effective Date. The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of each Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions shall be satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02):

(a) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each party hereto either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include facsimile or other electronic transmission of a signed counterpart of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall have received a written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks and dated the Effective Date) of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York counsel for the Loan Parties in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Each of Holdings and the Borrower hereby requests such counsel to deliver such opinions.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of each Loan Party, dated the Effective Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit I with appropriate insertions, executed by any Responsible Officer of such Loan Party, and including or attaching the documents referred to in paragraph (d) of this Section.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of (i) each Organizational Document of each Loan Party certified, to the extent applicable, as of a recent date by the applicable Governmental Authority, (ii) signature and incumbency certificates of the Responsible Officers of each Loan Party executing the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (iii) resolutions of the board of directors and/or similar governing bodies of each Loan Party approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of Loan Documents to which it is a party, certified as of the Effective Date by its secretary, an assistant secretary or a Responsible Officer as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment, and (iv) a good standing certificate (to the extent such concept exists) from the applicable Governmental Authority of each Loan Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation.

(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts previously agreed in writing by the Joint Bookrunners and the Borrower to be due and payable on or prior to the Effective Date, including, to the extent invoiced at least three Business Days prior to the Effective Date, reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel) required to be reimbursed or paid by any Loan Party under any Loan Document.

(f) Subject to Section 5.15, the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall have been satisfied and the Administrative Agent shall have received a completed Perfection Certificate dated the Effective Date and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, together with all attachments contemplated thereby.

 

-101-


(g) Certificates of insurance shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent evidencing the existence of insurance to be maintained by Holdings, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 5.07 and, if applicable, the Administrative Agent shall be designated as an additional insured and loss payee as its interest may appear thereunder, or solely as the additional insured, as the case may be, thereunder (provided that if such endorsement as additional insured cannot be delivered by the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent may consent to such endorsement being delivered at such later date as it deems appropriate in the circumstances).

(h) The Joint Bookrunners shall have received the Pro Forma Financial Statements and the Audited Financial Statements.

(i) Substantially simultaneously with the initial Borrowing under the Term Facility and the issuance of the Senior Notes, the Effective Date Refinancing shall be consummated.

(j) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate from the chief financial officer of the Borrower certifying as to the solvency of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Transactions.

(k) The Senior Notes shall have been issued or shall be issued simultaneously with the initial funding of Loans on the Effective Date.

(l) The Administrative Agent and the Joint Bookrunners shall have received all documentation and other information about the Loan Parties as shall have been reasonably requested in writing at least 10 days prior to the Effective Date by the Administrative Agent or the Joint Bookrunners that they shall have reasonably determined is required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation the USA Patriot Act.

The Administrative Agent shall notify Holdings, the Borrower and the Lenders of the Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective unless each of the foregoing conditions shall have been satisfied (or waived pursuant to Section 9.02) at or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on May 2, 2014 (and, in the event such conditions are not so satisfied or waived, the Commitments shall terminate at such time).

SECTION 4.02. Each Credit Event. The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing, and of each Issuing Bank to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, is subject to receipt of the request therefor in accordance herewith and to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

(a) The representations and warranties of each Loan Party set forth in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Borrowing or the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as the case may be (in each case, unless such date is the Effective Date); provided that, to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided further that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language shall be true and correct in all respects on the date of such credit extension or on such earlier date, as the case may be.

 

-102-


(b) At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as the case may be, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Each Borrowing (provided that a conversion or a continuation of a Borrowing shall not constitute a “Borrowing” for purposes of this Section) and each issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by Holdings and the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section.

ARTICLE V

Affirmative Covenants

Until the Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees, expenses and other amounts (other than contingent amounts not yet due) payable under any Loan Document shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been terminated and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, each of Holdings and the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

SECTION 5.01. Financial Statements and Other Information. Holdings or the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of each Lender:

(a) on or before the date on which such financial statements are required or permitted to be filed with the SEC (or, if such financial statements are not required to be filed with the SEC, on or before the date that is 100 days after the end of each such fiscal year of the Borrower), audited consolidated balance sheet and audited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower as of the end of and for such year, and related notes thereto, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by Ernst & Young LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit (other than any exception or explanatory paragraph, but not a qualification, that is expressly solely with respect to, or expressly resulting solely from, (A) an upcoming maturity date of any Indebtedness occurring within one year from the time such opinion is delivered or (B) any potential inability to satisfy a financial maintenance covenant on a future date or in a future period)) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition as of the end of and for such year and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

(b) commencing with the financial statements for the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2014, on or before the date on which such financial statements are required or permitted to be filed with the SEC with respect to each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower (or, if such financial statements are not required to be filed with the SEC, on or before the date that is 55 days after the end of each such fiscal quarter), unaudited consolidated balance sheet and unaudited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by a Financial Officer as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and such portion of the fiscal

 

-103-


year and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c) simultaneously with the delivery of each set of consolidated financial statements referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, the consolidating financial information reflecting adjustments, if any, necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) from such consolidated financial statements;

(d) not later than five days after any delivery of financial statements under paragraph (a) or (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer (i) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred and, if a Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations (A) demonstrating compliance with the Financial Performance Covenant, if applicable and (B) in the case of financial statements delivered under paragraph (a) above, beginning with the financial statements for the fiscal year of the Borrower ending December 31, 2015, of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year and (iii) in the case of financial statements delivered under paragraph (a) above, setting forth a reasonably detailed calculation of the Net Proceeds received during the applicable period by or on behalf of, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any event described in clause (a) of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event” and the portion of such Net Proceeds that has been invested or are intended to be reinvested in accordance with the proviso in Section 2.11(c);

(e) not later than 100 days after the commencement of each fiscal year of the Borrower occurring prior to an IPO, a detailed consolidated budget for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year (including a projected consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statements of projected operations, comprehensive income and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal year and setting forth the material assumptions used for purposes of preparing such budget);

(f) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and registration statements (other than amendments to any registration statement (to the extent such registration statement, in the form it became effective, is delivered to the Administrative Agent), exhibits to any registration statement and, if applicable, any registration statement on Form S-8) filed by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with the SEC or with any national securities exchange; and

(g) promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of any Lender may reasonably request in writing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 5.01 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries by furnishing (A) the Form 10-K or 10-Q (or the equivalent), as applicable, of the Borrower (or a parent company thereof) filed with the SEC or (B) the applicable financial statements of Holdings (or any Intermediate Parent or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings); provided that (i) to the extent such information relates to a parent of the Borrower, such information is accompanied by consolidating information, which may be unaudited, that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Borrower and its

 

-104-


Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand, and (ii) to the extent such information is in lieu of information required to be provided under Section 5.01(a), such materials are accompanied by a report and opinion of Ernst & Young LLP or any other independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit (other than any exception or explanatory paragraph but not a qualification, that is expressly solely with respect to, or expressly resulting solely from, (i) an upcoming maturity date of any Indebtedness occurring within one year from the time such opinion is delivered or (ii) any potential inability to satisfy a financial maintenance covenant on a future date or in a future period).

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a), (b) or (f) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 9.01 (or otherwise notified pursuant to Section 9.01(d)); or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) the Borrower shall deliver such documents to the Administrative Agent upon its reasonable request until a written notice to cease delivering such documents is given by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and upon its reasonable request, provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery of or maintain paper copies of the documents referred to above, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents and maintaining its copies of such documents.

The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the Joint Bookrunners will make available to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “Platform”) and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “Public Lender”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. The Borrower hereby agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (w) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Joint Bookrunners, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws (provided, however, that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 9.12); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information”; and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Arranger shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall be under no obligation to mark any Borrower Materials “PUBLIC.”

 

-105-


SECTION 5.02. Notices of Material Events. Promptly after any Responsible Officer of Holdings or the Borrower obtains actual knowledge thereof, Holdings or the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to each Lender through the Administrative Agent) written notice of the following:

(a) the occurrence of any Default;

(b) the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or, to the knowledge of a Financial Officer or another executive officer of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, affecting Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary or the receipt of a written notice of an Environmental Liability that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

(c) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer of Holdings or the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

SECTION 5.03. Information Regarding Collateral.

(a) Holdings or the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent prompt (and in any event within 30 days or such longer period as reasonably agreed to by the Administrative Agent) written notice of any change (i) in any Loan Party’s legal name (as set forth in its certificate of organization or like document), (ii) in the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of any Loan Party or in the form of its organization or (iii) in any Loan Party’s organizational identification number to the extent that such Loan Party is organized or owns Mortgaged Property in a jurisdiction where an organizational identification number is required to be included in a UCC financing statement for such jurisdiction.

(b) Not later than five days after delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), Holdings or the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of Holdings or the Borrower (i) setting forth the information required pursuant to Sections 1(a)(i), 1(b), 2, 5, 6 and 8 of the Perfection Certificate or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the date of the Perfection Certificate delivered on the Effective Date or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section, (ii) identifying any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary and that has become, or ceased to be, a Material Subsidiary or an Excluded Subsidiary during the most recently ended fiscal quarter and (iii) certifying that all notices required to be given prior to the date of such certificate by Section 5.03 have been given.

SECTION 5.04. Existence; Conduct of Business. Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to obtain, preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises, Intellectual Property material to the conduct of its business, except to the extent (other than with respect to the preservation of the existence of Holdings and the Borrower) that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 6.03 or any Disposition permitted by Section 6.05.

 

-106-


SECTION 5.05. Payment of Taxes, etc. Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, pay its obligations in respect of Tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where the failure to make payment could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.06. Maintenance of Properties. Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.07. Insurance.

(a) Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, maintain, with insurance companies that Holdings believes (in the good faith judgment of the management of Holdings) are financially sound and responsible at the time the relevant coverage is placed or renewed, insurance in at least such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance which Holdings believes (in the good faith judgment of management of Holdings) is reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of its business) and against at least such risks (and with such risk retentions) as Holdings believes (in the good faith judgment or the management of Holdings) are reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of its business, and will furnish to the Lenders, upon written request from the Administrative Agent, information presented in reasonable detail as to the insurance so carried. Each such policy of insurance maintained by a Loan Party shall (i) name the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, as an additional insured thereunder as its interests may appear and (ii) in the case of each casualty insurance policy, contain a loss payable/mortgagee clause or endorsement that names the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties as the loss payee mortgagee thereunder.

(b) If any portion of any Mortgaged Property subject to FEMA rules and regulations is at any time located in an area identified by FEMA (or any successor agency) as a Special Flood Hazard Area with respect to which flood insurance has been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 (as now or hereafter in effect or successor act thereto, the “Flood Insurance Laws”), then the Borrower shall, or shall cause the relevant Loan Party to, (i) maintain or cause to be maintained, flood insurance sufficient to comply with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Flood Insurance Laws and (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent evidence of such compliance, which evidence complies with applicable Flood Insurance Laws and rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

SECTION 5.08. Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights. Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, maintain proper books of record and account in which entries that are full, true and correct in all material respects and are in conformity with GAAP (or applicable local standards) consistently applied shall be made of all material financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of Holdings, the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be. Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested; provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise visitation and inspection rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 5.08 and the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than two times during any calendar year absent the existence of an Event of Default and only one

 

-107-


such time shall be at the Borrower’s expense; provided further that (a) when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice and (b) the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall give Holdings and the Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with Holdings’ or the Borrower’s independent public accountants.

SECTION 5.09. Compliance with Laws. Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, comply with its Organizational Documents and all Requirements of Law (including Environmental Laws) with respect to it, its property and operations, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.10. Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit. The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Term Loans and Revolving Loans drawn on the Effective Date, together with cash on hand of the Borrower, on the Effective Date to finance a portion of the Transactions. The proceeds of the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans drawn after the Effective Date will be used only for general corporate purposes (including Permitted Acquisitions). Letters of Credit will be used only for general corporate purposes. Holdings and its subsidiaries will use the proceeds of (i) any Incremental Facilities for working capital or any other purpose not prohibited by this Agreement and (ii) any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, applied among the Loans and any Incremental Facilities in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

SECTION 5.11. Additional Subsidiaries.

(a) If any additional Restricted Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent is formed or acquired after the Effective Date, Holdings or the Borrower will, within 30 days after such newly formed or acquired Restricted Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent is formed or acquired (unless such Restricted Subsidiary is an Excluded Subsidiary), notify the Administrative Agent thereof, and will cause such Restricted Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent and with respect to any Equity Interest in or Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party within 30 days after such notice (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably agree and the Administrative Agent shall have received a completed Perfection Certificate with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent signed by a Responsible Officer, together with all attachments contemplated thereby).

(b) Within 30 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree) after Holdings or the Borrower identifies any new Material Subsidiary or any Restricted Subsidiary that has ceased to be an Excluded Subsidiary pursuant to Section 5.03(b), all actions (if any) required to be taken with respect to such Subsidiary in order to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall have been taken with respect to such Subsidiary.

SECTION 5.12. Further Assurances.

(a) Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each Loan Party to, execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents), that may be required under any applicable law and that the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, to cause the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to be and remain satisfied, all at the expense of the Loan Parties.

 

-108-


(b) If, after the Effective Date, any material assets (including any owned (but not leased) real property or improvements thereto or any interest therein with a Fair Market Value in excess of $30,000,000) are acquired by the Borrower or any other Loan Party or are held by any Subsidiary on or after the time it becomes a Loan Party pursuant to Section 5.11 (other than assets constituting Collateral under a Security Document that become subject to the Lien created by such Security Document upon acquisition thereof or constituting Excluded Assets), the Borrower will notify the Administrative Agent thereof, and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower will cause such assets to be subjected to a Lien securing the Secured Obligations and will take and cause the other Loan Parties to take, such actions as shall be necessary and reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent and consistent with the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to grant and perfect such Liens, including actions described in paragraph (a) of this Section, all at the expense of the Loan Parties and subject to the last paragraph of the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”

SECTION 5.13. Ratings. Each of Holdings and the Borrower will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause (a) the Borrower to continuously have a public corporate credit rating from each of S&P and Moody’s (but not to maintain a specific rating) and (b) the credit facilities made available under this Agreement to be continuously rated by each of S&P and Moody’s (but not to maintain a specific rating).

SECTION 5.14. Designation of Subsidiaries. The Borrower may at any time after the Effective Date designate any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) immediately before and after such designation on a Pro Forma Basis as of the end of the most recent Test Period, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Borrower shall have an Interest Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00:1.00 on a Pro Forma Basis and (iii) no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or continue as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it is a “Restricted Subsidiary” for the purpose of the Senior Notes or any other Material Indebtedness of Holdings or the Borrower. The designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Effective Date shall constitute an Investment by the Borrower therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Borrower’s or its Subsidiary’s (as applicable) investment therein. The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute (i) the incurrence at the time of designation of any Investment, Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time and (ii) a return on any Investment by the Borrower in Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the preceding sentence in an amount equal to the fair market value at the date of such designation of the Borrower’s or its Subsidiary’s (as applicable) Investment in such Subsidiary.

SECTION 5.15. Certain Post-Closing Obligations. As promptly as practicable, and in any event within the time periods after the Effective Date specified in Schedule 5.15 or such later date as the Administrative Agent agrees to in writing, including to reasonably accommodate circumstances unforeseen on the Effective Date, Holdings, the Borrower and each other Loan Party shall deliver the documents or take the actions specified on Schedule 5.15 that would have been required to be delivered or taken on the Effective Date, in each case except to the extent otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to its authority as set forth in the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”

ARTICLE VI

Negative Covenants

Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees, expenses and other amounts payable (other than contingent amounts not yet

 

-109-


due) under any Loan Document have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have expired or been terminated and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, each of Holdings and the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

SECTION 6.01. Indebtedness; Certain Equity Securities.

(a) Holdings and the Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(i) Indebtedness of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries under the Loan Documents (including any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 2.20, 2.21 or 2.24);

(ii) Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 6.01 and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(iii) Guarantees by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary otherwise permitted hereunder; provided that (A) such Guarantee is otherwise permitted by Section 6.04, (B) no Guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Senior Notes or any Junior Financing shall be permitted unless such Restricted Subsidiary shall have also provided a Guarantee of the Loan Document Obligations pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement and (C) if the Indebtedness being Guaranteed is subordinated to the Loan Document Obligations, such Guarantee shall be subordinated to the Guarantee of the Loan Document Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the subordination of such Indebtedness;

(iv) Indebtedness of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or of any Restricted Subsidiary owing to any other Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower, Holdings or any Intermediate Parent to the extent permitted by Section 6.04; provided that all such Indebtedness of any Loan Party owing to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be subordinated to the Loan Document Obligations (to the extent any such Indebtedness is outstanding at any time after the date that is 30 days after the Effective Date or such later date as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree) (but only to the extent permitted by applicable law and not giving rise to material adverse Tax consequences) on terms (i) at least as favorable to the Lenders as those set forth in the form of intercompany note attached as Exhibit J or (ii) otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(v) (A) Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries financing the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of fixed or capital assets; provided that such Indebtedness is incurred concurrently with or within 270 days after the applicable acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement, and (B) any Permitted Refinancing of any Indebtedness set forth in the immediately preceding clause (A); provided further that, at the time of any such incurrence of Indebtedness and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto and the use of the proceeds thereof, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness that is outstanding in reliance on this clause (v) shall not exceed the greater of $75,000,000 and 20% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period as of such time;

(vi) Indebtedness in respect of (A) Swap Agreements entered into to hedge or mitigate risks to which Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary has actual exposure (other than those in respect of shares of capital stock or other

 

-110-


Equity Interests of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary) and (B) Swap Agreements entered into in order to effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(vii) (A) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or of any Person not previously a Restricted Subsidiary that is merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) after the date hereof as a result of a Permitted Acquisition, or Indebtedness of any Person that is assumed by the Borrower any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Acquisition, provided that such Indebtedness is not incurred in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition; provided, further, that the Interest Coverage Ratio after giving Pro Forma Effect to the assumption of such Indebtedness and such Permitted Acquisition is either (x) equal to or greater than 2.0 to 1.0 or (y) equal to or greater than the Interest Coverage Ratio immediately prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and such Permitted Acquisition for the most recently ended Test Period as of such time and (B) any Permitted Refinancing of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the foregoing subclause (A);

(viii) [Reserved];

(ix) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(x) Indebtedness consisting of unsecured promissory notes issued by any Loan Party to current or former officers, directors and employees or their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) permitted by Section 6.08(a);

(xi) Indebtedness constituting indemnification obligations or obligations in respect of purchase price or other similar adjustments incurred in a Permitted Acquisition, any other Investment or any Disposition, in each case permitted under this Agreement;

(xii) Indebtedness consisting of obligations under deferred compensation or other similar arrangements incurred in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder;

(xiii) Cash Management Obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and similar arrangements and Indebtedness arising from the honoring of a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business;

(xiv) Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that at the time of the incurrence thereof and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding in reliance on this clause (xiv) shall not exceed the greater of $190,000,000 and 50% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period as of such time; provided, further, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of which the primary obligor or a guarantor is a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party outstanding in reliance on this clause (xiv) shall not exceed, at the time of incurrence thereof and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto, the greater of $75,000,000 and 20% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period as of such time;

 

-111-


(xv) Indebtedness consisting of (A) the financing of insurance premiums or (B) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(xvi) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments issued or created, or related to obligations or liabilities incurred, in the ordinary course of business, including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims;

(xvii) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance, bankers acceptance facilities and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(xviii) unsecured Indebtedness of Holdings or any Intermediate Parent (“Permitted Holdings Debt”) (A) that is not subject to any Guarantee by any subsidiary thereof, (B) that will not mature prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date in effect on the date of issuance or incurrence thereof, (C) that has no scheduled amortization or payments, repurchases or redemptions of principal (it being understood that such Indebtedness may have mandatory prepayment, repurchase or redemption provisions satisfying the requirements of clause (E) below), (D) that permits payments of interest or other amounts in respect of the principal thereof to be paid in kind rather than in cash, (E) that has mandatory prepayment, repurchase or redemption, covenant, default and remedy provisions customary for senior or senior subordinated discount notes of an issuer that is the parent of a borrower under senior secured credit facilities, and in any event, with respect to covenant, default and remedy provisions, no more restrictive (taken as a whole) than those set forth in this Agreement (other than provisions customary for senior or senior subordinated discount notes of a holding company); provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five Business Days prior to the issuance or incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that Holdings has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies Holdings within such five Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees) and (F) that any such Indebtedness of Holdings or any Intermediate Parent is subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee under the Guarantee Agreement; provided, further, that any such Indebtedness shall constitute Permitted Holdings Debt only if immediately after giving effect to the issuance or incurrence thereof, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(xix) (A) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness on a Pro Forma Basis, the Interest Coverage Ratio is greater than or equal to 2.0 to 1.0 and (B) any Permitted Refinancing of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the foregoing subclause (A); provided, that (i) to the extent such Indebtedness is secured by Liens on Collateral, such Liens shall be junior in priority relative

 

-112-


to the Liens on the Collateral securing the Secured Obligations and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of which the primary obligor or a guarantor is a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party outstanding in reliance on this clause (xix) shall not exceed, at the time of incurrence thereof and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto, the greater of $75,000,000 and 20% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period as of such time;

(xx) Indebtedness supported by a Letter of Credit, in a principal amount not to exceed the face amount of such Letter of Credit;

(xxi) Indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Notes, and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(xxii) Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(xxiii) Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt and Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt, and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(xxiv) (A) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party issued in lieu of Incremental Facilities consisting of (i) secured or unsecured bonds, notes or debentures (which bonds, notes or debentures, if secured, may be secured either by Liens having equal priority with the Liens on the Collateral securing the Secured Obligations (but without regard to control of remedies) or by Liens having a junior priority relative to the Liens on the Collateral securing the Secured Obligations) or (ii) secured or unsecured loans (which loans, if secured, must be secured by Liens having a junior priority relative to the Liens on the Collateral securing the Secured Obligations); provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause shall not exceed at the time of incurrence the Incremental Cap at such time, (ii) such Indebtedness complies with the Required Additional Debt Terms and (iii) the condition set forth in the proviso in the first sentence of Section 2.20(a) shall have been complied with as if such Indebtedness was an Incremental Facility and (B) any Permitted Refinancing of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the foregoing subclause (A);

(xxv) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of which the primary obligor or a guarantor is a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party outstanding in reliance on this clause (xxv) shall not exceed, at the time of incurrence thereof and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto, the greater of $37,500,000 and 10.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period as of such time;

(xxvi) (A) Indebtedness incurred to finance a Permitted Acquisition; provided that (i) the Interest Coverage Ratio after giving Pro Forma Effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and such Permitted Acquisition (tested, at the Borrower’s option, either at the time (A) of the incurrence of such Indebtedness or (B) a definitive agreement with respect to such Permitted Acquisition is entered into) is either (x) equal to or greater than 2.0 to 1.0 or (y) equal to or greater than the Interest Coverage Ratio immediately prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and such Permitted Acquisition for the most recently ended Test Period as of such time and (ii) to the extent such Indebtedness is secured by Liens on Collateral, such Liens shall be junior in priority relative to the Liens on the Collateral securing the Secured Obligations and (B) any Permitted Refinancing of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the foregoing subclause (A); provided, further, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of which the primary obligor or a guarantor is a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party outstanding in reliance on this clause (xxvi) shall not exceed, at the time of incurrence thereof and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto, the greater of $75,000,000 and 20.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period as of such time;

 

-113-


(xxvii) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (i) through (xxvi) above; and

(xxviii) Holdings and any Intermediate Parent will not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness except Indebtedness created under Sections 6.01(a)(i), (iii), (iv), (vi), (ix), (x), (xi), (xii), (xiii), (xv)(A), (xviii) and all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in the foregoing clauses.

(b) Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent to, issue any preferred Equity Interests or any Disqualified Equity Interests, except (A) in the case of Holdings, preferred Equity Interests that are Qualified Equity Interests and (B) in the case of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent, (x) preferred Equity Interests or Disqualified Equity Interests issued to and held by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and (y) preferred Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) issued to and held by joint venture partners after the Effective Date; provided that in the case of this clause (y) any such issuance of preferred Equity Interests shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness and subject to the provisions set forth in Section 6.01(a) and (b).

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.01, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Indebtedness described in clauses (a)(i) through (a)(xxviii) above, the Borrower shall, in its sole discretion, classify and reclassify or later divide, classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one or more of the above clauses; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Loan Documents will be deemed to have been incurred in reliance only on the exception in clause (a)(i).

SECTION 6.02. Liens. Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, except:

(i) Liens created under the Loan Documents;

(ii) Permitted Encumbrances;

(iii) Liens existing on the Effective Date; provided that any Lien securing Indebtedness or other obligations in excess of $2,500,000 individually shall only be permitted if set forth on Schedule 6.02 and any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that (A) such modified, replacement, renewal or extension Lien does not extend to any additional property other than (1) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien and (2) proceeds and products thereof, and (B) the obligations secured or benefited by such modified, replacement, renewal or extension Lien are permitted by Section 6.01;

(iv) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(a)(v); provided that (A) such Liens attach concurrently with or within 270 days after the acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens,

 

-114-


(B) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness except for accessions to such property and the proceeds and the products thereof, and any lease of such property (including accessions thereto) and the proceeds and products thereof and (C) with respect to Capital Lease Obligations; such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions to or proceeds of such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capital Lease Obligations; provided further that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

(v) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to others that do not (A) interfere in any material respect with the business of Holdings, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (B) secure any Indebtedness;

(vi) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(vii) Liens (A) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection and (B) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of setoff) and that are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(viii) Liens (A) on cash advances or escrow deposits in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 6.04 to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment or otherwise in connection with any escrow arrangements with respect to any such Investment or any Disposition permitted under Section 6.05 (including any letter of intent or purchase agreement with respect to such Investment or Disposition), or (B) consisting of an agreement to dispose of any property in a Disposition permitted under Section 6.05, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or Disposition, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

(ix) Liens on property of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, which Liens secure Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary or another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, in each case permitted under Section 6.01(a);

(x) Liens granted by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in favor of any Loan Party, Liens granted by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in favor of Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party and Liens granted by a Loan Party in favor of any other Loan Party;

(xi) Liens existing on property at the time of its acquisition or existing on the property of any Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case after the date hereof (other than Liens on the Equity Interests of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that (A) such Lien was not created in contemplation of such acquisition or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) such Lien does not extend to or cover any other assets or property (other than the proceeds or products thereof and other than after-acquired property subject to a Lien securing Indebtedness and other obligations incurred prior to such time and which Indebtedness and other obligations are permitted hereunder that require or include, pursuant to their terms at such time, a pledge of after-acquired property, it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition), and (C) the Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted under Section 6.01(a)(v) or (vii);

 

-115-


(xii) any interest or title of a lessor under leases (other than leases constituting Capital Lease Obligations) entered into by any of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(xiii) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale or purchase of goods by any of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(xiv) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements under clause (e) of the definition of the term “Permitted Investments”;

(xv) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(xvi) Liens that are contractual rights of setoff (A) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness, (B) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (C) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(xvii) ground leases in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries are located;

(xviii) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

(xix) Liens (A) on the Collateral securing Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, (B) on the Collateral securing Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt, (C) on the Collateral securing Incremental Equivalent Debt and (D) on the Collateral securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(xix) and Section 6.01(a)(xxvi).

(xx) other Liens; provided that at the time of the granting of and after giving Pro Forma Effect to any such Lien and the obligations secured thereby (including the use of proceeds thereof) the aggregate outstanding face amount of obligations secured by Liens existing in reliance on this clause (xx) shall not exceed the greater of $75,000,000 and 20% of Consolidated EBITDA for the Test Period as of such time.

(xxi) Liens on cash and Permitted Investments used to satisfy or discharge Indebtedness; provided such satisfaction or discharge is permitted hereunder;

(xxii) receipt of progress payments and advances from customers in the ordinary course of business to the extent the same creates a Lien on the related inventory and proceeds thereof; and

(xxiii) Liens on cash or Permitted Investments securing Swap Agreements in the ordinary course of business submitted for clearing in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law.

 

-116-


SECTION 6.03. Fundamental Changes; Holdings Covenant.

(a) Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any other Restricted Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent to, merge into or consolidate or amalgamate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or liquidate or dissolve, except that:

(i) any Restricted Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent may merge, consolidate or amalgamate with (A) the Borrower; provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person, or (B) in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary, any one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that when any Subsidiary Loan Party is merging, consolidating or amalgamating with another Restricted Subsidiary (1) the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Subsidiary Loan Party or (2) if the continuing or surviving Person is not a Subsidiary Loan Party, the acquisition of such Subsidiary Loan Party by such surviving Restricted Subsidiary is otherwise permitted under Section 6.04;

(ii) any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Borrower) or Intermediate Parent may liquidate or dissolve or change its legal form if Holdings determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of Holdings, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders;

(iii) any Restricted Subsidiary may make a Disposition of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Loan Party, then (A) the transferee must be a Loan Party, (B) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a permitted Investment in a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in accordance with Section 6.04 or (C) to the extent constituting a Disposition to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, such Disposition is for Fair Market Value and any promissory note or other non-cash consideration received in respect thereof is a permitted Investment in a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in accordance with Section 6.04;

(iv) the Borrower may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with any other Person; provided that (A) the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person or (B) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation is not the Borrower (any such Person, the “Successor Borrower”), (1) the Successor Borrower shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, (2) the Successor Borrower shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (3) each Loan Party other than the Borrower, unless it is the other party to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, shall have reaffirmed, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, that its Guarantee of, and grant of any Liens as security for, the Secured Obligations shall apply to the Successor Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement and (4) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such merger, amalgamation or consolidation complies with this Agreement; provided further that (y) if such Person is not a Loan Party, no Event of Default exists after giving effect to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation and (z) if the foregoing requirements are satisfied, the Successor Borrower will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided further that the Borrower agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to provide any documentation and other information about the Successor Borrower as shall have been reasonably requested in writing by any the Lender through the Administrative

 

-117-


Agent that such Lender shall have reasonably determined is required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including Title III of the USA Patriot Act;

(v) Holdings or any Intermediate Parent may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with any other Person, so long as no Event of Default exists after giving effect to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation; provided that (A) Holdings or Intermediate Parent, as applicable, shall be the continuing or surviving Person or (B) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation is not Holdings or Intermediate Parent, as applicable, or is a Person into which Holdings or Intermediate Parent, as applicable, has been liquidated (any such Person, the “Successor Holdings”), (1) the Successor Holdings shall expressly assume all the obligations of Holdings or Intermediate Parent, as applicable, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Holdings or Intermediate Parent, as applicable, is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (2) each Loan Party other than Holdings or Intermediate Parent, as applicable, unless it is the other party to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, shall have reaffirmed, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, that its Guarantee of and grant of any Liens as security for the Secured Obligations shall apply to the Successor Holdings’ obligations under this Agreement, (3) the Successor Holdings shall, immediately following such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, directly or indirectly own all Subsidiaries owned by Holdings or Intermediate Parent, as applicable, immediately prior to such transaction, (4) Holdings or Intermediate Parent, as applicable, shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such merger, amalgamation or consolidation complies with this Agreement; provided further that if the foregoing requirements are satisfied, the Successor Holdings will succeed to, and be substituted for, Holdings or immediate Parent, as applicable, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided further that Holdings agrees to provide any documentation and other information about the Successor Holdings as shall have been reasonably requested in writing by any the Lender through the Administrative Agent that such Lender shall have reasonably determined is required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including Title III of the USA Patriot Act;

(vi) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge, consolidate or amalgamate with any other Person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 6.04; provided that the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Restricted Subsidiary, which together with each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall have complied with the requirements of Sections 5.11 and 5.12;

(vii) any Restricted Subsidiary may effect a merger, dissolution, liquidation consolidation or amalgamation to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 6.05.

(b) Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will not fundamentally and substantively alter the character of their business, taken as a whole, from the business conducted by them on the Effective Date and other business activities which are extensions thereof or otherwise incidental, reasonably related or ancillary to any of the foregoing.

(c) Holdings and any Intermediate Parent will not conduct, transact or otherwise engage in any business or operations other than (i) the ownership and/or acquisition of the Equity Interests of the Borrower and any Intermediate Parent, (ii) the maintenance of its legal existence, including the ability to incur fees, costs and expenses relating to such maintenance, (iii) participating in tax, accounting and other administrative matters as a member of the consolidated group of Holdings and

 

-118-


the Borrower, (iv) the performance of its obligations under and in connection with the Loan Documents, any documentation governing any Indebtedness or Guarantee permitted to be incurred or made by it under Article VI and the other agreements contemplated hereby, (v) any public offering of its common stock or any other issuance or registration of its Equity Interests for sale or resale not prohibited by this Agreement, including the costs, fees and expenses related thereto, (vi) any transaction that Holdings or any Intermediate Parent is permitted to enter into or consummate under Article VI (including, but not limited to, the making of any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 6.08 or holding of any cash or Permitted Investments received in connection with Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 6.08 pending application thereof in the manner contemplated by Section 6.04, the incurrence of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by it under Section 6.01 and the making of any Investment permitted to be made by it under Section 6.04), (vii) incurring fees, costs and expenses relating to overhead and general operating including professional fees for legal, tax and accounting issues and paying taxes, (viii) providing indemnification to officers and directors and as otherwise permitted in Section 6.09, (ix) activities incidental to the consummation of the Transactions and (x) activities incidental to the businesses or activities described in clauses (i) to (ix) of this paragraph.

(d) Holdings and any Intermediate Parent will not own or acquire any assets (other than Equity Interests as referred to in paragraph (c)(i) above, cash, Permitted Investments, loans and advances made by Holdings or any Intermediate Parent under Section 6.04(b), intercompany Investments consisting of Indebtedness permitted to be made by it under Section 6.04) or incur any liabilities (other than liabilities as referred to in paragraph (c) above, liabilities imposed by law, including tax liabilities, and other liabilities incidental to its existence and business and activities permitted by this Agreement).

SECTION 6.04. Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions. Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent to, make or hold any Investment, except:

(a) Permitted Investments at the time such Permitted Investment is made;

(b) loans or advances to officers, directors and employees of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes, (ii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) (provided that the amount of such loans and advances made in cash to such Person shall be contributed to the Borrower in cash as common equity or Qualified Equity Interests) and (iii) for purposes not described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $35,000,000;

(c) Investments by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, in the case of any Investment by a Loan Party in a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom;

(d) Investments consisting of extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Investments (i) existing or contemplated on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 6.04(e) and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension thereof and (ii) Investments existing on the date hereof by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any modification, renewal or

 

-119-


extension thereof; provided that the amount of the original Investment is not increased except by the terms of such Investment to the extent as set forth on Schedule 6.04(e) or as otherwise permitted by this Section 6.04;

(f) Investments in Swap Agreements permitted under Section 6.01;

(g) promissory notes and other non-cash consideration received in connection with Dispositions permitted by Section 6.05;

(h) Permitted Acquisitions;

(i) [Reserved];

(j) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and Uniform Commercial Code Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;

(k) Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement of delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;

(l) loans and advances to Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any Intermediate Parent in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof), Restricted Payments to the extent permitted to be made to Holdings (or such parent) or such Intermediate Parent in accordance with Section 6.08(a);

(m) additional Investments and other acquisitions; provided that at the time any such Investment or other acquisition is made, the aggregate outstanding amount of such Investment or acquisition made in reliance on this clause (m), together with the aggregate amount of all consideration paid in connection with all other Investments and acquisitions made in reliance on this clause (m) (including the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness assumed in connection with any such other Investment or acquisition previously made under this clause (m)), shall not exceed the sum of (A) the greater of $190,000,000 and 50.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period after giving Pro Forma Effect to the making of such Investment or other acquisition, plus (B) so long as immediately after giving effect to any such Investment no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or, in the case of the use of the Starter Basket that is Not Otherwise Applied, no Event of Default under Section 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i)), the Available Amount that is Not Otherwise Applied as in effect immediately prior to the time of making of such Investment, plus (C) the Available Equity Amount that is Not Otherwise Applied as in effect immediately prior to the time of making of such Investment;

(n) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business;

(o) Investments and other acquisitions to the extent that payment for such Investments is made with Qualified Equity Interests of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof or the IPO Entity); provided that (i) such amounts used pursuant to this clause (o) shall not increase the Available Equity Amount and (ii) any amounts used for such an Investment or other acquisition that are not Qualified Equity Interests of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof of or the IPO Entity) are otherwise permitted pursuant to this Section 6.04;

 

-120-


(p) Investments of a Subsidiary acquired after the Effective Date or of a Person merged or consolidated with any Subsidiary in accordance with this Section and Section 6.03 after the Effective Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(q) non-cash Investments in connection with tax planning and reorganization activities; provided that after giving effect to any such activities, the security interests of the Lenders in the Collateral, taken as a whole, would not be materially impaired; and

(r) Investments consisting of Indebtedness, Liens, fundamental changes, Dispositions and Restricted Payments permitted (other than by reference to this Section 6.04(r)) under Sections 6.01, 6.02, 6.03, 6.05 and 6.08, respectively;

(s) additional Investments; provided that after giving effect to such Investment (A) on a Pro Forma Basis, the First Lien Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00 and (B) there is no continuing Event of Default;

(t) contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees, directors, consultants, independent contractors or other service providers or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of the Borrower;

(u) to the extent that they constitute Investments, purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials or equipment or purchases, acquisitions, licenses or leases of other assets, Intellectual Property, or other rights, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(v) Investments by an Unrestricted Subsidiary entered into prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.”

SECTION 6.05. Asset Sales. Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent to, sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any asset, including any Equity Interest owned by it, nor will Holdings or the Borrower permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any additional Equity Interest in such Restricted Subsidiary (other than issuing directors’ qualifying shares, nominal shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable Requirements of Law and other than issuing Equity Interests to Holdings, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with Section 6.01(b) (each, a “Disposition”), except:

(a) Dispositions of obsolete or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business and Dispositions of property no longer used or useful, or economically practicable to maintain, in the conduct of the business of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including allowing any registration or application for registration of any Intellectual Property that is no longer used or useful, or economically practicable to maintain, to lapse, go abandoned, or be invalidated);

(b) Dispositions of inventory and other assets in the ordinary course of business;

 

-121-


(c) Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) an amount equal to the Net Proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;

(d) Dispositions of property to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Loan Party, then either (i) the transferee must be a Loan Party, (ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a permitted Investment in a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in accordance with Section 6.04 or (iii) to the extent constituting a Disposition to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, such Disposition is for Fair Market Value and any promissory note or other non-cash consideration received in respect thereof is a permitted investment in a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in accordance with Section 6.04;

(e) Dispositions permitted by Section 6.03, Investments permitted by Section 6.04, Restricted Payments permitted by Section 6.08 and Liens permitted by Section 6.02, in each case, other than by reference to this Section 6.05(e);

(f) Dispositions of property acquired by Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Effective Date pursuant to sale-leaseback transactions permitted by Section 6.06;

(g) Dispositions of Permitted Investments;

(h) Dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof (including sales to factors or other third parties);

(i) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including the provision of software under an open source license), in each case in the ordinary course of business and that do not materially interfere with the business of Holdings, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(j) transfers of property subject to Casualty Events upon receipt of the Net Proceeds of such Casualty Event;

(k) Dispositions of property to Persons other than Restricted Subsidiaries (including the sale or issuance of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary) not otherwise permitted under this Section 6.05; provided that (i) such Disposition is made for Fair Market Value and (ii) with respect to any Disposition pursuant to this clause (k) for a purchase price in excess of $30,000,000 for any transaction or series of related transaction, Holdings, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary shall receive not less than 75% of such consideration in the form of cash or Permitted Investments; provided, however, that for the purposes of this clause (ii), (A) any liabilities (as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Borrower provided hereunder or in the footnotes thereto) of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated in right of payment to the Loan Document Obligations, that are assumed by the transferee with respect to the applicable Disposition and for which Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and all of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing, shall be deemed to be cash, (B) any securities received by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Permitted Investments (to the extent of the cash or Permitted

 

-122-


Investments received) within 180 days following the closing of the applicable Disposition, shall be deemed to be cash and (C) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Disposition having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (k) that is at that time outstanding, not in excess of 2.5% of Consolidated Total Assets for the most recently ended Test Period as of the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, shall be deemed to be cash;

(l) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(m) Dispositions of any assets (including Equity Interests) (A) acquired in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, which assets are not used or useful to the core or principal business of Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and (B) made to obtain the approval of any applicable antitrust authority in connection with a Permitted Acquisition; and

(n) transfers of condemned property as a result of the exercise of “eminent domain” or other similar powers to the respective Governmental Authority or agency that has condemned the same (whether by deed in lieu of condemnation or otherwise), and transfers of property arising from foreclosure or similar action or that have been subject to a casualty to the respective insurer of such real property as part of an insurance settlement.

SECTION 6.06. Sale and Leaseback Transactions. Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent to, enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property sold or transferred, except for any such sale of any fixed or capital assets by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is made for cash consideration in an amount not less than the fair value of such fixed or capital asset and is consummated within 270 days after the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, acquires or completes the construction of such fixed or capital asset; provided that, if such sale and leaseback results in a Capital Lease Obligation, such Capital Lease Obligation is permitted by Section 6.01 and any Lien made the subject of such Capital Lease Obligation is permitted by Section 6.02.

SECTION 6.07. Negative Pledge. Holdings and the Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent to enter into any agreement, instrument, deed or lease that prohibits or limits the ability of any Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of their respective properties or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, for the benefit of the Secured Parties with respect to the Secured Obligations or under the Loan Documents; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to:

(a) restrictions and conditions imposed by (i) Requirements of Law, (ii) any Loan Document, (iii) the Senior Notes, (iv) any documentation governing Incremental Equivalent Debt, (v) any documentation governing Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt, Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt or Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt, (vi) any documentation governing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(xxiv) and (vii) any documentation

 

-123-


governing any Permitted Refinancing incurred to refinance any such Indebtedness referenced in clauses (i) through (vi) above; provided that with respect to Indebtedness referenced in (A) clauses (iv) and (vi) above, such restrictions shall be no more restrictive in any material respect than the restrictions and conditions in the Loan Documents or, in the case of Junior Financing, are market terms at the time of issuance and (B) clause (v) above, such restrictions shall not expand the scope in any material respect of any such restriction or condition contained in the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(b) customary restrictions and conditions existing on the Effective Date and any extension, renewal, amendment, modification or replacement thereof, except to the extent any such amendment, modification or replacement expands the scope of any such restriction or condition;

(c) restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary or any assets pending such sale; provided that such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary or assets that is or are to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder;

(d) customary provisions in leases, licenses and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof;

(e) restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement to the extent such restriction applies only to the property securing by such Indebtedness;

(f) any restrictions or conditions set forth in any agreement in effect at any time any Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (but not any modification or amendment expanding the scope of any such restriction or condition); provided that such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and the restriction or condition set forth in such agreement does not apply to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(g) (restrictions or conditions in any Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01 that is incurred or assumed by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties to the extent such restrictions or conditions are no more restrictive in any material respect than the restrictions and conditions in the Loan Documents or, in the case of Junior Financing, are market terms at the time of issuance and are imposed solely on such Restricted Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries);

(h) restrictions on cash (or Permitted Investments) or other deposits imposed by agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business (or other restrictions on cash or deposits constituting Permitted Encumbrances);

(i) restrictions set forth on Schedule 6.07 and any extension, renewal, amendment, modification or replacement thereof, except to the extent any such amendment, modification or replacement expands the scope of any such restriction or condition;

(j) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted by Section 6.04 and applicable solely to such joint venture and entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

(k) customary net worth provisions contained in real property leases entered into by Subsidiaries, so long as the Borrower has determined in good faith that such net worth provisions could not reasonably be expected to impair the ability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to meet their ongoing obligations.

 

-124-


SECTION 6.08. Restricted Payments; Certain Payments of Indebtedness.

(a) Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except:

(i) each Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided that in the case of any such Restricted Payment by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower, such Restricted Payment is made to the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary and to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary based on their relative ownership interests of the relevant class of Equity Interests;

(ii) the Special Dividend;

(iii) Holdings, any Intermediate Parent and the Borrower may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in the Equity Interests of such Person;

(iv) repurchases of Equity Interests in Holdings (or Restricted Payments by Holdings to allow repurchases of Equity Interest in any direct or indirect parent of Holdings), any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants or other incentive interests;

(v) Restricted Payments to Holdings which Holdings may use to redeem, acquire, retire or repurchase its Equity Interests (or any options, warrants, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights or other equity linked interests issued with respect to any of such Equity Interests) (or make Restricted Payments to allow any of the Holdings’ direct or indirect parent companies to so redeem, retire, acquire or repurchase their Equity Interests) held by current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees (or their respective spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees) of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, upon the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment of any such Person or otherwise in accordance with any stock option or stock appreciation rights plan, any management, director and/or employee stock ownership or incentive plan, stock subscription plan, employment termination agreement or any other employment agreements or equity holders’ agreement in an aggregate amount after the Effective Date together with the aggregate amount of loans and advances to Holdings made pursuant to Section 6.04(l) in lieu of Restricted Payments permitted by this clause (v) not to exceed $30,000,000 in any calendar year with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of $50,000,000 in any calendar year (without giving effect to the following proviso); provided that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Effective Date;

 

-125-


(vi) (A) for any taxable period for which the Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries are members of a consolidated, combined or unitary tax group for U.S. federal and/or applicable state, local or foreign income Tax purposes of which an Intermediate Parent, Holdings or a direct or indirect parent of Holdings is the common parent (a “Tax Group”), the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to any Intermediate Parent or Holdings, to pay the portion of any U.S. federal, state, local or foreign income Taxes (as applicable) of such Tax Group for such taxable period that is attributable to the income of the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries; provided that Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (vi)(A) shall not exceed the Tax liability that the Borrower and/or its applicable Subsidiaries would have incurred in respect of such Taxes were such Taxes determined as if such entity(ies) were a stand-alone taxpayer or a stand-alone group; and provided, further, that Restricted Payments under this clause (vi)(A) in respect of any Taxes attributable to the income of any Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower may be made only to the extent that such Unrestricted Subsidiaries have made cash payments for such purpose to Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(B) for any taxable period for which any Intermediate Parent or Holdings is a member of a Tax Group of which Holdings or a direct or indirect parent of Holdings is the common parent, any Intermediate Parent may make Restricted Payments to Holdings and/or Holdings may make Restricted Payments to its direct or indirect parent (as applicable) in an aggregate amount equal to (1) the amount of any payments received by any Intermediate Parent or Holdings from Borrower pursuant to clause (vi)(A) in respect of such Tax Group for such taxable period plus (2) without duplication of subclause (1), the portion of such Tax Group’s income taxes for such taxable period that is attributable to the income of any Intermediate Parent and/or Holdings, as applicable; provided that Restricted Payments made pursuant to this subclause (2) shall not exceed the Tax liability that such Intermediate Parent(s) and/or Holdings (as applicable) would have incurred in respect of such Taxes were such Taxes determined as if such entity(ies) were a stand-alone taxpayer or a stand-alone group that did not include Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

(vii) any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments in cash to Holdings and any Intermediate Parent and, where applicable, Holdings and such Intermediate Parent may make Restricted Payments in cash:

(A) [Reserved]

(B) the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings or any Intermediate Parent to pay (or to make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent of Holdings to pay) (1) its operating expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and other corporate overhead costs and expenses (including administrative, legal, accounting, tax reporting and similar expenses payable to third parties) that are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business, (2) any reasonable and customary indemnification claims made by directors or officers of Holdings (or any parent thereof or any Intermediate Parent) attributable to the ownership or operations of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (3) fees and expenses (x) due and payable by the Borrower and Restricted Subsidiaries and (y) otherwise permitted to be paid by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiary under this Agreement, (4) amounts due and payable pursuant to the Investor Management Agreement permitted to be paid pursuant to Section 6.09(iv) and (5) amounts that would otherwise be permitted to be paid pursuant to Section 6.09(iii) or (xi);

 

-126-


(C) the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings or any Intermediate Parent to pay (or to make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent of Holdings to pay) franchise and similar Taxes, and other fees and expenses, required to maintain its organizational existence;

(D) the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings to make Restricted Payments permitted by Section 6.08(a)(iv) or Section 6.08(a)(v);

(E) to finance any Investment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 6.04 (other than Section 6.04(l)); provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (B) Holdings or any Intermediate Parent shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests but not including any loans or advances made pursuant to Section 6.04(b)) to be contributed to the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the Person formed or acquired to merge into or consolidate with the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such merger, amalgamation or consolidation is permitted in Section 6.03) in order to consummate such Investment, in each case in accordance with the requirements of Sections 5.11 and 5.12;

(F) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(G) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay (or to make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) fees and expenses related to any equity or debt offering not prohibited by this Agreement (whether or not such offering is successful); and

(H) the proceeds of which shall be used to make payments permitted by clauses (b)(iv) and (b)(v) of this Section 6.08;

(viii) in addition to the foregoing Restricted Payments, the Borrower and any Intermediate Parent may make additional Restricted Payments to any Intermediate Parent and Holdings, the proceeds of which may be utilized by Holdings to make additional Restricted Payments or by Holdings or by any Intermediate Parent to make any payments in respect of any Permitted Holdings Debt, in an aggregate amount, when taken together with the aggregate amount of loans and advances to Holdings previously made pursuant to Section 6.04(l) in lieu of Restricted Payments permitted by this clause (viii), not to exceed the sum of (A) subject, to the extent used to fund the payment of dividends or distributions to the Sponsors, to no continuing Event of Default, an amount at the time of making any such Restricted Payment and together with any other Restricted Payment previously made utilizing this subclause (A) not to exceed the greater of $75,000,000 and 20.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period after giving Pro Forma Effect to the making of such Restricted Payment plus (B) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, the Available Amount that is Not Otherwise Applied plus (C) the Available Equity Amount that is Not Otherwise Applied;

 

-127-


(ix) redemptions in whole or in part of any of its Equity Interests for another class of its Equity Interests or with proceeds from substantially concurrent equity contributions or issuances of new Equity Interests; provided that such new Equity Interests contain terms and provisions at least as advantageous to the Lenders in all respects material to their interests as those contained in the Equity Interests redeemed thereby.

(x) payments made or expected to be made in respect of withholding or similar Taxes payable by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant and any repurchases of Equity Interests in consideration of such payments including deemed repurchases in connection with the exercise of stock options and the vesting of restricted stock and restricted stock units;

(xi) Holdings or any Intermediate Parent may (a) pay cash in lieu of fractional Equity Interests in connection with any dividend, split or combination thereof or any Permitted Acquisition (or other similar Investment) and (b) honor any conversion request by a holder of convertible Indebtedness and make cash payments in lieu of fractional shares in connection with any such conversion and may make payments on convertible Indebtedness in accordance with its terms;

(xii) the declaration and payment of Restricted Payment on Holdings’ or the Borrower’s common stock (or the payment of Restricted Payments to any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to fund a payment of dividends on such company’s common stock), following consummation of an IPO, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds of such IPO received by or contributed to the IPO Entity, other than public offerings with respect to the IPO Entity’s common stock registered on Form S-8;

(xiii) payments made or expected to be made by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable upon exercise of Equity Interests by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their respective controlled Affiliates or Permitted Transferees) and any repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants or required withholding or similar taxes;

(xiv) additional Restricted Payments; provided that after giving effect to such Restricted Payment (A) on a Pro Forma Basis, the First Lien Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00 and (B) there is no continuing Event of Default;

(xv) in addition to the foregoing Restricted Payments, the Borrower, any Intermediate Parent and Holdings may, subject, to the extent used to fund the payment of dividends or distributions to the Sponsors, to no continuing Event of Default, make additional Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed $30,000,000 per calendar year;

(xvi) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Equity Interests of, or Indebtedness owed to Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are Permitted Investments).

 

-128-


(b) Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any other Restricted Subsidiary to, make or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) of or in respect of principal of or interest on any Junior Financing, or any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any Junior Financing, or any other payment (including any payment under any Swap Agreement) that has a substantially similar effect to any of the foregoing, except:

(i) payment of regularly scheduled interest and principal payments as, in the form of payment and when due in respect of any Indebtedness, other than payments in respect of any Junior Financing prohibited by the subordination provisions thereof;

(ii) refinancings of Indebtedness to the extent permitted by Section 6.01;

(iii) the conversion of any Junior Financing to Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Intermediate Parent; and

(iv) prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Junior Financings prior to their scheduled maturity in an aggregate amount, not to exceed the sum of (A) an amount at the time of making any such Restricted Payment and together with any other Restricted Payment made utilizing this subclause (A) not to exceed the greater of $40,000,000 and 10.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period after giving Pro Forma Effect to the making of such prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or other payment plus (B) the Available Amount that is Not Otherwise Applied plus (C) the Available Equity Amount that is Not Otherwise Applied; and

(v) prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Junior Financings prior to their scheduled maturity; provided that after giving effect to such Restricted Payment (A) on a Pro Forma Basis, the First Lien Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 4.00 to 1.0 and (B) there is no continuing Event of Default.

(c) Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent to, amend or modify any documentation governing any Junior Financing, in each case if the effect of such amendment or modification (when taken as a whole) is materially adverse to the Lenders.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.08 will not prohibit the payment of any Restricted Payment or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption, purchase, defeasance or other payment within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of such irrevocable notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration or the giving of such notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement.

SECTION 6.09. Transactions with Affiliates. Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary or any Intermediate Parent to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except (i) (A) transactions with

 

-129-


Holdings, the Borrower, any Intermediate Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary and (B) transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration of less than $25,000,000, (ii) on terms substantially as favorable to Holdings, the Borrower, such Intermediate Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary as would be obtainable by such Person at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, (iii) the payment of fees and expenses related to the Transactions, (iv) the payment of management and monitoring fees to the Investors (or management companies of the Investors) in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the amount permitted to be paid pursuant to the Investor Management Agreement as in effect on the date hereof and any Investor Termination Fees not to exceed the amount set forth in the Investor Management Agreement as in effect on the date hereof and related indemnities and reasonable expenses, (v) issuances of Equity Interests of Holdings to the extent otherwise permitted by this Agreement, (vi) employment and severance arrangements between Holdings, the Borrower, any Intermediate Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business or otherwise in connection with the Transactions (including loans and advances pursuant to Sections 6.04(b) and 6.04(n), (vii) payments by Holdings (and any direct or indirect parent thereof), the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to tax sharing agreements among Holdings (and any such parent thereof), any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on customary terms to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent payments are permitted by Section 6.08(a)(vi)(A), (viii) the payment of customary fees and reasonable out-of-pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, directors, officers and employees of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent company thereof), the Borrower, any Intermediate Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (ix) transactions pursuant to permitted agreements in existence or contemplated on the Effective Date and set forth on Schedule 6.09 or any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not adverse to the Lenders in any material respect, (x) Restricted Payments permitted under Section 6.08 and loans and advances in lieu thereof pursuant to Section 6.04(l) and (xi) customary payments by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsors made for any financial advisory, consulting, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities (including in connection with acquisitions, divestitures or financings), which payments are approved by the majority of the members of the board of directors or a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors of such Person in good faith; (xii) the issuance or transfer of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Holdings to any Permitted Holder or to any former, current or future director, manager, officer, employee or consultant (or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing) of Holdings, the Borrower, any of the Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of any of the foregoing.

SECTION 6.10. Changes in Fiscal Periods. Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will make any change in fiscal year; provided, however, that Holdings and the Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its fiscal year to any other fiscal year reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in which case, Holdings, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year.

SECTION 6.11. Financial Covenant. If on the last day of any Test Period the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Loans then outstanding, plus (b) the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding, plus (c) the amount of all LC Disbursements then outstanding exceeds 30.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Commitments then in effect, Holdings will not permit the First Lien Leverage Ratio to exceed 7.25 to 1.00 as of the last day of such Test Period.

 

-130-


ARTICLE VII

Events of Default

SECTION 7.01. Events of Default. If any of the following events (any such event, an “Event of Default”) shall occur:

(a) any Loan Party shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise;

(b) any Loan Party shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section) payable under any Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five Business Days;

(c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in or in connection with any Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with any Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made, and such incorrect representation or warranty (if curable) shall remain incorrect for a period of 30 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower;

(d) Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Sections 5.02, 5.04 (with respect to the existence of Holdings or the Borrower), 5.10 or in Article VI (other than Sections 6.03(b), 6.09 or 6.10); provided that any Event of Default under Section 6.11 is subject to cure as provided in Section 7.02 and an Event of Default with respect to such Section shall not occur until the expiration of the 10th day subsequent to the date on which the financial statements with respect to the applicable fiscal quarter (or the fiscal year ended on the last day of such fiscal quarter) are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or Section 5.01(b), as applicable, and (ii) a default under Section 6.11 shall not constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Term Loans unless and until the Required Revolving Lenders shall have terminated their Revolving Commitments and declared all amounts under the Revolving Loans to be due and payable (such period commencing with a default under Section 6.11 and ending on the date on which the Required Lenders with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility terminate and accelerate the Revolving Loans, the “Term Loan Standstill Period”);

(e) Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any Loan Document (other than those specified in paragraph (a), (b) or (d) of this Section), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower;

(f) Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable (after giving effect to any applicable grace period);

 

-131-


(g) any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with all applicable grace periods having expired) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity, provided that this paragraph (g) shall not apply to (i) secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the sale, transfer or other disposition (including as a result of a casualty or condemnation event) of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness (to the extent such sale, transfer or other disposition is not prohibited under this Agreement) or (ii) termination events or similar events occurring under any Swap Agreement that constitutes Material Indebtedness (it being understood that paragraph (f) of this Section will apply to any failure to make any payment required as a result of any such termination or similar event);

(h) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, court protection, reorganization or other relief in respect of Holdings, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or its debts, or of a material part of its assets, under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, examiner, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for Holdings, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or for a material part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed or unstayed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(i) Holdings, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, court protection, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in paragraph (h) of this Section, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, examiner, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for Holdings, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or for a material part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding or (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

(j) one or more enforceable judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $75,000,000 (to the extent not covered by insurance as to which the insurer has been notified of such judgment or order and has not denied coverage) shall be rendered against Holdings, the Borrower and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 60 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any judgment creditor shall legally attach or levy upon assets of such Loan Party that are material to the businesses and operations of Holdings, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to enforce any such judgment;

(k) (i) an ERISA Event occurs that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Loan Party under Title IV of ERISA in an aggregate amount that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its Withdrawal Liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

-132-


(l) any Lien purported to be created under any Security Document shall cease to be, or shall be asserted by any Loan Party not to be, a valid and perfected Lien on any material portion of the Collateral, except (i) as a result of the sale or other disposition of the applicable Collateral to a Person that is not a Loan Party in a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents, (ii) as a result of the Administrative Agent’s failure to (A) maintain possession of any stock certificates, promissory notes or other instruments delivered to it under the Security Documents or (B) file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements, (iii) as to Collateral consisting of real property to the extent that such losses are covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and such insurer has not denied coverage or (iv) as a result of acts or omissions of the Administrative Agent or any Lender;

(m) any material provision of any Loan Document or any Guarantee of the Loan Document Obligations shall for any reason be asserted by any Loan Party not to be a legal, valid and binding obligation of any Loan Party thereto other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder;

(n) any Guarantees of the Loan Document Obligations by any Loan Party pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement shall cease to be in full force and effect (in each case, other than in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents); or

(o) a Change in Control shall occur;

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to Holdings or the Borrower described in paragraph (h) or (i) of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders (or, if an Event of Default resulting from a breach of the Financial Performance Covenant occurs and is continuing and prior to the expiration of the Term Loan Standstill Period, at the request of the Required Revolving Lenders only, and in such case only with respect to the Revolving Commitments, Swingline Commitments, and any Letters of Credit) shall, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; and in case of any event with respect to Holdings or the Borrower described in paragraph (h) or (i) of this Article, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.

SECTION 7.02. Right to Cure.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 7.01, in the event that the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries fail to comply with the requirements of either Financial Performance Covenant as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower, at any time after the beginning of such fiscal quarter until the expiration of the 10th Business Day subsequent to the earlier of (i) the date on which a Compliance Certificate with respect to such fiscal quarter (or the fiscal year ended on the last day

 

-133-


of such fiscal quarter) is delivered in accordance with Section 5.01(d) and (ii) the date on which the financial statements with respect to such fiscal quarter (or the fiscal year ended on the last day of such fiscal quarter) are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), as applicable, Holdings shall have the right to issue Qualified Equity Interests for cash or otherwise receive cash contributions to the capital of Holdings as cash common equity or other Qualified Equity Interests (which Holdings shall contribute through its Subsidiaries of which the Borrower is a Subsidiary to the Borrower as cash common equity) (collectively, the “Cure Right”), and upon the receipt by the Borrower of the Net Proceeds of such issuance that are Not Otherwise Applied (the “Cure Amount”) pursuant to the exercise by Holdings of such Cure Right such Financial Performance Covenant shall be recalculated giving effect to the following pro forma adjustment:

(i) Consolidated EBITDA shall be increased with respect to such applicable fiscal quarter and any four fiscal quarter period that contains such fiscal quarter, solely for the purpose of measuring the Financial Performance Covenant and not for any other purpose under this Agreement, by an amount equal to the Cure Amount; and

(ii) if, after giving effect to the foregoing pro forma adjustment (without giving effect to any portion of the Cure Amount or any portion of the Cure Amount on the balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, with respect to such fiscal quarter only but with giving pro forma effect to any portion of the Cure Amount actually applied to any repayment of any Indebtedness), Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall then be in compliance with the requirements of the Financial Performance Covenant, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of the Financial Performance Covenant as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of the Financial Performance Covenant that had occurred shall be deemed cured for the purposes of this Agreement;

provided that the Borrower shall have notified the Administrative Agent of the exercise of such Cure Right within five (5) Business Days of the issuance of the relevant Qualified Equity Interests for cash or the receipt of the cash contributions by Holdings.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) in each four consecutive fiscal quarter period of the Borrower there shall be at least one fiscal quarter in which the Cure Right is not exercised, (ii) during the term of this Agreement, the Cure Right shall not be exercised more than five times and (iii) for purposes of this Section 7.02, the Cure Amount shall be no greater than the amount required for purposes of complying with the Financial Performance Covenants and any amounts in excess thereof shall not be deemed to be a Cure Amount. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Cure Amount received pursuant to any exercise of the Cure Right shall be disregarded for purposes of determining any available basket under Article VI of this Agreement and there shall not have been a breach of any covenant under Article VI of this Agreement by reason of having no longer included such Cure Amount in any basket during the relevant period.

SECTION 7.03. Application of Proceeds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 7.01, any amounts received on account of the Secured Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 4.02 of the Collateral Agreement and/or the similar provisions in the other Security Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Excluded Swap Obligations with respect to any Guarantor shall not be paid with amounts received from such Guarantor or its assets, but appropriate adjustments shall be made with respect to payments from other Loan Parties to preserve the allocation to Secured Obligations otherwise set forth in Section 4.02 of the Collateral Agreement and/or the similar provisions in the other Security Documents.

 

-134-


ARTICLE VIII

Administrative Agent

SECTION 8.01. Appointment and Authority.

(a) Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints Bank of America to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, and the Borrower shall not have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of such Lender and the Issuing Bank for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Secured Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Administrative Agent, as “collateral agent” and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 8.05 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Security Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent, shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article VIII and Article IX (including Section 9.03 as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.

SECTION 8.02. Rights as a Lender. The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

SECTION 8.03. Exculpatory Provisions. The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:

(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents); provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law;

 

-135-


(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity;

(d) shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02 and in the last paragraph of Section 7.01) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct; provided that the Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower, a Lender or the Issuing Bank;

(e) shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Security Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent; and

(f) shall have no responsibility or liability for monitoring or enforcing the list of Disqualified Lenders or for any assignment of any Loan or Commitment or for the sale of any participation, in either case, to a Disqualified Lender.

SECTION 8.04. Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, representation, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or the Issuing Bank unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or the Issuing Bank prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

SECTION 8.05. Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent

 

-136-


and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided in this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may resign upon 30 days’ notice to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the Borrower’s consent (unless an Event of Default under Section 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) has occurred and is continuing), to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, appoint a successor Administrative Agent, which shall be an Approved Bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such Approved Bank (the date upon which the retiring Administrative Agent is replaced, the “Resignation Effective Date”).

If the Person serving as Administrative Agent is a Defaulting Lender, the Required Lenders and Holdings may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, by notice in writing to such Person remove such Person as Administrative Agent and, with the consent of the Borrower, appoint a successor. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days (the “Removal Effective Date”), then such removal shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice on the Removal Effective Date.

With effect from the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date (as applicable) (1) the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except (i) that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed and (ii) with respect to any outstanding payment obligations) and (2) except for any indemnity payments or other amounts then owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or removed) Administrative Agent (other than any rights to indemnity payments or other amounts owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent as of the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date, as applicable), and the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents as set forth in this Section. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring or removed Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring or removed Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

 

-137-


SECTION 8.06. Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender and the Issuing Bank acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and the Issuing Bank also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

Each Lender, by delivering its signature page to this Agreement and funding its Loans on the Effective Date, or delivering its signature page to an Assignment and Assumption, Incremental Facility Amendment or Refinancing Amendment pursuant to which it shall become a Lender hereunder, shall be deemed to have acknowledged receipt of, and consented to and approved, each Loan Document and each other document required to be delivered to, or be approved by or satisfactory to, the Administrative Agent or the Lenders on the Effective Date.

No Lender shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce any Guarantee of the Secured Obligations, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies under the Loan Documents may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders in accordance with the terms thereof. In the event of a foreclosure by the Administrative Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition, the Administrative Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition, and the Administrative Agent, as agent for and representative of the Lenders (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Secured Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any collateral payable by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders at such sale or other disposition. Each Lender, whether or not a party hereto, will be deemed, by its acceptance of the benefits of the Collateral and of the Guarantees of the Secured Obligations, to have agreed to the foregoing provisions.

SECTION 8.07. No Other Duties, Etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, neither any Joint Bookrunner nor any person named on the cover page hereof as a Joint Lead Arranger, a Syndication Agent or a Documentation Agent shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder.

SECTION 8.08. Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or outstanding Letter of Credit shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, Letter of Credit outstandings and all other Secured Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.12 and 9.03) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

 

-138-


(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and the Issuing Bank to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, if the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.12 and 9.03.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or the Issuing Bank any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Secured Obligations or the rights of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or the Issuing Bank or in any such proceeding.

SECTION 8.09. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement. No failure by any Lender, any Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative Agent in accordance with Article VII for the benefit of all the Lenders and the Issuing Banks; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) the Issuing Banks or the Swingline Lender from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, as the case may be) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (c) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 9.08 (subject to the terms of Section 2.18), or (d) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided, further, that if at any time there is no Person acting as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Article VII and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.18, any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.

To the extent required by any applicable Requirements of Law, the Administrative Agent may deduct or withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority of the United States

 

-139-


or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including because the appropriate form was not delivered or not property executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding Tax ineffective), such Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent (to the extent that the Administrative Agent has not already been reimbursed by the Loan Parties pursuant to Section 2.17 and without limiting any obligation of the Loan Parties to do so pursuant to such Section) fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as Taxes or otherwise, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses and any other out-of-pocket expenses, whether or not such Tax was correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this Article VIII. The agreements in this paragraph shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of this Agreement and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other obligations under any Loan Document. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Lender” in this Article VIII shall include any Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender.

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

SECTION 9.01. Notices.

(a) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone, all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by fax or other electronic transmission, as follows:

(i) if to Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, to the address, fax number, e-mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 9.01; and

(ii) if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or fax number, telephone number or e-mail address) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire (including, as appropriate, notices delivered solely to the Person designated by a Lender on its Administrative Questionnaire then in effect for the delivery of notices that may contain material non-public information relating to the Borrower).

Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by fax or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).

(b) Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail

 

-140-


and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures reasonably approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to Article II if such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication.

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

(c) The Platform. THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to Holdings, the Borrower, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided, however, that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to Holdings, the Borrower, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).

(d) Change of Address, Etc. Each of Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender may change its address, electronic mail address, fax or telephone number for notices and other communications or website hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, fax or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, fax number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender.

(e) Reliance by Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank and Lenders. The Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, each Lender and the Related

 

-141-


Parties from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

SECTION 9.02. Waivers; Amendments.

(a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power under this Agreement or any Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on the Borrower or Holdings in any case shall entitle the Borrower or Holdings to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Except as provided in Section 2.20 with respect to any Incremental Facilities Amendment or Section 2.21 with respect to any Refinancing Amendment and Section 2.24 with respect to any Permitted Amendment, neither this Agreement, any Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except, in the case of this Agreement, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent (to the extent that such waiver, amendment or modification does not affect the rights, duties, privileges or obligations of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall execute such waiver, amendment or other modification to the extent approved by the Required Lenders) and the Required Lenders or, in the case of any other Loan Document, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Loan Party or Loan Parties that are parties thereto, in each case with the consent of the Required Lenders, provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender (it being understood that a waiver of any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.02 or the waiver of any Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments shall not constitute an extension or increase of any Commitment of any Lender), (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement (it being understood that a waiver of any Default, Event of Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments shall not constitute a reduction or forgiveness in principal) or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby (it being understood that any change to the definition of First Lien Leverage Ratio or in the component definitions thereof shall not constitute a reduction of interest or fees), provided that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay default interest pursuant to Section 2.13(c), (iii) postpone the maturity of any Loan (it being understood that a waiver of any Default, Event of Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments shall not constitute an extension of any maturity date), or the date of any scheduled amortization payment of the principal amount of any Term Loan under Section 2.10 or the applicable Refinancing Amendment, or the reimbursement date with respect to any LC Disbursement, or any date for the payment of any interest or fees payable hereunder, or reduce the

 

-142-


amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, (iv) change any of the provisions of this Section without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby); provided that any such change which is in favor of a Class of Lenders holding Loans maturing after the maturity of other Classes of Lenders (and only takes effect after the maturity of such other Classes of Loans or Commitments) will require the written consent of the Required Lenders with respect to each Class directly and adversely affected thereby, (v) change the percentage set forth in the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision of any Loan Document specifying the number or percentage of Lenders (or Lenders of any Class) required to waive, amend or modify any rights thereunder or make any determination or grant any consent thereunder, without the written consent of each Lender (or each Lender of such Class, as the case may be), (vi) release all or substantially all the value of the Guarantees under the Guarantee Agreement (except as expressly provided in the Loan Documents) without the written consent of each Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender) or (vii) release all or substantially all the Collateral from the Liens of the Security Documents, without the written consent of each Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender), except as expressly provided in the Loan Documents; provided further that (A) no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, and (B) any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document may be amended by an agreement in writing entered into by Holdings, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency and (C) any waiver, amendment or modification of this Agreement that by its terms affects the rights or duties under this Agreement of Lenders holding Loans or Commitments of a particular Class (but not the Lenders holding Loans or Commitments of any other Class) may be effected by an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by Holdings, Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and the requisite percentage in interest of the affected Class of Lenders stating that would be required to consent thereto under this Section if such Class of Lenders were the only Class of Lenders hereunder at the time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent, Holdings and the Borrower (i) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders on substantially the same basis as the Lenders prior to such inclusion and (b) guarantees, collateral security documents and related documents in connection with this Agreement may be in a form reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and may be, together with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, amended and waived with the consent of the Administrative Agent at the request of the Borrower without the need to obtain the consent of any other Lender if such amendment or waiver is delivered in order (i) to comply with local law or advice of local counsel, (ii) to cure ambiguities or defects or (iii) to cause such guarantee, collateral security document or other document to be consistent with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(c) In connection with any proposed amendment, modification, waiver or termination (a “Proposed Change”) requiring the consent of all Lenders or all directly and adversely affected Lenders, if the consent of the Required Lenders to such Proposed Change is obtained, but the consent to such Proposed Change of other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is not obtained as described in paragraph (b) of this Section being referred to as a “Non-Consenting Lender”), then, so long as the Lender that is acting as Administrative Agent is not a Non-Consenting Lender, the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Non-Consenting Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Non-Consenting Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume

 

-143-


such obligations (which Eligible Assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that (a) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent to the extent such consent would be required under Section 9.04(b) for an assignment of Loans or Commitments, as applicable (and, if a Revolving Commitment is being assigned, each Principal Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (b) such Non-Consenting Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding par principal amount of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder (including pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(i)) from the Eligible Assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (c) unless waived, the Borrower or such Eligible Assignee shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the processing and recordation fee specified in Section 9.04(b).

(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to the contrary, the Revolving Commitments, Term Loans and Revolving Exposure of any Lender that is at the time a Defaulting Lender shall not have any voting or approval rights under the Loan Documents and shall be excluded in determining whether all Lenders (or all Lenders of a Class), all affected Lenders (or all affected Lenders of a Class), a Majority in Interest of Lenders of any Class or the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment or waiver pursuant to this Section 9.02); provided that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that affects any Defaulting Lender more adversely than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to the contrary, each Affiliated Lender (other than an Affiliated Debt Fund) hereby agrees that, if a proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or any other Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law shall be commenced by or against the Borrower or any other Loan Party at a time when such Lender is an Affiliated Lender, such Affiliated Lender irrevocably authorizes and empowers the Administrative Agent to vote on behalf of such Affiliated Lender with respect to the Loans held by such Affiliated Lender in any manner in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion, unless the Administrative Agent instructs such Affiliated Lender to vote, in which case such Affiliated Lender shall vote with respect to the Loans held by it as the Administrative Agent directs; provided that such Affiliated Lender shall be entitled to vote in accordance with its sole discretion (and not in accordance with the direction of the Administrative Agent) in connection with any plan of reorganization to the extent any such plan of reorganization proposes to treat any Secured Obligations held by such Affiliated Lender in a manner that is less favorable in any material respect to such Affiliated Lender than the proposed treatment of similar Secured Obligations held by Lenders that are not Affiliates of the Borrower.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, only the Required Revolving Lenders shall have the ability to waive, amend, supplement or modify the Financial Performance Covenant (or any component definition thereof as it relates thereto).

SECTION 9.03. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.

(a) The Borrower shall pay, if the Effective Date occurs, (i) all reasonable and documented or invoiced out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (without duplication), including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP and to the extent reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent to be necessary, one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction (exclusive of any reasonably necessary special counsel) and, in the case of an actual or reasonably perceived conflict of interest, one additional counsel

 

-144-


per affected party, in each case for the Administrative Agent, in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, and the preparation, execution, delivery and administration of the Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions thereof, (ii) all reasonable and documented or invoiced out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by each Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all reasonable and documented or invoiced out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank or any Lender, including the fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders, in connection with the enforcement or protection of any rights or remedies (A) in connection with the Loan Documents (including all such costs and expenses incurred during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws), including its rights under this Section or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit; provided that such counsel shall be limited to one lead counsel and such local counsel (exclusive of any reasonably necessary special counsel) as may reasonably be deemed necessary by the Administrative Agent in each relevant jurisdiction and, in the case of an actual or reasonably perceived conflict of interest, one additional counsel per affected party.

(b) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank, each Lender, the Documentation Agents, the Syndication Agent, the Joint Bookrunners and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and reasonable and documented or invoiced out-of-pocket fees and expenses of one counsel and one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction (and, in the case of a conflict of interest, where the Indemnitee affected by such conflict notifies Holdings of the existence of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel, one additional counsel) for all Indemnitees (which may include a single special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions), incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower, Holdings or any Subsidiary arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties to the Loan Documents of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated thereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) to the extent in any way arising from or relating to any of the foregoing, any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on, at, to or from any Mortgaged Property or any other property currently or formerly owned or operated by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any other Environmental Liability related in any way to Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower, Holdings or any Subsidiary and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or related expenses (x) resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or its Related Parties (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment), (y) resulted from a material breach of the Loan Documents by such Indemnitee or its Related Parties (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment) or (z) arise from disputes between or among Indemnitees that do not involve an act or omission by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.

(c) To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section,

 

-145-


each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount, provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank in its capacity as such. For purposes hereof, a Lender’s “pro rata share” shall be determined based upon its share of the aggregate Revolving Exposures, outstanding Term Loans and unused Commitments at such time. The obligations of the Lenders under this paragraph (c) are subject to the last sentence of Section 2.02(a) (which shall apply mutatis mutandis to the Lenders’ obligations under this paragraph (c)).

(d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, neither Holdings nor the Borrower shall assert, and each hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee (i) for any direct or actual damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems (including the Internet) in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such direct or actual damages are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final, non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of, or a material breach of the Loan Documents by, such Indemnitee or its Related Parties or (ii) on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.

(e) All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten (10) Business Days after written demand therefor; provided, however, that any Indemnitee shall promptly refund an indemnification payment received hereunder to the extent that there is a final judicial determination that such Indemnitee was not entitled to indemnification with respect to such payment pursuant to this Section 9.03.

SECTION 9.04. Successors and Assigns.

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void), (ii) no assignment shall be made to any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Persons who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (ii) and (iii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section), the Indemnitees and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraphs (b)(ii) and (f) below, any Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent (except with respect to assignments to competitors of the

 

-146-


Borrower) not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of (A) the Borrower; provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment (x) by a Term Lender to any Lender or an Affiliate of any Lender, (y) by a Term Lender to an Approved Fund or (z) if an Event of Default under Section 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) has occurred and is continuing, unless, in the case of clause (z) only, such assignment is to a competitor of the Borrower identified in writing to the Administrative Agent prior to the Effective Date; and provided further that the Borrower shall have the right to withhold its consent to any assignment if in order for such assignment to comply with applicable law, the Borrower would be required to obtain the consent of, or make any filing or registration with, any Governmental Authority, (B) the Administrative Agent; provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of a Term Loan to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or to Holdings or any Affiliate thereof and (C) solely in the case of Revolving Loans and Revolving Commitments, each Principal Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, no consent of any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender shall be required for an assignment of all or any portion of a Term Loan or Term Commitment. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 9.04 to the contrary, if any Person the consent of which is required by this paragraph with respect to any assignment of Term Loans has not given the Administrative Agent written notice of its objection to such assignment within thirty (30) Business Days after written notice to such Person, such Person shall be deemed to have consented to such assignment.

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions: (A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the trade date specified in the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment or, if no trade date is so specified, as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall, in the case of Revolving Loans, not be less than $5,000,000 (and integral multiples thereof) or, in the case of a Term Loan, $1,000,000 (and integral multiples thereof), unless the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under Section 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) has occurred and is continuing, (B) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement; provided that this clause (B) shall not be construed to prohibit assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans, (C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption (which shall include a representation by the assignee and the assignor that the assignee is not a Disqualified Lender or an Affiliate of a Disqualified Lender (so long as the list of Disqualified Lenders has been made available to all Lenders), together (unless waived by the Administrative Agent) with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, may elect to waive such processing and recordation fee; provided further that assignments made pursuant to Section 2.19(b) or Section 9.02(c) shall not require the signature of the assigning Lender to become effective, (D) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent any tax forms required by Section 2.17(e) and an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower, the Loan Parties and their Related Parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws and (E) unless the Borrower otherwise consents, no assignment of all or any portion of the Revolving Commitment of a Lender that is also the Swingline Lender or an Issuing Bank may be made unless (1) the

 

-147-


assignee shall be or become a Swingline Lender and/or an Issuing Bank, as applicable, and assume a ratable portion of the rights and obligations of such assignor in its capacity as Swingline Lender and Issuing Bank, or (2) the assignor agrees, in its discretion, to retain all of its rights with respect to and obligations to make or issue Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit, as applicable, hereunder in which case the Applicable Fronting Exposure of such assignor may exceed such assignor’s Revolving Commitment for purposes of Sections 2.04(a) and 2.05(b) by an amount not to exceed the difference between the assignor’s Revolving Commitment prior to such assignment and the assignor’s Revolving Commitment following such assignment; provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under Section 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) has occurred and is continuing.

(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(v) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of (and subject to the obligations and limitations of) Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 and to any fees payable hereunder that have accrued for such Lender’s account but have not yet been paid). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c)(i) of this Section.

(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal and interest amounts of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. In addition, the Administrative Agent shall maintain on the Register information regarding the designation, and revocation of designation, of any Lender as a Defaulting Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Administrative Agent be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender is an Affiliated Lender, nor shall the Administrative Agent be obligated to monitor the aggregate amount of the Loans or Incremental Loans held by Affiliated Lenders. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Issuing Banks and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. In addition, the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent a list of Disqualified Lenders (the “Disqualified Lender List”), if any, identifying in writing those Persons designated as “Disqualified Lenders” pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) or (iii)(x) of the definition thereof, which Disqualified Lender List shall (x) become effective two days after delivery to the Administrative Agent and (y) be made available to any Lender upon request in accordance with this Agreement; provided that such Disqualified Lender List shall not apply retroactively to disqualify any persons that have previously acquired an assignment or participation interest in the Loan. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, if any Lender was a Disqualified Lender at the time of the assignment of any Loans or Commitments to such Lender, following written notice from the

 

-148-


Borrower to such Lender and the Administrative Agent: (1) such Lender shall promptly assign all Loans and Commitments held by such Lender to an Eligible Assignee (a “Disqualified Lender Replacement”); provided that (A) the Administrative Agent shall not have any obligation to the Borrower, such Lender or any other Person to find such a replacement Lender, (B) the Borrower shall not have any obligation to such Disqualified Lender or any other Person to find such a replacement Lender or accept or consent to any such assignment to itself or any other Person subject to the Borrower’s consent in accordance with Section 9.04(b)(i) and (C) the assignment of such Loans and/or Commitments, as the case may be, shall be at Fair Market Value; (2) such Lender shall not have any voting or approval rights under the Loan Documents and shall be excluded in determining whether all Lenders (or all Lenders of any Class), all affected Lenders (or all affected Lenders of any Class), a Majority in Interest of Lenders of any Class or the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment or waiver pursuant to this Section 9.02); provided that (x) the Commitment of any Disqualified Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that affects any Disqualified Lender adversely and in a manner that is disproportionate to other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Disqualified Lender; and (3) no Disqualified Lender is entitled to receive information provided solely to Lenders by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or will be permitted to attend or participate in meetings attended solely by the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, other than the right to receive notices or Borrowings, notices or prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans or Commitments required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Article II.

(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire and any tax forms required by Section 2.17(e) (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section 9.04 and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section 9.04, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(vi) The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

(c) (i) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks or the Swingline Lender, sell participations to one or more banks or other Persons (other than to a Person, that is not an Eligible Assignee; provided that for the purposes of this provision, Disqualified Lenders shall be deemed to be Eligible Assignees unless a list of Disqualified Lenders has been made available to all Lenders by Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the other Lenders shall

 

-149-


continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and any other Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement and any other Loan Documents; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that directly and adversely affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (c)(iii) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16 and 2.17 (subject to the obligations and limitations thereof, it being understood that any tax forms required by Section 2.17(e) shall be provided to the Lender) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.18(c) as though it were a Lender.

(ii) Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal and interest amounts of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “Participant Register”), provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans or its other obligations under any Loan Document) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary in connection with a Tax audit or other proceeding to establish that such Commitment, Loan, or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive (absent manifest error), and each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register pursuant to the terms hereof shall be treated as a Participant for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.

(iii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.15 or Section 2.17 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(d) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or other “central” bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest, provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(e) In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in

 

-150-


full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon) and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

(f) Any Lender may, at any time, assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to the Affiliated Lenders subject to the following limitations:

(i) Affiliated Lenders will not receive information provided solely to Lenders by the Administrative Agent or any Lender and will not be permitted to attend or participate in meetings attended solely by the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, other than the right to receives notices or Borrowings, notices or prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans or Commitments required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Article II; provided, however, that the foregoing provisions of this clause (i) will apply to any Affiliated Debt Fund only to the extent that the Administrative Agent has determined in good faith that affording such rights to such Affiliate Debt Fund during a period or in connection with a matter or matters being considered by Lenders would be inadvisable in light of such Affiliated Debt Fund’s status as an Affiliated Lender (in which case the Administrative Agent will promptly notify such Affiliated Debt Funds that are Lenders of such determination;

(ii) for purposes of any amendment, waiver or modification of any Loan Document (including such modifications pursuant to Section 9.02), or, subject to Section 9.02(f), any plan of reorganization pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code, that in either case does not require the consent of each Lender or each affected Lender or does not adversely affect such Affiliated Lender in any material respect as compared to other Lenders, Affiliated Lenders will be deemed to have voted in the same proportion as the Lenders that are not Affiliated Lenders voting on such matter; and each Affiliated Lender hereby acknowledges, agrees and consents that if, for any reason, its vote to accept or reject any plan pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code is not deemed to have been so voted, then such vote will be (x) deemed not to be in good faith and (y) “designated” pursuant to Section 1126(e) of the Bankruptcy Code such that the vote is not counted in determining whether the applicable class has accepted or rejected such plan in accordance with Section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code; provided that Affiliated Debt Funds will not be subject to such voting limitations and will be entitled to vote as any other Lender;

(iii) Affiliated Lenders may not purchase Revolving Loans by assignment pursuant to this Section 9.04;

(iv) the aggregate principal amount of Loans purchased by assignment pursuant to this Section 9.04 and held at any one time by Affiliated Lenders (other than Affiliated Debt Funds) may not exceed 25.0% of the outstanding principal amount of all Loans plus the outstanding principal amount of all term loans made pursuant to any Incremental Facility calculated at the time such Loans are purchased (such percentage, the “Affiliated Lender Cap”); provided that to the extent any assignment to an Affiliated Lender would result in the aggregate principal amount of all Loans held by Affiliated Lenders exceeding the Affiliated Lender Cap, the assignment of such excess amount will be void ab initio; and

 

-151-


(g) Notwithstanding anything in Section 9.02 or the definition of “Required Lenders” to the contrary, for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders have (i) consented (or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (ii) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, or (iii) directed or required the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document,

(i) all Term Loans held by any Affiliated Lenders that are not Affiliated Debt Funds shall be deemed to be not outstanding for all purposes of calculating whether the Required Lenders have taken any actions; and

(ii) all Term Loans, Revolving Commitments and Revolving Exposure held by Affiliated Debt Funds may not account for more than 50% of the Term Loans, Revolving Commitments and Revolving Exposure of consenting Lenders included in determining whether the Required Lenders have consented to any action pursuant to Section 9.02.

Each Affiliated Lender by its acquisition of any Loans outstanding hereunder will be deemed to have waived any right it may otherwise have had to bring any action in connection with such Loans against the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as such, and will be deemed to have acknowledged and agreed that the Administrative Agent shall not have any liability for any losses suffered by any Person as a result of any purported assignment to or from an Affiliated Lender.

(h) Assignments of Term Loans to any Purchasing Borrower Party shall be permitted through open market purchases and/or “Dutch auctions,” so long as any offer to purchase or take by assignment (other than through open market purchases) by such Purchasing Borrower Party shall have been made to all Term Lenders on a pro rata basis, through procedures (and subject to the terms) set forth in Section 2.11(a)(ii), so long as (i) the Term Loans purchased are immediately cancelled, (ii) no proceeds from any loan under the Revolving Credit Facility shall be used to fund such assignments and (iii) no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing or would result therefrom.

(i) Upon any contribution of Loans to a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and upon any purchase of Loans by a Purchasing Borrower Party, (A) the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of such Loans shall automatically be cancelled and retired by the Borrower on the date of such contribution or purchase (and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, with respect to a contribution of Loans, any applicable contributing Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, or such other form as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, in respect thereof pursuant to which the respective Lender assigns its interest in such Loans to the Borrower for immediate cancellation) and (B) the Administrative Agent shall record such cancellation or retirement in the Register.

SECTION 9.05. Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to any Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is

 

-152-


outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, in the event that, in connection with the refinancing or repayment in full of the credit facilities provided for herein, an Issuing Bank shall have provided to the Administrative Agent a written consent to the release of the Revolving Lenders from their obligations hereunder with respect to any Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank (whether as a result of the obligations of the Borrower (and any other account party) in respect of such Letter of Credit having been collateralized in full by a deposit of cash with such Issuing Bank or being supported by a letter of credit that names such Issuing Bank as the beneficiary thereunder, or otherwise), then from and after such time such Letter of Credit shall cease to be a “Letter of Credit” outstanding hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and the Revolving Lenders shall be deemed to have no participations in such Letter of Credit, and no obligations with respect thereto, under Section 2.05(e) or (f).

SECTION 9.06. Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent or the syndication of the Loans and Commitments constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.07. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.07, if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as applicable, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.

SECTION 9.08. Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default under Section 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each Issuing Bank is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender or such Issuing Bank to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower then due and owing under this Agreement held by such Lender or Issuing Bank, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or Issuing Bank shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations are owed to a branch or office of such Lender or Issuing Bank different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such Indebtedness; provided that in the event that any

 

-153-


Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.22 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Secured Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The applicable Lender and applicable Issuing Bank shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of such setoff and application; provided that any failure to give or any delay in giving such notice shall not affect the validity of any such setoff and application under this Section. The rights of each Lender and each Issuing Bank under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender or such Issuing Bank may have. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amount set off from any Guarantor shall be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligation of such Guarantor.

SECTION 9.09. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.

(a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York.

(b) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in any Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to any Loan Document against Holdings or the Borrower or their respective properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in any Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

SECTION 9.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE,

 

-154-


THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

SECTION 9.11. Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 9.12. Confidentiality.

(a) Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (i) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees, trustees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other agents and advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential and any failure of such Persons acting on behalf of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or the relevant Lender to comply with this Section 9.12 shall constitute a breach of this Section 9.12 by the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or the relevant Lender, as applicable), (ii) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority or self-regulatory authority, required by applicable law or by any subpoena or similar legal process or in connection with the exercise of remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder; provided that (x) solely to the extent permitted by law and other than in connection with routine audits and reviews by regulatory and self-regulatory authorities, each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower as promptly as practicable of any such requested or required disclosure in connection with any legal or regulatory proceeding and (y) in the case of clause (ii) only, each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that such Information is kept confidential in connection with the exercise of such remedies, and provided further that in no event shall any Lender or the Administrative Agent be obligated or required to return any materials furnished by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Holdings, (iii) to any other party to this Agreement, (iv) subject to an agreement containing confidentiality undertakings substantially similar to those of this Section, to (A) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, (B) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any Swap Agreement or derivative transaction relating to any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries and its obligations under the Loan Documents or (C) any pledgee referred to in Section 9.04(d), (vi) if required by any rating agency; provided that prior to any such disclosure, such rating agency shall have agreed in writing to maintain the confidentiality of such Information or (vii) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than Holdings or the Borrower. For the purposes hereof, “Information” means all information received from Holdings or the Borrower relating to Holdings, the Borrower, any other Subsidiary or their business, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided that, in the case of information received from Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

 

-155-


(b) EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFORMATION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 9.12(a) FURNISHED TO IT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY INCLUDE MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING HOLDINGS, THE BORROWER, THE LOAN PARTIES AND THEIR RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES AND CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS DEVELOPED COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES REGARDING THE USE OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AND THAT IT WILL HANDLE SUCH MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

(c) ALL INFORMATION, INCLUDING REQUESTS FOR WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS FURNISHED BY THE BORROWER OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO, OR IN THE COURSE OF ADMINISTERING, THIS AGREEMENT, WILL BE SYNDICATE-LEVEL INFORMATION, WHICH MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION ABOUT HOLDINGS, THE BORROWER, THE LOAN PARTIES AND THEIR RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES. ACCORDINGLY, EACH LENDER REPRESENTS TO THE BORROWER AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT THAT IT HAS IDENTIFIED IN ITS ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE A CREDIT CONTACT WHO MAY RECEIVE INFORMATION THAT MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

SECTION 9.13. USA Patriot Act. Each Lender that is subject to the USA Patriot Act and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify each Loan Party in accordance with the USA Patriot Act.

SECTION 9.14. Judgment Currency.

(a) If, for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum owing hereunder in one currency into another currency, each party hereto agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures in the relevant jurisdiction the first currency could be purchased with such other currency on the Business Day immediately preceding the day on which final judgment is given.

(b) The obligations of the Borrower in respect of any sum due to any party hereto or any holder of any obligation owing hereunder (the “Applicable Creditor”) shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) other than the currency in which such sum is stated to be due hereunder (the “Agreement Currency”), be discharged only to the extent that, on the Business Day following receipt by the Applicable Creditor of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Applicable Creditor may in accordance with normal banking procedures in the relevant jurisdiction purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency; if the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Applicable Creditor in the Agreement Currency, the Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Applicable Creditor against such loss. The obligations of the Borrower under this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of all other amounts owing hereunder.

 

-156-


SECTION 9.15. Release of Liens and Guarantees.

(a) A Subsidiary Loan Party shall automatically be released from its obligations under the Loan Documents, and all security interests created by the Security Documents in Collateral owned by such Subsidiary Loan Party shall be automatically released, (1) upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by this Agreement as a result of which such Subsidiary Loan Party ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary (including pursuant to a merger with a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party or a designation as a Unrestricted Subsidiary) or (2) upon the request of the Borrower, in connection with a transaction permitted under this Agreement, as a result of which such Subsidiary Loan Party ceases to be a Wholly Owned Subsidiary; provided that, if so required by this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall have consented to such transaction and the terms of such consent shall not have provided otherwise. Upon any sale or other transfer by any Loan Party (other than to Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party) of any Collateral in a transaction permitted under this Agreement, or upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the security interest created under any Security Document in any Collateral or the release of Holdings or any Subsidiary Loan Party from its Guarantee under the Guarantee Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02, the security interests in such Collateral created by the Security Documents or such guarantee shall be automatically released. Upon termination of the aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Secured Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (including as a result of obtaining the consent of the applicable Issuing Bank as described in Section 9.05), all obligations under the Loan Documents and all security interests created by the Security Documents shall be automatically released. In connection with any termination or release pursuant to this Section, the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to any Loan Party, at such Loan Party’s expense, all documents that such Loan Party shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release so long as the Borrower or applicable Loan Party shall have provided the Administrative Agent such certifications or documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request in order to demonstrate compliance with this Agreement.

(b) The Administrative Agent will, at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to subordinate its Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 6.02(iv).

(c) Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to provide any release or evidence of release, termination or subordination contemplated by this Section 9.15. Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Loan Party from its obligations under any Loan Document, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Document and this Section 9.15.

SECTION 9.16. No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), each of the Borrower and Holdings acknowledges and agrees that (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent, the Documentation Agents, the Syndication Agent, the Lenders and the Joint Lead Arrangers are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower, Holdings and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Documentation Agents, the Syndication Agent, the Lenders and the Joint Lead Arrangers, on the other hand, (B) each of the Borrower and Holdings has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) each of the Borrower and Holdings is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) each of the Administrative Agent, the Documentation Agents, the Syndication Agent, the Lenders and the Joint Lead Arrangers is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as

 

-157-


expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower, Holdings, any of their respective Affiliates or any other Person and (B) none of the Administrative Agent, the Documentation Agents, the Syndication Agent, the Lenders and the Joint Lead Arrangers has any obligation to the Borrower, Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Administrative Agent, the Documentation Agents, the Syndication Agent, the Lenders and the Joint Lead Arrangers and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower, Holdings and their respective Affiliates, and none of the Administrative Agent, the Documentation Agents, the Syndication Agent, the Lenders and the Joint Lead Arrangers has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower, Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Borrower and Holdings hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent, the Documentation Agents, the Syndication Agent, the Lenders and the Joint Lead Arrangers with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

SECTION 9.17. Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable law (the “Maximum Rate”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the obligations hereunder.

 

-158-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

IGLOO INTERMEDIATE CORPORATION,
By:  

/s/ VINCENT A. CHIPPARI

Name:   Vincent A. Chippari
Title:   Treasurer
INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION,
By:  

/s/ VINCENT A. CHIPPARI

Name:   Vincent A. Chippari
Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
  Officer


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent,
By:  

/s/ ALYSA TRAKAS

Name:   Alysa Trakas
Title:   Director


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Lender, Swingline Lender and Issuing Bank,
By:  

/s/ ALYSA TRAKAS

Name:   Alysa Trakas
Title:   Director


GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ ROBERT EHUDIN

Name:   Robert Ehudin
Title:   Authorized Signatory


BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ CHRISTINA PARK

Name:   Christina Park
Title:   Managing Director


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ illegible

Name:   illegible
Title:   illegible
By:  

/s/ WHITNEY GASTON

Name:   Whitney Gaston
Title:   Authorized Signatory


UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ LANA GIFAS

Name:   Lana Gifas
Title:   Director
By:  

/s/ JENNIFER ANDERSON

Name:   Jennifer Anderson
Title:   Associate Director


DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ KIRK L. TASHJIAN

Name:   Kirk Tashjian
Title:   Vice President
By:  

/s/ MICHAEL WINTERS

Name:   Michael Winters
Title:   Vice President


MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A., as a Lender
By:  

/s/ JONATHON RAUEN

Name:   Jonathon Rauen
Title:   Authorized Signatory


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ LUKE HARBINSON

Name:   Luke Harbinson
Title:   Vice President


SCHEDULE 1.01

MANDATORY COST

 

    The Mandatory Cost (to the extent applicable) is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with:

 

    the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions); or

 

    the requirements of the European Central Bank.

 

    On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Administrative Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the “Additional Cost Rate”) for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Administrative Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders’ Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each Lender in the relevant Loan) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum. The Administrative Agent will, at the request of the Borrower or any Lender, deliver to the Borrower or such Lender as the case may be, a statement setting forth the calculation of any Mandatory Cost.

 

    The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Lending Office in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Administrative Agent. This percentage will be certified by such Lender in its notice to the Administrative Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of such Lender’s participation in all Loans made from such Lending Office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of Loans made from that Lending Office.

 

    The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Lending Office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Administrative Agent as follows:

 

    in relation to any Loan in Sterling:

 

      • AB+C(B-D)+E × 0.01         • per cent per annum
• 100 - (A+C)  

 

  in relation to any Loan in any currency other than Sterling:

 

                 • E × 0.01                    • per cent per annum
• 300  

 

    Where:

 

    “A” is the percentage of Eligible Liabilities (assuming these to be in excess of any stated minimum) which that Lender is from time to time required to maintain as an interest free cash ratio deposit with the Bank of England to comply with cash ratio requirements.


    “B” is the percentage rate of interest (excluding the Applicable Rate, the Mandatory Cost and any interest charged on overdue amounts pursuant to the first sentence of Section 2.13(c) and, in the case of interest (other than on overdue amounts) charged at the default rate, without counting any increase in interest rate effected by the charging of the default rate) payable for the relevant Interest Period of such Loan.

 

    “C” is the percentage (if any) of Eligible Liabilities which that Lender is required from time to time to maintain as interest bearing Special Deposits with the Bank of England.

 

    “D” is the percentage rate per annum payable by the Bank of England to the Administrative Agent on interest bearing Special Deposits.

 

    “E” is designed to compensate Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Rules and is calculated by the Administrative Agent as being the average of the most recent rates of charge supplied by the Lenders to the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph 7 below and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000.

 

    For the purposes of this Schedule:

 

    Eligible Liabilities” and “Special Deposits” have the meanings given to them from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by the Bank of England;

 

    EMU Legislation” means the legislative measures of the European Council for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of a single or unified European currency;

 

    Fees Rules” means the rules on periodic fees contained in the FSA Supervision Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits;

 

    Fee Tariffs” means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under the activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero rated fee required pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount rate);

 

    Lending Office” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent;

 

    Participating Member State” means each state so described in any EMU Legislation; and

 

    Tariff Base” has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Rules.

 

    In application of the above formulae, A, B, C and D will be included in the formulae as percentages (i.e. 5% will be included in the formula as 5 and not as 0.05). A negative result obtained by subtracting D from B shall be taken as zero. The resulting figures shall be rounded to four decimal places.

 

    If requested by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, each Lender with a Lending Office in the United Kingdom or a Participating Member State shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the Administrative Agent and the


 

Borrower, the rate of charge payable by such Lender to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for this purpose by such Lender as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to such Lender for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of such Lender.

 

    Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Administrative Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information in writing on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender:

 

    the jurisdiction of the Lending Office out of which it is making available its participation in the relevant Loan; and

 

    any other information that the Administrative Agent may reasonably require for such purpose.

 

    Each Lender shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph.

 

    The percentages of each Lender for the purpose of A and C above and the rates of charge of each Lender for the purpose of E above shall be determined by the Administrative Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraphs 7 and 8 above and on the assumption that, unless a Lender notifies the Administrative Agent to the contrary, each Lender’s obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits and Special Deposits are the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a lending office in the same jurisdiction as its Lending Office.

 

    The Administrative Agent shall have no liability to any Person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over- or under-compensates any Lender and shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any Lender pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above is true and correct in all respects.

 

    The Administrative Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each Lender based on the information provided by each Lender pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above.

 

    Any determination by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.

 

    The Administrative Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Borrower and the Lenders, determine and notify to all parties any amendments which are required to be made to this Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.


SCHEDULE 1.01(a)

EXCLUDED SUBSIDIARIES

None.


SCHEDULE 1.01(b)

EXISTING LCS

 

Account Party

  

Issuing Bank

   Expiry Date    Letter of Credit
Amount
    

Beneficiary

Interactive Data Corporation

   Bank of America, N.A.    07/29/14    $ 619,620.00      MFA 100 WILLIAM LLC


SCHEDULE 2.01

COMMITMENTS

[Provided under separate cover]


SCHEDULE 3.12

SUBSIDIARIES

 

Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction

  

Percent

Ownership/

Membership

Interest held by

Igloo Intermediate

Corporation

  

Direct Owner of

Subsidiary

United States:

        

Interactive Data Corporation

   Delaware    100% Direct    Igloo Intermediate Corporation

Interactive Data Real-Time Group, Inc.

   Delaware    100% Indirect    Interactive Data Corporation

Interactive Data Real-Time Services, Inc.

   New York    100% Indirect    Interactive Data Corporation

BondEdge Solutions LLC

   Delaware    100% Indirect    Interactive Data Corporation

Interactive Data Online Properties, Inc.

   Delaware    100% Indirect    Interactive Data Corporation

Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data LLC

   Delaware    100% Indirect    Interactive Data Corporation

Non-United States:

        

Interactive Data Canada Inc.

   Canada    100% Indirect    Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data LLC

IDCO Canada Holdings Inc.

   Canada    100% Indirect    Interactive Data Corporation

Interactive Data Luxembourg Holding S.A.R.L.

   Luxembourg    100% Indirect    Interactive Data Corporation

Interactive Data Management & Services Verwaltungs GmbH

   Germany    100% Indirect    Interactive Data Luxembourg Holding S.A.R.L.

Interactive Data Managed Solutions Nordic Oy

   Finland    100% Indirect    Interactive Data Management & Services Verwaltungs GmbH

Interactive Data Managed Solutions AG

   Germany    100% Indirect    Interactive Data Management & Services Verwaltungs GmbH

Interactive Data Managed Solutions SAS

   France    100% Indirect    Interactive Data Managed Solutions AG

Interactive Data Managed Solutions S.L.

   Spain    100% Indirect    Interactive Data Managed Solutions AG

Interactive Data Managed Solutions Ltd.

   United Kingdom    100% Indirect    Interactive Data Managed Solutions AG

Interactive Data Managed Solutions AG

   Switzerland    100% Indirect    Interactive Data Managed Solutions AG

Interactive Data Managed Solutions S.r.l.

   Italy    100% Indirect    Interactive Data Managed Solutions AG

Interactive Data Luxembourg Management S.A.R.L.

   Luxembourg    100% Indirect    Interactive Data Luxembourg Holding S.A.R.L.

Interactive Data Cayman Ltd.

   Cayman Islands    100% Indirect    Interactive Data Luxembourg Management S.A.R.L.

IDCO Worldwide Holdings Ltd.

   United Kingdom    100% Indirect    Interactive Data Luxembourg Management S.A.R.L.


IDCO Overseas Capital Management Ltd.

   United Kingdom    100% Indirect    IDCO Worldwide Holdings Ltd.

IDCO Overseas Holdings Ltd.

   United Kingdom    100% Indirect    IDCO Worldwide Holdings Ltd.

Interactive Data (Ireland) Ltd.

   Ireland    100% Indirect    IDCO Overseas Holdings Ltd.

Interactive Data (Jersey) Ltd.

   Channel Islands, UK    100% Indirect    IDCO Overseas Holdings Ltd.

Interactive Data (Hong Kong) Ltd.

   Hong Kong    100% Indirect    IDCO Overseas Holdings Ltd.

Interactive Data (Australia) Pty. Ltd.

   Australia    100% Indirect    IDCO Overseas Holdings Ltd.

Interacitve Data Desktop Solutions (Europe) Ltd.

   United Kingdom    100% Indirect    IDCO Overseas Holdings Ltd.

Interactive Data Corp. France S.A.S.

   France    100% Indirect    IDCO Overseas Holdings Ltd.

Interactive Data (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.

   Singapore    100% Indirect    IDCO Overseas Holdings Ltd.

Interactive Data (Europe) Ltd.

   United Kingdom    100% Indirect    IDCO Overseas Holdings Ltd.

Interactive Data Japan KK

   Japan    100% Indirect    Interactive Data (Europe) Ltd.

Interactive Data Kler’s S.r.l.

   Italy    100% Indirect    Interactive Data (Europe) Ltd.

Interactive Data Finance (UK) Ltd.

   United Kingdom    100% Indirect    Interactive Data (Europe) Ltd.


SCHEDULE 5.15

CERTAIN POST-CLOSING OBLIGATIONS

1. Within 30 days following the Effective Date, to the extent not delivered on the Effective Date, each Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall have executed and delivered to the Collateral Agent a counterpart to the Intercompany Note (to the extent required to do so in order to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement).


SCHEDULE 6.01

EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS

 

  Capital lease between Interactive Data Japan KK and Ricoh Lease K.K. with respect an Elk Air Cleaner and consisting of monthly payments of ¥21,500. The term of the lease is January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2014.

 

  Capital lease between Interactive Data Japan KK and Nihon Business Lease with respect to a copier and consisting of monthly payments of ¥25,800. The term of the lease is June 1, 2009 through May 31, 2014.

 

  Capital lease between Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data LLC (f/k/a Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data, Inc.) and IBM Credit LLC with respect to a server and consisting of monthly payments of $14,798. The term of the lease is December 2011 through November 2014.

 

  Capital lease between Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data LLC (f/k/a Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data, Inc.) and IBM Credit LLC with respect to a server and consisting of monthly payments of $2,784. The term of the lease is December 2011 through November 2014.

 

  Capital lease between Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data LLC (f/k/a Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data, Inc.) and Hewlett-Packard Financial Services Company with respect to a server and consisting of monthly payments of $8,467. The term of the lease is December 2011 through November 2014.

 

  Capital lease between Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data LLC (f/k/a Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data, Inc.) and Hitachi Data Systems Credit Corporation with respect to equipment and consisting of monthly payments of $10,654. The term of the lease is April 2012 through September 2015.

 

  Capital lease between Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data LLC and IBM Credit LLC with respect to a server and consisting of monthly payments of $6,930. The term of the lease is November 2013 through October 2016.


SCHEDULE 6.02

EXISTING LIENS

 

  Liens securing the existing Indebtedness listed on Schedule 6.01.


SCHEDULE 6.04(e)

EXISTING INVESTMENTS

 

  On September 5, 2008, IDCO Canada Holdings, Inc. and Prism Valuation Corporation (“Prism”) entered into a joint venture arrangement pursuant to which IDCO Canada Holdings, Inc. purchased 150,000 shares of Prism Class C stock (the “Shares”) for a subscription price of $400,000.


SCHEDULE 6.07

EXISTING RESTRICTIONS

None.


SCHEDULE 6.09

EXISTING AFFILIATE TRANSACTIONS

 

  Investor Management Agreement

 

  Shareholders Agreement among Igloo Holdings Corporation, Igloo Intermediate Corporation, Interactive Data Corporation, Silver Lake Partners III, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors III, L.P., Warburg Pincus Private Equity X, L.P., Warburg Pincus X Partners, L.P., Igloo Co-Invest, LLC and certain other Investors.


  1        SCHEDULE 9.01
  2       
  3      NOTICES
  4      Holdings  
  5      Igloo Intermediate Corporation
  6      Vincent Chippari, Chief Financial Officer
  7      32 Crosby Drive,
  8      Bedford, MA 01730
  9      Fax. No. (781) 687-8005
  10      Email: vincent.chippari@interactivedata.com
  11     
  12      Cc: Carol Sweeney, General Counsel
  13      Email: carol.sweeney@interactivedata.com
  14     
  15      Borrower
  16      Interactive Data Corporation
  17      Vincent Chippari, Chief Financial Officer
  18      32 Crosby Drive,
  19      Bedford, MA 01730
  20      Fax. No. (781) 687-8005
  21      Email: vincent.chippari@interactivedata.com
  22     
  23      Cc: Carol Sweeney, General Counsel
  24      Email: carol.sweeney@interactivedata.com
  25      Administrative Agent:
  26      Administrative Agent’s Office
  27      Bank of America, N.A.
  28      Senior Credit Officer
  29      Alysa Trakas
  30      Mail Code: NC1-007-17-15
  31      100 N Tryon St
  32      Charlotte, NC 28255-0001
  33      Telephone: 980 387-2640
  34      Facsimile: 704 409-0936
  35      Electronic Mail: alysa.a.trakas@baml.com
  36       
  37      (for payments and Requests for Credit Extensions including Swing Line Loans):
  38      Daily Operations Contact
  39      Name:   Eileen Marie Deacon
  40      Telephone:   980-683-8758
  41      Facsimile #:   617-310-2255
  42      Email: eileen.marie.deacon@baml.com
  43     
  44      Mailing Address
  45      Bank of American N.A.
  46      101 North Tryon Street
  47      NC1-001-05-46
  48      Charlotte, NC 28255


  1        
  2      USD Payment Instructions:   
  3      Bank of America, N.A.   
  4      New York, NY   
  5      ABA 026009593   
  6      Acct # 1366212250600   
  7      Acct Name: Corporate Credit Services   
  8      Ref: Interactive Data Corporation   
  9        
  10      EUR Payment Instructions:   
  11      Bank of America, N.A - London   
  12      SWIFT: BOFAGB22   
  13      IBAN #: GB80BOFA16505065280019   
  14      Acct #: 65280019   
  15      Attn Credit Services   
  16      Ref: Interactive Data Corporation   
  17        
  18      GBP Payment Instructions:   
  19      Bank of America, N.A. - London   
  20      SWIFT: BOFAGB22   
  21      SORT CODE: 16-50-50   
  22      Acct #: 65280027   
  23      Attn: Credit Services   
  24      Ref: Interactive Data Corporation   
  25        
  26      Daily Contact For GBP and EUR Swingline Activity   
  27      Bank of America, N.A. – London Branch   
  28      Gary Durrell/Adi Khambata   
  29      Loan Service   
  30      Bank of America, N.A.,   
  31      26 Elmfield Road,   
  32      Bromley, BR1 1WA   
  33      United Kingdom   
  34      Tel: +44-208-695-3090/3389   
  35      Fax: +44-208-313-2149   
  36      Email: emealoanservicebromley@bankofamerica.com   
  37        
  38        
  39      Payment details:   
  40        
  41      GBP:   
  42      Pay:    Bank of America, N.A., London
  43      SWIFT Code:    BOFAGB22
  44      CHAPS Sort Code:    165050
  45      For Credit to:    Loan Service
  46      Account No:    34915069
  47      IBAN:    GB30 BOFA 1650 5034 9150 69
  48      Ref:    Loan Service/047/Interactive Data Corp
  49        

 

-2-


    1      EURO:   
  2      Pay:    Bank of America, N.A., London
  3      SWIFT Code:    BOFAGB22
  4      For Credit to:    Loan Service
  5      Account No:    34915051
    6      IBAN:    GB31 BOFA 1650 5034 9150 51
  7      Ref:    Loan Service/047/Interactive Data Corp
    8      Financial Statements, Other Information for Distribution to Lenders and Other Notices as Administrative
  9      Agent:   
  10      Bank of America, N.A.   
  11      Agency Management   
  12      Anthony Kell   
  13      Mail Code: TX 1-492-14-11   
  14      901 Main Street, 14th Floor   
  15      Dallas, TX 75202   
  16      Telephone: 214 209-4124   
  17      Facsimile: 214 290-9422   
  18      Electronic Mail: anthony.w.kell@baml.com   
  19      Issuing Bank   
  20      Bank of America, N.A.   
  21      Trade Operations   
  22      Mail Code: PA6-580-02-30   
  23      1 Fleet Way   
  24      Scranton, PA 18507   
  25      Telephone: 570 496-9619   
  26      Facsimile: 800 755-8740   
  27      Electronic Mail: tradeclientserviceteamus@baml.com   
  28        

 

-3-


  1      EXHIBIT A
  2     
  3     
  4      Form of Assignment and Assumption
  5     

This Assignment and Assumption (this “Assignment and Assumption”) is dated as of the

  6      Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between the Assignor named below (the
  7      Assignor”) and the Assignee named below (the “Assignee”). It is understood and agreed that the rights
  8      and obligations of the Assignor and the Assignee hereunder are several and not joint. Capitalized terms
  9      used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified
  10      below (the “Credit Agreement”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee.
  11      The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and
  12      incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein
  13      in full.
  14     

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the

  15      Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and
  16      in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date
  17      inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and
  18      obligations as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered
  19      pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such
  20      outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below
  21      (including, without limitation, Letters of Credit, Guarantees and Swingline Loans included in such
  22      facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of
  23      action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known
  24      or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or
  25      instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on
  26      or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice
  27      claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold

 

-4-


  1      and assigned by the Assignor to the Assignee pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold
  2      and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as, the “Assigned
  3      Interest”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly
  4      provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.
  5      1.   Assignor:   [Assignor Name]
  6      2.   Assignee:   [Assignee Name]
  7          [and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund/Affiliated Debt Fund of
  8          [Lender Name]]
  9          Assignees are Affiliated Lenders:                    
  10      3.   Borrower:   Interactive Data Corporation
  11      4.   Administrative Agent:   BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
  12          as the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement
  13      5.   Credit Agreement   The Credit Agreement dated as of May 2, 2014 (as amended,
  14          restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or
  15          otherwise modified in writing from time to time), among
  16          Interactive Data Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Igloo
  17          Intermediate Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the financial
  18          institutions and lenders from time to time party thereto and Bank
  19          of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent,
  20          Swingline Lender and Issuing Bank.

 

-5-


      6.  

 

 

Assigned Interest:

   
   
   
    1       
  2      7.   Effective Date:2
  3       

Facility Assigned

   Aggregate amount of
Commitment/Loans for
all Lenders
     Amount of
Commitment/Loans
Assigned
 
            1    $                   $               
                $                   $               
                $                    $                
     
            , 20          
     
 

 

 

1  Fill in the appropriate terminology for the types of facilities under the Credit Agreement that are being assigned under this Assignment and Assumption (e.g., “Revolving Commitment,” “Term Commitment,” “Revolving Loan,” “Term Loan,” etc.).
2  To be inserted by Administrative Agent and which shall be the effective date of recordation of transfer in the Register therefor.

 

-6-


  1       

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

  2            ASSIGNOR:
  3            [NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
  4            By:  

 

  5            Name:  
  6            Title:  
  7            ASSIGNEE:
  8            [NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
  9            By:  

 

  10            Name:  
  11            Title:  
  12      [Consented to and]3 Accepted:      
  13      BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as      
  14     

Administrative Agent

     
  15      By:  

 

     
  16      Name:        
  17      Title:        
  18      [Consented to:]4      
  19      [                                ], as      
  20      [                    ]      
  21      By:  

 

     
  22      Name:        
  23      Title:        

 

 

3 To be added only if the consent of the Administrative Agent is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.
4 To be added only if the consent of any of the Borrower, the Swingline Lender or any Issuing Bank is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

-7-


  1      ANNEX A
  2     
  3      STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR
  4      ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
  5     

1. Representations and Warranties.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

7

 

8

 

9

 

10

 

11

 

12

 

13

 

14

 

15

 

16

 

17

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

1.1 Assignor. The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and

 

beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assignee is not a Disqualified Lender or an Affiliate of

 

a Disqualified Lender, (iii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other

 

adverse claim and (iv) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and

 

deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and

 

(b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or

 

in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality,

 

validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral

 

thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other

 

Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by the

 

Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations

 

under any Loan Document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

19

 

20

 

21

 

22

 

23

 

24

 

25

 

26

 

27

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

1.2 Assignee. The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and

 

authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and

 

to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit

 

Agreement, (ii) it is not a Disqualified Lender or an Affiliate of a Disqualified Lender and it satisfies all

 

the requirements, if any, specified in the Credit Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order

 

to acquire the Assigned Interest and to become a Lender (subject to receipt of such consents as may be

 

required under the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the

 

provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest,

 

shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to

 

acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest and either it, or the Person exercising


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

8

 

9

 

10

 

11

 

12

 

13

 

14

 

15

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

discretion in making its decision to acquire the Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of

 

such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent

 

financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) thereof, as applicable, and such other

 

documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to

 

enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it

 

has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or

 

any other Lender, (vi) if it is a Lender that is not a United States person, attached hereto is any

 

documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly

 

completed and executed by the Assignee and (vii) if it is an Affiliated Lender, it has indicated its status as

 

such in the space provided on the first page of this Assignment and Assumption; and (b) agrees that (i) it

 

will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender,

 

and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make

 

its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform

 

in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are

 

required to be performed by it as a Lender.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

17

 

18

 

19

 

20

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

2. Payments. From and after the Effective Date referred to in this Assignment and

 

Assumption, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest

 

(including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which

 

have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued

 

from and after the Effective Date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

22

 

23

 

24

 

25

 

26

 

27

 

28

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

3. General Provisions. This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon,

 

and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This

 

Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall

 

constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment

 

and Assumption by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually

 

executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be

 

governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

  1

2

3

4

5

6

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

EXHIBIT B

 

Form of Guarantee Agreement

 

[Provided under separate cover]


 

 

 

 

 

 

  1

2

3

4

5

6

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

EXHIBIT C

 

Form of Perfection Certificate

 

[Provided under separate cover]


 

 

 

 

  1

2

3

4

  

  

  

  

 

EXHIBIT D

 

[Reserved]


 

 

 

 

 

 

  1

2

3

4

5

6

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

EXHIBIT E

 

Form of Collateral Agreement

 

[Provided under separate cover]


 

 

 

 

 

  1

2

3

4

5

  

  

  

  

  

 

EXHIBIT F

 

 

[Reserved]


 

 

 

 

 

 

  1

2

3

4

5

6

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

EXHIBIT G

 

Form of First Lien Intercreditor Agreement

 

[Provided under separate cover]


 

 

 

 

 

 

  1

2

3

4

5

6

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

EXHIBIT H

 

Form of Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement

 

[Provided under separate cover]


  1      EXHIBIT I
  2     
  3      Form of Closing Certificate
  4     
  5      [NAME OF CERTIFYING LOAN PARTY]
  6     
  7      May 2, 2014
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

9

 

10

 

11

 

12

 

13

 

14

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May 2, 2014 (as amended,

 

restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to

 

time, the “Credit Agreement”), among IGLOO INTERMEDIATE CORPORATION (“Holdings”),

 

INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION (the “Borrower”), the financial institutions and lenders from

 

time to time parties thereto and BANK, OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent,

 

Swingline Lender and Issuing Bank. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings

 

given to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

16

 

17

 

18

 

19

 

20

 

21

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

1. The undersigned, [                    ], a Responsible Officer of [                        ] (the

 

Certifying Loan Party”), hereby certifies that [                    ] is a duly elected and qualified Responsible

 

Officer of the Certifying Loan Party and the signature set forth on the signature line for such officer

 

below is such officer’s true and genuine signature, and such officer is duly authorized to execute and

 

deliver on behalf of the Certifying Loan Party each Loan Document to which it is a party and any

 

certificate or other document to be delivered by the Certifying Loan Party pursuant to such Loan

 

Documents.

 

 

 

22

 

23

  

 

  

 

2. The undersigned, [                    ], a Responsible Officer of the Certifying Loan

 

Party, hereby certifies as follows:

 

 

 

24

25

26

  

  

  

 

(a) There are no liquidation or dissolution proceedings pending or to my knowledge

threatened against the Certifying Loan Party, nor to my knowledge has any other event occurred

affecting or threatening the [corporate] [organizational] existence of the Certifying Loan Party;

 

 

27

28

  

  

 

(b) The Certifying Loan Party is a [corporation] [limited liability company] duly organized,

validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of [                    ];

 

 

 

29

30

31

  

  

  

 

(c) Attached hereto as Annex A is a complete and correct copy of the resolutions duly

adopted by the [board of directors (or a duly authorized committee thereof)] [members] of the

Certifying Loan Party on [            ], 2014, approving and authorizing [(a)] the execution, delivery and


  1     

performance of the [Credit Agreement and other]5 Loan Documents (and any agreements relating

  2     

thereto) to which it is a party [and (b) the extensions of credit contemplated by the Credit

  3     

Agreement]6; such resolutions have not in any way been amended, modified, revoked or

  4     

rescinded and have been in full force and effect since their adoption to and including the date

  5     

hereof and are now in full force and effect; and such resolutions are the only [corporate]

  6     

[company] proceedings of the Certifying Loan Party now in force relating to or affecting the

  7     

matters referred to therein;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

9

10

 

11

12

 

13

14

  

  

  

 

  

  

 

  

  

 

(d) Attached hereto as Annex B is a true and complete copy of the certificate of

[incorporation] [formation] of the Certifying Loan Party as in effect on the date hereof, certified

by the Secretary of State of the State of [                    ] as of a recent date;

 

(e) Attached hereto as Annex C is a true and complete copy of the [by-laws] [limited liability

company agreement] of the Certifying Loan Party as in effect on the date hereof;

 

(f) Attached hereto as Annex D is a true and complete copy of a good standing certificate,

certified by the Secretary of State of [                    ] as of a recent date;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

(g) The following persons are now duly elected and qualified Responsible Officers of the

Certifying Loan Party holding the offices indicated next to their respective names below, and

such officers hold such offices with the Certifying Loan Party on the date hereof, and the

signatures appearing opposite their respective names below are the true and genuine signatures of

such officers, and each of such officers is duly authorized to execute and deliver on behalf of the

Certifying Loan Party each Loan Document to which it is a party and any certificate or other

document to be delivered by the Certifying Loan Party pursuant to such Loan Documents:

 

Name

  

Office

 

Signature

        

 

        

 

        

 

 

  22     
  23     

 

 

5  Holdings and Borrower only.
6  Borrower only.

 

-2-


 

 

 

  1

 

2

  

 

  

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have signed this certificate as of the date first written

 

above.

 

 

3

4

  

  

       
 

 

     

 

 

Name:

Title:

     

Name:

Title:

 

 

 

 

5

6

 

  

  

       


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1

2

3

4

 

5

6

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

 

Annex A

to the Closing Certificate

 

Resolutions

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1

2

3

4

 

5

6

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

 

Annex B

to the Closing Certificate

 

Certificate of [Incorporation] [Formation]

 

 

-2-


 

 

 

 

  1

2

3

4

  

  

  

  

 

Annex C

to the Closing Certificate

 

[By-laws] [Limited Liability Company Agreement]

 

-3-


 

 

 

 

 

  1

2

3

4

5

  

  

  

  

  

 

Annex D

to the Closing Certificate

 

Good Standing Certificate


  1      EXHIBIT J
  2     
  3      Form of Intercompany Note
  4     
  5      New York, New York
  6      Date:             , 20[    ]
  7     
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

9

 

10

 

11

 

12

 

13

 

14

 

15

 

16

 

17

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, each of the undersigned, to the extent a borrower from time

 

to time from any other entity listed on the signature page hereto (each, in such capacity, a “Payor”),

 

hereby promises to pay on demand to such other entity listed below or its registered assigns (each, in such

 

capacity, a “Payee”), in lawful money of the United States of America, or in such other currency as

 

agreed to by such Payor and such Payee, in immediately available funds, at such location as a Payee shall

 

from time to time designate, the unpaid principal amount of all loans and advances (including trade

 

payables) made by such Payee to such Payor. Each Payor promises also to pay interest on the unpaid

 

principal amount of all such loans and advances in like money at said location from the date of such loans

 

and advances until paid at such rate per annum as shall be agreed upon from time to time by such Payor

 

and such Payee.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

19

 

20

 

21

 

22

 

23

 

24

 

25

 

26

 

27

 

28

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

This note (“Note”) is an Intercompany Note referred to in that certain Credit Agreement,

 

dated as of May 2, 2014 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing

 

from time to time, the “Agreement;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined),

 

among INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), IGLOO

 

INTERMEDIATE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), the financial institutions and

 

lenders from time to time party thereto, and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as

 

Collateral Agent, and is subject to the terms thereof, and shall be pledged by each Payee that is a Loan

 

Party pursuant to the Collateral Agreement, to the extent required pursuant to the terms thereof. Each

 

Payee hereby acknowledges and agrees that after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event

 

of Default and after notice from the Administrative Agent to such Payee (provided that no such notice

 

shall be required to be given in the case of any Event of Default arising under Section 7.01(h) or 7.01(i) of


 

 

 

1

 

2

  

 

  

 

the Credit Agreement, the Administrative Agent may exercise any and all rights of any Loan Party with

 

respect to this Note.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

8

 

9

 

10

 

11

 

12

 

13

 

14

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Anything in this Note to the contrary notwithstanding, the indebtedness evidenced by this

 

Note owed by any Payor that is a Loan Party to any Payee that is not a Loan Party shall be subordinate

 

and junior in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, to all Secured

 

Obligations of such Payor until the payment in full in cash of all Secured Obligations of such Payor;

 

provided, that each Payor may make payments to the applicable Payee unless an Event of Default shall

 

have occurred and be continuing and such Payor shall have received notice from the Administrative

 

Agent (provided, that no such notice shall be required to be given in the case of any Event of Default

 

arising under Section 7.01(h) or 7.01(i) of the Credit Agreement) (such Secured Obligations and other

 

indebtedness and obligations in connection with any renewal, refunding, restructuring or refinancing

 

thereof, including interest thereon accruing after the commencement of any proceedings referred to in

 

clause (i) below, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim in such proceeding, being hereinafter

 

collectively referred to as “Senior Indebtedness”):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

16

 

17

 

18

 

19

 

20

 

21

 

22

 

23

 

24

 

25

 

26

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

(i) in the event of any insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings, and any

 

receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar proceedings in connection

 

therewith, relating to any Payor or to its property, and in the event of any proceedings for

 

voluntary liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of such Payor (except as expressly

 

permitted by the Credit Agreement), whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy,

 

then, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (x) the holders of Senior

 

Indebtedness shall be paid in full in cash in respect of all amounts constituting Senior

 

Indebtedness (including LC Disbursements, if any, but excluding contingent obligations

 

as to which no claim has been made, Secured Cash Management Obligations and Secured

 

Swap Obligations) before any Payee that is not a Loan Party is entitled to receive

 

(whether directly or indirectly), or make any demands for, any payment on account of

 

this Note and (y) until the holders of Senior Indebtedness are paid in full in cash in

 

-2-


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

8

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

respect of all amounts constituting Senior Indebtedness (including LC Disbursements, if

 

any, but excluding contingent obligations as to which no claim has been made, Secured

 

Cash Management Obligations and Secured Swap Obligations), any payment or

 

distribution to which such Payee would otherwise be entitled (other than debt securities

 

of such Payor that are subordinated, to at least the same extent as this Note, to the

 

payment of all Senior Indebtedness then outstanding (such securities being hereinafter

 

referred to as “Restructured Debt Securities”)) shall be made to the holders of Senior

 

Indebtedness;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

10

 

11

 

12

 

13

 

14

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

(ii) if any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and after prior

 

written notice from the Administrative Agent (provided that no such notice shall be

 

required to be given in the case of any Event of Default arising under Section 7.01(h) or

 

7.01(i) of the Credit Agreement), then no payment or distribution of any kind or character

 

shall be made by or on behalf of any Payor that is a Loan Party or any other Person on its

 

behalf with respect to this Note owed to any Payee that is not a Loan Party; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

16

 

17

 

18

 

19

 

20

 

21

 

22

 

23

 

24

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

(iii) if any payment or distribution of any character, whether in cash,

 

securities or other property (other than Restructured Debt Securities), in respect of this

 

Note shall (despite these subordination provisions) be received by any Payee in violation

 

of clause (i) or (ii) before all Senior Indebtedness (including LC Disbursements, if any,

 

but excluding contingent obligations as to which no claim has been made, Secured Cash

 

Management Obligations and Secured Swap Obligations) shall have been paid in full in

 

cash, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be

 

paid over or delivered to, the holders of Senior Indebtedness (or their representatives),

 

ratably according to the respective aggregate amounts remaining unpaid thereon, to the

 

extent necessary to pay all Senior Indebtedness in full in cash.

 

 

 

25

 

26

  

 

  

 

To the fullest extent permitted by law, no present or future holder of Senior Indebtedness

 

shall be prejudiced in its right to enforce the subordination of this Note by any act or failure to act on the

 

-3-


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

part of any Payor or by any act or failure to act on the part of such holder or any trustee or agent for such

 

holder. Each Payee and each Payor hereby agree that the subordination provisions set forth in this Note

 

are for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders

 

and the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders are obligees under

 

this Note to the same extent as if their names were written herein as such and the Administrative Agent

 

may, on behalf of itself, the Swingline Lender, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders, proceed to enforce the

 

subordination provisions herein.

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

9

 

10

  

 

  

 

  

 

The indebtedness evidenced by this Note owed by any Payor that is not a Loan Party or

 

any Payor that is a Loan Party, in each case, to any Payee that is a Loan Party shall not be subordinated

 

to, and shall rank pari passu in right of payment with, any other obligation of such Payor.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

12

 

13

 

14

 

15

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Nothing contained in the subordination provisions set forth above is intended to or will

 

impair, as between each Payor and each Payee, the obligations of such Payor, which are absolute and

 

unconditional, to pay to such Payee the principal of and interest on this Note as and when due and payable

 

in accordance with its terms, or is intended to or will affect the relative rights of such Payee and other

 

creditors of such Payor other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

17

 

18

 

19

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Each Payee is hereby authorized to record all loans and advances made by it to any Payor

 

(all of which shall be evidenced by this Note), and all repayments or prepayments thereof, in its books

 

and records, such books and records constituting prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information

 

contained therein.

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

21

 

22

  

 

  

 

  

 

Each Payor hereby waives presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind in

 

connection with this Note. All payments under this Note shall be made without offset, counterclaim or

 

deduction of any kind.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23

 

24

 

25

 

26

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

This Note shall be binding upon each Payor and its successors and assigns, and the terms

 

and provisions of this Note shall inure to the benefit of each Payee and its successors and assigns,

 

including subsequent holders hereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in any

 

other Loan Document or in any other promissory note or other instrument, this Note replaces and

 

-4-


  1      supersedes any and all promissory notes or other instruments which create or evidence any loans or

 

 

 

2

 

  

 

 

advances made on, before or after the date hereof by any Payee to Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the

 

 

 

3

 

  

 

 

Borrower or any Subsidiary, in each case to the extent required to be pledged to the Collateral Agent

 

 

 

4

 

  

 

 

pursuant to the Collateral Agreement.

  5     

From time to time after the date hereof, additional Subsidiaries of Holdings may become

 

 

 

6

 

  

 

 

parties hereto (as Payor and/or Payee, as the case may be) by executing a counterpart signature page to

 

 

 

7

 

  

 

 

this Note (each additional Subsidiary, an “Additional Party”). Upon delivery of such counterpart

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

9

 

10

 

11

 

12

 

13

 

14

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

signature page to the Payees, notice of which is hereby waived by the other Payors, each Additional Party

 

shall be a Payor and/or a Payee, as the case may be, and shall be as fully a party hereto as if such

 

Additional Party were an original signatory hereof. Each Payor expressly agrees that its obligations

 

arising hereunder shall not be affected or diminished by the addition or release of any other Payor or

 

Payee hereunder. This Note shall be fully effective as to any Payor or Payee that is or becomes a party

 

hereto regardless of whether any other Person becomes or fails to become or ceases to be a Payor or

 

Payee hereunder.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

16

 

17

 

18

 

19

 

20

 

21

 

22

 

23

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the subordination of indebtedness owed

 

by any Payor to a Payee incorporated in Switzerland (the “Swiss Payee”), shall not result in a dividend

 

distribution of a Swiss Payee to a Payor (other than a fully owned direct or indirect subsidiary of the

 

Swiss Payee) which exceeds the amount of the Swiss Payee’s freely disposable equity in accordance with

 

Swiss law, presently being the total shareholder equity less the total of (i) the aggregate share capital and

 

(ii) statutory reserves (including reserves for own shares and revaluations as well as agio), to the extent

 

such reserves cannot be transferred into unrestricted, distributable reserves. The amount of freely

 

disposable equity shall be determined on the basis of an audited annual or interim balance sheet of the

 

Swiss Payee.

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

25

 

26

  

 

  

 

  

 

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN

 

ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

[signature pages follow]

 
27
  
 

 

-5-


  1         
  2        INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION,
  3        as Payee and Payor
  4         
  5        By:  

 

  6        Name:  
  7        Title:  
 

 

8

9

  

  

   

[SUBSIDIARIES OF THE BORROWER],

as Payee and Payor

  10       
  11        By:  

 

  12        Name:  
  13        Title:  

 

-6-


 

 

 

 

 

 

  1

2

3

4

5

6

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

EXHIBIT K

 

[Reserved]


  1        EXHIBIT L
  2       
  3      Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Notice  
  4       
  5        Date:             , 20    
  6      To: [Bank of America, N.A.], as Auction Agent  
  7      Ladies and Gentlemen:  
  8       
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

10

 

11

 

12

 

13

 

14

 

15

 

16

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

This Specified Discount Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section

 

2.11(a)(ii)(B) of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2014, (as further amended, restated,

 

extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “Agreement”), among

 

Interactive Data Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), Igloo Intermediate Corporation, a

 

Delaware corporation, the financial institutions and lenders from time to time party thereto and Bank of

 

America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Bank.

 

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such

 

terms in the Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

18

 

19

  

 

  

 

  

 

Pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B) of the Agreement, the Borrower hereby offers to make

 

a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment to each Term Lender [and to each Additional Term Lender of the

 

[●, 20●]7 tranche[s] of Term Loans] on the following terms:

 

 

20

21

  

  

 

1. This Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment is available only to each Term

Lender [and to each Additional Term Lender of the [●, 20●]8 tranche[s] of Term Loans].

 

 

 

22

23

24

  

  

  

 

2. The maximum aggregate outstanding amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment

that will be made in connection with this offer shall not exceed $[●] of Term Loans [and $[●] of

the [●, 20●]9 tranche[(s)] of Term Loans] (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Amount”).10

 

 

 

25

26

27

  

  

  

 

3. The percentage discount to par value at which such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment

will be made is [●]% in respect of the Term Loans [and [●]% in respect of the [●, 20●]11

tranche[(s)] of Term Loans] (the “Specified Discount”).

 

 

7  List multiple tranches if applicable.
8  List multiple tranches if applicable.
9  List multiple tranches if applicable.
10  Minimum of $1.0 million and whole increments of $500,000.
11  List multiple tranches if applicable.


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

  

To accept this offer, you are required to submit to the Administrative Agent a Specified

 

Discount Prepayment Response on or before 5:00 p.m. New York time on the date that is three (3)

 

Business Days following the date of delivery of this notice pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B) of the

 

Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

6

 

7

  

 

  

 

  

  

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent [and the Term

 

Lenders][, the Term Lenders and each Additional Term Lender of the [●, 20●]12 tranche[s] of Term

 

Loans] as follows:

 

 

8

9

  

  

  

1. The Borrower will not make a Borrowing of Revolving Loans to fund this Discounted

Term Loan Prepayment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

2. [At least ten (10) Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent

Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the Borrower on the

applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.][At least three (3) Business Days have passed

since the date the Borrower was notified that no Term Lender was willing to accept any

prepayment of any Term Loan and/or Other Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the

Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower

Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept

any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Term Lender.]13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

19

 

20

 

21

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

  

The Borrower acknowledges that the Auction Agent and the relevant Term Lenders are

 

relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with their

 

decision whether or not to accept the offer set forth in this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice and the

 

acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

 

 

 

22

 

23

  

 

  

  

The Borrower requests that Auction Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Term

 

Lenders party to the Agreement of this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

  24       [REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
  25      

 

 

12  List multiple tranches if applicable.
13  Insert applicable representation.

 

-2-


    1     

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Specified Discount

  2      Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.  
  3       
  4      Interactive Data Corporation  
  5      By:  

 

 
  6      Name:    
  7      Title:    
  8      Enclosure: Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Response
  9       

 

-3-


  1      EXHIBIT M
  2     
  3      Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Response
  4     
  5      Date:             , 20    
  6      To: [Bank of America, N.A.], as Auction Agent
  7      Ladies and Gentlemen:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

9

 

10

 

11

 

12

 

13

 

14

 

15

 

16

 

17

  

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Reference is made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2014, (as

 

further amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time,

 

the “Agreement”), among Interactive Data Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), Igloo

 

Intermediate Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the financial institutions and lenders from time to time

 

party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swingline Lender

 

and Issuing Bank, and (b) that certain Specified Discount Prepayment Notice, dated             , 20    , from

 

the Borrower (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Notice”). Capitalized terms used herein and not

 

otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Specified Discount

 

Prepayment Notice or, to the extent not defined therein, in the Agreement.

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

19

 

20

 

21

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

The undersigned [Term Lender] [Additional Term Lender] hereby gives you irrevocable

 

notice, pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B) of the Agreement, that it is willing to accept a prepayment of the

 

following [tranches of] Term Loans held by such [Term Lender] [Additional Term Lender] at the

 

Specified Discount in an aggregate outstanding amount as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

23

 

24

 

25

 

26

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

[Term Loans - $[●]]

 

[[●, 20●]14 tranche[s] of Term Loans - $[●]]

 

The undersigned [Term Lender] [Additional Term Lender] hereby expressly consents and

 

agrees to a prepayment of its [Term Loans][[●, 20●]15 tranche[s]] pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B) of the

 

Agreement at a price equal to the [applicable] Specified Discount in the aggregate outstanding amount not

 

14  List multiple tranches if applicable.
15 

List multiple tranches if applicable.


    1      to exceed the amount set forth above, as such amount may be reduced in accordance with the Specified
  2      Discount Proration, and as otherwise determined in accordance with and subject to the requirements of
  3      the Agreement.
  4      [REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
  5     

 

-2-


 

 

 

1

 

2

  

 

  

   

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Specified Discount

 

Prepayment Response as of the date first above written.

  3         
  4        [                     ]  
  5       

By:

 

 

 
  6       

Name

   
  7       

Title:

   
  8       

By:

 

 

 
  9       

Name

   
  10       

Title:

   
  11           

 

-3-


  1      EXHIBIT N
  2     
  3      Form of Discount Range Prepayment Notice
  4     
  5      Date:             , 20     

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

  

 

 

 

To: [Bank of America, N.A.], as Auction Agent

 

  7      Ladies and Gentlemen:
  8     
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

10

 

11

 

12

 

13

 

14

 

15

 

16

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

This Discount Range Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section

 

2.11(a)(ii)(C) of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2014, (as further amended, restated,

 

extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “Agreement”), among

 

Interactive Data Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), Igloo Intermediate Corporation, a

 

Delaware corporation, the financial institutions and lenders from time to time party thereto and Bank of

 

America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Bank.

 

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such

 

terms in the Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

18

 

19

 

20

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C) of the Agreement, the Borrower hereby requests that

 

each Term Lender [and to each Additional Term Lender of the [●, 20●]16 tranche[s] of Term Loans]

 

submit a Discount Range Prepayment Offer. Any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment made in

 

connection with this solicitation shall be subject to the following terms:

 

 

 

 

 

21

22

23

 

  

  

  

 

 

1. This Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers is extended at the sole

discretion of the Borrower to each Term Lender [and to each Additional Term Lender of the [●,

20●]17 tranche[s] of Term Loans].

 

 

 

 

 

24

25

26

 

  

  

  

 

 

2. The maximum aggregate outstanding amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment

that will be made in connection with this solicitation is $[●] of Term Loans [and $[●] of the [●,

20●]18 tranche[(s)] of Term Loans] (the “Discount Range Prepayment Amount”).19

 

 

 

27

28

  

  

 

3. The Borrower is willing to make Discount Term Loan Prepayments at a percentage

discount to par value greater than or equal to [●]% but less than or equal to [●]% in respect of the

 

 

16  List multiple tranches if applicable.
17  List multiple tranches if applicable.
18  List multiple tranches if applicable.
19  Minimum of $1.0 million and whole increments of $500,000.


 

 

 

1

2

 

  

  

 

 

Term Loans [and greater than or equal to [●]% but less than or equal to [●]% in respect of the [●,

20●]20 tranche[(s)] of Term Loans] (the “Discount Range”).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

To make an offer in connection with this solicitation, you are required to deliver to the

 

Administrative Agent a Discount Range Prepayment Offer on or before 5:00 p.m. New York time on the

 

date that is three (3) Business Days following the dated delivery of the notice pursuant to Section

 

2.11(a)(ii)(C) of the Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

8

 

9

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Auction Agent [and the Term

 

Lenders][, the Term Lenders and each Additional Term Lender of the [●, 20●]21 tranche[s] of Term

 

Loans] as follows:

 

 

 

 

10

11

 

  

  

 

 

1. The Borrower will not make a Borrowing of Revolving Loans to fund this Discounted

Term Loan Prepayment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

2. [At least ten (10) Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent

Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the Borrower on the

applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.][At least three (3) Business Days have passed

since the date the Borrower was notified that no Term Lender was willing to accept any

prepayment of any Term Loan and/or Other Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the

Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower

Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept

any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Term Lender.]22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

21

 

22

 

23

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

The Borrower acknowledges that the Auction Agent and the relevant Term Lenders are

 

relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with any

 

Discount Range Prepayment Offer made in response to this Discount Range Prepayment Notice and the

 

acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with this Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

25

 

  

 

  

 

 

The Borrower requests that Auction Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Term

 

Lenders party to the Agreement of this Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

 

 

 

26

 

  

 

 

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

  27     

 

 

20  List multiple tranches if applicable.
21  List multiple tranches if applicable.
22  Insert applicable representation.

 

-2-


 

 

 

  1

 

2

  

 

  

   

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Discount Range

 

Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

  3         
  4        Interactive Data Corporation  
  5       

By:

 

 

 
  6       

Name:

   
  7       

Title:

   
  8        Enclosure: Form of Discount Range Prepayment Offer

 

-3-


  1      EXHIBIT O
  2     
  3      Form of Discount Range Prepayment Offer
  4     
  5      Date:             , 20    
  6      To: [Bank of America, N.A.], as Auction Agent
  7      Ladies and Gentlemen:
  8     
  9     

Reference is made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2014, (as

  10      further amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time,
  11      the “Agreement”), among Interactive Data Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), Igloo
  12      Intermediate Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the financial institutions and lenders from time to time
  13      party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swingline Lender
  14      and Issuing Bank, and (b) that certain Discount Range Prepayment Notice, dated             , 20    , from the
  15      Borrower (the “Discount Range Prepayment Notice”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
  16      defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Discount Range Prepayment Notice
  17      or, to the extent not defined therein, in the Agreement.
  18     

The undersigned [Term Lender] [Additional Term Lender] hereby gives you irrevocable

  19      notice, pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C) of the Agreement, that it is hereby offering to accept a
  20      Discounted Term Loan Prepayment on the following terms:
  21     

1. This Discount Range Prepayment Offer is available only for prepayment on the [Term

  22     

Loans][and the [●, 20●]23 tranche[s] of Term Loans] held by the undersigned.

  23     

2. The maximum aggregate outstanding amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment

  24     

that may be made in connection with this offer shall not exceed (the “Submitted Amount”):

  25     

[Term Loans - $[●]]

  26     

[[●, 20●]24 tranche[s] of Term Loans - $[●]]

 

 

23  List multiple tranches if applicable.
24  List multiple tranches if applicable.


  1     

3. The percentage discount to par value at which such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment

  2     

may be made is [●]% in respect of the Term Loans [and [●]% in respect of the [●, 20●]25

  3     

tranche[(s)] of Term Loans] (the “Submitted Discount”).

  4     

The undersigned [Term Lender] [Additional Term Lender] hereby expressly consents and

  5      agrees to a prepayment of its [Term Loans] [[●, 20●]26 tranche[s] of Term Loans] indicated above
  6      pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C) of the Agreement at a price equal to the Applicable Discount and in an
  7      aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the Submitted Amount, as such amount may be reduced in
  8      accordance with the Discount Range Proration, if any, and as otherwise determined in accordance with
  9      and subject to the requirements of the Agreement.
  10      [REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
  11     

 

 

25  List multiple tranches if applicable.
26  List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

-2-


  1     

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Discount Range Prepayment Offer

  2      as of the date first above written.
  3         
  4      [                    ]  
  5     

By:

 

 

 
  6     

Name

   
  7     

Title:

   
  8     

By:

 

 

 
  9     

Name

   
  10     

Title:

   

 

-3-


  1      EXHIBIT P
  2     
  3      Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice
  4     
  5      Date:             , 20    
  6      To: [Bank of America, N.A.], as Auction Agent
  7      Ladies and Gentlemen:
  8     
  9     

This Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section

  10      2.11(a)(ii)(D) of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2014, (as further amended, restated,
  11      extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “Agreement”), among
  12      Interactive Data Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), Igloo Intermediate Corporation, a
  13      Delaware corporation, the financial institutions and lenders from time to time party thereto and Bank of
  14      America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Bank.
  15      Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such
  16      terms in the Agreement.
  17     

Pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D) of the Agreement, the Borrower hereby requests that

  18      each Term Lender [and to each Additional Term Lender of the [●, 20●]27 tranche[s] of Term Loans]
  19      submit a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer. Any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment made in
  20      connection with this solicitation shall be subject to the following terms:
  21     

1. This Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers is extended at the sole

  22     

discretion of the Borrower to each Term Lender [and to each Additional Term Lender of the [●,

  23     

20●]28 tranche[s] of Term Loans].

  24     

2. The maximum aggregate outstanding amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment

  25     

that will be made in connection with this solicitation is (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment

  26     

Amount”):29

  27     

[Term Loans - $[●]]

  28     

[[●, 20●]30 tranche[s] of Term Loans - $[●]]

 

 

27  List multiple tranches if applicable.
28  List multiple tranches if applicable.
29  Minimum of $1.0 million and whole increments of $500,000.
30  List multiple tranches if applicable.


    1     

To make an offer in connection with this solicitation, you are required to deliver to the

  2     

Administrative Agent a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer on or before 5:00 p.m. New York

  3     

time on the date that is three (3) Business Days following delivery of this notice pursuant to

  4     

Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D) of the Agreement.

  5     

The Borrower requests that Auction Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Term

  6      Lenders party to the Agreement of this Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.
  7      [REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
  8     


    1     

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Solicited Discounted

  2      Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.
  3     
  4      Interactive Data Corporation
  5      By:  

 

 
  6      Name:    
  7      Title:    
  8      Enclosure: Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer
  9       


  1      EXHIBIT Q
  2     
  3      Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer
  4     
  5      Date:             , 20    
  6      To: [Bank of America, N.A.], as Auction Agent
  7      Ladies and Gentlemen:
  8     
  9     

Reference is made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2014, (as

  10      further amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time,
  11      the “Agreement”), among Interactive Data Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), Igloo
  12      Intermediate Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the financial instututions and lenders from time to time
  13      party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swingline Lender
  14      and Issuing Bank, and (b) that certain Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice, dated             , 20    , from
  15      the Borrower (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice”). Capitalized terms used herein and not
  16      otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Solicited Discounted
  17      Prepayment Notice or, to the extent not defined therein, in the Agreement.
  18     

To accept the offer set forth herein, you must submit an Acceptance and Prepayment

  19      Notice on or before the third Business Day following your receipt of this notice.
  20     

The undersigned [Term Lender] [Additional Term Lender] hereby gives you irrevocable

  21      notice, pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D) of the Agreement, that it is hereby offering to accept a
  22      Discounted Term Loan Prepayment on the following terms:
  23     

1. This Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer is available only for prepayment on the

  24     

[Term Loans][[●, 20●]31 tranche[s] of Term Loans] held by the undersigned.

  25     

2. The maximum aggregate outstanding amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment

  26     

that may be made in connection with this offer shall not exceed (the “Offered Amount”):

  27     

[Term Loans - $[●]]

  28     

[[●, 20●]32 tranche[s] of Term Loans - $[●]]

 

 

31  List multiple tranches if applicable.
32  List multiple tranches if applicable.


  1     

3. The percentage discount to par value at which such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment

  2     

may be made is [●]% in respect of the Term Loans [and [●]% in respect of the [●, 20●]33

  3     

tranche[(s)] of Term Loans] (the “Offered Discount”).

  4     

The undersigned [Term Lender] [Additional Term Lender] hereby expressly consents and

  5      agrees to a prepayment of its [Term Loans] [[●, 20●]34 tranche[s] of Term Loans] pursuant to Section
  6      2.11(a)(ii)(D) of the Agreement at a price equal to the Acceptable Discount and in an aggregate
  7      outstanding amount not to exceed such Lender’s Offered Amount as such amount may be reduced in
  8      accordance with the Solicited Discount Proration, if any, and as otherwise determined in accordance with
  9      and subject to the requirements of the Agreement.
  10     

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Solicited Discounted

  11      Prepayment Offer as of the date first above written.
  12         
  13      [                    ]  
  14      By:  

 

 
  15      Name    
  16      Title:    
  17      By:  

 

 
  18      Name    
  19      Title:    

 

 

33  List multiple tranches if applicable.
34  List multiple tranches if applicable.


  1      EXHIBIT R
  2     
  3      Form of Acceptance and Prepayment Notice
  4     
  5      Date:             , 20    
  6      To: [Bank of America, N.A.], as Auction Agent
  7      Ladies and Gentlemen:
  8     
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

10

 

11

 

12

 

13

 

14

 

15

 

16

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

This Acceptance and Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section

 

2.11(a)(ii)(D) of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2014, (as further amended, restated,

 

extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “Agreement”), among

 

Interactive Data Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), Igloo Intermediate Corporation, a

 

Delaware corporation, the financial institutions and lenders from time to time party thereto and Bank of

 

America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Bank.

 

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such

 

terms in the Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

18

 

19

 

20

 

21

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D) of the Agreement, the Borrower hereby irrevocably

 

notifies you that it accepts offers delivered in response to the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice

 

having an Offered Discount equal to or greater than [●]% in respect of the Term Loans [and [●]% in

 

respect of the [●, 20●]35 tranche[(s)] of Term Loans] (the “Acceptable Discount”) in an aggregate amount

 

not to exceed the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount.

 

 

 

22

 

23

  

 

  

 

The Borrower expressly agrees that this Acceptance and Prepayment Notice shall be

 

irrevocable and is subject to the provisions of Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D) of the Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

25

 

26

  

 

  

 

  

 

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Auction Agent [and the Term

 

Lenders][and the Term Lenders and each Additional Term Lender of the [●, 20●]36 tranche[s] of Term

 

Loans] as follows:

 

 

27

28

  

  

 

1. The Borrower will not make a Borrowing of Revolving Loans to fund this Discounted

Term Loan Prepayment.

 

 

35 List multiple tranches if applicable.
36 List multiple tranches if applicable.


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

2. [At least ten (10) Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent

Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the Borrower on the

applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.][At least three (3) Business Days have passed

since the date the Borrower was notified that no Term Lender was willing to accept any

prepayment of any Term Loan and/or Other Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the

Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower

Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept

any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Term Lender.]37

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

10

 

11

  

 

  

 

  

 

The Borrower acknowledges that the Auction Agent and the relevant Term Lenders are

 

relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with the

 

acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer.

 

 

 

12

 

13

  

 

  

 

The Borrower requests that Auction Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Term

 

Lenders party to the Agreement of this Acceptance and Prepayment Notice.

  14      [REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
  15     

 

 

37  Insert applicable representation.


 

 

 

  1

 

2

  

 

  

   

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Acceptance and

 

Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

  3        Interactive Data Corporation  
  4        By:  

 

 
  5        Name:    
  6        Title:    
  7           
  8           


  1      EXHIBIT S-1
  2      FORM OF
  3      U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
  4      (For Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of May 2, 2014 (as further

amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the

“Credit Agreement”) among Interactive Data Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”),

Igloo Intermediate Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the financial institutions and lenders from time

to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swingline

Lender and Issuing Bank. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meaning

given to such term in the Credit Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.17(e) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned

hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any note(s)

evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a “bank” within

the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”),

(iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Code Section 871(h)(3)(B),

(iv) it is not a “controlled foreign corporation” related to the Borrower as described in Section

881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (v) no payments in connection with any Loan Document are effectively

connected with the undersigned’s conduct of a United States trade or business.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a

certificate of its non-U.S. person status on Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN. By executing this

certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the

undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing and (2) the

undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly

completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which payment is to be made

by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years

preceding such payment.

  28      [Signature Page Follows]
  29     


    1        [Lender]
  2        By:  

 

  3        Name:  
  4        Title:  
  5        [Address]
  6      Dated:             , 20[    ]  


  1      EXHIBIT S-2
  2      FORM OF
  3      U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
  4      (For Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of May 2, 2014 (as further

amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the

“Credit Agreement”) among Interactive Data Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”),

Igloo Intermediate Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the financial institutions and lenders from time

to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swingline

Lender and Issuing Bank. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meaning

given to such term in the Credit Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.17(e) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned

hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any note(s) evidencing such

Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are

the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) neither

the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank within the meaning of Section

881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), (iv) none of its direct or

indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Code

Section 871(h)(3)(B), (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “controlled foreign

corporation” related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (vi) no

payments in connection with any Loan Document are effectively connected with the undersigned’s or its

direct or indirect partners/members’ conduct of a United States trade or business.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with Internal

Revenue Service Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its direct or

indirect partners/members claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an Internal Revenue Service

Form W-8BEN or (ii) an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY accompanied by an Internal Revenue

Service Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the

portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the

information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower

and the Administrative Agent in writing and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the

Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in

either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two

calendar years preceding such payments.

 

 

34

35

  

  

 

[Signature Page Follows]


    1        [Lender]
  2        By:  

 

  3        Name:  
  4        Title:  
  5        [Address]
  6      Dated:             , 20[    ]  


  1      EXHIBIT S-3
  2      FORM OF
  3      U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
  4      (For Non-U.S. Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of May 2, 2014 (as further

amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the

“Credit Agreement”) among Interactive Data Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”),

Igloo Intermediate Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the financial institutions and lenders from time

to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swingline

Lender and Issuing Bank. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meaning

given to such term in the Credit Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.17(e) and Section 9.04(c) of the Credit

Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the

participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of

Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code”), (iii) it is not a ten

percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Code Section 871(h)(3)(B), (iv) it is not a

“controlled foreign corporation” related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code,

and (v) no payments in connection with any Loan Document are effectively connected with the

undersigned’s conduct of a United States trade or business.

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

21

22

23

24

25

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S.

person status on Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned

agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so

inform such Lender in writing and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with

a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment

is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

 

 

26

27

  

  

 

[Signature Page Follows]


    1        [Participant]
  2        By:  

 

  3        Name:  
  4        Title:  
  5        [Address]
  6      Dated:             , 20[    ]  
  7       


EXHIBIT S-4

FORM OF

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Non-U.S. Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of May 2, 2014 (as further amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among Interactive Data Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), Igloo Intermediate Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the financial institutions and lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Bank. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meaning given to such term in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.17(e) and Section 9.04(c) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code”), (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Code Section 871(h)(3)(B), (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “controlled foreign corporation” related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (vi) no payments in connection with any Loan Document are effectively connected with the undersigned’s or its direct or indirect partners/members conduct of a United States trade or business.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its direct or indirect partners/members claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or (ii) an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY accompanied by an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

[Signature Page Follows]


[Participant]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
[Address]

Dated:             , 20[    ]


EX-10.2

Exhibit 10.2

Execution Version

 

 

 

MASTER GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

dated as of

May 2, 2014,

among

IGLOO INTERMEDIATE CORPORATION,

INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION,

THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

IDENTIFIED HEREIN

and

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE I  
DEFINITIONS   

SECTION 1.01.

 

Credit Agreement

     1   

SECTION 1.02.

 

Other Defined Terms

     1   

ARTICLE II

 

THE GUARANTEES

  

  

SECTION 2.01.

 

Guarantee

     2   

SECTION 2.02.

 

Guarantee of Payment; Continuing Guarantee

     2   

SECTION 2.03.

 

No Limitations

     2   

SECTION 2.04.

 

Reinstatement

     4   

SECTION 2.05.

 

Agreement to Pay; Subrogation

     4   

SECTION 2.06.

 

Information

     4   

SECTION 2.07.

 

Payments Free of Taxes

     5   

ARTICLE III

 

INDEMNITY, SUBROGATION AND SUBORDINATION

  

  

SECTION 3.01.

 

Indemnity and Subrogation

     5   

SECTION 3.02.

 

Contribution and Subrogation

     5   

SECTION 3.03.

 

Subordination

     5   

ARTICLE IV

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

  

  

ARTICLE V

 

MISCELLANEOUS

  

  

SECTION 5.01.

 

Notices

     6   

SECTION 5.02.

 

Waivers; Amendment

     6   

SECTION 5.03.

 

Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification

     7   

SECTION 5.04.

 

Successors and Assigns

     8   

SECTION 5.05.

 

Survival of Agreement

     8   

SECTION 5.06.

 

Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement

     8   

SECTION 5.07.

 

Severability

     8   

SECTION 5.08.

 

Right of Set-Off

     9   

SECTION 5.09.

 

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process; Appointment of Service of Process Agent

     9   

 

-i-


         Page  

SECTION 5.10.

 

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     10   

SECTION 5.11.

 

Headings

     10   

SECTION 5.12.

 

Termination or Release

     10   

SECTION 5.13.

 

Additional Guarantors

     11   

 

-ii-


MASTER GUARANTEE AGREEMENT dated as of May 2, 2014 (this “Agreement”), among IGLOO INTERMEDIATE CORPORATION, INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION, the SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS identified herein and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the other Guaranteed Parties.

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May 2, 2014 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Igloo Intermediate Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), Interactive Data Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent. The Lenders and the Issuing Bank have agreed to extend credit to the Borrower subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The obligations of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank to extend such credit are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement. Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors are affiliates of the Borrower, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement and are willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders and the Issuing Bank to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01. Credit Agreement. (a) Capitalized terms used in this Agreement (including in the introductory paragraph hereto) and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement.

(b) The rules of construction specified in Section 1.03 of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement, mutatis mutandis.

SECTION 1.02. Other Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Borrower” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

Claiming Party” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.02.

Contributing Party” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.02.

Credit Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

Guaranteed Parties” means (a) each Lender, (b) each Issuing Bank, (c) the Administrative Agent, (d) each Joint Bookrunner, (e) each Person to whom any Secured Cash Management Obligations are owed, (f) each counterparty to any Swap Agreement the obligations under which constitute Secured Swap Obligations, (g) the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (h) the permitted successors and assigns of each of the foregoing.


Guarantors” means Holdings, the Borrower, any Intermediate Parent and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

Holdings” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

Subsidiary Guarantors” means the Subsidiaries identified as such on Schedule I hereto and each other Subsidiary that becomes a party to this Agreement as a Subsidiary Guarantor after the Effective Date pursuant to Section 5.13; provided that if a Subsidiary is released from its obligations as a Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder as provided in Section 5.12(b), such Subsidiary shall cease to be a Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder effective upon such release.

Supplement” means an instrument in the form of Exhibit A hereto, or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent, and in each case reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

ARTICLE II

The Guarantees

SECTION 2.01. Guarantee. Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to each of the Guaranteed Parties, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, by way of an independent payment obligation, the due and punctual payment and performance of its Secured Obligations (other than, (i) with respect to any Guarantor, any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor and (ii) in the case of the Borrower, in respect of its own obligations). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Secured Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, or amended or modified, without notice to or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound upon its guarantee hereunder notwithstanding any such extension or renewal, or amendment or modification, of any of the Secured Obligations. Each Guarantor waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to the Borrower or any other Loan Party of any of the Secured Obligations, and also waives notice of acceptance of its guarantee and notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor intends that its guarantee under this Section 2.01 constitute, and this Section 2.01 shall be deemed to constitute a guarantee or other agreement for the benefit of each other Guarantor for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

SECTION 2.02. Guarantee of Payment; Continuing Guarantee. Each Guarantor further agrees that its guarantee hereunder constitutes a guarantee of payment when due (whether or not any bankruptcy or similar proceeding shall have stayed the accrual of collection of any of the Secured Obligations or operated as a discharge thereof) and not merely of collection, and waives any right to require that any resort be had by the Administrative Agent or any other Guaranteed Party to any security held for the payment of any of the Secured Obligations or to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of the Administrative Agent or any other Guaranteed Party in favor of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other Person. Each Guarantor agrees that its guarantee hereunder is continuing in nature and applies to all of its Secured Obligations, whether currently existing or hereafter incurred.

SECTION 2.03. No Limitations. (a) Except for the termination or release of a Guarantor’s obligations hereunder as expressly provided in Section 5.12 and the limitations set forth in the Supplement pursuant to which such Guarantor became a party hereto, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise of any of the Secured Obligations, and shall not be subject to any defense or set-off, counterclaim, recoupment or termination

 

-2-


whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any of the Secured Obligations, any impossibility in the performance of any of the Secured Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except for the termination or release of its obligations hereunder as expressly provided in Section 5.12, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by:

(i) the failure of any Guaranteed Party or any other Person to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy under the provisions of any Loan Document or otherwise;

(ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment, restatement or modification of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, any Loan Document or any other agreement, including with respect to any other Guarantor under this Agreement;

(iii) the release of, or any impairment of or failure to perfect any Lien on, any security held by any Guaranteed Party for any of the Secured Obligations;

(iv) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of any of the Secured Obligations;

(v) any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity (other than the payment in full in cash of all the Secured Obligations);

(vi) any illegality, lack of validity or lack of enforceability of any of the Secured Obligations;

(vii) any change in the corporate existence, structure or ownership of any Loan Party, or any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar proceeding affecting any Loan Party or its assets or any resulting release or discharge of any of the Secured Obligations;

(viii) the existence of any claim, set-off or other rights that any Guarantor may have at any time against the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, any other Guaranteed Party or any other Person, whether in connection with the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any unrelated transaction;

(ix) this Agreement having been determined (on whatsoever grounds) to be invalid, non-binding or unenforceable against any other Guarantor ab initio or at any time after the Effective Date;

(x) the fact that any Person that, pursuant to the Loan Documents, was required to become a party hereto may not have executed or is not effectually bound by this Agreement, whether or not this fact is known to the Guaranteed Parties;

(xi) any action permitted or authorized hereunder; or

(xii) any other circumstance (including any statute of limitations), or any existence of or reliance on any representation by the Administrative Agent, any Guaranteed Party or any other Person, that might otherwise constitute a defense to, or a legal or equitable discharge of, the Borrower, any Guarantor or any other guarantor or surety (other than the payment in full in cash of all the Loan Document Obligations (including LC Disbursements, if any, but excluding contingent obligations as to which no claim has been made)).

 

-3-


Each Guarantor expressly authorizes the Guaranteed Parties to take and hold security in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, to exchange, waive or release any or all such security (with or without consideration), to enforce or apply such security and direct the order and manner of any sale thereof in their sole discretion or to release or substitute any one or more other guarantors or obligors upon or in respect of the Secured Obligations, all without affecting the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of the Borrower or any other Loan Party or the unenforceability of the Secured Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, other than the payment in full in cash of all the Secured Obligations. The Administrative Agent and the other Guaranteed Parties may, at their election and in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, foreclose on any security held by one or more of them by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, accept an assignment of any such security in lieu of foreclosure, compromise or adjust any part of the Secured Obligations, make any other accommodation with the Borrower or any other Loan Party or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the Secured Obligations have been paid in full in cash. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Guarantor against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, as the case may be, or any security.

SECTION 2.04. Reinstatement. Each Guarantor agrees that, unless released pursuant to Section 5.12(b), its guarantee hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any Secured Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Guaranteed Party upon the bankruptcy or reorganization (or any analogous proceeding in any jurisdiction) of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or otherwise.

SECTION 2.05. Agreement to Pay; Subrogation. In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right that the Administrative Agent or any other Guaranteed Party has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Borrower or any other Loan Party to pay any Secured Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the applicable Guaranteed Parties in cash the amount of such unpaid Secured Obligation. Upon payment by any Guarantor of any sums to the Administrative Agent as provided above, all rights of such Guarantor against the Borrower or any other Loan Party arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subject to Article III.

SECTION 2.06. Information. Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrower’s and each other Loan Party’s financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Secured Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that such Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that none of the Guaranteed Parties will have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks.

 

-4-


SECTION 2.07. Payments Free of Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Guarantor hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes on the same terms and to the same extent that payments by the Borrower are required to be so made pursuant to the terms of Section 2.17 of the Credit Agreement. The provisions of Section 2.17 of the Credit Agreement shall apply to each Guarantor, mutatis mutandis.

ARTICLE III

Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination

SECTION 3.01. Indemnity and Subrogation. In addition to all such rights of indemnity and subrogation as the Guarantors may have under applicable law (but subject to Section 3.03) in respect of any payment hereunder, the Borrower agrees that (a) in the event a payment in respect of any obligation of the Borrower shall be made by any Guarantor under this Agreement, the Borrower shall indemnify such Guarantor for the full amount of such payment and such Guarantor shall be subrogated to the rights of the Person to whom such payment shall have been made to the extent of such payment and (b) in the event any assets of any Guarantor shall be sold pursuant to any Security Document to satisfy in whole or in part any Secured Obligations owed to any Guaranteed Party, the Borrower shall indemnify such Guarantor in an amount equal to the greater of the book value or the fair market value of the assets so sold.

SECTION 3.02. Contribution and Subrogation. Each Guarantor (a “Contributing Party”) agrees (subject to Section 3.03) that, in the event a payment shall be made by any other Guarantor hereunder in respect of any Secured Obligations or assets of any other Guarantor (other than the Borrower) shall be sold pursuant to any Security Document to satisfy any Guaranteed Obligation owed to any Guaranteed Party and such other Guarantor (the “Claiming Party”) shall not have been fully indemnified as provided in Section 3.01, the Contributing Party shall indemnify the Claiming Party in an amount equal to the amount of such payment or the greater of the book value or the fair market value of such assets, as the case may be, in each case multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the net worth of the Contributing Party on the date hereof (or, in the case of any Guarantor becoming a party hereto pursuant to Section 5.13, the date of the Supplement executed and delivered by such Guarantor) and the denominator shall be the aggregate net worth of all the Guarantors on the date hereof (or, in the case of any Guarantor becoming a party hereto pursuant to Section 5.13, such other date). Any Contributing Party making any payment to a Claiming Party pursuant to this Section 3.02 shall be subrogated to the rights of such Claiming Party under Section 3.01 to the extent of such payment.

SECTION 3.03. Subordination. (a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of the Guarantors under Sections 3.01 and 3.02 and all other rights of the Guarantors of indemnity, contribution or subrogation under applicable law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the payment in full in cash of all the Secured Obligations. No failure on the part of the Borrower or any Guarantor to make the payments required by Sections 3.01 and 3.02 (or any other payments required under applicable law or otherwise) shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor with respect to its obligations hereunder, and each Guarantor shall remain liable for the full amount of the obligations of such Guarantor hereunder.

(b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and after notice from the Administrative Agent (provided that no such notice shall be required to be given in the case of any Event of Default arising under Section 7.01(h) or 7.01(i) of the Credit Agreement), all Indebtedness and other monetary obligations owed by it to, or to it by, any other Guarantor or any other Subsidiary shall be fully subordinated to the payment in full in cash of all the Secured Obligations.

 

-5-


ARTICLE IV

Representations and Warranties

Each Subsidiary Guarantor represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Guaranteed Parties that (a) the execution, delivery and performance by such Subsidiary Guarantor of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action and, if required, action by the holders of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Equity Interests, and that this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Subsidiary Guarantor and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, and (b) all representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement as to such Subsidiary Guarantor are true and correct in all material respects; provided that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language is true and correct in all respects.

ARTICLE V

Miscellaneous

SECTION 5.01. Notices. All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be given to it in care of the Borrower and Holdings as provided in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 5.02. Waivers; Amendment. (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 5.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Guarantor or Guarantors with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 9.02 of the Credit Agreement; provided that the Administrative Agent may, without the consent of any Guaranteed Party, consent to a departure by any Guarantor from any covenant of such Guarantor set forth herein to the extent such departure is consistent with the authority of the Administrative Agent set forth in the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” in the Credit Agreement.

 

-6-


SECTION 5.03. Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification. (a) Each Guarantor, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its fees and expenses incurred hereunder as provided in Section 9.03(a) of the Credit Agreement; provided that each reference therein to the “Borrower” shall be deemed to be a reference to “each Guarantor.”

(b) Without limitation of its indemnification obligations under the other Loan Documents, each Guarantor, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent and the other Indemnitees against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and reasonable and documented or invoiced out-of-pocket fees and expenses of one counsel and one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction (and, in the case of a conflict of interest, where the Indemnitee affected by such conflict notifies Holdings of the existence of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel, one additional counsel for all Indemnitees (which may include a single special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions)), for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or related expenses (x) resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or its Related Parties (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment), (y) resulted from a material breach of the Loan Documents by such Indemnitee or its Related Parties (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment) or (z) arise from disputes between or among Indemnitees that do not involve an act or omission by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.

(c) To the extent permitted by applicable law, no Guarantor shall assert, and each Guarantor hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee (i) for any direct or actual damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems (including the Internet) in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such direct or actual damages are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of, or a material breach of the Loan Documents by, such Indemnitee or its Related Parties (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment), or (ii) on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.

(d) The provisions of this Section 5.03 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the consummation of

 

-7-


the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, the repayment of any of the Secured Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of any Guaranteed Party. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than 10 Business Days after written demand therefor; provided, however, any Indemnitee shall promptly refund an indemnification payment received hereunder to the extent that there is a final judicial determination that such Indemnitee was not entitled to indemnification with respect to such payment pursuant to this Section 5.03. Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Secured Obligations.

SECTION 5.04. Successors and Assigns. Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of any Guarantor or the Administrative Agent that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

SECTION 5.05. Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in this Agreement or any other Loan Document and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Guaranteed Parties and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Guaranteed Party and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Lender or any other Guaranteed Party may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, and shall continue in full force and effect until such time as (a) all the Loan Document Obligations (including LC Disbursements, if any, but excluding contingent obligations as to which no claim has been made) have been paid in full in cash, (b) all Commitments have terminated or expired and (c) the LC Exposure has been reduced to zero (including as a result of obtaining the consent of the applicable Issuing Bank as described in Section 9.05 of the Credit Agreement) and the Issuing Banks have no further obligation to issue or amend Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 5.06. Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Guarantor when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Guarantor shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Guarantor and the Administrative Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Guarantor, the Administrative Agent and the other Guaranteed Parties and their respective successors and assigns, except that no Guarantor shall have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly provided in this Agreement and the Credit Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Guarantor and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Guarantor without the approval of any other Guarantor and without affecting the obligations of any other Guarantor hereunder.

SECTION 5.07. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of

 

-8-


the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace any invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

SECTION 5.08. Right of Set-Off. If an Event of Default under Sections 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) of the Credit Agreement shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each Issuing Bank is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender or such Issuing Bank to or for the credit or the account of any Guarantor against any of and all the obligations of such Guarantor then due and owing under this Agreement held by such Lender or such Issuing Bank, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or such Issuing Bank shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations are owed to a branch or office of such Lender or such Issuing Bank different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such Indebtedness; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.22 of the Credit Agreement and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Secured Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The applicable Lender or Issuing Bank shall notify the applicable Guarantor and the Administrative Agent of such setoff and application; provided that any failure to give or any delay in giving such notice shall not affect the validity of any such setoff and application under this Section 5.08. The rights of each Lender and each Issuing Bank under this Section 5.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender or such Issuing Bank may have; provided, further, that to the extent prohibited by applicable law as described in the definition of “Excluded Swap Obligation,” no amounts received from, or set off with respect to, any Guarantor shall be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor.

SECTION 5.09. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process; Appointment of Service of Process Agent. (a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York.

(b) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement against any Guarantor or its respective properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying

 

-9-


of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 5.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

(e) Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers the Borrower as its designee, appointee and agent to receive, accept and acknowledge for and on its behalf, and in respect of its property, service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents that may be served in any such action or proceeding.

SECTION 5.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 5.10.

SECTION 5.11. Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 5.12. Termination or Release. (a) Subject to Section 2.04, this Agreement and the Guarantees made herein shall terminate when (i) all the Loan Document Obligations (including all LC Disbursements, if any, but excluding contingent obligations as to which no claim has been made) have been paid in full in cash, (ii) all Commitments have terminated or expired and (iii) the LC Exposure has been reduced to zero (including as a result of obtaining the consent of the applicable Issuing Bank as described in Section 9.05 of the Credit Agreement) and the Issuing Banks have no further obligation to issue or amend Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement.

(b) The guarantees made herein shall also terminate and be released at the time or times and in the manner set forth in Section 9.15 of the Credit Agreement.

(c) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to any Loan Party, at such Loan Party’s expense, all documents that such Loan Party shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release so long as the applicable Loan Party shall have provided the Administrative Agent such certifications or documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request in order to demonstrate compliance with this Section 5.12. Any execution and delivery of documents by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 5.12 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent.

 

-10-


SECTION 5.13. Additional Guarantors. Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, (i) additional Subsidiaries may be required to become Subsidiary Guarantors after the date hereof and (ii) any Intermediate Parent shall be required to become a Guarantor. Upon execution and delivery by the Administrative Agent and a Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent of a Supplement, any such Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent shall become a Guarantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as such herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Guarantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent as a party to this Agreement.

 

-11-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Master Guarantee Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

IGLOO INTERMEDIATE CORPORATION,
  By:  

/s/ VINCENT A. CHIPPARI

  Name:   Vincent A. Chippari
  Title:   Treasurer
INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION,
  By:  

/s/ VINCENT A. CHIPPARI

  Name:   Vincent A. Chippari
  Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
BONDEDGE SOLUTIONS LLC

INTERACTIVE DATA ONLINE PROPERTIES, INC. INTERACTIVE DATA PRICING AND REFERENCE DATA LLC

INTERACTIVE DATA REAL-TIME GROUP, INC. INTERACTIVE DATA REAL-TIME SERVICES, INC.
  By:  

/s/ VINCENT A. CHIPPARI

  Name:   Vincent A. Chippari
  Title:   Treasurer

 

[Signature Page to IDC Guarantee Agreement]


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent
By:  

/s/ ALYSA TRAKAS

Name:   Alysa Trakas
Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to IDC Guarantee Agreement]


Schedule I to

the Master Guarantee Agreement

INITIAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

BondEdge Solutions LLC

Interactive Data Online Properties, Inc.

Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data LLC

Interactive Data Real-Time Group, Inc.

Interactive Data Real-Time Services, Inc.


Exhibit A to

the Master Guarantee Agreement

SUPPLEMENT NO.          dated as of [            ], 20[    ] to the Master Guarantee Agreement dated as of May 2, 2014, among IGLOO INTERMEDIATE CORPORATION (“Holdings”), INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION (the “Borrower”), the subsidiaries of Holdings party thereto (Holdings, the Borrower and such subsidiaries being collectively referred to as the “Guarantors”) and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent.

A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May 2, 2014 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Holdings, the Borrower, the Lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent.

B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement and the Guarantee Agreement referred to therein, as applicable.

C. The Guarantors have entered into the Guarantee Agreement in order to induce the Lenders and the Issuing Bank to extend credit to the Borrower. Section 5.13 of the Guarantee Agreement provides that additional Subsidiaries or Intermediate Parents may become Guarantors under the Guarantee Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned [Subsidiary][Intermediate Parent] (the “New Guarantor”) is executing this Supplement to become a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Guarantee Agreement in order to induce the Lenders and the Issuing Bank to make additional extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement and as consideration for such extensions of credit previously issued.

Accordingly, the Administrative Agent and the New Guarantor agree as follows:

SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 5.13 of the Guarantee Agreement, the New Guarantor by its signature below becomes a [Subsidiary] Guarantor under the Guarantee Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a [Subsidiary] Guarantor, and the New Guarantor hereby agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Guarantee Agreement applicable to it as a [Subsidiary] Guarantor [(and a Guarantor)] thereunder. Each reference to a [“Subsidiary Guarantor” or a] “Guarantor” in the Guarantee Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Guarantor. The Guarantee Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

SECTION 2. The New Guarantor represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Guaranteed Parties that (a) the execution, delivery and performance by the New Guarantor of this Supplement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action and, if required, action by the holders of such New Guarantor’s Equity Interests, and that this Supplement has been duly executed and delivered by the New Guarantor and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, and (b) all representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement as to the New Guarantor are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof; provided that, to the extent such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided, further that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language is true and correct in all respects.

 

Exh. A-1


SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Supplement. This Supplement shall become effective as to the New Guarantor when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of the New Guarantor shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon the New Guarantor and the Administrative Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the New Guarantor, the Administrative Agent and the other Guaranteed Parties and their respective successors and assigns, except that the New Guarantor shall not have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly provided in this Supplement, the Guarantee Agreement and the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 4. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Guarantee Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 5. THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 6. Any provision of this Supplement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace any invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

SECTION 7. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 5.01 of the Guarantee Agreement.

SECTION 8. The New Guarantor agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its fees and expenses incurred hereunder and under the Guarantee Agreement as provided in Section 9.03(a) of the Credit Agreement; provided that each reference therein to the “Borrower” shall be deemed to be a reference to “the New Guarantor.”

 

Exh. A-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Guarantor and the Administrative Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Master Guarantee Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NAME OF NEW GUARANTOR],
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the other Guaranteed Parties,
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SUPPLEMENT TO THE MASTER GUARANTEE AGREEMENT


EX-10.3

Exhibit 10.3

Execution Version

 

 

 

COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

dated as of

May 2, 2014,

among

IGLOO INTERMEDIATE CORPORATION,

INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION,

THE OTHER GRANTORS PARTY HERETO

and

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Collateral Agent

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I   
Definitions   

SECTION 1.01.

  

Defined Terms

     1   

SECTION 1.02.

  

Other Defined Terms

     1   
ARTICLE II   
Pledge of Securities   

SECTION 2.01.

  

Pledge

     4   

SECTION 2.02.

  

Delivery of the Pledged Collateral

     4   

SECTION 2.03.

  

Representations, Warranties and Covenants

     5   

SECTION 2.04.

  

Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations

     6   

SECTION 2.05.

  

Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest

     6   
ARTICLE III   
Security Interests in Personal Property   

SECTION 3.01.

  

Security Interest

     8   

SECTION 3.02.

  

Representations and Warranties

     9   

SECTION 3.03.

  

Covenants

     11   

SECTION 3.04.

  

Other Actions

     13   

SECTION 3.05.

  

Covenants Regarding Patent, Trademark and Copyright Collateral

     14   
ARTICLE IV   
Remedies   

SECTION 4.01.

  

Remedies upon Default

     15   

SECTION 4.02.

  

Application of Proceeds

     16   

SECTION 4.03.

  

Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property

     17   

SECTION 4.04.

  

Securities Act

     17   
ARTICLE V   
Miscellaneous   

SECTION 5.01.

  

Notices

     18   

SECTION 5.02.

  

Waivers; Amendment

     18   

SECTION 5.03.

  

Collateral Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification

     18   

SECTION 5.04.

  

Successors and Assigns

     19   

SECTION 5.05.

  

Survival of Agreement

     20   

SECTION 5.06.

  

Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement

     20   

SECTION 5.07.

  

Severability

     20   

SECTION 5.08.

  

Right of Set-Off

     20   


SECTION 5.09.

  

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process; Appointment of Service of Process Agent

     21   

SECTION 5.10.

  

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     22   

SECTION 5.11.

  

Headings

     22   

SECTION 5.12.

  

Security Interest Absolute

     22   

SECTION 5.13.

  

Termination or Release

     22   

SECTION 5.14.

  

Additional Grantors

     23   

SECTION 5.15.

  

Collateral Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact

     23   

SECTION 5.16.

  

Intercreditor Agreements Govern

     23   


Schedules

  

Schedule I

  

Grantors

Schedule II

  

Pledged Equity Interests; Pledged Debt Securities

Schedule III

  

Intellectual Property

Schedule IV

  

Commercial Tort Claims

Exhibits

  

Exhibit I

  

Form of Supplement

Exhibit II

  

Form of Copyright Security Agreement

Exhibit III

  

Form of Patent Security Agreement

Exhibit IV

  

Form of Trademark Security Agreement


COLLATERAL AGREEMENT dated as of May 2, 2014 (this “Agreement”), among IGLOO INTERMEDIATE CORPORATION, INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION, the other GRANTORS party hereto and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Collateral Agent (in such capacity and together with successors in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”).

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May 2, 2014 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Igloo Intermediate Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), Interactive Data Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent. The Lenders and the Issuing Banks have agreed to extend credit to the Borrower subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The obligations of the Lenders and Issuing Banks to extend such credit are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement. The Grantors (other than the Borrower) are Affiliates of the Borrower, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement and are willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders and the Issuing Banks to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms.

(a) Each capitalized term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement; provided that each term defined in the New York UCC (as defined herein) and not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the New York UCC.

(b) The rules of construction specified in Section 1.03 and 1.04 of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement, mutatis mutandis.

SECTION 1.02. Other Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

Account Debtor” means any Person that is or may become obligated to any Grantor under, with respect to or on account of an Account.

Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Article 9 Collateral” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01.

Borrower” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

Collateral” means Article 9 Collateral and Pledged Collateral.

Copyright License” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any Person any right under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any other Person or that such other Person otherwise has the right to license, and all rights of any such Person under any such agreement.


Copyright Security Agreement” means the Copyright Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit II.

Copyrights” means, with respect to any Person, all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person: (a) all copyright rights in any work arising under the copyright laws of the United States or any other country, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, and (b) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States or any other country, including registrations, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the United States Copyright Office (or any similar office in any other country), including, in the case of any Grantor, registrations, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the United States Copyright Office set forth next to its name on Schedule III.

Credit Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Excluded Equity Interests” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

Federal Securities Laws” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.04.

Grantors” means (a) Holdings, (b) the Borrower, (c) each Subsidiary identified on Schedule I and (d) each Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent that becomes a party to this Agreement as a Grantor after the Effective Date.

Intellectual Property” means, with respect to any Person, all intellectual and similar property of every kind and nature now owned or hereafter acquired by any such Person, including inventions, designs, Patents, Copyrights, Licenses, Trademarks, trade secrets, domain names, confidential or proprietary technical and business information, know-how, show-how or other data or information, software and databases.

IP Security Agreements” means the Trademark Security Agreement, the Patent Security Agreement and the Copyright Security Agreement.

License” means any Patent License, Trademark License, Copyright License or other license or sublicense agreement to which any Person is a party, including those exclusive Copyright Licenses under which any Grantor is a licensee listed on Schedule III.

New York UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York; provided, however, that, at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of the Administrative Agent’s and the Secured Parties’ security interest in any item or portion of the Article 9 Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code or similar law as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Patent License” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any Person any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any other Person or that any other Person now or hereafter otherwise has the right to license, is in existence, and all rights of any such Person under any such agreement.

 

2


Patent Security Agreement” means the Patent Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit III hereto.

Patents” means, with respect to any Person, all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person: (a) all letters patent of the United States or the equivalent thereof in any other country, all registrations thereof and all applications for letters patent of the United States or the equivalent thereof in any other country, including registrations and pending applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar offices in any other country, including, in the case of any Grantor, those filed in connection therewith in the United States Patent and Trademark Office listed on Schedule III, and (b) all reissues, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part, renewals or extensions thereof, and the inventions disclosed or claimed therein, including the right to make, use and/or sell the inventions disclosed or claimed therein.

Perfection Certificate” means the Perfection Certificate dated the Effective Date delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 4.01(f) of the Credit Agreement.

Pledged Collateral” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

Pledged Debt Securities” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

Pledged Equity Interests” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

Pledged Securities” means any promissory notes, stock certificates, unit certificates, limited or unlimited liability membership certificates or other securities now or hereafter included in the Pledged Collateral, including all certificates, instruments or other documents representing or evidencing any Pledged Collateral.

Security Interest” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a).

Supplement” means an instrument in the form of Exhibit I hereto, or any other form approved by the Collateral Agent, and in each case reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

Trademark License” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any Person any right to use any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any other Person or that any other Person otherwise has the right to license, and all rights of any such Person under any such agreement.

Trademark Security Agreement” means the trademark security agreement in the form of Exhibit IV.

Trademarks” means, with respect to any Person, all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person: (a) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, brand names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, trade dress, domain names, logos, other source or business identifiers, designs and general intangibles of like nature, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations thereof, and all registration and applications filed in connection therewith, including registrations and applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar offices in any State of the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, and all extensions or renewals thereof, including, in the case of any Grantor, any registrations and applications filed in connection therewith in the

 

3


United States Patent and Trademark Office set forth next to its name on Schedule III, (b) all goodwill associated therewith or symbolized thereby and (c) all other assets, rights and interests that uniquely reflect or embody such goodwill.

ARTICLE II

Pledge of Securities

SECTION 2.01. Pledge. As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of all Secured Obligations, each Grantor hereby assigns and pledges to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, its successor and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties a security interest in the Pledged Collateral. “Pledged Collateral” shall mean the collective reference to the following: all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under (a)(i) the shares of capital stock and other Equity Interests owned by such Grantor, including those listed opposite the name of such Grantor on Schedule II, (ii) any other Equity Interests obtained in the future by such Grantor and (iii) the certificates (if any) representing all such Equity Interests (collectively, the “Pledged Equity Interests”); provided that the Pledged Equity Interests shall not include any Excluded Assets (the Equity Interests excluded pursuant to this proviso being referred to as the “Excluded Equity Interests”); (b)(i) the debt securities owned by such Grantor, including those listed opposite the name of such Grantor on Schedule II, (ii) any debt securities in the future issued to or otherwise acquired by such Grantor and (iii) the promissory notes and any other instruments evidencing all such debt securities (collectively, the “Pledged Debt Securities”); (c) all other property that may be delivered to and held by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.01 and Section 2.02; (d) subject to Section 2.05, all payments of principal or interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, in exchange for or upon the conversion of, and all other Proceeds received in respect of, the securities referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above; (e) subject to Section 2.05, all rights and privileges of such Grantor with respect to the securities and other property referred to in clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) above; and (f) all Proceeds of any of the foregoing.

SECTION 2.02. Delivery of the Pledged Collateral.

(a) Each Grantor agrees to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Collateral Agent any and all Pledged Securities (i)(A) of the Borrower and Material Subsidiaries (other than Foreign Subsidiaries) on the date hereof and (B) all other Pledged Securities, as promptly as practicable, and in any event within 30 days after the Effective Date (or such later date as the Collateral Agent may reasonably agree) in each case, in the case of any such Pledged Securities owned by such Grantor on the date hereof, and (ii) promptly (and in any event within 60 days or such later date as the Collateral Agent reasonably agrees) after the acquisition thereof, in the case of any such Pledged Securities acquired by such Grantor after the date hereof.

(b) As promptly as practicable, and in any event within 30 days after the Effective Date, each Grantor will cause any Indebtedness for borrowed money (including in respect of cash management arrangements) owed to such Grantor by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary in a principal amount in excess of $15,000,000 to be evidenced by a duly executed promissory note (including, if such security interest can be perfected therein, a grid note) that is pledged and delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms hereof.

(c) Upon delivery to the Collateral Agent, (i) any certificate or promissory note representing Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by undated stock or note powers, as applicable, duly executed in blank or other undated instruments of transfer duly executed in blank and reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and by such other instruments and documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request and (ii) all other property comprising part of the Pledged Collateral

 

4


shall be accompanied by undated proper instruments of assignment duly executed in blank by the applicable Grantor and such other instruments and documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request. Each delivery of Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by a schedule describing such Pledged Securities, which schedule shall be deemed attached to, and shall supplement, Schedule II and be made a part hereof; provided that failure to provide any such schedule hereto shall not affect the validity of such pledge of such Pledged Securities.

SECTION 2.03. Representations, Warranties and Covenants. The Grantors jointly and severally represent, warrant and covenant to and with the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that:

(a) as of the Effective Date, Schedule II sets forth a true and complete list, with respect to each Grantor, of (i) all the Equity Interests owned by such Grantor or in any Subsidiary and the percentage of the issued and outstanding units of each class of the Equity Interests of the issuer thereof represented by the Pledged Equity Interests owned by such Grantor and (ii) all the Pledged Debt Securities owned by such Grantor;

(b) the Pledged Equity Interests and the Pledged Debt Securities have been duly and validly authorized and issued by the issuers thereof and (i) in the case of Pledged Equity Interests, are fully paid and nonassessable and (ii) in the case of Pledged Debt Securities, are legal, valid and binding obligations of the issuers thereof, except to the extent that enforceability of such obligations may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, and other similar laws affecting creditor’s rights generally; provided that the foregoing representations, insofar as they relate to the Pledged Debt Securities issued by a Person other than Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, are made to the knowledge of the Grantors;

(c) except for the security interests granted hereunder and under any other Loan Documents, each of the Grantors (i) is and, subject to any transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement, will continue to be the direct owner, beneficially and of record, of the Pledged Securities indicated on Schedule II as owned by such Grantor, (ii) holds the same free and clear of all Liens, other than Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement and transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement, (iii) will make no further assignment, pledge, hypothecation or transfer of, or create or permit to exist any security interest in or other Lien on, the Pledged Collateral, other than Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement and transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement, and (iv) will defend its title or interest thereto or therein against any and all Liens (other than the Liens created by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement), however arising, of all Persons whomsoever;

(d) except for restrictions and limitations imposed by the Loan Documents or securities laws generally, the Pledged Equity Interests and, to the extent issued by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, the Pledged Debt Securities are and will continue to be freely transferable and assignable, and none of the Pledged Equity Interests and, to the extent issued by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, the Pledged Debt Securities are or will be subject to any option, right of first refusal, shareholders agreement, charter, by-law or other organizational document provisions or contractual restriction of any nature that might prohibit, impair, delay or otherwise affect in any manner adverse to the Secured Parties in any material respect the pledge of such Pledged Collateral hereunder, the sale or disposition thereof pursuant hereto or the exercise by the Collateral Agent of rights and remedies hereunder;

(e) each of the Grantors has the power and authority to pledge the Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder in the manner hereby done or contemplated;

 

5


(f) by virtue of the execution and delivery by the Grantors of this Agreement, when any Pledged Securities are delivered to the Collateral Agent in accordance with this Agreement, the Collateral Agent will obtain a legal, valid and perfected lien upon and security interest in such Pledged Securities, free of any adverse claims, under the New York UCC to the extent such lien and security interest may be created and perfected under the New York UCC, as security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations; and

(g) subject to the terms of this Agreement and to the extent permitted by applicable law, each Grantor hereby agrees that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, it will comply with instructions of the Collateral Agent with respect to the Equity Interests in such Grantor that constitute Pledged Equity Interests hereunder that are not certificated without further consent by the applicable owner or holder of such Equity Interests.

SECTION 2.04. Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing and the Collateral Agent shall have notified the Grantors of its intent to exercise such rights, the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, shall have the right (in its sole and absolute discretion) to hold the Pledged Securities in the name of the applicable Grantor, endorsed or assigned in blank or in favor of the Collateral Agent or in its own name as pledgee or in the name of its nominee (as pledgee or as sub-agent), and each Grantor will promptly give to the Collateral Agent copies of any notices or other communications received by it with respect to Pledged Securities registered in the name of such Grantor. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing and the Collateral Agent shall have notified the Grantors of its intent to exercise such rights, the Collateral Agent shall at all times have the right to exchange the certificates representing Pledged Securities for certificates of smaller or larger denominations for any reasonable purpose consistent with this Agreement.

SECTION 2.05. Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest.

(a) Unless and until an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing and the Collateral Agent shall have notified the Grantors that their rights under this Section 2.05 are being suspended:

(i) each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and/or other consensual rights and powers inuring to an owner of Pledged Securities or any part thereof for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided that such rights and powers shall not be exercised in any manner that could materially and adversely affect the rights inuring to a holder of any Pledged Securities or the rights and remedies of any of the Collateral Agent or the other Secured Parties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the ability of the Secured Parties to exercise the same;

(ii) the Collateral Agent shall promptly execute and deliver to each Grantor, or cause to be promptly executed and delivered to such Grantor, all such proxies, powers of attorney and other instruments as such Grantor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Grantor to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of this Section;

(iii) each Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain any and all dividends, interest, principal and other distributions paid on or distributed in respect of the Pledged Securities to the extent and only to the extent that such dividends, interest, principal and other distributions are permitted by, and are otherwise paid or distributed in accordance with, the

 

6


terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and applicable laws; provided that any noncash dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that would constitute Pledged Equity Interests or Pledged Debt Securities, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding Equity Interests in the issuer of any Pledged Securities or received in exchange for Pledged Securities or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be and become part of the Pledged Collateral and, if received by any Grantor, shall not be commingled by such Grantor with any of its other funds or property but shall be held separate and apart therefrom, shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and shall be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsements, stock or note powers and other instruments of transfer reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent).

(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Collateral Agent shall have notified the Grantors of the suspension of their rights under paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.05, all rights of any Grantor to dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor is authorized to receive pursuant to paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.05 shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to receive and retain such dividends, interest, principal or other distributions. All dividends, interest, principal or other distributions received by any Grantor contrary to the provisions of this Section 2.05 shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Grantor and shall be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent upon demand in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsements, stock or note powers and other instruments of transfer reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent). Any and all money and other property paid over to or received by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph (b) shall be retained by the Collateral Agent in an account to be established by the Collateral Agent upon receipt of such money or other property and shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.02. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived and the Borrower has delivered to the Collateral Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower to that effect, the Collateral Agent shall promptly repay to each Grantor (without interest) all dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor would otherwise be permitted to retain pursuant to the terms of paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.05 and that remain in such account.

(c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Collateral Agent shall have notified the Grantors of the suspension of their rights under paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.05, all rights of any Grantor to exercise the voting and consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.05, and the obligations of the Collateral Agent under paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section 2.05, shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise such voting and consensual rights and powers; provided that, unless otherwise directed by the Required Lenders, the Collateral Agent shall have the right from time to time following and during the continuance of an Event of Default to permit the Grantors to exercise such rights. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived and the Borrower has delivered to the Collateral Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower to that effect, all rights vested in the Collateral Agent pursuant to this paragraph (c) shall cease, and the Grantors shall have the exclusive right to exercise the voting and consensual rights and powers they would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.05.

(d) Any notice given by the Collateral Agent to the Grantors suspending their rights under paragraph (a) of this Section 2.05 (i) may be given by telephone if promptly

 

7


confirmed in writing, (ii) may be given with respect to one or more of the Grantors at the same or different times and (iii) may suspend the rights of the Grantors under paragraph (a)(i) or paragraph (a)(iii) in part without suspending all such rights (as specified by the Collateral Agent in its sole and absolute discretion) and without waiving or otherwise affecting the Collateral Agent rights to give additional notices from time to time suspending other rights so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

ARTICLE III

Security Interests in Personal Property

SECTION 3.01. Security Interest.

(a) As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “Security Interest”) in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under any and all of the following assets now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “Article 9 Collateral”):

(I) all Accounts;

(II) all Chattel Paper;

(III) all Cash and Deposit Accounts;

(IV) all Documents;

(V) all Equipment;

(VI) all General Intangibles, including all Intellectual Property;

(VII) all Instruments;

(VIII) all Inventory;

(IX) all other Goods and Fixtures;

(X) all Investment Property;

(XI) all Letter-of-Credit Rights;

(XII) all Commercial Tort Claims specifically described on Schedule IV hereto, as such schedule may be supplemented from time to time pursuant to Section 3.04(d);

(XIII) all books and records pertaining to the Article 9 Collateral; and

(XIV) to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing and all Supporting Obligations, collateral security and guarantees given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing;

provided that in no event shall the Security Interest attach to (A) any Excluded Assets and (B) the Excluded Equity Interests (it being understood that, to the extent the Security Interest shall not have attached to any such asset as a result of clauses (A) and (B) above, the term “Article 9 Collateral” shall not include any such asset).

 

8


(b) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any initial financing statements (including fixture filings but excluding Intellectual Property filings, which are addressed below) with respect to the Article 9 Collateral or any part thereof and amendments thereto that (i) describe the collateral covered thereby in any manner that the Collateral Agent reasonably determines is necessary or advisable to ensure the perfection of the security interest in the Article 9 Collateral granted under this Agreement, including indicating the Collateral as “all assets” of such Grantor or words of similar effect, and (ii) contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code or the analogous legislation of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment, including (A) whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to such Grantor and (B) in the case of a financing statement filed as a fixture filing, a sufficient description of the real property to which such Article 9 Collateral relates. Each Grantor agrees to provide such information to the Collateral Agent promptly upon request.

Each Grantor also ratifies its authorization for the Collateral Agent to file in any relevant jurisdiction any initial financing statements or amendments thereto with respect to the Article 9 Collateral or any part thereof naming any Grantor as debtor or the Grantors as debtors and the Collateral Agent as secured party, if filed prior to the date hereof.

The Collateral Agent is further authorized to file with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office) such documents as may be reasonably necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the Security Interest in Article 9 Collateral consisting of registered or applied for Patents, Trademarks or Copyrights granted by each Grantor and naming any Grantor or the Grantors as debtors and the Collateral Agent as secured party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Grantor shall be required to complete any filings or other action with respect to the perfection of the Security Interests created hereby in any Intellectual Property subsisting or issued or registered by or filed in any jurisdiction outside of the United States.

(c) The Security Interest and the security interest granted pursuant to Article II are granted as security only and shall not subject the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Collateral.

SECTION 3.02. Representations and Warranties. The Grantors jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that:

(a) Each Grantor has good and valid rights in and title to the Article 9 Collateral with respect to which it has purported to grant a Security Interest hereunder, except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes, in each case except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, and has full power and authority to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the Security Interest in such Article 9 Collateral pursuant hereto and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without the consent or approval of any other Person other than any consent or approval that has been obtained and except to the extent that failure to obtain or make such consent or approval, as the case may be, individually or in aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9


(b) The Perfection Certificate has been duly prepared, completed and executed and the information set forth therein, including the exact legal name and jurisdiction of organization of each Grantor, is correct and complete in all material respects as of the Effective Date (except that the information therein with respect to the exact legal name of each Grantor shall be true and correct in all respects). The Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (including fixture filings, as applicable) or other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations prepared by the Collateral Agent based upon the information provided to the Collateral Agent in the Perfection Certificate for filing in each governmental, municipal or other office specified in Schedule 2 to the Perfection Certificate (or specified by notice from the Borrower to the Collateral Agent after the Effective Date in the case of filings, recordings or registrations required by Section 5.03 or 5.12 of the Credit Agreement), are all the filings, recordings and registrations (other than filings required to be made in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office in order to perfect the Security Interest in Article 9 Collateral consisting of United States Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights) that are necessary to establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in respect of all Article 9 Collateral in which the Security Interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions, and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary in any such jurisdiction, except as provided under applicable law with respect to the filing of continuation statements (other than such actions as are necessary to perfect the Security Interest with respect to any Article 9 Collateral consisting of registered or applied for Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights acquired or developed by a Grantor after the date hereof). The Grantors represent and warrant that a fully executed Patent Security Agreement, Trademark Security Agreement and Copyright Security Agreement, in each case containing a description of the Article 9 Collateral consisting of United States registered Patents, United States registered Trademarks and United States registered Copyrights (and applications for any of the foregoing), as applicable, and executed by each Grantor owning any such Article 9 Collateral, have been delivered to the Collateral Agent for recording with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office pursuant to 35 U.S.C. § 261, 15 U.S.C. § 1060 or 17 U.S.C. § 205 and the regulations thereunder, as applicable, to protect the validity of and to establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in respect of all Article 9 Collateral consisting of United States registered or applied for Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions, and taking into account filing of the Uniform Commercial Code financing statements described above, no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary (other than such actions as are necessary to perfect the Security Interest with respect to any Article 9 Collateral consisting of registered or applied for Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights acquired or developed by a Grantor after the date hereof).

(c) The Security Interest constitutes (i) a legal and valid security interest in all the Article 9 Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, (ii) subject to the filings described in paragraph (b) of this Section 3.02, a perfected security interest in all Article 9 Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registering a financing statement or analogous document in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law in such jurisdictions and (iii) subject to the filings described in paragraph (b) of this Section 3.02, a security interest that shall be perfected in all Article 9 Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected upon the receipt and recording of a Patent Security Agreement, a Trademark Security Agreement and a Copyright Security Agreement with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, within the three-month period after the date hereof pursuant to 35 U.S.C. § 261 or 15 U.S.C. § 1060 or the one-month period after the date hereof pursuant to 17 U.S.C. § 205.

 

10


(d) The Security Interest is and shall be prior to any other Lien on any of the Article 9 Collateral, other than Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement. The Article 9 Collateral is owned by the Grantors free and clear of any Lien, except for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement. None of the Grantors has filed or consented to the filing of (i) any financing statement or analogous document under the Uniform Commercial Code or any other applicable laws covering any Article 9 Collateral, (ii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Article 9 Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office or (iii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Article 9 Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with any foreign governmental, municipal or other office, which financing statement or analogous document, assignment, security agreement or similar instrument is still in effect, except, in each case, for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 3.03. Covenants.

(a) Each Grantor shall, at its own expense, take any and all commercially reasonable actions necessary to defend title to the Article 9 Collateral against all Persons, except with respect to Article 9 Collateral that such Grantor determines in its reasonable business judgment is no longer necessary or beneficial to the conduct of such Grantor’s business, and to defend the Security Interest of the Collateral Agent in the Article 9 Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien not permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement, subject to the rights of such Grantor under Section 9.15 of the Credit Agreement and corresponding provisions of the Security Documents to obtain a release of the Liens created under the Security Documents.

(b) Each Grantor agrees, at its own expense, to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions as the Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably request to better assure, preserve, protect and perfect the Security Interest and the rights and remedies created hereby, including the payment of any fees and Taxes required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the granting of the Security Interest and the filing of any financing statements (including fixture filings) or other documents in connection herewith or therewith. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Article 9 Collateral shall be or become evidenced by any promissory note (which may be a global note) or other instrument (other than any promissory note or other instrument in an aggregate principal amount of less than $15,000,000 owed to the applicable Grantor by any Person), such note or instrument shall be promptly (but in any event within 60 days of receipt by such Grantor or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) pledged and delivered to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, together with an undated instrument of transfer duly executed in blank and in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent, with prompt written notice thereof to the Grantors, to supplement this Agreement by supplementing Schedule III or adding additional schedules hereto to identify specifically any asset or item that may constitute an application or registration for any United States Copyright, Patent or Trademark owned by a Grantor and that has not been previously reported to the Collateral Agent; provided that any Grantor shall have the right, exercisable within 30 days (or such longer period as shall be agreed by the

 

11


Borrower and the Collateral Agent) after it has been notified in writing by the Collateral Agent of the specific identification of such Collateral, to advise the Collateral Agent in writing of any inaccuracy (i) with respect to such supplement or additional schedule or (ii) of the representations, warranties and covenants made by such Grantor hereunder with respect to such Collateral. Except as otherwise permitted in the Credit Agreement, each Grantor agrees that, at the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, it will use commercially reasonable efforts to take such action as shall be reasonably necessary in order that all representations and warranties hereunder shall be true and correct with respect to such Collateral within 30 days (or such longer period as shall be agreed by the Borrower and the Collateral Agent) after the date it has been notified in writing by the Collateral Agent of the specific identification of such Collateral.

In the event that any such Grantor, whether by acquisition, assignment, filing or otherwise, acquires any right in Intellectual Property (including, without limitation, continuation-in-part patent applications) after the date hereof (collectively, the “After-Acquired Intellectual Property”), such After-Acquired Intellectual Property shall automatically be included as part of the Collateral and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Promptly upon the end of each fiscal quarter, but no later than the date that financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) of the Credit Agreement, such Grantor shall (i) provide the Collateral Agent an updated Schedule III identifying the After-Acquired Intellectual Property issued by, registered with or filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, acquired during such fiscal quarter; and (ii) promptly thereafter execute and file with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, supplements to Exhibits II, II or IV, as applicable, to record the grant of the security interest hereunder in such After-Acquired Intellectual Property. As soon as practicable upon each such filing and recording, such Grantor shall deliver to the Collateral Agent true and correct copies of the relevant documents, instruments and receipts evidencing such filing and recording.

(c) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing and the Collateral Agent shall have notified the Grantors of its intent to exercise such rights, at its option, the Collateral Agent may discharge past due taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances at any time levied or placed on the Article 9 Collateral and not permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement, and may pay for the maintenance and preservation of the Article 9 Collateral to the extent any Grantor fails to do so as required by the Credit Agreement, this Agreement or any other Loan Document and within a reasonable period of time after the Collateral Agent has requested that it do so, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to reimburse the Collateral Agent, within 10 days after demand, for any reasonable payment made or any reasonable expense incurred by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the foregoing authorization; provided that nothing in this paragraph shall be interpreted as excusing any Grantor from the performance of, or imposing any obligation on the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to cure or perform, any covenants or other promises of any Grantor with respect to taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances and maintenance as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents.

(d) Each Grantor shall remain liable, as between such Grantor and the relevant counterparty under each contract, agreement or instrument relating to the Article 9 Collateral, to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it under such contract, agreement or instrument, all in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties from and against any and all liability for such performance.

(e) It is understood that no Grantor shall be required by this Agreement to perfect the security interests created hereunder by any means other than (i) filings pursuant to the Uniform

 

12


Commercial Code, (ii) filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office) in respect of registered or applied for Intellectual Property (provided that, with respect to Licenses, such filings shall be limited to exclusive Copyright Licenses under which such Grantor is a licensee of a registered Copyright) and (iii) in the case of Collateral that constitutes Tangible Chattel Paper, Pledged Securities, Instruments, Certificated Securities or Negotiable Documents, delivery thereof to the Collateral Agent in accordance with the terms hereof (together with, where applicable, undated stock or note powers or other undated proper instruments of assignment). No Grantor shall be required to deliver control agreements with respect to Deposit Accounts and other bank or securities accounts.

(f) Each Grantor irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Collateral Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Collateral Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent (and attorney-in-fact) for the purpose, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and after notice to the Borrower of its intent to exercise such rights, of making, settling and adjusting claims in respect of Article 9 Collateral under policies of insurance, endorsing the name of such Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies of insurance and for making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto. In the event that any Grantor at any time or times shall fail to obtain or maintain any of the policies of insurance required hereby or to pay any premium in whole or part relating thereto, the Collateral Agent may, without waiving or releasing any obligation or liability of the Grantors hereunder or any Default or Event of Default, in its sole discretion, obtain and maintain such policies of insurance and pay such premium and take any other actions with respect thereto as the Collateral Agent reasonably deems advisable. All sums disbursed by the Collateral Agent in connection with this paragraph, including reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees, court costs, expenses and other charges relating thereto, shall be payable, within 10 days of demand, by the Grantors to the Collateral Agent and shall be additional Secured Obligations secured hereby.

SECTION 3.04. Other Actions. In order to further insure the attachment, perfection and priority of, and the ability of the Collateral Agent to enforce, the Security Interest, each Grantor agrees, in each case at such Grantor’s own expense, to take the following actions with respect to the following Article 9 Collateral:

(a) Instruments. If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any Instruments constituting Collateral (other than Instruments with a face amount of less than $15,000,000 and other than checks to be deposited in the ordinary course of business), such Grantor shall promptly (but in any event within 60 days of receipt by such Grantor or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Collateral Agent, accompanied by such undated instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

(b) Investment Property. Except to the extent otherwise provided in Article II, if any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any certificated securities, such Grantor shall forthwith endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Collateral Agent, accompanied by such undated instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

(c) Letter-of-Credit Rights. If any Grantor is at any time a beneficiary under a letter of credit with an aggregate face amount in excess of $15,000,000 now or hereafter issued in favor of such Grantor that is not a Supporting Obligation with respect to any of the Collateral, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof and, at the request and option of the Collateral Agent, such Grantor shall, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably

 

13


satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, either (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to arrange for the issuer and any confirmer of such letter of credit to consent to an assignment to the Collateral Agent of the proceeds of any drawing under such letter of credit or (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to arrange for the Collateral Agent to become the transferee beneficiary of such letter of credit, with the Collateral Agent agreeing, in each case, that the proceeds of any drawing under such letter of credit are to be paid to the applicable Grantor unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(d) Commercial Tort Claims. If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim in an amount reasonably estimated to exceed $15,000,000, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof in a writing signed by such Grantor, including a summary description of such claim, and Schedule IV shall be deemed to be supplemented to include such description of such commercial tort claim as set forth in such writing.

SECTION 3.05. Covenants Regarding Patent, Trademark and Copyright Collateral.

(a) Except to the extent failure so to act could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect of the type referred to in clause (a) or (b) of the definition of such term in the Credit Agreement, with respect to registration or pending application of each item of its Intellectual Property for which such Grantor has standing to do so, each Grantor agrees (i) to maintain the validity and enforceability of any such registered Intellectual Property (or applications therefor) and to maintain such registrations and applications of Intellectual Property in full force and effect and (ii) to pursue the registration and maintenance of each Patent, Trademark or Copyright registration or application, now or hereafter included in the Intellectual Property of such Grantor, including the payment of required fees and taxes, the filing of responses to office actions issued by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, the U.S. Copyright Office or other governmental authorities, the filing of applications for renewal or extension, the filing of affidavits under Sections 8 and 15 of the U.S. Trademark Act, the filing of divisional, continuation, continuation-in-part, reissue and renewal applications or extensions, the payment of maintenance fees and the participation in interference, reexamination, opposition, cancellation, infringement and misappropriation proceedings.

(b) Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect of the type referred to in clause (a) or (b) of the definition of such term in the Credit Agreement, no Grantor shall do or permit any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any of its Intellectual Property may lapse, be terminated, or become invalid or unenforceable or placed in the public domain (or in case of a trade secret, lose its competitive value).

(c) Except where failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect of the type referred to in clause (a) or (b) of the definition of such term in the Credit Agreement, each Grantor shall take all steps to preserve and protect each item of its Intellectual Property, including maintaining the quality of any and all products or services used or provided in connection with any of the Trademarks, consistent with the quality of the products and services as of the date hereof, and taking all steps necessary to ensure that all licensed users of any of the Trademarks abide by the applicable license’s terms with respect to the standards of quality.

(d) Each Grantor agrees that, should it obtain an ownership or other interest in any Intellectual Property after the Effective Date, (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall automatically apply thereto and (ii) any such Intellectual Property and, in the case of Trademarks, the goodwill symbolized thereby, shall automatically become Intellectual Property subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

14


(e) Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent any Grantor from disposing of, discontinuing the use or maintenance of, failing to pursue or otherwise allowing to lapse, terminate or put into the public domain any of its Intellectual Property to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement if such Grantor determines in its reasonable business judgment that such discontinuance is desirable in the conduct of its business.

ARTICLE IV

Remedies

SECTION 4.01. Remedies upon Default. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing and the Collateral Agent shall have notified the Grantors of its intent to exercise such rights, each Grantor agrees to deliver, on demand, each item of Collateral to the Collateral Agent or any Person designated by the Collateral Agent, and it is agreed that the Collateral Agent shall have the right to take any of or all the following actions at the same or different times: (a) with respect to any Article 9 Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property, on demand, to cause the Security Interest to become an assignment, transfer and conveyance of any of or all such Article 9 Collateral by the applicable Grantors to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, or to license or sublicense, whether on an exclusive or nonexclusive basis, any such Article 9 Collateral throughout the world on such terms and conditions and in such manner as the Collateral Agent shall determine (other than in violation of any then-existing licensing arrangements to the extent that waivers cannot be obtained), and (b) with or without legal process and with or without demand for performance but with notice (which need not be prior notice), to take possession of the Article 9 Collateral and the Pledged Collateral and without liability for trespass to enter any premises where the Article 9 Collateral or the Pledged Collateral may be located for the purpose of taking possession of or removing the Article 9 Collateral and the Pledged Collateral and, generally, to exercise any and all rights afforded to a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor agrees that the Collateral Agent shall have the right, subject to the mandatory requirements of applicable law and the notice requirements described below, to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral at a public or private sale or at any broker’s board or on any securities exchange, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Collateral Agent shall deem appropriate. The Collateral Agent shall be authorized at any such sale of securities (if it deems it advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, and upon consummation of any such sale the Collateral Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each such purchaser at any sale of Collateral shall hold the property sold absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal that such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted.

The Collateral Agent shall give the applicable Grantors no less than 10 days’ written notice (which each Grantor agrees is reasonable notice within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the New York UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions) of the Collateral Agent’s intention to make any sale of Collateral. Such notice, in the case of a public sale, shall state the time and place for such sale and, in the case of a sale at a broker’s board or on a securities exchange, shall state the board or exchange at which such sale is to be made and the day on which the Collateral or portion thereof, will first be offered for sale at such board or exchange. Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Collateral Agent may fix and state in the notice (if any) of such sale. At any such sale, the Collateral, or portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Collateral Agent may (in its sole and absolute discretion) determine. The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of

 

15


any Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of such Collateral shall have been given. The Collateral Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. In case any sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Collateral Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. At any public (or, to the extent permitted by law, private) sale made pursuant to this Agreement, any Secured Party may bid for or purchase, free (to the extent permitted by law) from any right of redemption, stay, valuation or appraisal on the part of any Grantor (all said rights being also hereby waived and released to the extent permitted by law), the Collateral or any part thereof offered for sale and may make payment on account thereof by using any claim then due and payable to such Secured Party from any Grantor as a credit against the purchase price, and such Secured Party may, upon compliance with the terms of sale, hold, retain and dispose of such property without further accountability to any Grantor therefor. For purposes hereof, a written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof; the Collateral Agent shall be free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Collateral Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been remedied and the Secured Obligations paid in full. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Collateral Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver. Any sale pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.01 shall be deemed to conform to the commercially reasonable standards as provided in Section 9-610(b) of the New York UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions.

SECTION 4.02. Application of Proceeds. Subject to any applicable Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection or sale of Collateral, including any Collateral consisting of cash, as follows:

FIRST, to the payment of all costs and expenses incurred by the Collateral Agent in connection with such collection or sale or otherwise in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any of the Secured Obligations, including all court costs and the fees and expenses of its agents and legal counsel, the repayment of all advances made by the Collateral Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document on behalf of any Grantor and any other costs or expenses incurred in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Document;

SECOND, to the payment in full of the Secured Obligations (the amounts so applied to be distributed among the Secured Parties pro rata in accordance with the amounts of the Secured Obligations owed to them on the date of any such distribution); and

THIRD, to the Grantors, their successors or assigns, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.

The Collateral Agent shall have absolute discretion as to the time of application of any such proceeds, moneys or balances in accordance with this Agreement. Upon any sale of Collateral by the Collateral Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Collateral Agent or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be

 

16


obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Collateral Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof. The Collateral Agent shall have no liability to any of the Secured Parties for actions taken in reliance on information supplied to it as to the amounts of unpaid principal and interest and other amounts outstanding with respect to the Secured Obligations.

SECTION 4.03. Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property. For the purpose of enabling the Collateral Agent to exercise rights and remedies under this Agreement, each Grantor, solely during the continuance of an Event of Default, grants to the Collateral Agent an irrevocable, nonexclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to the Grantors) to use, license or sublicense any of the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, and wherever the same may be located, and including in such license reasonable access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof to the extent that such non-exclusive license (a) does not violate the express terms of any agreement between a Grantor and a third party governing the applicable Grantor’s use of such Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property, or gives such third party any right of acceleration, modification or cancellation therein and (b) is not prohibited by any Requirements of Law; provided that such licenses to be granted hereunder with respect to Trademarks shall be subject to the maintenance of quality standards with respect to the goods and services on which such Trademarks are used sufficient to preserve the validity of such Trademarks. The use of such license by the Collateral Agent may only be exercised, at the option of the Collateral Agent, during the continuation of an Event of Default; provided further that any license, sublicense or other transaction entered into by the Collateral Agent in accordance herewith shall be binding upon the Grantors notwithstanding any subsequent cure of an Event of Default.

SECTION 4.04. Securities Act. In view of the position of the Grantors in relation to the Pledged Collateral, or because of other current or future circumstances, a question may arise under the Securities Act of 1933, as now or hereafter in effect, or any similar statute hereafter enacted analogous in purpose or effect (such Act and any such similar statute as from time to time in effect being called the “Federal Securities Laws”) with respect to any disposition of the Pledged Collateral permitted hereunder. Each Grantor understands that compliance with the Federal Securities Laws might very strictly limit the course of conduct of the Collateral Agent if the Collateral Agent were to attempt to dispose of all or any part of the Pledged Collateral, and might also limit the extent to which or the manner in which any subsequent transferee of any Pledged Collateral could dispose of the same. Similarly, there may be other legal restrictions or limitations affecting the Collateral Agent in any attempt to dispose of all or part of the Pledged Collateral under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws or similar laws analogous in purpose or effect. Each Grantor recognizes that in light of such restrictions and limitations the Collateral Agent may, with respect to any sale of the Pledged Collateral, limit the purchasers to those who will agree, among other things, to acquire such Pledged Collateral for their own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that in light of such restrictions and limitations, the Collateral Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, (a) may proceed to make such a sale whether or not a registration statement for the purpose of registering such Pledged Collateral or part thereof shall have been filed under the Federal Securities Laws to the extent the Collateral Agent has determined that such a registration is not required by any Requirement of Law and (b) may approach and negotiate with a limited number of potential purchasers (including a single potential purchaser) to effect such sale. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any such sale might result in prices and other terms less favorable to the seller than if such sale were a public sale without such restrictions. In the event of any such sale, the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties shall incur no responsibility or liability for selling all or any part of the Pledged Collateral at a price that the Collateral Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, may in good faith deem reasonable under the

 

17


circumstances, notwithstanding the possibility that a substantially higher price might have been realized if the sale were deferred until after registration as aforesaid or if more than a limited number of purchasers (or a single purchaser) were approached. The provisions of this Section 4.04 will apply notwithstanding the existence of a public or private market upon which the quotations or sales prices may exceed substantially the price at which the Collateral Agent sells.

ARTICLE V

Miscellaneous

SECTION 5.01 Notices. All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Grantor shall be given to it in care of Holdings as provided in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 5.02 Waivers; Amendment.

(a) No failure or delay by the Collateral Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 5.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Collateral Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Collateral Agent and the Grantor or Grantors with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 9.02 of the Credit Agreement; provided that the Collateral Agent may, without the consent of any Secured Party, consent to a departure by any Grantor from any covenant of such Grantor set forth herein to the extent such departure is consistent with the authority of the Collateral Agent set forth in the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” in the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 5.03 Collateral Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification.

(a) Each Grantor, jointly with the other Grantors and severally, agrees to reimburse the Collateral Agent for its fees and expenses incurred hereunder as provided in Section 9.03(a) of the Credit Agreement; provided that each reference therein to the “Borrower” shall be deemed to be a reference to “each Grantor” and each reference therein to the “Administrative Agent” shall be deemed to be a reference to the “Collateral Agent”.

 

18


(b) Without limitation of its indemnification obligations under the other Loan Documents, each Grantor, jointly with the other Grantors and severally, agrees to indemnify the Collateral Agent and the other Indemnitees against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and reasonable and documented or invoiced out-of-pocket fees and expenses of one counsel and one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction (and, in the case of a conflict of interest, where the Indemnitee affected by such conflict notifies Holdings of the existence of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel, one additional counsel) for all Indemnitees (which may include a single special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions), for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower, Holdings or any Subsidiary arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower, Holdings or any Subsidiary and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or related expenses (x) resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or its Related Parties (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment), (y) resulted from a material breach of the Loan Documents by such Indemnitee or its Related Parties (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment) or (z) arise from disputes between or among Indemnitees that do not involve an act or omission by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.

(c) To the extent permitted by applicable law, no Grantor shall assert, and each Grantor hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee (i) for any direct or actual damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems (including the Internet) in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such direct or actual damages are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of, or a material breach of the Loan Documents by, such Indemnitee or its Related Parties (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment), or (ii) on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.

(d) The provisions of this Section 5.03 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, the repayment of any of the Secured Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of any Secured Party. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than 10 Business Days after written demand therefor; provided, however, any Indemnitee shall promptly refund an indemnification payment received hereunder to the extent that there is a final judicial determination that such Indemnitee was not entitled to indemnification with respect to such payment pursuant to this Section 5.03. Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Secured Obligations.

SECTION 5.04 Successors and Assigns. Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of any Grantor or the Collateral Agent that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

 

19


SECTION 5.05 Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in this Agreement or any other Loan Document and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Secured Parties and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Secured Party and notwithstanding that the Collateral Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Lender or any other Secured Party may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, and shall continue in full force and effect until such time as (a) all the Loan Document Obligations (including LC Disbursements, if any, but excluding contingent obligations as to which no claim has been made) have been paid in full in cash, (b) all Commitments have terminated or expired and (c) the LC Exposure has been reduced to zero (including as a result of obtaining the consent of the applicable Issuing Bank as described in Section 9.05 of the Credit Agreement) and the Issuing Banks have no further obligation to issue or amend Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 5.06 Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Grantor when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Grantor shall have been delivered to the Collateral Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Collateral Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Grantor and the Collateral Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Grantor, the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns, except that no Grantor shall have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly provided in this Agreement and the Credit Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Grantor and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Grantor without the approval of any other Grantor and without affecting the obligations of any other Grantor hereunder.

SECTION 5.07 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace any invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

SECTION 5.08 Right of Set-Off. If an Event of Default under Sections 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) of the Credit Agreement shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each Issuing Bank is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender or such Issuing Bank to or for the credit or the account of any Grantor against any of and all the obligations of such Grantor then due and owing under this Agreement held by such Lender or such Issuing Bank, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or such Issuing Bank shall

 

20


have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations are owed to a branch or office of such Lender or such Issuing Bank different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such Indebtedness; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.22 of the Credit Agreement and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Secured Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The applicable Lender or Issuing Bank shall notify the applicable Grantor and the Collateral Agent of such setoff and application; provided that any failure to give or any delay in giving such notice shall not affect the validity of any such setoff and application under this Section 5.08. The rights of each Lender and each Issuing Bank under this Section 5.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender or such Issuing Bank may have. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amount received or set off from any Grantor shall be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligation of such Grantor.

SECTION 5.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process; Appointment of Service of Process Agent.

(a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

(b) Each party to this Agreement hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Collateral Agent or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement against any Grantor or its respective properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) Each party to this Agreement hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 5.01. Nothing in any Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

(e) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers the Borrower as its designee, appointee and agent to receive, accept and acknowledge for and on its behalf, and in respect of its property, service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents that may be served in any such action or proceeding.

 

21


SECTION 5.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 5.10.

SECTION 5.11 Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 5.12 Security Interest Absolute. All rights of the Collateral Agent hereunder, the Security Interest, the grant of a security interest in the Pledged Collateral and all obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Secured Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Secured Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee securing or guaranteeing all or any of the Secured Obligations or (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor in respect of the Secured Obligations or this Agreement.

SECTION 5.13 Termination or Release.

(a) This Agreement, the Security Interest and all other security interests granted hereby shall terminate when (i) all the Loan Document Obligations (including all LC Disbursements, if any, but excluding contingent obligations as to which no claim has been made) have been paid in full in cash, (ii) all Commitments have terminated or expired and (iii) the LC Exposure has been reduced to zero (including as a result of obtaining the consent of the applicable Issuing Bank as described in Section 9.05 of the Credit Agreement) and the Issuing Banks have no further obligation to issue or amend Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement.

(b) The Security Interest and all other security interests granted hereby shall also terminate and be released at the time or times and in the manner set forth in Section 9.15 of the Credit Agreement. A Subsidiary Loan Party shall also be released from its obligations under this Agreement at the time or times and in the manner set forth in Section 9.15 of the Credit Agreement.

(c) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, the Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver to any Loan Party, at such Loan Party’s expense, all documents that such Loan Party shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release. Any execution and delivery of documents by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Collateral Agent.

 

22


SECTION 5.14 Additional Grantors. Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, additional Subsidiaries or any Intermediate Parent may or may be required to become Grantors after the date hereof. Upon execution and delivery by the Collateral Agent and a Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent of a Supplement, any such Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent shall become a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as such herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Grantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent as a party to this Agreement.

SECTION 5.15 Collateral Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact. Each Grantor hereby appoints the Collateral Agent the attorney-in-fact of such Grantor for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and taking any action and executing any instrument that the Collateral Agent may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof at any time after and during the continuance of an Event of Default, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Collateral Agent shall have the right, but only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and notice by the Collateral Agent to the Borrower of its intent to exercise such rights, with full power of substitution either in the Collateral Agent’s name or in the name of such Grantor (a) to receive, endorse, assign and/or deliver any and all notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment relating to the Collateral or any part thereof; (b) to demand, collect, receive payment of, give receipt for and give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral; (c) to sign the name of any Grantor on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any of the Collateral; (d) to send verifications of Accounts Receivable to any Account Debtor; (e) to commence and prosecute any and all suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect or otherwise realize on all or any of the Collateral or to enforce any rights in respect of any Collateral; (f) to settle, compromise, compound, adjust or defend any actions, suits or proceedings relating to all or any of the Collateral; (g) to notify, or to require any Grantor to notify, Account Debtors to make payment directly to the Collateral Agent; and (h) to use, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with all or any of the Collateral, and to do all other acts and things necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, as fully and completely as though the Collateral Agent were the absolute owner of the Collateral for all purposes; provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Collateral Agent to make any commitment or to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by the Collateral Agent, or to present or file any claim or notice, or to take any action with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or the moneys due or to become due in respect thereof or any property covered thereby. The Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts actually received as a result of the exercise of the powers granted to them herein, and neither they nor their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence or willful misconduct or that of any of their Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents or attorneys-in-fact.

SECTION 5.16 Intercreditor Agreements Govern. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the lien and security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Collateral Agent hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements, if any. In the event of any conflict between the terms of any Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, if any, shall govern.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

23


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

IGLOO INTERMEDIATE CORPORATION,
By:  

/s/ VINCENT A. CHIPPARI

Name:   Vincent A. Chippari
Title:   Treasurer
INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION,
By:  

/s/ VINCENT A. CHIPPARI

Name:   Vincent A. Chippari
Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

BONDEDGE SOLUTIONS LLC

  INTERACTIVE DATA ONLINE PROPERTIES, INC.

INTERACTIVE DATA PRICING AND REFERENCE DATA LLC

INTERACTIVE DATA REAL-TIME GROUP, INC.

INTERACTIVE DATA REAL-TIME SERVICES, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ VINCENT A. CHIPPARI

Name:   Vincent A. Chippari
Title:   Treasurer

[Signature Page to IDC Collateral Agreement]


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Collateral Agent
By:  

/s/ ALYSA TRAKAS

Name:   Alysa Trakas
Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to IDC Collateral Agreement]


Schedule I

to the

Collateral Agreement

 

Name

   Jurisdiction of Formation

BondEdge Solutions LLC

   Delaware

Interactive Data Online Properties, Inc.

   Delaware

Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data LLC

   Delaware

Interactive Data Real-Time Group, Inc.

   Delaware

Interactive Data Real-Time Services, Inc.

   New York


Schedule II

to the

Collateral Agreement

PLEDGED EQUITY INTERESTS

 

Grantor

  

Issuer

   Number of
Certificate
  

Number and

Class of

Equity

Interests

   Percentage of
Equity Interests
Pledged
 

Interactive Data Corporation

   Interactive Data Luxembourg Holding S.A.R.L.    N/A    14,278 shares      65
   Interactive Data Online Properties, Inc. (f/k/a eSignal, Inc.)    1    100 shares Common stock      100
   Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data    1    100% of interests      100
   Interactive Data Real-Time Group, Inc.1       100 shares Common stock      100
   Interactive Data Real-Time Services, Inc.    12    219,780 shares Common stock      100
   IDCO Canada Holdings Inc.    C-001   

35 shares

Common stock

     0
   IDCO Canada Holdings Inc.    C-002   

65 shares

Common stock

     100
   BondEdge Solutions LLC    1    100% of interests      100

Igloo Intermediate Corporation

   Interactive Data Corporation    1   

10 shares

Common stock

     100

Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data LLC

   Interactive Data Canada Inc.    C-8   

35 shares

Common stock

     0
   Interactive Data Canada Inc.    C-9   

65 shares

Common stock

     100

PLEDGED DEBT SECURITIES

None.


Schedule III

to the

Collateral Agreement

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

Patents and Patent Applications

 

Grantor/Current Owner

  

Type

  

Registration /
Application Number

   Country
Designation

Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data LLC

   FAIR-VALUE PRICING OF A FINANCIAL ASSET    U.S. 7,167,837    USA

Interactive Data Corporation

   SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING TREND INDICATIONS    U.S. 7,707,100    USA

Interactive Data Corporation

   SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING TREND INDICATIONS    U.S. 7,937,317    USA

Interactive Data Pricing and Reference LLC

   FAIR-VALUE PRICING OF A FINANCIAL ASSET    U.S. 7,860,770    USA

Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data LLC

   FAIR-VALUE PRICING OF A FINANCIAL ASSET    U.S. 8,156,027    USA

Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data LLC

   SYSTEM AND METHODS RELATED TO BOND VALUATION    61864817    USA

Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data LLC

   SYSTEM AND METHODS RELATED TO BOND VALUATION    61936096    USA


Trademarks and Trademark Applications

 

Grantor/Owner of

Record

  

Mark

   Application
No.
   Registration
No.
   Effective
Date
   Country

Interactive Data Corporation

   7TICKS    77859967    4043692    10/25/11    USA

Interactive Data Corporation

   ADVANCED GET    78550205    3125904    08/08/06    USA

Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data LLC

   APEX    85716813    4390899    08/27/13    USA

BondEdge Solutions LLC

   BONDEDGE    73777713    1569401    12/05/89    USA

Interactive Data Corporation

   ESIGNAL    75637606    2432180    02/27/01    USA

Interactive Data Corporation

   ESIGNAL PRO    78522799    3113831    07/11/06    USA

Interactive Data Corporation

   FUTURESOURCE    73463303    1343949    6/25/85    USA

Interactive Data Online Properties, Inc.

   LIVECHARTS    76300969    2833378    04/13/04    USA

Interactive Data Corporation

   OPTIONSOURCE    73699499    1500014    08/09/88    USA

Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data LLC

   POOL    75283656    2215835    01/05/99    USA

Interactive Data Online Properties, Inc.

   QCHARTS    78662602    3198187    01/16/07    USA

Interactive Data Corporation

   QUOTREK    73426366    1281405    06/12/84    USA

Interactive Data Corporation

   QUOTREK    74500627    1929203    10/24/95    USA

Interactive Data Corporation

   SIGNAL    73561413    1430906    03/03/87    USA

Interactive Data Corporation

   SIGNAL    74436398    1907620    07/25/95    USA

Interactive Data Corporation

   THE RIGHT TOOL. AT THE RIGHT PRICE.    75459950    2249488    06/01/99    USA

Interactive Data Corporation

   YOU’LL MAKE MORE BECAUSE YOU’LL KNOW MORE    75821832    2368905    07/18/00    USA


Copyrights and Copyright Applications

 

Grantor

  

Registered Owner

  

Title

   Registration /
Serial Number

Interactive Data Corporation

   Interactive Data Corporation    Advanced GET 9.0    TX0006401929

Exclusive Copyright Licenses under which a Grantor is a Licensee

None.


Schedule IV

to the

Collateral Agreement

COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS

None.


Exhibit I to the

Collateral Agreement

SUPPLEMENT NO.      dated as of [            ] (this “Supplement”), to the Collateral Agreement dated as of May 2, 2014 (the “Collateral Agreement”), among IGLOO INTERMEDIATE CORPORATION, INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION, the other GRANTORS from time to time party thereto and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Collateral Agent (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”).

A. Reference is made to (a) the Credit Agreement dated as of May 2, 2014 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Igloo Intermediate Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), Interactive Data Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent and (b) the Collateral Agreement.

B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Agreement, as applicable.

C. The Grantors have entered into the Collateral Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make Loans and the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit. Section 5.14 of the Collateral Agreement provides that additional Subsidiaries or any Intermediate Parent may become Grantors under the Collateral Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned [Subsidiary][Intermediate Parent] (the “New Grantor”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Grantor under the Collateral Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and the Issuing Banks to issue additional Letters of Credit and as consideration for Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued.

Accordingly, the Collateral Agent and the New Grantor agree as follows:

SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 5.14 of the Collateral Agreement, the New Grantor by its signature below becomes a Grantor under the Collateral Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor, and the New Grantor hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Collateral Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor thereunder and

(b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, the New Grantor, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement), does hereby create and grant to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in and lien on all of the New Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Pledged Collateral and the Article 9 Collateral (as each such term is defined in the Collateral Agreement). Each reference to a “Grantor” in the Collateral Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Grantor. The Collateral Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

SECTION 2. The New Grantor represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that enforceability of such obligations may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.


SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Supplement. This Supplement shall become effective as to the New Grantor when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of the New Grantor shall have been delivered to the Collateral Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Collateral Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon the New Grantor and the Collateral Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the New Grantor, the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns, except that the New Grantor shall not have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly provided in this Supplement, the Collateral Agreement and the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 4. The New Grantor hereby represents and warrants that (a) set forth on Schedule I attached hereto is a schedule with the true and correct legal name of the New Grantor, its jurisdiction of formation and the location of its chief executive office, (b) Schedule II sets forth a true and complete list, with respect to the New Grantor, of (i) all the Equity Interests owned by the New Grantor in any Subsidiary and the percentage of the issued and outstanding units of each class of the Equity Interests of the issuer thereof represented by the Pledged Equity Interests owned by the New Grantor and (ii) all the Pledged Debt Securities owned by the New Grantor and (c) Schedule III attached hereto sets forth, as of the date hereof, (i) all of the New Grantor’s Patents constituting Article 9 Collateral, including the name of the registered owner, type, registration or application number and the expiration date (if already registered) of each such Patent owned by the New Grantor, (ii) all of the New Grantor’s Trademarks constituting Article 9 Collateral, including the name of the registered owner, the registration or application number and the expiration date (if already registered) of each such Trademark owned by the New Grantor, and (iii) all of the New Grantor’s Copyrights constituting Article 9 Collateral, including the name of the registered owner, title and, if applicable, the registration number of each such Copyright owned by the New Grantor, and (d) Schedule IV attached hereto sets forth, as of the date hereof, each Commercial Tort Claim in respect of which a complaint or counterclaim has been filed by the New Grantor seeking damages in an amount of $15,000,000 or more.

SECTION 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Collateral Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 6. THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 7. Any provision of this Supplement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith and expenses incurred hereunder and under the Collateral Agreement as provided in Section 9.03(a) of the negotiations to replace any invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.


SECTION 8. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 5.01 of the Collateral Agreement.

SECTION 9. The New Grantor agrees to reimburse the Collateral Agent for its fees Credit Agreement; provided that each reference therein to the “Borrower” shall be deemed to be a reference to “the New Grantor” and each reference therein to the “Administrative Agent” shall be deemed to be a reference to the “Collateral Agent”.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Grantor and the Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Collateral Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NAME OF NEW GRANTOR],
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Legal Name:
Jurisdiction of Formation:
Location of Chief Executive Office:
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Collateral Agent
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SUPPLEMENT TO COLLATERAL AGREEMENT


Schedule I

to Supplement No.      to

the Collateral Agreement

 

Name

   Jurisdiction of Formation    Chief Executive Office
     
     
     


Schedule II

to Supplement No.      to the

Collateral Agreement

PLEDGED EQUITY INTERESTS

 

Grantor

   Issuer    Number of
Certificate
   Number and
Class of
Equity Interests
   Percentage
of Equity Interests
           
           
           

PLEDGED DEBT SECURITIES

 

Grantor

   Issuer    Principal
Amount
   Date of Note    Maturity Date
           
           
           


Schedule III

to Supplement No.      to

the Collateral Agreement

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY


Schedule IV

to Supplement No.      to the

Collateral Agreement

COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS


Exhibit II

to the Collateral Agreement

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of [            ], 20[    ] (this “Agreement”), among [                    ] (the “Grantor”) and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”).

Reference is made to (a) the Credit Agreement dated as of May 2, 2014 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Igloo Intermediate Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), Interactive Data Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent and (b) the Collateral Agreement dated as of May 2, 2014 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Collateral Agreement”), among, the Borrower, the other grantors from time to time party thereto and the Collateral Agent. The Lenders and the Issuing Banks have agreed to extend credit to the Borrower subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The Grantor is an Affiliate of the Borrower and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and the Issuing Banks to issue additional Letters of Credit and as consideration for Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Terms. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Collateral Agreement or the Credit Agreement, as applicable. The rules of construction specified in Section 1.01(b) of the Collateral Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest. As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, the Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “Security Interest”) in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under any Copyrights now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor, including those listed on Schedule I, and any exclusive Copyright Licenses under which such Grantor is a licensee, including those listed on Schedule II (collectively, the “Copyright Collateral”).

SECTION 3. Collateral Agreement. The Security Interest granted to the Collateral Agent herein is granted in furtherance, and not in limitation, of the security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Collateral Agreement. The Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the Copyright Collateral are more fully set forth in the Collateral Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Collateral Agreement, the terms of the Collateral Agreement shall govern.

SECTION 4. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.


[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[                                ],
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Collateral Agent,
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT


Schedule I


Schedule II


Exhibit III to the

Collateral

Agreement

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of [            ], 20[    ] (this “Agreement”), among [                    ] (the “Grantor”) and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”).

Reference is made to (a) the Credit Agreement dated as of May 2, 2014 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Igloo Intermediate Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), Interactive Data Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent and (b) the Collateral Agreement dated as of May 2, 2014 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Collateral Agreement”), among the Borrower, the other grantors from time to time party thereto and the Collateral Agent. The Lenders and the Issuing Banks have agreed to extend credit to the Borrower subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The Grantor is an Affiliate of the Borrower and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and the Issuing Banks to issue additional Letters of Credit and as consideration for Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Terms. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Collateral Agreement or the Credit Agreement, as applicable. The rules of construction specified in Section 1.01(b) of the Collateral Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest. As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, the Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “Security Interest”) in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under any Patents now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor, including those listed on Schedule I (the “Patent Collateral”).

SECTION 3. Collateral Agreement. The Security Interest granted to the Collateral Agent herein is granted in furtherance, and not in limitation, of the security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Collateral Agreement. The Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the Patent Collateral are more fully set forth in the Collateral Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Collateral Agreement, the terms of the Collateral Agreement shall govern.

SECTION 4. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.


[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[                                ],
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Collateral Agent,
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT


Schedule I


Exhibit IV to the

Collateral

Agreement

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of [            ], 20[    ] (this “Agreement”), among [                    ] (the “Grantor”) and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”).

Reference is made to (a) the Credit Agreement dated as of May 2, 2014 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Igloo Intermediate Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), Interactive Data Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent and (b) the Collateral Agreement dated as of May 2, 2014 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Collateral Agreement”), among the Borrower, the other grantors from time to time party thereto and the Collateral Agent. The Lenders and the Issuing Banks have agreed to extend credit to the Borrower subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The Grantor is an Affiliate of the Borrower and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and the Issuing Banks to issue additional Letters of Credit and as consideration for Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Terms. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Collateral Agreement or the Credit Agreement, as applicable. The rules of construction specified in Section 1.01(b) of the Collateral Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest. As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, the Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “Security Interest”) in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under any Trademarks now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor, including those listed on Schedule I (the “Trademark Collateral”).

SECTION 3. Collateral Agreement. The Security Interest granted to the Collateral Agent herein is granted in furtherance, and not in limitation, of the security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Collateral Agreement. The Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the Trademark Collateral are more fully set forth in the Collateral Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Collateral Agreement, the terms of the Collateral Agreement shall govern.

SECTION 4. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.


[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[                                ],
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Collateral Agent,
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT


Schedule I


EX-10.4

Exhibit 10.4

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of May 2, 2014 (this “Agreement”), among Interactive Data Corporation (the “Grantor”) and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”).

Reference is made to (a) the Credit Agreement dated as of May 2, 2014 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Igloo Intermediate Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), Interactive Data Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent and (b) the Collateral Agreement dated as of May 2, 2014 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Collateral Agreement”), among, the Borrower, the other grantors from time to time party thereto and the Collateral Agent. The Lenders and the Issuing Banks have agreed to extend credit to the Borrower subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The Grantor is an Affiliate of the Borrower and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and the Issuing Banks to issue additional Letters of Credit and as consideration for Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Terms. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Collateral Agreement or the Credit Agreement, as applicable. The rules of construction specified in Section 1.01(b) of the Collateral Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest. As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, the Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “Security Interest”) in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under any Copyrights now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor, including those listed on Schedule I, and any exclusive Copyright Licenses under which such Grantor is a licensee, including those listed on Schedule II (collectively, the “Copyright Collateral”).

SECTION 3. Collateral Agreement. The Security Interest granted to the Collateral Agent herein is granted in furtherance, and not in limitation, of the security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Collateral Agreement. The Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the Copyright Collateral are more fully set forth in the Collateral Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Collateral Agreement, the terms of the Collateral Agreement shall govern.

SECTION 4. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION,
By:  

/s/ VINCENT A. CHIPPARI

Name:   Vincent A. Chippari
Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to IDC Copyright Security Agreement]


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Collateral Agent,
By:  

/s/ ALYSA TRAKAS

Name:   Alysa Trakas
Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to IDC Copyright Security Agreement]


Schedule I

 

Loan Party

 

Registered Owner

 

Title

  Registration /
     

Serial Number

Interactive Data Corporation

  Interactive Data Corporation   Advanced GET 9.0   TX0006401929


Schedule II

None.


EX-10.5

Exhibit 10.5

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of May 2, 2014 (this “Agreement”), among INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION (the “Grantor”) and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”).

Reference is made to (a) the Credit Agreement dated as of May 2, 2014 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Igloo Intermediate Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), Interactive Data Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent and (b) the Collateral Agreement dated as of May 2, 2014 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Collateral Agreement”), among the Borrower, the other grantors from time to time party thereto and the Collateral Agent. The Lenders and the Issuing Banks have agreed to extend credit to the Borrower subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The Grantor is an Affiliate of the Borrower and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and the Issuing Banks to issue additional Letters of Credit and as consideration for Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Terms. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Collateral Agreement or the Credit Agreement, as applicable. The rules of construction specified in Section 1.01(b) of the Collateral Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest. As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, the Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “Security Interest”) in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under any Patents now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor, including those listed on Schedule I (the “Patent Collateral”).

SECTION 3. Collateral Agreement. The Security Interest granted to the Collateral Agent herein is granted in furtherance, and not in limitation, of the security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Collateral Agreement. The Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the Patent Collateral are more fully set forth in the Collateral Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Collateral Agreement, the terms of the Collateral Agreement shall govern.

SECTION 4. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION,
  By:  

/s/ VINCENT A. CHIPPARI

  Name:   Vincent A. Chippari
  Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

[Signature Page to IDC Patent Security Agreement — Interactive Data Corporation]


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Collateral Agent,
By:  

/s/ ALYSA TRAKAS

Name:   Alysa Trakas
Title:   Director

[Signature Page to IDC Patent Security Agreement]


Schedule I

 

Loan Party

    

Registered Owner

    

Type

 

Registration /

Application

Number

 

Country

Designation

Interactive Data Corporation      Interactive Data Corporation      SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING TREND INDICATIONS   U.S. 7,707,100   USA
Interactive Data Corporation      Interactive Data Corporation      SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING TREND INDICATIONS   U.S. 7,937,317   USA

EX-10.6

Exhibit 10.6

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of May 2, 2014 (this “Agreement”), among Interactive Data Corporation (the “Grantor”) and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”).

Reference is made to (a) the Credit Agreement dated as of May 2, 2014 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Igloo Intermediate Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), Interactive Data Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent and (b) the Collateral Agreement dated as of May 2, 2014 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Collateral Agreement”), among the Borrower, the other grantors from time to time party thereto and the Collateral Agent. The Lenders and the Issuing Banks have agreed to extend credit to the Borrower subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The Grantor is an Affiliate of the Borrower and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and the Issuing Banks to issue additional Letters of Credit and as consideration for Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Terms. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Collateral Agreement or the Credit Agreement, as applicable. The rules of construction specified in Section 1.01(b) of the Collateral Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest. As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, the Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “Security Interest”) in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under any Trademarks now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor, including those listed on Schedule I (the “Trademark Collateral”).

SECTION 3. Collateral Agreement. The Security Interest granted to the Collateral Agent herein is granted in furtherance, and not in limitation, of the security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Collateral Agreement. The Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the Trademark Collateral are more fully set forth in the Collateral Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Collateral Agreement, the terms of the Collateral Agreement shall govern.

SECTION 4. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION,
By:  

/s/ VINCENT A. CHIPPARI

Name:   Vincent A. Chippari
Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

[Signature Page to IDC Trademark Security Agreement — Interactive Data Corporation]


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Collateral Agent,
By:  

/s/ ALYSA TRAKAS

Name:   Alysa Trakas
Tile:   Director

[Signature Page to IDC Trademark Security Agreement]


Schedule I

 

Owner of Record

 

Mark

    

Application

No.

    

Registration

No.

    

Effective

Date

    

Country

Interactive Data Corporation   7TICKS      77859967      4043692      10/25/11      USA
Interactive Data Corporation   ADVANCED GET      78550205      3125904      08/08/06      USA
Interactive Data Corporation   ESIGNAL      75637606      2432180      02/27/01      USA
Interactive Data Corporation   ESIGNAL PRO      78522799      3113831      07/11/06      USA
Interactive Data Corporation   FUTURESOURCE      73463303      1343949      6/25/85      USA
Interactive Data Corporation   OPTIONSOURCE      73699499      1500014      08/09/88      USA
Interactive Data Corporation   QUOTREK      73426366      1281405      06/12/84      USA
Interactive Data Corporation   QUOTREK      74500627      1929203      10/24/95      USA
Interactive Data Corporation   SIGNAL      73561413      1430906      03/03/87      USA
Interactive Data Corporation   SIGNAL      74436398      1907620      07/25/95      USA
Interactive Data Corporation   THE RIGHT TOOL. AT THE RIGHT PRICE.      75459950      2249488      06/01/99      USA
Interactive Data Corporation   YOU’LL MAKE MORE BECAUSE YOU’LL KNOW MORE      75821832      2368905      07/18/00      USA

EX-10.7

Exhibit 10.7

Execution Copy

IGLOO HOLDINGS CORPORATION

2010 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

  1. PURPOSE.

The purpose of the Plan is to assist the Company in attracting, retaining, motivating, and rewarding certain key employees, officers, directors, and consultants of the Company Group, and promoting the creation of long-term value for stockholders of the Company by closely aligning the interests of such individuals with those of such stockholders. The Plan authorizes the award of Stock-based incentives to Eligible Persons to encourage such persons to expend their maximum efforts in the creation of stockholder value.

 

  2. DEFINITIONS.

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

(a) “Award” means any Option, Restricted Stock, or other Stock-based award granted under the Plan.

(b) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) “Cause” means, in the absence of a Participant Agreement otherwise defining Cause, (i) a Participant’s conviction of or indictment for any crime (whether or not involving the Company Group) (A) constituting a felony or (B) that has, or could reasonably be expected to result in, an adverse impact on the performance of the Participant’s duties to the Employer, or otherwise has, or could reasonably be expected to result in, an adverse impact to the business or reputation of the Company or any other member of the Company Group; (ii) conduct of a Participant, in connection with his employment or service, that has, or could reasonably be expected to result in, material injury to the business or reputation of the Company or any other member of the Company Group; (iii) any material violation of the policies of the Employer, including, but not limited to those relating to sexual harassment, the disclosure or misuse of confidential information, or those set forth in the manuals or statements of policy of the Employer; or (iv) willful neglect in the performance of a Participant’s duties for the Employer or willful or repeated failure or refusal to perform such duties; provided, however, that if, subsequent to the Participant’s voluntary Termination for any reason or involuntary Termination by the Employer without Cause, it is discovered that the Participant’s employment could have been terminated for Cause, such Participant’s employment shall be deemed to have been terminated for Cause for all purposes under this Plan. In the event there is a Participant Agreement defining Cause, “Cause” shall have the meaning provided in such agreement, and a Termination by the Employer for Cause hereunder shall not be deemed to have occurred unless all applicable notice and cure periods in such Participant Agreement are complied with.

(d) “Change in Control” shall mean (i) the sale or disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to a Third Party, (ii) the direct or indirect acquisition by a Third Party of “beneficial ownership” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the voting stock of the Company, including by way of merger, consolidation, or otherwise (other than an offering of common equity to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission), and (iii) following any IPO, individuals who, immediately following the IPO, constituted the Board (together with any new directors whose election by the Board or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of the Company was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors immediately following the IPO or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board then in office.


(e) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, including regulations thereunder and successor provisions and regulations thereto.

(f) “Committee” means the Board or such other committee appointed by the Board consisting of two or more individuals.

(g) “Company” means Igloo Holdings Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

(h) “Company Group” means the Company, together with any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company.

(i) “Company Securities” means equity securities of the Company acquired by the Sponsors from time to time.

(j) “Competitive Activity” means, with respect to any Participant, any activity reasonably determined by the Committee to be competitive with the business of the Company Group. If a Participant is a party to an effective Participant Agreement that contains covenants relating to confidential information, restrictions on competition, interference, and/or solicitation, or other similar restrictions on the Participant’s conduct, engaging in “Competitive Activity” with respect to such Participant shall mean the breach of such restrictive covenants.

(k) “Disability” means, in the absence of a Participant Agreement otherwise defining Disability, the permanent and total disability of such Participant within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. In the event there is a Participant Agreement between a Participant and the Employer defining Disability, “Disability” shall have the meaning provided in such Participant Agreement, and a Termination by reason of a Disability hereunder shall not be deemed to have occurred unless all applicable notice periods in such Participant Agreement are complied with.

(l) “Effective Date” means August 4, 2010.

(m) “Eligible Person” means (i) each employee of the Company or any other member of the Company Group, including each such person who may also be a director of the Company and/or any other member of the Company Group, (ii) each non-employee director of the Company or any other member of the Company Group, (iii) each other person or entity that provides substantial services to the Company and/or any other member of the Company Group and that is designated as eligible by the Committee, and (iv) any person who has been offered employment by the Company or any other member of the Company Group; provided, that such prospective employee may not receive any payment or exercise any right relating to an Award until such person has commenced employment with the Company or any other member of the Company Group. An employee on an approved leave of absence may be considered to remain in the employ of the Company or any applicable member of the Company Group for purposes of eligibility for participation in the Plan.

 

2


(n) “Employer” means, with respect to a Participant, member of the Company Group by which the Participant is principally employed or to which such Participant provides services, as applicable (in each case, determined without regard to any transfer of an Award).

(o) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, including rules thereunder and successor provisions and rules thereto.

(p) “Expiration Date” means the date upon which the term of an Option expires, as determined under Section 5(b) hereof.

(q) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date when the Stock is listed on one or more national securities exchanges, the closing price reported on the principal national securities exchange on which such Stock is listed and traded on the date of determination, or if there is no such closing price reported on that date, then on the last preceding date on which such a closing price was reported. If the Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange, or representative quotes are not available from such exchange, Fair Market Value means the amount determined by the Board in good faith to be the fair market value of the Stock, calculated in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code.

(r) “IPO” shall mean an initial underwritten public offering of the Company’s equity securities pursuant to an effective Form S-1 registration statement filed under the Securities Act.

(s) “IPO Date” means the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO.

(t) “Lock-Up Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(b) below.

(u) “Option” means a conditional right, granted to a Participant under Section 5 hereof, to purchase Stock at a specified price during specified time periods. Options under the Plan are not intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” meeting the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

(v) “Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant.

(w) “Participant” means an Eligible Person who has been granted an Award under the Plan, or if applicable, such other person or entity who holds an Award.

(x) “Participant Agreement” means an employment or services agreement between a Participant and the Employer that describes the terms and conditions of such Participant’s employment or service with the Employer and is effective on the applicable date of grant with respect to any Award.

 

3


(y) “Permitted Transfer” means any transfer by a Participant of all or any portion of his shares of Stock (or Options, for purposes of Section 5(f) below) to (i) any trust established for the sole benefit of such Participant or such Participant’s spouse or direct lineal descendents, provided such Participant is the sole trustee of such trust, (ii) any other entity (including an Individual Retirement Account or similar investment account) in which the direct and beneficial owner of all voting securities of such entity is held by such Participant, or (iii) such Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, or personal representatives upon the death of such Participant.

(z) “Person or Group” means any “person” (as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act) or any two or more persons deemed to be one “person” (as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), in each case, other than the Sponsors, any member of the Company Group, or an employee benefit plan maintained by any member of the Company Group.

(aa) “Plan” means this 2010 Igloo Holdings Corporation Stock Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time.

(bb) “Prime Rate” means the rate from time to time published in the “Money Rates” section of The Wall Street Journal as being the “Prime Rate” (or, if more than one rate is published as the Prime Rate, then the highest of such rates).

(cc) “Prohibition Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(e) below.

(dd) “Repurchase Price” means —

(i) on or following a Participant’s Termination other than by the Employer for Cause, an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date that the written notice of repurchase is delivered pursuant to Section 9(b) below; or

(ii) on or following a Participant’s Termination by the Employer for Cause, the lesser of (A) the original purchase price paid for such shares of Stock and (B) the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date that the written notice of repurchase is delivered pursuant to Section 9(b) below; provided, however, if (x) such Termination occurs after the ten (10) year anniversary of the date of grant of the Award to which the shares of Stock subject to the Repurchase Right relate, and (y) the Award to which the shares of Stock subject to the Repurchase Right relate is a “stock right” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Repurchase Price shall instead be the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of repurchase.

(ee) “Repurchase Right” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a) below.

(ff) “Repurchase Right Exercise Period” means the period commencing on the date of the Participant’s Termination with the Employer for any reason and ending on the earlier to occur of (i) the IPO Date and (ii) the twelve (12) month anniversary of the date of such Termination, or if later, the twelve (12) month anniversary of the date the applicable shares of Stock were acquired upon the exercise of an Option or other Award requiring exercise.

 

4


(gg) “Repurchase Right Lapse Date” means the earlier to occur of (i) the IPO Date and (ii) a Change in Control resulting in the Stock’s being listed on a national securities exchange.

(hh) “Restricted Stock” means Stock granted to a Participant under Section 6 hereof that is subject to certain restrictions and to a risk of forfeiture.

(ii) “Restricted Stock Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Restricted Stock grant.

(jj) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, including rules thereunder and successor provisions and rules thereto.

(kk) “Shareholders Agreement” means that certain Shareholders Agreement dated as of the Effective Date, by and among the Company, certain of its investors, Interactive Data Corporation, and Igloo Intermediate Corporation, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time.

(ll) “Sponsors” means, collectively, investment funds affiliated with Warburg Pincus LLC and Silver Lake Management Company III, L.L.C., and their respective affiliates.

(mm) “Stock” means the Company’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and such other securities as may be substituted for Stock pursuant to Section 11 hereof.

(nn) “Termination” means the termination of a Participant’s employment or service, as applicable, with the Employer for any reason; provided, however, that if so determined by the Committee at the time of any change in status in relation to the Employer (e.g., a Participant ceases to be an employee and begins providing services as a consultant, or vice versa), such change in status will not be deemed to be a Termination hereunder. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event that any Employer ceases to be a member of the Company Group (by reason of sale, divesture, spin-off, or other similar transaction), any Participants employed by or providing services to such former Employer shall be deemed to have a Termination hereunder as of the date of the consummation of such transaction, except if any such Participant’s employment or service is transferred to another entity that would constitute an Employer immediately following such transaction,

(oo) “Third Party” shall mean any Person or Group, excluding the Sponsors or their respective affiliates.

 

  3. ADMINISTRATION.

(a) Authority of the Committee. Except as otherwise provided below, the Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have full and final authority, in each case subject to and consistent with the provisions of the Plan, to (i) select Eligible Persons to become Participants, (ii) grant Awards, (iii) determine the type, number of shares of Stock subject to, and other terms and conditions of, and all other matters relating to, Awards, (iv) prescribe Award agreements (which need not be identical for each Participant) and rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan, (v) construe and interpret the Plan and Award agreements and correct defects, supply omissions, and reconcile inconsistencies therein, (vi) suspend the right to exercise Awards during any period that the Committee deems appropriate to comply with applicable securities laws, and thereafter extend the exercise period of an Award by an equivalent period of time, and (vii) make all other decisions and determinations as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. Any action of the Committee shall be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, including, without limitation, each member of the Company Group, Eligible Persons, Participants, and beneficiaries of Participants. For the avoidance of doubt, the Board shall have the authority to take all actions under the Plan that the Committee is permitted to take.

 

5


(b) Delegation. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Committee may delegate to officers or employees of any member of the Company Group, or committees thereof, the authority, subject to such terms as the Committee shall determine, to perform such functions, including but not limited to administrative functions, as the Committee may determine appropriate. The Committee may appoint agents to assist it in administering the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, any Award granted under the Plan to any person or entity who is not an employee of the Company or any other member of the Company Group shall be expressly approved by the Committee.

(c) Section 409A. The Committee shall take into account compliance with Section 409A of the Code in connection with any grant of an Award under the Plan, to the extent applicable.

 

  4. SHARES AVAILABLE UNDER THE PLAN.

(a) Number of Shares Available for Delivery. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 11 hereof, the total number of shares of Stock reserved and available for delivery in connection with Awards under the Plan shall be 108,317,501. Shares of Stock delivered under the Plan shall consist of authorized and unissued shares or previously issued shares of Stock reacquired by the Company on the open market or by private purchase.

(b) Share Counting Rules. The Committee may adopt reasonable counting procedures to ensure appropriate counting, avoid double counting (as, for example, in the case of tandem or substitute awards) and make adjustments if the number of shares of Stock actually delivered differs from the number of shares previously counted in connection with an Award. To the extent that an Award expires or is canceled, forfeited, settled in cash, or otherwise terminated without a delivery to the Participant of the full number of shares to which the Award related, the undelivered shares will again be available for grant. Shares withheld in payment of the exercise price or taxes relating to an Award and shares equal to the number surrendered in payment of any exercise price or taxes relating to an Award shall be deemed to constitute shares not delivered to the Participant and shall be deemed to again be available for Awards under the Plan.

 

  5. OPTIONS.

(a) General. Options may be granted to Eligible Persons in such form and having such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate. The provisions of separate Options shall be set forth in Option Agreements, which agreements need not be identical.

 

6


(b) Term. The term of each Option shall be set by the Committee at the time of grant; provided, however, that no Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date it was granted.

(c) Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of Stock for each Option shall be set by the Committee at the time of grant; provided, however, that if an Option is intended to not be considered “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the applicable exercise price shall not be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant.

(d) Payment for Stock. Payment for shares of Stock acquired pursuant to Options granted hereunder shall be made in full upon exercise of the Options in a manner approved by the Committee, which may include any of the following payment methods: (i) in immediately available funds in United States dollars, or by certified or bank cashier’s check, (ii) by delivery of a notice of “net exercise” to the Company, pursuant to which the Participant shall receive the number of shares of Stock underlying the Options so exercised reduced by the number of shares of Stock equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Options divided by the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, (iii) by delivery of shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the exercise price, or (iv) by any other means approved by the Committee. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Committee determines that any form of payment available hereunder would be in violation of Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, such form of payment shall not be available on or following the date the Company (or any of its affiliates) files an initial registration statement for an IPO.

(e) Vesting. Options shall vest and become exercisable in such manner, on such date or dates, or upon the achievement of performance or other conditions, in each case, as may be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Option Agreement; provided, however, that notwithstanding any such vesting dates, the Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate the vesting of any Option, which acceleration shall not affect the terms and conditions of any such Option other than with respect to vesting. Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Committee, the vesting of an Option shall occur only while the Participant is employed by or rendering services to the Employer, and all vesting shall cease upon a Participant’s Termination with the Employer for any reason.

(f) Transferability of Options. Except in connection with a Permitted Transfer of vested Options, an Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant. To the extent a Participant wishes to make a Permitted Transfer of vested Options, it shall be a condition of each such Permitted Transfer that (x) the transferee agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award agreement as though no such transfer had taken place, and (y) the Participant has complied with all applicable law in connection with such transfer. The Participant and the transferee shall execute any documents reasonably required by the Committee to effectuate such Permitted Transfer.

 

7


(g) Termination. Except as may otherwise be provided in an Option Agreement or determined by the Committee subsequent to grant—

(i) In the event of a Participant’s Termination with the Employer prior to the Expiration Date for any reason other than (A) by the Employer for Cause or (B) by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability, (1) all vesting with respect to such Participant’s Options shall cease, (2) all of such Participant’s unvested Options shall expire as of the date of such Termination, and (3) all of such Participant’s vested Options shall remain exercisable until the earlier of the Expiration Date and the date that is ninety (90) days after the date of such Termination.

(ii) In the event of a Participant’s Termination with the Employer prior to the Expiration Date by reason of such Participant’s death or Disability, (A) all vesting with respect to such Participant’s Options shall cease, (B) all of such Participant’s unvested Options shall expire as of the date of such Termination, and (C) all of such Participant’s vested Options shall remain exercisable until the earlier of the Expiration Date and the date that is twelve (12) months after the date of such Termination due to death or Disability of the Participant. In the event of a Participant’s death, such Participant’s Options shall remain exercisable by the person or persons to whom a Participant’s rights under the Options pass by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution until its expiration, but only to the extent the Options were vested by such Participant at the time of such Termination due to death.

(iii) In the event of a Participant’s Termination with the Employer prior to the Expiration Date by the Employer for Cause, all of such Participant’s Options (whether or not vested) shall immediately expire as of the date of such Termination.

(h) Book Entry; Certificates. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, Stock acquired upon the exercise of Options shall be held in book entry form, rather than delivered to the Participant, through the expiration of the Lock-Up Period. If certificates representing Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, the Committee may require that such certificates bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Stock, that the Company retain physical possession of the certificates, and that the Participant deliver a stock power to the Company, endorsed in blank, relating to the Stock.

 

  6. RESTRICTED STOCK.

(a) General. Restricted Stock granted hereunder shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of each Restricted Stock grant shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Agreement, which agreements need not be identical. Subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 6(b), except as otherwise set forth in the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement, the Participant shall generally have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such Restricted Stock, including the right to vote such Restricted Stock. Unless otherwise set forth in a Participant’s Restricted Stock Agreement, cash dividends and stock dividends, if any, with respect to the Restricted Stock shall be withheld by the Company for the Participant’s account, and shall be subject to forfeiture to the same degree as the shares of Restricted Stock to which such dividends relate. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, no interest will accrue or be paid on the amount of any cash dividends withheld.

 

8


(b) Restrictions on Transfer. In addition to any other restrictions set forth in a Participant’s Restricted Stock Agreement, until such time that the Restricted Stock has vested pursuant to the terms of the Restricted Stock Agreement, which vesting the Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate at any time, the Participant shall not be permitted to sell, transfer, pledge, or otherwise encumber the Restricted Stock. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Committee shall have the authority to remove any or all of the restrictions on the Restricted Stock whenever it may determine that, by reason of changes in applicable laws or other changes in circumstances arising after the date of the Restricted Stock Award, such action is appropriate.

(c) Book Entry; Certificates. Restricted Stock granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall determine. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, the Restricted Stock shall be held in book entry form, rather than delivered to the Participant, through the expiration of the Lock-Up Period. If certificates representing Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, the Committee may require that such certificates bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, that the Company retain physical possession of the certificates, and that the Participant deliver a stock power to the Company, endorsed in blank, relating to the Restricted Stock.

(d) Termination. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee in the Restricted Stock Agreement, in the event of a Participant’s Termination with the Employer for any reason prior to the time that such Participant’s Restricted Stock has vested, (i) all vesting with respect to such Participant’s Restricted Stock shall cease, and (ii) as soon as practicable following such Termination, the Company shall repurchase from the Participant, and the Participant shall sell, all of such Participant’s unvested shares of Restricted Stock at a purchase price equal to the original purchase price paid for the Restricted Stock, or if the original purchase price is equal to $0, such unvested shares of Restricted Stock shall be forfeited by the Participant to the Company for no consideration as of the date of such Termination.

 

  7. OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS.

The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to Participants such other Awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Stock, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan. The terms and conditions applicable to such Awards shall be determined by the Committee and evidenced by Award agreements, which agreements need not be identical.

 

  8. SHAREHOLDERSOR SIMILAR AGREEMENT; RESTRICTIONS ON STOCK.

(a) In connection with any Award, to the extent that such Participant is not already a party to the Shareholders Agreement or similar agreement with the Company and/or the Sponsors, as determined by the Committee, such Participant shall be required to execute and become a party to the Shareholders Agreement or such similar agreement.

 

9


(b) In the event the restrictions on the transfer of Stock set forth in Article IV of the Shareholders Agreement have lapsed prior to the two (2) year anniversary of the IPO Date, then, except (i) as otherwise approved by the Committee, or (ii) pursuant to Section 9 below, shares of Stock acquired by a Participant pursuant to the vesting and/or exercise of any Award granted hereunder may not be sold, transferred, or otherwise disposed of prior to the two (2) year anniversary following the IPO Date (the “Lock-Up Period”); provided, however, that as of any date following the six (6) month anniversary of an IPO, a Participant may transfer up to the aggregate number of shares of Stock acquired by such Participant pursuant to any Award hereunder multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Company Securities sold by the Sponsors to unaffiliated persons or entities in connection with the IPO and/or following the IPO, and the denominator of which is equal to sum of the aggregate number of Company Securities owned by the Sponsors immediately prior to the IPO. If requested by the underwriters managing any public offering, each Participant shall execute a separate agreement to the foregoing effect. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Stock (or securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such Lock-Up Period.

 

  9. REPURCHASE RIGHTS UPON TERMINATION.

(a) If, prior to the Repurchase Right Lapse Date, a Participant undergoes a Termination with the Employer for any reason, in addition to any repurchase right or obligation of the Company with respect to unvested shares of Restricted Stock as provided in Section 6 above, and except as otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the shares of Stock received pursuant to Awards granted hereunder pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Section 9 at any time during the Repurchase Right Exercise Period (the “Repurchase Right”). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not, except in extraordinary circumstances as determined by the Board, exercise the Repurchase Right with respect to any shares of Stock acquired by a Participant until such time as the Participant has held such shares of Stock for at least six (6) months.

(b) The Repurchase Right shall entitle the Company to purchase such shares of Stock at a per-share price equal to the Repurchase Price, and shall be exercisable upon written notice to a Participant indicating the number of shares of Stock to be repurchased and the date on which the repurchase is to be effected, such date to be not more than thirty (30) days after the date of such notice. To the extent not otherwise held in book entry form by the Company, the certificates representing the shares of Stock to be repurchased shall be delivered to the Company prior to the close of business on the date specified for the repurchase.

(c) If the Company exercises the Repurchase Right following a Participant’s Termination other than (A) by the Employer for Cause or (B) by a Participant’s voluntary resignation, the aggregate Repurchase Price shall be paid in a lump sum at the time of repurchase.

(d) If the Company exercises the Repurchase Right following a Participant’s Termination (A) by the Employer for Cause or (B) by such Participant’s voluntary resignation, the Company shall be permitted to issue a promissory note equal to the aggregate Repurchase Price in lieu of a cash payment; provided, however, that such promissory note shall have a maturity date that does not exceed three (3) years from the date of such repurchase, shall bear simple interest of not less than the Prime Rate in effect on the date of such repurchase, and shall be payable as to interest in equal monthly installments during the term of the note and as to principal on the maturity date.

 

10


(e) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 9(e) to the contrary, in the event that any repurchase described herein (including the distribution of cash by any member of the Company Group to the Company to fund such repurchase) would result in a default under any applicable financing documents of the Company or any other member of the Company Group, or would otherwise be prohibited by applicable law (as applicable, a “Prohibition Event”), commencement of the applicable Repurchase Right Exercise Period shall be delayed until the Prohibition Event ceases to exist, but in no event shall such delay extend for more than eighteen (18) months. Without limiting the foregoing, at any time prior to the Repurchase Right Lapse Date, the Company shall be permitted to assign the Repurchase Right, in whole or in part, to the Sponsors. In connection with any such assignment, Silver Lake Management Company III, L.L.C. and its affiliates (and/or their assignees) (the “Silver Lake Group”) and Warburg Pincus LLC and its affiliates (and/or their assignee) (the “Warburg Pincus Group,” and each of the Silver Lake Group and the Warburg Pincus Group, a “Sponsor Group”) each shall have a pro rata right (based on their relative ownership of Company Securities at the time of delivery of such notification by the Company) to exercise such Repurchase Right pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Section 9 in the same manner as the Company; provided that in the event that either Sponsor Group (the “Non-Exercising Sponsor Group”) elects not to exercise its Repurchase Right for all or any portion of its pro rata share of the shares of Stock subject to such Repurchase Right (the “Non-Exercised Shares”), the Company shall promptly notify the other Sponsor Group of such determination (including the amount of Non-Exercised Shares) and, in such event, such other Sponsor Group shall have a right to exercise such Repurchase Right with respect to all or any portion of the Non-Exercised Shares pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Section 9 in the same manner as the Company.

(f) In connection with any purchase of shares of Stock pursuant to this Section 9, the Company will be entitled to receive customary representations and warranties from the Participant regarding the purchase of such shares of Stock as may be reasonably requested by the Company, including but not limited to the representation that the Participant has good and marketable title to such shares of Stock to be transferred free and clear of all liens, claims and other encumbrances.

 

  10. COMPETITIVE ACTIVITIES.

Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, in the event that a Participant engages in any Competitive Activity during the term of such Participant’s employment or service with the Employer or during the six (6) month period following such Participant’s Termination with the Employer for any reason, the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion, to (a) require all Awards held by such Participant to be immediately forfeited and returned to the Company without additional consideration, (b) require all shares of Stock acquired upon the vesting and/or exercise of Awards within the twelve (12) month period prior to the date of such Competitive Activity to be immediately forfeited and returned to the Company without additional consideration, and (c) to the extent that such Participant received any profit from the sale of any Stock underlying an Award within the twelve (12) month period prior to the date of such Competitive Activity, require that such Participant promptly repay to the Company any profit received pursuant to such sale.

 

11


  11. ADJUSTMENT FOR RECAPITALIZATION, MERGER, ETC.

(a) Capitalization Adjustments. Except as otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement, the aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be granted or purchased pursuant to Awards (as set forth in Section 4 above), the number of shares of Stock covered by each outstanding Award, and/or the price per share thereof in each such Award shall be equitably and proportionally adjusted or substituted, as determined by the Committee, as to the number, price, or kind of a share of Stock or other consideration subject to such Awards (i) in the event of changes in the outstanding Stock or in the capital structure of the Company by reason of stock dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits, recapitalizations, reorganizations, mergers, consolidations, combinations, exchanges, or other relevant changes in capitalization occurring after the date of grant of any such Award (including any Corporate Event (as defined below)), (ii) in connection with any extraordinary dividend declared and paid in respect of shares of Stock, whether payable in the form of cash, stock, or any other form of consideration, or (iii) in the event of any change in applicable laws or circumstances that results in or could result in, in either case as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, any substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights intended to be granted to, or available for, Participants in the Plan.

(b) Corporate Events. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as may otherwise be provided in an Award agreement, in connection with (i) a merger or consolidation involving the Company in which the Company is not the surviving corporation, (ii) a merger or consolidation involving the Company in which the Company is the surviving corporation but the holders of shares of Stock receive securities of another corporation and/or other property, including cash, (iii) a Change in Control, or (iv) the reorganization or liquidation of the Company (each, a “Corporate Event”), the Committee may, in its discretion, provide for any one or more of the following:

(i) the assumption or substitution of such Awards in connection with such Corporate Event, in which case, the Awards shall be subject to the adjustment set forth in subsection (a) above;

(ii) accelerated vesting of any Awards, subject to the consummation of such Corporate Event;

(iii) the cancellation of any or all vested and/or unvested Awards as of the consummation of such Corporate Event, in which case Participants who hold vested Awards (including any Awards that would vest on the Corporate Event but for cancellation) so cancelled will receive a payment in respect of cancellation of their Awards based on the amount of the per-share consideration being paid for the Stock in connection with such Corporate Event, less, in the case of Options and other Awards subject to exercise, the applicable exercise price; provided, however, that Participants who hold Options and other Awards subject to exercise shall be entitled to consideration in respect of cancellation of such Awards only if the per-share consideration less the applicable exercise price is greater than zero (and to the extent the per-share consideration is less than or equal to the applicable exercise price, such Awards shall be cancelled for no consideration); or

 

12


(iv) the replacement of Awards (other than Awards that are “stock rights” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) with a cash incentive program that preserves the value of the Awards so replaced (determined as of the consummation of the Corporate Event), with subsequent payment of cash incentives subject to the same vesting conditions as applicable to the Awards so replaced, and payment to be made within thirty (30) days of the applicable vesting date.

Payments to holders pursuant to clause (iii) above shall be made in cash or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, in the form of such other consideration necessary for a Participant to receive property, cash, or securities (or combination thereof) as such Participant would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the Participant had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of shares of Stock covered by the Award at such time (less any applicable exercise price). In addition, in connection with any Corporate Event, prior to any payment or adjustment contemplated under this subsection (b), the Committee may require a Participant to (i) represent and warrant as to the unencumbered title to his Awards, (ii) bear such Participant’s pro-rata share of any post-closing indemnity obligations, and be subject to the same post-closing purchase price adjustments, escrow terms, offset rights, holdback terms, and similar conditions as the other holders of Stock, and (iii) deliver customary transfer documentation as reasonably determined by the Committee.

(c) Fractional Shares. Any adjustment provided under this Section 11 may provide for the elimination of any fractional share that might otherwise become subject to an Award.

 

  12. USE OF PROCEEDS.

The proceeds received from the sale of Stock pursuant to the Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.

 

  13. RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES AS A STOCKHOLDER.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, no person shall be entitled to the rights and privileges of stock ownership in respect of shares of Stock that are subject to Awards hereunder until such shares have been issued to that person.

 

  14. EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE RIGHTS.

No individual shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Plan or, having been selected for the grant of an Award, to be selected for a grant of any other Award. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any individual any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Employer or any other member the Company Group.

 

13


  15. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.

The obligation of the Company to deliver Stock upon vesting and/or exercise of any Award shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by governmental agencies as may be required. Notwithstanding any terms or conditions of any Award to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to offer to sell or to sell and shall be prohibited from offering to sell or selling any shares of Stock pursuant to an Award unless such shares have been properly registered for sale pursuant to the Securities Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission or unless the Company has received an option of counsel, satisfactory to the Company, that such shares may be offered or sold without such registration pursuant to an available exemption therefrom and the terms and conditions of such exemption have been fully complied with. The Company shall be under no obligation to register for sale or resale under the Securities Act any of the shares of Stock to be offered or sold under the Plan or any shares of Stock issued upon exercise or settlement of Awards. If the shares of Stock offered for sale or sold under the Plan are offered or sold pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, the Company may restrict the transfer of such shares and may legend the Stock certificates representing such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.

 

  16. WITHHOLDING OBLIGATIONS.

As a condition to the vesting and/or exercise of any Award, the Committee may require that a Participant satisfy, through a cash payment by the Participant, or in the discretion of the Committee, through deduction or withholding from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant, or through such other arrangements as are satisfactory to the Committee, the minimum amount of all federal, state, and local income and other taxes of any kind required or permitted to be withheld in connection with such vesting and/or exercise. The Committee, in its discretion, may permit shares of Stock to be used to satisfy tax withholding requirements, and such shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the exercise or settlement date of the Award; provided, however, that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the number of shares of Stock that may be used to satisfy tax withholding requirements may not exceed the minimum statutorily required withholding amount with respect to such Award.

 

  17. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN OR AWARDS.

(a) Amendment of Plan. The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the Plan; provided, however, that the Board shall not, without stockholder approval, make any amendment to the Plan that requires stockholder approval pursuant to applicable law or, at any time that the Stock is listed on any national securities exchange, the applicable rules of the national securities exchange on which the Stock is principally listed. Rights under any Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless the Participant consents in writing.

 

14


(b) Amendment of Awards. The Board or the Committee may, at any time, and from time to time, amend the terms of any one or more Awards; provided, however, that the rights under any Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless the Participant consents in writing (it being understood that no action taken by the Board or the Committee that is expressly permitted under the Plan, including, without limitation, any actions described in Section 11 hereof, shall constitute an amendment of an Award for such purpose). Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, and without an affected Participant’s consent, the Board or the Committee may amend the terms of any one or more Awards if necessary to bring the Award into compliance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the Effective Date.

(c) Repricing of Awards without Stockholder Approval. The repricing of Awards upon the approval of the Board or Committee shall expressly be permitted under the Plan without additional stockholder approval. For this purpose, a “repricing” means any of the following (or any other action that has the same effect as any of the following): (i) changing the terms of an Award to lower its exercise price (other than on account of capital adjustments resulting from share splits, etc., as described in Section 11(a)), (ii) any other action that is treated as “repricing” under generally accepted accounting principals, and (iii) repurchasing for cash or canceling an Award in exchange for another Award at a time when its exercise price is greater than the Fair Market Value of the underlying Stock, unless the cancellation and exchange occurs in connection with an event set forth in Section 11(b).

 

  18. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Effective Date. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated. Rights under any Award granted before suspension or termination of the Plan shall not be impaired by such suspension or termination.

 

  19. EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE PLAN.

The Plan is effective as of the Effective Date.

 

  20. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) Participants Outside of the United States. The Committee may modify the terms of any Award under the Plan made to or held by a Participant who is then a resident or primarily employed outside of the United States in any manner deemed by the Committee to be necessary or appropriate in order that such Award shall conform to laws, regulations, and customs of the country in which the Participant is then a resident or primarily employed, or so that the value and other benefits of the Award to the Participant, as affected by foreign tax laws and other restrictions applicable as a result of the Participant’s residence or employment abroad, shall be comparable to the value of such Award to a Participant who is a resident or primarily employed in the United States. Additionally, the Committee may adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by such Participants. An Award may be modified under this Section 20(a) in a manner that is inconsistent with the express terms of the Plan, so long as such modifications will not contravene any applicable law or regulation or result in actual liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act for the Participant whose Award is modified.

 

15


(b) No Liability of Committee Members. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable by reason of any contract or other instrument executed by such member or on his behalf in his capacity as a member of the Committee or for any mistake of judgment made in good faith, and the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee and each other employee, officer, or director of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan may be allocated or delegated, against any cost or expense (including counsel fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim) arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan unless arising out of such person’s own fraud or willful bad faith; provided, however, that approval of the Board shall be required for the payment of any amount in settlement of a claim against any such person. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s certificate or articles of incorporation or by-laws, each as may be amended from time to time, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

(c) Payments Following Accidents or Illness. If the Committee shall find that any person to whom any amount is payable under the Plan is unable to care for his affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, or has died, then any payment due to such person or his estate (unless a prior claim therefor has been made by a duly appointed legal representative) may, if the Committee so directs the Company, be paid to his spouse, child, or relative, or an institution maintaining or having custody of such person, or any other person deemed by the Committee to be a proper recipient on behalf of such person otherwise entitled to payment. Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Committee and the Company therefor.

(d) Governing Law. The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware without reference to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

(e) Funding. No provision of the Plan shall require the Company, for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan, to purchase assets or place any assets in a trust or other entity to which contributions are made or otherwise to segregate any assets, or to maintain separate bank accounts, books, records, or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately maintained or administered fund for such purposes. Participants shall have no rights under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company, except that insofar as they may have become entitled to payment of additional compensation by performance of services, they shall have the same rights as other employees under general law.

(f) Reliance on Reports. Each member of the Committee and each member of the Board shall be fully justified in relying, acting, or failing to act, and shall not be liable for having so relied, acted, or failed to act in good faith, upon any report made by the independent public accountant of the Company or other member of the Company Group and upon any other information furnished in connection with the Plan by any person or persons other than such member.

 

16


(g) Titles and Headings. The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.

*        *        *

 

17


EX-10.8

Exhibit 10.8

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO THE

IGLOO HOLDINGS CORPORATION

2010 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

This Amendment No. 1 (the “Amendment”) to the Igloo Holdings Corporation 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is made effective as of this 15th day of September 2010.

WHEREAS, Igloo Holdings Corporation (the “Company”) maintains the Plan; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 17 of the Plan, the Plan may be amended by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”); and

WHEREAS, the Board believes it to be in the best interests of the Company to amend the Plan as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended as follows:

1. By restating the definition of “Permitted Transfer” in Section 2(y) as follows:

““Permitted Transfer” means any transfer by a Participant of all or any portion of his shares of Stock (or Options, for purposes of Section 5(f) below) to (i) any trust established for the sole benefit of such Participant or such Participant’s spouse, direct lineal descendents, or brothers- or sisters-in-law, provided such Participant is the sole trustee of such trust, (ii) any other entity (including an Individual Retirement Account or similar investment account) in which the direct and beneficial owner of all voting securities of such entity is held by such Participant, or (iii) such Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, or personal representatives upon the death of such Participant.”

2. By restating Section 5(f) in its entirety as follows:

Transferability of Options. Except in connection with a Permitted Transfer of Options, an Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant. To the extent a Participant wishes to make a Permitted Transfer of Options, it shall be a condition of each such Permitted Transfer that (x) the transferee agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award agreement as though no such transfer had taken place, and (y) the Participant has complied with all applicable law in connection with such transfer. The Participant and the transferee shall execute any documents reasonably required by the Committee to effectuate such Permitted Transfer.”


Except as modified by this Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Plan shall remain valid and in full force and effect.

*        *        *

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

- 2 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, a duly authorized officer of the Company, has executed this instrument as of the 15th day of September 2010, on behalf of the Board.

 

IGLOO HOLDINGS CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Mason Slaine

Name:   Mason Slaine
Title:   Chairman

[Signature Page to Amendment 1 to Stock Incentive Plan]


EX-10.9

Exhibit 10.9

AMENDMENT NO. 2

TO THE

IGLOO HOLDINGS CORPORATION

2010 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

This Amendment No. 2 (the “Amendment”) to the Igloo Holdings Corporation 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended on September 15, 2010 (the “Plan”), is made effective as of this 5th day of January 2011.

WHEREAS, Igloo Holdings Corporation (the “Company”) maintains the Plan; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 17 of the Plan, the Plan may be amended by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”); and

WHEREAS, the Board believes it to be in the best interests of the Company to amend the Plan to increase the number of shares that may be issued to participants in the Plan in connection with awards granted thereunder.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended by striking the number “108,317,501” from the first sentence of Section 4(a) of the Plan and replacing it with the number “135,396,876”.

Except as modified by this Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Plan shall remain valid and in full force and effect.

*        *        *

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, a duly authorized officer of the Company, has executed this instrument as of the 5th day of January 2011, on behalf of the Board.

 

IGLOO HOLDINGS CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Vincent A. Chippari

Name:   Vincent A. Chippari
Title:   Treasurer

[Signature Page to Amendment 2 to Stock Incentive Plan]


EX-10.10

Exhibit 10.10

This Amendment No. 3 (the “Amendment”) to the Igloo Holdings Corporation 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), is made effective as of this 5th day of September 2013.

WHEREAS, Igloo Holdings Corporation (the “Company”) maintains the Plan; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 17 of the Plan, the Plan may be amended by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”); and

WHEREAS, the Board believes it to be in the best interests of the Company to amend the Plan to increase the number of shares that may be issued to participants in the Plan in connection with awards granted thereunder.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended by striking the number “135,396,876” from the first sentence of Section 4(a) of the Plan and replacing it with the number “160,396,876”.

Except as modified by this Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Plan shall remain valid and in full force and effect.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, a duly authorized officer of the Company, has executed this instrument as of the 5th day of September 2013, on behalf of the Board.

 

IGLOO HOLDINGS CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Vincent A. Chippari

Name:   Vincent A. Chippari
Title:   Co-Secretary and Treasurer

[Signature Page to Amendment 3 to Stock Incentive Plan]


EX-10.11

Exhibit 10.11

Amendment No. 4

This Amendment No. 4 (the “Amendment”) to the Igloo Holdings Corporation 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), is made effective as of this 23rd day of September 2014.

WHEREAS, Igloo Holdings Corporation (the “Company”) maintains the Plan; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 17 of the Plan, the Plan may be amended by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”); and

WHEREAS, the Board believes it to be in the best interests of the Company to amend the Plan to increase the number of shares that may be issued to participants in the Plan in connection with awards granted thereunder.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended by striking the number “160,396,876” from the first sentence of Section 4(a) of the Plan and replacing it with the number “163,396,876”.

Except as modified by this Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Plan shall remain valid and in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, a duly authorized officer of the Company, has executed this instrument as of the 23rd day of September 2014, on behalf of the Board.

 

IGLOO HOLDINGS CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ VINCENT A. CHIPPARI

Name:   Vincent A. Chippari
Title:   Treasurer and Co-Secretary

EX-10.12

Exhibit 10.12

OPTION GRANT NOTICE AND AGREEMENT

Igloo Holdings Corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), hereby grants to the Holder the number of Options set forth below, which shall be designated as either Time-Vested Options or Performance-Vested Options. The Options are subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this Option Grant Notice and Agreement (this “Grant Notice”), as well as the terms and conditions of the Plan, all of which are incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan.

Holder:

Date of Grant:

Number of Time-Vested Options:

Number of Performance-Vested Options:

Exercise Price Per Share of Stock:

Expiration Date:

Vesting Commencement Date:

Vesting Schedule:

 

Time-Vested Options:    Subject to the Holder’s continuous employment with the Employer in good standing through the applicable vesting date, twenty percent (20%) of the Time-Vested Options shall vest upon the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and the remainder of the Time-Vested Options shall vest in substantially equal monthly installments during the forty-eight (48) months thereafter (such that one and two thirds percent (1 2/3%) of the Time-Vested Options shall vest upon each subsequent monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date during such period). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event that a Change in Control occurs, and the Holder experiences a Termination by the Employer (or its successor) without Cause subsequent to the consummation of such Change of Control but prior to the one year anniversary of such consummation, all unvested Time Vested Options shall vest in full upon such Termination.

Agreement #1


Performance-Vested Options:    Subject to the Holder’s continuous employment with the Employer in good standing through the applicable vesting date, upon each Liquidity Event, a number of Performance-Vested Options shall vest equal to the product of (x) the total number of Vesting-Eligible Performance-Vested Options with respect to such Liquidity Event multiplied by (y) the Performance-Vested Option Vesting Percentage for such Liquidity Event. All Vesting-Eligible Performance-Vested Options with respect to a given Liquidity Event that do not vest upon the occurrence of such Liquidity Event because the Performance-Vested Option Vesting Percentage for such Liquidity Event is less than 100% shall be forfeited by the Holder for no consideration on the date of such Liquidity Event and thereafter shall be of no further force or effect.
   Definitions: For purposes of this Grant Notice, the following definitions shall apply.
   Excluded Transfer” shall mean a sale of Stock by a Sponsor (i) to an employee of the Company or its affiliates on or prior to July 29, 2011, or (ii) pursuant to a Permitted Syndication Sale (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement (as defined below)), in each case to the extent that the purchase price paid for the Stock is $1.00 per share.
   A “Liquidity Event” shall be deemed to occur with respect to any particular share of Stock (i) upon any sale or exchange of such Stock by the Sponsors to a Third Party in which the Sponsors receive solely cash and/or Marketable Securities in exchange for such Stock, (ii) upon any distribution of such Stock by the Sponsors to their limited partners or (iii) at such time as such Stock first satisfies the criteria in the definition of Marketable Securities such that such Stock constitutes Marketable Securities; provided, that in no event shall an Excluded Transfer constitute a Liquidity Event for purposes of this Grant Notice. In addition, in the event that a Change in Control occurs which does not constitute a Liquidity Event pursuant to clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of the preceding sentence, and Holder experiences a Termination by the Employer (or its successor) without Cause subsequent to the consummation of such Change in Control but prior to the one year anniversary of such consummation, then a Liquidity Event

 

- 2 -


   will be deemed to occur upon such Termination with respect to Stock then held by the Sponsors for which a prior Liquidity Event has not occurred. For the avoidance of doubt, only one Liquidity Event may occur with respect to any particular share of Stock.
   Marketable Securities” means securities publicly traded on a national exchange or the Nasdaq National Market that (a) are not subject to any of the following: (i) contractual limitations on sale, (ii) limitations on sale arising from the need to comply with applicable securities laws relating to insider trading or any insider trading policy of the applicable issuer, or (iii) limitations on sale pursuant to securities laws, including limitations pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 and (b) represent, together with all of securities of the applicable issuer held by the Sponsors, not more than 10% of the outstanding shares of such issuer.
   Net Return on Invested Capital” means, with respect to a given Liquidity Event, the multiple determined by dividing (X) by (Y), where (X) equals (i) the total consideration deemed received by the Sponsors in respect of the Stock that are the subject of such Liquidity Event, plus (ii) an amount equal to any cash dividend previously paid to the Sponsors in respect of the shares of Stock that are the subject of such Liquidity Event, minus (iii) any reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Sponsors in connection with such Liquidity Event, and (Y) equals the total amount of the Sponsors’ invested capital in respect of the shares of Stock that are the subject of such Liquidity Event. In the case of a Liquidity Event of the sort described in (a) clause (i) of the definition thereof, the Sponsors will be deemed to have received consideration equal to the actual cash amount paid in such transaction and/or the Fair Market Value of any Marketable Securities received in such transaction, (b) clause (ii) of the definition thereof, the Sponsors will be deemed to have received consideration equal to the Fair Market Value of the Stock distributed in such transaction, (c) clause (iii) of the definition thereof, the Sponsors will be deemed to have received consideration equal to the Fair Market Value of the Marketable Securities on such date as the applicable Stock is first deemed to constitute Marketable Securities and (d) the second sentence of the definition thereof, the Sponsors will be deemed to have received consideration equal to the Fair Market Value of the Stock held on the date of Termination.

 

- 3 -


   Performance-Vested Option Vesting Percentage” shall, with respect to a given Liquidity Event, be a function of the Net Return on Invested Capital achieved by the Sponsors in connection with such Liquidity Event as follows:

 

Net Return on Invested

Capital

   Performance-Vested
Option Vesting
Percentage

1.0x or less

   0%

2.0x

   25%

3.0x

   50%

4.0x

   75%

5.0x or more

   100%

 

   In the event that the Net Return on Invested Capital falls between any of the multiples listed in the table above, the Performance-Vested Option Vesting Percentage shall be based on a straight line interpolation between such two values (i.e., for each 0.1x increase in the net return on investment capital above 1.0x, the Performance-Vested Option Vesting Percentage shall increase by two and one-half (2 1/2) percentage points). For example, if the Net Return on Invested Capital upon a given Liquidity Event equals 3.6x, the Performance-Vested Option Vesting Percentage would equal sixty-five percent (65%).
   Sponsors” means, collectively, investment funds affiliated with Warburg Pincus LLC and Silver Lake Management Company III, L.L.C., and their respective affiliates but, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include Igloo Co-Invest LLC or any vehicle formed for a similar purpose.
   Stock” shall have the meaning in the Plan and shall also include any securities or other property into which Stock is exchanged by the Sponsors.
   Vesting-Eligible Performance-Vested Options” means, with respect to a given Liquidity Event, a number of Performance-Vested Options equal to the product of (x) the total number of Performance-Vested Options granted hereunder that have not become Vested-Eligible Performance-Vested Options prior to such Liquidity Event multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Stock sold, distributed or satisfying the criteria to be Marketable Securities, as applicable, by the Sponsors in connection with such

 

- 4 -


   Liquidity Event, and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Stock held by the Sponsors on the Vesting Commencement Date plus any shares of Stock acquired by the Sponsors following the Vesting Commencement Date minus the number of shares of Stock that were the subject of any prior Liquidity Event minus the number of shares of Stock previously sold by a Sponsor in an Excluded Transfer.
Termination of Employment:    Section 5(g) of the Plan regarding treatment of Options upon Termination is incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof. Following any such Termination, shares acquired upon exercise of any Options shall remain subject to Sections 8, 9 and 10 of the Plan provided that, Section 8(b) of the Plan shall not apply.
Repurchase Rights:    In addition to, and not in lieu of, the restrictions set forth in Sections 9 and 10 of the Plan, in the event a Material Breach Event (as defined below) occurs, (i) all of the Holder’s Options (whether or not vested) shall immediately expire upon such Material Breach Event, (ii) at any time thereafter upon delivery of written notice by the Company, the Holder shall be obligated to deliver promptly (and, in any event, no later than five (5) business days after delivery of such notice) to the Company in immediately available funds to an account designated by the Company in such notice the excess, if any, of (x) the aggregate gross proceeds previously received by the Holder (or his or its transferee) from the Company or any other Person or Group in connection with the transfer by the Holder or any transferees of any shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of Options hereunder prior to the date of such Material Breach Event over (y) the original purchase price, if any, paid by the Holder for such shares of Stock, and (iii) the Company shall have the right, at any time thereafter, to repurchase the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of Options hereunder at a price per share equal to the lesser of (x) the Exercise Price Per Share of Stock (as the same may adjusted pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan from time to time) and (y) the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date that the Company exercises its repurchase right pursuant to this clause (iii); provided, however, if (A) the Material Breach Event occurs after the ten (10) year anniversary of the Date of Grant, and (B) the Option is a “stock right” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the repurchase price per share shall instead be the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date that the

 

- 5 -


   Company exercises its repurchase right pursuant to this clause (iii). The Company may assign its repurchase right pursuant to clause (iii) of the previous sentence to the Sponsors in accordance with Section 9(e) of the Plan. For purposes of this Grant Notice, the term “Material Breach Event” shall mean the Holders breach of the Non-Interference Agreement (as defined below).
Exercise of Options:    To exercise a vested Option, the Holder (or his or its authorized representative) must give written notice to the Company, using the form of Option Exercise Notice attached hereto as Exhibit A, stating the number of Options that he or it intends to exercise. The Company will issue the shares of Stock with respect to which the Options are exercised upon payment for the shares of Stock acquired in accordance with Section 5(d) of the Plan, which Section 5(d) is incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof; provided, however, that if the Holder wishes to use any method of exercise other than in immediately available funds in United States dollars, or by certified or bank cashier’s check, the Holder shall have received the prior written approval of the Committee or its designee approving such method of exercise. Upon exercise of Options, the Holder will be required to satisfy applicable withholding tax obligations as provided in Section 16 of the Plan.
Shareholders Agreement:    Prior to being issued any Stock pursuant to the exercise of the Options, the Holder, to the extent not already a party to that certain Shareholders Agreement dated as of July 29, 2010, by and among the Company and certain of its investors, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time (the “Shareholders Agreement”), shall be required to execute and become a party to such agreement.
Non-Interference
Agreement:
   Concurrently with the execution of this Grant Notice, the Holder, to the extent not already a party to the Confidentiality, Non-Interference, and Invention Assignment Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Non-Interference Agreement”), shall execute and become a party to such Non-Interference Agreement. In the event that the Holder breaches the Non-Interference Agreement, in addition to any other remedies, the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion, to require all Options then held by the Holder to be immediately forfeited and returned to the Company without additional consideration.

 

- 6 -


Section 280G:    Modified Cutback. If any payment, benefit or distribution of any type to or for the benefit of the Holder, whether paid or payable, provided or to be provided, or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Grant Notice or otherwise (collectively, the “Parachute Payments”) would subject the Holder to the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), the Parachute Payments shall be reduced so that the maximum amount of the Parachute Payments (after reduction) shall be one dollar ($1.00) less than the amount which would cause the Parachute Payments to be subject to the Excise Tax; provided that the Parachute Payments shall only be reduced to the extent the after-tax value of amounts received by the Holder after application of the above reduction would exceed the after-tax value of the amounts received without application of such reduction. For this purpose, the after-tax value of an amount shall be determined taking into account all federal, state, and local income, employment and excise taxes applicable to such amount. Unless the Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company to effectuate a reduction in the Parachute Payments if such a reduction is required, which notice shall be consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code to avoid the imputation of any tax, penalty or interest thereunder, then the Company shall reduce or eliminate the Parachute Payments by first reducing or eliminating accelerated vesting of stock options or similar awards, then reducing or eliminating any cash payments (with the payments to be made furthest in the future being reduced first), then by reducing or eliminating any other remaining Parachute Payments; provided, that no such reduction or elimination shall apply to any non-qualified deferred compensation amounts (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) to the extent such reduction or elimination would accelerate or defer the timing of such payment in manner that does not comply with Section 409A of the Code.
   Determinations. (i) An initial determination as to whether (x) any of the Parachute Payments received by the Holder in connection with the occurrence of a change in the ownership or control of the Company or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company shall be subject to the Excise Tax, and (y) the amount of any

 

- 7 -


   reduction, if any, that may be required pursuant to the previous paragraph, shall be made by an independent accounting firm selected by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”) prior to the consummation of such change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company. The Holder shall be furnished with notice of all determinations made as to the Excise Tax payable with respect to the Holder’s Parachute Payments, together with the related calculations of the Accounting Firm, promptly after such determinations and calculations have been received by the Company.
   (ii) For purposes of this provision, (A) no portion of the Parachute Payments the receipt or enjoyment of which the Holder shall have effectively waived in writing prior to the date of payment of the Parachute Payments shall be taken into account; (B) no portion of the Parachute Payments shall be taken into account which in the opinion of the Accounting Firm does not constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code; (C) the Parachute Payments shall be reduced only to the extent necessary so that the Parachute Payments (other than those referred to in the immediately preceding clause (A) or (B)) in their entirety constitute reasonable compensation for services actually rendered within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4) of the Code or are otherwise not subject to disallowance as deductions, in the opinion of the auditor or tax counsel referred to in such clause (B); and (D) the value of any non-cash benefit or any deferred payment or benefit included in the Parachute Payments shall be determined by the Company’s independent auditors based on Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code and the regulations for applying those sections of the Code, or on substantial authority within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code.
Additional Terms:   
  

•       Options shall be exercisable in whole shares of Stock only.

  

•       Each Option shall cease to be exercisable as to any share of Stock when the Holder purchases the share of Stock or when the Option otherwise expires or is forfeited.

 

- 8 -


  

•       The Stock issued upon the exercise of any Options hereunder shall be registered in the Holder’s name on the books of the Company during the Lock-Up Period and for such additional time as the Committee determines appropriate in its reasonable discretion. Any certificates representing the Stock delivered to the Holder shall be subject to such stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such shares are listed, and any applicable federal or state laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions as the Committee deems appropriate.

  

•       This Grant Notice does not confer upon the Holder any right to continue as an employee or service provider of the Employer or any other member of the Company Group.

  

•       This Grant Notice shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

  

•       The Holder and the Company acknowledge that the Options are intended to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code, with the Exercise Price intended to be at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of Stock on the Date of Grant. Since shares are not traded on an established securities market, the Exercise Price has been based upon the determination of Fair Market Value by the Board in a manner consistent with the terms of the Plan. The Holder acknowledges that there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with this valuation, and agrees not to make any claim against the Company, the Board, the Company’s officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low or that the Options are not otherwise exempt from Section 409A of the Code.

 

- 9 -


  

•       The Holder agrees that the Company may deliver by email all documents relating to the Plan or these Options (including, without limitation, a copy of the Plan) and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission). The Holder also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Holder by email or such other reasonable manner as then determined by the Company.

Representations and Warranties of the Holder:      The Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:
  

•       The Holder understands that the Stock has not been registered under the Securities Act, nor qualified under any state securities laws, and that it is being offered and sold pursuant to, and in reliance upon, the exemption from such registration provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act for security issuances under compensatory benefit plans such as the Plan;

  

•       The Holder has been informed that the shares of Stock are restricted securities under the Securities Act and may not be resold or transferred unless the shares of Stock are first registered under the federal securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration is available; and

  

•       The Holder is prepared to hold the shares of Stock for an indefinite period and that the Holder is aware that Rule 144 as promulgated under the Securities Act, which exempts certain resales of restricted securities, is not presently available to exempt the resale of the shares of Stock from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

[Signatures to appear on the following page.]

 

- 10 -


THE UNDERSIGNED HOLDER ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF THIS GRANT NOTICE AND THE PLAN, AND AS AN EXPRESS CONDITION TO THE GRANT OF OPTIONS HEREUNDER, AGREES TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS THIS GRANT NOTICE AND THE PLAN.

 

IGLOO HOLDINGS CORPORATION     HOLDER
By:          
        Signature
  Signature          Date:                    , 201    
Name:        
Title:        
Date:        

Signature Page to [NAME] Option Grant Notice and Agreement


EXHIBIT A

                         , 20        

Igloo Holdings Corporation

Attn:

Re: Notice of Exercise

 

1. By delivery of this Notice of Exercise to Igloo Holdings Corporation (the “Company”), I am irrevocably electing to exercise Options to purchase shares of Stock granted to me under the Company’s 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

 

2. The number of shares of Stock I wish to purchase by exercising my Options is             .

 

3. The applicable purchase price (or exercise price) is $             per share, resulting in an aggregate purchase price of $             (the “Aggregate Purchase Price”).

 

4. I am satisfying my obligation to pay the Aggregate Purchase Price by:1

 

  ¨ Delivering to the Company, with this Notice of Exercise, an amount equal to the Aggregate Purchase Price in immediately available United States dollars, or by certified or bank cashier’s check.

 

  ¨ Authorizing the Company, through this Notice of Exercise, to effectuate a “net exercise,” pursuant to which I will receive the number of shares of Stock exercised (as set forth in paragraph 2 above), reduced by the number of shares equal to the Aggregate Purchase Price divided by the Fair Market Value per share on the date of exercise.

 

5. To satisfy the applicable withholding taxes:

 

  ¨ I have enclosed an amount equal to the applicable withholding taxes in immediately available United States dollars, or by certified or bank cashier’s check.

 

  ¨ I elect to have such amount satisfied by the use of shares of Stock such that the number of shares I receive upon exercise will be reduced (or further reduced if net exercise was chosen above) by a number of shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to any federal, state, and local income or other taxes required by law to be withheld by the Company.

 

6. I hereby agree to be bound by all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and any Grant Notice and Agreement pursuant to which the Options were granted. If I am not the person to whom the Options were granted by the Company, proof of my right to purchase the shares of Stock is enclosed.

 

1  If you wish to use any method of exercise other than in immediately available funds in United States dollars, or by certified or bank cashier’s check, you must receive the prior written approval of the Committee or its designee approving such method of exercise.

 

A-1


7. I have been advised to consult with any legal, tax, and financial advisors I have chosen in connection with the purchase of the Stock.

 

Dated:                         
*            
(Optionee’s signature)       (Additional signature, if necessary)
         
(Print name)       (Print name)
         
         
(Full address)       (Full address)

 

* Each person in whose name Stock is to be registered must sign this Notice of Exercise. (If more than one name is listed, specify whether the owners will hold the Stock as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship).

 

A-2


EXHIBIT B

CONFIDENTIALITY, NON-INTERFERENCE, AND INVENTION ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

 

B-1


EX-10.15

Exhibit 10.15

EXECUTION VERSION

This TRANSACTION AND MANAGEMENT FEE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is dated as of July 29, 2010 and is among Igloo Merger Corporation, a Delaware corporation (together with its successors, the “Company”), Silver Lake Management Company III, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“SLMC”), and Warburg Pincus LLC, a New York limited liability company (“WP”, and together with SLMC, the “Managers” and each a “Manager”).

BACKGROUND

1. The Company has entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 3, 2010 (as may be amended, supplemented or modified, the “Merger Agreement”), by and among Hg Investors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the Company, and Interactive Data Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“IDC”).

2. In accordance with the Merger Agreement, the Company is merging with and into IDC (the “Merger”), with IDC surviving the Merger. As a result, IDC shall succeed to and assume all the rights and obligations of the Company in accordance with the Merger, including the obligations set forth in this Agreement. References in this Agreement to the Company encompass IDC after the Merger.

3. Each of the Managers has expertise in the areas of finance, strategy, investment, acquisitions and other matters relating to the Company, IDC and their business and has facilitated the Merger and certain other related transactions (collectively, the “Transactions”) through its provision of financial and structural analysis, due diligence investigations, other advice and negotiation assistance with all relevant parties to the Transactions. Each of the Managers has also provided advice and negotiation assistance with relevant parties in connection with the financing of the Transactions as contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

4. The Company desires to avail itself, for the Term of this Agreement, of each of the Managers’ expertise in providing financial and structural analysis, due diligence investigations, corporate strategy, other advice and negotiation assistance, which the Company believes will be beneficial to it, and each of the Managers desires to provide the services to the Company as set forth in this Agreement in consideration of the payment of the fees described below.

5. The rendering by each of the Managers of the services described in this Agreement has been made and will be made on the basis that the Company will pay, or cause to be paid, the fees described below.


In consideration of the premises and agreements contained herein and of other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

SECTION 1. Transaction and M&A Management Fees. In consideration of each Manager undertaking financial and structural analysis, due diligence investigations, corporate strategy and other advice and negotiation assistance necessary in order to enable the Transactions to be consummated, the Company will pay at the Closing (as defined in the Merger Agreement) of the Merger (the date of such Closing, the “Closing Date”) a non-refundable and irrevocable transaction fee, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account or accounts designated by each Manager, of (a) $25,000,000 to SLMC (or its designees) and (b) $25,000,000 to WP (or its designees).

SECTION 2. Appointment. The Company hereby engages each of the Managers to render the Services (as defined in Section 3(a)) on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement.

SECTION 3. Services. (a) Each Manager, severally and not jointly, agrees that until the expiration of the Term (as defined below) or the earlier termination of its obligations under this Section 3 pursuant to Section 4(d) hereof, it will render to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, by and through itself and its affiliates and such of their respective officers, employees, representatives, agents and third parties as such Manager in its sole discretion may designate from time to time, monitoring, advisory and consulting services in relation to the affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries, as and to the extent requested by the Company, in each case as the Company shall reasonably and specifically request by way of written notice to the Managers, which notice shall specify the services required of the Managers, including, without limitation, (i) advice regarding the structure, distribution and timing of private or public debt or equity offerings and advice regarding relationships with the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ lenders and bankers, including in relation to the selection, retention and supervision of independent auditors, outside legal counsel, investment bankers or other financial advisors or consultants, (ii) advice regarding the strategy of the Company and its subsidiaries, (iii) advice regarding the structuring and implementation of equity participation plans, employee benefit plans and other incentive arrangements for certain key executives of the Company, (iv) general advice regarding dispositions and/or acquisitions, (v) advice regarding the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and (vi) such other advice directly related or ancillary to the above services as may be reasonably requested by the Company (collectively, the “Services”). Neither Manager will have any obligation to provide any other services to the Company or its subsidiaries absent an agreement between such Manager and the Company or its subsidiaries over the scope of such other services and the payment therefor.

 

2


(b) It is expressly agreed that the Services to be rendered hereunder will not include investment banking or other financial advisory services which may be provided by each of the Managers or any of their respective affiliates to the Company, or any of its subsidiaries, in connection with any specific proposed acquisition, divestiture, disposition, merger, consolidation, restructuring, refinancing, recapitalization, issuance of private or public debt or equity securities, financing or similar transaction by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (each, a “Future Transaction”). Each of the Managers may be entitled to receive additional compensation for providing services of the type specified in the preceding sentence (collectively, the “Additional Services”) by mutual agreement of the Company or such subsidiary, on the one hand, and each of the Managers or their respective relevant affiliates, on the other hand (it being understood that the only such additional compensation that the Managers may be entitled to receive in connection with an IPO (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2010, by and among the investors named therein, Igloo Holdings Corporation (“Parent”), Igloo Intermediate Corporation (“Holdings”) and IDC (as amended from time to time, the “Shareholders Agreement”)) or a Change of Control (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement) or other liquidity event in which the Sponsors sell their interests in Parent, shall be the consideration described in Section 4(d)); provided, however, that any such additional compensation for Additional Services shall be split evenly between each of the Managers (or their respective affiliates); and provided; further, that any additional compensation contemplated in this Section 3(b) shall only be payable to the extent that the Managers determine in good faith that (i) the Additional Services for which such additional compensation is being paid would have otherwise been provided to the Company or any of its subsidiaries in connection with such Future Transaction by one or more unaffiliated third parties and (ii) the amount of such additional compensation is comparable to the compensation that would have been paid by the Company and its subsidiaries in an arm’s length transaction to third parties rendering similar services to the Company or any of its subsidiaries in connection with such Future Transaction.

(c) The Managers shall perform all services to be provided hereunder as an independent contractor to the Company and not as employees, agents or representatives of the Company.

SECTION 4. Management and Other Fees.

(a) In consideration of the Services being rendered by the Managers, the Company will pay, or will cause to be paid, to the Managers an aggregate annual non-refundable and irrevocable management fee (the “Management Fee”) of $3,000,000, payable in quarterly installments in arrears at the end of each calendar quarter, subject to adjustment from time to time as set forth below. The initial Management Fee shall be pro rated to reflect the portion of the current calendar year which has elapsed prior to the Closing Date. The Management Fee shall be apportioned such that each Manager shall receive 50% of the Management Fee (including each installment payment thereof).

(b) In the event the Company or any of its subsidiaries enters into a business combination transaction with another entity that is large enough to constitute a “significant subsidiary” of the Company under any of the relevant tests contained in Regulation S-X as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Company and the Managers will mutually agree, following good faith negotiations, on an appropriate increase in the Management Fee as warranted by the increase in the consolidated size of the Company. Such increase in the Management Fee will be pro rated on the basis of the number of days elapsed in the then applicable quarter in which such transaction is consummated.

 

3


(c) To the extent the Company cannot pay, or cause to be paid, the Management Fee for any reason, including by reason of any prohibition on such payment pursuant to any applicable law or the terms of any agreement or indenture governing indebtedness of the Company or its subsidiaries, the payment by the Company or any of its subsidiaries to the Managers of the accrued and payable Management Fee will be deferred and will be payable immediately on the earlier of (i) the first date on which the payment of such deferred Management Fee is no longer prohibited under any such agreement or indenture applicable to the Company and the Company or its subsidiaries, as applicable, is otherwise able to make such payment, or cause such payment to be made and (ii) total or partial liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, under any applicable law or under any contract applicable to the Company or its subsidiaries, any forbearance of collection of the Management Fee by either Manager shall not be deemed to be a subordination of such payments to any other person, entity or creditor of the Company or its subsidiaries (including, without limitation, the other Manager). Any such forbearance shall be at such Manager’s sole option and discretion and shall in no way impair such Manager’s right to collect such payments or the other Manager’s right to collect any payment hereunder. Any installment of the Management Fee not paid on the scheduled due date shall not bear interest.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Requisite Managers may elect, in their sole discretion by the delivery of written notice to the Company, at any time in connection with or in anticipation of a Change of Control or an IPO to receive, in consideration of the Managers’ role in facilitating the same and in settlement of the termination of the Services, (i) any remaining accrued and unpaid Management Fees (including any accrued and unpaid installment payments thereof) payable by the Company under this Agreement and (ii) a single lump sum non-refundable and irrevocable cash payment (the “Lump Sum Fee”) equal to the lesser of (x) the then present value (using a discount rate equal to the yield to maturity on the date of such written notice of the class of outstanding U.S. government bonds having a final maturity closest to the eighth anniversary of the date of such election (the “Discount Rate”)) of all then current and future Management Fees payable under this Agreement, assuming the expiration of the Term is the eighth anniversary of the date of such election and (y) $50,000,000. Promptly after the receipt of such written notice (or at such other time as designated therein by the Requisite Managers), the Company shall pay the Lump Sum Fee and any accrued and unpaid Management Fees (including any accrued and unpaid installment payments thereof) to the Managers (or their respective designees) by wire transfer in same-day funds to the bank account or accounts designated by each Manager, which payment shall not be refundable under any circumstances. The Lump Sum Fee shall be apportioned such that each Manager shall receive 50% of the Lump Sum Fee. Upon the giving of such notice, the obligation of each Manager to provide the Services hereunder, and the obligations of the Company to pay Management Fees (except as provided in this Section 4(d)), shall be terminated, but all other provisions of this Agreement shall continue unaffected. For purposes of this Agreement, “Requisite Manager” shall mean (a) in connection with a Change of Control, both Managers (unless there is a Controlling Sponsor (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement) at such time, in which case the Manager that is an affiliate of such Controlling Sponsor shall be the only Requisite Manager) and (b) in connection with an IPO, both Managers (unless (i) the IPO was required by an Initiating Sponsor (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement), in which case the Manager that is an affiliate of the Initiating Sponsor shall be the only Requisite Manager or (ii) there is a Controlling Sponsor at such time, in which case the Manager that is an affiliate of such Controlling Sponsor shall be the only Requisite Manager).

 

4


(e) To the extent the Company does not pay, or cause to be paid, any portion of the Lump Sum Fee by reason of any prohibition on such payment pursuant to any applicable law or the terms of any agreement or indenture governing indebtedness of the Company or its subsidiaries, any unpaid portion of the Lump Sum Fee shall be paid to the Managers immediately on the earlier of (i) the first date on which the payment of such unpaid amount is no longer prohibited pursuant to such applicable law or under any such agreement or indenture applicable to the Company and the Company or its subsidiaries, as applicable, is otherwise able to make such payment, or cause such payment to be made and (ii) a total or partial liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, under any applicable law or under any contract applicable to the Company or its subsidiaries, any forbearance of collection of the Lump Sum Fee by either Manager shall not be deemed to be a subordination of such payments to any other person, entity or creditor of the Company or its subsidiaries (including, without limitation, the other Manager). Any such forbearance shall be at such Manager’s sole option and discretion and shall in no way impair such Manager’s right to collect such payments or the other Manager’s right to collect any payment hereunder. Any portion of the Lump Sum Payment not paid on the scheduled due date shall not bear interest.

SECTION 5. Reimbursements. In addition to the fees payable pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will pay, or cause to be paid, directly, or reimburse each Manager and each of its affiliates for, their respective Out-of-Pocket Expenses (as defined below). For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “Out-of-Pocket Expenses” means the out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by each Manager and its affiliates, whether incurred on, prior to or after the date hereof, in connection with the Transactions and the Services or other services provided by them under this Agreement (including prior to the Closing), or in order to make Securities and Exchange Commission and other legally required filings relating to the ownership, directly or indirectly, of equity securities of the Company, its controlling persons or its subsidiaries by such Manager or its affiliates, or otherwise incurred by such Manager or its affiliates from time to time in the future in connection with the ownership or subsequent sale or transfer by such Manager or its affiliates of capital stock of the Company, its controlling persons or its subsidiaries, including, without limitation, (a) fees and disbursements of any independent professionals and organizations, including independent accountants, outside legal counsel or consultants, retained by such Manager or any of its affiliates, (b) costs of any outside services or independent contractors such as financial printers, couriers, business publications, on-line financial services or similar services, retained or used by such Manager or any of its affiliates, and (c) transportation, per diem costs, word processing expenses or any similar expense not associated with such Manager’s or its affiliates’ ordinary operations. All payments or reimbursements for Out-of-Pocket Expenses will be made by wire transfer in same-day funds promptly upon or as soon as practicable following request for payment or reimbursement in accordance with this Agreement, to the bank account indicated to the Company by the relevant payee.

 

5


SECTION 6. Indemnification. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Manager and its former, current and future direct or indirect equityholders, controlling persons, stockholders, directors, officers, employees, agents, affiliates, members, managers, general or limited partners or assignees (each a “Related Party”) or any Related Party of any Related Party (each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) from and against any and all actions, suits, investigations, losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromises and settlements, as fines and penalties and legal or other costs and reasonable expenses of investigating or defending against any claim or alleged claim), including in connection with seeking indemnification, whether joint or several (the “Liabilities”), related to, arising out of or in connection with (a) the Transactions, the Services or other services contemplated by this Agreement or the engagement of the Managers pursuant to, and the performance by the Managers of the Services or other services contemplated by, this Agreement, (b) such Manager’s or its respective affiliates’ ownership of Shares (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement) or any other securities of Parent or any of its subsidiaries, or such Manager’s or its affiliates’ control or ability to influence Parent or any of its subsidiaries (other than any such Liabilities to the extent such Liabilities arise out of any breach of the Shareholders Agreement by such Indemnified Party or its affiliates or the breach of any fiduciary or other duty or obligation of such Indemnified Party to its direct or indirect equity holders, creditors or affiliates) or (c) the business, operations, properties, assets or other rights or liabilities of Parent or any of its subsidiaries, in each case, whether or not pending or threatened, whether or not an Indemnified Party is a party, whether or not resulting in any liability and whether or not such action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding is initiated or brought by Parent, Holdings, the Company or any of their respective subsidiaries; provided that if and to the extent that the foregoing undertaking may be unavailable or unenforceable for any reason, the Company hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the indemnified Liabilities which is permissible under applicable law. The Company will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and any other litigation-related expenses) as they are incurred in connection with investigating, preparing, pursuing, defending or assisting in the defense of any action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding for which the Indemnified Party would be entitled to indemnification under the terms of the previous sentence, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party thereto. The Company agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any pending or threatened claim, action or proceeding relating to the matters contemplated hereby (if any Indemnified Party is a party thereto or has been threatened to be made a party thereto) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of the Indemnified Party from all liability, without future obligation or prohibition on the part of the Indemnified Party, arising or that may arise out of such claim, action or proceeding, and does not contain an admission of guilt or liability on the part of the Indemnified Party. The Company will not be liable under the foregoing indemnification provision with respect to any particular loss, claim, damage, liability, cost or expense of an Indemnified Party that is determined by a court, in a final judgment from which no further appeal may be taken, to have resulted solely from the willful misconduct, bad faith or fraud of such Indemnified Party. The attorneys’ fees and other expenses of an Indemnified Party shall be paid by the Company as they are incurred upon receipt, in each case, of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party to repay such amounts if it is finally judicially determined that the Liabilities in question resulted solely from the willful misconduct, bad faith or fraud of such Indemnified Party. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Parent, Holdings, the Company or any of their respective subsidiaries have any liability to any Indemnified Party for any Liabilities arising from any failure to agree to any conditions, restrictions, obligations or requirements in connection with applicable antitrust laws, except to the extent such failure arises in connection with a transaction in which Parent, Holdings, the Company or any of their respective subsidiaries are party.

 

6


The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall, and to the extent applicable shall cause the Controlled Entities (as defined below) to, be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the Indemnified Parties in respect of Liabilities in connection with any Jointly Indemnifiable Claims (as defined below), pursuant to and in accordance with (as applicable) the terms of (i) the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended, (ii) this Agreement, (iii) the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Company, as amended, (iv) any other agreement between the Company or any Controlled Entity and the Indemnified Parties pursuant to which the Indemnified Parties are indemnified, (v) the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of any Controlled Entity and/or (vi) the certificate of incorporation, certificate of organization, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or other organizational or governing documents of any Controlled Entity ((i) through (vi) collectively, the “Indemnification Sources”), irrespective of any right of recovery the Indemnified Parties may have from any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Company, any Controlled Entity or the insurer under and pursuant to an insurance policy of the Company, or any Controlled Entity) from whom an Indemnified Party may be entitled to indemnification with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Company or any Controlled Entity may also have an indemnification obligation (collectively, the “Indemnified Party-Related Entities”). Under no circumstance shall the Company or any Controlled Entity be entitled to any right of subrogation or contribution by the Indemnified Party-Related Entities and no right of advancement or recovery the Indemnified Party may have from the Indemnified Party-Related Entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the Indemnified Party or the obligations of the Company or any Controlled Entity under the Indemnification Sources. In the event that any of the Indemnified Party-Related Entities shall make any payment to the Indemnified Party in respect of indemnification with respect to any Jointly Indemnifiable Claim, (x) the Company shall, and to the extent applicable shall cause the Controlled Entities to, reimburse the Indemnified Party-Related Entity making such payment to the extent of such payment promptly upon written demand from such Indemnified Party-Related Entity, (y) to the extent not previously and fully reimbursed by the Company and/or any Controlled Entity pursuant to clause (x), the Indemnified Party-Related Entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of the outstanding balance of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnified Party against the Company and/or any Controlled Entity, as applicable, and (z) the Indemnified Party shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the Indemnified Party-Related Entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. The Company shall cause each of the Controlled Entities to perform the terms and obligations of this paragraph as though each such Controlled Entity was a party to this Agreement.

For purposes of this Agreement, the term (a) “Jointly Indemnifiable Claims” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any Liabilities for which the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to indemnification from both (1) the Company and/or any Controlled Entity pursuant to the Indemnification Sources, on the one hand, and (2) any Indemnified Party-Related Entity pursuant to any other agreement between any Indemnified Party-Related Entity and the Indemnified Party pursuant to which the Indemnified Party is indemnified, the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of any Indemnified Party-Related Entity and/or the certificate of incorporation, certificate of organization, bylaws, partnership agreement, limited liability company or operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or other organizational or governing documents of any Indemnified Party-Related Entity, on the other hand, and (b) the term “Controlled Entity” shall mean any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise controlled by the Company.

 

7


The rights of an Indemnified Party to indemnification hereunder will be in addition to any other rights and remedies any such person may have under any other agreement or instrument to which each Indemnified Party is or becomes a party or is or otherwise becomes a beneficiary or under any law or regulation.

SECTION 7. Accuracy of Information. The Company shall furnish or cause to be furnished to each of the Managers such information as each of the Managers believes reasonably appropriate to render the Services and other services contemplated by this Agreement and to comply with the Securities and Exchange Commission or other legal requirements relating to the beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, by the Managers or their respective affiliates and their respective members, officers and employees of equity securities of the Company or any controlling person or subsidiary thereof (all such information so furnished, the “Information”). The Company recognizes and confirms that the Managers (a) will use and rely primarily on the Information and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the Services and other services contemplated by this Agreement without having independently verified the same, (b) do not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the Information and such other information and (c) are entitled to rely upon the Information without independent verification.

SECTION 8. Term. This Agreement will become effective as of the Effective Time (as defined in the Merger Agreement) and (except as otherwise provided herein) will continue until the eighth anniversary of the date hereof (the “Term”); provided, however, that the Term of this Agreement shall automatically be extended thereafter for successive one-year periods unless either the Company or both Managers deliver a written notice to the other of its desire to terminate this Agreement at least 90 days prior to such eight-year anniversary or the expiration of any such one-year period thereafter. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, (x) the expiration of the Term will not affect the obligations of the Company to pay, or cause to be paid, any amounts accrued but not yet paid as of the date of such expiration and (y) the provisions of Sections 4(c), 4(e), 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 hereof will survive the expiration of the Term. The Management Fee will accrue and be payable with respect to the entire calendar year of the Company in which the Term expires.

SECTION 9. Disclaimer, Release and Limitation of Liability.

(a) Disclaimer; Standard of Care. Neither Manager nor any of their respective affiliates makes any representation or warranty, express or implied, in respect of the Services to be provided hereunder. In no event shall a Manager or any Indemnified Party be liable to the Company or any of its affiliates for any act, alleged act, omission or alleged omission that does not constitute willful misconduct, bad faith or fraud of such Manager as determined by a final, non-appealable determination of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

8


(b) Freedom to Pursue Opportunities. In recognition that each Manager and its affiliates currently have, and will in the future have or will consider acquiring, investments in numerous companies with respect to which such Manager or its affiliates may serve as an advisor, a director or in some other capacity, in recognition that such Manager and its affiliates have myriad duties to various investors and partners, in anticipation that the Company, on the one hand, and the Managers (or one or more of their respective affiliates, associated investment funds or portfolio companies), on the other hand, may engage in the same or similar activities or lines of business and have an interest in the same areas of corporate opportunities, in recognition of the benefits to be derived by the Company hereunder, and in recognition of the difficulties which may confront any advisor who desires and endeavors fully to satisfy such advisor’s duties in determining the full scope of such duties in any particular situation, the provisions of this Section 9(b) are set forth to regulate, define and guide the conduct of certain affairs of the Company as they may involve the Managers. Except as a Manager may otherwise agree in writing after the date hereof:

(i) Each Manager and its affiliates (including one or more associated investments funds or portfolio companies) shall have the right: (A) to directly or indirectly engage in any business (including, without limitation, any business activities or lines of business that are the same as or similar to those pursued by, or competitive with, the Company and its subsidiaries); (B) to directly or indirectly do business with any client or customer of the Company and its subsidiaries; (C) to take any other action that such Manager believes in good faith is necessary to or appropriate to fulfill its obligations as described in the first sentence of this Section 9(b); and (D) not to present potential transactions, matters or business opportunities to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and to pursue, directly or indirectly, any such opportunity for themselves, and to direct any such opportunity to another person.

(ii) Each Manager and its affiliates shall have no duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present any corporate opportunities to the Company or any of its affiliates or to refrain from any actions specified in Section 9(b)(i) hereof, and the Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of its affiliates, hereby irrevocably waives any right to require any Manager or any of their respective affiliates to act in a manner inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 9(b).

(iii) Neither the Managers nor any of their respective affiliates shall be liable to the Company or any of its affiliates for breach of any duty (contractual or otherwise) by reason of any activities or omissions of the types referred to in this Section 9(b) or of any such person’s participation therein.

(c) Release. The Company hereby irrevocably and unconditionally releases and forever discharges each Manager and each other Indemnified Party from any and all liabilities, claims and causes of action related to or arising out of or in connection with the Transactions, the Services or other services contemplated by this Agreement or the engagement of such Manager pursuant to, and the performance by such Manager of the Services or other services contemplated by, this Agreement that the Company may have suffered or incurred, or may claim to have suffered or incurred, on or after the date hereof, except with respect to any act or omission that constitutes willful misconduct, bad faith or fraud of such Manager or Indemnified Party as determined by a final, non-appealable determination of a court of competent jurisdiction. In no event shall a Manager or such Manager’s Indemnified Parties be liable for any such willful misconduct, bad faith or fraud of the other Manager or such other Manager’s Indemnified Parties.

 

9


(d) Limitation of Liability. In no event will any Manager or any Indemnified Party be liable to the Company or any of its affiliates (i) for any indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, including, without limitation, lost profits or savings, whether or not such damages are foreseeable, or for any third-party claims (whether based in contract, tort or otherwise), related to or arising out of or in connection with the Transactions, the Services or other services contemplated by this Agreement or the engagement of such Manager pursuant to, and the performance by such Manager of the Services or other services contemplated by, this Agreement that the Company may have suffered or incurred, or may claim to have suffered or incurred, on or after the date hereof, except with respect to any act or omission that constitutes willful misconduct, bad faith or fraud as determined by a final, non-appealable determination of a court of competent jurisdiction or (ii) for an amount in excess of the fees actually received by such Manager hereunder.

(e) Several Not Joint Obligations. The obligations of each Manager under this Agreement are several and not joint with the obligations of the other Manager, and no Manager shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of the other Manager under this Agreement.

SECTION 10. Miscellaneous.

(a) No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, or consent to any departure by any party hereto from any such provision, will be effective unless it is in writing and signed by each of the parties hereto. Any amendment, waiver or consent will be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. The waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement will not operate as or be construed to be a waiver by such party of any subsequent breach.

(b) Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and will be sufficiently given if delivered personally, sent by facsimile or e-mail with confirmed receipt, or delivered by

 

10


overnight courier or certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows or to such other address of which the parties may have given written notice:

if to SLMC:

with a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to:

if to WP:

with a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to:

if to the Company:

Unless otherwise specified herein, such notices or other communications will be deemed received (i) on the date delivered, if delivered personally or sent by facsimile or e-mail with confirmed receipt, (ii) one business day after being sent by overnight courier and (iii) three business days after being sent by certified or registered mail.

 

11


(c) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all previous oral and written (and all contemporaneous oral) negotiations, commitments, agreements and understandings relating hereto.

(d) This Agreement will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

(e) Each party to this Agreement, by its execution hereof, (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in New York County, New York for the purpose of any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof, (ii) hereby waives to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, and agrees not to assert, and agrees not to allow any of its subsidiaries to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such action, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that any such proceeding brought in one of the above-named courts is improper, or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof or thereof may not be enforced in or by such court and (iii) hereby agrees not to commence or maintain any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof or thereof other than before one of the above-named courts nor to make any motion or take any other action seeking or intending to cause the transfer or removal of any such action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation to any court other than one of the above-named courts whether on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any party hereto is or becomes a party in any litigation in connection with which it may assert indemnification rights set forth in this agreement, the court in which such litigation is being heard shall be deemed to be included in clause (i) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party to this Agreement may commence and maintain an action to enforce a judgment of any of the above-named courts in any court of competent jurisdiction. Each party hereto hereby consents to service of process in any such proceeding in any manner permitted by New York law, and agrees that service of process by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, at its address specified pursuant to Section 10(b) hereof is reasonably calculated to give actual notice.

(f) Each of the parties hereby waives to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law any right it may have to a trial by jury with respect to any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based upon contract, tort or otherwise) directly or indirectly arising out of, under or in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

12


(g) Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned by the Company without the prior written consent of both Managers; provided, however, that each Manager may assign or transfer its duties or interests hereunder to any of its affiliates (other than any portfolio companies affiliated with such Manager) at the sole discretion of such Manager. Subject to the foregoing, the provisions of this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Subject to the next sentence, no person or party other than the parties hereto and their respective successors or permitted assigns is intended to be a beneficiary of this Agreement. The parties acknowledge and agree that (i) each of the Indemnified Party-Related Entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to Section 6 hereof and (ii) each of the Indemnified Parties shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to Sections 6 and 9 hereof, in each case entitled to enforce such provisions as though each such Indemnified Party-Related Entity or Indemnified Party, as applicable, were a party to this Agreement.

(h) This Agreement may be executed by one or more parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile), and all of said counterparts taken together will be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

(i) Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction will, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction will not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

(j) Each payment made by the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid by wire transfer of immediately available federal funds to such account or accounts as specified by the Managers to the Company prior to such payment.

[signature page follows]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed, or have caused to be executed, this Transaction and Management Fee Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SILVER LAKE MANAGEMENT   
COMPANY III, L.L.C.   
By:   

/s/ GLENN H. HUTCHINS

  
Name:    Glenn H. Hutchins   
Title:    Managing Member      
WARBURG PINCUS LLC   
By:   

/s/ CARY DAVIS

  
Name:    Cary Davis   
Title:      
IGLOO MERGER CORPORATION   
By:   

/s/ SEAN DELEHANTY

  

/s/ CARY DAVIS

  
Name:    Sean Delehanty    Cary Davis   
Title:    Vice-President and Secretary    Vice President and Treasurer   

[Transaction and Management Fee Agreement]


EX-10.17

Exhibit 10.17

 

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

BY AND AMONG

SILVER LAKE PARTNERS III, L.P.,

SILVER LAKE TECHNOLOGY INVESTORS III, L.P.,

WARBURG PINCUS PRIVATE EQUITY X, L.P.,

WARBURG PINCUS X PARTNERS, L.P.,

THE INVESTORS

ON SCHEDULE A HERETO,

INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION,

IGLOO INTERMEDIATE CORPORATION

AND

IGLOO HOLDINGS CORPORATION

Dated as of July 29, 2010

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     1  

SECTION 1.01.

  

Defined Terms

     1  

SECTION 1.02.

  

Other Interpretive Provisions

     9  

ARTICLE II REGISTRATION RIGHTS

     10  

SECTION 2.01.

  

Demand Registration.

     10  

SECTION 2.02.

  

Shelf Registration.

     13  

SECTION 2.03.

  

Piggyback Registration.

     16  

SECTION 2.04.

  

Black-out Periods.

     18  

SECTION 2.05.

  

Registration Procedures.

     20  

SECTION 2.06.

  

Underwritten Offerings.

     25  

SECTION 2.07.

  

No Inconsistent Agreements; Additional Rights

     27  

SECTION 2.08.

  

Registration Expenses

     27  

SECTION 2.09.

  

Indemnification.

     28  

SECTION 2.10.

  

Rules 144 and 144A and Regulation S

     32  

SECTION 2.11.

  

Limitation on Registrations and Underwritten Offerings.

     32  

SECTION 2.12.

  

Clear Market

     33  

SECTION 2.13.

  

In-Kind Distributions

     33  

ARTICLE III MISCELLANEOUS

     34  

SECTION 3.01.

  

Term

     34  

SECTION 3.02.

  

Injunctive Relief

     34  

SECTION 3.03.

  

Attorneys’ Fees

     34  

SECTION 3.04.

  

Notices

     35  

SECTION 3.05.

  

Publicity and Confidentiality

     36  

SECTION 3.06.

  

Amendment

     37  

SECTION 3.07.

  

Successors, Assigns and Transferees

     37  

SECTION 3.08.

  

Binding Effect

     37  

SECTION 3.09.

  

Third Party Beneficiaries

     37  

SECTION 3.10.

  

Governing Law; Jurisdiction

     38  

SECTION 3.11.

  

Waiver of Jury Trial

     38  

SECTION 3.12.

  

Severability

     38  

SECTION 3.13.

  

Counterparts

     38  

SECTION 3.14.

  

Headings

     38  

SECTION 3.15.

  

Joinder

     38  

SECTION 3.16.

  

Registering Entity

     39  

 

i


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Registration Rights Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made, entered into and effective July 29, 2010, by and among Warburg Pincus Private Equity X, L.P. (“WPX”), Warburg Pincus X Partners, L.P. (“WPXP” and, together with WPX, “WP”), Silver Lake Partners III, L.P. (“SL”), Silver Lake Technology Investors III, L.P. (“SLTI” and, together with SL, “SLP”), the investors set forth on Schedule A hereto, Interactive Data Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“IDC”), Igloo Intermediate Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), and Igloo Holdings Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, the Holders own Registrable Securities of the Company; and

WHEREAS, the parties desire to set forth certain registration rights applicable to the Registrable Securities.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises, covenants and agreements of the parties hereto, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Adverse Disclosure” means public disclosure of material non-public information that, in the Board of Directors’ good faith judgment, after consultation with independent outside counsel to the Company, (i) would be required to be made in any Registration Statement filed with the SEC by the Company so that such Registration Statement would not be materially misleading and would not be required to be made at such time but for the filing of such Registration Statement; and (ii) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for not disclosing such information publicly.

Affiliate” has the meaning specified in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act; provided that no Holder shall be deemed an Affiliate of the Company, Holdings, IDC or their respective Subsidiaries for purposes of this Agreement; provided further that neither portfolio companies (as such term is commonly used in the private equity industry) of a Sponsor nor limited partners, non-managing members or other similar direct or indirect investors in a Sponsor shall be deemed to be Affiliates of such Sponsor; and further provided that with respect to any Member that is a “governmental plan” within the meaning of ERISA, the other branches and departments of the applicable governments shall not be deemed to be Affiliates of such Member. The term “Affiliated” has a correlative meaning.


Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Approved Holder” means any Holder who, at the time of determination, is an entity of a U.S. state whose indemnification obligations are limited or prohibited by the laws of such state.

Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company.

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which commercial banks located in New York, New York or San Francisco, California are required or authorized by law or executive order to be closed.

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than the Sponsors or their Affiliates or (ii) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than the Sponsors or their Affiliates, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies holding directly or indirectly 100% of the total voting power of the Company.

Closing Date” means the date of the closing of the merger contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

Co-Invest Agreements” means any of the following, as applicable: (i) the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Igloo Co-Invest, LLC (as may be amended from time to time) (the “Co-Investor Agreement”), (ii) the Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Igloo Manager Co-Invest, LLC (as may be amended from time to time), (iii) any limited liability company agreement, limited or general partnership agreement or similar agreement with respect to any Additional Co-Invest Vehicle (as defined in the Company Shareholders Agreement) and (iv) any shareholders agreement or other agreement (other than the Company Shareholders Agreement) or employee stock plan or other employee benefit plan arrangement that applies to a Holder’s ownership of Registrable Securities.

Company” means Igloo Holdings Corporation, a Delaware corporation (including any of its successors by merger, acquisition, reorganization, conversion or otherwise, including, in connection with any IPO, the Registering Entity).

Company Public Sale” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(a).

Company Shareholders Agreement” means the Shareholders Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2010, by and among the Investors set forth on Schedule A thereto, the Company, Holdings and IDC, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

2


Company Share Equivalent” means securities exercisable, exchangeable or convertible into Company Shares.

Company Shares” means the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, any securities into which such shares of common stock shall have been changed, or any securities resulting from any reclassification, recapitalization or similar transactions with respect to such shares of common stock (including any shares of common stock of the Registering Entity).

Demand Company Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(d).

Demand Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

Demand Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

Demand Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(c).

Demand Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

Demand Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

Demand Suspension” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(e).

Effectiveness Date” means the date on which the Sponsors are no longer subject to any underwriter’s lock-up or other contractual restriction (excluding the Company Shareholders Agreement) on the sale of Registrable Securities in connection with an IPO.

Employee Shareholder” has the meaning set forth in the Company Shareholders Agreement.

ERISA” means the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Any reference to a section of ERISA shall include a reference to any successor provision thereto.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Form S-1” means a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, or any comparable or successor form or forms thereto.

Form S-3” means a registration statement on Form S-3 under the Securities Act, or any comparable or successor form or forms thereto.

Holder” means any holder of Registrable Securities that is a party hereto or that succeeds to rights hereunder pursuant to Section 3.07. For the avoidance of doubt, as of the IPO, the term Holder shall include any Initial Co-Investor Holder who then holds Registrable Securities.

 

3


Holdings” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

IDC” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

IPO” means the first underwritten public offering and sale of Company Shares for cash pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Form S-4, S-8 or a comparable form) under the Securities Act.

Initial Co-Investor Holder” means any Person that (i) is a party hereto and is a member of Igloo Co-Invest, LLC on the date hereof or (ii) shall become a Holder pursuant to a Permitted Syndication Sale; provided, that the foregoing shall not include the Sponsors.

Initial Shelf Take-Down Holder” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(e).

Initiating Holder” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a).

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means an issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act, relating to an offer of Registrable Securities.

Long-Form Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

Loss” or “Losses” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(a).

Majority Holder Counsel” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.08.

Marketed Underwritten Offering” means any Underwritten Offering (including a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, but, for the avoidance of doubt, not including any Shelf Take-Down that is not a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down) that involves a customary “road show” (including an “electronic road show”) or other substantial marketing effort by the Company and the underwriters over a period of at least 48 hours.

Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(e).

Material Adverse Change” means (i) any general suspension of trading in, or limitation on prices for, securities on any national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market in the United States (other than ordinary course limitations on hours or numbers of days of trading); (ii) the declaration of a banking moratorium or any suspension of payments in respect of banks in the United States; (iii) a material outbreak or escalation of armed hostilities or other international or national calamity involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or a material adverse change in national or international financial, political or economic conditions; and (iv) any event, change, circumstance or effect that is or is reasonably likely to be materially adverse to the business, properties, assets, liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

4


Merger Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 3, 2010, among Hg Investors LLC, Igloo Merger Corporation and IDC, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

Other Restricted Period” means (a) the period from the Closing Date until the later of (i) the first anniversary of the consummation of the IPO and (ii) the earlier of (x) the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date and (y) the 25% Float Date, provided that, solely with respect to the Initial Co-Investor Holders and their respective Affiliates and Permitted Assignees, such period shall automatically terminate on the tenth anniversary of the Closing Date if it has not terminated prior to such date, or (b) in the case of any Holder that is an Employee Shareholder (as defined in the Company Shareholders Agreement), any longer or shorter period as may be agreed in writing between the Company and such Holder and that has been approved by the Board of Directors (for the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that clause (a) shall apply to any Holder that is an Employee Shareholder who is not a party to any such written agreement).

Participating Holder” means, with respect to any Registration, any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement.

Participating Sponsor” means, with respect to any Registration, any Sponsor that is a Holder of Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement.

Permitted Assignee” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.07.

Permitted Syndication Sale” has the meaning set forth in the Company Shareholders Agreement.

Person” means any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, trust or joint venture, or a governmental agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Piggyback Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(a).

Pro Rata Shelf Percentage” means, as of any date, with respect to a Holder, a number of Registrable Securities equal to (i) the number of Registrable Securities held by such Holder as of such date multiplied by (ii) the larger Pro Rata Sponsor Shelf Percentage with respect to the Participating Sponsors for the applicable Shelf Registration Statement.

Pro Rata Sponsor Shelf Percentage” means, as of the date that an Initiating Holder delivers a Shelf Notice to the Company pursuant to Section 2.02(a) or any other Participating Sponsor delivers a written notice to the Company with respect to such Shelf Notice pursuant to Section 2.02(c), an amount equal to the fraction (expressed as a percentage) determined by dividing (i) the number of Registrable Securities held by such Initiating Holder (and its Affiliates and Permitted Assignees) or other Participating Sponsor (and its Affiliates and Permitted Assignees), respectively, requested by such Initiating Holder or other Participating Sponsor, respectively, to be registered on the applicable Shelf Registration Statement as of such date by (ii) the total number of Registrable Securities held as of such date by such Initiating Holder (and its Affiliates and Permitted Assignees) or other Participating Sponsor (and its Affiliates and Permitted Assignees), respectively.

 

5


Prospectus” means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, all amendments and supplements to such prospectus, including pre- and post-effective amendments to such Registration Statement, and all other material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

Registering Entity” means the Company or if the entity registering Company Shares in connection with the IPO is Holdings, IDC or any other Subsidiary of the Company, such other entity.

Registrable Securities” means any Company Shares and any securities that may be issued or distributed or be issuable or distributable in respect of, or in substitution for, any Company Shares by way of conversion, exercise, dividend, stock split or other distribution, merger, consolidation, exchange, recapitalization or reclassification or similar transaction, in each case whether now owned or hereinafter acquired; provided, however, that any such Registrable Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities to the extent (i) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such Registrable Securities has been declared effective under the Securities Act and such Registrable Securities have been disposed of in accordance with the plan of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement, (ii) such Registrable Securities have been distributed pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 145 of the Securities Act (or any successor rule) and new certificates for them not bearing a legend restricting transfer shall have been delivered by the Company, (iii) such Registrable Securities shall have been otherwise transferred and new certificates for them not bearing a legend restricting transfer shall have been delivered by the Company and such securities may be publicly resold without Registration under the Securities Act, (iv) a Registration Statement on Form S-8 (or any successor form) covering such securities is effective, or (v) such security ceases to be outstanding. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that, with respect to any Registrable Securities for which a Holder holds vested but unexercised options or other Company Share Equivalents at such time exercisable for, convertible into or exchangeable for Company Shares, to the extent that such Registrable Securities are to be sold pursuant to this Agreement, such Holder must exercise the relevant option or exercise, convert or exchange such other relevant Company Share Equivalent and transfer the underlying Registrable Securities (in each case, net of any amounts required to be withheld by the Company in connection with such exercise).

Registration” means a registration with the SEC of the Company’s securities for offer and sale to the public under a Registration Statement. The term “Register” shall have a correlative meaning.

Registration Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.08.

Registration Statement” means any registration statement of the Company that covers Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement filed with, or to be filed with, the SEC under the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act, including the related Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including pre- and post-effective amendments, and all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

 

6


Representatives” means, with respect to any Person, any of such Person’s officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, accountants, actuaries, consultants, equity financing partners or financial advisors or other Person associated with, or acting on behalf of, such Person.

Restricted Period” means the period from the Closing Date until the earlier of (i) the 25% Float Date and (ii) the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date.

Rule 144” means Rule 144 (or any successor provisions) under the Securities Act.

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

Shelf Holder” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(c).

Shelf Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a).

Shelf Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(b).

Shelf Registration” means a Registration effected pursuant to Section 2.02.

Shelf Registration Statement” means a Registration Statement of the Company filed with the SEC on either (i) Form S-3 or (ii) if the Company is not permitted to file a Registration Statement on Form S-3, an evergreen Registration Statement on Form S-1, in each case for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (or any successor provision) covering all or any portion of the Registrable Securities, as applicable.

Shelf Suspension” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(d).

Shelf Take-Down” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(e).

Short-Form Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

SL” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

SLP” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

SLP Sponsor Registration Demands” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11.

SLTI” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Special Purpose Vehicle” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(d).

Special Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.12.

 

7


Sponsors” means (i) SL and SLTI, any successor funds thereto, and their respective Affiliates that are direct or indirect equity investors in the Company and (ii) WPXP and WP, any successor funds thereto, and their respective Affiliates that are direct or indirect equity investors in the Company (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to clauses (i) and (ii), any Employee Shareholder (as defined in the Company Shareholders Agreement), and Igloo Co-Invest, LLC and any Additional Co-Invest Vehicle (as defined in the Company Shareholders Agreement)).

Sponsor Registration Demands” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11.

Sponsor Underwritten Offering” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.12.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any entity of which (i) a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock or equivalent ownership interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers, trustees or other members of the applicable governing body thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if no such governing body exists at such entity, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock or equivalent ownership interests of the entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control the managing member or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

25% Float Date” means the date, as reasonably determined by each of the Sponsors, after the consummation of an IPO, on which at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the outstanding Company Shares (i) are held by Persons other than the Shareholders (as defined in the Company Shareholders Agreement) or the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including Holdings and IDC) and (ii) are not subject to transfer restrictions (including under applicable securities laws or pursuant to the Company Shareholders Agreement or any Co-Invest Agreement) as to which the Company’s transfer agent has been notified.

Underwritten Offering” means a Registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an underwriter or underwriters on a firm commitment basis for reoffering to the public.

Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(e).

WP” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

WP Sponsor Registration Demands” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11(a).

WPX” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

8


WPXP” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

SECTION 1.02. Other Interpretive Provisions. (a) In this Agreement, except as otherwise provided:

(i) A reference to an Article, Section, Schedule or Exhibit is a reference to an Article or Section of, or Schedule or Exhibit to, this Agreement, and references to this Agreement include any recital in or Schedule or Exhibit to this Agreement.

(ii) The Schedules and Exhibits form an integral part of and are hereby incorporated by reference into this Agreement.

(iii) Headings and the Table of Contents are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

(iv) Unless the context otherwise requires, words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa, words importing the masculine include the feminine and vice versa, and words importing persons include corporations, associations, partnerships, joint ventures and limited liability companies and vice versa.

(v) Unless the context otherwise requires, the words “hereof” and “herein,” and words of similar meaning refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or clause. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

(vi) A reference to any legislation or to any provision of any legislation shall include any amendment, modification or re-enactment thereof and any legislative provision substituted therefor.

(vii) All determinations to be made by the Sponsors hereunder may be made by the Sponsors in their sole discretion, and the Sponsors may determine, in their sole discretion, whether or not to take actions that are permitted, but not required, by this Agreement to be taken by the Sponsors, including the giving of consents required hereunder.

(b) The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intention or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.

 

9


ARTICLE II

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

SECTION 2.01. Demand Registration.

(a) Demand by Sponsor. At any time after the date that is 90 days prior to the Effectiveness Date, either Sponsor (such Sponsor, a “Demand Party”) may, subject to Section 2.11 and subject to the obligation of such Sponsor to obtain the prior written consent of the other Sponsor if the Restricted Period will not have expired at the time of the filing of the applicable Registration Statement with the SEC, make a written request (a “Demand Notice”) to the Company for Registration of all or part of the Registrable Securities held by such Demand Party (i) on Form S-1 (a “Long-Form Registration”) or (ii) on Form S-3 (a “Short-Form Registration”) if the Company qualifies to use such short form (any such requested Long-Form Registration or Short-Form Registration, a “Demand Registration”). Each Demand Notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities of the Demand Party to be registered and the intended methods of disposition thereof. Subject to Section 2.11, after delivery of such Demand Notice, the Company (x) shall file promptly (and, in any event, within (i) ninety (90) days in the case of a request for a Long-Form Registration or (ii) thirty (30) days in the case of a request for a Short-Form Registration, in each case, following delivery of such Demand Notice) with the SEC a Registration Statement relating to such Demand Registration (a “Demand Registration Statement”) (provided, however, that if a Demand Notice is delivered prior to the Effectiveness Date, the Company shall not be obligated to file (but shall be obligated to prepare) such Demand Registration Statement prior to the Effectiveness Date), and (y) shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Demand Registration Statement to promptly be declared effective under (x) the Securities Act and (y) the “Blue Sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any Participating Holder or any underwriter, if any, reasonably requests.

(b) Demand Withdrawal. A Demand Party may withdraw its Registrable Securities from a Demand Registration at any time prior to the effectiveness of the applicable Demand Registration Statement. Upon delivery of a notice by the Demand Party to such effect, the Company shall cease all efforts to secure effectiveness of the applicable Demand Registration Statement, and such Registration nonetheless shall be deemed a Demand Registration with respect to such Demand Party for purposes of Section 2.11 unless (i) such Demand Party shall have paid or reimbursed the Company for its pro rata share of all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses incurred by the Company in connection with the Registration of such withdrawn Registrable Securities (based on the number of securities the Demand Party sought to register, as compared to the total number of securities included on such Demand Registration Statement) or (ii) the withdrawal is made (A) (x) following the occurrence of a Material Adverse Change, (y) if, as of the date of such withdrawal, the per share stock price of the Company Shares has declined by 15% or more as compared to the closing per share stock price of the Company Shares on the date of the delivery of the Demand Notice with respect to such Demand Registration or (z) following the discovery by the Demand Party of material adverse or undisclosed information concerning the Company or its Subsidiaries of which such Demand Party did not have prior actual knowledge or (B) because the Registration would require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure. In addition, any other Holder that has requested its Registrable Securities be included in a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2.01(d) may withdraw its Registrable Securities from a Demand Registration at any time prior to the effectiveness of the applicable Demand Registration Statement.

 

10


(c) Effective Registration. The Company shall be deemed to have effected a Demand Registration with respect to the applicable Demand Party for purposes of Section 2.11 if the Demand Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and remains effective for not less than 180 days (or such shorter period as shall terminate when all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold or withdrawn), or if such Registration Statement relates to an Underwritten Offering, such longer period as, in the opinion of counsel for the underwriter or underwriters, a Prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer (the applicable period, the “Demand Period”). No Demand Registration shall be deemed to have been effected for purposes of Section 2.11 if (i) during the Demand Period such Registration is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or other governmental agency or court or (ii) the conditions to closing specified in the underwriting agreement, if any, entered into in connection with such Registration are not satisfied other than by reason of a wrongful act, misrepresentation or breach of such applicable underwriting agreement by the Demand Party.

(d) Demand Company Notice. Subject to Section 2.11, promptly upon delivery of any Demand Notice (but in no event more than 5 Business Days thereafter), the Company shall deliver a written notice (a “Demand Company Notice”) of any such Registration request to all Holders (other than the Demand Party), and the Company shall include in such Demand Registration all such Registrable Securities of such Holders which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within 10 Business Days after the date that such Demand Company Notice has been delivered. All requests made pursuant to this Section 2.01(d) shall specify the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities of such Holder to be registered.

(e) Delay in Filing; Suspension of Registration. If the Company shall furnish to the Participating Holders a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer or equivalent senior executive officer of the Company stating that the filing, effectiveness or continued use of a Demand Registration Statement would require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure, then the Company may delay the filing (but not the preparation of) or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, the Demand Registration Statement (a “Demand Suspension”); provided, however, that the Company, unless otherwise approved in writing by both of the Sponsors, shall not be permitted to exercise aggregate Demand Suspensions and Shelf Suspensions more than twice, or for more than an aggregate of 90 days, in each case, during any 12-month period; provided further that in the event of a Demand Suspension, such Demand Suspension shall terminate at such earlier time as the Company would no longer be required to make any Adverse Disclosure. Each Participating Holder shall keep confidential the fact that a Demand Suspension is in effect, the certificate referred to above and its contents unless and until otherwise notified by the Company, except (A) for disclosure to such Holder’s employees, agents and professional advisers who reasonably need to know such information for purposes of assisting the Holder with respect to its investment in the Company Shares and agree to keep it confidential, (B) for disclosures to the extent required in order to comply with reporting obligations to its limited partners or other direct or indirect investors who have agreed to keep such information confidential, (C) if and to the extent such matters are publicly disclosed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any other Person that, to the actual knowledge of such Holder, was not subject to an obligation or duty of confidentiality to the Company and its Subsidiaries and (D) as required by law, rule or regulation. In the case of a Demand Suspension, the Holders agree to suspend use of the applicable Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in connection with any sale or purchase of, or offer to sell or purchase, Registrable Securities, upon delivery of the notice referred to above. The Company shall immediately notify the Holders upon the termination of any Demand Suspension, amend or supplement the Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, if necessary, so it does not contain any untrue statement or omission and furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of the Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as so amended or supplemented as the Holders may reasonably request. The Company agrees, if necessary, to supplement or make amendments to the Demand Registration Statement if required by the registration form used by the Company for the applicable Registration or by the instructions applicable to such registration form or by the Securities Act or the rules or regulations promulgated thereunder, or as may reasonably be requested by any Sponsor.

 

11


(f) Underwritten Offering. If the Demand Party so requests, an offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Demand Registration shall be in the form of an Underwritten Offering, and such Demand Party shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer the offering; provided that such managing underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company and the other Participating Sponsor (if any). If the Demand Party intends to sell the Registrable Securities covered by its demand by means of an Underwritten Offering, such Demand Party shall so advise the Company as part of its Demand Notice, and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Company Notice.

(g) Priority of Securities Registered Pursuant to Demand Registrations. If the managing underwriter or underwriters of a proposed Underwritten Offering of the Registrable Securities included in a Demand Registration advise the Board of Directors in writing that, in its or their opinion, the number of securities requested to be included in such Demand Registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered or the market for the securities offered, the securities to be included in such Demand Registration (i) first, shall be allocated pro rata among the Holders (including the Sponsors, as applicable) that have requested to participate in such Demand Registration based on the relative number of Registrable Securities then held by each such Holder (provided that any securities thereby allocated to a Holder that exceed such Holder’s request shall be reallocated among the remaining requesting Holders in like manner), (ii) second, and only if all the securities referred to in clause (i) have been included in such Registration, the number of securities that the Company proposes to include in such Registration that, in the opinion of the managing underwriter or underwriters, can be sold without having such adverse effect and (iii) third, and only if all of the securities referred to in clause (ii) have been included in such Registration, any other securities eligible for inclusion in such Registration that, in the opinion of the managing underwriter or underwriters, can be sold without having such adverse effect.

 

12


SECTION 2.02. Shelf Registration.

(a) Filing. At any time after the date that is 90 days after the Effectiveness Date, either Sponsor (such Sponsor, the “Initiating Holder”) may, subject to Section 2.11 and subject to the obligation of such Sponsor to obtain the prior written consent of the other Sponsor if the Restricted Period will not have expired at the time of the filing of the applicable Shelf Registration Statement with the SEC, make a written request (a “Shelf Notice”) to the Company to file a Shelf Registration Statement, which Shelf Notice shall specify whether such Registration shall be a Long-Form Registration or, if the Company qualifies to use such short form, a Short-Form Registration, the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities of the Initiating Holder to be registered therein and the intended methods of distribution thereof. Following the delivery of a Shelf Notice, the Company (x) shall file promptly (and, in any event, within (i) ninety (90) days in the case of a request for a Long-Form Registration or (ii) thirty (30) days in the case of a request for a Short-Form Registration, in each case, following delivery of such Shelf Notice) with the SEC such Shelf Registration Statement (which shall be an automatic Shelf Registration Statement if the Company qualifies at such time to file such a Shelf Registration Statement) relating to the offer and sale of all Registrable Securities requested for inclusion therein by the Initiating Holder and, to the extent requested under Section 2.02(c), the other Holders from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Holders (to the extent permitted in this Section 2.02) and set forth in the Shelf Registration Statement (provided, however, that if a Shelf Notice is delivered prior to the Effectiveness Date, the Company shall not be obligated to file (but shall be obligated to prepare) such Shelf Registration Statement prior to the Effectiveness Date) and (y) shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement promptly to be declared effective under the Securities Act (including upon the filing thereof if the Company qualifies to file an automatic Shelf Registration Statement); provided, however, that any such Shelf Registration Statement request shall be deemed to be, for purposes of Section 2.11, a Demand Registration effected by the Initiating Holder and subject to the limitations set forth therein. If, on the date of any such request, the Company does not qualify to file a Shelf Registration Statement under the Securities Act, the provisions of this Section 2.02 shall not apply, and the provisions of Section 2.01 shall apply instead.

(b) Continued Effectiveness. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep any Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2.02(a) continuously effective under the Securities Act in order to permit the Prospectus forming a part thereof to be usable by Shelf Holders until the earliest of (i) the date as of which all Registrable Securities have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or another Registration Statement filed under the Securities Act (but in no event prior to the applicable period referred to in Section 4(3) of the Securities Act and Rule 174 thereunder), (ii) the date as of which each of the Shelf Holders is permitted to sell its Registrable Securities without Registration pursuant to Rule 144 without volume limitation or other restrictions on transfer thereunder and (iii) such shorter period as the Participating Sponsors with respect to such Shelf Registration shall agree in writing (such period of effectiveness, the “Shelf Period”). Subject to Section 2.02(d), the Company shall not be deemed to have used its reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the Shelf Period if the Company voluntarily takes any action or omits to take any action that would result in Shelf Holders not being able to offer and sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement during the Shelf Period, unless such action or omission is (x) a Shelf Suspension permitted pursuant to Section 2.02(d) or (y) required by applicable law, rule or regulation.

 

13


(c) Company Notices. Promptly upon delivery of any Shelf Notice pursuant to Section 2.02(a) (but in no event more than 5 Business Days thereafter), the Company shall deliver a written notice of such Shelf Notice to the other Sponsor and the Company shall include in such Shelf Registration all such Registrable Securities of such other Sponsor which the Company has received a written request for inclusion therein within five (5) Business Days after such written notice is delivered to such other Sponsor. Promptly after delivery of any such written request by the other Sponsor (but in no event more than ten (10) Business Days after delivery of the Shelf Notice), the Company shall deliver a written notice of such Shelf Notice to all Holders other than the Sponsors (which notice shall specify the Pro Rata Sponsor Shelf Percentage applicable to such Shelf Registration) and the Company shall include in such Shelf Registration all such Registrable Securities of such Holders which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within five (5) Business Days after such written notice is delivered to such Holders (each such Holder delivering such a request and the other Sponsor if a Participating Sponsor, together with the Initiating Holder, a “Shelf Holder”); provided that the Company shall not include in such Shelf Registration Registrable Securities of any Holder (other than a Sponsor) in an amount in excess of such Holder’s Pro Rata Shelf Percentage. If the Company is permitted by applicable law, rule or regulation to add selling stockholders to a Shelf Registration Statement without filing a post-effective amendment, a Holder may request the inclusion of an amount of such Holder’s Registrable Securities not to exceed such Holder’s Pro Rata Shelf Percentage in such Shelf Registration Statement at any time or from time to time after the filing of a Shelf Registration Statement, and the Company shall add such Registrable Securities to the Shelf Registration Statement as promptly as reasonably practicable, and such Holder shall be deemed a Shelf Holder.

(d) Suspension of Registration. If the Company shall furnish to the Shelf Holders a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer or equivalent senior executive officer of the Company stating that the continued use of a Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2.02(a) would require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure, then the Company may suspend use of the Shelf Registration Statement (a “Shelf Suspension”); provided, however, that the Company, unless otherwise approved in writing by both Sponsors, shall not be permitted to exercise aggregate Demand Suspensions and Shelf Suspensions more than twice, or for more than an aggregate of 90 days, in each case, during any 12-month period; provided further that in the event of a Shelf Suspension, such Shelf Suspension shall terminate at such earlier time as the Company would no longer be required to make any Adverse Disclosure. Each Shelf Holder shall keep confidential the fact that a Shelf Suspension is in effect, the certificate referred to above and its contents unless and until otherwise notified by the Company, except (A) for disclosure to such Shelf Holder’s employees, agents and professional advisers who reasonably need to know such information for purposes of assisting the Holder with respect to its investment in the Company Shares and agree to keep it confidential, (B) for disclosures to the extent required in order to comply with reporting obligations to its limited partners or other direct or indirect investors who have agreed to keep such information confidential, (C) if and to the extent such matters are publicly disclosed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any other Person that, to the actual knowledge of such Shelf Holder, was not subject to an obligation or duty of confidentiality to the Company and its Subsidiaries and (D) as required by law, rule or regulation. In the case of a Shelf Suspension, the Holders agree to suspend use of the applicable Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in connection with any sale or purchase of, or offer to sell or purchase, Registrable Securities, upon delivery of the notice referred to above. The Company shall immediately notify the Holders upon the termination of any Shelf Suspension, amend or supplement the Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, if necessary, so it does not contain any untrue statement or omission and furnish to the Shelf Holders such numbers of copies of the Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as so amended or supplemented as the Shelf Holders may reasonably request. The Company agrees, if necessary, to supplement or make amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement if required by the registration form used by the Company for the applicable Registration or by the instructions applicable to such registration form or by the Securities Act or the rules or regulations promulgated thereunder, or as may reasonably be requested by any Sponsor.

 

14


(e) Shelf Take-Downs.

(i) An offering or sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement (each, a “Shelf Take-Down”) may be initiated only by the following Shelf Holders (each, an “Initiating Shelf Take-Down Holder”): (A) subject to Section 2.11 and subject to the obligation of such Sponsor to obtain the prior written consent of the other Sponsor if the Restricted Period has not expired, at any time by either Sponsor or (B) any Shelf Holder that is not a Sponsor after the Other Restricted Period applicable to such Shelf Holder has expired. Except as set forth in Section 2.02(e)(iii) with respect to Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Downs, each such Initiating Shelf Take-Down Holder shall not be required to permit the offer and sale of Registrable Securities by other Shelf Holders in connection with any such Shelf Take-Down initiated by such Initiating Shelf Take-Down Holder.

(ii) Subject to Section 2.11, if the Initiating Shelf Take-Down Holder is a Sponsor and such Initiating Shelf Take-Down Holder elects by written request to the Company, a Shelf Take-Down shall be in the form of an Underwritten Offering (an “Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice”) and the Company shall amend or supplement the Shelf Registration Statement for such purpose as soon as practicable. Such Initiating Shelf Take-Down Holder shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer such offering; provided that such managing underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company and the other Sponsor if such other Sponsor is permitted to, and proposes to, sell Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Take-Down. The provisions of Section 2.01(g) shall apply to any Underwritten Offering pursuant to this Section 2.02(e).

(iii) If the plan of distribution set forth in any Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice includes a customary “road show” (including an “electronic road show”) or other substantial marketing effort by the Company and the underwriters over a period expected to exceed 48 hours (a “Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down”), promptly upon delivery of such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice (but in no event more than 3 Business Days thereafter), the Company shall promptly deliver a written notice (a “Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice”) of such Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down to all Shelf Holders (other than the Initiating Shelf Take-Down Holder), and the Company shall include in such Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down all such Registrable Securities of such Shelf Holders that are Registered on such Shelf Registration Statement for which the Company has received written requests, which requests must specify the aggregate amount of such Registrable Securities of such Holder to be offered and sold pursuant to such Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, for inclusion therein within 3 Business Days after the date that such Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice has been delivered.

 

15


SECTION 2.03. Piggyback Registration.

(a) Participation. If the Company at any time proposes to file a Registration Statement with respect to any offering of its equity securities for its own account or for the account of any other Persons (other than (i) a Registration under Section 2.01 or 2.02, it being understood that this clause (i) does not limit the rights of Holders to make written requests pursuant to Sections 2.01 or 2.02 or otherwise limit the applicability thereof, (ii) a Registration Statement on Form S-4 or S-8 (or such other similar successor forms then in effect under the Securities Act), (iii) a registration of securities solely relating to an offering and sale to employees, directors or consultants of the Company or its Subsidiaries pursuant to any employee stock plan or other employee benefit plan arrangement, (iv) a registration not otherwise covered by clause (ii) above pursuant to which the Company is offering to exchange its own securities for other securities, (v) a Registration Statement relating solely to dividend reinvestment or similar plans or (vi) a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to which only the initial purchasers and subsequent transferees of debt securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that are convertible or exchangeable for Company Shares and that are initially issued pursuant to Rule 144A and/or Regulation S (or any successor provisions) of the Securities Act may resell such notes and sell the Company Shares into which such notes may be converted or exchanged) (a “Company Public Sale”), then, (A) as soon as practicable (but in no event less than 30 days prior to the proposed date of filing of such Registration Statement), the Company shall give written notice of such proposed filing to the Sponsors, and such notice shall offer each Sponsors the opportunity to Register under such Registration Statement such number of Registrable Securities as such Sponsor may request in writing delivered to the Company within 10 days of delivery of such written notice by the Company (subject to the obligation of such Sponsor to obtain the prior written consent of the other Sponsor if the Restricted Period will not have expired at the time of the filing of the applicable Registration Statement with the SEC), and (B) subject to Section 2.03(c), as soon as practicable after the expiration of such 10-day period (but in no event less than 15 days prior to the proposed date of filing of such Registration Statement), the Company shall give written notice of such proposed filing to the Holders (other than the Sponsors), and such notice shall offer each such Holder the opportunity to Register under such Registration Statement such number of Registrable Securities as such Holder may request in writing within 10 days of delivery of such written notice by the Company. Subject to Sections 2.03(b) and (c), the Company shall include in such Registration Statement all such Registrable Securities that are requested by Holders to be included therein in compliance with the immediately foregoing sentence (a “Piggyback Registration”); provided that if at any time after giving written notice of its intention to Register any equity securities and prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement filed in connection with such Piggyback Registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to Register or to delay Registration of the equity securities covered by such Piggyback Registration, the Company shall give written notice of such determination to each Holder that had requested to Register its, his or her Registrable Securities in such Registration Statement and, thereupon, (1) in the case of a determination not to Register, shall be relieved of its obligation to Register any Registrable Securities in connection with such Registration (but not from its obligation to pay the Registration Expenses in connection therewith), without prejudice, however, to the rights of the Sponsors to request that such Registration be effected as a Demand Registration under Section 2.01, and (2) in the case of a determination to delay Registering, in the absence of a request by the Sponsors to request that such Registration be effected as a Demand Registration under Section 2.01, shall be permitted to delay Registering any Registrable Securities, for the same period as the delay in Registering the other equity securities covered by such Piggyback Registration. If the offering pursuant to such Registration Statement is to be underwritten, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant this Section 2.03(a), and each Holder making a request for a Piggyback Registration pursuant to this Section 2.03(a) must, and the Company shall make such arrangements with the managing underwriter or underwriters so that each such Holder may, participate in such Underwritten Offering, subject to the conditions of Section 2.03(b) and (c). If the offering pursuant to such Registration Statement is to be on any other basis, the Company shall so advise the Holders as part of the written notice given pursuant to this Section 2.03(a), and each Holder making a request for a Piggyback Registration pursuant to this Section 2.03(a) must, and the Company shall make such arrangements so that each such Holder may, participate in such offering on such basis, subject to the conditions of Section 2.03(b) and (c). Each Holder shall be permitted to withdraw all or part of its Registrable Securities from a Piggyback Registration at any time prior to the effectiveness of such Registration Statement.

 

16


(b) Priority of Piggyback Registration. If the managing underwriter or underwriters of any proposed Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities included in a Piggyback Registration informs the Company and the Holders that have requested to participate in such Piggyback Registration in writing that, in its or their opinion, the number of securities which such Holders and any other Persons intend to include in such offering exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered or the market for the securities offered, then the securities to be included in such Registration shall be (i) first, 100% of the securities that the Company or (subject to Section 2.07) any Person (other than a Holder) exercising a contractual right to demand Registration, as the case may be, proposes to sell, and (ii) second, and only if all the securities referred to in clause (i) have been included, the number of Registrable Securities that, in the opinion of such managing underwriter or underwriters, can be sold without having such adverse effect in such Registration, with such number to be allocated pro rata among such Holders (including any Sponsor so long as such Sponsor is a Holder) that have requested to participate in such Registration based on the relative number of Registrable Securities then held by each such Holder (provided that any securities thereby allocated to a Holder that exceed such Holder’s request shall be reallocated among the remaining requesting Holders in like manner) and (iii) third, and only if all of the Registrable Securities referred to in clause (ii) have been included in such Registration, any other securities eligible for inclusion in such Registration that, in the opinion of the managing underwriter or underwriters, can be sold without having such adverse effect in such Registration.

(c) Restrictions on Non-Sponsor Holders. Notwithstanding any provisions contained herein, Holders other than the Sponsors shall not be able to exercise the right to a Piggyback Registration unless at least one Sponsor exercises its rights with respect to such Piggyback Registration.

 

17


(d) No Effect on Demand Registrations. No Registration of Registrable Securities effected pursuant to a request under this Section 2.03 shall be deemed to have been effected pursuant to Sections 2.01 or 2.02 or shall relieve the Company of its obligations under Sections 2.01 or 2.02.

SECTION 2.04. Black-out Periods.

(a) Black-out Periods for Holders. In the event of a Company Public Sale of the Company’s equity securities in an Underwritten Offering, each of the Holders agree, if requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters in such Underwritten Offering (and, with respect to a Company Public Sale other than the IPO, if and only if both Sponsors agree to such request), not to (1) offer for sale, sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any Company Shares (including Company Shares that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and Company Shares that may be issued upon exercise of any options or warrants) or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Company Shares, (2) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic benefits or risks of ownership of Company Shares, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Company Shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise, (3) make any demand for or exercise any right or cause to be filed a Registration Statement, including any amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any Company Shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Company Shares or any other securities of the Company or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing, in each case, during the period beginning 7 days before and ending 180 days (in the event of the IPO) or 90 days (in the event of any other Company Public Sale) (or, in each case, such other period as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the managing underwriter or underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in the FINRA rules or any successor provisions or amendments thereto) after the date of the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with such Company Public Sale, to the extent timely notified in writing by the Company or the managing underwriter or underwriters; provided, that no Holder shall be subject to any such black-out period of longer duration than that applicable to any Sponsor or any other Holder. If requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters of any such Public Company Sale (and, with respect to any such Company Public Sale other than the IPO, if and only if both Sponsors agree to such request), the Holders shall execute a separate agreement to the foregoing effect. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Company Shares (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of the period referenced above.

 

18


(b) Black-out Period for the Company and Others. In the case of an offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.01 or 2.02 that is a Marketed Underwritten Offering, the Company and each of the Holders agree, if requested by a Participating Sponsor or the managing underwriter or underwriters with respect to such Marketed Underwritten Offering, not to (1) offer for sale, sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any Company Shares (including Company Shares that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and Company Shares that may be issued upon exercise of any options or warrants) or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Company Shares, (2) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic benefits or risks of ownership of Company Shares, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Company Shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise, (3) make any demand for or exercise any right or cause to be filed a Registration Statement, including any amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any Company Shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Company Shares or any other securities of the Company or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing, in each case, during the period beginning 7 days before, and ending 90 days (or such lesser period as may be agreed by a Participating Sponsor or, if applicable, the managing underwriter or underwriters) (or such other period as may be reasonably requested by a Participating Sponsor or the managing underwriter or underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in the FINRA rules or any successor provisions or amendments thereto) after, the date of the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with such Marketed Underwritten Offering, to the extent timely notified in writing by a Participating Sponsor or the managing underwriter or underwriters, as the case may be; provided that no Holder shall be subject to any such black-out period of longer duration than that applicable to any Sponsor or any other Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may effect a public sale or distribution of securities of the type described above and during the periods described above if such sale or distribution is made pursuant to Registrations on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor form to such Forms or as part of any Registration of securities for offering and sale to employees, directors or consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries pursuant to any employee stock plan or other employee benefit plan arrangement. The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to obtain from each holder of restricted securities of the Company which securities are the same as or similar to the Registrable Securities being Registered, or any restricted securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of such securities, an agreement not to effect any public sale or distribution of such securities during any such period referred to in this paragraph, except as part of any such Registration, if permitted. Without limiting the foregoing (but subject to Section 2.07), if after the date hereof either the Company, Holdings or IDC grants any Person (other than a Holder) any rights to demand or participate in a Registration, each of the Company, Holdings and IDC agrees that the agreement with respect thereto shall include such Person’s agreement to comply with any black-out period required by this Section as if it were a Holder hereunder. If requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters of any such Marketed Underwritten Offering, the Holders shall execute a separate agreement to the foregoing effect. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Company Shares (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of the period referenced above.

 

19


SECTION 2.05. Registration Procedures.

(a) In connection with the Company’s Registration obligations under Sections 2.01, 2.02 and 2.03 and subject to the applicable terms and conditions set forth therein, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect such Registration to permit the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof as expeditiously as reasonably practicable, and in connection therewith the Company shall:

(i) prepare the required Registration Statement including all exhibits and financial statements required under the Securities Act to be filed therewith, and before filing a Registration Statement, Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto, (x) furnish to the underwriters, if any, and the Participating Sponsors, if any, copies of all documents prepared to be filed, which documents shall be subject to the review of such underwriters and the Participating Sponsors and their respective counsel and (y) except in the case of a Registration under Section 2.03, not file any Registration Statement or Prospectus or amendments or supplements thereto to which either Participating Sponsor or the underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object;

(ii) as promptly as practicable file with the SEC a Registration Statement relating to the Registrable Securities including all exhibits and financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act as soon as practicable;

(iii) prepare and file with the SEC such pre- and post-effective amendments to such Registration Statement, supplements to the Prospectus and such amendments or supplements to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as may be (x) reasonably requested by any Participating Sponsor, (y) reasonably requested by any other Participating Holder (to the extent such request relates to information relating to such Holder), or (z) necessary to keep such Registration effective for the period of time required by this Agreement, and comply with provisions of the applicable securities laws with respect to the sale or other disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during such period in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement;

(iv) notify the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and (if requested) confirm such advice in writing and provide copies of the relevant documents, as soon as reasonably practicable after notice thereof is received by the Company (A) when the applicable Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed or becomes effective, and when the applicable Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto has been filed, (B) of any written comments by the SEC or any request by the SEC or any other federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or any order by the SEC or any other regulatory authority preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary or final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for such purposes, (D) if, at any time, the representations and warranties of the Company in any applicable underwriting agreement cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (E) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction and (F) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction;

 

20


(v) promptly notify the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, when the Company becomes aware of the happening of any event as a result of which the applicable Registration Statement, the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (as then in effect) or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of such Prospectus, any preliminary Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, when any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus includes information that may conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such time period to amend or supplement such Registration Statement, Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in order to comply with the Securities Act and, in either case as promptly as reasonably practicable thereafter, prepare and file with the SEC, and furnish without charge to the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, an amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement, Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus which shall correct such misstatement or omission or effect such compliance;

(vi) use its reasonable best efforts to prevent, or obtain the withdrawal of, any stop order or other order suspending the use of any preliminary or final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus;

(vii) promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or post-effective amendment to the applicable Registration Statement such information as the managing underwriter or underwriters and the Participating Sponsor(s) agree should be included therein relating to the plan of distribution with respect to such Registrable Securities, and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or post-effective amendment as soon as reasonably practicable after being notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or post-effective amendment;

(viii) furnish to each Participating Holder and each underwriter, if any, without charge, as many conformed copies as such Holder or underwriter may reasonably request of the applicable Registration Statement and any amendment or post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits (including those incorporated by reference);

 

21


(ix) deliver to each Participating Holder and each underwriter, if any, without charge, as many copies of the applicable Prospectus (including each preliminary Prospectus), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder or underwriter may reasonably request (it being understood that the Company consents to the use of such Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by such Holder and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities thereby) and such other documents as such Holder or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder or underwriter;

(x) on or prior to the date on which the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective, use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify, and cooperate with the Participating Holders, the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel, in connection with the registration or qualification of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of each state and other jurisdiction of the United States as any Participating Holder or managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or their respective counsel reasonably request in writing and do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary or advisable to keep such registration or qualification in effect for such period as required by Section 2.01(c) or 2.02(b), whichever is applicable, provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to taxation or general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

(xi) cooperate with the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends, and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriters may request at least 2 Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities to the underwriters;

(xii) use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter or underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(xiii) not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities and provide the applicable transfer agent with printed certificates for the Registrable Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company;

(xiv) make such representations and warranties to the Participating Holders and the underwriters or agents, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers in secondary underwritten public offerings;

 

22


(xv) enter into such customary agreements (including underwriting and indemnification agreements) and take all such other actions as any Participating Sponsor or the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the registration and disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(xvi) obtain for delivery to the Participating Holders and to the underwriter or underwriters, if any, an opinion or opinions from counsel for the Company dated the effective date of the Registration Statement or, in the event of an Underwritten Offering, the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, in customary form, scope and substance, which opinions shall be reasonably satisfactory to such Holders or underwriters, as the case may be, and their respective counsel;

(xvii) in the case of an Underwritten Offering, obtain for delivery to the Company and the managing underwriter or underwriters, with copies to the Participating Holders, a cold comfort letter from the Company’s independent certified public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters as the managing underwriter or underwriters reasonably request, dated the date of execution of the underwriting agreement and brought down to the closing under the underwriting agreement;

(xviii) cooperate with each Participating Holder and each underwriter, if any, participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with the FINRA;

(xix) use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable securities laws and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

(xx) provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement from and after a date not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

(xxi) use its best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange on which any of the Company Shares are then listed or quoted and on each inter-dealer quotation system on which any of the Company Shares are then quoted;

 

23


(xxii) make available upon reasonable notice at reasonable times and for reasonable periods for inspection by any Participating Sponsor, by any underwriter participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to such Registration Statement and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such Sponsor(s) or any such underwriter, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause all of the Company’s officers, directors and employees and the independent public accountants who have certified its financial statements to make themselves available to discuss the business of the Company and to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Person in connection with such Registration Statement as shall be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility; provided that any such Person gaining access to information regarding the Company pursuant to this Section 2.05(a)(xxii) shall agree to hold in strict confidence and shall not make any disclosure or use any information regarding the Company that the Company determines in good faith to be confidential, and of which determination such Person is notified, unless (w) the release of such information is requested or required by law or by deposition, interrogatory, requests for information or documents by a governmental entity, subpoena or similar process, (x) such information is or becomes publicly known other than through a breach of this or any other agreement of which such Person has actual knowledge, (y) such information is or becomes available to such Person on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company or (z) such information is independently developed by such Person; and

(xxiii) in the case of an Underwritten Offering, cause the senior executive officers of the Company to participate in the customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters in any such Underwritten Offering and otherwise to facilitate, cooperate with, and participate in each proposed offering contemplated herein and customary selling efforts related thereto.

(b) The Company may require each Participating Holder to furnish to the Company such information regarding the distribution of such securities and such other information relating to such Holder and its ownership of Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing. Each Participating Holder agrees to furnish such information to the Company and to cooperate with the Company as reasonably necessary to enable the Company to comply with the provisions of this Agreement.

(c) Each Participating Holder agrees that, upon delivery of any notice by the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2.05(a)(iv)(C), (D), or (E) or Section 2.05(a)(v), such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement until (i) such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus contemplated by Section 2.05(a)(v), (ii) such Holder is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, may be resumed, (iii) such Holder is advised in writing by the Company of the termination, expiration or cessation of such order or suspension referenced in Section 2.05(a)(iv)(C) or (E) or (iv) such Holder is advised in writing by the Company that the representations and warranties of the Company in such applicable underwriting agreement are true and correct in all material respects. If so directed by the Company, such Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of delivery of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the period during which the applicable Registration Statement is required to be maintained effective shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement either receives the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus contemplated by Section 2.05(a)(v) or is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus may be resumed.

 

24


SECTION 2.06. Underwritten Offerings.

(a) Demand and Shelf Registrations. If requested by the underwriters for any Underwritten Offering requested by any Sponsor pursuant to a Registration under Section 2.01 or Section 2.02, the Company shall enter into an underwriting agreement with such underwriters for such offering, such agreement to be reasonably satisfactory in substance and form to the Company, the Participating Sponsor(s) and the underwriters, and to contain such representations and warranties by the Company and such other terms as are generally prevailing in agreements of that type, including indemnities no less favorable to the recipient thereof than those provided in Section 2.09. The Participating Sponsors shall cooperate with the Company in the negotiation of such underwriting agreement and shall give consideration to the reasonable suggestions of the Company regarding the form thereof. The Participating Holders shall be parties to such underwriting agreement, which underwriting agreement shall (i) contain such representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such Participating Holders as are customarily made by issuers to selling stockholders in secondary underwritten public offerings and (ii) provide that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement also shall be conditions precedent to the obligations of such Participating Holders. Any such Participating Holder shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters in connection with such underwriting agreement other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Participating Holder, such Participating Holder’s title to the Registrable Securities, such Participating Holder’s authority to sell the Registrable Securities, such Participating Holder’s intended method of distribution, absence of liens with respect to the Registrable Securities, enforceability of the applicable underwriting agreement as against such Participating Holder, receipt of all consents and approvals with respect to the entry into such underwriting agreement and the sale of such Registrable Securities and any other representations required to be made by such Participating Holder under applicable law, rule or regulation, and the aggregate amount of the liability of such Participating Holder in connection with such underwriting agreement shall not exceed such Participating Holder’s gross proceeds from such Underwritten Offering (less underwriting discounts and commissions).

(b) Piggyback Registrations. If the Company proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act as contemplated by Section 2.03 and such securities are to be distributed in an Underwritten Offering through one or more underwriters, the Company shall, if requested by any Holder pursuant to Section 2.03 and subject to the provisions of Sections 2.03(b) and (c), use its reasonable best efforts to arrange for such underwriters to include on the same terms and conditions that apply to the other sellers in such Registration all the Registrable Securities to be offered and sold by such Holder among the securities of the Company to be distributed by such underwriters in such Registration. The Participating Holders shall be parties to the underwriting agreement between the Company and such underwriters, which underwriting agreement shall (i) contain such representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such Participating Holders as are customarily made by issuers to selling stockholders in secondary underwritten public offerings and (ii) provide that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement also shall be conditions precedent to the obligations of such Participating Holders. Any such Participating Holder shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to, or agreements with the Company or the underwriters in connection with such underwriting agreement other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Participating Holder, such Participating Holder’s title to the Registrable Securities, such Participating Holder’s authority to sell the Registrable Securities, such Holder’s intended method of distribution, absence of liens with respect to the Registrable Securities, enforceability of the applicable underwriting agreement as against such Participating Holder, receipt of all consents and approvals with respect to the entry into such underwriting agreement and the sale of such Registrable Securities or any other representations required to be made by such Participating Holder under applicable law, rule or regulation, and the aggregate amount of the liability of such Participating Holder in connection with such underwriting agreement shall not exceed such Participating Holder’s net proceeds from such Underwritten Offering.

 

25


(c) Participation in Underwritten Registrations. Subject to the provisions of Sections 2.06(a) and (b) above, no Person may participate in any Underwritten Offering hereunder unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

(d) Price and Underwriting Discounts. In the case of an Underwritten Offering under Section 2.01 or 2.02, the price, underwriting discount and other financial terms for the Registrable Securities shall be determined by the Participating Sponsor(s) in such Registration. In addition, in the case of any Underwritten Offering, each of the Holders may withdraw their request to participate in the registration pursuant to Section 2.01, 2.02 or 2.03 after being advised of such price, discount and other terms and shall not be required to enter into any agreements or documentation that would require otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, at the time of the Underwritten Offering, a Holder is an Approved Holder, in connection with the consummation of the Underwritten Offering, reasonably in advance of consummation of the Underwritten Offering, the Approved Holder shall have the right to transfer the Registrable Securities that could otherwise be included in such Underwritten Offering on behalf of such Approved Holder, to a partnership, corporation, limited liability company or similar entity (a “Special Purpose Vehicle”) that is both (a) able to participate directly in the Underwritten Offering on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement applicable to the Approved Holder and at the same time as the other Holders participating in such Underwritten Offering, including this Section 2.06(d), and (b) whose managing member, general partner or similar governing body is either (1) one or both of the Sponsors, (2) a Permitted Transferee of such Approved Holder, (3) a third party acceptable to each of the Sponsors or (4) an Initial Co-Invest Shareholder (as such term is defined in the Parent Shareholders Agreement). The Company and the Sponsors shall cooperate with the Approved Holder to effect the transfer to the Special Purpose Vehicle. Each of the Holders agrees that the Company and the Sponsors shall have the right to implement procedures, transfers or other terms and conditions as may be agreed to between the Company and the Sponsors in order to give effect to the provisions of this Section 2.06(d) so that none of the Approved Holder, the Company or the Other Holders are any worse off or better off than had the Approved Holder been able to directly participate in the Underwritten Offering had its indemnification obligations not been limited or prohibited by applicable state law. The Company and the Sponsors will consult with the Approved Holder in good faith to the extent such procedures relate to the Approved Holder. Further, the Approved Holder agrees that if such Underwritten Offering is not consummated, the Approved Holder shall cooperate with the Company and the Sponsors (A) to promptly transfer back to such Approved Holder (or to another Affiliate of such Approved Holder) the Registrable Securities transferred to the Special Purpose Vehicle and (B) if such Special Purpose Vehicle’s managing member, general partner or similar governing body is one or both of the Sponsors, to liquidate, dissolve or otherwise unwind such Special Purpose Vehicle; provided, that any such Transfer back to the Approved Holder or liquidation, dissolution or unwinding of the Special Purpose Vehicle shall not affect this Section 2.06(d), which shall continue in full force and effect.

 

26


SECTION 2.07. No Inconsistent Agreements; Additional Rights. The Company is not currently a party to, and shall not hereafter enter into without the prior written consent of the Sponsors, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders by this Agreement, including allowing any other holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company (a) registration rights in the nature or substantially in the nature of those set forth in Section 2.01, Section 2.02 or Section 2.03 that would have priority over the Registrable Securities with respect to the inclusion of such securities in any Registration (except to the extent such registration rights are solely related to registrations of the type contemplated by Section 2.03(a)(ii) through (iv)) or (ii) demand registration rights in the nature or substantially in the nature of those set forth in Section 2.01 or Section 2.02 that are exercisable prior to such time as the Sponsors can first exercise their rights under Section 2.01 or Section 2.02.

SECTION 2.08. Registration Expenses. All expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement shall be paid by the Company, including (i) all registration and filing fees, and any other fees and expenses associated with filings required to be made with the SEC, FINRA and if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter,” as such term is defined in Rule 2720 of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (or any successor provision), and of its counsel, (ii) all fees and expenses in connection with compliance with any securities or “Blue Sky” laws (including fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with “Blue Sky” qualifications of the Registrable Securities), (iii) all printing, duplicating, word processing, messenger, telephone, facsimile and delivery expenses (including expenses of printing certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and of printing Prospectuses and Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses), (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of all independent certified public accountants of the Company (including the expenses of any special audit and cold comfort letters required by or incident to such performance), (v) Securities Act liability insurance or similar insurance if the Company so desires or the underwriters so require in accordance with then-customary underwriting practice, (vi) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of Registrable Securities on any securities exchange or quotation of the Registrable Securities on any inter-dealer quotation system, (vii) all applicable rating agency fees with respect to the Registrable Securities, (viii) all reasonable fees and disbursements of one legal counsel (the “Majority Holder Counsel”) and one accounting firm as selected by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such Registration, (ix) if any of the Sponsors are selling Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration and are not represented by the Majority Holder Counsel, the reasonable fees and disbursements of separate law firms of SLP or WP, as applicable, (x) any reasonable fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, (xi) all fees and expenses of any special experts or other Persons retained by the Company in connection with any Registration, (xii) all of the Company’s internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (xiii) all expenses related to the “road-show” for any Underwritten Offering, including all travel, meals and lodging and (xiv) any other fees and disbursements customarily paid by the issuers of securities. All such expenses are referred to herein as “Registration Expenses.” The Company shall not be required to pay any underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities.

 

27


SECTION 2.09. Indemnification.

(a) Indemnification by the Company. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the full extent permitted by law, each of the Holders, each of their respective direct or indirect partners, members or shareholders and each of such partner’s, member’s or shareholder’s partners members or shareholders and, with respect to all of the foregoing Persons, each of their respective Affiliates, employees, directors, officers, trustees or agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) such Persons and each of their respective Representatives from and against any and all losses, penalties, judgments, suits, costs, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, joint or several (including reasonable costs of investigation and legal expenses) (each, a “Loss” and collectively “Losses”) arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Securities were Registered under the Securities Act (including any final, preliminary or summary Prospectus contained therein or any amendment or supplement thereto or any documents incorporated by reference therein), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto, or any other disclosure document produced by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries including reports and other documents filed under the Exchange Act, (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus, preliminary Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of any federal, state or common law rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any such registration, qualification, compliance or sale of Registrable Securities, (iv) any failure to register or qualify Registrable Securities in any state where the Company or its agents have affirmatively undertaken or agreed in writing that the Company (the undertaking of any underwriter being attributed to the Company) will undertake such registration or qualification on behalf of the Holders of such Registrable Securities (provided that in such instance the Company shall not be so liable if it has undertaken its reasonable best efforts to so register or qualify such Registrable Securities) or (v) any actions or inactions or proceedings in respect of the foregoing whether or not such indemnified party is a party thereto, and the Company will reimburse, as incurred, each such Holder and each of their respective direct or indirect partners, members or shareholders and each of such partner’s, member’s or shareholder’s partners members or shareholders and, with respect to all of the foregoing Persons, each of their respective Affiliates, employees, directors, officers, trustees or agents and controlling Persons and each of their respective Representatives, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action; provided, that the Company shall not be liable to any particular indemnified party to the extent that any such Loss arises out of or is based upon (A) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any such Registration Statement or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such indemnified party expressly for use in the preparation thereof or (B) an untrue statement or omission in a preliminary Prospectus relating to Registrable Securities, if a Prospectus (as then amended or supplemented) that would have cured the defect was furnished to the indemnified party from whom the Person asserting the claim giving rise to such Loss purchased Registrable Securities at least 5 days prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the Registrable Securities to such Person and a copy of such Prospectus (as amended and supplemented) was not sent or given by or on behalf of such indemnified party to such Person at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the Registrable Securities to such Person. This indemnity shall be in addition to any liability the Company may otherwise have. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Holder or any indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Holder. The Company shall also indemnify underwriters, selling brokers, dealer managers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the indemnified parties.

 

28


(b) Indemnification by the Participating Holders. Each Participating Holder agrees (severally and not jointly) to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company, its directors and officers and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act), and each other Holder, each of such other Holder’s respective direct or indirect partners, members or shareholders and each of such partner’s, member’s or shareholder’s partners members or shareholders and, with respect to all of the foregoing Persons, each of their respective Affiliates, employees, directors, officers, trustees or agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) such Persons and each of their respective Representatives from and against any Losses resulting from (i) any untrue statement of a material fact in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Securities were Registered under the Securities Act (including any final, preliminary or summary Prospectus contained therein or any amendment or supplement thereto or any documents incorporated by reference therein) or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto, or (ii) any omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus, preliminary Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information furnished in writing by such Holder to the Company specifically for inclusion in such Registration Statement and has not been corrected in a subsequent writing prior to or concurrently with the sale of the Registrable Securities to the Person asserting the claim, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) was made in such Registration Statement, prospectus, offering circular, free writing prospectus or other document, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder expressly for use therein. In no event shall the liability of such Holder hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the gross proceeds (less underwriting discounts and commissions) received by such Holder under the sale of Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation. The Company shall be entitled to receive indemnities from underwriters, selling brokers, dealer managers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, to the same extent as provided above (with appropriate modification) with respect to information furnished in writing by such Persons specifically for inclusion in any Prospectus, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Registration Statement.

 

29


(c) Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings. Any Person entitled to indemnification under this Section 2.09 shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that any delay or failure to so notify the indemnifying party shall relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations hereunder only to the extent, if at all, that it is actually and materially prejudiced by reason of such delay or failure) and (ii) permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; provided that any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall have the right to select and employ separate counsel and to participate in the defense of such claim, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Person unless (A) the indemnifying party has agreed in writing to pay such fees or expenses, (B) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume the defense of such claim within a reasonable time after delivery of notice of such claim from the Person entitled to indemnification hereunder and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Person, (C) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based upon advice of its counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, or (D) in the reasonable judgment of any such Person (based upon advice of its counsel) a conflict of interest may exist between such Person and the indemnifying party with respect to such claims (in which case, if the Person notifies the indemnifying party in writing that such Person elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such claim on behalf of such Person). If the indemnifying party assumes the defense, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to settle such action, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement, in each case without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, unless the entry of such judgment or settlement (i) includes as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of an unconditional release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of such indemnified party, and provided that any sums payable in connection with such settlement are paid in full by the indemnifying party. If such defense is not assumed by the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its prior written consent, but such consent may not be unreasonably withheld. It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, except as specifically set forth in this Section 2.09(c), in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees, disbursements or other charges of more than one separate firm admitted to practice in such jurisdiction at any one time unless (x) the employment of more than one counsel has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying party or parties, (y) an indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based on the advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the other indemnified parties, or (z) a conflict or potential conflict exists or may exist (based upon advice of counsel to an indemnified party) between such indemnified party and the other indemnified parties, in each of which cases the indemnifying party shall be obligated to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such additional counsel or counsels.

 

30


(d) Contribution. If for any reason the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 2.09 is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any Losses referred to therein, then the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such Loss (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the acts, statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. In connection with any Registration Statement filed with the SEC by the Company, the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2.09(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 2.09(d). No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the Losses referred to in Sections 2.09(a) and 2.09(b) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2.09(d), in connection with any Registration Statement filed by the Company, a Participating Holder shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the dollar amount of the gross proceeds (less underwriting discounts and commissions) received by such Holder under the sale of Registrable Securities giving rise to such contribution obligation less any amount paid by such Holders pursuant to Section 2.09(b). If indemnification is available under this Section 2.09, the indemnifying parties shall indemnify each indemnified party to the full extent provided in Sections 2.09(a) and 2.09(b) hereof without regard to the provisions of this Section 2.09(d).

(e) No Exclusivity. The remedies provided for in this Section 2.09 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity or pursuant to any other agreement.

(f) Survival. The indemnities provided in this Section 2.09 shall survive the transfer of any Registrable Securities by such Holder.

 

31


SECTION 2.10. Rules 144 and 144A and Regulation S. The Company covenants that it will file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder (or, if the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the reasonable request of the Sponsor, make publicly available such necessary information for so long as necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rules 144, 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act), and it will take such further action as either Sponsor may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable the Holders, following the IPO, to sell Registrable Securities without Registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rules 144, 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as such Rules may be amended from time to time, or (ii) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the reasonable request of a Holder, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements and, if not, the specifics thereof.

SECTION 2.11. Limitation on Registrations and Underwritten Offerings.

(a) Notwithstanding the rights and obligations set forth in Sections 2.01 and 2.02, in no event shall the Company be obligated to take any action to effect any Demand Registration or any Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down:

(i) at the request of WP (and its Affiliates and Permitted Assignees) after the Company has effected such number of Demand Registrations and/or Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Downs at the request of WP and its Affiliates and Permitted Assignees equal to the number of WP Sponsor Registration Demands; provided, however, that a Demand Registration and/or a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down shall not be deemed to have been effected solely for purposes of this Section 2.11(a)(i), if both Sponsors are Participating Sponsors in such Demand Registration or sell Registrable Securities in such Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, as applicable; provided, further, however, that the first Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down initiated by WP (or its Affiliates and Permitted Assignees) from any Shelf Registration Statement previously requested by WP (or its Affiliates and Permitted Assignees), shall not be deemed to be, solely for purposes of this Section 2.11(a)(i), a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down; and

(ii) at the request of SLP (and its Affiliates and Permitted Assignees) after the Company has effected such number of Demand Registrations and/or Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Downs at the request of SLP and its Affiliates and Permitted Assignees equal to the number of SLP Sponsor Registration Demands; provided, however, that a Demand Registration and/or a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down shall not be deemed to have been effected solely for purposes of this Section 2.11(a)(ii), if both Sponsors are Participating Sponsors in such Demand Registration or sell Registrable Securities in such Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, as applicable; provided, further, however, that the first Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down initiated by SLP (or its Affiliates and Permitted Assignees) in respect of any Shelf Registration Statement previously requested by SLP (or its Affiliates and Permitted Assignees), shall not be deemed to be, solely for purposes of this Section 2.11(a)(ii), a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down.

(b) Notwithstanding the rights and obligations set forth in Sections 2.01 and 2.02, in no event shall the Company be obligated to take any action to (i) effect more than one Marketed Underwritten Offering in any consecutive 90-day period without the consent of both Sponsors or (ii) effect any Underwritten Offering unless the Sponsor initiating such Underwritten Offering proposes to sell Registrable Securities in such Underwritten Offering having a reasonably anticipated net aggregate price (after deduction of underwriter commissions and offering expenses) of at least $50,000,000 or 100% of the Registrable Securities then held by such Sponsor (if the value of such Registrable Securities is reasonably anticipated to have a net aggregate price of less than $50,000,000).

 

32


(c) For purposes of this Agreement:

(i) “SLP Sponsor Registration Demands” means the number, which shall be determined immediately following the consummation of the IPO, of Sponsor Registration Demands attributable to SLP and its Affiliates.

(ii) “Sponsor Registration Demands” means, with respect to either Sponsor, a number (rounded up to the nearest whole integer) equal to the greater of (x) (I) a fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Company Shares (on an as exercised and fully diluted basis) held by such Sponsor and its Affiliates immediately following the IPO and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Company Shares (on an as exercised and fully diluted basis) outstanding immediately following the IPO divided by (II) 7.5% and (y) two (2).

(iii) “WP Sponsor Registration Demands” means the number, which shall be determined immediately following the consummation of the IPO, of Sponsor Registration Demands attributable to WP and its Affiliates.

SECTION 2.12. Clear Market. With respect to any Underwritten Offerings of Registrable Securities by the Sponsors (each a “Sponsor Underwritten Offering”), the Company agrees not to effect (other than pursuant to the Registration applicable to such Sponsor Underwritten Offering, pursuant to a Special Registration or pursuant to the exercise by the other Sponsor of any of its rights under Section 2.01 or Section 2.02) any public sale or distribution, or to file any Registration Statement (other than pursuant to the Registration applicable to such Sponsor Underwritten Offering, pursuant to a Special Registration or pursuant to the exercise by the other Sponsor of any of its rights under Section 2.01 or Section 2.02) covering any of its equity securities or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the period not to exceed ten (10) days prior and sixty (60) days following the effective date of such offering or such longer period up to ninety (90) days as may be requested by the managing underwriter for such Sponsor Underwritten Offering. “Special Registration” means the registration of (A) equity securities and/or options or other rights in respect thereof solely registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 (or successor form) or (B) shares of equity securities and/or options or other rights in respect thereof to be offered to directors, employees, consultants, customers, lenders or vendors of the Company or its Subsidiaries or in connection with dividend reinvestment plans.

SECTION 2.13. In-Kind Distributions. If any Holder seeks to effectuate an in-kind distribution of all or part of its Company Shares to its direct or indirect equityholders, the Company will, subject to applicable lockups pursuant to Section 2.04, reasonably cooperate with and assist such Holder, such equityholders and the Company’s transfer agent to facilitate such in-kind distribution in the manner reasonably requested by such Holder (including the delivery of instruction letters by the Company or its counsel to the Company’s transfer agent and the delivery of Company Shares without restrictive legends, to the extent no longer applicable).

 

33


ARTICLE III

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 3.01. Term. This Agreement shall terminate with respect to any Holder (a) with the prior written consent of the Sponsors in connection with the consummation of a Change of Control or (b) at such time as such Holder does not beneficially own any Registrable Securities. In addition, unless earlier terminated pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, this Agreement shall terminate with respect to each Initial Co-Investor Holder (and its Permitted Assignees) on the latest of (x) the two year anniversary of the consummation of the IPO, (y) the expiration of the Other Restricted Period and (z) the date on which such Holder’s Registrable Securities would be freely tradable by such Holder without restriction on the basis of volume limitations under Rule 144. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Sections 2.09, 2.10 and 2.13 and all of this Article III shall survive any such termination. Upon the written request of the Company, each Holder agrees to promptly deliver a certificate to the Company setting forth the number of Registrable Securities then beneficially owned by such Holder.

SECTION 3.02. Injunctive Relief. It is hereby agreed and acknowledged that it will be impossible to measure in money the damage that would be suffered if the parties fail to comply with any of the obligations herein imposed on them and that in the event of any such failure, an aggrieved Person will be irreparably damaged and will not have an adequate remedy at law. Any such Person shall, therefore, be entitled (in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled in law or in equity) to injunctive relief, including specific performance, to enforce such obligations, and if any action should be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, none of the parties hereto shall raise the defense that there is an adequate remedy at law.

SECTION 3.03. Attorneys’ Fees. In any action or proceeding brought to enforce any provision of this Agreement or where any provision hereof is validly asserted as a defense, the successful party shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees in addition to any other available remedy.

 

34


SECTION 3.04. Notices. Unless otherwise specified herein, all notices, consents, approvals, reports, designations, requests, waivers, elections and other communications authorized or required to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (a) when personally delivered, (b) when transmitted via facsimile to the number set out below or on Schedule A, as applicable, if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by a recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), (c) the day following the day (except if not a Business Day then the next Business Day) on which the same has been delivered prepaid to a reputable national overnight air courier service, (d) when transmitted via email (including via attached pdf document) to the email address set out below or on Schedule A, as applicable, if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by a recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid) or (e) the third Business Day following the day on which the same is sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, in each case to the respective parties as applicable, at the address, facsimile number or email address set forth on Schedule A (or such other address, facsimile number or email address as such Holder may specify by notice to the Company in accordance with this Section 3.04) and the Company at the following addresses:

To the Company, Holdings or IDC:

and

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

and to:

 

35


To WP:

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

To SLP:

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

SECTION 3.05. Publicity and Confidentiality. Each of the parties hereto shall keep confidential this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and any nonpublic information received pursuant hereto, and shall not disclose, issue any press release or otherwise make any public statement relating hereto or thereto without the prior written consent of the Sponsors unless so required by applicable law or any governmental authority; provided that no such written consent shall be required (and each party shall be free to release such information) for disclosures (a) to each party’s partners, members, advisors, employees, agents, accountants, trustee, attorneys, Affiliates and investment vehicles managed or advised by such party or the partners, members, advisors, employees, agents, accountants, trustee or attorneys of such Affiliates or managed or advised investment vehicles, in each case so long as such Persons agree to keep such information confidential or (b) to the extent required by law, rule or regulation.

 

36


SECTION 3.06. Amendment. The terms and provisions of this Agreement may only be amended, modified or waived at any time and from time to time by a writing executed by the Company and each Sponsor (for so long as such Sponsor holds any Registrable Securities); provided that (a) any amendment, modification or waiver that would, by its terms, be materially adverse to the rights, benefits and obligations of any Initial Co-Investor Holder relative to the other Initial Co-Investor Holders shall require the prior written consent of such Initial Co-Investor Holder and (b) any amendment, modification or waiver that would, by its terms, be materially and disproportionately adverse to the Initial Co-Investor Holders as a group as compared to the Sponsors shall require the prior written consent of such Initial Co-Investor Holders holding at any time (i) prior to an IPO, a majority of the Membership Units (as defined in the Co-Investor Agreement) held by the Initial Co-Investor Holders or (ii) following an IPO, a majority of the Registrable Securities held by the Initial Co-Investor Holders; provided that the immediately foregoing clause (b) shall not apply with respect to amendments, modifications or waivers of provisions of this Agreement to the extent that they are not available to, or do not apply to, any Initial Co-Investor Holder.

SECTION 3.07. Successors, Assigns and Transferees. Each party may assign all or a portion of its rights hereunder to any Person to which such party Transfers (as defined in the Company Shareholders Agreement) all or any of its Registrable Securities and to any Person that acquires Registrable Securities, in each case in compliance with the terms of the Company Shareholders Agreement or in compliance with the terms of any Co-Invest Agreement (collectively, “Permitted Assignees”); provided that such Transferee shall only be admitted as a party hereunder upon its, his or her execution and delivery of a joinder agreement, in form and substance acceptable to the Sponsors, agreeing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement as if such Person were a party hereto (together with any other documents the Sponsors determine are necessary to make such Person a party hereto), whereupon such Person will be treated as a Holder for all purposes of this Agreement, with the same rights, benefits and obligations hereunder as the Transferring Holder with respect to the Transferred Registrable Securities (except that if the Transferee was a Holder prior to such Transfer, such Transferee shall have the same rights, benefits and obligations with respect to the such Transferred Registrable Securities as were applicable to Registrable Securities held by such Transferee prior to such Transfer).

SECTION 3.08. Binding Effect. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto and their respective successors.

SECTION 3.09. Third Party Beneficiaries. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to confer upon any Person not a party hereto (other than those Persons entitled to indemnity or contribution under Section 2.09, each of whom shall be a third party beneficiary thereof) any right, remedy or claim under or by virtue of this Agreement.

 

37


SECTION 3.10. Governing Law; Jurisdiction. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF. ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE PARTIES RELATING IN ANY WAY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE BROUGHT AND ENFORCED EXCLUSIVELY IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE OR (TO THE EXTENT SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION EXISTS THEREFOR) THE U.S. DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE, AND THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF BOTH SUCH COURTS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING.

SECTION 3.11. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF THE OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 3.11.

SECTION 3.12. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 3.13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

SECTION 3.14. Headings. The heading references herein and in the table of contents hereto are for convenience purposes only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.

SECTION 3.15. Joinder. Any Person that holds Company Shares may, with the prior written consent of both Sponsors, be admitted as a party to this Agreement upon its execution and delivery of a joinder agreement, in form and substance acceptable to the Sponsors, agreeing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement as if such Person were a party hereto (together with any other documents the Sponsors determine are necessary to make such Person a party hereto), whereupon such Person will be treated as a Holder for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

38


SECTION 3.16. Registering Entity. Immediately prior to the consummation of an IPO, if the Registering Entity is neither the Company, Holdings, IDC, the Company shall take such actions as may reasonably be necessary to cause the Registering Entity to become a party hereto, with the rights, benefits and obligations of the Company hereunder; provided that each Holder shall, to the extent necessary, as reasonably determined by the Sponsors (or, in the event that there is a Controlling Sponsor (as defined in the Company Shareholders Agreement) at such time, the Controlling Sponsor), execute a registration rights agreement with terms that are substantially equivalent (to the extent practicable) to, mutatis mutandis, the terms of this Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]

 

39


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY
IGLOO HOLDINGS CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ CHRISTINE SAMPSON

Name:   Christine Sampson
Title:   Treasurer
HOLDINGS
IGLOO INTERMEDIATE CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ CHRISTINE SAMPSON

Name:   Christine Sampson
Title:   Treasurer
IDC  
INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ CHRISTINE SAMPSON

Name:   Christine Sampson
Title:   Treasurer

[Registration Rights Agreement]


EX-10.39

EXHIBIT 10.39

THE INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION

SEVERANCE PLAN

AND

SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTION

FOR U.S. EMPLOYEES

Effective January 1, 2013

PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

The purpose of the Interactive Data Corporation Severance Plan for U.S. Employees (“Plan”) is to provide severance pay benefits to eligible employees whose employment with Interactive Data Corporation or any of its participating subsidiaries is terminated involuntarily under the conditions described below.

Except as otherwise provided by the Company in writing, this Plan (i) is the sole arrangement of the Company regarding severance-type benefits to employees who are eligible for benefits under this Plan and (ii) replaces and supersedes all prior plans, programs, understandings and arrangements providing severance-type benefits to such eligible employees effective for employment terminations occurring on or after January 1, 2013.

This document contains the official text of the Plan and also serves as the summary plan description for the Plan.

DEFINITIONS

Company means Interactive Data Corporation.

Employer means the Company and any subsidiary of the Company which participates in this Plan.

Plan Administrator means the Company or such other person or committee appointed from time to time by the Company to administer the Plan.

ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES

The benefits under this Plan are limited to employees who are classified by an Employer as

 

   

a United States regular full-time employees, or

 

   

a United States regular part-time employees (who are regularly scheduled to work at least 20 hours per week).

Unless the Company provides otherwise in writing, the following employees are NOT eligible to participate in this Plan:

 

   

Any employee who is classified as a temporary or seasonal employee.

 

1


   

Any employee who is covered by a collective bargaining agreement.

 

   

Any employee who is eligible to participate in another plan or arrangement maintained by the Company or any of its affiliates which provides severance-type benefits unless such other plan or arrangement provides that the employee will be eligible to receive benefits under this Plan.

 

   

Any employee who is covered by an employment contract unless the contract provides that the employee will be eligible to receive benefits under this Plan.

INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

 

n  

Involuntary Termination

An employee will be eligible for severance benefits under this Plan only if the Company, in its sole discretion, determines that the employee’s employment is being terminated involuntarily for any of the following reasons:

 

   

Reduction in staff or layoff.

 

   

Position elimination.

 

   

Facility closing.

 

   

Closure of a business unit.

 

   

Organization restructuring.

 

   

Such other circumstances as the Company deems appropriate for the payment of severance benefits.

 

n  

Termination of Employment Not Eligible for Severance Benefits

Unless the Company provides otherwise in writing, an employee will not be eligible for severance benefits if the Company, in its sole discretion, determines that the employee’s employment is terminated for any of the following reasons:

 

   

Resignation or other voluntary termination of employment.

 

   

Failure to return to work upon the expiration of an authorized leave of absence.

 

   

Death or disability.

 

   

Termination for cause or for behavior prejudicial to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

 

   

Termination for gross misconduct or violation of company policy.

 

   

Termination for poor performance.

 

2


n  

Other Employment Offer

Unless the Company provides otherwise in writing, an employee will not be eligible to receive benefits under this Plan if the Company, in its sole discretion, determines that any of the following events has occurred:

 

   

The employee has been offered, but refused to accept, another suitable position with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

   

The employee’s employment has been terminated in connection with a sale or transfer, merger, establishment of a joint venture, or other corporate transaction, and such employee has been offered a suitable position by the successor employer.

 

   

The employee’s employment is terminated in connection with the “outsourcing” of operational functions and he/she has been offered a suitable position by the outsourcing vendor.

An employee will not be considered to have been offered a suitable position if either (i) the initial rate of base pay payable to the employee for such position would be less than 85% of his/her current rate of base pay, or (ii) such position would change the employee’s principal place of employment to a location more than fifty (50) miles from his/her current principal place of employment.

CONDITIONS FOR PAYMENT OF SEVERANCE BENEFITS

An employee who is involuntarily terminated will not receive severance benefits under this Plan unless the Company determines that the employee has satisfied all of the following conditions:

 

n  

Work Until Last Day Designated

The employee must continue to be actively at work through the last day of work designated by the Company, unless the employee is absent due to vacation, temporary layoff, or an approved absence from work (including leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act).

 

n  

Execution and Non-Revocation of Release

The employee

 

   

must execute an agreement and general release in the form, and within the time period, prescribed by the Company, and

 

   

must not revoke the agreement and general release before it becomes effective.

 

n  

Return of Company Property and Settlement of Expenses

On or before the employee’s last day of employment, the employee must return all company property in his or her possession or control and must settle satisfactorily all expenses owed to the Company and any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

3


SEVERANCE BENEFITS

 

n  

Severance Pay

 

  n  

Amount of Severance Pay

The amount of severance pay payable to an eligible employee will be equal to 2 weeks of Base Pay for each full Year of Service plus a pro rata amount for a partial Year of Service, subject to the following minimum and maximum amounts:

 

   

Minimum 2 weeks of Base Pay

 

   

Maximum 52 weeks of Base Pay

For purposes of determining the amount of severance pay –

 

   

Base Pay means

For hourly paid employees - An amount equal to the employee’s regular weekly straight time salary rate (exclusive of shift differentials, overtime, variable compensation, and other special payments) in effect immediately preceding his or her date of termination.

For salaried employees - the employee’s regular rate of salary (determined on a weekly basis) payable immediately preceding his or her date of termination. Base Pay does not include overtime, discretionary bonuses, other variable compensation, or extra pay.

 

   

Years of Service means an employee’s full and partial years of employment beginning as of his or her most recent date of hire by an Employer.

 

  n  

Reduction of Severance Pay

Unless the Company, in its sole discretion, provides otherwise in writing, the amount of severance pay payable to an eligible employee as determined above shall be reduced as follows:

 

   

In the event that an Employer provides pay to the employee instead of advance notice of his or her termination of employment in accordance with the requirements of the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (or other similar federal or state statute), then the amount of such employee’s severance pay will be reduced (but not below 2 weeks of Base Pay) by the amount of notice pay received by the employee after his or her active work status ends.

 

   

Severance pay will be reduced by any outstanding debt owed by the employee to the Company or any of its affiliates, including but not limited to loans granted by an Employer, advanced vacation pay, or salary or expense advances.

 

  n  

Payment of Severance Pay

The Company will pay the severance pay in a single lump sum as soon as practicable after the later of the employee’s last day of employment or the date on which the employee’s agreement and general release becomes effective. In no event will payment be made later than March 15th of the calendar year following the year in which the employee’s employment is terminated.

 

4


n  

Continued Health Insurance - COBRA Premiums

If the employee is eligible for and elects to continue coverage under the Employer’s group health plan in accordance with the COBRA continuation coverage requirements, the Company will pay a portion of the premiums on behalf of the employee for COBRA coverage during the period beginning immediately following the employee’s last day of employment and continuing for a period equal to the number of weeks of severance pay payable to the employee or, if earlier, until the date on which the employee becomes covered under a group health benefits plan sponsored by another employer.

The portion of the COBRA premiums paid by the Employer will be the same as the portion premiums paid by the Employer on behalf of active employees for the same level of coverage. The employee will be required to pay the remaining cost for such coverage.

At the end of such period, the employee if then eligible may elect to continue group health coverage for the remainder of the COBRA coverage period at his or her own expense.

 

n  

Other Severance Benefits

The Company, in its sole discretion, and on a case-by-case basis, may pay other benefits to an employee who receives severance pay under this Plan upon termination of employment, including, but not limited to, additional severance pay, continued group health coverage, and outplacement services.

RIGHT TO TERMINATE BENEFITS

Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, in the event that the Company in its discretion determines that

 

   

an employee is reemployed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, affiliates, or successors before the completion of the scheduled payment of severance pay, OR

 

   

the Company determines that an employee has breached any of the terms and conditions set forth in any agreement executed by the employee as a condition to receiving benefits under this Plan, including, but not limited to, the separation agreement and general release, then the Company shall have the right to terminate the benefits payable under this Plan at any time.

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

The Plan Administrator shall have sole authority and discretion to administer and construe the terms of this Plan, subject to applicable requirements of law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Plan Administrator shall have complete discretionary authority to carry out the following powers and duties:

 

   

To make and enforce such rules and regulations as it deems necessary or proper for the efficient administration of the Plan;

 

   

To interpret the Plan, its interpretation thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan;

 

5


   

To decide all questions, including without limitation, issues of fact, concerning the Plan, including the eligibility of any person to participate in, and receive benefits under, the Plan; and

 

   

To appoint such agents, counsel, accountants, consultants and other persons as may be required to assist in administering the Plan.

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

The Head of Human Resources reviews and authorizes payment of severance benefits for those employees who qualify under the provisions of the Plan. No claim forms need be submitted. Questions regarding payment of the severance benefits should be directed to your HR representative.

If an employee feels he or she is not receiving severance benefits which are due, the employee should file a written claim for the benefits with the Head of Human Resources. A decision on whether to grant or deny the claim will be made within 90 days following receipt of the claim. If more than 90 days is required to render a decision, the employee will be notified in writing of the reasons for delay. In any event, however, a decision to grant or deny a claim will be made by not later than 180 days following the initial receipt of the claim.

If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the employee will receive a written explanation of the specific reasons for the denial, including a reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based.

If the employee wishes to appeal this denial, the employee may write within 60 days after receipt of the notification of denial. The claim will then be reviewed by the Head of Human Resources, and the employee will receive written notice of the final decision within 60 days after the request for review. If more than 60 days is required to render a decision, the employee will be notified in writing of the reasons for delay before the end of the initial 60 day period. In any event, however, the employee will receive a written notice of the final decision within 120 days after the request for review.

GENERAL RULES

 

n  

Right to Withhold Taxes

The Company shall withhold such amounts from payments under this Plan as it determines necessary to fulfill any federal, state, or local wage or compensation withholding requirements.

 

n  

No Right to Continued Employment

Neither the Plan nor any action taken with respect to it shall confer upon any person the right to continue in the employ of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

n  

Benefits Non-Assignable

Benefits under the Plan may not be anticipated, assigned or alienated.

 

n  

Unfunded Plan

The Company will make all payments under the Plan, and pay all expenses of the Plan, from its general assets. Nothing contained in this Plan shall give any eligible employee any right, title or interest in any property of the Company or any of its affiliates nor shall it create any trust relationship.

 

6


n  

Severability

The provisions of the Plan are severable. If any provision of the Plan is deemed legally or factually invalid or unenforceable to any extent or in any application, then the remainder of the provisions of the Plan, except to such extent or in such application, shall not be affected, and each and every provision of the Plan shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent and in the broadest application permitted by law.

 

n  

Section Headings

Section headings are used herein for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning of any provision of this Plan.

PLAN AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

The Company has the power to amend, modify or terminate this Plan at any time with respect to any employee at any time prior to such employee’s termination of employment by a writing executed by an officer at the rank of Vice-President or above.

Eligible employees do not have any vested right to severance pay or other benefits under this Plan.

GOVERNING LAWS AND TIME LIMIT FOR BEGINNING LEGAL ACTIONS

 

n  

Governing Laws

The provisions of the Plan shall be construed, administered and enforced according to applicable federal law and, where appropriate, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts] without reference to its conflict of laws rules and without regard to any rule of any jurisdiction that would result in the application of the law of another jurisdiction.

The parties expressly consent that any action or proceeding relating to this Plan or any release or other agreement entered into with respect to this Plan will only be brought in the federal or state courts, as appropriate, located in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and that any such action or proceeding be heard without jury, and the parties expressly waive the right to bring any such action in any other jurisdiction and have such action heard before a jury.

 

n  

Time Limit for Beginning Legal Actions

No action relating to this Plan or any release or other agreement entered into with respect to this Plan may be brought later than the earlier of second anniversary of the termination of employment or other event giving rise to the claim.

STATEMENT OF ERISA RIGHTS

As a participant in this Plan you are entitled to certain rights and protections under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA). ERISA provides that all plan participants shall be entitled to:

 

n  

Receive Information About Your Plan and Benefits

Examine, without charge, at the plan administrator’s office and at other specified locations all documents governing the plan and a copy of the latest annual report (Form 5500 Series) required to be filed by the plan with the U.S. Department of Labor and available at the Public Disclosure Room of the Employee Benefits Security Administration.

 

7


Obtain, upon written request to the plan administrator, copies of documents governing the operation of the plan and copies of the latest annual report (Form 5500 Series), if any required, and updated summary plan description. The administrator may make a reasonable charge for the copies.

 

n  

Prudent Actions by Plan Fiduciaries

In addition to creating rights for plan participants ERISA imposes duties upon the people who are responsible for the operation of the employee benefit plan. The people who operate your plan, called “fiduciaries” of the plan, have a duty to do so prudently and in the interest of you and other plan participants and beneficiaries. No one, including your employer, or any other person, may fire you or otherwise discriminate against you in any way to prevent you from obtaining a welfare benefit or exercising your rights under ERISA.

 

n  

Enforce Your Rights

If your claim for a severance benefit is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, you have a right to know why this was done, to obtain copies of documents relating to the decision without charge, and to appeal any denial, all within certain time schedules.

Under ERISA, there are steps you can take to enforce the above rights. For instance, if you request a copy of plan documents or the latest annual report from the plan and do not receive them within 30 days, you may file suit in a Federal court. In such a case, the court may require the plan administrator to provide the materials and pay you up to $110 a day until you receive the materials, unless the materials were not sent because of reasons beyond the control of the administrator. If you have a claim for benefits which is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, you may file suit in a state or Federal court. If it should happen that plan fiduciaries misuse the plan’s money, or if you are discriminated against for asserting your rights, you may seek assistance from the U.S. Department of Labor, or you may file suit in a Federal court. The court will decide who should pay court costs and legal fees. If you are successful the court may order the person you have sued to pay these costs and fees. If you lose, the court may order you to pay these costs and fees, for example, if it finds your claim is frivolous.

 

n  

Assistance with Your Questions

If you have any questions about your plan, you should contact the plan administrator. If you have any questions about this statement or about your rights under ERISA, or if you need assistance in obtaining documents from the plan administrator, you should contact the nearest office of the Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, listed in your telephone directory or the Division of Technical Assistance and Inquiries, Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue N.W., Washington, D.C. 20210. You may also obtain certain publications about your rights and responsibilities under ERISA by calling the publications hotline of the Employee Benefits Security Administration.

 

8


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

Plan Sponsor:   

Interactive Data Corporation

32 Crosby Drive

Bedford, MA 01730

Employer Identification Number (EIN):    13-3668771
Plan Name:    Interactive Data Corporation Severance Plan for U.S. Employees
Type of Plan:    Welfare benefit plan - severance pay
Plan Year:    Calendar year
Plan Number:    501
Plan Administrator:   

Interactive Data Corporation

32 Crosby Drive

Bedford, MA 01730

Attention: Vice President, Human Resources

Agent for Service of Legal

Process:

   Plan Administrator

 

9


EX-10.40

Exhibit 10.40

INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION

IGLOO INTERMEDIATE CORPORATION

IGLOO HOLDINGS CORPORATION

March 28, 2011

Silver Lake Partners III, L.P.

Silver Lake Technology Investors III, L.P.

c/o Silver Lake Partners

2775 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Attention: Karen King

and

Warburg Pincus Private Equity X, L.P.

Warburg Pincus X Partners, L.P.

c/o Warburg Pincus LLC.

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Attention: Jonathan Leff

                   Managing Director

 

Re: Priority of Indemnification Obligations

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to that certain Shareholders Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2010 (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Shareholders Agreement”), by and among Interactive Data Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“IDCO”), Igloo Intermediate Corporation (“Intermediate”), Igloo Holdings Corporation (“Holdings” and, together with Intermediate and IDCO, the “Companies”) and the investors identified on Schedule A thereto, and to the several indemnification agreements, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Companies and each of the Sponsor Directors (as the same may be amended from time to time and including any additional agreement or documents providing for indemnification of any Sponsor Directors by the Companies that may exist in the future, the “Indemnification Agreements”). All initially capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Shareholders Agreement.

The Companies hereby acknowledge and agree that, in addition to the rights provided to the Sponsor Directors pursuant to (i) the Indemnification Agreements, (ii) Certificate of Incorporation of each of the Companies, as amended (collectively, the “Certificates”), (iii) the Bylaws of each of the Companies, as amended (collectively, the “Bylaws”), (iv) the Delaware


General Corporation Law, as amended from time to time, (v) any other agreement between the Companies or any of the Controlled Entities (as defined below) and the Sponsor Directors pursuant to which the Sponsor Directors are entitled to indemnification and/or advancement of expenses, (vi) the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of any Controlled Entity and/or (vii) the certificate of incorporation, certificate of organization, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or other organizational or governing documents of any Controlled Entity ((i) through (vii) collectively, “Indemnification Sources”) (as beneficiaries of such rights referred to in the Indemnification Sources, each Sponsor Director is herein referred to as a “Sponsor Director Indemnitee”), the Sponsor Director Indemnitees may have certain rights to indemnification and/or advancement of expenses provided by, and/or insurance obtained by, Warburg Pincus Private Equity X, L.P., Warburg Pincus X Partners, L.P. and/or certain of their Affiliates, or Silver Lake Partners III, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors III, L.P. and/or certain of their Affiliates, whether now or in the future (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any of the Indemnification Sources, the Companies hereby agree that, with respect to their (and their Controlled Entities’) indemnification and advancement obligations to the Sponsor Director Indemnitees under the Indemnification Sources or otherwise, the Companies shall, and the Companies shall cause the Controlled Entities to, (i) be the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., their obligations to indemnify the Sponsor Director Indemnitees are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors or their insurers to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by any of the Sponsor Director Indemnitees, as applicable, is secondary and excess), (ii) be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by each Sponsor Director Indemnitee and be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by each Sponsor Director Indemnitee or on his or her behalf to the extent legally permitted and as required by the Indemnification Sources, in each case without regard to any rights such Sponsor Director Indemnitees may have against the applicable Fund Indemnitors or their respective insurers, and (iii) irrevocably waive, relinquish and release the Fund Indemnitors and such insurers from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors or such insurers for contribution, by way of subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Companies agree that in the event that any Fund Indemnitor or its insurer should advance any expenses or make any payment to a Sponsor Director Indemnitee for matters subject to advancement or indemnification by the Companies pursuant to any Indemnification Source or otherwise, the Companies, jointly and severally, shall promptly reimburse such Fund Indemnitor or insurer, as applicable, and that such Fund Indemnitor or insurer, as applicable, shall be subrogated to all of the claims or rights of such Sponsor Director Indemnitee under the Indemnification Source or otherwise including to the payment of expenses in an action to collect. The Companies agree that any Fund Indemnitor or its insurer not a party hereto shall be an express third party beneficiary of this letter agreement, able to enforce such letter agreement according to its terms. Nothing contained in the Indemnification Agreements is intended to limit the scope of this letter agreement or the rights of the Fund Indemnitors or their insurers hereunder. For purposes of this letter agreement, the term “Controlled Entity” shall mean any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise controlled by any of the Companies.

 

- 2 -


Except as otherwise provided herein, this letter agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto on the subject hereof, and this letter agreement may not be changed, amended, modified, or altered, except by written agreement signed by all the parties hereto. The parties hereto acknowledge that this letter agreement was drafted jointly by the parties, and its terms shall not be construed against any party.

This letter agreement may be executed and delivered (including, without limitation, by facsimile transmission) in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute the same instrument.

The parties hereto agree that this letter agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of another jurisdiction would be required thereby. The Companies and the Fund Indemnitors hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this letter agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this letter agreement, (iii) consent to service of any summons and complaint and any other process that may be served in any action, suit, or proceeding arising out of or relating to this letter agreement by mailing by certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, copies of such process to such party at its address for receiving notice pursuant to Section 18 of the applicable Indemnification Agreement, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum. Nothing herein shall preclude service of process by any other means permitted by applicable law.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

- 3 -


If you are in agreement with the terms set forth above, please sign this letter agreement in the space provided below and return an executed copy to the undersigned.

 

Very truly yours,
INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Vincent A. Chippari

Name:   Vincent A. Chippari
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
IGLOO INTERMEDIATE CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Vincent A. Chippari

Name:   Vincent A. Chippari
Title:   Treasurer
IGLOO HOLDINGS CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Vincent A. Chippari

Name:   Vincent A. Chippari
Title:   Co-Secretary

[Signature Page to Indemnification Side Letter]


AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED

AS OF THE DATE FIRST SET FORTH ABOVE:

 
WARBURG PINCUS PRIVATE EQUITY X, L.P.  
By:   Warburg Pincus X L.P., its General Partner  
  By:   Warburg Pincus X LLC, its General Partner  
    By:   Warburg Pincus Partners LLC, its Sole Member  
      By:   Warburg Pincus & Co., its Managing Member  
By:  

/s/ Cary Davis

 
Name:   Cary Davis  
Title:   Managing Director  
WARBURG PINCUS X PARTNERS, L.P.  
By:   Warburg Pincus X L.P., its General Partner  
  By:   Warburg Pincus X LLC, its General Partner  
    By:   Warburg Pincus Partners LLC, its Sole Member  
      By:   Warburg Pincus & Co., its Managing Member  
By:  

/s/ Cary Davis

 
Name:   Cary Davis  
Title:   Managing Director  

[Signature Page to Indemnification Side Letter]


AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED

AS OF THE DATE FIRST SET FORTH ABOVE:

SILVER LAKE PARTNERS III, L.P.

By: Silver Lake Technology Associates III, L.P.,

its general partner

By: SLTA III (GP), L.L.C.,

its general partner

By: Silver Lake Group, L.L.C.,

its sole member

By:  

/s/ James A. Davidson

Name:   James A. Davidson
Title:   Managing Member
SILVER LAKE TECHNOLOGY INVESTORS III, L.P.

By: Silver Lake Technology Associates III, L.P.,

its general partner

By: SLTA III (GP), L.L.C.,

its general partner

By: Silver Lake Group, L.L.C.,

its sole member

By:  

/s/ James A. Davidson

Name:   James A. Davidson
Title:   Managing Member

[Signature Page to Indemnification Side Letter]


EX-10.42

Exhibit 10.42

CONFIDENTIALITY, NON-INTERFERENCE, AND INVENTION ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

As a condition of my becoming employed by, or continuing employment with, Interactive Data Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and in consideration of my employment with the Company and my receipt of the compensation now and hereafter paid to me by the Company, I agree to the following:

 

  Section 1. Confidential Information.

(a) Company Group Information. I acknowledge that, during the course of my employment, I will have access to information about the Company and its direct and indirect parents and subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company Group”) and that my employment with the Company shall bring me into close contact with confidential and proprietary information of the Company Group. In recognition of the foregoing, I agree, at all times during the term of my employment with the Company and for the ten (10) year period following my termination of my employment with the Company Group for any reason, to hold in confidence, and not to use, except for the benefit of the Company Group, or to disclose to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity without written authorization of the Company, any Confidential Information that I obtain or create. I further agree not to make copies of such Confidential Information except as authorized by the Company. I understand that “Confidential Information” means information that the Company Group has developed, acquired, created, compiled, discovered, or owned or will develop, acquire, create, compile, discover, or own, that has value in or to the business of the Company Group that is not generally known and that the Company wishes to maintain as confidential. I understand that Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, any and all non-public information that relates to the actual or anticipated business and/or products, research, or development of the Company, or to the Company’s technical data, trade secrets, or know-how, including, but not limited to, research, product plans, or other information regarding the Company’s products or services and markets, customer lists, and customers (including, but not limited to, customers of the Company on whom I called or with whom I may become acquainted during the term of my employment), software, developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, drawings, engineering, hardware configuration information, marketing, finances, and other business information disclosed by the Company either directly or indirectly in writing, orally, or by drawings or inspection of premises, parts, equipment, or other Company property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include (i) any of the foregoing items that have become publicly and widely known through no unauthorized disclosure by me or others who were under confidentiality obligations as to the item or items involved or (ii) any information that I am required to disclose to, or by, any governmental or judicial authority; provided, however, that in such event I will give the Company prompt written notice thereof so that the Company Group may seek an appropriate protective order and/or waive in writing compliance with the confidentiality provisions of this Confidentiality, Non-Interference, and Invention Assignment Agreement (the “Non-Interference Agreement”).

(b) Former Employer Information. I represent that my performance of all of the terms of this Non-Interference Agreement as an employee of the Company has not breached and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information,


knowledge, or data acquired by me in confidence or trust prior or subsequent to the commencement of my employment with the Company, and I will not disclose to any member of the Company Group, or induce any member of the Company Group to use, any developments, or confidential or proprietary information or material I may have obtained in connection with employment with any prior employer in violation of a confidentiality agreement, nondisclosure agreement, or similar agreement with such prior employer.

 

  Section 2. Developments.

(a) Developments Retained and Licensed. I have attached hereto, as Schedule A, a list describing with particularity all developments, original works of authorship, developments, improvements, and trade secrets that I can demonstrate were created or owned by me prior to the commencement of my employment (collectively referred to as “Prior Developments”), which belong solely to me or belong to me jointly with another, that relate in any way to any of the actual or proposed businesses, products, or research and development of any member of the Company Group, and that are not assigned to the Company hereunder, or if no such list is attached, I represent that there are no such Prior Developments. If, during any period during which I perform or performed services for the Company Group both before or after the date hereof (the “Assignment Period”), whether as an officer, employee, director, independent contractor, consultant, or agent, or in any other capacity, I incorporate (or have incorporated) into a Company Group product or process a Prior Development owned by me or in which I have an interest, I hereby grant the Company, and the Company Group shall have, a non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, transferable worldwide license (with the right to sublicense) to make, have made, copy, modify, make derivative works of, use, sell, and otherwise distribute such Prior Development as part of or in connection with such product or process.

(b) Assignment of Developments. I agree that I will, without additional compensation, promptly make full written disclosure to the Company, and will hold in trust for the sole right and benefit of the Company all developments, original works of authorship, inventions, concepts, know-how, improvements, trade secrets, and similar proprietary rights, whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar laws, which I may solely or jointly conceive or develop or reduce to practice, or have solely or jointly conceived or developed or reduced to practice, or have caused or may cause to be conceived or developed or reduced to practice, during the Assignment Period, whether or not during regular working hours, provided they either (i) relate at the time of conception, development or reduction to practice to the business of any member of the Company Group, or the actual or anticipated research or development of any member of the Company Group; (ii) result from or relate to any work performed for any member of the Company Group; or (iii) are developed through the use of equipment, supplies, or facilities of any member of the Company Group, or any Confidential Information, or in consultation with personnel of any member of the Company Group (collectively referred to as “Developments”). I further acknowledge that all Developments made by me (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of and during the Assignment Period are “works made for hire” (to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law) for which I am, in part, compensated by my salary, unless regulated otherwise by law, but that, in the event any such Development is deemed not to be a work made for hire, I hereby assign to the Company, or its designee, all my right, title, and interest throughout the world in and to any such Development.


(c) Maintenance of Records. I agree to keep and maintain adequate and current written records of all Developments made by me (solely or jointly with others) during the Assignment Period. The records may be in the form of notes, sketches, drawings, flow charts, electronic data or recordings, and any other format. The records will be available to and remain the sole property of the Company Group at all times. I agree not to remove such records from the Company’s place of business except as expressly permitted by Company Group policy, which may, from time to time, be revised at the sole election of the Company Group for the purpose of furthering the business of the Company Group.

(d) Intellectual Property Rights. I agree to assist the Company, or its designee, at the Company’s expense, in every way to secure the rights of the Company Group in the Developments and any copyrights, patents, trademarks, service marks, database rights, domain names, mask work rights, moral rights, and other intellectual property rights relating thereto in any and all countries, including the disclosure to the Company of all pertinent information and data with respect thereto, the execution of all applications, specifications, oaths, assignments, recordations, and all other instruments that the Company shall deem necessary in order to apply for, obtain, maintain, and transfer such rights and in order to assign and convey to the Company Group the sole and exclusive right, title, and interest in and to such Developments, and any intellectual property and other proprietary rights relating thereto. I further agree that my obligation to execute or cause to be executed, when it is in my power to do so, any such instrument or papers shall continue after the termination of the Assignment Period until the expiration of the last such intellectual property right to expire in any country of the world; provided, however, the Company shall reimburse me for my reasonable expenses incurred in connection with carrying out the foregoing obligation. If the Company is unable because of my mental or physical incapacity or unavailability for any other reason to secure my signature to apply for or to pursue any application for any United States or foreign patents or copyright registrations covering Developments or original works of authorship assigned to the Company as above, then I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney in fact to act for and in my behalf and stead to execute and file any such applications or records and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the application for, prosecution, issuance, maintenance, and transfer of letters patent or registrations thereon with the same legal force and effect as if originally executed by me. I hereby waive and irrevocably quitclaim to the Company any and all claims, of any nature whatsoever, that I now or hereafter have for past, present, or future infringement of any and all proprietary rights assigned to the Company.

 

  Section 3. Returning Company Group Documents.

I agree that, at the time of termination of my employment with the Company for any reason, I will deliver to the Company (and will not keep in my possession, recreate, or deliver to anyone else) any and all Confidential Information and all other documents, materials, information, and property developed by me pursuant to my employment or otherwise belonging to the Company. I agree further that any property situated on the Company’s premises and owned by the Company (or any other member of the Company Group), including disks and other storage media, filing cabinets, and other work areas, is subject to inspection by personnel of any member of the Company Group at any time with or without notice.


  Section 4. Disclosure of Agreement.

As long as it remains in effect, I will disclose the existence of this Non-Interference Agreement to any prospective employer, partner, co-venturer, investor, or lender prior to entering into an employment, partnership, or other business relationship with such person or entity.

 

  Section 5. Restrictions on Interfering.

(a) Non-Competition. During the Non-Compete Period, I shall not, directly or indirectly, individually or on behalf of any person, company, enterprise, or entity, or as a sole proprietor, partner, stockholder, director, officer, principal, agent, or executive, or in any other capacity or relationship, engage in any Competitive Activities within any State of the United States of America and any other jurisdiction in which any member of the Company Group engages (or has committed plans to engage) in business during the Non-Compete Period, was engaged in business (or had committed plans to engage of which I have knowledge at the time of termination of my employment); provided, that my indirect ownership (i.e., ownership through a fund that is not controlled by me or any of my affiliates) of not more than three percent (3%) of the outstanding shares of any publicly traded company shall not be deemed to breach of this Section 5(a).

(b) Non-Interference. During the Non-Interference Period, I shall not, directly or indirectly for my own account or for the account of any other individual or entity, engage in Interfering Activities.

(c) Definitions. For purposes of this Non-Interference Agreement :

(i) “Business Relation” shall mean any current or prospective client, customer, licensee, or other business relation of the Company Group, or any such relation that was a client, customer, licensee, supplier, or other business relation within the six (6) month period prior to the expiration of the Employment Period, in each case, to whom I provided services, or with whom I transacted business, or whose identity became known to me in connection with my relationship with or employment by the Company.

(ii) “Competitive Activities” shall mean any business activities in which any member of the Company Group is engaged (or has committed plans to engage) during the Employment Period. For the avoidance of doubt, the provision of any services for any of the following entities (or any of their respective affiliates) shall, without limitation, be considered “Competitive Activities” for purposes of this Non-Interference Agreement: Bloomberg, L.P., Thomson Reuters, The McGraw-Hill Companies, MarkIt Partners, Superderivatives, PricingDirect, Inc., SIX Telekurs Ltd, and ACTIVFinancial.


(iii) “Employment Period” shall mean the period of my employment with the Company.

(iv) “Good Reason” shall mean, without my consent, (i) a material reduction in my base salary, or (ii) the relocation of my principal place of employment more than fifty (50) miles from its current location.

(v) “Interfering Activities” shall mean (A) encouraging, soliciting, or inducing, or in any manner attempting to encourage, solicit, or induce, any individual or entity employed by, or providing consulting services to, any member of the Company Group to terminate such individual’s or entity’s employment or services (or in the case of a consultant, materially reducing such services) with the Company Group; (B) hiring any individual who was employed by any member of the Company Group within the six (6) month period prior to the date of such hiring; or (C) encouraging, soliciting, or inducing, or in any manner attempting to encourage, solicit, or induce, any Business Relation to cease doing business with or reduce the amount of business conducted with the Company Group, or in any way interfering with the relationship between any such Business Relation and the Company Group.

(vi) “Non-Compete Period” shall mean the period commencing on the first day of the Employment Period and ending on either (x) the termination of the Employment Period by the Company without Cause (as defined in the Igloo Holdings Corporation 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended or restated from time to time) or by me for Good Reason, or (y) the twelve (12) month anniversary of the termination of the Employment Period for any reason other than a termination by the Company without Cause or by me for Good Reason.

(vii) “Non-Interference Period” shall mean the period commencing on the first day of the Employment Period and ending on the twelve (12) month anniversary of the termination of the Employment Period for any reason.

(d) Non-Disparagement. I agree that during the Employment Period, and at all times thereafter, I will not make any disparaging or defamatory comments regarding any member of the Company Group or its respective current or former directors, officers, or employees in any respect or make any comments concerning any aspect of my relationship with any member of the Company Group or any conduct or events which precipitated any termination of my employment from any member of the Company Group. However, my obligations under this subparagraph (d) shall not apply to disclosures required by applicable law, regulation, or order of a court or governmental agency.

(e) Other Restrictions. The covenants contained in this Section 5 are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any similar covenants to which Employee may be subject from time to time.

 

  Section 6. Reasonableness of Restrictions.

I acknowledge and recognize the highly competitive nature of the Company’s business, that access to Confidential Information renders me special and unique within the


Company’s industry, and that I will have the opportunity to develop substantial relationships with existing and prospective clients, accounts, customers, consultants, contractors, investors, and strategic partners of the Company Group during the course of and as a result of my employment with the Company. In light of the foregoing, I recognize and acknowledge that the restrictions and limitations set forth in this Non-Interference Agreement are reasonable and valid in geographical and temporal scope and in all other respects and are essential to protect the value of the business and assets of the Company Group. I acknowledge further that the restrictions and limitations set forth in this Non-Interference Agreement will not materially interfere with my ability to earn a living following the termination of my employment with the Company and that my ability to earn a livelihood without violating such restrictions is a material condition to my employment with the Company.

 

  Section 7. Independence; Severability; Blue Pencil.

Each of the rights enumerated in this Non-Interference Agreement shall be independent of the others and shall be in addition to and not in lieu of any other rights and remedies available to the Company Group at law or in equity. If any of the provisions of this Non-Interference Agreement or any part of any of them is hereafter construed or adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, the same shall not affect the remainder of this Non-Interference Agreement, which shall be given full effect without regard to the invalid portions. If any of the covenants contained herein are held to be invalid or unenforceable because of the duration of such provisions or the area or scope covered thereby, I agree that the court making such determination shall have the power to reduce the duration, scope, and/or area of such provision to the maximum and/or broadest duration, scope, and/or area permissible by law, and in its reduced form said provision shall then be enforceable.

 

  Section 8. Injunctive Relief.

I expressly acknowledge that any breach or threatened breach of any of the terms and/or conditions set forth in this Non-Interference Agreement may result in substantial, continuing, and irreparable injury to the members of the Company Group. Therefore, I hereby agree that, in addition to any other remedy that may be available to the Company, any member of the Company Group shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief, specific performance, or other equitable relief by a court of appropriate jurisdiction in the event of any breach or threatened breach of the terms of this Non-Interference Agreement without the necessity of proving irreparable harm or injury as a result of such breach or threatened breach. Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, I acknowledge and agree that the Non-Compete Period, or Non-Interference Period, as applicable, shall be tolled during any period of violation of any of the covenants in Section 5 hereof and during any other period required for litigation during which the Company or any other member of the Company Group seeks to enforce such covenants against me if it is ultimately determined that I was in breach of such covenants.

 

  Section 9. Cooperation.

I agree that, following any termination of my employment, I will continue to provide reasonable cooperation to the Company and/or any other member of the Company Group and its or their respective counsel in connection with any investigation, administrative


proceeding, or litigation relating to any matter that occurred during my employment in which I was involved or of which I have knowledge. As a condition of such cooperation, the Company shall reimburse me for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred at the request of the Company with respect to my compliance with this paragraph. I also agree that, in the event that I am subpoenaed by any person or entity (including, but not limited to, any government agency) to give testimony or provide documents (in a deposition, court proceeding, or otherwise) that in any way relates to my employment by the Company and/or any other member of the Company Group, I will give prompt notice of such request to the Company and will make no disclosure until the Company and/or the other member of the Company Group has had a reasonable opportunity to contest the right of the requesting person or entity to such disclosure.

 

  Section 10. General Provisions.

(a) Governing Law and Jurisdiction. EXCEPT WHERE PREEMPTED BY FEDERAL LAW, THE VALIDITY, INTERPRETATION, CONSTRUCTION, AND PERFORMANCE OF THIS NON-INTERFERENCE AGREEMENT IS GOVERNED BY AND IS TO BE CONSTRUED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED IN THAT STATE, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS RULES. ANY DISPUTE OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NON-INTERFERENCE AGREEMENT OR CLAIM OF BREACH HEREOF SHALL BE BROUGHT EXCLUSIVELY IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE STATE OF DELAWARE, TO THE EXTENT FEDERAL JURISDICTION EXISTS, AND IN ANY COURT SITTING IN DELAWARE, BUT ONLY IN THE EVENT FEDERAL JURISDICTION DOES NOT EXIST, AND ANY APPLICABLE APPELLATE COURTS. BY EXECUTION OF THIS NON-INTERFERENCE AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES HERETO, AND THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES, CONSENT TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS, AND WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO CHALLENGE JURISDICTION OR VENUE IN SUCH COURT WITH REGARD TO ANY SUIT, ACTION, OR PROCEEDING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS NON-INTERFERENCE AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY TO THIS NON-INTERFERENCE AGREEMENT ALSO HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUIT, ACTION, OR PROCEEDING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS NON-INTERFERENCE AGREEMENT.

(b) Entire Agreement. This Non-Interference Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and me relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between us. No modification or amendment to this Non-Interference Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Non-Interference Agreement, will be effective unless in writing signed by the party to be charged. Any subsequent change or changes in my duties, obligations, rights, or compensation will not affect the validity or scope of this Non-Interference Agreement.

(c) No Right of Continued Employment. I acknowledge and agree that nothing contained herein shall be construed as granting me any right to continued employment by the Company, and the right of the Company to terminate my employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause, is specifically reserved.


(d) Successors and Assigns. This Non-Interference Agreement will be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators, and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of the Company, its successors, and its assigns. I expressly acknowledge and agree that this Non-Interference Agreement may be assigned by the Company without my consent to any other member of the Company Group as well as any purchaser of all or substantially all of the assets or stock of the Company, whether by purchase, merger, or other similar corporate transaction, provided that the license granted pursuant to Section 2(a) may be assigned to any third party by the Company without my consent.

(e) Survival. The provisions of this Non-Interference Agreement shall survive the termination of my employment with the Company and/or the assignment of this Non-Interference Agreement by the Company to any successor in interest or other assignee.

*        *        *

I,                     , have executed this Confidentiality, Non-Interference, and Invention Assignment Agreement on the respective date set forth below:

 

Date:  

 

   

 

      (Signature)
     

 

      (Type/Print Name)


SCHEDULE A

LIST OF PRIOR DEVELOPMENTS

AND ORIGINAL WORKS OF AUTHORSHIP

EXCLUDED FROM SECTION 2

 

Title

  

Date

  

Identifying Number or Brief Description

     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     

 

             

   No Developments or improvements

 

   Additional Sheets Attached

 

Signature of Employee:  

 

  
Print Name of Employee:  

 

  
Date:                        

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

Interactive Data Holdings Corporation – List of Subsidiaries

 

Company Name

  

State or Country

Igloo Intermediate Corporation

   Delaware

Subsidiaries of Igloo Intermediate Corporation:

  

Interactive Data Corporation

   Delaware

Subsidiaries of Interactive Data Corporation:

  

Interactive Data Real-Time Group, Inc.

   Delaware

Interactive Data Luxembourg Holding S.A.R.L.

   Luxembourg

Interactive Data Real-Time Services, Inc.

   New York

BondEdge Solutions LLC

   Delaware

Interactive Data Online Properties, Inc.

   Delaware

Interactive Data Pricing & Reference Data LLC

   Delaware

IDCO Canada Holdings Inc.

   Canada

Subsidiaries of Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data LLC:

  

Interactive Data Canada Inc.

   Canada

Subsidiaries of Interactive Data Luxembourg Holding S.A.R.L.:

  

Interactive Data Mgmt & Services Verwaltungs GmbH

   Germany

Interactive Data Luxembourg Management S.A.R.L.

   Luxembourg

Subsidiaries of Interactive Data Mgmt & Services Verwaltungs GmbH:

  

Interactive Data Managed Solutions Nordic Oy

   Finland

Interactive Data Managed Solutions AG

   Germany

Subsidiaries of Interactive Data Managed Solutions AG:

  

Interactive Data Managed Solutions SAS

   France

Interactive Data Managed Solutions S.L.

   Spain

Interactive Data Managed Solutions Ltd.

   United Kingdom

Interactive Data Managed Solutions AG

   Switzerland

Interactive Data Managed Solutions S.R.L.

   Italy

Subsidiaries of Interactive Data Luxembourg Management S.A.R.L.:

  

Interactive Data Cayman Ltd.

   Cayman Islands

IDCO Worldwide Holdings Ltd.

   United Kingdom

Subsidiaries of IDCO Worldwide Holdings Ltd.:

  

IDCO Overseas Cap. Mgt. Ltd.

   United Kingdom

IDCO Overseas Holdings Ltd.

   United Kingdom

Subsidiaries of IDCO Overseas Holdings Ltd.:

  

Interactive Data (Ireland) Ltd.

   Ireland

Interactive Data (Europe) Ltd.

   United Kingdom

Interactive Data (Jersey) Ltd.

   Channel Islands, UK

Interactive Data (Hong Kong) Ltd.

   Hong Kong, PRC

Interactive Data (Australia) Pty Ltd.

   Australia

Interactive Data Desktop Solutions (Europe) Ltd.

   United Kingdom

Interactive Data Corp. France S.A.S.

   France

Interactive Data (Singapore) PTE Ltd.

   Singapore

Subsidiaries of Interactive Data (Europe) Ltd.:

  

Interactive Data Japan KK

   Japan

Interactive Data Kler’s S.R.L.

   Italy

Interactive Data Finance (UK) Ltd.

   United Kingdom

EX-23.2

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated July 24, 2015 (except Note 11, as to which the date is September 1, 2015) in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Interactive Data Holdings Corporation dated October 9, 2015.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Boston, MA

October 9, 2015


EX-23.3

Exhibit 23.3

Consent of Burton-Taylor International Consulting LLC

We hereby consent to the use of our name and our industry data and reports in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto) to be filed by Interactive Data Holdings Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and in the prospectus contained therein.

Dated: October 9, 2015

BURTON-TAYLOR INTERNATIONAL CONSULTING LLC

 

By:  

/s/ DOUGLAS B. TAYLOR

  Name:   Douglas B. Taylor
  Title:   Founder and Managing Partner

EX-23.4

Exhibit 23.4

Consent of The Tabb Group, LLC

We hereby consent to the use of our name and our industry data and reports in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto) to be filed by Interactive Data Holdings Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and in the prospectus contained therein.

Dated: October 9, 2015

 

By:  

/s/ LARRY TABB

  Name:   Larry Tabb
  Title:   CEO
    The Tabb Group, LLC